Professional Documents
Culture Documents
html
Sanskrit-English Dictionary
Dictionary reference list used at http://bhagavata.org to the file that was loaded from: sacred-texts.com
and has been extended with definitions of the Monier-Williams dictionary (indicated with an *=) and the
ISKCON Vedabase (marked*V) and (partly) adapted to the transliteration used at srimadbhagavatam.org
(see also http://www.uni-koeln.de/phil-fak/indologie/tamil/mwreport.html mwreport.html or the
html-version).
Transliteration functions:
a = not
aa *= from all sides, up to, even, until, up to the limit, not, all over,
aa+ghraa = to smell
aa+char.h = to practice
aa+yaa = to come
aa+ruh.h = to climb
aaH = to sit
aabda = year
aabhaa* =1 P. {-bhAti} (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-bhAhi} RV.; pf. {-babhau}) to shine or blaze towards RV. AV.; to
irradiate, outshine, illumine RV. AV. TB. BhP.; to appear, become visible or apparent BhP. MBh. Hariv.
Râjat. &c.; to look like Kathâs. MBh. &c.
aa-bhaa* =2 f. splendour, light; a flash; colour, appearance, beauty MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; a
reflected image, outline; likeness, resemblance MBh. R.; (mfn.) ifc. like, resembling, appearing R.
Kâvya7d. S'is'. &c. (e.g. {hemA7bha}, shining like gold); [cf. Hib. {avibh}, `" likeness, similitude "';
{avibe}, `" neatness, elegance "'; {avibhcal}, `" a spark of fire "' ?] [145,2]
aabhri * = P. {-bha4rati} (pf. {A4-jabhAra} RV.; aor. P. sg. {A74bhArSam} RV. &c.) to bring towards or
near; to carry or fetch; to effect, produce RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; to fill up, fill, attract (one's attention) BhP
aabharaNaM = ornaments
aabhaa = color
aabhaasaM = the original source * = m. splendour, light R. Veda1ntas. 195 ; colour, appearance R. Sus3r.
Bhag. ; semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination ; mere appearance, fallacious appearance
Veda1ntas. S3a1n3khS3r. ; reflection ; intention, purpose ; (in log.) fallacy, semblance of a reason,
sophism, an erroneous though plausible argument (regarded by logicians as of various kind) ; ifc.
looking like, having the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sa1h. &c.
aabhaashya * = 1 mfn. to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to or conversed with MBh. Ragh. \\2 ind.
p. having addressed, having spoken to.
aabhaasvara* = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 175) shining, bright L.; m. N. of a class of deities, sixtyfour in number; N.
of a particular set of twelve subjects ({AtmA jJAtA damo dAntaH zAntir jJAnaM zamas tapaH kAmaH
krodho mado moho dvAdazA7bhAsvarA ime} T.)
abhi* = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) to, towards, into, over, upon. (As a prefix to verbs
of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards, approaching, &c. (As a prefix to nouns not derived
from verbs) it expresses superiority, intensity, &c.; e.g. {abhi-tAmra}, {abhi-nava} q.v. (As a separate
adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to, towards, in the direction of, against; into S'Br. and
KâtyS'r.; for, for the sake of; on account of; on, upon, with regard to, by, before, in front of; over. It may
even express one after the other, severally Pân. 1-4, 91 e.g. {vRkSaM vRkSam abhi}, tree after tree [cf.
Gk. $; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1] {aibi}, {aiwi}; Goth. {bi}; Old High Germ. {bî}].
abhii* = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\* = 2 ( {i}), {abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg. {abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl. {-Ayan},
3. sg. Â. {-Ayata}; ind. p. {abhI74tya}) to come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.) RV. &c.; (with
{sakAzam} or {samIpam} or {pArzve}) id. Pañcat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV. &c.; to enter, join, go
over to Mn. Bhathth.; (with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl. {abhI7yu4H}) S'Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.;
to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c.; to come to, fall to one's share (with acc.) Bhathth.; (said of the sun) to
rise (as if he came nearer; also with {abhitarAm} [q. v.] instead of {abhi}) AitBr., (with {astam}) to set
MBh. i, 1797 (cf. {abhy-aya}): Pass. {abhI7yate}, to be perceived, known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. {-Imahe}) to
ask, request RV. i, 24, 3.
aabhiikshNa * = mfn. (fr. {abhIkSNa}), repeated, frequent L.; ({am}) n. continued repetition.
aacar* = {-carati}, to come near to (acc.), approach RV.; to lead hither (as a path) TS. ii [131,3]; to
address, apply to (acc.) Pañcat.; to proceed, manage, behave one's self. RPrât. Mn. ii, 110, &c.; to use,
apply Âp. RPrât.; to examine (a witness) Mn. viii, 102, &c.; (with or without {saha}) to have intercourse
with ChUp. Mn. xi, 180; to act, undertake, do, exercise, practise, perform MundUp. Mn. (v, 22 impf.
{A7carat}, `" has done it "') MBh. &c.; to throw into the fire KâtyS'r.
aacaara * = m. (ifc. f. {A} Yâjñ. i, 87, &c.) conduct, manner of action, behaviour, good behaviour, good
conduct Mn. MBh. &c.; custom, practice, usage, traditional or immemorial usage (as the foundation of
law) ib.; an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept; a rule or line MBh. iii, 166; =
{AcArika} below Sus'r.; (with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the teacher Sarvad.; ({I}) f. the
plant Hingtsha Repens L.
acarama * mfn. not last, not least; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.
aacaraNa * = n. approaching, arrival (as of the dawn) RV. i, 48, 3; undertaking, practising, performing
Kâd. Sâh.; conduct, behaviour Vedântas., (cf. {sv-Ac-}); a cart, carriage ChUp. (m. Comm.)
aacarataH = acting
aacarati = he does
aacaraan.h = performing
aacaaraH = behavior
aacaaryaaH = teachers
aacaaryaan.h = teachers
aacit* =1 (Impv. 2. sg. {-cikiddhi}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}) to attend to, keep in mind RV.; (Subj. 1. sg.
{-ciketam}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}, p. m. nom. {-cikitvA4n}) to comprehend, understand, know RV. AV. v, 1,
2; to invent RV. viii, 9, 7; (Subj. {-cetat} or {-ci4ketat}; perf. Â. 3. pl. {-cikitre} or {-cikitrire}) to appear,
become visible, distinguish one's self RV.: Desid. (1. pl. {-cikitsAmas}) to wait for, watch clandestinely,
lurk RV. viii, 91, 3. \\ =2 {t} f. attention to (gen.) RV. vii, 65, 1
aadaana = taking
aadadi * = mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6; ii, 24, 13.
aadara * = respect, regard, notice; care, trouble Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c.; {AdaraM-} 1. {kR}, to exert or
interest one's self for; {AdareNa} and {AdarAt} adv. respectfully; carefully, zealously.
aadatte = accepts
aadhara- * = of the lower position of something, of its foundation mfn. * = ifc. supportable, tenable (cf.
%{dur-}); see also adhara
aadhaara- m. support, prop, stay, substratum; the power of sustaining, or the support given, aid,
patronage AV. xii, 3, 48 MBh. Sus3r. Veda1ntas. &c.; that which contains (a fluid &c.), a vessel, receptacle
Ya1jn5. Sus3r. Pan5cat. &c.; a dike, dam Ragh.; a basin round the foot of a tree L.; a reservoir, pond L.;
(in phil. and Gr.) comprehension, location, the sense of the locative case; ifc. belonging or relating to; the
subject in a sentence (of which qualities &c. are affirmed); N. of a lake; of an author.
aaditya* = (Pân. 4-1, 85) mfn. belonging to or coming from Aditi TS. ii, 2, 6, 1 S'Br. &c. [137,2]; m. `" son
of Aditi "'; ({As}) m. plN. of seven deities of the heavenly sphere RV. ix, 114, 3, &c. S'Br. iii, 1, 3, 3 (the
chief is Varuna, to whom the N. Âditya is especially applicable; the succeeding five are Mitra, Aryaman,
Bhaga, Daksha, Ans'a; that of the seventh is probably Sûrya or Savitrii; as a class of deities they are
distinct from the {vizve devAH} ChUp.; sometimes their number is supposed to be eight TS. Sây.; and in
the period of the Brâhmanas twelve, as representing the sun in the twelve months of the year S'Br. iv, 5,
7, 2, &c.); N. of a god in general, especially of Sûrya (the sun) RV. AV. AitBr. S'Br. S'is'. &c.; N. of Vishnu
in his Vâmana or dwarf {avatAra} (as son of Kas'yapa and Aditi) ChUp.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea L.;
({au}) m. du.N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion L.; ({A}) f. (?) the sun VS. iv, 21; ({am}) n.
= {au} (cf. {punar-vasu}); N. of a Sâman ChUp.
aaDhyaH = wealthy
aadhi * =1 m. (for 2. see p. 139, col. 2) a receptacle BhP. xi, 13, 33; place, situation L.; foundation
Nyâyam.; a pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage RV. Mn. Yâjñ. [138, 3]; hire, rent Âp.; an attribute, title,
epithet (cf. {upA7dhi}) L.
aadhi * =2 m. thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain TS. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; reflection
on religion or duty L.; hope, expectation L.; misfortune L.; a man solicitous for his family's livelihood L.
aadhii * =1 (cf. {A-dhyai}; according to Dhâtup. xxiv, 68 Pân. 6-1, 6, &c., {-dIdhI}), P. (Subj. 3. pl.
{A4-dIdhayan}) to mind, care for RV. vii, 7, 6: Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {A4-dIdhIthAs}) to meditate on, think
about, care for, wish for AV. viii, 1, 8, &c.; (p. aor. {-dhI4SamANa} mfn. RV. x, 26, 6) to wish for, long for.
aadhii * =2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aadhii4 *= 2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aadi*= 1 m. beginning, commencement; a firstling, first-fruits; ifc. beginning with, et caetera, and so on
(e.g. %{indrA7dayaH@surAH}, the gods beginning with Indra i.e. Indra &c.; %{gRhA7diyukta},
possessed of houses &c.; %{evamAdIni@vastUni}, such things and others of the same kind:
%{zayyA@khaTvA7dih} [Comm. on Pa1n2. 3-3, 99], S3ayya1 means a bed &c.; often with %{-ka} at the
end e.g. %{dAnadharmA7dikam} [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.); %{Adau} ind. in the beginning, at
first.\\= 2 mfn. beginning with %{A} Ra1matUp.
aadii*= 2. (3. sg. impf. %{A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. %{A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine upon,
enlighten.
aadii* = 2. (3. sg. impf. {A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. {A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine upon,
enlighten.
aadI7s'vara * = m. N. of a prince.
aa-dis'ya * = ind. p. aiming at MBh.; announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68; having said L.
aa-dis' * = 1 P. {-dide4STi} [Subj. 3. sg. {-didezati} AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.], {-diza4ti} [3. pl. {-dizanti} Impv. 2. sg.
{-diza} impf. 1. sg. {A7dizam}, &c.], rarely {-dizate} [BhP. viii, 24, 51] inf. {-di4ze} [RV. ix, 21, 5] and
{-deSTum} (aor. 3. sg. {A7dikSat} [Bhathth. iii, 3 see Pân. 3-1, 45] fut. 1. pl. {-dekSyAmaH}, perf.
{-dideza}) to aim at, have in view; to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV. [137, 3]; to hit RV. ix, 56, 1; to assign
RV. ii, 41, 17, &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh. &c.; to point out, indicate; to report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1
BhP. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; to determine, specify, denominate S'Br. iii, 5, 8 S'ânkhS'r. Lâthy. BhP. AitBr. &c.;
to declare, foretell, Ratnâv. Mâlav. &c.; to order, direct, command Gobh. Âs'vGri. Mn. MBh. BhP. Kathâs.
&c.; to refer any one to (loc.); to banish MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; to undertake, try MBh.; to profess as
one's aim or duty RV. Yâjñ.: Caus. {-dezayati}, to show, indicate, announce, Ratnâv. MBh. S'ak. Mriicch.:
Intens. (p. {-de4dizAna}) to have in view, aim at (acc.) RV. ix, 70, 5.
aa-di4s'* = 2 {k} f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c.; N. of a particular direction or point of the
compass (enumerated with {diz}, {pra-}, {vi-}, and {ud-}) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. {A-di4ze} = dat.)
aadibhiH = by those
aadishhTa = ordered
aado* = P. {-dA4ti}, {-dya4ti} (Subj. 1. pl. {A4-dyAmasi}, &c.) to reduce to small pieces, to crush AV.
aadrita* = mf({A})n. attentive, careful, zealous, diligent R. Pañcat. BhP. Ragh. &c.; respected, honoured,
worshipped Mn. Kathâs. &c.
xaadya = earliest
aadyaM = original
aadhatsva = fix
aadhaaya = resigning
aagama = arrival: * = mf({A})n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2; xix, 35, 3; m. (ifc. f. {A}) arrival,
coming, approach R. &c.; origin Mn. viii, 401 R. &c.; appearance or reappearance MBh. ii, 547; course (of
a fluid), issue (e.g. of blood) Mn. viii, 252 Sus'r.; income, lawful acquisition (of property, {artha},
{dhana}, {vitta}, {draviNa}) Mn. MBh. &c.; reading, studying Pat.; acquisition of knowledge, science
MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; a traditional doctrine or precept, collection of such doctrines, sacred work, Brâhmana
Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c.; anything handed down and fixed by tradition (as the reading of a text or a record,
title-deed, &c.); addition Nir. i, 4; a grammatical augment, a meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any
part of the radical word Prât. Pân. Comm.; N. of a rhetorical figure; ({am}) n. a Tantra or work
inculcating the mystical worship of S'iva and S'akti.
aagamana = coming
aagame = on the arrivalaajaanubaahuM = the one whose arms extend upto his knees
aagata * = mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c. ; come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113, &c.] or loc. [Pan5cat. Das3.
&c.] or in comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.]) ; come from (in comp.) Ya1jn5. ii, 154 ; come into existence,
born R. ii, 85, 19 ; coming from (abl.) Pa1n2. 4-3, 74 ; returned S3Br. ; (with %{punar}) Mn. xi, 195 and
Hit. ; meeting with an obstacle, pushed against (in comp.) Mn. viii, 291 ; occurred, happened, risen Mn.
ii, 152 MBh. &c. ; entered (into any state or condition of mind) MBh. R. Katha1s. ; resulting (from
calculation) Su1ryas. ; walked through (as a path) S3Br. vi ; m. a new comer, guest S3Br. iii ; (%{am}) n.
anything that has taken place or has fallen to one's share (opposed to %{AzA4}, `" anything still expected
or hoped for "') S3Br. ii (cf. %{a4n-Agata} and %{sv-Agata}.)
aagataaH = attained
aagraha * = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.; (=
{grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately Kathâs.
aagrahAyaNaka* = mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the month Agrahâyana Pân. 4-3,
50.
aagrahAyaNika* = mfn. id. Pân. 4-3, 50; containing a full moon of Agrahâyana (as a month or half a
month or a year) Pân. 4-2, 22.
aagrahArika* = mfn. one who appropriates to himself an Agra-hâra or an endowment of lands or villages
conferred upon Brâhmans L.
aagrahAyaNa* = {as}, m.= {agra-hAyaNa} (q.v.) Pân. 5-4, 36 Comm.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} q.v.; scil.
{paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in the month Agrahâyana S'ânkhS'r. &c.; (ifc. ind. {-Ni} or {-Nam}
Pân. 5-4, 110); a kind of Pâka-yajña Gaut. BhavP. i, &c.; N. of the constellation Mriiga-s'iras L.
aagraha* = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.; (=
{grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately Kathâs.
aaha = said
aaha* =1 ind. an interjection; a particle implying reproof; severity; command; casting; sending L. * =2
perf. 3. sg. of the defect. 1. {ah} q.v.
aahaaramf(%{I})n. ifc. bringing near, procuring ; being about to fetch, going to fetch MBh. ; (%{as}) m.
taking [163,1] ; fetching, bringing near Ka1tyS3r. R. ; employing, use Ka1tyS3r. ; taking food ; food [e.g.
%{A-hAraM} 1. %{kR}, to take food, eat MBh. &c.] ; livelihood Hit. Pan5cat. R. Mn. Sus3r. &c.
aahara *= 1 mfn. ifc. bringing, fetching Ragh. ; m. taking, seizing ; accomplishing, offering (a sacrifice)
MBh. Ka1d. ; drawing in breath, inhaling ; inhaled air ; breath inspired, inspiration L.//2 (2. sg. Impv.
forming irregular Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):
aahati = striking, hitting; * mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum. Kathâs. VarBri. &c.; fastened,
fixed RV. AV.; beaten, caused to sound (as a drum &c.) MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c.; crushed, rubbed S'is'.;
rendered null, destroyed, frustrated BhP. VarBriS.; multiplied VarBriS. [162, 2]; hit, blunted (said of a
Visarga, when changed to {o}) Sâh.; uttered falsely L.; known, understood L.; repeated, mentioned L.; m.
a drum L.; ({am}) n. old cloth or raiment L.; new cloth or clothes L.; assertion of an impossibility L.
aaha4nana * = n. the act of striking at, beating KâtyS'r.; killing (an animal) AV.; a stick for beating a
drum AV. xx, 133, 1.
aahananyA7 * = mfn. (fr. {A-hanana}), being in the act of beating (a drum &c.) VS. xvi, 35.
aahana4s * = mfn. to be beaten or pressed out (as Soma); to be skimmed (as milk) RV.; to be beaten (as
an unchaste woman); unchaste, wanton; obscene, lascivious, profligate RV. v, 42, 13; x, 10, 6. 8.
aahanasya * = n. unchasteness, lasciviousness AitBr.; lascivious words, obscenity S'Br.; ({As}) f. pl. (scil.
{Rcas}) verses of a lascivious character; a chapter of the Kuntâpa hymns in the Atharva-veda AitBr.
Âs'vS'r. &c.; (with {an-} mfn. chaste, decent S'ânkhGri. HirGri.)
aahan * = P. {-hanti} (Impv. {A4-jahi} AV. &c.; pf. {A4-jaghAna} RV. &c.) Â. {-hate} (only if no object
follows Pân. 1-3, 28, or if the object is a part of one's own body Kâty.; Pot. 1. sg. {-ghnIya} Pat. on Pân.
1-1, 62 Das'.) to strike at, hit, beat; to attack, assault RV. TS. Âs'vGri. MBh. Kathâs. &c.: (Â.) to strike
one's self (or any part of one's body) BhP. Pân. and Comm. Bhathth.; to make away with one's self Das'.
91, 15; to fasten AV. S'Br.; to beat or cause to sound (a drum &c.) TS. S'Br. Kathâs. Bhathth. &c.: Intens.
{A4-jaGghanti} RV. vi, 75, 13, to strike at or beat violently.
aahaara = Diet
aahaaraH = eating
aahaaraaH = eating
aahrita * m= mfn. brought near, fetched, procured Mn. Ragh. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP. &c.; taken, seized,
captivated Katha1s. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; taken (as food), eaten R. &c.; uttered, spoken R. BhP. &c.
aahu* = P. Â. {-juhoti}, {-juhute} (p. {-ju4hvAna}) to sacrifice, offer an oblation; to sprinkle (with butter)
RV. AV. TS. Hariv.
aahuta* = mfn. offered as an oblation, sacrificed RV. AV. S'ânkhS'r.; laid in the fire (as a corpse) RV. x,
16, 5; offering made to men, hospitality (= {manuSya-yajJa} q.v.) L.; nourishment of all created beings
(considered as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindûs; cf. {bhUta-yajJa}) L.
aahri = to eat
aaho = or else
aaja* = mfn. (fr. 1. {aja4}), coming from or belonging to goats, produced by goats Âs'vGri. R. Sus'r.; m. a
vulture L.; a descendant of Aja; ({A4}) f. (only used for the etym. of {ajA4}) = {ajA4}, a shegoat S'Br. iii;
({am}) n. the lunar mansion PûrvaBhâdrapadâ (presided over by Aja Ekapâd) VarBriS.; clarified butter L.
aajaa4na* = n. birth, descent VS. S'Br. iii; birth-place Comm. on VS. xxxiii, 72; ({A}) f. place of conception
(as a mother) AitÂr.
aajIvya * affording a livelihood Yâjñ. i, 320 MBh. xiv, 1330; ({am}) n. means of living MBh. iii, 8452 BhP.
(cf. {sv-Aj-}.)
aakarshha = attracted
aakarshhaNa = attraction
aakaasha = ether
aakasha* = m. ( {kaS}, `" to rub "'), a touchstone L.; (v.l. for {AkarSa} Pân. 4-4, 9 Siddh. and v, 2, 64
Siddh.)
aakaas'a * = m. (Ved.) or (later) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a free or open space, vacuity AitBr. S'Br. MBh. &c. [127,1];
the ether, sky or atmosphere Naigh. S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}) n. (in philos.) the subtle and ethereal fluid
(supposed to fill and pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of sound) Vedântas.
&c.; Brahma (as identical with ether) L.; = {AkAza-bhASita} below Comm. on S'ak.; ({e}) loc. ind. in the
air (a stage direction implying something said by or to a person out of sight) Mriicch. S'ak. &c.
aakhu = mouse
aakhyaa (f) name* = 1 P. (impf. {-akhyat}) to behold RV. iv, 2, 18; (fut. p. {-khyAsya4t}; perf. 3. pl.
{-cakhyuH}) to tell, communicate, inform, declare, announce S'Br. xiii, xiv Mn. MBh. &c.; to call (with
two acc.) Ragh. x, 22: Pass. {-khyAyate}, to be named or enumerated S'Br.; to be called S'Br. x, xiv: Caus.
P. (2. sg. {-khyApayasi}) to make known, declare MBh. i, 7485: Â. (Pot. {-khyApayeta}) to cause to tell
AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. \\ 2 f. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs. Sânkhyak.) appellation, name Prât. Pân. Mn. vii, 157, &c.; (=
{-saMkhyA}) total amount Mn. ii, 134 MBh. iii, 12831 (cf. Hariv. 515) and xv, 671; appearance, aspect R.
vii, 60, 12 [129,2]; ({ayA}) instr. ind. `" with the name "', named Kathâs.
aakhya = named
aakhyaataM = described
aakraanta mfn. approached , frequented , visited Mn. R. ; on which anything lies heavily , pressed by
(instr. or in comp.) Mr2icch. Pan5cat. &c. ; overcome , overrun , attacked , in the possession of (instr. or
in comp.) Pan5cat. Katha1s. &c. ; overcome or agitated (as by feelings or passions) R. Katha1s. &c. ;
overspread with (instr.) Hit. &c. [128,2]
aakram.h = to attack
aakrama *= m. approaching , attaining , obtaining , overcoming VS. xv , 9 S3Br. xiv (cf. %{dur-Akr-}.)
aakritiini = forms
aakrita * = mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1; done (as evil or good) to any one VarBriS.
aakrishhTa = (past part. of aa + kR\^ishh) attractedaaksha* = mfn. (fr. 1. {a4kSa}) belonging or referring
to terrestrial latitude Comm. on Sûryas.; ({am}) n. (fr. 2. {akSa4}) = {AkSakI} L.
aakshi * = cl. 2. %{-kSeti} (3. pl. %{-kSiya4nti} and impf. %{A74kSiyan} ; Pot. 1. pl. %{-kSiyema}) to
abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit RV. AV. ; %{-kSeti}, to possess, take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6.
%{-kSiya4ti}, to exist AV. x, 5, 45.
aakSipta* =mfn. cast, thrown down; thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pañcat.; caught, seized, overcome
(as the mind, {citta}, {cetas} or {-hridaya}) by beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed, transported BhP. Kâd.
Kathâs. &c.; hung out or exposed to view (as flags &c.); put into (loc.) MBh. iii, 3094; pointed or referred
to, indicated Sâh. &c.; refused, left (as the right path) Kâm.; insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called
to a dispute (dat.) Kathâs.; caused, effected, produced Kathâs. Comm. on Bâd.; ({am}) n. `" absence of
mind "' see {sA7kSiptam}
aakula = full of
aakuuta * = intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta}); incitement to
activity, Sânkhyak.
aakuuta * = n. intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta}); incitement to
activity, Sânkhyak.
aakula =* confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c.; confused (in order), disordered ib.; filled,
full, overburdened with (instr. or generally in comp.), eagerly occupied ib.; ({am}) n. a place crowded
with people R. iii, 43, 34; `" confusion
aalaapa * = m. speaking to, addressing; speech; conversation, communication Pan5cat. Hit. Katha1s.
S3ak. &c.; the singing or twittering of birds Katha1s.; statement of the question in an arithmetical or
algebraic sum; question; a lesson Jain.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a particular Mu1rcchana1 or melody.
aalabdha A: embarrassed *= mfn. touched MBh.; killed, sacrificed; gained, conciliated BhP.
aalamba = support
aalambate = to recline
aalaya = house* = see %{A-lI}.\\m. and n. a house, dwelling; a receptacle, asylum R. Ya1jn5. Katha1s.
&c.; (often ifc. e.g. %{himA7laya}, `" the abode of snow. "')
aanuupa* = mfn. (fr. {anUpa} g. {kacchA7di} [Pân. 4-2, 133]), belonging to a watery place; wet, watery,
marshy Sus'r.; m. any animal frequenting watery or marshy places, as fishes, buffaloes, &c. (cf. {anUpa})
ib.; a descendant of Anûpa; ({am}) n. N. of a Sâman Lâthy. iv, 6, 1.
aalasya = idleness
aali = maid
aaliina* = mfn. having come close to Katha1s. Hariv. Ragh. ; dwelling or abiding in Katha1s. ; crouched ,
stooped MBh. R.
aalingati = to embrace
aalIna * = having come close to Kathâs. Hariv. Ragh.; dwelling or abiding in Kathâs.; crouched, stooped
MBh. R.
aam= yes * =; ind. an interjection of assent or recollection Mriicch. S'ak. Vikr. &c.; (a vocative following
this particle is anudâtta Pân. 8-1, 55.)
aamarsha* = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath L.
aama *= 1 mf({A})n. raw, uncooked (opposed to {pakva} q.v.) RV. AV. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; N. of the cow
(considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk). RV. iii, 30, 14, &c.; unbaked,
unannealed AV. MBh. VarBriS. &c.; undressed; unripe, immature Sus'r. &c.; undigested Sus'r.; fine, soft,
tender (as a skin) BhP. iii, 31, 27; m. N. of a son of Kriishna VP.; of a son of Ghriita-priishthha BhP. v, 20,
21 [146, 2]; m. or ({am}) n. constipation, passing hard and unhealthy excretions Sus'r.; ({am}) n. state or
condition of being raw Sus'r.; grain not yet freed from chaff; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {amârus}; Hib. {amh}, `"
raw, unsodden, &45756[146, 2] crude, unripe "'; Old Germ. {ampher}; Mod. Germ. ({Sauer-ampfer}.]
\\*=2 m. (probably identical with 1. {Ama}), sickness, disease L.
aamana * 2 n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2 MaitrS.; (for 1. {Amana} see
under 2. {Ama}.)
aamarsha * = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath L.
aamaya = disease
aamisha * = food, meat, prey, an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful object, coveting, longing
for, lust, desire; a gift, boon
aamnaa* = P. {-manati}, to utter, mention, allege; to cite, quote; to commit to memory, hand down in
sacred texts; to celebrate KâtyS'r. Lâthy. BhP. Mâlav. Kum. &c.
aamnaaya* = m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition; that which is to be
remembered or studied or learnt by heart; a Veda or the Vedas in the aggregate; received doctrine VPrât.
Mn. MBh. &c.; traditional usage, family or national customs; advice, instruction in past and present
usage; a Tantra; a family, series of families L.
aana* = m. (fr. {an}), face [NBD.]; mouth; nose [Sây.] RV. i, 52, 15; exhaling the breath through the nose
T.; inhalation, breath inspired, breathing, blowing L.
aananaM = face
aananda = happiness
aanandana = happiness
aanata* = mfn. bending, stooping, bowed Ragh. Katha1s.; humbled, submissive, obedient MBh. &c.; bent
or curved inwards (as a bow) S3Br.; flat, sunk (not elevated) MBh. R.; pacified, conciliated; saluted
reverently. [140,2]
aanati* = f. bending, bowing, stooping VS. Katha1s. ; submission, obedience, inferiority Comm. on
Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; contentedness T. ; saluting L.
aangiraa4 = mf({I4})n. descended from or belonging or referring to the Angirases or to Angiras AV. VS.
&c.; ({a4s}) m. a descendant of Angiras (as Briihatsâman [AV.], Cyavana [S'Br. iv], Ayâsya [S'Br. xiv],
&c.) RV. AV. &c.; especially N. of Briihaspati RV. AV. &c. [131,2]; the planet Briihaspati i.e. Jupiter; ({I})
f. a female descendant of Angiras MBh. i, 6908; iii, 14128.
aangla = English
aaNiH = nail
aanila * = mf({I})n. (fr. {anila}), proceeding from or produced by wind, windy L.; belonging to Vâyu or
Anila T.; m. N. of Hanumat; of Bhîma L.; ({I}) f. and ({am}) n. N. of the constellation Svâti.
aaniila * = mf({A})n. darkish Ragh. Vikr.; slightly dark or blue; m. a black horse L.; ({I}) f. a black mare
T.; tin L.
aanrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {an-Rta} g. {chattrA7di} Pân. 4-4, 62), untruthful, lying, false.
aanu 1 1. A1. (aor. 3. pl. %{A74nUSata} RV. i , 151 , 6 and ix , 65 , 14) to sound , roar towards or near ; (p.
%{-nuvAna} Bhat2t2.) to cry ; to twitter (as birds): Intens. (%{A4-navinot} RV. vii , 87 , 2) to roar
towards.\\ 2 mfn. (fr. 2. %{an}) , living , human T.
aanumaanika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {anumAna}), relating to a conclusion, derived from inference, subject to
inference, inferable, inferred Âp. S'ânkhS'r.; making conclusions BhP.
aanupuurva* = n. and {I} f. (fr. {anu-pUrva}), order, series, succession MBh. R. &c.; (in law) direct order
of the castes Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally only instr. {-eNa} and {-yA}, one after the other, in due order.)
aanupuurvya* = n. order, succession KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally abl. {-At}, in due order.)
aanuSUka4 * = mfn. (probably fr. {anu-SUka}, `" after-shoot of rice "' [according to native interpretation
from {anu-sU}]), `" in the manner of the after-shoot of rice "' i.e. shot after TS. ii, 3, 4, 2.
aa pa* = 2 m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.; (%{I}) f. N. of a constellation
L.
aa pa* = 3 n. (fr. 2. %{ap} Pa1n2. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallina1tha on S3is3. iii, 72.
aapaa* = 1. P. %{-pibati}, (Impv. 2. du. %{A4pibatam} RV. ii, 36, 6; pf. %{-papau}: Pass. %{-pIyate}, &c.)
to drink in, suck in or up; to sip RV. MBh. Ragh.; to drink in with ears or eyes i.e. to hear or see with
attention, hang on BhP. Ragh.; to absorb, take away: Caus. %{-pAyayati}, to cause to drink or suck in
BhP.
aap.h = to obtain
aapaada* = 1 m. reward, remuneration ChUp.; arriving at L.; (for 2. {A-pAda} see below.)
aapaH = water
aapaana * = 1 mfn. one who has reached; (for 2. see %{A-} 1. %{pA}.)
aapad.h = calamity
aapadaaM = dangers
aapannaM = achieved
aapannaaH = gaining
aapah = water
aapanna * = mfn. entered, got in S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; gained,
obtained, acquired; having gained or obtained or acquired.
aapaaDa* = m. (ifc. mf({A})n. L.) compressing, squeezing Sus'r.; giving pain, hurting L.; a chaplet tied on
the crown of the head MBh. R. Ragh.; N. of a metre.
aapta * = mfn. reached, overtaken, met S'Br.; received, got, gained, obtained S'Br. Mn. Hit. Kathâs.; filled
up, taken S'Br.; come to Naish.; reaching to, extending; abundant, full, complete; apt, fit, true, exact,
clever, trusted, trustworthy, confidential Mn. R. Ragh. &c.; respected; intimate, related, acquainted MBh.
R. Ragh. &c.; appointed; divided Sûryas.; connected L.; accused, prosecuted L.; m. a fit person, a credible
or authoritative person, warranter, guarantee; a friend; an Arhat Jain.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; ({A}) f. =
{jaTA} q.v. L.; ({am}) n. a quotient; equation of a degree L.
aapuurya = covering
ApratI * = (%{A-prati-i}) P. (Impv. 2. pl. %{-e4tana} RV. vi, 42, 2) to go towards any one to meet him.
iishaM = Lord S'iva
aapnuvanti = attain
aapnoti = achieves
aaplutaa = immersed
aapya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 2. {ap}), belonging or relating to water, watery, liquid Sus'r.; consisting of water;
living in water; m. N. of several asterisms VarBri.; N. of a Vasu; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a class of deities BhP.
Hariv.; ({am}) n. N. of a constellation; (for 1. {Apya} see under {Ap}.)
aa-pyAyana * =mfn. causing fulness or stoutness Sus'r.; increasing welfare, gladdening L.; ({I}) f. an
umbilical vein MârkP.; ({am}) n. the act of making full or fat Sus'r.; satiating; satisfying, refreshing,
pleasing Mn.; increasing, causing to thrive MBh.; causing to swell (the Soma) S'Br. &c.; satiety,
satisfaction; advancing; anything which causes corpulency or good condition; strengthening medicine
Sus'r.; corpulency, growing or being fat or stout; gladness L.
aaraadhita * =mfn. propitiated, pleased, solicited for a boon; worshipped, honoured, revered;
accomplished, effected.
aaraadhya = pleasable
aaraa4t * = ind. (abl. of an ideal base {Ara} fr. {A-R}; cf. {Are4}) from a distant place; distant; to a distant
place; far from (with abl.) RV. AV. Âp. MBh. Kathâs.; near Gaut. Ragh.; directly, immediately Prab.
Kathâs. S'ak. 131 a; ({t}) m. N. of a village L.
aarabdhat.h = started
aarabdham.h = started
aarabhaTa* = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness, confidence, heroism
Ra1jat.; (in dram.) the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage.
aarabhate = begins
aarabhyate = is begun
aarambha = beginning *= m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pan5cat. Megh. &c.; a thing begun; beginning,
origin, commencement S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Megh. &c.; (in dram.) the commencement of the action which
awakens an interest in the progress of the principal plot Sa1h. 324 and 325; haste, speed; effort, exertion;
pride; killing, slaughter (erroneous for %{Alambha} see Zachariae, Beitr„ge, p. 20, l. 9)
aarambhaH = endeavor
aarambhikaaH = beginners
aaraNya*= mf({A})n. (fr. {araNya}), being in or relating to a forest, forest-born, wild RV. AV. KâtyS'r.
MBh. &c.; m. a wild animal ChUp.
aaraNyaka*= mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a forest or a forest animal,
(the {AraNyakam parva} of the Mahâ-bhârata is either the whole third book or only the first section of
it); m. a forester, an inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({am}) n. N. of a class of religious and
philosophical writings closely connected with the Brâhmanas and called Âranyakas because either
composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are considered to be attached to them.)
aarda * = mf({I} [gana {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41])n. ({Rd}), pressing hard, tormenting exceedingly T
aardra = wet * mf({A})n. ({ard} Un. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp RV. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Megh. &c.;
fresh, not dry, succulent, green (as a plant), living AV. S'Br. R. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; fresh, new Kathâs.; soft,
tender, full of feeling, warm; loose, flaccid Kathâs. Megh. Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of a grandson of Priithu
Hariv. VP.; ({A}) f. the fourth or sixth Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh. VarBriS.; ({am}) n. fresh
ginger Vishnus.; dampness, moisture Hariv.
aarghya * = mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Sus'r.; ({am}) n. its honey L.
aarhaaH = deserving
aarii * = P. ({A4-riNanti} RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: Â. {A4-rIyate}, to trickle or flow upon; to flow
over RV.
aarjavaM = simplicity
aarjava* = mfn. (fr. {Rju} g. {pRthvAdi} Pân. 5-1, 122), straight; honest, sincere Kathâs.; m. N. of a
teacher VP.; ({am}) n. straightness, straight direction Sâh.; rectitude, propriety of act or observance;
honesty, frankness, sincerity ChUp. Âp. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c.
arjavaka* = mfn. straight, direct; m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh. xii, 11566.
aarka * = mfn. (fr. {arka}), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.; coming from the plant Calotropis
Gigantea VarBriS.
aarogya = health
aaropayati = to plant
aaropita*= mfn. raised, elevated Kum.; fixed, placed Kâd.; made; charged with; strung (as a bow);
deposited, intrusted; interposed, supplied; accidental, adventitious L.
aarohaNa = climbing
aarta * = mfn. (optionally also written {Artta}, whence erroneously derived fr. {Rt} or even regarded as
irreg. formation fr. {ard}; see also Weber in S'Br. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into (misfortune), struck by
calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed; injured; oppressed, suffering, sick, unhappy S'Br. TS. Mn. R. S'ak.
Ragh. &c.
aartha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {artha}), relating to a thing or object; material, significant (opposed to {zAbda}
q.v.) Sâh.; resulting from or based on the possession of a thing Pat.
aaru* = 1 1. P. {-rauti} or {-ravIti} (Impv. {A4-ruva} RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or cry towards; to cry out
VarBriS. R. Bhathth.; to praise L.: Intens. {-roravIti}, to roar towards or against RV. \\* = 2 m. a hog; a
crab; the tree Lagerstroemia Regina L.; ({us}) f. a pitcher L.
aaruDha = The sign which is as distant from the lord as the lord is from the house concerned
aaruuDha * = mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; risen; raised up,
elevated on high VarBriS. Pañcat. Hit. Kathâs. &c.; undertaken; reached, brought to (often used in
compounds e.g. {indriyA7rUDha}, brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.; having
reached or attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. the mounting, arising.
aaruu* = mfn. ({R} [Un. i, 87]), tawny; ({Us}) m. tawny (the colour) L
aaruudha = house
aaruNi * = m. (fr. {aruNa})N. of Uddâlaka (a renowned Brâhmana teacher, son of Aruna Aupaves'i and
father of S'veta-ketu) S'Br. AitBr. MBh.; N. of Auddâlaki (= S'veta-ketu) KathhUp.; N. of Suparneya, a son
of Prajâpati TÂr.; of Vainateya MBh.; of Tathâyu Bâlar.
aarya = wise man* = m. (fr. {arya4}, {R}), a respectable or honourable or faithful man, an inhabitant of
Âryâvarta; one who is faithful to the religion of his country; N. of the race which immigrated from
Central Asia into Âryâvarta (opposed to {an-Arya}, {dasyu}, {dAsa}); in later times N. of the first three
castes (opposed to {zUdra}) RV. AV. VS. MBh. Yâjñ. Pañcat. &c.; a man highly esteemed, a respectable,
honourable man Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; a master, an owner L.; a friend L.; a Vais'ya L.; Buddha; (with
Buddhists [Pâli {ayyo}, or {ariyo}]) a man who has thought on the four chief truths of Buddhism (see
next col.) and lives accordingly, a Buddhist priest; a son of Manu Sâvarna Hariv.; (mf({A} and {A4rI})n.)
Âryan, favourable to the Âryan people RV. &c.; behaving like an Âryan, worthy of one, honourable,
respectable, noble R. Mn. S'ak. &c.; of a good family; excellent; wise; suitable; ({A}) f. a name of Pârvatî
Hariv.; a kind of metre of two lines (each line consisting of seven and a half feet; each foot containing
four instants, except the sixth of the second line, which contains only one, and is therefore a single short
syllable; hence there are thirty instants in the first line and twenty-seven in the second); [cf. Old Germ.
{e7ra}; Mod. Germ. {Ehre}; Irish {Erin}.]
aasaat * = ind. (fr. an ideal base {Asa}), from or in the proximity, near RV.
aasaJj *= P. %{-sajati} , to fasten on , attach , fix ; to fasten on one's self , put on (as dress , armour ,
&c.) RV. AV. Ka1tyS3r. R. Kum. &c. ; to fix one's self to , adhere to Kir. xiii , 44 ; to take up MBh. &c. ; to
take hold of , cling to AV. MBh. S3Br. BhP. &c.: Caus. %{-saJjayati} , to cause to attach or put or fix on
S3a1n3khS3r. Ragh. ; to employ MBh.: Pass. %{-sajyate} , to adhere , cohere , be attached: Desid.
%{-sisaGkSati} , to wish to attach S3Br. i , 6 , 1 , 12 ; 15.
aasaM = exist
aasakta = attached\\* = mfn. fixed or fastened to; attached to, lying on or upon S'Br. Kum. R. Kathâs.
&c.; attached strongly to, intent on; zealously following or pursuing MBh. VarBri. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.;
wound round, encircled; accompanied or furnished with; following directly, immediately proceeding
from (acc.) MBh.
aasana = seat
aasanaM = seat
aasaadya = attaining
aas'aya * = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag. &c.; a
receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the
heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the seat of feelings and
thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning, intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.;
disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of
previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or demerit, until
they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation
of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the
plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aashaa = desire
aasha*= (1. {az}), reaching, obtaining (cf. {dur-} Aza m. food; eating S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c. (cf. {prAtar-Aza},
{sAyam-Aza}, &c.; {hutA7za}, {AzrayA7za}, &c.)
aashaa4 *=, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV. S'Br. ChUp. R. S'ak. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; Hope
personified as the wife of a Vasu Hariv.; as the daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.; (for 2. {A4zA} see s.v.)
aa4shaa*. (1. {az}; for 1. {AzA4} see {A-zaMs}), space, region, quarter of the heavens RV. AV. TS. R. MBh.
Ragh. &c.
aas'aya m. resting-place , bed ; seat , place ; an asylum , abode or retreat S3Br. MBh. Pan5cat. Bhag. &c.
; a receptacle ; any recipient ; any vessel of the body (e.g. %{raktA7zaya} , `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e.
the heart ; %{AmA7zaya} , the stomach &c.) Sus3r. ; the stomach ; the abdomen Sus3r. ; the seat of
feelings and thoughts , the mind , heart , soul Ya1jn5. R. Katha1s. &c. ; thought , meaning , intention
Prab. Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; disposition of mind , mode of thinking ; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "' or `" the
balance of the fruits of previous works , which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of
merit or demerit , until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank , years , and
enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168 , 16 ff.) ; the will ; pleasure ; virtue ; vice ; fate ; fortune ;
property ; a miser , niggard L. ; N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aa-s'i * =2 P. (Impv. {A4-zizIhi}) to sharpen [Sây.] i.e. to make zealous RV. vii, 16, 6; viii, 21, 8 [to bestow,
let partake BRD.]; (for 1. {Azi} see 2. {Aza}.)
aas'ii * =2 f. = 2. {Azis} L.
aa-s'ii * =3 Â. (irr. {-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. {A-zayAm} AV. v, 25, 9; 3. pl. {-zerate} Vikr.) to
lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl. {A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this form is rather a
Nom. from 1. {AzA}?]: Caus. (impf. {A74zIzayat}) to lay or put upon R.
aashu = fast
aashcharyaM = surprise
aashcharyamayaM = wonderful
aashrayaa = sheltor
aashritaM = assuming
aashritaaH = accepting
aashleshha = embrace
aashvaasayaamaasa = encouraged
aas'u * = mfn. (1. {az} Un. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. Ved. the quick one, a
horse RV. AV.; ({us}, or {u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S'Br. KâtyS'r. L.; ({u}) n. N. of
a Sâman; ({u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus'r. Megh. Pañcat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu}
in {acupedius}, &49452[157, 3] {o7cissimus}: of the same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and
{accipiter}.)
aas'aya* = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag. &c.; a
receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the
heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the seat of feelings and
thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning, intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.;
disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of
previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or demerit, until
they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation
of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the
plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas.h = to sit
aasita* = mfn. seated, being at rest; one who has sat down, one who is seated or dwells Kathâs. R. &c.;
({am}) n. sitting, sitting down Sâh. MBh.; a seat; a place where one has lived, an abode R.; way or
manner of sitting (cf. {dur--}); N. of several Sâmans.
aasit.h = was/existed
aasinaM = situated
aasinaH = eaters
aasiit.h = was
aasiinaH = situated
aaspada* = n. (ifc. mf[{A}]n. fr. {pada} with {A} prefixed, {s} being inserted), place, seat, abode S'ak.
Kathâs. Mriicch. Bhartri. Das'. &c.; the tenth lunar mansion VarBri.; business, affair; dignity, authority;
power L.
aasphuT * = Caus. {-sphoTayati}, to split open, crush, grind Kathâs.; to move, agitate quickly; to shake
MBh. Mn. BhP. &c.
aas'raya* = m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is closely connected or on
which anything depends or rests Pân. R. Ragh. Sus'r.; a recipient, the person or thing in which any
quality or article is inherent or retained or received; seat, resting-place R. Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; dwelling,
asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. S'is'. &c.; depending on, having recourse to; help, assistance,
protection Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; authority, sanction, warrant; a plea, excuse L.; the being inclined or
addicted to, following, practising; attaching to, choosing, taking; joining, union, attachment; dependance,
contiguity, vicinity RPrât. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; relation; connection; appropriate act or one consistent with the
character of the agent; (in Gr.) the subject, that to which the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists) the
five organs of sense with {manas} or mind (the six together being the recipients of the {Azrita} or
objects which enter them by way of their {Alambana} or qualities); source, origin; ifc. depending on,
resting on, endowed or furnished with (e.g. {aSTa-guNA7zraya} see under {aSTa}).
aasrij *V-S evolved. send forth *= = P. (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-sRja}) Â. (pf. 3. pl. {A4-sasRjire}) to pour out
upon, pour in RV.; to admit (a stallion to a mare) RV. ix, 97, 18; to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52, 6; to carry
near; to procure KâtyS'r. aastikyaM = religiousness
aas'ru * = P. {-zRNoti} Â. {-zRNute}, to listen to; to hear; to perceive (with the ear) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. BhP.
&c.; to accept, promise Pân. 1-4, 40 R. Yâjñ. L.: Caus. {-zrAvayati} [but {A4-zravayatam} RV. vii, 62, 5;
aor. {-azuzravus} RV. x, 94, 12], to cause to hear; to announce, make known, tell RV. Âs'vS'r. MBh.; to
address, speak to, call to (especially at particular rites) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. ChUp. TUp. KâtyS'r. &c.: Desid.
{-zuzrUSati} [only P. Pân. 1-3, 59], to wish to hear; to listen.
aas'ruta * = mfn. listened to , heard ; audible TS. ; promised , agreed Ya1jn5. ; (%{am}) n. a calling (at
rites see %{A-zrAvaNa}) Ka1tyS3r. TS.
aaste = remains
aasthaaya = following
aasthitaaH = situated
aastikya* = n. (fr. {Astika}), belief in God, piety, faithfulness; a believing nature or disposition MBh.
Bhag. BhP.
aa-su * = 3. P. {-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. {-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and {A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to press out
(Soma juice); to distil RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp.
aa-suu * = P. {A4-suvati} 1. (p. {-suvAna4}) to excite towards [161, 1]; to throw to, send off towards; to
assign to, bring quickly, procure; to yield, grant RV. AV. S'Br.
aasuraM = demonic *
aasura = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {asura}), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.; belonging or devoted to evil spirits;
belonging or relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS. KâtyS'r. Prab. Das'. &c.; infernal, demoniacal; m. an Asura
or demon AV. AitBr. Pân.; a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her
father and paternal kinsmen) Âs'vGri. i, 6, 6 Mn. iii, 31 (cf. {vivAha}); ({As}) m. pl. the stars of the
southern hemisphere Sûryas. &c.; a prince of the warrior-tribe Asura Pân.; ({I}) f. a female demon; a
division of medicine (surgery, curing by cutting with instruments, applying the actual cautery); N. of the
plant Sinapis Ramosa L.; the urethra BhP.; ({am}) n. blood; black salt L.
aasuraH = demoniac
aasuranishchayaan.h = demons
aasuriiM = atheistic
aasuriishhu = demoniac
aas'u* = mfn. (1. %{az} Un2. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; (%{us}) m. Ved. the quick
one, a horse RV. AV.; (%{us}, or %{u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. L.;
(%{u}) n. N. of a Sa1man; (%{u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus3r. Megh. Pan5cat. &c. (cf.
Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157,3] {o7cissimus}: of the same origin may be the Lat.
{aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'vaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation;
relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.
aazvaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus3r.; cheering up, consolation;
relying on Katha1s.; a chapter or section of a book Sa1h.
aasya4 * = n. [ifc. mf({A})n.] mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c.; face Yâjñ.; (mfn.) belonging to the
mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth which is
the organ of uttering sounds or letters Pân. Siddh. Kâs'. &c. [160, 1]
aata *=nmfn. (Pa1n2. 7-4 , 47) taken , obtained ChUp. Katha1s. ; taken away or off , withdrawn from
S3Br. AitBr. &c. ; seized , grasped ChUp. La1t2y. &c. ; perceived , felt Ma1lav. ; undertaken , begun MBh.
xiii , 3567.
aatataayinaH = aggressors
aatapa = heat
aatapatraM = sunshade* = n. `" heatprotector "' (ifc. f. {A} Megh. Kathâs.), a large umbrella (of silk or
leaves) MBh. &c.; {AtapatrAyita} mfn. forming an umbrella (as the branches of a tree) BhP.
aatishhTha = be situated
aatura = anxious * = mf(%{A})n. suffering , sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi , 101 , 2 , &c. ; diseased
or pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c. ; desirous of (Inf.) (cf. %{an-Atura4}.)
aatta = ready
aatmaa = soul
aatmanaa* = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the
Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmaasambhavitaaH = self-complacent
aatma = of the self * = (in comp. for {Atma4n}; also rarely ifc. e.g. {adhy-Atma}, {adhy-Atma4m}).
aatmaka* mf({ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or consisting of
the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. {saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or composed of Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. {paJcA7tmaka} &c.)
aatman * = {A} m. (variously derived fr. {an}, to breathe; {at}, to move; {vA}, to blow; cf. {tma4n}) the
breath RV.; the soul, principle of life and sensation RV. AV. &c.; the individual soul, self, abstract
individual [e.g. {Atma4n}] (Ved. loc.) {dhatte}, or {karoti}, `" he places in himself "', makes his own TS. v
S'Br.; {AtmanA akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Kâd.; {AtmanA vi-yuj}, `" to lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46;
{Atman} in the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons and all three genders e.g.
{AtmAnaM sA hanti}, `" she strikes herself "'; {putram AtmanaH spRSTvA nipetatuH}, `" they two
having touched their son fell down "' R. ii, 64, 28; the prayers of transcendental activity [with for each of
the four a type of priest or below s.v. {AtmanA}]; essence, nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g.
{karmA7tman}, &c.) RV. x, 97, 11, &c.; the person or whole body considered as one and opposed to the
separate members of the body VS. S'Br.; the body Ragh. i, 14 RâmatUp.; (ifc.) `" the understanding,
intellect, mind "' see {naSTA7tman}, {mandA7-}; the highest personal principle of life, Brahma (cf.
{paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS. xxxii, 11 S'Br. xiv, &c.; effort L.; (= {dhRti}) firmness L.; the sun L.; fire
L.; a son L.; [Old Germ. {âtum}; Angl. Sax. {oedhm}; Mod. Germ. {Athem}, {Odem}; Gk. $, $ (?).]
&42279[135, 1]
aatma-krita * = ({Atma4-}) mfn. done or committed against one's self VS. viii, 13; done of one's self,
self-executed R. ii, 46, 23.
aatmaghosha * = m. `" uttering one's own name "', a crow L.; a cock L.
aatmaja * = mfn. self-originated MBh. xii, 12449; m. (ifc. f. {A} R.) `" born from or begotten by one's self
"', a son Nir. Mn. &c.; N. of the fifth lunar mansion VarYogay.; ({A}) f. a daughter MBh. R. &c.; `"
originating from intellect "', the reasoning faculty L.
aatmajJa * = mfn. knowing one's self MBh. xii, 12440; knowing the supreme spirit Vedântas.
aatmajJAna * = n. self-knowledge MBh. v, 990 and 1167; knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit Mn. xii,
85 and 92 MBh. Vedântas.
aatma-tattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa}
mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.
aatmakaM = consisting of
aatmaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or
consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. %{saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or
composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{paJcA7tmaka} &c.)
aatmaja = son
aatmajaH = son
aatmajaa = daughter
aatmatriptaH = self-illuminated
aatman.h = Soul
aatmanaa = by the purified mind * = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals
Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmani = in himself
aatmabhuutaatmaa = compassionate
aatmavinigrahaH = self-control
aatmatattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa}
mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.
aatma-tantra * =n. the basis of self MBh. xiii, 4399; (mfn.) depending only on one's self, independent
BhP. (cf. {sva-tantra}.)
aathopa * = m. puffing , swelling MBh. iii , 11587 Pan5cat. &c. ; a multitude , redundancy BhP. ;
flatulence , borborygmi Sus3r. ; pride , self-conceit Mr2icch. &c. (cf. %{sA7topam}.)
aatura * = mf({A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2, &c.; diseased or pained by (in
comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of (Inf.) (cf. {an-Atura4}.)
aatyantikaM = supreme
aatyantika *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{aty-anta}) , continual , uninterrupted , infinite , endless Mn. ii , 242 seq.
Bhag. &c. ; entire , universal (as the world's destruction &c.) BhP. Sarvad.
aavaha * =mf({A})n. bringing, bringing to pass, producing; what bears or conveys Mn. Bhag. R. Pañcat.
&c.; m. N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air (that which is usually assigned to the {bhuvar-loka}
or atmospheric region between the {bhUr-loka} and {svar-loka}) Hariv.; one of the seven tongues of fire.
[155, 2]
aavali * = %{is} and %{I} f. (%{val} T.), a row, range; a continuous line; a series; dynasty, lineage Vikr.
BhP. Prab. Hit. &c.
aavaraNa = a veil
aavartinaH = returning
aavasatha4 * = m. (Un. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 S'Br. ChUp.
Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c.; a dwelling for pupils and ascetics; a village; a particular religious observance L.; a
treatise on Âryâ metres T.
aavayoH = of ours
aaveza *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak. Prab. &c.;
absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.; demoniacal
frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.; indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or
epileptic giddiness L.
aavi* = {is} and {I4} f. (perhaps {vI}), pain, suffering Sus'r. TS.; ({yas}) f. pl. pangs of childbirth Sus'r.
aavii* = P. {-ve4ti} (but also {-va4yati} Nigh. ii, 8; pf. {-vivAya}, &c.) to undertake; to hasten near,
approach RV.; to grasp, seize AitUp.; to drive on or near RV.: Intens. (Pot. 3. pl. {A4-vavIran} TS. iii, 2, 9,
5) to tremble, be agitated; (for the noun {AvI} see {Avi}, and for {AvI} f. see {Avya}.)
aavishya = entering
aavis'* =* = P. Â. {-vizati}, {-te} (inf. {A-vi4zam} RV. ii, 24, 6) to go or drive in or towards; to approach,
enter; to take possession of RV. AV. VS. S'Br. MBh. BhP. R. Mn. &c.; to sit down, settle MBh.; to get or
fall into; to reach, obtain; to become RV. MBh. R. BhP. &c.: Caus. {-vezayati}, to cause to enter or
approach; to cause to reach or obtain; to deliver, offer, present; to make known RV. AV. AitBr. MBh. BhP.
Ragh. Bhag. &c.
aavishh.h = to be possesed by
aavishhTaM = overwhelmed
aavishhTaH = overwhelmed
aavraj P. %{-vrajati} , to come near , proceed to S3Br. La1t2y. Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; to come back or
home , return R. BhP. Sus3r. MBh. &c.aavriti * = f. covering, closing, hiding.
aavrij * =Â. {-vRGkte} (Subj. {-va4rjate} RV. i, 33, 1; aor. {A74vRkta} RV. viii, 90, 16; also P. aor. 1. sg.
{A74vRkSam} RV. x, 159, 5) to turn or bring into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give RV.; to turn
or bring into one's own possession; to appropriate RV. S'Br. BhP.; to be propitiated, favour BhP.: Caus. P.
{-varjayati}, to turn over, incline, bend Hariv. S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. Megh. &c.; to pour out Ragh. Kum.; to
deliver BhP. Ragh. &c.; to cause to yield, overcome; to gain one's favour, propitiate, attract Kathâs. Das'.
&c.
aavri * =1 1. P. {-vRNoti}, to cover, hide, conceal; to surround, enclose, shut, comprehend, hem in; to
keep off MBh. R. BhP. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-vArayati}, to cover, enclose; to ward off, keep off MBh.
R. BhP. VarBriS.
aavritaM = is covered
aavritaH = is covered
aavritaa = covered
aavritaaH = covered
aavrittiM = return
aavritya = covering
aaveshita = fixed
aaveshya = establishing
aavriyate = is covered
aavhayati = to call
aayaata * = mfn. come, arrived, attained MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. abundance, superabundance,
Kirâ
aayana *= 1 n. coming, approaching RV. AV. VS.; (for 2. {Ayana} see s.v
aayaana * =n. coming, arrival RV. viii, 22, 18 MBh. &c.; the natural temperament or disposition L. (cf.
{ayAna}.)
aayata * = mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow); stretching, extending, extended, spread over;
directed towards, aiming at; extended, long, future MBh. R. Sus'r. Ragh. S'is'. Kir. &c.; m. an oblong
figure (in geometry); ({A}) f. a particular interval (in music); ({am}), and ({ayA}) ind. without delay, on
the spot, quickly S'Br.
aayu* = 1 2. A1. (%{A4-yuvate} RV. ix, 77, 2 ; pf. %{-yuyuve4} RV. i, 138, 1 ; p. %{-yuva4mAna} RV. i, 582,
and %{-yuvAna} S3Br. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull towards one's self ; to seize, take possession of RV. TBr.
S3Br. ; to procure, provide, produce TS. ; to stir up, agitate, mingle Ma1nS3r. and Gr2.: Intens. (p.
%{-yo4yuvAna} RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle with.// 2 mfn. (fr. %{i} Un2. i, 2), living, movable RV. VS. ;
(%{us}) m. a living being, man ; living beings collectively, mankind RV. ; son, descendant, offspring ;
family, lineage RV. ; a divine personification presiding over life RV. x, 17, 4 ; N. of fire (as the son of
Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf. %{Ayus}) ; N. of a man persecuted by Indra RV. ; N. of
several other men MBh. Hariv. &c. ; N. of a king of frogs MBh. ; (%{u}) n. [and (%{us}) m. L.] life,
duration of life RV. iii, 3, 7 ; ix, 100, 1.
aayus * = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S3Br. Mn. MBh.
Pan5cat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sa1y.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii,
90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony (= %{AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sa1man; of the eighth lunar
mansion; food L.; (%{us}) m. the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1 (cf. %{Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor.
$; perhaps also $.]
aayudhaM = weapons
aayudhAgAra* = n. an armoury, arsenal Mn. MBh. Venis.; {-nara} m. governor of an arsenal Hariv.
{AyudhA7gArika} m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. [149, 2]
aayudha* = n. a weapon RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; implement AV. x, 10, 18 AitBr. Kaus'.; gold
used for ornaments L.; ({Ani}) n. pl. water L.
aayus* = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. MBh. Pañcat.
&c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sây.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6; N. of
a particular ceremony (= {AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sâman; of the eighth lunar mansion; food L.;
({us}) m. the son of Purûravas and Urvas'î (cf. {Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayuta * = mfn. melted, mixed, mingled; ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.; ({A4-yutam}) n. halfmelted
butter MaitrS. AitBr.
abodha = Ignorance
abdhi = sea
abhavat.h = became
abraviit.h = spoke
abhaya = freedom from fear *mf({A})n. unfearful, not dangerous, secure; ({a-bha4ya}) mfn. fearless,
undaunted S'Br. xiv; m. N. of S'iva; of a natural son of Bimbisâra; of a son of Idhmajihva BhP.; of a river
in Krauñcadvîpa BhP.; ({A}) f. the plant Terminalia Chebula; ({a4-bhayam}) n. (ifc. f. {A}) absence or
removal of fear, peace, safety, security RV. &c. (cf. {a4bhaya-tama} below); `" safety "', (applied as proper
name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in Plakshadvîpa BhP.; a kind of symbol procuring security
Hcat.; a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal security Kaus'.; the root of a fragrant grass,
Andropogon Muricatum.
abhayaM = fearlessness
abhi * = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns , expressing) to , towards , into , over , upon. (As a prefix to
verbs of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards , approaching , &c. (As a prefix to nouns not
derived from verbs) it expresses superiority , intensity , &c. ; e.g. %{abhi-tAmra} , %{abhi-nava} q.v. (As a
separate adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to , towards , in the direction of , against ; into
S3Br. and Ka1tyS3r. ; for , for the sake of ; on account of ; on , upon , with regard to , by , before , in front
of ; over. It may even express one after the other , severally Pa1n2. 1-4 , 91 e.g.
%{vRkSaM@vRkSam@abhi} , tree after tree [cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {ob} ; Zend &18820[61 ,1] {aibi} , {aiwi} ;
Goth. {bi} ; Old High Germ. {bi1}].
abhii 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\ 2 ( %{i}) , %{abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg. %{abhI74hi} ; impf. 3. pl.
%{-Ayan} , 3. sg. A1. %{-Ayata} ; ind. p. %{abhI74tya}) to come near , approach , go up to or towards
(acc.) RV. &c. ; (with %{sakAzam} or %{samIpam} or %{pArzve}) id. Pan5cat. ; to go along or after (acc.)
RV. &c. ; to enter , join , go over to Mn. Bhat2t2. ; (with a pr. p.) to begin to , (perf. 3. pl. %{abhI7yu4H})
S3Br. ; to reach , obtain RV. &c. ; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c. ; to come to , fall to one's share (with
acc.) Bhat2t2. ; (said of the sun) to rise (as if he came nearer ; also with %{abhitarAm} [q. v.] instead of
%{abhi}) AitBr. , (with %{astam}) to set MBh. i , 1797 (cf. %{abhy-aya}): Pass. %{abhI7yate} , to be
perceived , known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. %{-Imahe}) to ask , request RV. i , 24 , 3.
abhIkshNa * = mfn. (contr. of %{abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii , 25) , constant , perpetual L. ; in comp. for
%{abhIkSNam} q.v. ; (%{am}) ind. repeatedly , again and again , perpetually , constantly ; presently , at
once ; very , exceedingly (in comp. %{abhIkSNa-}) Ra1jat.
abhi+taD.h = to strike
abhibhavati = transforms
abhibhuuya = surpassing
abhidhaana* = n. telling, naming, speaking, speech, manifesting; a name, title, appellation, expression,
word; a vocabulary, dictionary, lexicon; putting together, bringing in close connection VPrât.; (compar.
{-tara}) KaushBr.; ({I}) f. see s.v.
abhidhaasyati = explains
abhidhiiyate = is called
abhidhii* = (perf. 1. sg. {-dIdhaya-}; p. Â. {-dI4dhyAna} RV. iv, 33, 9) to reflect upon, consider RV. iii, 38,
1 and x, 32, 4.
abhigraha * = m. seizing taking hold of; attack, onset L.; defiance, challenge L.; robbing, plundering L.;
authority L.; a vow Jain
abhihitaa = described* = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br.; named, called
Mn. iii, 141, &c.; held forth, said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m. N. of a chief L.;
(%{am}) n. a name, expression, word.
abhiipsita = desired
abhijaataH = born of
abhijita = A nakshatra between uttaraashhDhaa and shravaNa mainly centred on the star Vega. For some
reason it is not usually included in the 27 nakshatras although it would make 28 if it was. adhipatii -
Lord
abhijit * = mfn. victorious VS. xv, 7; born under the constellation Abhijit Pân. 4-3, 36, (cf. {Abhijita});
({t}) m. N. of a Soma sacrifice (part of the great sacrifice Gavâm-ayana) AV. S'Br. &c.; N. of a son [Hariv.]
or of the father [VP.] of Punarvasu; of Vishnu L.; N. of a star (a Lyrae) L.; of the 20th (or 22nd)
Nakshatra AV. &c.; the eighth Muhûrta of the day (about midday) Kaus'. &c.
abhikrama = in endeavoring
abhiikshNa * = mfn. (contr. of {abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual L.; in comp. for
{abhIkSNam} q.v.; ({am}) ind. repeatedly, again and again, perpetually, constantly; presently, at once;
very, exceedingly (in comp. {abhIkSNa-}) Râjat.
abhimanaH = conceit
abhimata * mfn. longed for, wished, desired; loved, dear; allowed Âs'vGri.; supposed, imagined; ({am}) n.
desire, wish.
abhimukhaaH = towards
abhinandatii = praises
abhinaya = acting
abhinivesha = possessiveness
abhirataH = following
abhishhekaM = ablution
abhisandhaaya = desiring
abhitaH = everywhere
abhinaya * = m. (indication of a passion or purpose by look , gesture , &c.) acting , dramatic action
(expressive of sentiment)
abhukta * = mfn. uneaten; unenjoyed, unused, unexpended; one who has not eaten, enjoyed or
expended.
abhyaakarsha 8 = m. ( {kRS}), a striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast in defiance (a practice
common to wrestlers and pugilists) MBh. i, 7109.
abhyadhikaH = greater
abhyanunaadayan.h = resounding
abhyarchya = by worshiping
abhyaasa* = reaching to, pervading Yâjñ. iii, 114; (with {yad} and Pot.) prospect, any expected result or
consequence ChUp.; proximity (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; (mfn.) near Kum. vi, 2; ({am}) ind. near, at
hand AitBr. PBr.; ({e}) loc. ind. near (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; ({At}) abl. in comp. with (a perf. Pass. p.,
as) {Agata}, &c., arrived from near at hand, &c. Pân. 2-1, 39 Sch. & vi, 3, 2 Sch.
abhyaasa* = 2 m. the act of adding anything, S'ulb.; (in Gr.) `" what is prefixed "', the first syllable of a
reduplicated radical Pân.; reduplication Nir.; repetition Mn. xii, 74, &c.; (in poetry) repetition of the last
verse of a stanza [Nir.] or of the last word of a chapter [Comm. on AitBr.]; (in arithm.) multiplication;
repeated or permanent exercise, discipline, use, habit, custom [77, 1]; repeated reading, study; military
practice L.; (in later Vedânta phil.) inculcation of a truth conveyed in sacred writings by means of
repeating the same word or the same passage; (in Yoga phil.) the effort of the mind to remain in its
unmodified condition of purity (sattva).
abhyasanaM = practice
abhyasuuyakaaH = envious
abhyasuuyati = is envious
abhyaasha = outskirts
abhyaasa = study
abhyaasayoga = by practice
abhyaase = in practice
abhyaasena = by practice
abhyutthaanaM = predominance
abhyudaya = rise, prosperity * = m. sunrise or rise of luminaries (during or with reference to some other
occurrence) Ka1tyS3r. Jaim.; beginning, commencing (as of darkness, &c.) R.; elevation, increase,
prosperity, happiness, good result Mn. iii, 254 R. &c.; a religious celebration, festival Mn. ix, 84.
abhyupeta* = mfn. approached, arrived at (acc.) MBh. i, 3592 Ragh. v, 14; (with %{gRham}) staying in a
house VarBr2S.; furnished with (in comp. [VarBr2S.] or instr.); agreed upon, assented to Das3.;
promised Megh.
abhraM = cloud
acalaM = unmoving
acalaH = immovable
acalaa = unflinching
acaapalaM = determination
acetana* = mfn. without consciousness, inanimate; unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting, &c.
acintya = inconceivable
acintyaH = inconceivable
acchedyaH = unbreakable
acit* = mfn. without understanding RV.; irreligious, bad RV.; (the NBD. suggests to take {a-ci4t} as a f. `"
not-knowledge "' Sây. sometimes explains by {ci}, `" neglecting the Agnicayana, irreligious); {a-cit} f.
not-spirit, matter Sarvad.
aH = (v) to be
addhA * = ind. (fr. %{ad} , or %{a} , this) , Ved. in this way ; manifestly ; certainly , truly.
ad.h = to eat
adatta * = mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing AV.; (%{A})
f. an unmarried girl; (%{am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Ya1jn5.
acala * = mf(%{A})n. not moving, immovable ; m. a mountain, rock ; a bolt or pin ; the number seven ;
N. of S3iva and of the first of the nine deified persons, called `" white Balas "' among the Jainas ; of a
Devarshi VP. ; (%{A}) f. the earth ; one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by a Bodhisattva
before becoming a Buddha.
adadat.h = gave
adambha* = mfn. free from deceit, straightforward m. N. of S'iva; absence of deceit; straightforwardness.
adarshaH = mirror
adas * = nom. mf. %{asau4} (voc. %{a4sau} MaitrS.) n. %{ada4s} , (opposed to %{ida4m} q.v.) , that , a
certain , (%{adas}) ind. thus , so , there.
adatta V* assume, * n= mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing
AV.; ({A}) f. an unmarried girl; ({am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Yâjñ.
adhika * = mfn. additional , subsequent , later ; surpassing (in number or quantity or quality) , superior ,
more numerous ; abundant ; excellent ; supernumerary , redundant ; secondary , inferior ; intercalated ;
(%{am}) n. surplus , abundance , redundancy , hyperbole ind. exceedingly , too much ; more.
abhicaksh * =%{-caSTe} (2. sg. %{-cakSase} RV. v, 3, 9; Ved. Inf. %{-cakSase} RV.) to look at, view,
perceive RV. BhP.; to cast a kind or gracious look upon any one RV.; to address BhP.; to assail with harsh
language RV. vii, 104, 8; to call BhP.
abhicakshaNa* =n. conjuring, incantation AV. vi, 127, 2; (%{A}) f. (in augury or astron.) observation (of
the sky) AV. ix, 2, 21.
abhijña* = mf(%{A})n. knowing , skilful , clever ; understanding , conversant with (gen. or ifc.) ; (%{A})
f. remembrance , recollection Pa1n2. 3-2 , 112 ; supernatural science or faculty of a Buddha (of which five
are enumerated , viz. 1. taking any form at will ; 2. hearing to any distance ; 3. seeing to any distance ; 4.
penetrating men's thoughts ; 5. knowing their state and antecedents).
abhinanda * = m. the delight , pleasure (of sensuality) S3Br. xiv ChUp. ; wish , desire for (ifc.) Sus3r. ; N.
of the first month ; N. of a commentator on the Amara-kosha ; N. of the author of the
Yoga-va1sisht2hasa1ra ; (%{A}) f. delight L. ; wish L.
abhinandya * = 1 mfn. = %{abhi-nandanIya} S3a1k. Ragh. v , 31.\\ 2 ind. p. having rejoiced at ; having
gladdened.
abhivicaksh * =%{-caSTe}, to look towards RV. iii, 55, 9 AV. ii, 10, 4.
adbhuta = the sentiment of marvel* =mfn. extraordinary; see s.v. \\ [once {adbhuta4} RV. i, 120, 4] mfn.
(see 1. {at}), supernatural, wonderful, marvellous m. the marvellous (in style), surprise; N. of the Indra
of the ninth Manvantara, ({am}) n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.
adbhutaM = wonderful
adbhuutaM = wonderfull
adhama = inferior* = mfn. (see {a4dhara}), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or vile or bad (often ifc., as in
{narA7dhama}, the vilest or worst of men); m. an unblushing paramour, ({A}) f. a low or bad mistress
[cf. Lat. {infimus}].
adhamaaM = condemned
adhara = Lip
adharaM = lips
adhara- * = o the lower position of something *= mfn. (connected with %{adha4s}), lower, inferior,
tending downwards; low, vile; worsted, silenced; m. the lower lip, the lip, (%{A4t}) abl. ind. see s.v.
below; (%{asmAt}) abl. ind. below L.; (%{A}) f. the lower region, nadir; (%{am}) n. the lower part, a
reply, pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. {inferus}]
adharmaM = irreligion
adharmaH = irreligion
adharmasya = of irreligion
adhi * = 1 m. (better {Adhi} q.v.), anxiety, ({is}) f. a woman in her courses (= {avi} q.v.) L.
a4dhi *=, as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides. As a separable adverb
or preposition; (with abl.) Ved. over; from above, from; from the presence of; after AitUp.; for; instead of
RV. i, 140, 11, (with loc.) Ved. over; on; at; in comparision with; (with acc.) over, upon, concerning.
adhii * =, or {a4dhy-eti} (exceptionally {adhI7yati} RV. x, 32, 3), to turn the mind towards, observe,
understand RV. and AV.; chiefly Ved. (with gen. [cf. Pân. 2-3, 72] or acc.) to mind, remember, care for,
long for RV. &c.; to know, know by heart TS. S'Br. Up. &c.; to go over, study MBh. iii, 13689; to learn from
(a teacher's mouth abl.) MBh. iii, 10713; to declare, teach S'Br. x Up.: Â. {adhI7te4} or (more rarely)
{adhI7yate} (Mn. iv, 125; Pot. 3. pl. {adhI7yIran} Kaus'. Mn. x, 1) to study, learn by heart, read, recite:
Caus. {adhy-Apayati} (aor. {-Apipat} Pân. 2-4, 51) to cause to read or study, teach, instruct: Caus. Desid.
{adhy-Apipa-yiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pân. 2-4, 51: Desid. {adhI7SiSati}, to be desirous of
studying Pân. 8-3, 61 Sch.
adhIra * = mfn. imprudent RV. i, 179, 4 AV.; not fixed, movable; confused; deficient in calm
self-command; excitable; capricious; querulous; weak-minded, foolish; (%{A}) f. lightning; a capricious
or bellicose mistress.
adhigaa * = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. %{-gAta}, or %{-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV. and AV.;
P. or generally A1. (%{-jage}, %{-agISTa}, %{-agISyata} Pa1n2.) to go over, learn, read, study; to attempt,
resolve: Caus. P. %{-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. %{-jigApayiSati}, to be desirous
of teaching Pa1n2. 2-4, 51.
adhigachchhati = attains
adhigam* = to go up to, approach, overtake, to approach for sexual intercourse, to fall in with, to meet,
find, discover, obtain; to accomplish; to study, read: Desid. P. {adhi-jigamiSati}, to seek; Â. {adhi-
jigAMsate}, to be desirous of studying or reading.
adhigantri* = {tA} m. one who attains or acquires. acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge [21, 1];
mercantile return, profit, &c.
adhigaa* = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-gAta}, or {-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV. and AV.; P.
or generally Â. ({-jage}, {-agISTa}, {-agISyata} Pân.) to go over, learn, read, study; to attempt, resolve:
Caus. P. {-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. {-jigApayiSati}, to be desirous of teaching
Pân. 2-4, 51.
adhiikaara* = (= {adhi-kAra}) m. superintendence over (loc.) Mn. xi, 63; authorization, capability MBh.
adhika = additional* =mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number or quantity or quality),
superior, more numerous; abundant; excellent; supernumerary, redundant; secondary, inferior;
intercalated; ({am}) n. surplus, abundance, redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too much; more.
adhikaM = more
adhikaH = greater
adhikaaraH = right
adhimaatra = superior
adhipati = lord
adhivaasa = dwelling
adhiishtha* = mfn. (3. {iS}), solicited, asked for instruction (as a teacher) Pân.; ({as}? or {am}) m. n.
instruction given by a teacher solicited for it Pân. Sch.
adhishThaana * = n. standing by, being at hand, approach; standing or resting upon; a basis, base; the
standing-place of the warrior upon the car Sa1mavBr.; a position, site, residence, abode, seat; a
settlement, town, standing over; government, authority, power; a precedent, rule; a benediction Buddh.
adhiita = studied
adhiitaa = studied
adhiiyaanaH = studied
adhRta*= mfn. not held , unrestrained , uncontrolled ; unquiet , restless TS. ; m. N. of Vishn2u (see also
aadhRta)
adhunaa = recently
adhvan * = %{A} m. a road, way, orbit ; a journey, course ; distance ; time Buddh. and Jain. ; means,
method, resource ; the zodiac (?), sky, air L. ; a place ; a recension of the Vedas and the school upholding
it ; assault (?) ; ifc. %{adhva}, %{as}. [24,1]
adhyayana = study
adhyaksheNa = by superintendence
adhibhUta* = n. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects; the all penetrating
influence of the Supreme Spirit [21,3]; the Supreme Spirit itself; nature; (a4m) ind. on material objects
(treated of in the Upanishads) S3Br. xiv TUp.
adhidaiva* = or %{-daivata} n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent operating
in material objects; (%{am}) ind. on the subject of the deity or the divine agent.
adhyaasa = a case of mistaken identity * = m. (2. {as}), imposing (as of a foot) Yâjñ.; (in phil.) = {adhy-
Aropa}; an appendage RPrât
adhyaatma = the principle of self * = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self; ({a4m}) ind.
concerning self or individual personali
adhyaatma* = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self; (%{a4m}) ind. concerning self or
individual personality.
adhyaatmaM = transcendental
adhruvaM = temporary
adhvan.h = road
adrishhTa = Unseen, fortune, luck * = or mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced,
unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned\\2[S3Br.] mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced,
unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned ; m. N. of a particular venomous substance or of a species of
vermin AV., (%{am}) n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the reach of observation or
consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's conduct in one state of existence
and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is visited in another) ; destiny, fate: luck,
bad luck.
adya = today
adri *= a stone, a rock, a mountain; a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding it on
adveshhTaa = nonenvious
agaadha *: not shallow, deep, unfathomable m. a hole, chasm L.; N. of one of the five fires at the
Svadhâkâra Hariv.
agni = fire
agniH = fire
agnitraya: n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Gârhapatya, Âhavanîya, and Dakshina
agra* = mfn. (fr. {aGg} Un.), foremost, anterior, first, prominent, projecting, chief, best L.;
supernumerary L.; ({A}) f. [scil. {rekhA}] measure of amplitude (i.e. the distance from the extremity of
the gnomon-shadow to the line of the equinoctial shadow) Sûryas.; ({am}) n. foremost point or part; tip;
front; uppermost part, top, summit, surface; point; and hence, figuratively, sharpness; the nearest end,
the beginning; the climax or best part; goal, aim; multitude L.; a weight, equal to a pala L.; a measure of
food given as alms L.; (in astron.) the suñs amplitude; ({am}) ind. in front, before, ahead of; ({a4greNa})
ind. in front, before (without or with acc.) S'Br.; (a4gre) ind. in front, ahead of, in the beginning, first;
further on, subsequently, below (in a book); from - up to ({A}) S'Br., before (in time) AitUp. &c. [cf. Gk.
$].
agraga* = m. a leader.
agrahAra* = m. royal donation of land to Brâhmans; land or village thus given MBh.
agraha* = mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying the best
part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class L.
agrahAyaNa* = m. `" commencement of the year "'N. of a Hindû month ({mArgazIrSa}, beginning about
the 12th of November). [6,3]
agrajAti* = m. a Brahman L.
agrakara* = m. the fore &1592[6, 2] part of the hand, finger; first ray S'is'.
agraha* =mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying the best
part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class L.
agrajaH = elder
agrya * = mf({A}) n. foremost, topmost, principal, best; proficient, well versed in (with loc.); intent
closely attentive m. an elder or eldest brother L.; ({A}) f. = {tri-phalA} q.v.; ({am}) n. roof L.
aGYataa = ignorance
aGYaana = ignorance
aGYaanaM = nescience
aGYaanena = by ignorance
aha = said
aha* = 1 ind. (as a particle implying ascertainment, affirmation, certainty, &c.) surely, certainly RV. AV.
S'Br.; (as explaining, defining) namely S'Br.; (as admitting, limiting, &c.) it is true, I grant, granted,
indeed, at least S'Br. [For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the particle {a4ha} cf.
Pân. 8-1, 24 seqq.] \\ =2 n. (only Ved.; nom. pl. {a4hA} RV. AV.; gen. pl. {a4hAnAm} RV. viii, 22, 13) =
{a4Har} q.v., a day; often ifc. {aha4} m. (e.g. {dvAdazA7ha4}, {try-aha4}, {SaD-aha4}, &c.) or n. (e.g.
{puNyA7ha4}, {bhadrA7ha4}, and {sudinA7ha}); see also {ahna} s.v.
ahaM = (pron) I * = nom. sg., `" I "' RV. &c.; = {ahaMkaraNa} q.v., (hence declinable gen. {ahamas}, &c.)
BhP. [Zd. {azem}; Gk. $; Goth. {ik}; Mod. Germ. {ich}; Lith. &38735[124,2] {asz}; Slav. {az}].
ahaH = of daytime
ahata * = mfn. unhurt, uninjured AV. xii, 1, 11 VS.; not beaten (as a drum) AdbhBr.; unbeaten (as clothes
in washing), unwashed, new S'Br. &c.; unblemished, unsoiled BhP.; ({am}) n. unwashed or new clothes
"'
ahaMkaara = false ego, identification with the body * = m. conception of one's individuality,
self-consciousness ChUp. &c.; the making of self, thinking of self, egotism MBh. &c.; pride, haughtiness
R. &c.; (in Sânkhya phil.) the third of the eight producers or sources of creation, viz. the conceit or
conception of individuality, individualization; ({ahaMkAra}) {-val} mfn. selfish, proud L.
Ahavaniya: the fire prepared for receiving oblations; especially the eastern of the three fires burning at a
sacrifice
ahi = on earth
ahimsaa = non-violence* = f. not injuring anything, harmlessness (one of the cardinal virtues of most
Hindû sects, but particularly of the Buddhists and Jains; also personified as the wife of Dharma VâmP.)
ChUp. Nir. Mn. &c.; security, safeness S'Br. AitBr.
ah(a)na* = only (like {aha4}) ifc. for {a4han} (or {a4har}), q.v. e.g. {aty-ahna}, {aparA7hNa4},
{pUrvA7hNa4} &c., qq. vv.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. formerly Naigh.; instantly, speedily MBh. Kum. Ragh.
ahanti * = f. id. VS. xvi, 18 [vv.ll. {a4-hantva} mfn. `" indestructible "' TS. iv, and {a4-hantva} mfn. id.
MaitrS. Kâthh.]
ahanA4 * = instr. with an earlier form of accentuation for {a4hnA}. see before.
a4han * = the base of the weak and some other cases of {a4har}, q.v. e.g. instr. {a4hnA} [once {ahanA4}
RV. i, 123, 4]; dat. {a4hne}; loc. {a4han} (Ved.) or {a4hani}, or {ahni}, &c.; nom. du. {a4hanI} (see also
s.v. {a4har}) and pl. {a4hAni}; only Ved. are the middle cases of the pl. {a4habhyas} [RV.], {a4habhis}
[RV., nine times], and {a4hasu} [RV. i, 124, 9], while the later language forms them fr. the base {a4has}
q.v.
ahitaaH = enemies
ahuta* = mfn. unoffered, not yet offered (as a sacrificial oblation) AV. xii, 4, 53 S'Br. Mn. xii, 68; one who
has not received any sacrifice AV. vii, 97, 7; (the fire) through or in which no sacrificial oblation has been
offered Âp.; not obtained by sacrifice AV. vi, 71, 2; m. religious meditation, prayer (considered as one of
the five great sacraments, otherwise called Brahma-yajña) Mn. iii, 73 seq.
ahRta * = mfn. not captivated or carried away by (instr.) Ragh. viii, 68.
aikaantikasya = ultimate
aikya = unity
aila * =a descendant of IlâN. of Purûravas (cf. 1. {aiDa4}) Hariv. MBh.; N. of the planet Mars T.; ({As})
m. pl. the descendants or family of Purûravas MBh. xiii; ({A}) f. N. of a river (v.l. {elA}) Hariv.; ({am}) n.
plenty or abundance of food or refreshment; a particular number (Buddh.)
aichchhat.h = desired
airaavata* = m. (fr. {irA-vat}), a descendant of Irâ-vat; N. of a Nâga or mythical serpent AV. viii, 10, 29
TândyaBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; `" produced from the ocean "'N. of Indra's elephant (considered as the
prototype of the elephant race and the supporter of the east quarter; cf. {nAga}, which means also
elephant and serpent) MBh. Ragh. Megh. &c. [234, 3]; a species of elephant R. ii, 70, 23; the tree
Artocarpus Lacucha; the orange tree L.; N. of a particular portion of the mooñs path; of a form of the sun
VP. MBh.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a kind of rainbow MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({I}) f. the female of Indra's elephant; N.
of a river MBh.; lightning L.; a species of fern Sus'r.; ({I}, {A}) f. a particular portion of the mooñs path
(including the lunar mansions Punarvasu, Pushya, and Âs'lesha) VarBriS.; ({am}) n. the fruit of
Artocarpus Lacucha Sus'r.; N. of a Varsha MBh.
aishvaraM = divine
ais'varya = desire for power; opulence {Sad-ais'varya-puurnam. The Lord is full in six opulences] * = n.
the state of being a mighty lord, sovereignty, supremacy, power, sway S'Br. xiii MBh. Mn. &c.; dominion
Kathâs.; superhuman power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to some, of the
following eight: {aNiman}, {laghiman}, {mahiman}, {prApti}, {prAkAmya}, {vazitva}, {Izitva}, and
{kAmA7vasAyitva}, qq.v.; or, according to others, of such powers as vision, audition, cogitation,
discrimination, and omniscience; and of active powers such as swiftness of thought, power of assuming
forms at will, and faculty of expatiation Sarvad. &c.)
ajaanat.h = knew
aja * = 1 m. a drove, troop (of Maruts) AV.; a driver, mover, instigator, leader; N. of Indra, of Rudra, of
one of the Maruts [{aja4 e4ka-pA4} RV., and {aja4 e4ka-pAda} AV.], of Agni, of the sun, of Brahmâ, of
Vishnu, of S'iva, of Kâma (cf. 2. {a-ja}); the leader of a flock; a he-goat, ram [cf. Gk. &2547[9, 2] $, $;
Lith. $]; the sign Aries; the vehicle of Agni; beam of the sun (Pûshan); N. of a descendant of Visvâmitra,
and of Das'aratha's or Dîrghabâhu's father; N. of a mineral substance; of a kind of rice; of the moon;
({A4s}) m. pl.N. of a people RV. vii, 18, 19; of a class of Riishis MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, of Mâyâ or
Illusion see {a-jA} (s.v. 2. {a-jA}); a she-goat; N. of a plant whose bulbs resemble the udder of a goat
Sus'r.
aja4 * = 2 mfn. not born, existing from all eternity; ({a4s}) m. N. of the, first uncreated being RV. AV.;
Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva, Kâma; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, Mâyâ or Illusion (see also 1. {aja4} and 1. {ajana}).
ajaM = unborn
ajaH = unborn
ajana* =1 m. ( {aj}), `" the instigator "', Brahmâ; ({am}) n. act of instigating or moving, [10,1]
ajapa* = 1 m. ( {jap}), one who does not repeat prayers; a reciter of heterodox works L.; ({A}) f. the
mantra or formula called hansa (which consists only of a number of inhalations and exhalations).
ajita * = mfn. not conquered, unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible; m. a particular antidote; a
kind of venomous rat; N. of Vishnu; S'iva; one of the Saptarshis of the fourteenth Manvantara; Maitreya
or a future Buddha; the second of the Arhats or saints of the present (Jaina) Avasarpini, a descendant of
Ikshvâku; the attendant of Suvidhi (who is the ninth of those Arhats); ({As}) m. pl. a class of deified
beings in the first Manvantara.
a4-jIta * = mfn. ( {jyA}, usually {jina}), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c.
ajina* = n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, {aja}); the hairy skin of an antelope, especially a black
antelope (which serves the religious student for a couch seat, covering &c.); the hairy skin of a tiger, &c.
m. N. of a descendant of Priithu VP.
ajñaanatA* = f. or ignorance.
akaanda * = without a trunk T.; causeless, unexpected; ({e}) ind. causelessly, unexpectedly.
akarma = inaction
akarman * = mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8; inefficient; (in Gr.)
intransitive; ({a}) n. absence of work; observances; improper work, crime.
akasmaat.h = by chance
akaarya = and forbidden activities* = mfn. not to be done, improper; ({am}) n. a criminal action
akhila = entire
akhilaM = whole
akhilaguru = preceptor for all, also all types of long syllable letters
akiirti = infamy
akiirtiM = infamy
akka = mother
akrama * = mfn. not happening successively , happening at once Yogas. ; m. want of order , confusion.
akraanta * = mfn. unpassed , unsurpassed , unconquered , not doubled RV. Pra1t. ; (%{A}) f. the Egg
plant. [3,1]
akledyaH = insoluble
akrita * = mf({A}) n. undone, not committed; not made, uncreated; unprepared, incomplete; one who
has done no works, ({am}) n. an act never before committed AitBr.; ({A}) f. a daughter who has not been
made {putrikA}, or a sharer in the privileges of a son Pân.
aksh* = (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of 1. {az}) cl. 1. 5. {akSati}, {akSNoti} (Pân. 3-1, 75; fut. {akSiSyati}
or {akSyati} L.; aor. {AkSIt}, 3. du. {AkSiSTAm} or {ASTAm} L.; perf. {AnakSa} [Pân. 7-4, 60 Comm.],
but Â. p. [with the Vedic weak stem {AkS} cf. perf. {Az-uH} 3. pl. &c. fr. 1. {az}] {AkSANa4}),; to reach
RV. x, 22, 11; to pass through, penetrate, pervade, embrace L.; to accumulate (to from the cube?) L.:
Caus. {akSayati}, {AcikSat}, to cause to pervade L.: Desid. {acikSi}, {Sati} or {acikSati} L.
aksha* = 1 m. an axle, axis (in this sense also n. L.); a wheel, car, cart; the beam of a balance or string
which holds the pivot of the beam; a snake L.; terrestrial latitude (cf. {-karNa}, {-bhA}, {-bhAga}); the
collar-bone S'Br.; the temporal bone Yâjñ.; N. of a measure (= 104 angula); [cf. Lat. {axis}; Gk. $; Old
Germ. {ahsa}; &634[3, 1] Mod. Germ. {Achse}; Lith. {assis}.]
aksha* = 2 m. ( 1. {az} Un.) a die for gambling; a cube; a seed of which rosaries are made (cf.
{indrA7kSa}, {rudrA7kSa}); the Eleocarpus Ganitrus, producing that seed; a weight called {karSa}, equal
to 16 mâshas; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as a die; a N. of the
number 5; ({am}) n. sochal salt; blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals) L.
aksha* = 3 n. an organ of sense; sensual perception L.; m. the soul L.; knowledge, religious knowledge L.;
a lawsuit L.; a person born blind L.; N. of Garuda L.; of a son of Râvana; of a son of Nara, &c.
akshama = (adj) incapable* = mf({A})n. unable to endure, impatient; incompetent (with Loc., Inf. or
ifc.), envious; ({A}) f. or {-tA} f. impatience, envy; incompetence, inability (with Inf.)
akSauhiNI* = f. an army consisting of ten anikinis, or 21, 870 elephants, 21, 870 chariots, 65, 610 horse,
and 109, 350 foot. (Since an anikini consists of 27 vâhinis, and 27 is the cube of 3, {akSauhiNI} may be a
compound of 2. {akSa} and {vAhini}; or it may possibly be connected with 1. {akSa}, axle, car.)
akshayaM = unlimited
akshayaH = eternal
akshara = Letter
aksharaM = indestructible
aksharaH = infallible
aksharaaNaaM = of letters
akshepa * =m. drawing together, convulsion, palpitation Sus'r. Kum. vii, 95 Kâd.; applying, laying (as a
colour) Kum. vii, 17; throwing away, giving up, removing Kum. i, 14, &c.; `" shaking about the hands "' or
`" turning the hand "' (in pronouncing the Svarita) RPrât.; charming, transporting Kâd. &c.; (in rhetoric)
pointing to (in comp.), hinting Sâh. Das'ar. &c.; (see also {AkSepo7pamA} below); reviling, abuse, harsh
speech BhP. &c. (cf. {sA7kSepam}); objection (especially to rectify a statement of one's own) Sus'r.
Kâvya7d. Sâh. &c.; challenge Kathâs.; N. of a man VP
akshi = (n) eye * = n. (1. %{az} Un2.) [instr. %{akSNA} dat. %{akSNe}, &c., fr. %{akSan}, substituted for
%{akSi} in the weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl. gen. %{akSNa4s} ; loc. %{akSa4n} (once %{akSiNi}!)
; du. nom acc. %{akSI4} RV., %{a4kSiNI}, %{a4kSyau}, and %{akSya4u} AV. S3Br. and AitBr. ; instr.
%{akSI4bhyAm} ; gen. %{akSyo4s} VS., %{akSyo4s} and %{akSo4s} (!) AV. ; pl. nom. acc. %{a4kSINi}
AV., %{akSANi} RV. ; ifc. %{akSa} is substituted see 4. %{ahSa}], the eye ; the number two ; %{I4}) n.
du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10 ; [cf. Gk. $, $ ; Lat. &842[3,3] {oculos} ; A.S. {aegh} ; Goth. {augo} ;
Germ. {Auge} ; Russ. {oko} ; Lith. {aki-s}.]
akuNTha * mfn. not blunted, not worn out; vigorous, fixed; ever fresh, eternal
akurvat.h = did
akuutha* = mf({A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of arms)
Yâjñ.; not false (said of coins) Yâjñ. n.
akushalaM = inauspicious
alam *= ind. (later form of %{a4ram} q.v.) , enough , sufficient , adequate , equal to , competent , able.
(%{alam} may govern a dat. [%{jI4vitavai4} (Ved. Inf. dat.) %{a4lam} AV. vi , 109 , 1 , or
%{alaM@jIvanAya} Mn. xi , 76 , &c. , sufficient for living] or Inf. [Pa1n2. 2-4 , 66 ; %{alaM@vijJAtum} `"
able to conceive "' Nir. ii , 3] or instr. [Pa1n2. 2-3 , 27 Siddh. ; %{alaM@zaGkayA} , enough i.e. away with
fear!] or gen. [%{alaM@prajAyAH}, capable of obtaining progeny PBr.] or may be used with the fut.
[%{alaM@haniSyati} , he will be able to kill Pa1n2. 3-3 , 154 Sch.] or with an ind. [Pa1n2. 3-4 , 18 ;
%{alaM@bhuktvA} , enough of eating i.e. do not eat more , %{alaM@vlcArya} , enough of
consideration].)
2 alaM (in comp. for %{a4lam}).
alaM = especially
alabhya = Difficult
alasaH = lazy
alasya = indolence
alaka *= %{as} , %{am} m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a curl , lock Ragh. &c. ; (%{as}) m. (= %{alarka} q.v.) a mad
dog L. ; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S. ; of the Inhabitants of Kubera's residence Alaka1 MBh. iii ,
11813 ; (%{A}) f. (g. %{kSipakA7di} q.v.) a girl from eight to ten years of age L. ; N. of the capital of
Kubera (situated on a peak of the Hima1laya inhabited also by S3iva) Kum. vi , 37 , &c. ; N. of a town in
Nishadha Katha1s.
alaya* = m. ( {lI}), non-dissolution, permanence R. iii, 71, 10 (v.l. {an-aya}); (mfn.) restless S'is'. iv, 57.
alpaka * mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind.
shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpaka* = mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind.
shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
a-laukika * = mf({I})n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially said of words); not
relating to this world, supernatural.
a-laukika antika :* = (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. {nedIyas}, superl. {nediSTha});
({am}) n. vicinity, proximity, near e.g. {antikastha}, remaining near; ({a4m}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) until,
near to, into the presence of; ({A4t}) ind. from the proximity; near, close by; within the presence of;
({e4}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in the proximity or presence of; ({ena}) ind. (with gen.) near.
antika * = (fr. {anta}), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. {nAsA7ntika}, reaching to the
nose), lasting till, until.
am* = 1 ind. quickly, a little, (g. {cA7di} q.v.) \\2 the termination {am} in the comparative and other
forms used as ind. e.g. {pratara4m}, &c., (g. {svar-Adi} q.v.) \\3 {amati}, to go L.; to go to or towards L.;
to serve or honour L.; to sound L.; (Imper. Â. 2. sg. {amISva}; aor. {AmIt}; cf. {abhy-am}) to fix, render
firm TS.; (perf. p. acc. sg. {emuSa4m} for {emivA4Msam}) to be pernicious or dangerous RV. viii, 77, 10:
Caus. {Ama4yati} (impf. {A4mayat}; aor. Subj. {Amamat}) to be afflicted or sick RV. AV. VS. (cf.
{a4n-Amayat}).
am* = n. the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, &c., commonly called Kaskas,
Andropogon Muricatus).
amanyata = believed
amalaM = clean
amalaan.h = pure
amarsha * = m. ( {mRS}), non-endurance Pân. 3-3, 145; impatience, indignation, anger, passion MBh. R.
&c.; m. N. of a prince VP.
amata * = 1 m. sickness, disease Un.; death L.; time L.; dust Comm. on Un.
a4-mata * = 2 mfn. ( {man}), not felt, not perceptible by the mind S'Br. xiv; not approved of,
unacceptable.
a-maatA putra * = mfn. (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.) `" having neither mother nor son "', only in comp. e.g.
{amAtAputrA7dhyApaka} m. a teacher who cares for neither mother nor son (on account of being
entirely absorbed in his work) Pân. 8-1, 67, Kâls'.
amaatya * = (4) m. (fr. 1. {amA4} cf. Pân. 4-2, 104 Sch.) inmate of the same house, belonging to the same
house or family RV. vii, 15, 3 VS. As'vGri. KâtyS'r.; `" a companion (of a king) "', minister MBh. Mn. &c.
amaara *: non-destruction
amaanitvaM = humility
ama*=1 m. impetuosity, violence, strength, power RV. VS. AV.; depriving of sensation, fright, terror RV.;
disease L.\\=2 mfn. (pron.; cf. {amu}) this AV. xiv, 2, 71 (quoted in S'Br. xiv and Âs'vGri.) [The word is
also explained by {prA7Na}, `" soul "' cf. Comm. on ChUp. v, 2, 6.]
amaa*=1 ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2. {a4ma} q.v.) (chiefly Ved.) at home, in the house, in the house of (gen.),
with RV. &c.; together Pân. 3-1, 122; ({A}) f. = {amA-vAsyA4} q.v. Comm. on Ragh. xiv, 80 (in a verse
quoted from Vyâsa) Comm. on Sûryas; also {amA7nta} m. the end, of the {amA} ({-vAsyA4}) night ib.\\2
(3. {mA}) f. (= {a-pramANa}) not an authority, not a standard of action Nyâyam.
amala* = mf({A})n. spotless, stainless, clean, pure, shining; ({as}) m. crystal (cf. {amara-ratna}) BhP.; N.
of a poet; of Nârâyana L.; ({A}) f. N. of the goddess Lakshmî L.; ( {amarA} q.v.) the umbilical cord L.; the
tree Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. L.; the plant Saptalâ L.; ({am}) n. talc L.
amaayaya* straight, straigh forward, unduplicious, well mannered sincere * =. not cunning, not
sagacious S'Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless Bhathth.; ({A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or guile,
({ayA}), instr. ind. guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
ambara = aakaasha * = ambara n. circumference , compass , neighbourhood RV. viii , 8 ,14 ; (ifc. f.
%{A}) clothes , apparel , garment MBh. &c. ; cotton L. ; sky , atmosphere , ether Naigh. MBh. &c. ;
(hence) a cipher Su1ryas. ; N. of the tenth astrological mansion VarBr2. ; the lip ; saffron L. ; a perfume
(Ambra) L. ; N. of a country MatsyaP. ; (a1s) m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S.
ambaa = mother ambaa * f. (Ved. voc. {a4mbe} [VS.]or {amba} [RV.], in later Sanskrit {amba} only,
sometimes a mere interjection Âs'vS'r.), a mother, good woman (as a title of respect); N. of a plant; N. of
Durgâ (the wife of S'iva); N. of an Apsaras L.; N. of a daughter of a king of Kâsi MBh.; N. of one of the
seven Krittikâs TS. Kâthh. TBr.; a term in astrol. (to denote the fourth condition which results from the
conjunction of planets?). In the South Indian languages, {ambA} is corrupted into {ammA}, and is often
affixed to the names of goddesses, and females in general [Germ. {Amme}, a nurse; Old Germ. {amma},
Them. {ammo7n}, {ammU7n}
aMbaa = mother
ambu = water
ambudhi = sea
ambhuruhaM = lotus
amedhyaM = untouchable *: mfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure,
unholy, nefarious, foul S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}), n. faeces, excrement KâtyS'r. Mn. ix, 282 Yâjñ. &c.
aMhas* =n. anxiety, trouble RV. &c. ; sin L. ; [cf. %{agha4}, %{A4gas} ; Gk. $, $, $, $.]
AMhaspatya* =mfn. belonging to the dominion of An6haspati (as the intercalary month) Gobh.
aMhati* = f. anxiety, distress, trouble RV. ; illness L. ; [cf. Lat. {ango}] ; a gift (also %{aMhatI} f.) L
amita * = unmeasured, boundless, infinite RV. &c.; without a certain measure S'Br. Sus'r. &c.;
({a4-mitam}) ind. immensely RV. iv, 16, 5.
amogha * = mf({A}) n. unerring, unfailing, not vain, efficacious, succeeding, hitting the mark,
productive, fruitful; ({a4-mogha}, ) {as} m. the not erring, the not failing S'Br.; N. of S'iva; of Vishnu
MBh. xiii; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14632; of a minister of an Asura king at war with Karttikeya SkandaP.; of a
river L.; ({A}) f. trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens, Roxb.; a plant of which the seed is used as a
vermifuge, Erycibe Paniculata Roxb.; Terminalia Citrina Roxb.; N. of a spear MBh. iii, 16990 and R. i, 29,
12; (with or without {rAtri}) `" the unfalling one "' a poetical N. of the night MBh.; a mystical N. of the
letter {kS} (being the last one of the alphabet); N. of Durgâ L.; of the wife of Sântanu; of one of the
mothers in Kanda's suite MBh. ix, 2639.
a4Msa*= *V: expansion, part of, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade; corner of a quadrangle; N. of a king;
({au}) m. du. the two shoulders or angles of an altar; a share (for {aMza}); [cf. Goth. {amsa}; Gk. $, $;
Lat. {humerus}, &124[1, 2] {ansa}.]
aMs'aka* = 1 mf({ikA})n. (ifc.) forming part. \\2 m. a share; degree of latitude or longitude; a co-heir L.;
({am}) n. a day L.
amuurta * = mfn. formless, shapeless, unembodied S3Br. xiv Up. &c.; not forming one body, consisting
of different parts Su1ryas.; m. N. of Siva.
amuuDhaaH = unbewildered
aanga* = mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. ({aGga}) of a word Pân. 1-1, 63 Comm.; m. a prince of the
country Anga, (g. {pailA7di} q.v.); ({I}) f. a princess of that country MBh. i, 3772; ({am}) n. a soft delicate
form or body L.
ananubhUta* mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown. (see also the affirmative anubhUta)
antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.) //2 Nom. P. {-ayati} see {antar-i}.
anubhUta * = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that has
experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; (%{am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.
anaa* = ind. (fr. pronom. base {a}), hereby, thus, indeed RV.
anaaditva = non-beginning
anaarambhaat.h = by nonperformance
anaatha * =having no master or protector; widowed; fatherless; helpless, poor; ({a4m}) n. want of a
protector, helplessness RV. x, 10, 11.
anaatman * = not self, another; something different from spirit or soul; ({an-Atma4n}) mfn. not
spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind S'Br.
anaavrittiM = no return
anaahata = unbeaten
anAkula *= mf(%{A})n. not beset ; not confused , unperplexed , calm , consistent , regular.
anala = fire
analaH = fire
anamiiva * = mf({A4})n., Ved. free from disease, well, comfortable; salubrious, salutary; ({a4m}) n. good
health, happy stat
anañga * mf({A}) n. bodiless, incorporeal; m. N. of Kâma (god of love, so called because he was made
bodiless by a flash from the eye of S'iva, for having attempted to disturb his life of austerity by filling
him with love for Pârvatî); ({am}) n. the ether, air, sky L.; the mind L.; that which is not the anga.
ananta = infinite, a name of Vishnu* = mf({A})n. endless, boundless, eternal, infinite; m. N. of Vishnu;
of S'esha (the snake-god); of S'esha's brother Vâsuki; of Kriishna; of his brother Baladeva; of S'iva; of
Rudra; of one of the Vis'va-devas; of the 14th Arhat, &c.; the plant Sinduvâra, Vitex Trifolia; Talc; the
23rd lunar asterism, S'ravana; a silken cord (tied round the right arm at a particular festival); the letter
{A}; a periodic decimal fraction? ({A}) f. the earth; the number one; N. of Pârvatî and of various females,
the plant S'ârivâ; Periploca Indica or Asclepias Pseudosarsa or Asthmatica (the root of which supplies a
valuable medicine); ({am}) n. the sky, atmosphere; Talc.
anantaM = unlimited
anantaH = Ananta
anantaraM = after
anantaaH = unlimited
ananya * = mf({A})n. no other, not another, not different, identical; self; not having a second, unique;
not more than one, sole; having no other (object), undistracted; not attached or devoted to any one else
anaapad * = %{t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn *VB when there is no emergency;in the
absence of danger;not in a calamit
anapaayin* = mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state; invariable.
anapeksha * = mfn. regardless, careless; indifferent; impartial; irrespective of; irrelevant; (%{A}) f.
disregard, carelessness; (%{a4n-ape7kSam}) ind. irrespectively, carelessly S3Br.
anapeksha H = neutral
nonsense; (mfn.), worthless, useless, bad; unfortunate; having no meaning; having not that (but
another) meaning; nonsensical.
anas'nantsAGgamana* = m. the sacrificial fire in the Sabhâ (which is approached before breakfast) S'Br.
anasUya. * = not spiteful, not envious; ({A}) f. freedom from spite; absence of ill-will or envy; N. of a
daughter of Daksha; of one of S'akuntalâ's friends.
anata * = mfn. not bent, not bowed down; not changed into a lingual consonant RPra1t.; erect; stiff;
haughty.
anati *= not very -, not too -, not past -. (Words commencing with %{an-ati} are so easily analysed by
referring to %{ati}, &c., that few need be enumerated.)=
anatmasa* A= inessential
anavaaptaM = wanted
an-aya * = 2 m. evil course, ill luck; misfortune, adversity (cf. {ayA7naya} s.v. {aya}.)
anayoH = of them
andha = blind
andhakaara = darkness
anena* = V* by this, with Him by these; 1 mfn. without stags RV. vi, 66, 7 (cf. {enI4})
angaM = body
aneka = Many
anekavachanaM = plural
anekaani = many
a.ngasa.nginau = with
anga* = 1 ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience, it may be
rendered, by well; indeed, true, please, rather quick; {kim aGga}, how much rather!
a4nga* = 2 n. ( {am} Un.), a limb of the body; a limb, member; the body; a subordinate division or
department, especially of a science, as the six Vedângas; hence the number six; N. of the chief sacred
texts of the Jainas; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. 1. {karmaNAm
Arambho7pAyaH}, means of commencing operations; 2. {puruSa-dravya-sampad}, providing men and
materials; 3. {deza-kAla-vibhAga}, distribution of place and time; 4. {vipatti-pratIkAra}, counter-action
of disaster; 5. {kArya-siddhi}, successful accomplishment; whence {mantra} is said to be {paJcA7Gga});
any subdivision, a supplement; (in Gr.) the base of a word, but in the strong cases only Pân. 1-4, 13 seqq.;
anything inferior or secondary, anything immaterial or unessential, see {aGga-tA}; (in rhetoric) an
illustration; (in the drama) the whole of the subordinate characters; an expedient; a mental organ, the
mind L.; m. sg. or ({As}) m. pl.N. of Bengal proper or its inhabitants; (sg.)N. of a king of Anga; (mfn.),
having members or divisions L.; contiguous L.
angaM = limb(s)
angaani = limbs
anghri (aGghri) * = m. a foot; foot of a seat; the root of a tree [cf. %{aMhri}].
a4ngira* = m. = {a4Ggiras} RV. i, 83, 4 and iv, 51, 4 MBh. Yâjñ. (cf. Gk. $ and $.) &2164[8,1] [8,2]
a4ngiras =, {As} m. N. of a Riishi, author of the hymns of RV. ix, of a code of laws, and of a treatise on
astronomy (he is said by some to have been born from Brahmâ's mouth, and to have been the husband
of Smriiti, of S'raddhâ, of two daughters of Maitreya, of several daughters of Daksha, &c.; he is
considered as one of the seven Riishis of the first Manvantara, as a Prajâpati, as a teacher of the
Brahmavidyâ, which he had learnt from Satyavâha, a descendant of Bharadvâja, &c. Among his sons, the
chief is Agni, others are Sanvarta, Utathya, and Briihaspati; among his daughters are mentioned Sinivâlî,
Kuhû, Râkâ, Anumati, and Akûpârâ; but the Riicas or Vedic hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and
mankind itself are styled his offspring. In astronomy he is the planet Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major);
N. of Agni MBh.; ({asas}) m. pl. descendants of Angiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of luminous
objects); the hymns of the Atharva-veda TS.; priests who by using the magical formulas of those hymns
protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
angirastama = ({a4Ggiras-}) mfn. having the luminous quality of the Angirasas in the highest degree,
said of Agni and of Ushas RV.
angirasvat = ind. like Angiras RV. VS.? ({a4Ggiras-vat}) mfn. connected with or accompanied by the
Angirasas RV. VS.
angula = a finger
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishat * =n. not winking, vigil mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or
flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
anila* = m. ( {an} cf. Trish {anal}), air or wind; the god of wind; one of the fortynine Anilas or winds; one
of the eight demi-gods, called Vasus; wind as one of the humors or {rasas} of the body; rheumatism,
paralysis, or any affection referred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Riishi and other persons; the letter
{y}; the number forty-nine.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
anitya = uncertain/temporary/ephemeral/transient
anityaM = temporary
anityaH = nonpermanent
anirdeshyaM = indefinite
aniruddha * = mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed; m. a spy, a secret emissary (?); the son of
Pradyumna (a form of Kâma, and husband of Ushâ); S'iva; N. of an Arhat (contemporary of S'âkyamuni);
of a descendant of Vriishni; ({am}) n. the rope for fastening cattle L.
a.njana = anointment
añjanii* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two medicinaI
plants.
añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive
food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction; a
libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure of corn, sufficient to
fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjanaka* = m. portion of a text containing the word {aJjana}, (g. {goSad-Adi} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a
medicinal plant.
añjanI* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two medicinaI
plants.
añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive
food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction; a
libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure of corn, sufficient to
fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjalika* = as, {am} m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh.; ({A}) f. a young mouse L.
a.nshumaan.h = radiant
a.nshena = part
anrita = false
anta = end
antaM = or end
antaHkaraNa = Mind
antaHsthaani = within
antaka* = 1 m. border, boundary S3Br.\\2 mfn. making an end, causing death; m. death; Yama, king or
lord of death AV. &c.; N. of a man favoured by the As3vins RV. i, 112, 6N. of a king.
antara * =mf({A}) n. being in the interior, interior; near, proximate, related, intimate; lying adjacent to;
distant; different from; exterior; ({am}) n. the interior; a hole, opening; the interior part of a thing, the
contents; soul, heart, supreme soul; interval, intermediate space or time; period; term; opportunity,
occasion; place; distance, absence; difference, remainder; property, peculiarity; weakness, weak side;
representation; surety, guaranty; respect, regard; (ifc.), different, other, another e.g. {dezA7ntaram},
another country; ({am}), or {-ta4s} ind. in the interior, within [cf. Goth. {anthar}, Theme {anthara};
Lith. {antra-s}, `" the second "'; Lat. {alter}].
antaraM = between
antare = between
antareNa = without
antavat.h = perishable
antavantaH = perishable
antike = near
ante = after
aNiiyaa.nsaM = smaller
aNIyas = {an}, {as},, as (fr. {aNu} q.v.), or mfn. more minute than usual.
aniyata * mfn. not regulated, uncontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted, irreguIar, casual; not
unaccentuated RPra1t.
anu = following
aNu * = mf(%{vI})n. fine , minute , atomic ; (%{us}) m. an atom of matter ; `" an atom of time "' , the
54 , 675 , 000th part of a muhu1rta (of 48 minutes) ; Panicum Miliaceum VS. S3Br. xiv Mun2d2UP. ; N.
of Siva ; (%{a4NvI}) f. `" the subtle one "'N. of the fingers preparing the Soma juice RV. ; (%{u}) n. (in
prosody) the fourth part of a ma1tra1 ; (%{aNu4}) ind. minutely S3Br.
2 aNU (with %{bhU} , &c.) see s.v.
3 aNU (for %{aNu} in comp. with %{bhU} and its derivatives).
4 anu 1 mfn. = %{aNu} q.v. L.
5 anu 2 m. a non-A1ryan man RV. ; N. of a king (one of Yaya1ti's sons) ; of a non-A1ryan tribe MBh.
&c.
6 anu 3 ind. (as a prefix to verbs and nouns , expresses) after , along , alongside , lengthwise , near to ,
under , subordinate to , with. (When prefixed to nouns , especially in adverbial compounds) , according
to , severally , each by each , orderly , methodically , one after another , repeatedly. (As a separable
preposition , with accusative) after , along , over , near to , through , to , towards , at , according to , in
order , agreeably to , in regard to , inferior to Pa1n2. 1-4 , 86. As a separable adverb) after , afterwards ,
thereupon , again , further , then , next.
their inflection; e.g. an {i} attached to roots, denotes the insertion of a nasal before their final
consonant); a child or pupil who imitates an example set by a parent or preceptor; commencement,
beginning; anything small or little, a part, a small part; (in arithm.) the junction of fractions; (in phil.) an
indispensable element of the Vedânta; ({I}) f. hickup L.; thirst L.
anubandhiini = bound
anubhava* = m. perception, apprehension, fruition; understanding; impression on the mind not derived
from memory; experience, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment; result,
consequence.
anubhaava * = m. sign or indication of a feeling ({bhAva}) by look or gesture Kpr. &c.; dignity, authority,
consequence; firm opinion, ascertainment, good resolution, belief.
anubhuu * = to enclose, embrace ChUp.; to be after, attain, equal RV. &c.; to be useful, to help S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; to turn or incline to RV. x, 147, 1 [36,3]; to notice, perceive, understand; to experience, to
attempt.
anubhUti *= f. perception; knowledge from any source but memory; (in phil.) knowledge gained by
means of the four Pramânas (perception by the senses, inference, comparison, and verbal authority);
dignity, consequence.
anubhUta* = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that has
experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anudinaM = daily
anugiitaa* = f. `" an after-song "'N. of part of the fourteenth book of the Mahâbhârata (chaps. 16-92).
anugraha * = m. favour, kindness, showing favour, conferring benefits, promoting or furthering a good
object; assistance; facilitating by incantations; rear-guard; N. of the eighth or fifth creation VP.
anuja * mfn. born after, later, younger; m. a younger brother, a cadet; the plant Trâyamâna; ({am}) n. the
plant Prapaundarika; ({A}) f. a younger sister TS.
anujñaa* = 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to depart,
dismiss, bid farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask permission, ask
for leave to depart, to take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow or permit Pa1n2. 1-3,
58.//2 f. assent, assenting, permission; leave to depart; allowance made for faults; an order or command.
anujan * = cl. 4. Â. {-jAyate}, to follow in being born or produced or arising; to take after (one's parents)
Ragh.
anukampaka * = m. `" sympathizer "'N. of a king; (mfn.) ifc. sympathizing with, compassionating.
anukampya * = mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy m. an ascetic L., expeditious (explained by {tarasvin},
perhaps for {tapasvin}) L.
anukaari = like
anukuula * = mf(%{A})n. following the bank (%{kUla}) or slope or declivity; according to the current
AV.; favourable, agreeable; conformable to; friendly, kind, well-disposed; m. a faithful or kind and
obliging husband; (%{A}) f. Croton Polyandrum; N. of a metre; (%{am}) n. (in poetry) narrative of
calamity leading finally to happiness.
anulipta = smeared
anuloma = with the grain, naturally* = mf({A})n. `" with the hair or grain "' (opposed to {prati-loma}
q.v.), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive; conformable; ({A}) f. a woman of a lower caste
than that of the mañs with whom she is connected Yâjñ.; ({As}) m. `" descendants of an anulomâ "',
mixed castes, (g. {upakA7di} q.v.); ({a4m}) ind. in regular order S'Br. &c.
anumaana *= 1 m. permission , consent TBr. Ka1t2h. / 2 n. the act of inferring or drawing a conclusion
anumaatuM = to guess
anuman *= to approve , assent to , permit , grant: Caus. P. %{-mAnayati} , to ask for permission or leave ,
ask for (acc.) Ya1jn5. ; to honour. conjecture ; one of the means of obtaining true knowledge (see
%{pramANa}).
anumantaa = permitter
anumati = (f) permission * = f. assent, permission, approbation ; personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c. ;
the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes
receive oblations with favour) ; also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess.
anumata* = mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant; loved, beloved;
concurred with, being of one opinion; ({am}) n. consent, permission, approbation; ({e}) loc. ind. with
consent of.
anumati* = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the fifteenth day of
the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with
favour); also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess. anumIyamAna* = mfn. Pass. p.
being inferred
anumRtA * f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress.
anumRj * = to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. S'Br. &c. Intens. part. {-ma4rmRjAna},
stretching (the arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5.
anumRz * =to grasp, seize RV. &c.; to consider, think of, reflect: Caus. {-marzayati}, to touch or take hold
of for the sake of examining Kâthh.
anupaa* = 1 1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at; Caus. (Pot. {-pAya4yet}) to cause
to drink afterwards S'Br. [35, 2] \\* = 2 2. Caus. P. Â. {-pAlayati}, {-te}, to preserve, keep, cherish; to wait
for, expect.
anuupa* = mfn. (fr. 2. {a4p} q.v., with {anu}), situated near the water, watery L.; ({a4s}) m. a watery
country Mn. &c.; pond RV.; bank of a river; a buffalo (cf. {AnUpa}) L.; N. of a Riishi, teacher of the
Sâma-veda.
anupashyaami = do I foresee
anuprapannaaH = following
anupUrva* = mf({A})n. regular, orderly, in successive order from the preceding; ({a4m}) ind. in regular
order, from the first RV. &c.; ({eNa}) ind. in regular order or succession, from the first, from the
beginning, from above downwards.
anurUpa * = mfn. following the form, conformable, corresponding, like, fit, suitable ; adapted to,
according to ; m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre as the Stotriya or Strophe ; the second of
three verses recited together ; (%{am}) n. conformity, suitability ; (%{am}, %{eNa}) ind. ifc.
conformably, according.
anuzaMs* = to recite or praise after another TS. &c.; (Ved. Inf. (dat.) %{anu-za4se}) to join in praising
RV. v, 50, 2.
anus'ayin * = mfn. having the consequence of an act , connected as with a consequence ; devotedly
attached to , faithful ; repentant , penitent , regretful , sorry for ; hating deeply.
31 anus'aayin mfn. lying or extending along Nir.
anushochanti = lament
anushochituM = to lament
anusantataani = extended
anusaraNa* = n. following, going after; tracking, conformity to, consequence of; custom, habit, usage.
anus'aya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any object; (in phil.) the
consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the temporary
freedom from transmigration to enter other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred; ancient or intense
enmity; ({I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part; a boil on the head.
anusmara = go on remembering
anusmaran.h = remembering
anusvaaraH = the accompanying sound or letter ( the letter form `.n' `M'?)
anusvaara* = m. ( {svR}), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line, and
which always belongs to a preceding vowel.
anuvartman* =mfn. following attending AV. &c.; ({a}) n. a path previously walked by another BhP.
anuvartayati = adopt
anuvaadaM = translation
anuvRtta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; ({am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.
anuvRtti * = f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of
continuance; (in Pânini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows;
reverting to; imitating, doing or acting in like manner.
anuvRt * = Â. to go after; to follow, pursue; to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a previous
sentence; to attend; to obey, respect, imitate; to resemble; to assent; to expect; Caus. P. {-vartayati}, to
roll after or forward; to follow up, carry out; to supply.
anuyaayinaH = followers
anuuchaanaM = (teacher?)
aNva * = n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV
anvaya = Family
anvayavat * mfn. having a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing with; belonging to race or
family; ({vat}) ind. in connection with, in the sight of Mn. viii, 332.
anvayavyatireka * n. agreement and contrariety; a positive and negative proposition; species and
difference; rule and exception; logical connection and disconnection.
anvi * = to go after or alongside, to follow; to seek; to be guided by; to fall to one's share RV. iv, 4, 11;
Ved. Inf. %{a4nv-etave} to reach or join [BR.], to imitate [Gmn.] RV. vii, 33, 8; %{a4nv-etavai4}, to go
along (with acc.) RV. i, 24, 8; vii, 44, 5.
anvish* = 3. cl. 1. P. %{-icchati}, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at AV. &c.: cl. 4. P. %{-iSyati} id.
R. &c., Caus. %{-eSayati} id. Mr2icch. &c.
anvita * = mfn. gone along with; joined, attended, accompanied by, connected with, linked to; having as
an essential or inherent part, endowed with, possessed of, possessing; acquired; reached by the mind,
understood; following; connected as in grammar or construction.
anviiksh* = to follow with one's looks, to keep looking or gazing AV. &c.; to keep in view S'Br.
anviikshaa* = f. exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.
aanviikshikI* = f. (fr. {anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c
anya = other person * = 1 (3) n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV. xii, 1, 4 (cf. %{a4nyA}.).//
2 %{as}, %{A}, %{at}, other, different ; other than, different from, opposed to (abl. or in comp.) ; another
; another person ; one of a number ; %{anya@anya} or %{eka@anya}, the one, the other ; %{anyac@ca},
and another, besides, moreover [cf. Zd. {anya} ; Armen. {ail} ; Lat. {alius} ; Goth. {aljis}, Theme {alja} ;
Gk. $ &13802[45,2] for $ ; cf. also $].
anyaM = other
anyaH = another
anyat.h = other
anyathaa = other *= ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with %{atas}, %{itas}, or %{tatas} = in a
manner different from this; %{anyathA@anyathA}, in one way, in another way); inaccurately, untruly,
falsely, erroneously; from another motive; in the contrary case, otherwise [cf. Lat. {aliuta}].
anyaaM = another
anyaan.h = others
anyaani = different
anyaayena = illegally
anye = others
anyena = by another
anyaiH = by others
anyonya = mutual
apa* = ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed to %{u4pa}, %{a4nu},
%{sam}, %{pra}); down (opposed to %{ud}).
apaana = one of the vital airs, controls the elimination of bodily wastes* = m. (opposed to %{prA7Na4}),
that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus; the anus MBh. (in this sense also
(%{am}) n. L.); N. of a Sa1man PBr.; ventris crepitus L.
apaara* = mfn. not having an opposite shore TS.; not having a shore, unbounded, boundless (applied to
the earth, or to heaven and earth, [{ro4dasI}], &c.) RV. &c.; m. `" not the opposite bank "', the bank on
this side (of a river) MBh. viii, 2381; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" a bad shore "', `" the reverse of
{pAra} "', a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence; the reverse of mental acquiescence L.; the
boundless sea.
apaartha* = mfn. without any object, useless; unmeaning BhP. &c.; ({am}) n. incoherent argument
apaavrita* = mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c.; covered L.; unrestrained, self willed
apaaya* = m. going away, departure ; destruction, death, annihilation ; injury, loss ; misfortune, evil,
calamity.
apaayaya *V = to (breast)-feed
apaayinaH = disappearing
apachii = to decrease
apaciti 1 f. honouring , reverence S3is3.\\ 2 f. loss L. ; expense L. ; N. of a daughter of Mari1ci VP. ; (for
3. %{a4pa-citi} see below.) \\ 3 3 f. (= $ , 3. %{ci}) , compensation , either recompense [TS. &c.] or
retaliation , revenge , punishing RV. iv , 28 , 4 , &c.
apada* = n. no place, no abode AV.; the wrong place or time Kathâs. &c.; (mfn.), footless Pañcat.
apades'a *= m. assigning, pointing out Ka1tyS3r.; pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance; the
second step in a syllogism (i.e. statement of the reason); a butt or mark L.; place, quarter L.
apaharaNa = stealing
apahrita = stolen
apakarsha * = m. drawing or dragging off or down, detraction, diminution, decay; lowering, depression;
decline, inferiority, infamy; anticipation Nyâyam.; (in poetry) anticipation of a word occurring later.
apa-karsha-sama * = {as}, {A} mf. a sophism in the Nyâya (e.g. `" sound has not the quality of shape as a
jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities in common "').
apakri = to harm
apamaa = comparison
apanaya* = m. leading away, taking away; bad policy, bad or wicked conduct.
apara = other* = 1 mfn. having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or superior.* =2 mf({A})n. (fr.
{a4pa}), posterior, later, latter (opposed to {pU4rva}; often in comp.); following; western; inferior, lower
(opposed to {pa4ra}); other, another (opposed to {sva4}); different (with abl.); being in the west of;
distant, opposite. Sometimes {apara} is used as a conjunction to connect words or sentences e.g.
{aparaM-ca}, moreover; m. the hind foot of an elephant S'is'.; ({A}) f. the west L.; the hind quarter of an
elephant L.; the womb L.; ({I4}) f. (used in the pl.) or ({a4m}) [RV. vi, 33, 5] n. the future RV. S'Br.;
({a4param} [AV.] or {apara4m} [RV.]) ind. in future, for the future; ({aparam}) ind. again, moreover
PârGri. Pañcat.; in the west of (abl.) KâtyS'r.; ({eNa}) ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of KâtyS'r.
[cf. Goth. and Old Germ. {afar}, and the Mod. Germ. {aber}, in such words as {Aber-mal}, {Aber-witz}].
aparaM = junior
aparaa = lower
aparaadha* = m. offence, transgression, fault ; mistake ; %{aparAdhaM} 1: %{kR}, to offend any one
(gen.)
aparatra* = ind. in another place; ({eka-tra}, {aparatra}, in one place, in the other place Pân. 6-1, 194
Sch.)
aparaajiita = Unconquered
aparaajita:* = mf({A})n. unconquered, unsurpassed RV. &c.; m. a poisonous insect Sus'r.; Vishnu; S'iva;
one of the eleven Rudras Hariv.; a class of divinities (constituting one portion of the so-called Anuttara
divinities of the Jainas); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a mythical sword
Kathâs.; ({A}) f. (with {diz}) the northeast quarter AitBr. &c.; Durgâ; several plants, Clitoria Ternatea,
Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania AEgyptiaca; a species of the S'arkari metre (of four lines, each containing
fourteen syllables).
aparaaNi = others
aparaan.h = others
apare = others
aparimeyaM = immeasurable
aparyaaptaM = immeasurable
apasada * = m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brâhman with the women of the three lower
classes, of a Kshatriya with women of the two lower, and of a Vais'ya with one of the S'ûdra Mn. x, 10
seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620 seqq. and {apadhvaMsa-ja}), an outcast (often ifc.; see
{brAhmaNA7pasada}).
apâs'raya * = 2 m. the upper portion of a bed or couch on which the head rests Das3.; refuge, recourse,
the person or thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an awning spread over a court or yard R. v, 11, 19.
apatya = Progeny
apathham.h = read
a-patnika * = mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KâtyS'r.; where the wife is not present KâtyS'r.
apa-tras * = (impf. 3. pl. {-atrasan}) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh.
apa-trasta * = mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror Pân. 2-1, 38.
apavarga = heaven, liberation: m. completion, end (e.g. {paJcA7pavarga}, coming to an end in five days)
KâtyS'r. &c.; the emancipation of the soul from bodily existence, exemption from further transmigration;
final beatitude BhP. &c.; gift, donation Âs'vS'r.; restriction (of a rule) Sus'r. S'ulb.
apavaada = exceptional
apayaa* = to go away, depart, retire from (abl.). ; to fall off: Caus. %{-yApayati}, to carry away by violence
BhP.
apeksh.h = to expect
apekshaa = (f) expectation, hope * = f. looking round or about, consideration of, reference, regard to (in
comp.; rarely loc.); dependence on, connection of cause with effect or of individual with species; looking
for, expectation, hope, need, requirement; ({ayA}) ind. with regard to (in comp.)
apeta* = *V bereft of *= mfn. escaped, departed, gone, having retired from, free from (abl. or in comp.)
apavad* = P. to revile , abuse TBr. &c. ; to distract , divert , console by tales Pa1rGr2. Ya1jn5. ; (in Gr.) to
except RPra1t. ; (A1. only) to disown , deny , contradict Pa1n2. 1-3 , 77 Sch.: Caus. %{-vAdayati} , to
oppose as unadvisable ; to revile ; (in Gr.) to except RPra1t.
apavAda* = m. evil speaking , reviling , blaming , speaking ill of (gen.) ; denial , refutation , contradiction
; a special rule setting aside a general one , exception (opposed to %{utsarga} Pa1n2. 3-1 , 94 Sch.)
RPra1t. Pa1n2. Sch. ; order , command Kir. ; a peculiar noise made by hunters to entice deer S3is3. vi , 9.
api = also, * = Meaning is often used to express emphasis, in the sense of even, also, very; e.g. {anyad
api}, also another, something more; {adyA7pi}, this very day, even now; {tathA7pi}, even thus,
notwithstanding; {yady api}, even if, although; {yadyapi tathA7pi}, although, nevertheless; {na kadAcid
api}, never at any time: sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least e.g. {muhUrtam api}, only a
moment.\\* = Meaning may be affixed to an interrogative to make it indefinite, e.g. {ko 'pi}, any one;
{kutrA7pi}, anywhere.\\Meaning imparts to numerals the notion of totality e.g. {caturNam api
varNAnAm}, of all the four castes.\\Meaning may be interrogative at the beginning of a
sentence.\\Meaning may strengthen the original force of the Potential, or may soften the Imperative,
like the English `" be pleased to "'; sometimes it is a mere expletive.\\Meaning `" even then "',
nevertheless, notwithstanding S'ak. (v.l.) Bhartri. Prab. Sinha7s.
a4pI * = Meaning 2 ( {i}), (Ved.) {a4py-eti}, to go in or near; to enter into or upon; to come near,
approach (also in copulation RV. ii, 43, 2 ind. p. {apI74tyA}); to partake, have a share in; to join to pour
apohanaM = forgetfulness
aprakaashaH = darkness
apratigha * = mfn. ( %{han}), not to be kept off, not to be vanquished Mn. xii, 28, &c
apramaaNa * =n. a rule which is no standard of action MBh. S'âk. &c.; (in discussion) a statement of no
importance or authority.
aprameyaM = immeasurable
aprameyasya = immeasurable
apraapya 1 mfn. unobtainable MBh. &c. ; superl.// 2 ind. p. not having obtained ; not reaching.
apratarkya * = mfn. not to be discussed L.; incomprehensible by reason, undefinable Mn. i, 5 & xii, 29
BhP. &c. [57,3]
aprati* = mfn. without opponents, irresistible RV. BhP.; (%{I}) n. irresistibly RV. vii, 83, 4 and 99, 5 AV.;
(%{A4}) ind. see s.v. above. -1.
apravrittiH = inactivity
apraamaamaaNya = Unjustified
apsaras* =m {As} [RV. AV.&c.], or {ap-sarA4} [AV. &c.], f. (fr. 2. {a4p} + {sR}), `" going in the waters or
between the waters of the clouds "', a class of female divinities (sometimes called `" nymphs "'; they
inhabit the sky, but often visit the earth; they are the wives of the Gandharvas (q.v.) and have the faculty
of changing their shapes at will; they are fond of the water; one of their number, Rambhâ, is said to have
been produced at the churning of the ocean).
apsu = in water
apuNya = vice
apunaraavrittiM = to liberation
apya* = (2, 3) mf({a4pyA}; once {a4pI} RV. vi, 67, 9)n. being in water, coming from water, connected
with water RV. (cf. 3. {A4pya}).
apya* = 1 mfn. to be reached, obtainable S'Br.; ({am}) n. confederation, alliance, relationship, friendship
RV. ii, 29, 3, &c.; a friend RV. vii, 15, 1; (for 2. {Apya} see p. 144, col. 1.)
apyayau = disappearance
araNya* = n. (fr. 1. {a4raNa}; fr. {R} Un.), a foreign or distant land RV. i, 163, 11 and vi, 24, 10; a
wilderness, desert, forest AV. VS. &c.; m. the tree also called Kathphala L.; N. of a son of the Manu
Raivata Hariv. 434; of a Sâdhya ib. 11536; of a teacher (disciple of Priithvidhara).
arbha*: little, small, unimportant; child, boy // ruins, rubbish, often ifc. in names of old villages half or
entirely gone to ruin
arbhaka = small
arbuda *= m. Ved. a serpent-like demon (conquered by Indra, a descendant of Kadru1 therefore called
Ka1draveya S3Br. AitBr.; said to be the author of RV. x, 94 RAnukr.) RV. &c.; (%{a4s}) m.id. RV.i, 51, 6
and x, 67, 12; (%{am}) n. N. of the above-named hymn RV. x, 94 A1s3vS3r.; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a long
round mass (said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second half of the first month [Nir. xiv, 6]
or in the second month [Ya1jn5. iii, 75 and 89]); a swelling, tumour, polypus Sus3r. &c.; (%{a4rbuda}),
ri. (also m. L.) ten millions VS. xvii, 2, &c.; (%{as}),m.N. of a mountain in the west of India (commonly
called Abu1, a place of pilgrimage of the Jainas, and celebrated for its Jaina temples); m. pl.N. of a people
VarBr2S. BhP. &c.
archituM = to worship
arcita * = mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, saluted MBh. Mn. &c.; offered with reverence, Mn iv,
213 ({an-} neg.) & 235 Yâjñ. i, 167
ardana * = mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. ({janA7rdana}) disturbing, distressing, tormenting R.
BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf. {mahISA7rdana}); ({as}) m. a N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1147;
({A}) f. request L.; ({am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus'r.
ardha = half* = 1 m. Ved. side, part; place, region, country (cf. {a4py-ardham}, {abhy-ardha4},
{parA7rdha4}); [Lat. {ordo}; Germ. {ort}.] \\2 mfn. (m. pl. {ardhe} or {ardhas} Pân. 1-1, 33) half. halved,
forming a half [cf. Osset. {ardag}]; {ardha4}.. {ardha4} (or {ni4ma}.. {ardha4} RV. x, 27 "' 18), one part,
the other part; ({a4s}, {a4m}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the half. RV. vi, 30, 1, &c.; ({a4m}) n. `" one part of two "',
with 1. {kR}, to give or leave to anybody (acc.) an equal share of (gen.) RV. ii, 30, 5 and vi, 44, 18; a part,
party RV. iv, 32, 1 and vii, 18, 16; ({e}) loc. ind. in the middle, Sâk. ({ardha}) in comp. with a subst. means
`" the half part of anything "' [cf. Pân. 2-2, 2], with an adj. or past Pass. p. [cf. Pân. 5-4, 5] `" half "'; also
with an adj. indicating measure [cf. Pân. vii, 3, 26 and 27]; a peculiar kind of compound is formed with
ordinals [cf. Pân. 1-1, 23 Comm.] e.g. {ardha-tRtIya}, containing a half for its third, i.e. two and a half;
{ardha-caturtha}, having a half for its fourth, three and a half.)
ardana *= mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi , 3 ; ifc. (%{janA7rdana}) disturbing , distressing , tormenting
R. BhP. &c. ; annihilating , destroying BhP. (cf. %{mahISA7rdana}) ; (%{as}) m. a N. of S3iva MBh. xiii ,
1147 ; (%{A}) f. request L. ; (%{am}) n. pain , trouble , excitement Sus3r.
ardita * = asked, requested, begged L.; injured, pained, afflicted, tormented, wounded; killed, destroyed
ib.; ({am}) n. N. of a disease
argha = value
arghya * = mfn. `" valuable "' see {an-arghya}, (g. {daNDA7di} q.v., `" {argham-arhati} "') deserving a
respectful reception (as a guest) PârGri. Yâjñ. &c.; belonging to or used at the respectful reception of a
guest Gobh. Yâjñ. &c.; ({am}) n. (Pân. 5-4, 25) water offered at the respectful reception of a guest
Âs'vGri. &c., (probably for {Arghya} q.v.) a kind of honey L.
arha = deserving * = mf(%{A})n. meriting, deserving (praise or blame cf. %{pUjA7rha}, %{nindA7rha}),
worthy of. having a claim or being entitled to (acc. or Inf. or in comp.); being required, obliged, allowed
(with Inf.); becoming, proper, fit (with gen. or ifc.) Pan5cat.; worth (in money), costing R., (cf.
arhaNa* = mfn. having a claim to, being entitled to (in comp.) BhP.; ({am}) n. deserving, meriting Pân.
3-3, 111, worship, honour, treating any one (gen.) with respect Mn. iii, 54 BhP.; a present of honour MBh.
i, 130 BhP.; ({A}) f. worship, honourN. Ragh. &c., ({arha4Na}), Ved. instr. ind. according to what is due
RV. i, 127, 6, x, 63, 4 and 92, 7.
arhasi = deserve
ari * =1 mfn. ( {R}), attached to faithful RV.; ({is}) m. a faithful or devoted or pious man RV.\\=2 mfn. (
{rA}; = 1. {ari4}, assiduous, &c., Gnm.), not liberal, envious, hostile RV. ({i4s}) m. an enemy RV. MBh.
&c.; ({a4ris}), m.id. AV. vii, 88, 1 and xiii, 1, 29, (in astron.) a hostile planet VarBriS.; N. of the sixth
astrological mansion ib. (in arithm.)the number six (cf. {arAti}); a species of Khadira or Mimosa L.
aritaa * = f. or enmity
arishhu = on enemies
arishtha* = mf({A}) n. unhurt RV. &c.; proof against injury or damage RV.; secure, safe RV.; boding
misfortune (as birds of ill omen, &c.), Adbh Br. Hariv.; fatal, disastrous (as a house) R. ii, 42, 22; m. a
heron L.; a crow L.; the soapberry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb. (the fruits of which are used in
washing Yâjñ. i 186); cf. {arI STaka}; Azadirachta Indica R. ii, 94, 9; garlic L.; a distilled mixture, a kind of
liquor Sus'r.; N. of an Asura (with the shape of an ox, son of Bali, slain by Kriishna or Vishnu) Hariv.
BhP.; of a son of Manu Vaivasvata VP. (v.l. for {deSTa}); ill-luck, misfortune (see {ariSTa} n.) MBh. xii,
6573, ({A}), f. a bandage Sus'r.; a medical plant L.; N. of Durgâ SkandaP.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and
one of the wives of Kas'yapa Hariv.; ({am}) n. bad or ill-luck. misfortune; a natural phenomenon boding
approaching death; good fortune, happiness MBh. iv, 2126, buttermilk L.; vinous spirit L.; a womañs
apartment, the lying-in chamber (cf. {ariSTagriha} and {-zayyA} below) L.
arjuna * = mfn. (cf. {Rjra4} and {raj}) white, clear (the colour of the day RV. vi, 9, 1; of the dawn RV. i,
49, 3; of the lightning; of the milk; of silver, &c.); made of silver AV. iv, 37, 4; m. the white colour "' L.; a
peacock L.; cutaneous disease Sây. on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia Arjuna W. and A.; N. of a man RV.
i, 122, 5; of Indra VS. S'Br., of the third of the Pindava princes (who was a son of Kriitavîrya who was
slain by Paras'urâma) ib.; of a S'âskya (known as a mathematician); of different other persons; the only
son of his mother L.; ({I}) f. a cow MBh. xiii, 3596; a kind of serpent, (voc. {a4ijuni}) "' AV. ii, 24, 7; a
procuress, bawd L.; N. of Ushâ (wife of Aniruddha) L.; of the river Bâhudâ or Karatoys L.; ({-nyau}, or
{-nyas}) f. du. or Pl.N. of the constellation Phalgunî RV. x, 85, 13 S'Br.; ({am}) n. silver AV. v, 28, 5 and 9;
gold L.; slight inflammation of the conjunctiva or white of the eye Sus'r.; a particular grass (used as a
substitute for the Soma plant) PBr. &c.; (= {rUpa}) shape Naigh.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants of Arjuna
Pân. 2-4, 66 Sch.
arjunaH = Arjuna
arka = essence, a name of Sun * = m. ( {arc}), Ved. a ray, flash of lightning RV. &c.; the sun RV. &c.;
(hence) the number, twelve "' Sûryas.; Sunday; fire RV. ix, 50, 4 S'Br. BriÂrUp.; crystal R. ii, 94, 6;
membrum viriIe AV. vi, 72, 1; copper L.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are used for
sacrificial ceremonies; cf. {arka-kozI}, {-parNa4}, {palaza4}, &c. below) S'Br. &c., a religious ceremony
S'Br. BriÂrUp. (cf. {arkA7zvamedha} below); praise hymn, song (also said of the roaring of the Maruts
and of Indra's thunder) RV. and AV.; one who praises, a singer RV.; N. of Indra L.; a learned man (cf. RV.
viii, 63, 6) L. [89, 2]; an elder brother L.; N. of a physician BrahmaP. (cf. {arka-cikitsA} below); ({as},
{am}) m. n. (with {agneH}, {indrasya}, {gautamasaH}, &c.) N. of different Sâmans; food Naigh. and Nir.
(cf. RV. vii, 9, 2).
arogita = diseaselessness
arpaNa = Offer
arpaNaM = contribution
arpita = surrendering * = [eight times in RV.; cf. Pân. 6-1, 209 seq.] or\\* = [RV. i, 164, 48, &c.] mfn.
inserted, fixed RV. VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes or the mind); thrown, cast into (loc.; said of an arrow)
Ragh. viii, 87; placed in or upon Ragh. ix, 78, &c.; (said of a document or of a sketch) transferred to (a
plate or portrait i.e., `" engraved "' or, painted "') Ragh. xvii, 79 S'âk. Kum. iii, 42; offered, delivered,
entrusted Yâjñ. ii, 164, &c.; given back Ragh. xix, 10, &c.
artha = money *= {as}, {am} m. n. [in RV. i-ix only n. [90, 3]; in RV. x six times n. and thrice m.; in later
Sanskriit only m.] aim, purpose (very often {artham}, {arthena}, {arthAya}, and {arthe} ifc. or with gen.,
for the sake of. on account of. in behalf of. for "'); cause, motive, reason Mn. ii, 213, &c.; advantage, use,
utility (generally named with kâma and dharma see {tri-varga}; used in wishing well to another dat. or
gen. Pân. 2-3, 73); thing, object (said of the membrum virile S'Br. xiv); object of the senses VarBriS.;
(hence) the number, five "', Seiryas.; substance, wealth, property, opulence, money; (hence in astron.) N.
of the second mansion, the mansion of wealth (cf, {dhana}) VarBriS.; personified as the son of Dharma
arid Buddhi BhP.; affair, concern (Ved. often acc. a4rtham with {i}, or gam, to go to one's business, take
up one's work RV. &c.); (in law) lawsuit, action; having to do with (instr.), wanting, needing anything
(instr.), SBr, &c.; {sense}, meaning, notion (cf. {artha-zabdau} and {arthAt} s.v. below and
{vedatattvA7rtha-vid}); manner, kind L., prohibition, prevention L.; price (for {argha} q.v.) L.; ({At}) abl.
ind. see s.v. below; ({e}) loc. ind. with 1. {kR} (g. {sakSAd-Adi} q.v.) // n. m. aim, purpose, meaning,
sense, object, profit, advantage of (instr.), wealth, property, money, thing, matter, business, cause, suit,
action; o. --- adj. having a thing for object, for the sake of, on account of, for; acc., instr., dat. & loc. the
same adv.
arthaM = wealth
arthaH = is meant
arthin * = mfn. active, industrious RV. ; (cf %{arthe74t} above) ; one who wants or desires anything
(instr. or in comp. ; cf. %{putrA7rthin}, %{balA7rthin}) ; supplicating or entreating any one (gen.) ;
longing for, libidinous R. i, 48, 18 ; (%{I}) m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer Ya1jn5. i, 60
Katha1s. ; a beggar, petitioner, suitor Mn. xi, 1, &c. ; one who supplicates with prayers VarBr2S. ; a
plaintiff, prosecutor Mn. viii, 62 and 79 Ya1jn5. ii, 6 ; a servant L. ; a follower, companion L.
arthiyaM = meant
arthe = in meaning
aru* = m. the sun L.; the redblossomed Khadira tree L.; for {arus} n. only in comp. with {-M-tuda}
mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-2, 35 and vi, 3, 67) `" beating or hurting a wound "', causing torments, painful Mn. ii,
161, &c.
aruupaka * = mfn. shapeless, immaterial MBh. iii, 12984 ; (in rhetoric) without figure or metaphor,
literal.
aryamaa = Aryama
arya* = 1 (2, once 3 RV. iv, 1, 7) mfn. ( %{R}) kind, favourable RV.; attached to, true, devoted, dear RV.;
excellent L.; (%{a4s}) m. a master, lord Naigh. Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (cf. 3. %{a4rya}.)\\mf(%{A})n. ( = 1.
%{arya4}) kind, favourable RV. i, 123, 1.\\ 3 m. (= 1. %{aiya4}) `" master, lord "', a Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2.
3-1, 103 (a1) f. a woman of the third caste, the wife of a Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2. 4-1, 49 Comm., (%{I}) f.
the wife of any particular Vais3ya Pa1n2. 4-1, 49 Siddh. (cf. %{aryANI}.)
asa*= not he
asadrishhii = unfit
asahya* = mf({A})n. unbearable, insufferable, insuperable SV. MBh.; impracticable, impossible MBh. iii,
12255 seq.; with {draSTum}, `" impossible to be seen "' i.e. invisible Up.
asaadhu * = mfn. (Pân. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S'Br. MBh. &c.; wrong Comm. on TPrât.; ({u4s})
m. not an honest man, a wicked man S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({u4}) n. anything bad, evil S'Br. ({sAdhvasAdhu4nI},
`" good and evil "') MBh. &c.; disfavour, disgrace, only {-u4nA} instr. ind. disfavourably S'Br. ii ChUp. (cf.
3. {a-sAman}); ({u}) ind. (used as an interjection of disapproval) bad! shame! Râjat. &c.
asakta = unattached\\* = mfn. not stopped or intercepted by os at (loc.; said of arrows and of a sword)
MBh. iii, 1602; xiv, 2189; (in the same sense {a-saGga} Ragh. iii, 63); free from ties, independent,
Sânkhyak.; detached from worldly feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to (loc.) Mn. ii, 13
Ragh. &c.; ({am}) ind. without obstacle or resistance Hariv. 9741 R. iii, 75, 6; uninterruptedly Kir. iv, 31
Kâm.; immediately, at once Das'.
asamarthaH = unable
asameta * = mfn. `" not arrived, absent "', missing Ragh. ix, 70.
asaMbhava * = m. `" non-existence "', destruction VS. xl, 10; non-happening, cessation, interruption Mn.
xi, 27; absence of. want Mn. MBh. &c.; impropriety, inconsistence, impossibility KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (mfn.)
`" non-happening "', inconsistent, impossible.
asammuuDhaH = undeluded
asammuuDhaaH = unbewildered
asaMskRta* = mfn. not prepared S'ânkhGri.; not consecrated Mn. Yâjñ.; unadorned Pañcat.; unpolished,
rude (as speech).
asa.nyataa = unbridled
asa.nshayaM = undoubtedly
asat * = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the
accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue, wrong RV.;
bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence, nonentity RV. AV. &c.;
untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or contemptible men MBh. &c.
asat.h = matter
asatkaarya* = n. bad or illicit occupation Mn. xii, 32; ({asatkArya}) {-vAdin} m. one who (like a
Naiyâyika) holds that an effect is nonexistent in its cause before production.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asatpatha* = m. a bad road L.; (mfn.) not being on the right path BhP.
asat* = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the
accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue, wrong RV.;
bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence, nonentity RV. AV. &c.;
untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or contemptible men MBh. &c.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asattaa* = f. non-existence L. - 1.
asatya* = mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5 MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. untruth, falsehood Mn. &c.
asatkritaH = dishonored
asattva * = n. id. NriisUp.; non-presence, absence Nyâyam \\2 mfn. strengthless, without energy
asatyaM = unreal
as'esha* = mf(%{A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all ; m. non-remainder Ka1tyS3r. ; (%{am})
ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82 ; (%{eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.
as'aaya: * to reach
ashaashvataM = temporary
asha.nka = undaunted
ashakta = weak
ashaktaH = unable
ashamaH = uncontrollable
ashatara* n= mfn. (compar. fr., `" {aSa} "' fr. 1. {az}?) more acceptable RV. i, 173, 4.
as'ishya * = mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed MBh.
v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-2, 53.
as'izu * = mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without young ones
RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
as'ishthataa * = f. or rudeness
as'ishthatva * = n. rudeness
as'eshha = total, mf({A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all; m. non-remainder KâtyS'r.; ({am})
ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82; ({eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.
asheshhataH = completely
asheshhaaNi = all
asheshheNa = in detail
as'ubha = and inauspicious * =azubha = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.;
bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a
shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
ashubhaan.h = inauspicious
ashuchiH = unclean
ashuchau = unclean
ashubhaM = evil
ashaaDha * (or in RV. {a4-SAlha}) mfn. not to be overcome, invincible RV. VS.; born under the
Nakshatra Ashâdhâ Pân. 4-3, 34; m. the month (generally called) Âshâdha L.; a staff made of Palâs'a
wood (carried by the student during the performance of certain vows) L.; N. of a teacher Kâthh. S'Br. i
(cf. {ASADhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a brick (used for the sacrificial altar) S'Br.; ({A4 or A4s}) f. sg. or pl.N. of
two lunar mansions (distinguished as {pinvA and uttara}, `" the former "' and the latter "', and reckoned
either as the eighteenth and nineteenth [TBr.] or as the twentieth and twenty-first [VP.&c.]) AV. xix, 7, 4,
&c. [116, 2]
aashaaDha * m. (fr. {a-SADhA})N. of a month (corresponding to part of June and July) in which the full
moon is near the constellation Ashâdhâ Sus'r. VarBriS. Megh. Kathâs. &c.; a staff of the wood of the
Palâs'a (carried by an ascetic during certain religious observances in the month Âshâdha) Pân. 5-1, 110
Kum. &c.; N. of a prince MBh.; the Malaya mountain L.; a festival (of Indra) Âp. i, 11, 20; ({A}) f. (for
{a-SADhA} q.v.) the twenty-first and twenty-second lunar mansions (commonly compounded with
{pUrva} and {uttara}) L.; ({I}) f. the day of full moon in the month Âshâdha KâtyS'r. Vait.; (mfn.)
belonging to the month Âshâdha VarBriS.
ashnan.h = eating
ashnanti = enjoy
ashnaami = accept
ashnute = achieves
ashma = stone
as'ru * = n. ({us} m. only once S'Br. vi and once R.) a tear RV. x, 95, 12 and 13 AV. &c. with {muc}, or
{kR} [MBh. xii, 12491] or {vRt}, Caus. [R.] to shed tears [supposed to stand for {dazru} fr. {daMz}: cf.
Gk. $; Lat. {lacryma} for {dacryma}; &35742[114, 3] Goth. {tagrs}; Eng. {tear}; Mod. Germ. {Z„hre}].
ashva = a horse
ashvatthaamaa = Asvatthama
aas'vaasita * mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das'. BhP. Pañcat. &c. //reanimated,
revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R
aas'vaasa * m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation; relying
on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.
ashtha* = 1 mfn. ( {akS}; cf. {nir-akS}) `" marked, branded "', only in comp. with 1.\\2 fr. 1. {az}. see
{a4-samaSTa-k-}. \\=3 (in comp. for {aSTan}).\\^ (in comp for {aSTan}) mfn.\\ =4 or with the final
{A8} blended in comp.
ashthadhaa = eightfold
ashthaadasha = eighteen
ashthottarii-dashaa = A lunar based Dasha system uses 108 yr cycle and one chooses it according to
certain criteria
ashhtakavarga = A predictive method of Astrology that uses a system of points based upon planetary
positions
asi = you are * = m. (2. %{as}), a sword, scimitar, knife (used for killing animals) RV. AV. &c.; (%{is}) f.
N. of a river (near Benar2es) Va1mP. (cf. %{asI}); [Lat. {ensi-s}.]
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or
speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii
Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
a4-s'iva *=mf({A}) n. unkind, envious, pernicious, dangerous RV. AV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a demon
causing disease Hariv. 9560; ({am}) n. ill-luck RV. i, 116, 24; x, 23, 5 MBh. &c.
a4-s'is'u *=mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without young
ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
a-s'iSya *=mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed MBh.
v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-2, 53.
asitaH = Asita
asita * = mfn. unbound TS. vii S'Br. xiv. \\ 2 mf({A}; Ved. {a4siknI})n. ({sita}, `" white "', appears to have
been formed from this word, which is probably original, and not a compound of {a} and {sita}; cf.
{asura} and {sura}), dark-coloured, black RV. &c.; m. the planet Saturn VarBriS.; a poisonous animal
(said to be a kind of mouse) L.; N. of the lord of darkness and magic AV. S'Br. Âs'vS'r.; of a descendant of
Kas'yapa (composer of RV. ix, 5-24), named also Devala [RAnukr.] or Asita Devala [MBh. Hariv.]; N. of a
man (with the patron. Vârshagana) S'Br. xiv; of a son of Bharata R.; of a Riishi Buddh.; of a mountain
MBh. iii, 8364 Kathâs.; ({a4s}) m. a black snake AV.; a Mantra (saving from snakes) MBh. i, 2188; ({A})
f. a girl attending in the womeñs apartments (whose hair is not whitened by age) L.; the indigo plant L.;
N. of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4819 Hariv. 12472; ({a4siknI}) f. `" the dark one "', the night RV. iv, 17, 15; x, 3,
1; a girl attending in the womeñs apartments L.; N. of a wife of Daksha Hariv.; N. of the river Akesines
(afterwards called Candra-bhâgâ) in the Pañjâb RV. viii, 20, 25 and ({asiknI4}) x, 75, 5.
asiddhau = failure
asmad.h = I, me
asmadiiyaiH = our
asmaakaM = us
asmaat.h = these
asmaan.h = us
asmaabhiH = by us
asmimaana* = m. self-conceit L.
asmin.h = in this
asphutha * = mf({A})n. indistinct BhP. Kathâs. &c.; not quite correct, approximate (as a number)
Sûryas.; ({am}) n. (in rhetoric) indistinct speech.
asrij * = {k}, (once {d} TS. vii) n. (m. or f. only Hariv. 9296) blood RV. i, 164, 4 AV. &c. [for the weak
cases see {asa4n}; besides, in later language, forms like instr. {asRjA} (R. iii, 8, 4) and gen. {asRjas}
(Sus'r.) are found]; saffron L.; ({k}) m. the planet Mars; a kind of religious abstraction L.
as'ruta * = mfn. unheard S3Br. xiv , &c. ; not heard from the teacher , not taught Jaim. ; (hence) contrary
to the Vedas L. ; untaught , not learned MBh. v , 1000 and 1369 ; m. N. of a son of Kr2ishn2a , Kr2ishn2s
Hariv. 6190 ; of a son of Dyutimat VP. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of An3giras Katha1s.
asta = fall (set)1 mfn. (perf. Pass. p. 2. {as}), thrown, cast Ragh. xii, 91; ({a4n-} neg.) S'Br. iii; (only in
comp.) thrown off, left off, set aside, given up (as grief. anger, a vow, &c.) VP. Kathâs. &c.; ({A4}) f. a
missile, an arrow AV. \\ = 2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) VarBriS.
Sûryas.; `" end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain (behind which the sun is
supposed to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home,
home RV. &c., especially used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.;
fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam ga4cchati} AV.
&c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p.
{-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita}
below), or {prA7p} [Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.;
{astaM-nI} [{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV.
[122, 2]
a4sta* =2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) VarBriS. Sûryas.; `" end,
death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set) MBh.
R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home, home RV. &c., especially
used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.; fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.;
perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata}
MBh. &c., once in reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go
down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita} below), or {prA7p}
[Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI}
[{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV. [122, 2]
asti = (v) he is
astu = there should be* (3. sg. Imper.), let it be, be it so; there must be or should be (implying an order)
astra = Weapon
asthi = Bone
asthiraM = unsteady
asvatantra * = not self-willed, dependant, subject Mn. ix, 2 Gaut. BhP.; ({asvatantra}) {-tA} f. the not
being master of one's feelings or passions Kâd.
asya = of it
asyaaM = in this
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or
speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii
Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &
asu * = m. (1. {as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1;
(in astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA}
Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn.
iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
a-suu4 * = mfn. (3. {sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f. {a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f.
{asU4m}). [121, 3]
asu: * Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in astron.)
`" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later
language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.;
({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
asura = devil* =mfn. (2. {as} Un.), spiritual, incorporeal, divine RV. AV. VS.; m. a spirit, good spirit,
supreme spirit (said of Varuna) RV. VS.; the chief of the evil spirits RV. ii, 30, 4 and vii, 99, 5; an evil
spirit, demon, ghost, opponent of the gods RV. viii, 96, 9; x AV. &c. [these Asuras are often regarded as
the children of Diti by Kas'yapa see {Daitya}; as such they are demons of the first order in perpetual
hostility with the gods, and must not be confounded with the Râkshasas or imps who animate dead
bodies and disturb sacrifices]; a N. of Râhu VarBriS. &c.; the sun L.; a cloud Naigh. (cf. RV. v, 83, 6);
({As}) m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe, (g. {parzv-Adi}, q.v.); of a Vedic school; ({A}) f. night L.; a zodiacal sign
L.; ({I}) f. a female demon, the wife of an Asura, KaushBr. (cf. {AsurI} and {mahA7surI}); the plant
Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. L. [In later Sanskriit {sura} has been formed from {asura}, as {sita} from {asita}
q.v.]
asUra * =`" absence of sunlight "', only ({e4}) loc. ind. in the night RV. viii, 10, 4.
asuraaNaaM = of demons
asuraan.h = demons
asuun.h = life
asuuya = jelousy * 1 Nom. P. {-yati}, rarely Â. {-yate} (pr. p. {-ya4t} RV. x, 135, 2 S'Br.; aor. {AsUyIt} S'Br.
iii; 3. pl. {asUyiSuH} Râjat.) to murmur at, be displeased or discontented with (dat. [S'Br. Pân. 1-4, 37,
&c.] or acc. [MBh. R. &c.]): Caus. (ind. p. {asUyayitvA}) to cause to be displeased, irritate MBh. iii, 2624
(N.)
asuuya * 2 grumbling at, displeased with (loc.) MBh. xiii, 513; ({A}) f. displeasure, indignation (especially
at the merits or the happiness of another), envy, jealousy Nir. Âp. Mn. &c.
asuuyaka * = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 146) discontented, displeased, envious, calumnious Nir. Mn. &c.
asuuyitR * = mfn. displeased, envious MBh. ii, 2545; ({an-} neg.) i, 5611.
asvastha* = mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226 MBh. &c. ; not being firm in
itself. MBh. xii, 276 (Hit.) ; (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f. illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it {assatthadA}) ; %{-zarIra}
mfn. ill Ka1d.//see %{a-sva}
ataH = hence
atha = thereupon * =(or Ved. {a4thA}) ind. (probably fr. pronom. base {a}), an auspicious and inceptive
particle (not easily expressed in English), now; then; moreover; rather; certainly; but; else; what? how
else? &c. \\" but if. "' MBh. v, 2775 Bhag. ii, 33; xviii, 58
atha-shabda = the word atha (prayers are started with words atha or AUM)
atharvashiirshha = atharva(?)
athavaa = or
ati = extremely
atitaranti = transcend
ativartate = transcends
atishaya = wonderful
atishayokti = exaggeration
atiitaH = surpassed
atiitya = transcending
atiindriyaM = transcendental
atiiva = very much * = ind. exceedingly, very; excessively, too; quite; surpassing (with acc.): Compar.
{atI7va-tarAm} ind. exceedingly, excessively S'is'. iv. 25.
atikrama * = m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming, surpassing, conquering; excess,
imposition, transgression, violation; neglect; determined onset
ativaa * = 2. cl. 2. P. {-vAti}, to blow beyond AV.: cl. 4. P. {-vayati}, to blow violently; ({ati-vAyati}), pr. p.
loc. ind. the wind blowing strongly MBh.
ativartin* = mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing; guilty of a pardonable offence.
attA *= f. (probably a colloquialism borrowed from the Deccan , said to occur chiefly in dramas) , a
mother L. ; mother's sister L. ; elder L. ; (in Pra1kr2it) a mother-in-law L. see %{akkA}.
atra * = 1 (or Ved. %{a4-trA}) ind. (fr. pronominal base %{a}; often used in sense of loc. case %{asmin}),
in this matter, in this respect; in this place, here at this time, there, then.\\2 mfn. ( %{tras}), (only for
the etym. of %{kSattra}), `" not enjoying or affording protection "' Br2A1rUp.\\3 m. (for %{at@tra}, fr.
%{ad}), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a Ra1kshasa.\\ atra 4 n. (for %{at-tra}), food RV. x, 79, 2.
atrasat: V* getting frightened A* unsettled, daunted, put off, intimidated, shaken, overcome, dismayed.
atulaniiya = uncomparable.
atuulyaM = uncomparable.
atyarthaM = highly
atyaani = surpassing
atyaya* = m. (fr. {i} with {ati} see {atI7}), passing, lapse, passage; passing away, perishing, death; danger,
risk, evil, suffering; transgression, guilt, vice; getting at, attacking Yâjñ. ii, 1 2; overcoming, mastering
(mentally); a class ChUp.
atyaaya* = m. ( {i}), the act of going beyond, transgression, excess Pân. 3-1, 141, ({am}, 4) ind. going
beyond RV. viii, 101, 14.
atyeti = surpasses
audara: *audara + mfn. (fr. {udara}), being in the stomach or belly Suparn.; gastric (as a disease) Hcat.
aum (AUM) *= ind. the sacred syllable of the S3u1dras (see 3. %{au}) (see also under pranava, omkaara
and om)
aupamyena = by comparison
aushadha = medicine
aushhadha = medicine
aushhadhaM = medicine
aushhadhiiH = vegetables
aushadha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {oSadhi}), consisting of herbs S'Br. vii; ({I}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî MatsyaP.;
({am}) n. herbs collectively, a herb S'Br. AitBr. KâtyS'r. &c.; herbs used in medicine, simples, a
medicament, drug, medicine in general Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; a mineral W.; a vessel for herbs.
autpattika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {ut-patti}), relating to origin, inborn, original, natural Lâthy. BhP. &c.; {a4
priori}; inherent, eternal Jaim. i, 1, 5.
autsukya* = n. (fr. {ut-suka}), anxiety, desire, longing for, regret MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; eagerness, zeal,
fervour, officiousness Pañcat. Kathâs.; impatience Sâh. Pratâpar.
av* = cl. I.P. {a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. {ava} sg. {tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3, p. {a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1. {A4vaH}
[for 2. {A4vaH} see {vR}]; perf. 3. sg. {Ava}, 2. pl. {Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. {A4vitha}; aor. {a4vit}, 2. sg.
{AvIs}, {avIs} and {aviSas}, Imper. {aviSTu}, 2. sg. {aviDDhi4} [once RV. ii, 17, 8] or {aviDDh} [six times
in RV.], 2. du. {aviSTam}, 3. du., 2. pl. {aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec. 3. sg. {avyAs}, Inf. {a4vitave} RV.
vii, 33, 1; Ved. ind. p. {AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel, animate (as a car or horse) RV.; Ved.to
promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer (as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6; to lead
or bring to (dat.: {Uta4ye}, {vA4ja-sAtaye}, {kSatrA4ya}, {svasta4ye}) RV.; (said of the gods) to be
pleased with, like, accept favourably (as sacrifices, prayers or hymns) RV., (chiefly said of kings or
princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern BhP. Ragh. ix, 1 VarBriS. &c.: Caus. (only impf. {avayat}, 2. sg.
{Avayas}) to consume, devour RV. AV. VS. S'Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?]. &29765[96,1]
ava = protect
avaachya = unkind
avaaptavyaM = to be gained
avaapta* = mfn. one who has attained or reached KathhUp.; obtained, got, ({am}) n. `" got by division, a
quotient Comm. on VarBri.
avaapita* = mfn. ( {vap}), not sown (as grain, {dhAnya}) but planted L.
avaap* = ( {Ap}), {-Apnoti} (Imper. 2. sg. {Apnuhi}) to reach, attain, obtain, gain, get Up. Mn. MBh. &c.;
to get by division (as a quotient) Sûryas.; to suffer (e.g. blame or unpleasantness or pain) Mn. Ragh.
xviii, 34 Pañcat.: Caus. to cause to obtain anything (acc.) Naish. viii, 89.
avaaptuM = to achieve
avaapnoti = gets
avaapya = achieving
avaapyate = is achieved
avabhaasa * = m. splendour, lustre, light; appearance (especially ifc. with words expressing a colour)
Jain. Sus'r.; (in Vedânta phil.) manifestation; reach, compass, see, {zravaNA7vabh-}.
ava-bhaasana-zikhin * =m. N. of a Nâga demon Buddh. ava-bhASaNa * =n. speaking against, speaking
Sâh.
ava-bhaasana * =n. shining Bhpr.; becoming manifest Sâh.; (in Ved. phil.) illuminating.
avabodha * = m. waking, being awake Bhag. vi, 17 Kum. ii, 8; perception, knowledge Ragh. vii, 38, &c.,
faculty of being resolute in judgment or action [Comm.] BhP., teaching L.
(vedabase:) consciousness; avabodha-rasa — of Your internal potency, by the mellow of knowledge; knowledge;
total consciousness.
avabhritha* = (once %{-bhRtha} AV. ix, 6, 63) m. `" carrying off, removing "', purification or ablution of
the sacrificer and sacrificial vessels after a sacrifice RV. viis, 73, 23, &c.; a supplementary sacrifice (see
below) cf. %{jIvitA7vabh-}.
avachinoti = to pluck
avachyaH = unblamable
avadhaana * = n. attention, attentiveness, intentness Kum.iv, 2 S3is3. ix, 11, &c., (cf. %{sA7vadhana}.)
avadhuuta* = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded,
expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken,
agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who
has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.;
m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avadhuutavesha* = mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is rejected "',
or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadya * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior RV. iv, 18, 5 and vi, 15, 12
BhP.; disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable, want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame, censure ib.;
shame, disgrace RV. AV.
ava-dhUta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded,
expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken,
agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who
has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.;
m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
ava-dhUta-veSa * =mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is rejected "',
or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhuuta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded,
expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken,
agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who
has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.;
m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avaGYaa = contempt
avagamaM = understood
avajaananti = deride
avajaghnat* = mfn. (irreg. p. in Pass. sense; {-hanyamAna} Comm.) being beaten or struck by (instr.)
MBh. i, 1424.
avaji* = (impf. {avA7jayat}; ind. p. -jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive of by conquest), win MBh. Mn. xi 80 &c.;
to ward off MBh. xiii, 124, to conquer MBh..: Desid. (p. {-jigISat}) to wish to win or recover S'ânkhS'r.
avajñaata* = mfn. despised, disrespected; given (as alms) with contempt. Bhag. xvii, 22.
avajyut* = Caus. {-jyotayati}, to light up or cause a light to shine upon, illumine S'Br.
avajñA* =1 {-jAnAti} (ind. p. {-jJaya}; perf. Pass. {-jajJle} Bhathth.) to disesteem, have a low opinion of,
despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c.; to excel Kâvya7d.
avajñA* =2 f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.); ({ayA}) instr. ind. with disregard,
indifferently Kathâs. (cf. {sA7vAjJam}.)
avakalana = differentiation
avalepa * = m. glutinousness (as of the mouth) Sus'r. [103, 3]; ointment L.; ornament L.; pride,
haughtiness BhP. Ragh. &c. (cf. {an-} neg.)
avaman * = 1. (Pot. {-manyeta} aor. Subj. 2. sg. {maMsthAH}, 2.pl. {-madhvam} Bhathth.; ep. also P.
{-manyati} fut. {-maMsyati} MBh. iv, 444) to despise, treat, contemptuously MBh. &c.; to repudiate
refuse ib.: Pass. {-manyate} to be treated contemptuously: Caus. (Pot. {-mAnayet}) to despise, treat
contemptuous) y Mn. ii, 50.
avamaana * m. (ifc. f. â Kathâs.) disrespect contempt Mn. ii, 162, &c.; dishonour, ignominy MBh. iii, 226,
&c.
avana = protection* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (= {tarpaNa})
satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f. the
plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avani* = f. course, bed of a river RV.; stream, river RV., the earth Naigh. R. Pañcat. &c.; the soil, ground
Megh.; any place on the ground Sûryas.; ({ayas}) f. pl. the fingers Naigh.
avanii* = 2 (fut. 2. sg. {-neSyasi}) to lead or bring down into (water) S'Br.; to put into (loc.) Gobh.;
{-nayati}, Ved. to pour down or over AV. VS. &c.
avana* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (= {tarpaNa}) satisfaction L.;
joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f. the plant Ficus
Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avanejana * = mf({I})n. washing, serving for washing (the feet) BhP.; ({am}) n. ablution (of hands [SBr.]
or feet [Mn. ii, 209 BhP.]); water for washing (hands [AV. xi, 3, 13] or feet cf. {pAdA7van-}).
avaniM = earth
avapaata* = m. falling down Mriicch.; ({an-} neg.) AitBr. (cf. {zastrA7vap-}); descent, descending upon;
flying down Hit.; a hole or pit for catching game in Ragh. xvi, 78 [101,1]; ({am}) ind. with {ava-patya}
(ind. p.), falling or flying down like (in comp.)
avapad* = {-padyate} (Subj. P. {-padAti} RV. ix, 73, 9; Prec. Â. 3. sg. {-padISTa} RV. vii, 104, 17; aor. Subj.
Â. 3. sg. {-pAdi} RV. i, 105, 3; Ved. Inf. (abl.) {-pa4das} RV. ii, 29, 6) Ved. to fall down, glide down into
(acc.) RV. &c.; (Imper. Â. 3. pl. {-padyantAm}; Subj. P. 2. sg. {-patsi}; Pot. P. 1. sg. {-padyeyam}) to drop
from (abl.), be deprived of (abl.) AV. AitBr. PBr.; (Subj. Â. 1. sg. {-padyai}) to fall, meet with an accident
AitBr.; (fut. 3. pl. {-patsyanti}) to throw down Kâthh.: Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. {-pAdaya}; ind. p. {-pAdya}) to
cause to glide or go down AV. Sus'r.
avapas'* = P. {-pazyati} (2. pl. {-pazyata}; p. {-pa4zyat}) to look down upon (acc.) RV. AV. xviii, 4, 37: Â.
{-pazyate}, to look upon AV. ix 4,19.
avapaT* = (ind. p. {-pATya}) to split, tear into pieces Sus'r. Kâd. Pass. {-pAtyate}, to crack, flaw, split
Sus'r.
avapat* = (p. {-patat} RV. x, 97, 17 ind. p. {-patya} see {ava-pAta}; impf. {avA7patat} MBh. &c.) to fly
down, jump down, fall down: Caus. (p. {-pAtayat}) to throw down Kathâs.
avaraM = abominable
avaruuNaddhi = to obstruct
avarohati = to descend
avaruddha * = hindered, checked, stopped, kept back S'ak. Sâh.; shut in, enclosed Mn. viii, 236 &c.;
imprisoned secluded (as in the inner apartments) Yâjñ. ii, 290, &c.; expelled MBh. iv, 2011, &c.; wrapped
up, covered VarBriS.; disguised Das'.; Ved. obtained, gained S'Br. &c.
avarudh* = P. (aor. {-rudhat}) to obstruct, enclose, contain RV. x, 105, 1, (Inf. {-roddhum}) to check,
keep back, restrain R. iii, 1, 33, to expel Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r. R. ii, 30, 9; {-ruNaddhi}, to seclude, put aside,
remove S'Br. KaushBr. ShadvBr.; to shut in, (aor. Â. {avA7ruddha} and Pass. {avA7rodh}) Pân. 3-1, 64
Sch.; to keep anything (acc., as one's grief) locked up (in one's bosom acc.) Bhathth.; (ind. p. {-rudhya})
to keep one's self ({AtmAnam}) wrapped up in one's self ({Atmani}) BhP.; (impf. {avA7ruNat}) to
confine within, besiege Das'.: Â. {-rundhe} (for {-nddhe} AV.; impf. {avA7rundha} TS.; ind. p. {-ru4dhya}
ib.; Ved. Inf. {-ru4dham} ib. and {-rudham} MaitrS.) chiefly Ved. to reach, obtain, gain: P. (p.f.
{-rundhatI}; cf. {anurudh}) to be attached to, like BhP.: Desid.A. {-rurutsate}, Ved.to wish to obtain or
gain TS. &c.: Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg. {-rorudhas}) to expel from "' (the domimon) R. si, 58, 20.
avashaH = helplessly
avas'eshita* = mfn. left as a remnant, remaining MBh. i, 5129, &c. (cf. %{kathA-mAtrA7v-} and
%{nAmamAtrA7v-}.)
avashishhyate = remains
avasaM = automatically
avasannaaH = inadequate
avasatha * = m. (for {A-vasatha} q.v.) habitation Hcat.; a village L.; a college, school L.; ({am}) n. a
house, dwelling L.
avasthaa = a state of the mind* = P. {-tiSThati} (impf. {-atiSThat}; aor. Subj. {-sthAt}; perf. Â. 3. sg.
{-tasthe}; perf. p. P. {-tasthiva4s}) `" to go down into (acc.), reach down to (acc.) RV. S'Br.; (aor. Subj. 2.
pl. {-sthAta}), to go away from (abl.) RV. v, 53, 8; (aor. Subj. 1. sg. {-stkam}) to be separated from or
deprived of (abl.) RV. ii, 27, 17: Â. (Pân. 1-3, 22; rarely P. e.g. Bhag. xiv, 23 BhP. &c.) to take one's stand,
remain standing Âs'vGri. &c.; to stay, abide, stop at any place (loc.) MBh. &c.; to abide in a state or
condition (instr.) MBh. i, 5080 BhP. &c.; (with ind. p.) to remain or continue (doing anything) MBh. i,
5770; iii, 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to be found, exist, be present MBh. Yâjñ. i, 272, &c.; (perf. 1 sg. {-tasthe})
to fall to, fall into the possession of (dat.) RV. x, 48, 5; to enter, be absorbed in in (loc.) Mn. vi, 81 [106,1];
to penetrate (as sound or as fame) MBh. xiii, 1 845: Pass. {-sthIyate}, to be settled or fixed or chosen
S'ak.: Caus. (generally ind. p. {-sthApya}) to cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), let
behind MBh. &c.; to place upon (loc.), fix, set, array Âs'vGri. &c.; to cause to enter or be absorbed in (loc.)
MBh. iii, 12502; to render solid or firm R. v, 35, 36; to establish (by arguments) Comm. on Nyâyad.: Pass.
Caus. {-sthApyate}, to be kept firm [`" to be separated "' BR.] BhP.
avasthaatuM = to stay
avasthitaM = situated
avasthitaH = situated
avasthitaaH = situated
avasthiti %{is} f. residence BhP. Katha1s. abiding , stability see %{an-av-} ; following , practising L.
avastu*n = n. a worthless thing Kum. v, 66, insubstantiality, the unreality of matter Kap. Vedântas.
avasyandita* = n. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant Sâh. Das'ar.
&c.
avasya* = Nom P. (p. dat. sg. m. {avasyate}) to seek favour or assistance RV. i, 116, 23.
avataara = a divine incarnation particularly of Vishnu, e.g. Buddha* = m. (Pân. 3-3, 120) descent
(especially of a deity from heaven), appearance of any deity upon earth (but more particularly the
incarnations of Vishnu in ten principal forms, viz. the fish tortoise, boar, man lion, dwarf, the two
Râmas, Kriishna, Buddha, and Kalki MBh. xii, 12941 seqq.); any new and unexpected appearance Ragh.
iii, 36 & v, 24, &c., (any distinguished person in the language of respect is called an Avatâra or
incarnation of a deity); opportunity of catching any one Buddh.; a Tirtha or sacred place L.; translation L.
avataarita* = mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (abl.); taken down, laid down or aside;
removed; set a-going, rendered current, accomplished Râjat.
avataarin* = mfn. making one's appeance see {raGgA7vat-}; making a descent in the incarnation of (in
comp.) RâmatUp.; ifc. appearing Mâlatîm.
avatishhThati = remains
avayavaH = A Limb (of the body), A part, a portion, a component, a constitunt, an ingredient
avayava * =m. (ifc. f. {A}) a limb, member, part, portion Pân. &c.; a member or component part of a
logical argument or syllogism Nyâyid. &c.
aaves'a *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak. Prab. &c.;
absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.; demoniacal
frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.; indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or
epileptic giddiness L.
avi* = mfn. ( {av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, ({is}) mf. a sheep RV. (mentioned with
reference to its wool being used for the Soma strainer) AV. &c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.; ({is}) m.
a protector, lord L.; the sun L.; air, wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover made of the
skin of mice L., ({is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-vî q.v.; cf. also {adhi}) a woman in her courses L. [cf.
Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s; Goth. {avistr}].
avidya = lack of education, ignorance * = mfn. unlearned, unwise Mn. ix, 205, &c.; ({avidyA}) f.
ignorance, spiritual ignorance AV. xi, 8, 23 VS. xl, 12-14 S'Br.xiv; (in Vedânta phil.) illusion (personified
as Mâyâ), ignorance together with non-existence Buddh.
avidyamAna* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c. {-ta} f.
the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidyamAnavat* = ind. as if not being present Pân. 3-1, 3 Comm.; viii, 1, 72.
avidyamaana* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c. {-ta}
f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
aviGYeyaM = unknowable
avikaaryaH = unchangeable
avikaarin * = mfn. unchangeable , invariable (as truth) MBh. xii , 5979 & (superl. %{-ri-tama}) 5986 ,
&c. ; unchangeable (in character) , faithful Mn. vii , 190 ; without change , without being changed Sus3r. ;
not exhibiting any alteration (in one's features) Katha1s.
avinaashi = imperishable
avinaashinaM = indestructible
avirati = sensuality
avirodha = no opposition * = m. non-opposition to , living or being in agreement with (in comp. or inst.)
MBh. xiii , 1935 Hariv. 8752 R. ; non-incompatibility , consistency , harmony , Ya1n5. ii , 186 , &c.
avis'aGka* = mfn. having no doubts, not hesitating MBh. iii, 2171 and xiii, 2747; ({A}) f. `" no hesitation
"', ({ayA}) instr. ind. undoubtingly without hesitation MBh. Hariv. &c.
avis'aGkita* = mfn. unapprehensive, not having doubts, not hesitating MBh. v, 490 BhP. &c.; ({am}) ind.
without hesitation R. v, 90, 13 Sus'r.
avis'astR* = {tA4} m. an unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals) RV. i, 162, 20.
avis'eshavat* = mfn. not making a difference between (loc.) Yâjñ. iii, 154.
avasita * = mfn. one who has put up at any place , who dwells , rests , resides RV. i , 32 , 15 and iv , 25 , 8
S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; brought to his abode (as Agni) TS. ; ended , terminated , finished , completed MBh. i ,
4678 , &c. ; one who has given up anything (abl. MBh. xii , 7888 ; or in comp. Ya1jn5. ii , 183) ;
determined , fixed BhP. ; ascertained BhP. ; known , understood ; one who is determined to (loc.) BhP. ;
being at end of the line of a verse (see %{ava-sA4na}) RPra1t. VPra1t. ; stored (as grain &c.) L. ; gone L. ;
(%{am}) n. `" a dwelling-place "' see %{navA7vasita4}.
avis'vasta* = mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted L.; = {a-vizvasa4t} R. iii, 1, 25, &c.
avekshya = considering
avya * = mfn. (said of the woollen Soma strainer) coming from sheep ({a4vi} q.v.) RV.; ({as}, {am}) m. n.
the woollen Soma strainer RV.
avyaakrita* = mfn. undeveloped, unexpounded S'Br. xiv BhP.; ({am}) n. elementary substance from
which all things were created, considered as one with the substance of Brahma L.
avyaktaM = nonmanifested
avyaktaH = invisible
avyaliika * = mfn. having no uneasiness or unpleasantness; well off MBh. v, 698; not false, true,
veracious BhP. Das'ar.; ({am}) ind. truly BhP.
avyaya = without deterioration: 1 or rarely {a4vyaya} [only RV. viii, 97, 2 and ix, 86, 34] mfn. ({a4vi})
made of sheep's skin (as the woollen Soma strainer) RV.; belonging to or consisting of sheep RV. viii, 97,
2. \\2 mf({A})n. not liable to change, imperishable, undecaying Up. Mn. &c.; `" not spending "',
parsimonious; m. N. of Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv. 433; of a Nâga demon MBh. i,
2157 (ed. Bomb.); the non-spending, parsimony; ({am}) n. [or m. L.] an indeclinable word, particle Pân.
avyayaH = inexhaustible
avyutpanna mfn. not ensuing or following , Ven2is. ; underived (as a word) , having no etymology Pa1n2. 7-2 , 8 Pat. ;
unaccomplished , inexperienced BhP. &c.
ayaasya * (4) mfn. (= $ Windisch; cf. {ayA4s} and {ai0A4s} before), agile, dexterous, valiant RV.; m. N. of
an Angiras (composer of the hymns RV. ix, 44-66 and x, 67 and 68) RV. x, 67, 1 and 108, 8 S'Br. xiv.
ayatha * = n. a foot RV. x 28 , 10 and 11 (mfn.) prosperous , Pa1rGr.\\see col. 2.\\ayatha ind. not as it
should be , unfitly BhP.
ayathaavat.h = imperfectly
ayana*=mfn. going VS. xxii, 7 Nir.; ({am}) n. walking a road a path RV. iii 33, 7 &c. (often ifc. cf.
{naimiSA7yana}, {puruSA7yana}, {prasamA7yana}, {samudrA7yaNa}, {svedA7yana}), (in astron)
advancing, precession Sûryas.; (with gen [e.g. {a4ngirasAm}, {AdityA4nam}, {gavAm}, &c.] or ifc.) `"
course, circulation "'N. of various periodical sacrificial rites AV. S'Br. &c. the suñs road north and south
of the equator, the half year Mn. &c., the equinoctial and solstitial points VarBriS. &c.; way, progress,
manner S'Br.; place of refuge Mn. i, 10; a treatise ({zAstra} cf. {jyotiSAm-ayana}) L.
ayaana* =n. not moving "', halting, stopping L.; (= {sva.bhAva}), natural disposition or temperament "' L
ayashaH = infamy
ayase = (v) to go
ayuta * = 1 mfn. (1. {yu}), unimpeded AV. xix, 51, 1; N. of a son of Râdhika BhP.
ayu4ta * = 2 n. [{as} m. only MBh. iii, 801], `" unjoined, unbounded "', ten thousand, a myriad RV. AV.
&c.; in comp. a term of praise (see {ayutA7dhyApaka}), (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.)
ba * the third letter of the labial class (often confounded with {va}).
baadaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. %{badara}; cf. g. %{naDA7di}) N. of sev. teachers and authors (esp. of a
sage identified with Vya1sa, said to be the author of the Veda7nta-su1tras; of an astronomer; of the
author of a Dharma-s3a1stra &c. ) IW. 106 &c.; mfn. written or composed by Ba1dñBa1dara1yan2a Cat.
baadhaka * = mf({ikA})n. oppressing, harassing, paining (see {zatru-b-}); opposing, hindering, injuring,
prejudicing MBh. Pur. ({-tA} f.); setting aside, suspending, annulling S'ank. Sarvad. ({-tva} n.); m. a
partic. disease of women L.; a kind of tree Gobh.; mf({I})n. belonging to or derived from the Bâdhaka
tree ShadvBr. S'rS.
baadhana * = mfn. oppressing, harassing (see {zatrub-}); opposing, refuting L.; ({A}) f. uneasiness,
trouble, pain Nyâyas.; n. opposition, resistance, oppression, molestation, affliction (also pl.) R. S'ak.;
removing, suspending, annulment (of a rule &c.) Veda7ntas. Pân. Sch.
baadhita4 * = * = mfn. pressed, oppressed &c. RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) set aside, annulled; (in logic)
contradictory, absurd, false, incompatible (cf. {a-bAdhita})
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (= {-pada}
below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
baahu = arm *= 1 m. and (L.) f. (fr. %{bah} , %{baMh} ; for 2. %{bAhu} see col. 3) the arm , (esp.) the
fore-arm , the arm between the elbow and the wrist (opp. to %{pra-gaNDa} q.v. ; in medic. the whole
upper extremity of the body , as opp. to %{sakthi} , the lower extñextremity) RV. &c. &c. ; the arm as a
measure of length (= 12 An3gulas) Sulbas. ; the fore-foot of an animal (esp. its upper part) RV. AV. Br.
A1s3vGr2. ; the limb of a bow S3Br. ; the bar of a chariot-pole Gobh. ; the post (of a door ; see
%{dvAra-b-}) ; the side of an angular figure (esp. the base of a right-angled triangle) Su1ryas. ; the
shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial ib. ; (also du.) the constellation A1rdra1 L. ; m. N. of a Daitya MBh. ;
of a prince (who brought ruin upon his family by his illegal actions) ib. ; of a son of Vr2ika Hariv. ; of a
son of Vajra VP. [Cf. Gk. $ , $ ; &222225[730 ,2] Germ. {buog} , {Bug} ; Angl. Sax. {bo1g} ; Eng.
{bough}.]\\ 2 (for 1. see col. 2) , Vr2iddhi form of %{bahu} in comp. = ki1t2a mfn. g. %{palady-Adi}.
baahuM = arms
baahulya = plentitude
baahyaan.h = unnecessary
baala = child
baalakaH = boy
baalaa = Girl
baalikaaH = girl
baandhava = brother* = a kinsman, relation (esp. maternal rñrelation), friend (ifc. f. â) Mn. MBh. &c.; a
brother A.; ({I}) f. a female relative Kathâs.
baaNa = Arrow
baaNa* = or {vANa4} (RV.), {bA4Na} (AV.; later more usually {vANa} q.v.) m. a reed-shaft, shaft made of
a reed, an arrow RV. &c. &c.; N. of the number five (from the 5 arrows of Kâma-deva; cf. {paJca-b-})
Sûryas. Sâh.; the versed sine of an arc Ganit.; a mark for arrows, aim BhP.; a partic. part of an arrow L.;
Saccharum Sara or a similar species of reed Bhpr.; the udder of a cow ({vANa4} RV. iv, 24, 9) L.; music
(for {vANa4}) AV. x, 2, 17 = {kevala},; N. of an Asura (a, son of Bali, an enemy of Vishnu and favourite of
S'iva) MBh. Pur.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king Hariv.; (also {-bhaTTa}) of a poet (the
author of the Kâdambarî, of the Harsha-carita, and perhaps of the Ratna7valî) Cat.; of a man of low
origin Râjat.; m. (S'is') or ({A}) f. (L.) a blue-flowering Barleria; ({A}) f. the hind part or feathered end of
an arrow L.; n. the flower of Barleria Kir. S'is'.; the body Pras'nUp. // n. appearance , evidence ,
perception Veda7ntas. Bha1sha1p. &c. ; light , lustre L.// 3 bhANa m. ( %{bhaN}) recitation (esp. of
the Buddhist law) MWB. 44 ; N. of a sort of dramatic entertainment (in which only one of the
interlocutors appears on the scene , or a narrative of some intrigue told either by the hero or a third
person) Das3ar. Sa1h. Prata1p. (cf. IW. 471). // 4 bhAna %{bhAnu} and e. see p. 751 , col. 1.
baashpa * m. (also written {vASpa} cf. Un. iii, 28) a tear, tears MBh. Kâv. &c.; steam, vapour R. Ragh.
Pañcat.; a kind of pot-herb Vâgbh.; iron L.; N. of a disciple of Gautama Buda7ha; ({I}) f. a kind of plant
(= {hiGgu-pattrI}) L.
bahiH = outside
bahu *= mf(%{vI4} or %{u})n. much , many , frequent , abundant , numerous , great or considerable in
quantity (n. also as subst. with gen.) RV. (rarely in Man2d2. i-ix) AV. &c. &c. (%{tadbahu-yad} , `" it is a
great matter that "' MBh. ; %{tvayA@me@bahu@kRtaM-yad} , `" you have done me a great service by-or
that- "' Nal. ; %{kim@bahunA} , `" what occasion is there for much talk? "' i.e. `" in short "' S3ak. Hit.) ;
abounding or rich in (instr.) S3Br. ; large , great , mighty AV. &c. &c. ; (%{u4}) ind. much , very ,
abundantly , greatly , in a high degree , frequently , often , mostly RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. , where also=
nearly , almost , rather , somewhat [724,3] ; cf. %{bahu-tRNa} , %{bahu-trivarSa} and Pa1n2. 5-3 , 68 ;
%{bahu-man} = to think much of esteem highly , prize , value) ; n. the pl. number AitBr.
bahunaa = many
bahulaaM = various
bahuvachanaM = plural
bahuun.h = many
bahuunaaM = many
bahuuni = many
badara * = m. the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujuba L.; another tree (= {deva-sarSapa}) L.; the kernel of the
fruit of the cotton plant L.; dried ginger L.; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; ({A}) f. the cotton shrub L.; a
species of Dioscorea L.; Mimosa Octandra L.; Clitoria Ternatea L.; ({I}) f. see below; ({ba4d-}) n. the
edible fruit of the jujube (also used as a weight) VS. &c. &c.; the berry or fruit of the cotton shrub L.
baddha = caught * =mfn. bound, tied, fixed, fastened, chained, fettered RV. &c. &c.; captured,
imprisoned, caught, confined ib. ({zatAt}, `" for a debt of a hundred "' Pân. 2-3, 24 Sch.); bound by the
fetters of existence or evil Kap.; hanged, hung R.; tied up (as a braid of hair) Megh.; (ifc.) stopped,
checked, obstructed, impeded, restrained, suppressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; girt with S'ânkhS'r.; (with instr. or
ifc.) inlaid or studded with, set in MBh. Kâv. &c.; attached to, riveted or fixed on (loc.) ib.; joined, united,
combined, formed, produced ib.; composed (as verses) R.; (esp. ibc.; cf. below) conceived, formed,
entertained, manifested, shown, betrayed, visible, apparent (cf. {jAta} ibc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; clenched (as
the fist) Hariv. R.; folded (as the hands) Mriicch.; contracted (as friendship or enmity) R. S'ak.; taken up
(as an abode) Râjat.; built, constructed (as a bridge) R. Ragh.; embanked (as a river) Râjat.; congealed,
clotted (as blood; opp. to {drava}) Sus'r.; alloyed (as quicksilver) L.; m. or n. ? (with Jainas) that which
binds or fetters the embodied spirit (viz. the connection of the soul with deeds) MW.
badh = to tie up
badhyatas* = ind. (freedom) from the crowd AV. xii, 1, 2 (v.l. {madhya-ta4s}).
badva * n. (once m.) a large number, multitude (Sây., `" 100 Kothis "'; others `" 10, 000 millions "' BhP.
Sch. `" the number 13, 084 "') Br. MBh. BhP.
bahudhaa* = ind. in many ways or parts or forms or directions, variously, manifoldly, much, repeatedly
RV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to make manifold, multiply MBh.; to make public, divulge ib.)
bakabaka = stork * = crane, Ardea Nivea (often fig. = a hypocrite, cheat, rogue, the crane being regarded
as a bird of great cunning and deceit as well as circumspection)
bakulaa = (f)pr.n
bali* = m. (perhaps fr. {bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR}) RV. &c.
&c.; tax, impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of
portions of food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities, spirits,
men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made before the daily
meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into
the sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional
acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71) MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the
time, or the place of the offering); fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo)
offered to Durgâ MW.; the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana;
priding himself on his empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before
him in the form of a Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and
obtained from him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf
expanding himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla
or the lower regions) MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni
MBh.; of a king ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bandha = (a form of poetry)//* binding, tying, a bond, tie, chain, fetter RV. &c. &c.; a ligature, bandage
Sus'r.; damming up (a river) MârkP.; capture, arrest, imprisonment, custody Mn. MBh. &c.; connection
or intercourse with (comp.) Pañcat. BhP. (ifc. = connected with, conducive to MBh.); putting together,
uniting, contracting, combining, forming, producing MBh. Kâv. &c.; joining (the hollowed hands) Ragh.;
anything deposited ({-dhe-sthA} = to remain deposited) Campak.; a deposit, pledge Râjat.; any
configuration or position of the body (esp. of the hands and feet) Ragh. Kum.; a partic. mode of sexual
union (there are said to be 16, 18, 36, or even 84 L.), Caur.; constructing, building (of a bridge &c.) MBh.
Râjat.; bridging over (the sea) Vcar.; knitting (the brows) Râjat.; fixing, directing (mind, eyes, &c.) Cat.;
assumption, obtainment (of a body) Ragh.; (ifc.) conceiving, cherishing, feeling, betraying Hariv. Kâlid.;
a border, framework, inclosure, receptacle L.; a sinew, tendon L.; the body L.; (in phil.) mundane
bondage, attachment to this world S'vetUp. Bhag. &c. (opp. to {mukti}, {mokSa}, `" final emancipation "',
and regarded in the Sânkhya as threefold, viz. {prakRti-}, {vaikArika-}, and {dakSiNA-b-}); combination
of sounds (in rhet.), construction or arrangement of words Kâvya7d. Pratâp.; arrangement of a stanza in
a partic. shape Kpr.; arrangement of musical sounds, composition S'atr.; a disease which prevents the
eyelids from quite closing Sus'r.; (ifc. with numerals) a part (cf. {paJca-}
bandhaM = bondage
bandhana = restriction
bandhu = brother* = m. connection, relation, association RV. &c. &c. (ifc. with f. {U} = belonging to,
coming under the head of i.e. `" being only in name "'; cf. {kSatra-}, {dvija-b-} &c.; `" resembling "' Bâlar.
v, 56/57, `" frequented by "' ib. iii, 20, `" favourable for "' ib. iv, 87; cf. Pân. 6-1, 14); respect, reference
({kena bandhunA} `" in what respect? "') S'Br.; kinship, kindred Mn. ii, 136; a kinsman (esp. on the
mother's side), relative, kindred RV. &c. &c. (in law, a cognate kinsman in a remote degree, one
subsequent in right of inheritance to the Sa-gotra; three kinds are enumerated, personal, paternal and
maternal); a friend (opp. to {ripu}) MBh. Kâv. BhP.; a husband Ragh.; a brother L.; Pentapetes Phoenicea
L. (= {bandhUka}); N. of a metre Col.; (in astrol.) of the fourth mansion Var.; of a Riishi with the patr.
Gaupâyana or Laupâyana (author of RV. v, 24 and x, 5660) RAnukr.; of Manmatha L.
bandhuH = friend
bandhuvargaH = relatives
bandhuun.h = relatives
bala = strength
balaM = army
balavat.h = strong
balavaan.h = powerful
balaa = force
balaat.h = by force
balishhTha = strong
bali *V= saying calling, chanting, calling as such, stating, uttering, taking //*= asm. (perhaps fr. {bhR})
tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR}) RV. &c. &c.; tax, impost, royal
revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of portions of food,
such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities, spirits, men, birds, other
animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging
portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is
also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421)
GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71) MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of
the offering); fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.;
the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his
empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form of a
Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and obtained from him the
promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding himself
deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or the lower
regions) MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni MBh.; of a king
ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bali
baTaraka* = n. pl. circular lines of light which appear before the closed eye AitÂr.
baTu* = m. (also written {vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Brâhman, but also
contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of S'iva (so
called from being represented by boys in the rites of the S'âktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica L.
bata* = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or regret,
generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the beginning of a
sentence, or only separated from it by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later
bata * = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or regret,
generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the beginning of a
sentence, or only separated from it by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later
language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
biDaalaH = (m) cat
bindu = dot
bibheti = fears
bibheshhi = afraid
bibhyati = is afraid;fears
biija = seed
biijagaNita = algebra
bhaaH = light
baaDha* = or {bALha4} mfn. ( {baMh}; cf. Pân v, 63) strong, mighty (only ibc. and in {bAhe4} ind.),
loudly, strongly, mightily RV.; ({bADham} or {vADham}) ind. assuredly, certainly, indeed, really, by all
means, so be it, yes (generally used as a particle of consent, affirmation or confirmation) MBh. Kâv. &c.
baadha4* = 1 m. a harasser, tormentor Hariv.; annoyance, molestation, affliction, obstacle, distress, pain,
trouble RV. &c. &c.; (also {A}, f.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 44) injury, detriment, hurt, damage MBh. Kâv. &c.; danger,
jeopardy (see {prA7Na-}); exclusion from (comp.) Pañcat.; suspension, annulment (of a rule &c.) Sâh.
Pân. Sch. &c.; a contradiction, objection, absurdity, the being excluded by superior proof (in log., one of
the 5 forms of fallacious middle term) Kap. Bhâshâp. &c.\\2 m. (prob.) urging, impulse (Naigh. ii, 9=
{bala} Sây. = {bAdhaka}, {bAdhana}) RV. vi, 11, 5; i, 61, 2; 132, 5 (?).
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (= {-pada}
below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
bhaadrapada* = m. (fr. {bhadra-padA}) the month Bhâdra (a rainy month corresponding to the period
from about the middle of August to the middle of September) Var. Râjat. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. du. and pl. =
{bhadra-padA}N. common to the 3rd and 4th Nakshatras (q.v.) Sûryas. VP.; ({I}) f. the day of full moon
in the month BhñBhâdra KâtyS'r. Sch.
bhaaga * = 2 Vriiddhi form of {bhaga} in com \\1 m. ( {bhoj}) a part, portion, share, allotment,
inheritance (in Ved. also = lot, esp. fortunate lot, good fortune, luck, destiny) RV. &c. &c.; a part (as opp.
to any whole; {bhAgam bhAgam} with Caus. of {klRp} or {bhAgAn} with {kR}, to divide in parts); a
fraction (often with an ordinal number e.g. {aSTamo bhAgaH}, the eighth part, or in comp. with a
cardinal e.g. {zata-bh-}; 1/100; {azIti-bh-} = 1/80) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; a quarter (see {eka-bh-}, {tri-bh-});
part i.e. place, spot, region, side (ifc. taking the place of, representing) Lâthy. MBh. &c. (in this sense also
n.; see {bhUmi-bh-}); part of anything given as interest W.; a half rupee L.; the numerator of a fraction
Col.; a quotient MW.; a degree or 360th part of the circumference of a great circle Sûryas.; a division of
time, the 30th part of a Râs'i or zodiacal sign W.; N. of a king (also {bhAgavata}) Pur.; of a river (one of
the branches of the Candra-bhâgâ) L.; mfn. relating to Bhaga (as a hymn) Nir.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhaagavata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {bhaga-vat}) relating to or coming from Bhagavat i.e. Vishnu or Kriishna,
holy, sacred, divine MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. a follower or worshipper of BhñBhagavati or Vishnu ib. (cf. IW.
321, 1); N. of a king VP.; n. N. of a Purâna (cf. {bhAgavata-p-}).
bhaagadheya = fortune
bhaagya = Blessing * =1 mfn. (fr. %{bhaga}) relating to Bhaga; n. (with %{yuga}) the 12th or last lustrum
in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (scil. %{bha} or %{nakSatra}) the asterism of Bhaga i.e. Uttara-
Phalguni1 ib. [752,1]\\2 mfn. ( %{bhaj}) to be shared or divided, divisible (= %{bhajya}) Vop.\\3 mfn.
(fr. %{bhAga}) entitled to a share g. %{daNDA7di}; (with %{zata}, %{viMzati} &c.) = %{bhAgika} Pa1n2.
5-1, 42 Sch.; lucky, fortunate (compar. %{-tara}) MBh. R.; n. sg. or pl. (ifc. f. %{A}) fate, destiny
(resulting from merit or demerit in former existences), fortune, (esp.) good fortune, luck, happiness,
welfare MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{ena} ind. luckily, fortunately Hit.); reward BhP.
bhaajayu* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) sharing with others, generous, liberal RV.
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or participating in,
entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient, receptacle, (esp.) a vessel,
pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place or person in which anything is
collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or clever or deserving person ib. (cf.
{pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a
representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka=
14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaajita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) shared, divided Sûryas.; distributed, portioned W.; n. a share, portion ib.
bhaaksha* = mf({I})n. ( {bhakS}) habitually eating, gluttonous (= {bhakSA zIlam asya}) g. {chattrA7di}.
bhaalaM = forehead
bhaanu * = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the sun MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an anonymous author Cat.;
N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava
Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.;
of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various
authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.) ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv.
Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter
of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of
Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaara = load
bhaara * = weight, war, battle, contest; a burden, load, weight; * = m. ( {bhR}) a burden, load, weight RV.
&c. &c.; heavy work, labour, toil, trouble, task imposed on any one (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a large
quantity, mass, bulk (often in comp. with words meaning `" hair "') Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a partic. weight (=
20 Tulâs = 2000 Palas of gold) Hariv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; = {bhAra-yaSTi}, Kârand.; a partic. manner of
beating a drum Sangît.; N. of Vishnu L.; of a prince VP.
bhaaradvaaja* = mf({I})n. coming from or relating to Bharad-vâja S'Br. &c. &c.; m. patr. fr. {bharad-vAja}
g. {bidA7di}; N. of various men (esp. of supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Riijis'van, Garga, Nara, Pâyu,
Vasu, S'âsa, S'irimbitha, S'unahotra, Sapratha, Su-hotra q.v.; but also of others e.g. of Drona, of Agastya,
of S'aunya, of Sukes'an, of Satya-vâha, of S'ûsha Vâhneya, of one of the 7 Riishis, of a son of Briihas-pati
&c., and of many writers and teachers pl. of a Vedic school) RAnukr. MBh. Cat. IW. 146, 161 &c.; the
planet Mars L.; a skylark Pañcat.; pl. N. of a people VP.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of Bharad-vâja (with
{rAtri}N. of the author of RV. x, 127; cf. also {bhA4radvAjI-pu4tra} below); a skylark PârGri.; the wild
cotton shrub L.; N. of a river MBh. VP.; n. a bone L.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; of a place Pân. 4-2,
145 (v.l. for {bhar-}).
bhaaratii = Utterance
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf. below)
R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet Venus and
preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various men (esp. supposed
authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena,
Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or mythological personages e.g. of
Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter
MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the
descendants of Bhriigu (properly called {bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.;
({I}) f. a female descendant of Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni
f. MBh. BhP.; of Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various
Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhaaryaa = wife
bhaashh.h = to speak
bhaashhaNa = speech
bhaashhase = speaking
bhaashhaa = language
bhaashhiNi = speaker
bhaashhita = speech
bhaasaH = effulgence
bhaasayate = illuminates
bhaasasya = Bhasa's
bhaasvataa = glowing
bhaashitapuMska * = mfn. = {ukta-puMska} (q.v.) Pân. 6-3, 34 &c. ({-tva} n. vii, 3, 48 Sch.)
bhaa4shitR * = mfn. speaking, a speaker, talker (with acc, or ifc.) S'Br. MBh. &c.
bhaashita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said; spoken to, addressed Mn. MBh. &c.; n. speech, language, talk i
bhaashin* = mfn. saying, speaking, loquacious (mostly ifc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
bhaati = light //* = f. light , splendour BhP. ; evidence , perception , knowledge ib. [751,1]
bhaata * = mfn. shining, appearing &c.; = {prabhAta} L.; n. (impers.) appearance has been made by
(instr.) BhP.
bhaava * = becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance; turning or transition into; continuance,
continuity of the thread of existence through successive births Buddh.; state, condition, rank (with
{sthAvira}, old age, euphem. = he dies; state of being anything,, the state of being a child, childhood;
sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun, the state of thinness.; true condition or state, truth,
reality; manner of being, nature, temperament, character
bhaava * = m. ( {bhU}) becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance S'vetUp. KâtyS'r. &c. [754, 2];
turning or transition into (loc. or comp.) MBh. RPrât.; continuance (opp. to cessation; {eko7ti-bhAva},
continuity of the thread of existence through successive births Buddh., wrongly translated under
{eko7ti-bh-}) MBh.; state, condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age; {anyam bhAvam Apadyate},
euphem. = he dies; state of being anything, esp. ifc. e.g. {bAlabhAva}, the state of being a child,
childhood = {bAlatA}, or {tva}; sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun e.g. {tanutA-bhAva},
the state of thinness) Up. S'rS. MBh. &c.; true condition or state, truth, reality (ibc. and {bhAvena} ind.
really, truly) MBh. Hariv.; manner of being, nature, temperament, character ({eko bhAvaH} or {eka-bh-},
a simple or artless nature; {bhAvo bhAvaM nigacchati} = birds of a feather flock together) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; manner of acting, conduct, behaviour Kâv. Sâh.; any state of mind or body, way of thinking or
feeling, sentiment, opinion, disposition, intention ({yAdRzena bhAvena}, with whatever disposition of
mind; {bhAvam amaGgalaM-kR}, with loc., to be ill disposed against; {bhAvaM dRDhaM-kR}, to make a
firm resolution) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in rhet.) passion, emotion (2 kinds of Bhâvas are enumerated, the
{sthAyin} or primary, and {vyabhicArin} or subordinate; the former are 8 or 9 according as the Rasas or
sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9; the latter 33 or 34) Kâv. Sâh. Pratâp. &c.; conjecture, supposition Mn.
Pañcat.; purport, meaning, sense ({iti bhAvaH}, `" such is the sense "' = {ity arthaH} or {ity
abhiprA7yaH}, constantly used by commentators at the end of their explanations); love, affection,
attachment ({bhAvaM-kR}, with loc., to feel an affection for) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the seat of the feelings or
affections, heart, soul, mind ({parituSTena bhAvena}, with a pleased mind) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; that
which is or exists, thing or substance, being or living creature ({sarva-bhAvAH}, all earthly objects;
{bhAvAH sthAvara-jaGgamAH}, plants and animals) MundUp. MBh. &c.; (in dram.) a discreet or learned
man (as a term of address = respected sir) Mriicch. Mâlav. Mâlatîm.; (in astron.) the state or condition of
a planet L.; an astrological house or lunar mansion ib.; N. of the 27th Kalpa (s.v.) ib.; of the 8th (42nd)
year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBriS.; (in gram.) the fundamental notion of the verb, the sense
conveyed by the abstract noun (esp. as a term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb having neither
agent nor object expressed e.g. {pacyate}, `" there is cooking "' or `" cooking is going on "') Pân. 3-1, 66;
107 &c.; N. of the author of the Bhâvaprâkas'a (= {mizra-bhAva}) Cat.; wanton sport, dalliance L.; birth
L.; place of birth, the womb L.; the world, universe L.; an organ of sense L.; superhuman power L.; the
Supreme Being L.; advice, instruction L.; contemplation, meditation L. (cf. {-samanvita}).
bhaava = House and is also used to indicate the chart that uses Porphyry's Cusps
bhaavaH = endurance
bhaavaM = nature
bhaavana* = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755 , col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.//2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus. ; for
1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be , effecting , producing , displaying , manifesting MBh. Ka1v. BhP. ;
promoting or effecting any one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c. ; imagining , fancying , Asht2a1vS. ;
teaching MBh. ; m. a creator , producer , efficient MBh. Ka1v. ; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR}) MBh. ; of
Vishn2u A. ; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.) ; (%{A}) f. and n. the act of producing or effecting Nir. Sa1h. BhP. ;
forming in the mind , conception , apprehension , imagination , supposition , fancy , thought , meditation
(%{bhAvanayA} ind , in thought , in imagination ; %{-nAm-bandh} , with loc. , to occupy one's
imagination with , direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c. ; (in logic) that cause of
memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas. ; application of perfumes &c. (= %{adhivAsana}) L. ;
(%{A}) f. demonstration , argument , ascertainment Ya1jn5. ; feeling of devotion , faith in (loc.) Pan5cat.
; reflection , contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128) ; saturating any powder with fluid ,
steeping , infusion S3a1rn3gS. ; (in arithm.) finding by combination or composition ; (with Jainas) right
conception or notion ; the moral of a fable HParis3. ; N. of an Upanishad ; a crow L. ; water L. ; n.
furthering , promoting MBh. ; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L. ; (ifc.) nature , essence Ra1matUp.
bhaavaya = deem/consider/visualise/imagine
bhaavaaH = natures
bhaavitaaH = remembering
bhaavya4* = mfn. (fr. {bhU} or its Caus.) future, about to be or what ought to be or become RV. &c. &c.
(in later language often used as fut. tense of {bhU}; cf. {bhAvin}); to be effected or accomplished or
performed Kum. BhP.; to be apprehended or perceived Kathâs.; to be (or being) imagined or conceived,
AshthâvS. (cf. {dur-bh-}); easy to guess or understand Vâm.; to be (or being) argued or demonstrated or
admitted or approved Yâjñ. Kâv.; to be convicted Mn. viii, 60; m. N. of a man (= {bhAvayavya} Nir.) RV. i,
126, 1 (others `" to be worshipped "', others `" future "'); of a king (= {bhAvya-ratha} or {bhAnu-ratha})
VP.; n. (impers.) it is to be by (instr, ) Mn. v, 150; it should be understood Mriicch. Sch.
bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good, gracious,
friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in (loc.) MBh. iv,
305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a beautiful lover or
husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with {vAc} f. kind or friendly
speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH}, often in familiar address = my good sir
or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m} and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately,
joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious hypocrite Mn.
ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock
L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman}); Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of
mount Meru L.; of a class of gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of
the 12 sons of Vishnu and one of the Tushita deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with
Jainas) of the third of the 9 white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.;
of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bâna Vâs.,
Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA},
{aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746,1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd, 7th and
12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-karaNa}); of a
form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of Dâkshâyanî in
Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of Surabhi R.; of a wife
of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of Soma and wife of Utathya ib.;
of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî Hariv.; of a Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va
MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.; of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of
Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as rising on the northern summit of Meru and
flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean) Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n.
prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai},
prosperity to him! Pân. 2-3, 73; {bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if
you please "', or to fill up a verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram}
with {kR} and dat., to grant welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta})
L.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a
house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhadraaH = goodness
bhadrapada* = n. N. of a metre Col. [746,2]; ({A}) f. N. of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms Var. &c. (also
n.; {-dA-yoga} m. N. of ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.)
bhadrapAda* = mfn. born under the Nakshatra Bhadra-padâ Pân. 7-3, 18 Sch.
bhaga * m. (ifc. f. {A} and {I} g. {bahv-Adi}) `" dispenser "', gracious lord, patron (applied to gods, esp. to
Savitrii) RV. AV.; N. of an Âditya (bestowing wealth and presiding over love and marriage, brother of the
Dawn, regent of the Nakshatra Uttara-Phalgunî; Yâska enumerates him among the divinities of the
highest sphere; according to a later legend his eyes were destroyed by Rudra) ib. &c. &c. [743, 3]; the
Nakshatra UñUttara-PhñPhalgunî MBh. vi, 81; the sun ib. iii, 146; the moon L.; N. of a Rudra MBh.; good
fortune, happiness, welfare, prosperity RV. AV. Br. Yâjñ. BhP.; (ifc. f. {A}) dignity, majesty, distinction,
excellence, beauty, loveliness RV. AV. Br. GriS. BhP.; (also n. L.) love, affection, sexual passion, amorous
pleasure, dalliance RV. AV. Br. KâtyS'r. BhP.; (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) the female organs, pudendum muliebre,
vulva Mn. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. in {bhagA-nAmnI} below; n. a partic. Muhûrta Cat.; the perinaeum of males
L.; m. n. = {yatna}, {prayatna}, {kIrti}, {yazas}, {vairAgya}, {icchA}, {jJAna}, {mukti}, {mokSa},
{dharma}, s'rî L. [Cf. Zd. {bagha = Old Pers. {baga}; Gk. $; &226046[743, 3] Slav. {bogu8}, {bogatu8};
Lith. {bago4tas}, {na-ba4gas}.],
bhagna * (see also bhan´ga/bhaGga)=. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked,
frustrated, disturbed, disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part
of a comp. e.g. {grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has broken
a limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.
bhashita * = n. barking L.
bhagavat.h = God
bha4ga-vat * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see under {bha4ga}) possessing fortune, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV.
AV. GriS. BhP.; glorious, illustrious, divine, adorable, venerable AV. &c. &c.; holy (applied to gods,
demigods, and saints ae a term of address, either in voc. {bhagavan}, {bhagavas}, {bhagos} [cf. Pân. 8-3,
1 Vârtt. 2 Pat., and viii, 3, 17] f. {bhagavatI} m. pl. {bhagavantaH}; or in nom. with 3. sg. of the verb; with
Buddhists often prefixed to the titles of their sacred writings); m. `" the divine or adorable one "'N. of
Vishnu-Kriishna Bhag. BhP.; of S'iva Kathâs.; of a Buddha or a Bodhi-sattva or a Jina Buddh. (cf. MWB.
23); ({I}) f. see below.
bhagavad.h = god's
bhagavan.h = O Supreme
bhagavaana = holy
bhaginii = sister
bhagneshakaarmukaH = the man who broke the bow of Isha(shiva) i.e. rAma
bhaGga (bhan'ga) *= mfn. breaking , bursting (said of the Soma) RV. ix , 61 , 13 ; m. breaking , splitting ,
dividing , shattering , breaking down or up VS. &c. &c. ; a break or breach (lit. and fig.) , disturbance ,
interruption , frustration , humiliation , abatement , downfall , decay , ruin , destruction Mn. MBh. &c. ;
fracture (see %{asthi-bh-}) ; paralysis , palsy L. ; bending , bowing , stretching out (see %{karNa-} ,
%{gAtra-} , %{-grIvA-bh-}) ; knitting , contraction (see %{bhrU-bh-}) ; separation , analysis (of words)
Sa1h. ; overthrow , rout , defeat (also in a lawsuit) Hit. Ka1m. Ya1jn5. Sch. ; rejection , refusal Ka1lid. ;
refutation Sarvad. ; panic , fear Ra1jat. ; pain (see %{pArzva-bh-}) ; a piece broken off , morsel , fragment
Ka1lid. Ka1d. ; a bend , fold , Sah. (cf. %{vastra-bh-}) ; a wave Ragh. Gi1t. [cf. Lith. {banga4}] ; a water-
course , channel L. ; fraud , deceit L. ; a tortuous course , roundabout way of speaking (= or w.r. for
%{bhaGgi}) Sarvad. ; toilet , fashion (for %{bhaGgi}?) Var. ; = %{gamana} L. ; N. of a serpent-demon
MBh. ; (with Buddhists) the constant decay taking place in the universe , constant flux or change ; (with
Jainas) a dialectical formula beginning with %{syAt} q.v. ; (%{bhaGga4}) m. hemp AV. ; (%{A}) f. see
below.
bhaikshyaM = by begging
bhaja = worship
bhajana* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship,
adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist monastery
L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaka = worshippers
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or participating in,
entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient, receptacle, (esp.) a vessel,
pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place or person in which anything is
collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or clever or deserving person ib. (cf.
{pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a
representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka=
14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaaJanaloka* = m. (with Buddhists) the world of inanimate things (opp. to {sattva-l-} q.v.). Dharmas.
89.
bhaajanIbhUta* = mfn. (ifc.) one who has become a vessel for or who has obtained Kathâs. Lalit.
bhaashaa* = f. speech, language (esp. common or vernacular speech, as opp. to Vedic or in later times to
Sanskriit) Nir. Pân. Mn. MBh.; any Prâkriit dialect or a partic. group of 5 of them (viz. Mâhârâshthri,
S'auraseni, Mâgadhi, Prâcyâ, and Avanti, also called Pañca-vidhâ Bhâshâ; cf. under {prAkRta}, p. 703)
Cat.; description, definition Bhag.; (in law) accusation, charge, complaint, plaint Dhûrtas. Yâjñ. Sch.; N.
of Sarasvati L.; (in music) of a Râgini.
bhaasa* = m. light, lustre, brightness (often ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs.; impression made on the mind,
fancy MW.; a bird of prey, vulture (L. = {zakunta}, {kukkuTa}, {gRdhra} &c.) AdbhBr. Âpast. MBh. Hariv.
&c. (w.r. {bhASa}); a cow-shed L.; N. of a man Râjat.; of a dramatic poet (also called Bhâsaka) Mâlav.
Hcar. &c.; of a son of a minister of king Candra-prabha Kathâs.; of a Dânava ib.; of a mountain MBh.;
({I}) f. N. of the mother of the vultures (a daughter of Tâmrâ) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Prâdhâ
MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a Sâman Br. S'rS.
bhaavana* = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755 , col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.// 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus. ;
for 1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be , effecting , producing , displaying , manifesting MBh. Ka1v.
BhP. ; promoting or effecting any one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c. ; imagining , fancying ,
Asht2a1vS. ; teaching MBh. ; m. a creator , producer , efficient MBh. Ka1v. ; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR})
MBh. ; of Vishn2u A. ; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.) ; (%{A}) f. and n. the act of producing or effecting Nir.
Sa1h. BhP. ; forming in the mind , conception , apprehension , imagination , supposition , fancy , thought
, meditation (%{bhAvanayA} ind , in thought , in imagination ; %{-nAm-bandh} , with loc. , to occupy
one's imagination with , direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c. ; (in logic) that
cause of memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas. ; application of perfumes &c. (=
%{adhivAsana}) L. ; (%{A}) f. demonstration , argument , ascertainment Ya1jn5. ; feeling of devotion ,
faith in (loc.) Pan5cat. ; reflection , contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128) ; saturating any
powder with fluid , steeping , infusion S3a1rn3gS. ; (in arithm.) finding by combination or composition ;
(with Jainas) right conception or notion ; the moral of a fable HParis3. ; N. of an Upanishad ; a crow L. ;
water L. ; n. furthering , promoting MBh. ; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L. ; (ifc.) nature , essence
Ra1matUp.
bhajana = a hymn* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence,
worship, adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist
monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaami = reward
bhaje = I worship
bhakataH = devotee
bhakta = devotee
bhaktaH = devotee
bhaktaaH = devotees
bhaktimaan.h = devotee
bhaksha = Food
bhakshaNa* = mfn. eating, one who eats (cf. {dADima-}, {pApa-bh-}); n. the act of eating, drinking,
feeding S'rS. Nir. MBh. &c.; eating what excites thirst L.; chewing L.; the being eaten by (instr.) Mn. R.;
({bha4-}) a drinking vessel RV.
bhaksha* = m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. {A},
having anything for food or beverage, eating, drinking, living upon); {-kAra} m. `" food-maker "', a cook,
baker L.; {-M-kAra4} mfn. furnishing food MaitrS. (cf. Pân. 6-3, 72 Vârtt. 2 Pat.); {-MkRta} ({-kSa4M-})
mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed TS. Âs'vS'r.; {-japa} m. the prayer muttered while drinking Soma Âs'vS'r.;
{-pattrI} f. betel-pepper (the leaf of which serves for food) L.; {-bIja} w.r. for {bhakSya-b-}; {-mantra} m.
a verse spoken while drinking Soma S'ânkhS'r.
bhalla * = mfn. auspicious, favourable (= {bhadra} or {ziva}) L.; m. a bear Hit. (cf. {accha-bhalla},
{bhalluka}, {bhallUka}); a term used in addressing the Sun (only dat.; cf. 2. {bhala}) MantraBr. Gobh.;
(pl.) N. of a people Pân. 5-3, 114. Sch. (v.l. {malla}); N. of S'iva (cf. above); a kind of arrow or missile with
a point of a partic. shape MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {I} f. and n.); a partic. part of an arrow MBh.; ({I}) f.
Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr.; n. an arrow-head of a partic. shape S'ârngP.
bhaNóDu* = g. {suvAstv-Adi}.
bhaanava* = mfn. peculiar to the sun L.; ({I}) f. a kind of pace Sangît.
bhaanu4* = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the sun MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an anonymous author Cat.;
N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava
Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.;
of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various
authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.) ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv.
Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter
of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of
Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf. below)
R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet Venus and
preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various men (esp. supposed
authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena,
Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or mythological personages e.g. of
Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter
MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the
descendants of Bhriigu (properly called {bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.;
({I}) f. a female descendant of Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni
f. MBh. BhP.; of Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various
Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhaavana * = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755 , col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.
; for 1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be , effecting , producing , displaying , manifesting MBh. Ka1v.
BhP. ; promoting or effecting any one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c. ; imagining , fancying ,
Asht2a1vS. ; teaching MBh. ; m. a creator , producer , efficient MBh. Ka1v. ; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR})
MBh. ; of Vishn2u A. ; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.) ; (%{A}) f. and n. the act of producing or effecting Nir.
Sa1h. BhP. ; forming in the mind , conception , apprehension , imagination , supposition , fancy , thought
, meditation (%{bhAvanayA} ind , in thought , in imagination ; %{-nAm-bandh} , with loc. , to occupy
one's imagination with , direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c. ; (in logic) that
cause of memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas. ; application of perfumes &c. (=
%{adhivAsana}) L. ; (%{A}) f. demonstration , argument , ascertainment Ya1jn5. ; feeling of devotion ,
faith in (loc.) Pan5cat. ; reflection , contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128) ; saturating any
powder with fluid , steeping , infusion S3a1rn3gS. ; (in arithm.) finding by combination or composition ;
(with Jainas) right conception or notion ; the moral of a fable HParis3. ; N. of an Upanishad ; a crow L. ;
water L. ; n. furthering , promoting MBh. ; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L. ; (ifc.) nature , essence
Ra1matUp.
bhara * = mf({A})n. ( {bhR}) bearing, carrying, bringing; bestowing, granting; maintaining, supporting
(mostly ifc.; cf. {Rtam-}, {kulam-}, {deham-}, {vAjam-bh-} and c.); m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of bearing or
carrying &c.; carrying away or what is carried away, gain, prize, booty RV. AV.; war, battle, contest ib.; a
burden, load, weight (also a partic. measure of weight = {bhAra} q.v. L.) Hariv. Kâv. &c. (acc. with {kR},
to place one's weight, support one's self Hit.); a large quantity, great number, mass, bulk, multitude,
abundance, excess Kâv. Kathâs. &c. ({bhareNa} and {-rAt} ind. in full measure, with all one's might
Kâd.); raising the voice, shout or song of praise RV.; n. du. (with {indrasya}, or {vasiSThasya}) N. of 2
Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bharadvaaja* = ({bhara4d-}) m. `" bearing "' speed or strength (of flight) "', a skylark R.; N. of a Riishi
(with the patr. Bârhaspatya, supposed author of RV. vi, 1-30; 37-43; 53-74; ix, 67. 1-3; x, 137, 1, and
Purohita of Diva-dâsa, with whom he is perhaps identical; BhñBharad is also considered as one of the 7
sages and the author of a law-book) RV. &c. &c. ({-jasya a-dAra-sRt} and {a-dAra-sRtau}, {arkau},
{upahavau}, {gAdham}, {nakAni}, {prizninI}, {prAsAham}, {bRhat}, {maukSe}, {yajJA7yajJIyam},
{lomanI}, {vAja-karmIyam}, {vAja-bhRt}, {viSamANi}, {vratam}, {sundhyuH} and {saindhukSitAni}N.
of Sâmans ArshBr.); of an Arhat Buddh.; of a district Pân. 4-2, 145; of an Agni MBh.; of various authors
Cat.; pl. the race or family of Bharad-vâja RV.; {-gArga-pariNaya-pratiSedha-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.;
{-dhanvantari} m. N. of a divine being S'ânkhGri.; {-pravraska} n. N. of AV. ii, 12; {-prAdur-bhAva} m. N.
of ch. of Bhpr.; {-zikSA} f. {-saMhitA} f. {-sUtra} n. {-smRti} f. N. of wks.
bharaNi = jewel
bharata = Bharat
bharjanaM = nourisher?
bharjayati = to fry
bhartaa = sustainer
bhartR * =m. (once in S'Br. {bha4rtR}) a bearer [cf. Lat. {fertor}], one who bears or carries or maintains
(with gen. or ifc.) RV. S'Br. MBh.; a preserver, protector, maintainer, chief, lord, master RV. &c. &c.
({trI4} f. a female supporter or nourisher, a mother AV. Kaus'. TBr.); ({bha4rtR}) m. a husband RV. v,
58, 7 Mn. MBh. &c.
bhartR4-tva * =n. (MBh. &c.) masterhood, husbandship; {-tAMgata} mfn. subject, married W.
bhartRka * =ifc. (f. {A}) = {bhartR}, a husband (cf. {pro7Sita-}, {mRta-}, {svA7dhIna-bh-}).
bhasha* = mf({I})n. barking, yelping, chiding VS. (cf. g. {pacA7di}); m. a dog L.; ({A}) f. a species of plant
L.; ({I}) f. a bitch L.
bhashhati = to bark
bhasma = ash
bhasmaM = ashes
bhasmaavasheshhaM = ashes+remains
bhaTTakavaara = Sunday
bhatha * = m. (fr. {bhRta}) a mercenary, hired soldier, warrior, combatant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a servant,
slave Kâvya7d. VP.; a humpback Gal.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; = {arya-bhaTa} (cf. below); pl. N. of
a degraded tribe L. (cf. {bhaTTa}, {bhaDa}, {bhaNDa}; according to some `" a person whose father is a
Brâhman and whose mother is a Nathî "'); ({A}) f. coloquintida.
bhauma* = mf({I})n. relating or dedicated to the earth, produced or coming from the earth, earthly,
terrestrial VS. &c. &c. (with {naraka} m. = hell on earth MBh.; with {brahman} n. = the Veda ib.);
consisting or made of earth, earthy PañcavBr. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; coming from the land (as revenue &c.)
L.; (fr. {bhauma}, the planet Mars) relating to the plñplanet Mars or to his day, falling on Tuesday Vet.;
m. a red-flowering Punar-navâ L.; = {ambara} L.; N. of the 27th Muhûrta L.; metron. of a partic.
earth-deity GriS.; of Atri RAnukr.; of the Daitya Naraka MBh.; of the planet Mars (whose day is Tuesday)
ib. Var. Pur. &c.; m. or n. N. of AV. xii, 1; ({I}) f. `" produced from the earth "'N. of Sitâ L.; n. dust of the
earth (pl.) MBh.; corn, grain Âpast.; (only ifc.) floor, story MBh. R.
bhaumacAra* = m. `" the course of the planet Mars "', N. of a ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.
bhavaami = I become
bhavaan.h = you
bhava * = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} =
arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.)
Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly
existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link
in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB. 102); well-being, prosperity, welfare,
excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.;
N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a
form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.;
du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th
Kalpa Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man
Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaH = birth
bhava* = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} =
arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.)
Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly
existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link
in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB. 102); well-being, prosperity, welfare,
excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.;
N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a
form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.;
du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th
Kalpa Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man
Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavana = home, residence, place* = n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) a place of abode , mansion , home , house
, palace , dwelling (ifc. f. %{A}) Mn. Mbh. &c. ; horoscope , natal star (see %{bhavane7za}) ; m. N. of a
R2ishi in the 2nd Manvantara VP. ; a dog L. ; n. coming into existence , birth , production Kap. Sch.
Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-4 , 31 ; a site , receptacle (ifc.) Pan5cat. ; the place where anything grows (ifc.= field cf.
%{zAli-bh-}) ; = %{bhuvana} , water L.
bhavantaM = You
bhavantaH = you
bhavanti = grow
bhavat * = mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI}; voc. %{bhavan}
or %{bhos} q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit.
`" the gentleman or lady present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used respectfully for the 2nd pers.
pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g.
%{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in pl. to express greater courtesy e.g.
%{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c.; (%{antI}) f. the present tense
Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bhavataH = Thy
bhavati = becomes
bhavatii = you
bhav.h = to be
bhavi = future
bhavishhya = future
bhavishhyanti = will be
bhavishhyaaNi = future
bhavet.h = would be
bhavya* = mfn. being, existing, present RV. &c. &c.; to be about to be or become, future (= {bhAvin})
MârkP. Pañcar. (also for the future tense of {bhU} MBh. iv, 928 v.l. {bhAvya}); likely to be, on the point
of becoming (see {dhenu-} and {dhenumbhavyA}); what ought to be, suitable, fit, proper, right, good,
excellent Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; handsome, beautiful, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.; gracious, favourable (=
{prasanna}) R.; auspicious, fortunate Ragh. BhP.; righteous, pious Vcar.; true L.; m. Averrhoa Carambola
MBh. &c.; N. of a Riishi in the 9th Manv-antara VP.; of a son of Dhruva (the polar star) Hariv.; of a son of
Priyavrata Pur.; of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Cat.; (pl.) a partic. class of gods under Manu Câkshusha
Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of Umâ (Pârvatî) L.; Piper Chaba (prob. w.r. for {cavyA}); n. that which is or exists (=
{yad bhavati}) RV. &c. &c.; being, existing, the being present AV. &c. &c.; future time (see {bhavad-
bhUta-bhavya}); fruit, result, reward, (esp.) good result, prosperity Ragh. Dhûrtan.; a bone L.; the fruit of
Averrhoa Carambola or of Dillenia Indica L.; m. or n. one division of the poetical Rasas or sentiments W.
bhaya = fear* = n. ( {bhI}) fear, alarm dread apprehension; fear of (abl. gen. or comp.) or for (comp.) RV.
&c. &c. ({bhayAt} ind. `" from fear "'; {bhayaM-kR} with abl. `" to have fear of "'; {bhayaM-dA}, `" to
cause fear, terrify "'); sg. and pl. terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress; danger from (abl. or comp.) or to,
(comp.) ib.; the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa L.; m. sickness, disease L.; Fear personifled (as a Vasu, a son
of Nir-riiti or Ni-kriiti, a prince of the Yavanas and husband of the daughter of Time) Pur. (also n.; and
{A} f. as a daughter of Kâla or Vaivasvata, and wife of the Râkshasa Heti).
bhayaM = fear
bhayaavahaH = dangerous
bhautika = material
bhavat *= mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c. ; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI} ; voc. %{bhavan}
or %{bhos} q.v. ; f. %{-vati} ; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you
(lit. `" the gentleman or lady present "' ; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-} ; used respectfully for the 2nd
pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g.
%{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "' ; sometimes in pl. to express greater courtesy e.g.
%{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c. ; (%{antI}) f. the present tense
Pat. ; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bheka = a frog
bheDa* = m. a ram L. (cf. {eDa}, {bheDra} and {bheNDa}); a raft, float L. (cf. {bhela}); N. of a
lexicographer and a physician Cat.; of a Riishi L.; ({I}) f. a ewe L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on
Skanda MBh.
bheda4 = break, pierce, also difference * = m. ( {bhid}) breaking, splitting, cleaving, rending, tearing,
piercing (also pass. the being broken &c.) KâtyS'r. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; breaking open, disclosing,
divulging, betrayal (of a secret cf. {rahasya-bh-}); bursting asunder, opening, gaping, parting asunder
BhP. Sus'r.; bursting forth or out, expanding, blossoming, shooting out, sprouting Kâlid. Bâlar.; a cleft,
fissure, chasm (cf. {zilA-bh-}; du. pudendum muliebre) RV.; rupture, breach, hurt, injury, seduction
Kâm. MBh. Kathâs.; shooting pain (in the limbs), paralysis (cf. {ardhabh-}) Sus'r.; separation, division,
partition, part, portion Kâv. Pur.; distinction, difference, kind, sort, species, variety S'rS. Up. MBh. &c.;
disturbance, interruption, violation, dissolution RPrât. KâtyS'r. Sâh.; disuniting, winning over to one's
side by sowing dissension (cf. {upA7ya}) Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm.; disunion, schism, dissension between (instr.)
or in (comp.) MBh. Var. Râjat.; change, alteration, modification MBh. S'ak.; contraction (cf. {bhrUbh-})
[766,2]; evacuation (of the bowels) S'ârngS.; (in astron.) a partic. crossing or conjunction of the planets;
one of the ways in which an eclipse ends (cf. {kukSi-bh-}); (in math.) the hypothenuse of a right-angled
triangle; (in dram.) = {saMhati-bhedana}, or = {pro7tsAhana}, Sâh; (in phil.) dualism, duality (cf.
comp.); N. of a man AV.; pl. N. of a people RV.
bhedaaGYaanaM = difference/otherness/duality
bheruNDa = terrible
bheshaja = medicine, antidote, cure* = mf({I})n. (fr. 1. {bhiSaj}) curing, healing, sanative RV. AV. AitBr.;
n. a remedy, medicine, medicament, drug, remedy against (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; a spell or charm
(for curative purposes (generally from Atharva-veda) S'rS.; water Naigh. i, 12; Nigella Indica W.
bibharshi * V: manifest, assume, bear, accept, carry\\ S.G: assume, maintain (and perpetuate)
bhid.h = to break
bhidA* = f. splitting, bursting, destroying, destruction Ka1v. (cf. %{dur-bhida}); separation (see
%{-bhRt}); distinction, difference Ka1v. BhP.; a kind or species. Sa1h.; coriander L.
bhinnaa = separated
bhilla = tribal
bhiiru * = mf({U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; (with {paratra})
dreading the beyond or the hereafter Yâjñ. Sch. (ifc. expressive of blame Ganar. on Pân. 2-1, 53); m. a
jackal L. (cf. {pheru}); a tiger L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind of sugarcane L.;
Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman (esp. voc. `" {bhIru} "', `" O timid one! "') Kâv.; a shadow L.;
a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of plant L. [758, 3]; silver L
bhiitaM = fearful
bhiitabhiitaH = fearful
bhiiti = fear
bhiitiM = fear
bhiitiH = fear
bhiima = terrible* = mf({A})n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable, tremendous RV. &c. &c. (ibc.,
fearfully &c.); m. Rumex Vesicarius L.; N. of Rudra-S'iva Âs'vGri. Un. Sch.; of one of the 8 forms of S'iva
Pur.; of one of the 11 Rudras Pur.; of a Devagandharva MBh.; of one of the Devas called Vajñamush ib.;
of a Dânava ib. Kathâs.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of the Râkshasa Kumbhakarna Cat.; of the
second son of Pându (also called) Bhima-sena and Vriiko7dara; he was only the reputed son of PñPându,
being really the son of his wife Priithâ or Kuntî by the wind-god Vâyu, and was noted for his size,
strength and appetite) MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; of sev. other men AitBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; pl. the race of
Bhima MBh.; ({A}) f. a whip L.; a bullock's gall-stone L.; N. of a form of Durgâ Hariv.; of an Apsaras R.;
of sev. rivers MBh.; of a district Râjat.; of a town Buddh.
bhikshu* = m. a beggar, mendicant, religious mñmendicant (esp. a Brâhman in the fourth Âs'rama or
period of his life, when he subsists entirely on alms) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 55 n. 1); a Buddhist
mendicant or monk Kathâs. Lalit. (cf. MWB. 55); a partic. Buddha L.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.;
Sphaerantus Mollis L.; N. of an Ângirasa (author of RV. x, 117) RAnukr.; of a son of Bhoja Râjat.; of a
poet Cat.; n. N. of an Upanishad (cf. {bhikSuko7paniSad}),
bhikshusUtra* = n. a collection of rules or precepts for mendicants Pân. 4-3, 110; {-bhASya-vArttika} n.
N. of a Comm. on prec.
bhikshuka* = m. a beggar, mendicant, a Brâhman of the mñmendicant order (cf. {bhikSu}) GriS. Mn.
MBh. &c. (RTL. 386); ({I}) f. see below.
bho-bhoh * = see bhos* n (fr. {bhavas} voc. of {bhavat} q.v.; before vowels and soft consonants {bho};
before hard consonants {bhos} and {bhoH}; the latter form also in pause cf. Pân. 8-3, 17 &c.; but there is
occasional confusion of these forms, esp. in later literature; often also {bhobhoH}.), an interjection or
voc. particle commonly used in addressing another person or several persons = O! Ho! Hallo l, in
soliloquies = alas! S'Br. &c. &c. (according to L. a particle of sorrow and of interrogation).
bhoutikashaastram.h = physics
bhoktavya = should be used, enjoyed *=mfn. to be enjoyed or eaten Ya1jn5. Ka1v. &c. ; to be used or
employed Mn. viii , 144 ; to be possessed or governed or ruled Ma1rkP. ; to be utilized or exploited MBh. ;
to be fed (n. impers. `" a meal is to be eaten "') MBh. Hariv.
bhoktR* = m. ({trI} f.) one who enjoys or eats, enjoyer, eater, experiencer, feeler, sufferer MaitrUp.
MBh. &c. (also as fut. of 3. {bhuj} R.); a possessor, ruler of a land, king, prince Inscr.; a husband, lover L.
bhogadA* = f. `" granting enjñenjoyments "'N. of the goddess of the Pingalas Cat. [767,3
bhoktritve = in enjoyment
bhoga = enjoyment
bhoga* = 1 m. (1. {bhuj}) any winding or curve, coil (of a serpent) RV. &c. &c.; the expanded hood of a
snake Hariv. Kâm. Pañcat.; a partic. kind of military array Kâm.; a snake Suparn.; the body L.\\2 m. (3.
{bhuj}) enjoyment, eating, feeding on RV. &c. &c. (with Jainas `" enjoying once "', as opp. to
{upa-bhoga}, q.v.); use, application S'Br. GriS'rS. &c.; fruition, usufruct, use of a deposit &c. Mn. Yâjñ.;
sexual enjoyment Mn. MBh. &c.; enjñenjoyment of the earth or of a country i.e. rule, sway MârkP.;
experiencing, feeling, perception (of pleasure or pain) Mn. MBh. &c.; profit, utility, advantage, pleasure,
delight RV. &c. &c.; any object of enjoyment (as food, a festival &c.) MBh. R.; possession, property,
wealth, revenue Mn. MBh. &c.; hire, wages (esp. of prostitution) L.; (in astron.) the passing through a
constellation VarBriS.; the part of the ecliptic occupied by each of the 27 lunar mansions Sûryas.; (in
arithm.) the numerator of a fraction (?) W.; N. of a teacher Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; n.
w.r. for {bhogya} or {bhAgya}.
bhogaiH = enjoyment
bhogin* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings, curved, ringed (as a
serpent) R. BhP. &c.; m. a serpent or sñserpent-demon MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of shrub L.; ({inI}) f. a
serpent nymph R. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 2) enjoying, eating MârkP. Prasang.; having or offering
enjoyments, devoted to enjñenjoyments, wealthy, opulent MBh. Yâjñ. Var. &c.; suffering, experiencing,
undergoing Kap.; using, possessing MW.; m. a voluptuary MW.; a king L.; the head man of a village L.; a
barber L.; = {vaiyAvRtti-kara} (?) L.; a person who accumulates money for a partic. expenditure W.; N. of
a prince VP.; ({inI}) f. a kind of heroine Bhar.; the concubine of a king or a wife not regularly consecrated
with him L.
bhojanaM = eating
bhrama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.; moving
about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh.
Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a potter's
wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness,
dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.;
({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.
bhraamaka * = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) causing error, deceitful, false R. Sch.; m. n. `" causing (scil. iron)
to turn round "', a magnet (also {-kA7dri}, m.) L.; m. `" turning round (scil. towards the sun?) "', a
sunflower, heliotrope L.; a deceiver, cheat L.; ({akA}) f. a species of plant L.
bhraamarin vmfn. (fr. prec.) affected with vertigo or epilepsy Mn. iii, 161; whirling round, revolving W.;
made of honey. ib.
bhrashtha* = mfn. fallen, dropped, fallen down or from or off (abl. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; (with or scil.
{divaH}), fallen from the sky i.e. banished to the earth Kathâs. S'ukas.; broken down, decayed, ruined,
disappeared, lost, gone MBh. Kâv. &c.; fled or escaped from, rid of (abl.) Kathâs.; strayed or separated
from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; depraved, vicious, a backslider W.; ({A}) f. a fallen or
unchaste woman MW.
bhras'ishtha* = mfn. (superl.) most (very) powerful or strong or vehement Pat. on Pân. 6-4, 161.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf.
{babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter
Dhâtup. xix, 76: Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid. {bibhrAziSate} ib.:
Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf.
{babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter
Dhâtup. xix, 76: Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid. {bibhrAziSate} ib.:
Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.
bhraatri * = m. (connection with {bhR} doubtful) a brother (often used to designate a near relative or an
intimate friend, esp. as a term of friendly address) RV. &c. &c.; du. brother and sister Pân. 1-2, 68. [Cf.
Zd. {brâtar}; Gk. $ &c.; Lat. &234074[770, 2] {frater}; Lith. {broter-e7lis}; Slav. {bratru7}; Goth.
{brothar}; Germ. {bruoder}, {Bruder}; Eng. {brother}.]
bhraatrika * = (ifc., with f. {A}) = {bhrAtR}, a brother Kâlid. (cf. {a-} and {sa-bh-}); mf({I})n. coming
from or belonging to a brother, brotherly, fraternal Pân. 4-3, 78 Sch.
bhraa4trivya * = m. a father's brother's son, cousin AV. Râjat.; (mostly with {a4-priya}, {dviSa4t} &c.) a
hostile cousin, rival, adversary, enemy AV. VS. Br. R. BhP.; n. (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhraatrIya * = m. a (father's) brother's son, nephew Pân. 4-1, 144; mfn. fraternal, belonging or relating to
a brother W.
bhraatreya * = m. = prec. m. Bh
bhraataa = brother
bhraatri = brother
bhraatrin.h = brothers
bhraanta = lost
bhraanti = confusion
bhraantidarshana = a delusion
bhrama*=m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.; moving
about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh.
Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a potter's
wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness,
dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.;
({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.
bhramaraka * = m. n. a curl on the forehead L. (cf. {bhramarA7laka}); m. a bee L.; a ball for playing with
L.; a whirlpool L.; ({ikA}) f. wandering in all directions ({-dRSTi} f. a wñwandering glance BhP.); n. a
humming-top ({-bhrAmam} with Caus. of {bhram}, to cause to spin like a humming-top Bâlar.); honey
of the large black bee L.
bhramAya * = (accord. to g. {bhrizA7di} fr. p. {bhramat}) Nom. Â. {-yate}, (prob.) to begin turning round
or revolving, to roam about. [770, 1]
bhraanta* = mfn. wandering or roaming about MBh. Kâv. &c.; having wandered about or through (with
acc.) Kathâs.; wandered about or through (n. impers. with instr., `" it has been wandering about by "')
S'ârngP. Kathâs.; moving about unsteadily, rolling, reeling, whirling MBh. Kâv.; perplexed, confused,
being in doubt or error ib.; m. an elephant in rut L.; a species of thorn-apple L.; n. roaming about,
moving to and fro Kâv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv.; error, mistake Cân.
bhraanta* = bhrikuTi = upper part of the eye-lashes and lower part of the forehead
BhriguH = Bhrigu
bhrijjati = to bake
bhrit * = mfn. bearing, carrying, bringing, procuring, possessing, wearing, having, nourishing,
supporting, maintaining (only ifc.; cf. {iSu-}, {kSiti-}, {dharma-}, {vaMza-bhRt} &c.)
bhrita* =mfn. borne , carried &c. (see prec.) ; gained , acquired Katha1s. ; (ifc.) filled , full of. ib. ; hired ,
paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{bhakta-venayor@bhRtaH} , `" one who receives board and wages "'
; cf. %{kSIra-bh-}) ; m. a hireling , hired servant or labourer , mercenary Ya1jn5. Sch.
bhritaka* = mfn. brought, fetched (see {drAg-bh-}); mfn. hired, receiving wages; m. a hired labourer,
servant Mn. MBh. &c.; ({ikA}) f. hire, wages DivyA7v.
bhrita* = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid
(as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf.
{kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhritya = servant
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of continence
and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam}, {upa-i}, to practise
chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading
the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of
chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of
unmarried religious studentship MBh.
bhramiH = a screw
bhrita * = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid
(as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf.
{kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhris'a* = mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf. {bhraz}) strong, vehement,
mighty, powerful, frequent, abundant (often ibc. cf. below; rarely as an independent word; cf. {subhRta})
Mn. MBh. &c.; ibc and({am}) ind. strongly, violently, vehemently, excessively, greatly, very much Mn.
MBh. &c.; harshly, severely ChUp.; quickly, without hesitation MBh.; often, frequently R.; eminently, in
a superior manner L.; m. a partic. tutelary deity VarBri.
bhruuH = brow
bhu* =mfn. (ifc.) = 2. %{bhI}, becoming being existing, produced (cf. %{agni-}, %{pra-bhu} &c.)
bhuu *= 1 cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. i, 1) %{bha4vati} (rarely A1. %{-te}; pf. %{babhU4va}, 2. pers. %{-U4tha} or
%{-Uvitha} cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 64; %{babhUyAs}, %{-yA4r}, %{babhUtu} RV.; A1. %{babhUve} or
%{bubhUve} Vop.; cf. below; aor. %{a4bhUt}, %{-Uvan}; Impv. %{bodhi4} [cf. %{budh}], %{bhUtu} RV.;
aor. or impf. %{a4bhuvat}, %{bhu4vat}, %{bhuvAni} ib.; Prec. %{bhUyAsam}, 2. 3. sg. %{-yAs} ib.
[760,2]; %{bhUyAt} AV.; %{bhUyiSThAs} BhP.; %{bhaviSAt} [?] AitBr.; %{abhaviSta}, %{bhaviSISta}.
Gr.; fut. %{bhaviSya4ti}, ep. also %{-te} and 2. pl. %{-Syadhvam}; %{bhavitA} Br. &c.; inf. %{bhuve4},
%{-bhve4}, %{bhUSa4Ni} RV.; %{bhavitum}, %{-tos} Br.; ind. p. %{bhUtvA4}; %{bhUtvI4} RV.;
%{-bhU4ya} RV. &c.; %{-bhU4yam}, %{-bha4vam} Br.), to become, be (with nom, or adv. or indecl.
words ending in %{I} or %{U} cf. %{kRSNI-bhU} &c.), arise, come into being, exist, be found, live, stay,
abide, happen, occur RV. &c. &c. (often used with participles and other verbal nouns to make
periphrastical verbal forms; with a fut. p. = to be going or about to e.g. %{anuvakSyan@bhavati}, he is
going to recite S3Br.; the fut. of %{bhU} with a pf. p. = a fut. pf. e.g. %{kRtavAn@bhaviSyasi}, you will
have done MBh.; the pf. P. %{babhUva} after the syllable %{Am} is put for the pf. of verbs of the 10. cl.
&c. [cf. 1. %{as} and 1. %{kR}]; the A1. appears in this meaning S3is3. ix, 84 Kum. xiv. 46; observe also
%{bhavati} with a fut. tense, it is possible that, e.g. %{bhavati@bhavAn@yAjayiSyati}, it is possible that
you will cause a sacrifice to be performed Pa1n2. 3-3, 146 Sch.; %{bhavet}, may be, granted, admitted
Ka1s3. on P. iii, 2. 114; %{bhavatu} id., well, good, enough of this Ka1v. Hit.; %{iticed@bhavet}, if this
question should be asked Mn. x, 66; %{kva@tad@bhavati}, what is to become of this, it is quite useless
TBr.; with %{na} = to cease to exist, perish, die MBh. Ka1v. &c.; with %{iha@na}, not to be born on earth
MBh.; with %{zata-dhA}, to fall into a hundred pieces MBh.; with %{dUrataH}, to keep aloof.
S3a1rn3gP.; with %{manasi} or %{cetasi} and gen., to occur to the mind of any one Ka1d.; id. with gen.
alone Lalit.); to fall to the share or become the property of, belong to (cf. `" esse alicujus; `" with gen.,
rarely dat. or loc. accord. to Vop. also with %{pari} or %{prati} and preceding acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to be on
the side of, assist (with gen. or %{-tas}) MBh. 1301 (cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 48 Sch.); to serve for, tend or conduce
to (with dat. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (with %{phalAya}. to bear fruit Ka1m.); to be occupied with or engaged
in, devote one's self to (with loc.) MBh. Ka1v.; to thrive or prosper in (instr.), turn out well, succeed RV.
TS. Br.; to be of consequence or useful Mn. iii, 181; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to fall, or get into, attain
to, obtain Br. MBh.; (with %{ida4m}) to obtain it i.e. be successful or fortunate TS.: Pass. %{bhUyate}
(or %{-ti} Up.; aor. %{abhAvi}) sometimes used impers. e.g. %{yair@bhaviSyate}, by whom it will be
existed i.e. who will be Ra1jat.: Caus. %{bhAvayati} (rarely %{-te}; aor. %{abIbhavat} Gr.; inf.
%{bhAvitum} R.; Pass. %{bhAvyate} &c. MBh.), to cause to be or become, call into existence or life,
originate, produce, cause, create Pur. Sa1h.; to cherish, foster, animate, enliven, refresh, encourage,
promote, further AitUp. MBh. &c.; to addict or devote one's self to, practise (acc.) MBh. HYog.; to
subdue, control R.; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to obtain Jaim. Sch.; to manifest, exhibit, show, betray
MBh. Ka1m. Das3.; to purify BhP.; to present to the mind, think about, consider, know, recognize as or
take for (two acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to mingle, mix, saturate, soak, perfume Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhAvita},
p. 755, col. 1): Desid, of Caus. %{bibhAvayiSati} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 80 Sch.), to wish to cause to be &c. Br.:
Desid. %{bu4bhUSati} (%{-te}), to wish or strive to become or be RV. &c. &c.; (with %{kSipram}), to
strive to be quickly possessed MBh.; to want to get on, strive to prosper or succeed TS. Br. MBh.; to want
to have, care for, strive after, esteem, honour MBh. Hariv.; to want to take revenge BhP.: Intens,
%{bo4bhavIti}, %{bobhavati}, %{bobhoti}, %{bibhUyate}, to be frequently, to be in the habit of BhP.
Bhat2t2.; to be transformed into (acc.) RV. AV.; (with %{tiraH}), to keep anything (instr.) secret S3Br.
[Cf. Zd. {bu1}; Gk. $, $; Lat. {fuit}, {fuat} &c.; Slav. {byti}; Lith. &231127[760,2] {bu4ti}; Germ. {bim},
{bim}; Angl. Sax. {beo4}; Eng. {be}.]
bhU
2 mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing, arising (ifc.; cf. %{akSi-}, %{giri-}, %{citta-}, %{padmabhU}
&c.); m. N. of Vishn2u MBh. xii, 1509 (Ni1lak.); of an Eka7ha S3rS.; f. the act of becoming or arising
Pa1n2. 1-4, 31; the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.) RV. AV. [761,1]; the earth (as
constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a symbolical N. for the number `" one "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
one of the three Vya1hr2itis (see %{bhu4vas}, %{bhUr}, pp. 760 and 763); earth (as a substance),
ground, soil, land, lauded property ib.; floor, pavement Megh.; a place, spot, piece of ground RV. &c. &c.;
the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh.; object, matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}); a term for the
letter %{l} Ra1matUp.; a sacrificial fire L.
bhuja * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast Bhartri.; cf.
{bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a branch, bough BhP.; a
bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure KâtyS'r. Sch.; the
base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the supplement of 2 or 4 right angles or the
complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.
bhujaa * =f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the side of
any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhukta * = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; one who has eaten a meal (=
{bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus'. Sus'r. (cf. {bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing eaten or enjoyed,
food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pañcat.); the place where any person has eaten R. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 13
Sch.)
bhuja = arm or shoulder * m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast
Bhartri.; cf. {bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a branch,
bough BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure
KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the supplement of 2 or 4 right
angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.
bhujaa*= f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the side of any
geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhuja.nga = snake
bhujanga = snake
bhukta* = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has eaten a meal (=
%{bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing eaten or
enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pan5cat.); the place where any person has eaten R. (cf.
Pa1n2. 2-2, 13 Sch.)
bhukti = The Sub-period in a Dasha. Also known as the Antara * = f. enjoyment, eating, consuming,
A1s3Gr2. Pan5cat.; fruition, possession, usufruct Mn. Ya1jn5. Ka1v.; food, victuals Ka1v. Ra1jat.; (in
astron.) the daily motion of a planet Su1ryas. (cf. %{pakSa-bh-}); a limit MW.
bhuktvaa = enjoying
bhunkte = enjoys
bhunkshva = enjoy
bhuj.h = to eat
bhuJNjate = enjoy
bhuJNjaanaM = enjoying
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhâtup.), P.Â. {bhura4ti}, {-te}, to move rapidly or
convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p. {ja4rbhurat},
{-rANa}), to flicker (as fire) ib. (Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhuva* = {-vat}, {-vana} &c. see cols. 2. 3. * = bhuva* = m. N. of Agni VS. (Mahîdh.) Kaus'.; of a son of
Pratihartrii VP.; a mushroom L.; (prob. n.) = {bhuvas}, the atmosphere.
bhûr* = ind. (orig. = {bhUs} nom. voc. of 2. {bhU}) one of the 3 Vyâhriitis (q.v.), `" the earth "' (the first
of the 7 upper worlds; cf. {bhu4vas}) VS. &c. &c.; hell L.; = next Hariv.
bhuvana = o.a. home * = n. a being , living creature , man , mankind RV. &c. &c. ; (rarely m.) the world ,
earth ib. (generally 3 worlds are reckoned [see %{tri-bhuvana} and %{bhuvana-traya}] , but also 2 [see
%{bhuva@na-dvaya}] , or 7 [MBh. xii , 6924] or 14 [Bhartr2.] ; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1) ; place of being , abode ,
residence AV. S3Br. ; a house (v.l. for %{bhavana}) L. ; (?) causing to exist (= %{bhAvana}) Nir. vii , 25 ;
water Naigh. i , 15 ; m. N. of a partic. month TS. ; of a Rudra VP. ; of an A1ptya (author of RV. x , 157)
RAnukr. ; of a teacher of Yoga Cat. ; of another man MBh.
bhuud.h = was
bhuuH = become
bhuuri* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong, mighty RV. &c.
&c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly
RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the Bâlhikas) MBh.
Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuuta = happened, the spirits, the dead, attendants of S'iva* = mf({A})n. become, been, gone, past (n.
the past) RV. &c. &c.; actually happened, true, real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter of fact, reality)
Yâjñ. R. &c.; existing, present Kan.; (ifc.) being or being like anything, consisting of, mixed or joined with
Prât. Up. Mn. &c. (also to form adj. out of adv., e.g. {ittham-}, {evam-}, {tathA-bh-}); purified L.;
obtained L.; fit, proper L.; often w.r. for {bhRta}; m. a son, child L.; a great devotee or ascetic L.; (pl.) N.
of an heretical sect (with Jainas, a class of the Vyantaras) L.; N. of S'iva L.; of a priest of the gods L.; of a
son of Vasu-deva and Pauravî BhP.; of a son-in-law of Daksha and father of numerous Rudras ib.; of a
Yaksha Cat.; ({A} f.) the 14th day of the dark half of the lunar month SkandaP. (L. also m.); N. of a
woman HParis'.; n. (cf. above) that which is or exists, any living being (divine, human, animal, and even
vegetable), the world (in these senses also m.) RV. &c. &c.; a spirit (good or evil), the ghost of a deceased
person, a demon, imp, goblin (also m.) GriS. Up. Mn. &c. (cf. RTL. 241); an element, one of the 5
elements (esp. a gross elñelement = {mahA-bh-} q.v.; but also a subtle elñelement = {tan-mAtra} q.v.;
with Buddhists there are only 4 elñelement) Up. Sânkhyak. Veda7ntas. &c.; N. of the number `" five "'
(cf. {mahA-bh-} and {pAJcabhautika}); well-being, welfare, prosperity VS. TS. AitBr.
bhuutagaNaan.h = ghosts
bhuutasya = of forms
bhuuti * = f. existence, being L.; well-being, thriving, prosperity, might, power, wealth, fortune RV. &c.
&c.; Welfare personified (= {lakSmI}) BhP.; superhuman power (as attainable by the practice of
austerity and magical rites) W.; ornament, decoration Megh. 19; ashes Kâv. Kathâs.; fried meat L. (?); =
{bhUmi}, earth, ground AitBr. (Sây.); (with {marutAm}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; of various plants
(Andropogon Schoenanthus or = {rohiSa} &c.) L.; (also {-tI}), of the wife of Ruci or Kavi and the mother
of Manu Bhautya Hariv. VP.; m. a class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of
the father of Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a Brâhman L.
bhuupa = king
bhuubhrit.h = mountain
bhUman * = n. the earth, world RV. AV.; a territory, country, district Âs'vGri.; a being (pl) the aggregate
of all existing things RV.; ({bhUma4n}) m. abundance, plenty, wealth, opulence, multitude, majority RV.
&c. &c. (ifc. filled with Mcar.; {bhUmnA} ind. generally, usually Kâv. Râjat.; {bhUnA4} ind. plentifully,
abundantly RV.); the pl. number ({bhUmni}, in the plural) L.; N. of Kriishna BhP.; f. a collection,
assembly S'ânkhBr.
bhUmaNDala* = n. `" earth-circle "', orbis terrarum, the terrestrial globe Cân. Pur. Kathâs. &c.; the
circumference or circuit of the earth Sûryas.
bhuumiH = earth* f. (Ved. also nom. {bhU4mI} gen. abl. {-myAs} loc. {-myAm}) the earth, soil, ground
RV. &c. &c.; (pl. divisions of the world; cf. {bhUmi-traya}); a territory. country, district ib.; a place,
situation S'Br. &c. &c.; position, posture, attitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; the part or personification (played by an
actor) Kathâs.; the, floor of a house, story Megh. Kathâs.; the area S'ulbas.; the base of any geometrical
figure Col.; (metaph.) a step, degree, stage Yogas. (with Buddhists there are 10 or 13 stages of existence
or perfection Dharmas. 45; 46); extent, limit Kir.; (ifc.) a matter, subject, object, receptacle i.e. fit object
or person for (cf. {vizvAsa-}, {sneha-bh-} &c., and {pAtra}, {bhAjana}); the tongue L.; m. N. of a son or
grandson of Yuyudhâna and father of Yugandhara Hariv. VP.
bhuumiti = geometry
bhuuyaH = repeatedly
bhuuyo = again
bhuuri = much, great* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong,
mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many
times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the
Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuushhaNa = ornament
bhuushhita = adorned
biibhatasa* = mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr. S'rS.
MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust,
abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of Arjuna L.;
({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous, a hñhideous sight
Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f.
loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.
bibhakSaóyiSu * =mfn. desirous of eating MBh. MârkP.; -, {-daMSTrin} mfn. having teeth dñdesirous of
eñeating "', hungry. mouthed VarBriS.
biibhatsa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr. S'rS.
MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust,
abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of Arjuna L.;
({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous, a hñhideous sight
Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f.
bibhitsaa f. (fr. Desid. of %{bhid}) a desire to break through or destroy or pierce or penetrate (with acc.
or gen.). MBh. Ka1d. (cf. Siddh. on Pa1n2. 2-3 , 66). %{-tsu} mfn. desirous of breaking through &c. (with
acc.) MBh. BhP.
bibhrajjiSu * = m. `" that which wishes to destroy "', fire Bhathth.; {-prakhya} mfn. resembling fire ib. (=
{agni-tulya} Sch.)
bibhrakSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhrajj}) wishing to parch or destroy Bhathth.; m. fire W.
bindu * = m. (once n. MBh.; in later language mostly written {vindu}) a detached particle, drop, globule,
dot, spot AV. &c. &c.; (with {hiraNyaya}) a pearl AV. xix, 30, 5 (cf. {-phala}); a drop of water taken as a
measure L.; a spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant Kum.; (ifc. also {-ka}) the dot
over a letter representing the Anusvâra (supposed to be connected with Siva and of great mystical
importance) MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; a zero or cypher R. (in manuscripts put over an erased word to show
that it ought not to be erased = `" stet "' Naish.); a partic. mark like a dot made in cauterizing Sus'r.; a
mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress L.; a coloured mark made on the forehead
between the eyebrows L.; (in dram.) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop
of oil in water, expands and furnishes an important element in the plot) Sâh. (ifc. also {-ka}); m. N. of a
man g. {bidA7di}; of an Ângirasa (author of RV. viii, 83; ix, 30) Anukr.; of the author of a Rasa-paddhati
Cat.; pl. N. of a warrior tribe g. {dAmany-Adi}.
bodhayantaH = preaching
bodhya * = to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (nom.) Veda7ntas. BhP. Sâh. &c.;
to be made known Veda7ntas.; to be enlightened or instructed Kathâs.; m. N. of a Riishi MBh.
braahma * = mf({I})n. (fr. {brahman}, for which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to
Brahma8 or Brahmâ, holy, sacred, divine AV. &c. &c.; relating to sacred knowledge, prescribed by the
Veda, scriptural Mn. ii, 150 &c.; sacred to the Veda (with or scil. {tIrtha} n. the part of the hand situated
at the root of the thumb), ii, 59 &c.; relating or belonging to the Brâhmans or the sacerdotal class
peculiar or favourable to or consisting of Brâhmans Brahmanical Mn. MBh. &c. (with {nidhi} m. money
bestowed on the sacerdotal class Mn. vii, 89); belonging to an inhabitant of Brahmâ's world Jâtakam.; m.
(with or scil. {vivAha}) N. of a form of marriage (in which the bride is bestowed on the bridegroom
without requiring anything from him) Mn. iii, 21 &c.; N. of a man (son of Kriishna and father of
Mahe7s'vara) Cat.; patr. of Nârada L.; of Kavi MBh.; of Ûrdhva-nâbhan and Raksho-han RAnukr.; ({I}) f.
see {brAhmI}; n. sacred study, study of the Veda BhP.; (with or scil. {tIrtha}) see above.
braahmaNa = Brahmin, priest, knower of Brahma (brahmaM jaanaati iti) * = mfn. relating to or given by
a Brâhman, befitting or becoming a BrñBrâhman, Brâhmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; ({-Na4}) m. one who has
divine knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Brâhman, a man belonging to the 1st of the 3
twice-born classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindû body (generally a priest, but often in the
present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although the name is strictly only applicable
to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; = {brAhmaNAcchaMsin} KâtyS'r.; a Brâhman in
the second stage (between Mâtra and S'rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; ({I}) f. see
{brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or dñdivine power ib. Âs'vGri.; Brâhmanical
explanation, explanations of sacred knowledge or doctrine (esp. for the use of the Brâhmans in their
sacrifices) Br.; the Brâhmana portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion)
and consisting of a class of works called Brâhmanas (they contain rules for the employment of the
Mantras or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and
numerous old legends; they are said by Sâyana to contain two parts: 1. {vidhi}, rules or directions for
rites; 2. {artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Brâhmana, that of the RV. is
preserved in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called Âs'valâyana, and the Kaushîtaki or
S'ânkhâyana-BrñBrâhmana; the white Yajur-veda has the S'ata-patha-BrñBrâhmana; the black
Yajur-veda has the Taittirîya-BrñBrâhmana which differs little from the text of its Sanhitâ; the SV. has 8
BrñBrâhmana, the best known of which are the Praudha or Pañca-vins'a and the Shadvins'a; the AV. has
one BrñBrâhmana called Go-patha) Nir. GriS'rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a
society or assemblage of Brâhmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaaH = brâhmanas
braahmaNaan.h = Brahmins
braahmii = spiritual
bra4hma = cosmos * = 1 m. a priest (see {asura-}, {ku-}, {mahAbr-}); n. the one self-existent Spirit, the
Absolute R.
brahma * = 2 in comp. for {brahman}. - Observe that in the following derivatives the nom. n. (Brahma8)
is used for the impersonal Spirit and the nom. m. (Brahmâ) for the personal god.
brahmaaNDa* = n. `" Brahmâ's egg "', the universe, world (also pl.) Hariv. Sûryas. Pur. (also {-kaTAha}
m. Âryabh. Sch.); N. of a Purâna and an Upapurâna; {-kapAla} m. the skull or hemisphere of the world,
the inhabited earth Hcar.; {-kalpa} m. {-jJAna-mahArAja-tantra} n. and {-tantra} n. N. of Tântric wks.;
{-purANa} n. N. of one of the 18 Purânas (so called as revealed by Brahmâ and containing an account of
the egg of Brahmâ and the future Kalpas; cf. IW. 514; 521); {-bhANDo7dara} n. the interior of the
vessel-like egg of Brahmâ MW. [740,3]; {-yAmale paJcamI-sAdhana} n. N. of wk.
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of continence
and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam}, {upa-i}, to practise
chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading
the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of
chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of
unmarried religious studentship MBh.
brahmacharyaM = celibacy
brahmachaariNau = (2)bachelors
brahmaNi = Brahman.h;God
braviimi = I am speaking
briMhaNa* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) making big or fat or strong, nourishing Sus'r.; m. a kind of sweetmeat W.;
n. the act of making big &c. ib.; a means for making strong or firm RPrât.
briMhaNatva* = n. the quality of making fat or strong Sus'r.; the quality of making solid or firm Hariv.
briMhaNIya* = mfn. to be fattened or nourished Pân. 8-2 Sch.; fattening, nutritious Sus'r.
briMhita* =1 mfn. (for 2. see under 4. {bRh}) strengthened, nourished, cherished, grown, increased
MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; (v.l. {bRMhila}). \\=2 n.
(for 1. see under 2. {bRh}) the roar or noise made by elephants MBh. Kâv. &c.
brihat * mf({atI4})n. (in later language usually written {vRhat}) lofty, high, tall, great, large, wide, vast,
abundant, compact, solid, massy, strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; full-grown, old RV.; extended or bright (as a
luminous body) ib.; clear, loud (said of sounds) ib.; m. N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of
Su-hotra and father of Aja-midha Hariv. m. or n. (?) speech ({-tAm pati} = {bRhaspati}) S'is'. ii, 26; ({tI})
f. see s.v.; n. height (also= heaven, sky) RV.; N. of various Sâmans composed in the metrical form
Briihatî (also with {Aneyam}, {bharad-vAjasya}. {bhAradvAjam}, {vAmadevyam}, {sauram}) ÂrshBr.
[736, 1]; N. of Brahman, Bhp.; of the Veda ib.; ({a4t}) ind. far and wide, on high RV.; firmly, compactly
ib.; brightly ib.; greatly, much ib.; aloud ib. (also {atA4} AV.)
bri^ihaspatiM = Brhaspati
bri^ihaspatii-varshha = The Jovian or Jupiter Year. Cycle of 60 years which starts with the first New
Moon in Tropical Aries. Mundane Astrology term
bri^ihaspatiivaara = Thursday
brisii * = f. (also written {briSI}, {vRsI}, or {vRSI}) a roll of twisted grass, pad, cushion, (esp.) the seat of
a religious student or of an ascetic, S'rs. MBh. &c.
bruu = to speak * = cl. 2. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 35) %{bra4vIti}, %{brUte4} (only pr. stem; the other
forms are supplied by %{vac} cf. Pa1n2. 2-4, 53; %{brUmi} for %{bravImi} R.; Subj. %{bra4vas}, %{-vat}
RV.; Impv. %{brUhi}, ep. also %{bravIhi}, %{bruvadhvam}; %{brUtAt} Pa1n2. 7-i, 35 Sch.; impf.
%{abruvam} for %{abravam} Up. MBh.; pr.p. A1. ep. %{bruvamANa} for %{bruvANa}; Prec. 2. pl.
%{brUyAsta} Nal. xvii, 36, prob. w.r. for %{brUyAs@tat}), to speak, say, tell (either intrans.; or with acc.
of pers. or thing; or with acc. of thing and acc. dat. gen. or loc. of person = to tell or relate anything to;
with two acc. also = declare or pronounce to be, call) RV. &c. &c.; to speak about any person or thing (acc.
with or without %{prati}, or %{adhikRtya}) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to proclaim predict Var.; to answer
(either intrans. with %{punar} or trans. with %{praznam}, `" a question "') Mn. MBh.; (with
%{anyathA}) to speak or decide or judge wrongly Mn. Pan5cat.; (A1., rarely P.) to call or profess one's
self to be (nom., rarely with %{iti}) RV. Br. MBh.; (A1.) to designate for one's self, choose AitBr.; (A1.) to
be told by itself tell itself (tell its tale) Pa1n2. 3-1, 89 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [Cf. Zd. {mru1}.] [742,2]
bruuhi = tell
bubhuushu*= mfn. wishing to be or become anything (nom.) S3is3. HParis3. ; wishing to become
powerful or prevail Ka1tyS3r. MBh. BhP. ; wishing the welfare of (gen.) MBh. (see also vibhubhusu)
bud.hdhyaa = by intelligence
bud.hdhvaa = knowing
buddha = Buddha* mfn. awakened, awake MBh.; expanded, blown SâmavBr.; conscious, intelligent,
clever, wise (opp. to {mUDha}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; learnt, known, understood Âpast. MBh. (`" by "', usually
instr., but also gen. according to Pân. 2-2, 12; 3, 67 Sch.); m. a wise or learned man, sage W.; (with
Buddhists) a fully enlightened man who has achieved perfect knowledge of the truth and thereby is
liberated from all existence and before his own attainment of Nirvâna reveals the method of obtaining it,
(esp.) the principal Buddha of the present age (born at Kapila-vastu about the year 500 B.C. his father,
S'uddhodana, of the S'âkya tribe or family, being the Râja of that district, and his mother, Mâyâ-devî,
being the daughter of Râja Su-prabuddha MWB. 19 &c.; hence he belonged to the Kshatriya caste and his
original name S'âkya-muni or S'âkya-sinha was really his family name, while that of Gautama was taken
from the race to which his family belonged; for his other names see ib. 23; he is said to have died when
he was 80 years of age, prob. about 420 B.C. ib. 49 n. 1; he was preceded by 3 mythical Buddhas of the
present Kalpa, or by 24, reckoning previous Kalpa, or according to others by 6 principal Buddhas ib. 136;
sometimes he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of Vishnu Hariv. Kâv. Var. &c.); n. knowledge BhP. (B.
{buddhi}).
buddhayaH = intelligence
buddhi = intelligence
buddhiM = intelligence
buddhiH = intellect
buddhimaan.h = is intelligent
buddhii = Intelligence
budha = wise
budhavaara = Wednesday
budhiH = mind
ca* = 1 and, likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhûrtas. Hit. iti
ca* = 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to
something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often
equivalent to `" as you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c.
supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the preceding words are the
very words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves
the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so
decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo
manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a
mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes
{iti} is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (e.g.
{ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying,
liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is
sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm brUyAd
bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound with the name
of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention
(lo! behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera),
order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a
rule to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to
the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the
S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
caakra4 * = mfn. (fr. {cakra4}) carried on (a battle) with the discus Hariv. 5648; belonging to a wheel W.;
circular W.; m. N. of a man S'Br. xii.
caapala * = n. (fr. {cap-} g. {yuvA7di}) mobility, swiftness Ragh. iii, 42 BhP. vii, 12, 20; agitation,
unsteadiness, fickleness, inconsiderateness, insolence Gaut. ix, 50 Pân. 8-1, 12 Vârtt. 5 MBh. &c.
caara * = m. ({car}) = {cara}, a spy Mn. vii, ix MBh. i, 5604 R. Mriicch. Kathâs.; going, motion,
progression, course (of asterisms VarBriS. BhP. v, 22, 12) ChUp. vii, 1, 5 R. &c.; wandering about,
travelling W.; `" proceeding "' see {kAma-}; practising MBh. v, 1410; a bond, fetter L.; a prison L.;
Buchanania latifolia Bhpr.; n. a factitious poison L. (v.l. for {vAra}); ({I}) f. a particular step (in dancing);
a trap, snare HParis'. i, 353.
caaraNa* = mfn. depending on a Vedic school ({caraNa}) Âp.; belonging to the same Vedic school (`"
reading the scripture "' W.) Gaut.; m. a wandering actor or singer Mn. xii, 44 MBh. v, 1039 and 1442
VarBriS. Pañcat. &c.; a celestial singer MBh. R. S'ak. BhP. Gît. i, 2; a spy BhP. iv, 16, 12 Bâlar.; n. ( {car},
Caus.) `" pasturing, tending "' see {go-}; a kind of process applied to mercury; ({I}) f. a female celestial
singer Bâlar. ix, 21/22 ff.; Hibiscus mutabilis Npr.
caaritra* =m. (%{car} cf. %{zAmitra}) `" moving "'N. of a Marut Hariv. 11547; n. (= %{car-}) proceeding,
manner of acting, conduct R. iii, iv Pan5cat. (ifc. f. %{A}); good conduct, good character, reputation
Hariv. 10204 Nal. R. &c. (`" life in accordance with the 5 great vows "' Jain.); peculiar observance,
peculiarity of customs or conditions W.; a ceremony Buddh. L.; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L.
caaru* = mf({us})n. (2. {can}) agreeable, approved, esteemed, beloved, endeared, (Lat.) {carus}, dear
(with dat. or loc. of the person) RV. VS. xxxv, 17 TS. iii TBr. iii, 1, 1, 9 SânkhS'r. i, 5, 9; pleasing, lovely,
beautiful, pretty RV. AV. MBh. &c.; ind. so as to please, agreeably (with dat.) RV. ix, 72, 7 and 86, 21 AV.
vii, xii, xiv; beautifully Hariv. Caurap.; m. (in music) a particular {vAsaka}; N. of Briihaspati L.; of a son
of Kriishna Hariv. 6699 BhP. x, 61, 9; of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.; n. (v.l. for {vara}) saffron L. Sch.; ({vI}) f.
a beautiful woman L.; splendour L.; moonlight L.; intelligence L.; N. of Kubera's wife L.
caitya* = 1 m. (fr. 5. {cit} or 2. {citi}) the individual soul BhP. iii, 26; 28, 28; 31, 19 Sarvad. ii, 198f.
caitya* =2 mfn. relating to a funeral pile or mound ({citA}) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Griihyâs. ii, 4; m. n. a funeral
monument or Stûpa (q.v.) or pyramidal column containing the ashes of deceased persons, sacred tree
(esp. a religious fig-tree) growing on a mound, hall or temple or place of worship (esp. with Buddh. and
Jain. and generally containing a monument), a sanctuary near a village Âs'vGri. i, 12 Parâs'. Yâjñ. ii, 151 &
228 MBh. &c.; a Jain or Buddh. image L.; m. = {-tyaka}, ii, 814.
caitta* = mfn. belonging to thought ({citta4}), imagined Veda7ntas.; mental, mâdar. ii, 2, 18 Sch. Prab.
Sch.
caitra* = m. N. of the 2nd spring month (its full moon standing in the constellation Citrâ cf. Pân. 4-2, 23)
S'ânkhBr. xix, 3 KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. vii, 182 MBh. &c.; the 6th year in the cycle of Jupiter VarBriS. viii, 8;
a Buddh. or Jain religious mendicant L.; a common N. for any man (like Deva-datta), Gaudap. on
Sânkhyak. 5 and 7 Prab. iii, 7/8 Sch. Pân. 2-3, 29 Sch. (not in Kâs'.); `" son of Citrâ "'N. of a son of Budha
and grand father of Su-ratha BrahmaP.; = {caitriyAyaNa4} Anukr. on Kâthh. xxxix, 14; N. of two Riishis
VP. iii, 1, 12 and 18; one of the seven ranges of mountains (dividing the continent into Varshas) L.; n. =
{caitya}, a sepulchre L.; a sanctuary L.; mfn. for {citra} (B) or {jaitra} (Sch.) MBh. vii, 76; ({I}) f. (with or
without {paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in month Caitra, sacrifice offered on that day S'ânkhS'r. iii,
cakra = Circle, wheel, psychic centre in humans* = n. (Ved. rarely m.; g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. {car}?; 1. {kR}
Pân. 6-1, 12 Kâs'.) the wheel (of a carriage, of the Suñs chariot [RV.], of Time [i, 164, 2-48]; {-kra4M-car},
to drive in a carriage S'Br. vi) RV. &c.; a potter's wheel S'Br. xi Yâjñ. iii, 146 (cf. {-bhrama} &c.); a discus
or sharp circular missile weapon (esp. that of Vishnu) MBh. R. Sus'r. Pañcat. BhP.; an oil-mill Mn. iv. 85
MBh. xii, 6481 & 7697; a circle R. BhP. &c. ({kalA7pa-}, `" the circle of a peacock's tail "' Riitus. ii, 14); an
astronomical circle (e.g. {rAzi-}, the zodiac) VarBriS. Sûryas.; a mystical circle or diagram, Tantr.; =
{-bandha} q.v. Sâh. x, 13 a/b; a cycle, cycle of years or of seasons Hariv. 652; `" a form of military array
(in a circle) "' see {-vyUha}; circular flight (of a bird) Pañcat. ii, 57; a particular constellation in the form
of a hexagon VarBriS. xx VarBri. Laghuj.; a circle or depression of the body (for mystical or chiromantic
purposes; 6 in number, one above the other, viz. 1. {mUlA7dhAra}, the parts about the pubis; 2.
{svA7dhiSThAna}, the umbilical region; 3. {maNi-pUra}, the pit of the stomach or epigastrium; 4.
{anAhata}, the root of the nose; 5. {vizuddha}, the hollow between the frontal sinuses; 6. {AjJA7khya},
the fontenelle or union of the coronal and sagittal sutures; various faculties and divinities are supposed
to be present in these hollows); N. of a metre (= {-pAta}); a circle or a similar instrument (used in
astron.) Laghuj. Sûryas. xiii, 20 Gol. xi, 10 ff.; (also m. L.) a troop, multitude MBh. v, ix ({-krA7valI}, q.v.)
Hariv. R. &c.; the whole number of (in comp.) Sarvad. xi, 127; a troop of soldiers, army, host MBh. (ifc. f.
{A}, iii, 640) BhP. i, ix Cân.; a number of villages, province, district L.; (fig.) range, department VarBriS.
xxx, 33; the wheel of a monarch's chariot rolling over his dominions, sovereignty, realm Yâjñ. i, 265
MBh. i, xiii BhP. ix, 20, 32 VP.; (pl.) the winding of a river L.; a whirlpool L.; a crooked or fraudulent
device (cf. {cakrikA}) L.; the convolutions or spiral marks of the S'âla-grâma or ammonite W.; N. of a
medicinal plant or drug Sus'r. vf.; of a Tîrtha BhP. x, 78, 19; m. the ruddy goose or Brâhmany duck (Anas
Casarca, called after its cries; cf. {-vAka4}) MBh. ix, 443 Bâlar. viii, 58 Kathâs. lxxii, 40 S'ârngP.; (pl.) N.
of a people MBh. vi, 352; (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man, BriArUp. iii, 4, 1 Sch.; of another man Kathâs. lvi,
144; of a Nâga MBh. i, 2147; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. ix, 2539 and 2542; of a mountain BhP. v,
20, 15 Kathâs. liv. 16; ({A}) f. a kind of Cyperus or another plant L.; ({I4}) f. a wheel (instr. sg. {-kri4yA};
gen. du. {-kryo4s}) RV.; (du. {-kriyau}) Kâthh. xxix, 7; [cf. {a-}, {aSTA4-}, {uccA-}, {e4ka-}, {kAla-},
{kU-}, {daNDa-}, {dik-}, {dharma-}, {mahA-}, {mAtR-}, {ro4dha-}, {viSNu-}, {sa-}, {sapta4-}, {hiraNya-};
{tri-} and {sucakra4}; cf. also, $, Lat. {circus}; Angl. Sax. {hveohl}, Engl. {wheel}.]
cakaara * m. the letter or sound {ca}. * m. the particle {ca} Pân. 2-3, 72 Kâs'
cala * = mf({A})n. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.; unsteady, fluctuating,
perishable ib.; disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation, shaking "' see {bhUmi-}; wind L.; wind (in med.)
Ashtha7ng. i, 11, 1; quicksilver L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; ({A}) f. lightning L.; incense L.; the
Goddess of Fortune Kathâs. lx, 119; a metre of 4 x 18 syllables (cf. {a-}, {niz-}, {puMzcalI}, {cAla}.)
campaka * =: m. Michelia Campaka(bearing a yellow fragrant flower) MBh. R. &c.; a kind of perfume
VarBriS. lxxvii, 7; a particular part of the bread-fruit W.; N. of a man Râjat. vii; of a relation of the Jaina
Meru-tunga; of a country Buddh.; n. the flower of the Campaka tree MBh. Sus'r. &c.; the fruit of a variety
of the plantain L.; ({A}) f. N. of a town, JaimBhâr. Hit.
canda*= fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angr y
capala * = mf({A})n. ({kamp}; g. {zauNDA7di}, {zreNy-Adi} and {vispaSTA7di}) moving to and fro,
shaking, trembling, unsteady, wavering MBh. &c.; wanton, fickle, inconstant ib.; inconsiderate,
thoughtless, ill-mannered Mn. iv, 177 MBh. xiv, 1251; quick, swift, expeditious Hariv. 4104; momentary,
instantaneous Subh.; m. a kind of mouse Sus'r. v, 6, 3 Ashtha7ng. vi, 38, 1; a fish L.; the wind Gal.;
quicksilver L.; black mustard L.; a kind of perfume ({coraka}) L.; a kind of stone L.; N. of a demon
causing diseases Hariv. 9562; of a prince MBh. i, 231; n. a kind of metal (mentioned with quicksilver);
({am}) ind. quickly Das'. vii, 420 f.; ({A}) f. lightning Gît. vii, 23; long pepper L.; the tongue L.; (g.
{priyA7di}) a disloyal wife, whore L.; spirituous liquor (esp. that made from hemp) L.; the goddess
Lakshmi or fortune (cf. MBh. xiii, 3861) L.; N. of two metres (cf. {mahA-}); (in music) the 5th note
personified.
car * =. 1. {ca4rati}, rarely {-te} (Subj. {ca4rat}, 3 pl. {ca4rAn} RV.; perf. {cacA4ra} [AV. &c.], 2 sg.
{cacartha} BhP. iv, 28, 52; pl. {cerur}, &c.; {-ratur} S'Br. &c.; Â. {cere} BhP. iii, 1, 19; fut. {cariSyati}, {-te};
aor. {acArIt} [S'Br. xiv &c.]; inf. {ca4ritum} [ii MBh. i, iii R.] or {cartum} [MBh. iii, xiii R. iii BhP. v], Ved.
{cara4dhyai} [RV. i, 61, 12], {ca4ritave} [113, 5], {cara4se} [92, 9 and v, 47, 4], {carA4yai} [vii, 77, 1],
{caritos} [AitÂr. i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. {caritvA4} S'Br. xiv BhP. x, 75, 19; {cartvA} MBh. v, 3790; {cIrtvA}, xiii,
495; p. {ca4rat}) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir, roam about, wander (said of men, animals,
water, ships, stars, &c.) RV. AV. &c.; to spread, be diffused (as fire) VarBriS. xix, 7; to move or travel
through, pervade, go along, follow Mn. MBh. &c.; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instr.
or loc.) RV. AV. &c.; to be engaged in, occupied or busy with (instr e.g. {yajJe4na c-}, `" to be engaged in a
sacrifice "' S'Br.) RV. x, 71, 5 AV. vi, 117, 1 AitBr. &c.; (with [S'Br. iv ChUp. Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r.] or without
[S'Br. ii, xiv] {mithuna4m}) to have intercourse with, have to do with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p.
or adv.) to continue performing or being (e.g. {arcantaz cerur}, `" they continued worshipping "' S'Br. i;
{svAminam avajJAya caret}, `" he may go on despising his master "' Hit.) RV. AV. VS. &c.; (in astron.) to
be in any asterism or conjunction VarBriS.; to undertake, set about, under go, observe, practise, do or act
in general, effect, make (e.g. {vratA4ni} `" to observe vows "' AV. &c.; {vighnaM c-}, `" to put a hindrance
"' MBh.; {bhaikSaM c-} `" to beg "' Mn. ii; {vivAdaM c-} "', to be engaged in a lawsuit "' Mn. viii, 8;
{mRgayAM c-}, to hunt "' MBh. R.; {sambandhAMz c}, `" to enter into connections "' Mn. ii, 40;
{mArgaM cacAra bANaiH}, `" he made a way with arrows "' R. iii, 34, 4; {tapasA indriyANi c-}, to exercise
one's organs with penance MBh. xiv, 544) RV. AV. &c.; to consume, eat (with acc.), graze Yâjñ. iii, 324
Pañcat. BhP. v, x Subh. Hit.; to make or render (with double acc. e.g. {nare4ndraM satya-sthaM carAma}
"', let us make the king keep his word "' R. ii, 107, 19: Caus. {cArayati}, to cause to move or walk about
AV. xii, 4, 28 (aor. {a4cIcarat}) S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 Lâthy.; to pasture MBh. xiv R. BhP. iii, x; to send, direct,
turn, move MBh. &c.; to cause any one (acc.) to walk through (acc.) MBh. xii R. v, 49, 14; to drive away
from (abl.) MBh. xii, 12944; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) Mn. xi, 177 and 192;
to cause (any animal acc.) to eat Bâdar. ii, 2, 5 Sch.; to cause to copulate Mn. viii, 362; to ascertain (as
through a spy instr.) MBh. iii, xv R. i, vi; to doubt (cf. {vi-}) Dhâtup. xxxiii, 71: Desid. {cicariSati}, to try to
go S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 (p. {cicarSat}) [389, 2]; to wish to act or conduct one's self S'Br. xi; to try to have
intercourse with (instr.), vi: Intens. {carcarIti} Â. or rarely [MBh. iii, 12850] Pass. {caJcUryate} ({-curIti}
and {-cUrti} Pân. 7-4, 87f.; ind. p. {-cUrya} R. iv, 29, 22; p. once P. {-cUryat} Hariv. 3602) to move quickly
or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in loc.) AV. xx, 127, 4 MBh. &c.; to act wantonly or coquettishly
Bhathth. iv, 19 (cf. Pân. 3-1, 24); [cf. $, $ &c.]
cara * = mfn. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, locomotive (as animals opposed to plants, or as the Karanas in
astrol.) VPrât. S'vetUp. iii, 18 Mn. vii, 15 MBh. &c.; (= {saMcArin}) forming the retinue of any one BhP.
iv, 29, 23; movable, shaking, unsteady W.; ifc. going, walking, wandering, being, living, practising (e.g.
{adhaz-}, {anta-}, {antarikSa-}, {ap-}, {AdAya-}, {udake-}, &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 16); ifc. (Pân. 5-3, 53 f.; vi, 3,
35; f. {I}) having been formerly (e.g. {ADhya-}, {devadatta-}, qq. vv.; {a-dRSTa-} or {nadRSTa-}, `" not
seen before "' Kathâs. [once f. irr. {A}, lx, 58] Sarvad. iii, 16; vii, 19; {an-Alokita-} id. Bâlar. iv, 54/55); m.
a spy, secret emissary or agent Mn. vii, 122 Hariv. 10316 R. &c.; = {caraTa} L.; the small shell Cypraea
moneta L.; the wind, air BhP. x, 14, 11; the planet Mars L.; a game played with dice (similar to
backgammon) L.; a cowrie W.; `" passage "' see {a-}, {duz-}; n. (in astron.) ascensional difference Gol.
vii; ({A4}) f. dat. {-rA4yai} inf. {car} q.v.; (in music) N. of a Mûrchanâ; ({I}) f. a young woman (cf.
{caraTi}) L.; = {digambaraprasiddhA} g. {gaurA7di}; also ifc. see {anu-} and {sahacarI}.
caraTa * m. (= {cara}) a wagtail L.; ({I}) f. (= {-raNTI}, {ciraTI}, {ciraNTI}) a woman married or single
who after maturity resides in her father's house L. Sch.
caraNa* = m. n. (g. {ardharcA7di}) a foot Gobh. Mn. ix, 277 Bâdar. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 3914
Mâlav.); (ifc. pl.) `" the feet of "', the venerable (N. N. ) MBh. xii, 174, 24 Sch.; a pillar, supor Hariv. 4643;
the root (of a tree) L.; a Pâda or line of a stanza, S'rut.; a dactyl; a 4th part (pâda) VarBri. Lîl.; a section,
subdivision Bhpr. Sarvad. ({catuz-} q.v.); a school or branch of the Veda Nir. i, 17 Pân. MBh. xii, xiii
Pañcat. iv, 3; n. going round or about, motion, course RV. iii, 5, 5; ix, 113, 9; x, 136, 6 and 139, 6 S'Br. ii, x
Sâh. [389, 3]; acting, dealing, managing, (liturgical) performance, observance AV. vii, 106, 1 S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. VP. iii, 5, 13; behaviour, conduct of life KâtyS'r. ChUp. v, 10; good or moral conduct
Kaus'. 67 MBh. xiii, 3044 Lalit.; practising (generally ifc. cf. {tapaz-} [{tapasaz c-} Mn. vi, 75], {bhikSA-},
{bhaikSa-}) Gobh. iii, 1, 12 Nal.; grazing W.; consuming, eating L.; a particular high number Buddh. L.
caritra* = n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 184; rarely m. VS. vi, 14 MaitrS. i, 2, 16) a foot, leg RV. AV. x, 2, 12 Kaus3. 44; n.
going VS. xiii, 19; acting, behaving, behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures, deeds, exploits Mn. ii, 20;
ix, 7 R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Pan5cat. iv, 7, 5); nature, disposition W.; custom, law as based on custom Na1r. i,
10 f.; xx, 24; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L. (cf. %{cAr-}).
carma: a shield
caru* = m. (g. {bhImA7di}) a kind of vessel (in which a particular oblation is prepared), saucepan, pot
RV. AV. S'Br. xiii KâtyS'r. Kaus'. Mn. Yâjñ.; a cloud (cf. RV. i, 7, 6) Naigh. i, 10; an oblation (of rice, barley
and pulse) boiled with butter and milk for presentation to the gods or manes VS. xxix. 6 TS. i S'Br. AitBr.
i, 1 & 7 KâtyS'r. &c. (pl. Yâjñ. i, 298). [390, 2]
carya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 100) to be practised or performed Mn. iii, 1; m. (= {cara}) the small shell
Cypraea moneta L.; n. ifc. driving (in a carriage) MBh. viii, 4215; ({A}) f. going about, wandering, walking
or roaming about, visiting, driving (in a carriage, {ratha-} MBh. ix, xiii R. i, 19, 19) MBh. R. BhP. ix, 16, 1;
(often ifc.) proceeding, behaviour, conduct S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 1 Lâthy. viii Âs'vS'r. xii, 4 Mn. vi, 32 &c.; due
observance of all rites and customs Sarvad. vi ff.; a religious mendicant's life L.; practising, performing,
occupation with, engaging in (instr. [Gaut.] or generally in comp.) S'Br. xiv Âs'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. i, 111 MBh.
&c.; deportment, usage W.; (in music) a kind of composition; N. of Durgâ Gal. (cf. {brahma-}, {bhikSA-},
{bhaikSya-}).
caura* = mfn. ({cur}) thievish HParis'. ii, 170 (= {cora4} g. {prajJA7di}; g. {chattrA7di}) a thief. robber
Mn. iv, viii, xi (ifc.) Hariv. &c.; a dishonest or unfair dealer, usurper Pañcat. i, 8, 11/12 and 18/19 (also in
comp. translatable as adj.); (ifc.e.g. {kavi-}, `" a plagiarist "') Ganar. 114; a (heart-) captivator Hariv. 7125;
9981 and 9994; the perfume Coraka L.; `" plagiarist "'N. of a poet (cf. {cora}) S'ârngP.; pl. N. of a family
Pravar. i, 7 (Kâty. and Vis'van.); ({I}) f. a female thief. (heart-)captivator Kathâs. vc, 54; civ, 168; =
{-ra-karman} L.
caurya* = n. (g. {brAhmaNA7di}) = {-ra-karman} Mn. ix, xi Yâjñ. ii, 72 Mriicch. &c.; trickery Hariv. 15163
f.; (ifc. with {zulka}) defraudation Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1.
cha = and
ceratah *= wandering, rambling, playingamble, bat around, branch off, bum around, clamber, climb,
cruise, depart, digress, divagate, diverge, drift, excurse, extend, fork, gad, gallivant, get sidetracked, grow,
knock about, knock around, meander, perambulate, percolate, peregrinate, promenade, range, roam,
rove, saunter, sc ramble, snake, sprangle, sprawl, spread, spread-eagle, straddle, straggle, stray, stroll,
trail, traipse, travel aimlessly, turn, twist, walk
ceshtha * = m. `" moving "', a kind of fish ({tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the limbs, gesture Mn. vii, 63;
behaviour, manner of life Hariv. 5939; ({al}), f, (Pân. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn. vii f. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh. ii, 43); action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion Âs'vS'r. i S'vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv,
65 Bhag. &c.; doing, performing Mn. i, 65; behaving, manner of life Mn. vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBriS.
(ifc.) &c.; cf. {a-}, {naSTa-}, {niz-}.
ceshthaka * =mfn. making effort or exertion W.; m. a kind of fish (= {-Ta}) L.; a kind of coitus.
ceshthana * = n. making effort W.; motion Mn.xii, 120 MBh. xii, 6363 R. BhP.; ifc. performing KapS. i, 3;
effort, exertion W.
cet* = Nom. (fr. {ce4tas}) {-tati} (Vop. xxi, 8; aor. 3. pl. {acetiSur}) to recover consciousness Bhathth. xv,
109.
cetanatva* = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a female
servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetaH-pIDA * = f. grief L.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mr2icch. Katha1s. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sa1h.; a kind of fish A1p.i, 17, 38; (%{I}) f. a
female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S3ak. "' &c.
ceTaka * = m. a servant, slave Bhartr2. i, 91 Katha1s. vi and lxxi (ifc.) Hit.; a paramour L.; (%{ikA}) f. =
%{-TI} Katha1s. iv, xii, lii.
cetana* = mf(%{I4})n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent RV. AV. ix, 4, 21; percipient,
conscious, sentient, intelligent Kat2hUp. v, 13 S3vetUp. vi, 13 Hariv. 3587 KapS. Tattvas. &c.; m. an
intelligent being, man Sarvad. ii, 221; soul, mind L.; n. conspicuousness RV. i, 13, 11 and 170, 4; iii, 3, 8;
iv, 7, 2; soul, mind R. vii, 55, 17 and 20; (%{A}) f. consciousness, understanding, sense, intelligence
Ya1jn5. iii, 175 MBh. &c. (often ifc. [f. %{A}] Mn. ix, 67 MBh. &c.) (cf. %{a-}, %{niz-}, %{puru-ce4t-},
%{vi-}, %{sa-}, %{su4-}).
cetanatva* =n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* =mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sa1m2khyak. Sus3r.
ce4tana-tva * = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanA-vat * = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanA7STaka * = n. N. of wk.
cetas *= n. splendour RV.; (Naigh. iii, 9) consciousness, intelligence, thinking soul, heart, mind VS. xxxiv,
3 AV. Mn. ix, xii MBh. &c. (ifc. Kat2hUp. Mn.&c.); will AV. vi, 116, 3 TBr.iii, 1, 1, 7; cf. %{a-ceta4s},
%{dabhra4-}, %{pra4-}, %{laghu-}, %{vi4-}, %{sa4-}, %{su-ce4tas}.
cetayaana * = mfn. (irreg. pr. p.) having sense, reasonable MBh. iii, v, viii R. ii, 109, 7.
cetishthha* = mfn. (fr. {ce4ttR}) most attentive (with gen.) RV. i, 65, 9 and 128, 8; v, vii; x, 21, 7; (fr.
{citra4}) most conspicuous, viii, 46, 20 VS. xxvii, 15.
ce4ttR * = mfn. attentive, guardian, RY. x, 128, 9 (see also s.v. 4. {cit}) AV. iv and vi ({cettR4}) TS. if.
ce4tya * = mfn. perceivable RV. vi, 1, 5; ({A4}) f. = {tu4} (?), x, 89, 14.
ceTa * = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a female
servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetavya4 * = mfn. to be piled up TS. v S'Br. vi; ix, 5, 1, 64 Bhathth. ix, 13; = {cayanIya} Vop. xxvi, 3.
chaasmi = as I am
chaapi = also
chaariNau = blowing
chaataka = the ever thirsty chaataka bird that lives only on raindrops
chakraM = cycle
chakshu = eye
chakshuH = eyes
chakshus.h = eye
chal.h = to walk
chala = moving
chalaM = flickering
chalachchitra = movie
chalita = deviated; calita mfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed MBh. &c.; one who has moved on MBh.
Sûryas. iii, 11; gone, departed (e.g. {sa calitaH}, `" he started off "' Pañcat. Gît. iii, 3 Hit.); walked Vet. iii,
1/2 (v.l.); being on the march (an army) L.; moved from one's usual course, disturbed, disordered (the
mind, senses, fortune, &c.) Hariv. 5669 R. &c.; caused to deviate, turned off from (abl.) Yâjñ. i, 360 Bhag.
vi, 37; n. unsteady motion (of eyes) Bhartri. i, 4.
chanda* =mfn. pleasing, alluring, inviting RV. i, 92, 6; viii, 7, 36; {-nda4}, praising ({cha4nda} Naigh. iii,
16) RV. vi, 11, 3; cf. {madhu-cch-}; m. appearance, look, shape Hariv. 8359 ff.; cf. {prati} and {vi-cch-};
pleasure, delight, appetite, liking, predilection, desire, will Yâjñ. ii, 195 MBh. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. [also
with {svena}, viii, 1249 R. ii, 83, 25; or ifc. with {sva-} (Hariv. 7017) or {Atma-} MBh. v, xiii R. v, 26, 18]
according to one's own wish Mn. viii, 176 Nal. xxiii, 15 R. v; according to the wish of (gen.) MBh. iii, 7096
Hariv. 7097; ({a-cch-} neg. `" against the wish of "') 7098 and 8557; ({At}) abl. ind. according to the wish
of (in comp.) MBh. viii, 3542; ({a-cch-} neg. `" involuntarily "' R. iii, 5, 2); poison L.; N. of S'âkya-muni's
charioteer ({chandaka}) Lalit. xv DivyA7v. xxvii, 159; of a prince W.; cf. {sva-}; {indra-}, {kalA7pa-},
{deva} and {vijaya-}, various kinds of pearl-ornaments.
cha4nda-ja * = mfn. `" originating from one's own wish "', self-produced (gods) Hariv. 12296.
chandaska * = ifc. (f. {A}) = {-das}, metre Nyâyam. ix, 2, 5 and 8 Sch.
chandasya4 * = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 71 and 4, 93, 140 Vârtt. 1) taking the form of hymns, metrical, relating to
or fit for hymns RV. ix, 113, 6 TS. i, 6, 11, 4; made or done according to one's wish Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.;
({A4}) f. (with {I4STakA}) N. of a sacrificial brick S'Br. vii, 5, 2, 42; viii, 2 f.
chAndasa * = mf({I})n. having the sacred text of the Veda ({cha4ndas}) as (its) subject, peculiar or
relating or belonging to the Veda, Vedic Kaus'. Pân. 4-3, 71 Pat. Hariv. 12284 BhP.; (once {-nda} BhavP.
i); archaistic Sarvad. vi, 11; (g. {manojJA7di} Pân. 5-2, 84 Kâs'.) studying the holy text of the Vedic
hymns, familiar with it Kathâs. lxii, cxviii; (ifc. g. {khasUcy-Adi} Ganar. 114 Sch.); relating to metre
RAnukr. Sch.
chandaka* = mfn. ifc. `" charming "' see {sarva-}; m. N. of S'âkya-muni's charioteer DivyA7v. xxvii, 158
Lalit.
cha4ndas * = n. desire, longing for, will MBh. xii, 7376 Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.; intention, purport W.; a sacred
hymn (of AV.; as distinguished from those of RV. SV. and YajurV.), incantation-hymn RV. x AV. S'Br. viii
MBh. v, 1224 Ragh. i, 11; the sacred text of the Vedic hymns S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 3 Âs'vGri. Kaus'. Gobh. VPrât.
Pân. Mn. &c.; metre (in general, supposed to consist of 3 or 7 typical forms [AV. VS. &c.] to which Virâj is
added as the 8th [S'Br. viii, 3, 3, 6]; {cha4ndas} opposed to {gAyatri4} and {triSTu4bh} RV. x, 14, 16);
metrical science MundUp. i, 1, 5 MBh. i, 2887 Pañcat. S'rut.; = {-do-grantha} Nyâyam. ix, 2, 6 Sch.; [cf.
Lat. {scando}, `" to step, scan. "']
chandana = sandal
chandoga* = m. ({gai}) `" singer in metre "', chanter'of the SV., Udgâtrii priest AitBr. iii, 32 S'Br. x
S'ânkhS'r. &c.; {-paddhati} f. N. of the work Yajña-pârs'va (YajurV. Paris'. xv Caran.); {-pariziSTa} n.
Kâty.'s supplement on Gobh. Mn. ii, 44 Kull.; {-brAhmaNa} n. = {chAndogya-br-} AitBr. iv, 18 Sây.;
{-mAhaki} m. N. of a teacher VBr.; {-vRSo7tsarga-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-zAkhA} f. a branch of the SV.
(quoted in a work on S'râddhas); {-zrAddha-tattva-pramANa} n. N. of wk. by Raghu-nandana; {-zruti} f.
`" tradition of the Chandogas "', the SV. Parâs'. ii, 5/111, 3, 6; {-sopAna} n. N. of wk.; {-gA7hnika-
paddhati} f. N. of wk. by Râma-kriishna.
chandra-kuNDalii = Chart where the Ascendant or lagna is the sign of the natal moon
chandra-raashi = Natal Moon sign. Used in India much like we use the Sun sign system in the West
chandrika = moonlight
chandrodaya = moon-rise
channa* = mfn. covered, covered over MBh. iii, 800 R. i f. Megh. BhP. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 170);
obscured (the moon) MBh. i, 2699 Sûryas. iv, 10 and 22; hidden, unnoticed by (dat.), secret, clandestine,
disguised MBh. iii f. R. ii, v BhP. Kathâs. Râjat.; ({am}) ind. secretly Mn. ix, 98 and 100 Mriicch. Das'.; (in
comp. {-nna-}) Râjat. v, 467; (with {gai}, to sing) privately, in a low voice Lâthy. iii, 1, 12 ff.; ({e}) loc. ind.
secretly Hariv. 8686.
chaJNchalaM = flickering
chapalaM = fickle-minded
char.h = to wander
chara = moving
charaM = moving
charaNa = foot
charita = nature
charitra = life
charchaa = discussion
chatuH = four
chaturtha = fourth
chaturthyaaM = during the (auspicious)4th day (from New Moon, full moon)
chaturbhujena = four-handed
chatus.h = four
chatvaaraH = four
chatvaari = four
chattragRha * = n. the room in which the parasol (or badge of royalty) is kept MBh. v, 3544.
chattra-pati * = m. the officer watching over the royal parasol, Sinha7s. xxiii, 0/1
chattra-vat * = mfn. furnished with a parasol Sus'r. i, 10, 1; ({tI}) f. N. of a town ({ahi-cchattra} Sch.)
MBh. i, 6348.
chattrin * = mfn. furnished with a parasol MBh. xiii, 739 Hariv. 14205 R. i, iii; m. a barber L.
chha.nda = Hobby
chhatra = umbrella
chhaatraaH = students
chhaadana = covering
chhaayaa = shade
chhittva = cutting
chhettaa = remover
chhettuM = to dispel
chhedana = cutting
chekitaanaH = Cekitana
chet.h = if
chetas.h = mind
chetasaa = by consciousness
chetaaH = in heart
chikitsaka = remedy
chikiirshhavaH = wishing
chitta = mind
chittaM = mind
chittaH = mind
chittaa = mind
chittvara * = mfn. (Un2. iii, 1) fit for cutting off. L.; hostile L. (cf. %{chatt-}) roguish L.
chitra = strange// citra *= mf({A4})n. conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-
coloured RV.; clear (a sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R.
Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn.
ix, 248 Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii,
281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi, 227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m})
ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with different
tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.;
Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyâd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati
(with the patr. Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son
of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.;
({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr.
i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.; N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind
of cucumber L.; Ricinus communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia
Munjista L.; the grass Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic
instants; another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of
Mûrchanâ (in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of
Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.),
9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citrâ VarBriS.
xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a
brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii
S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or
fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be
strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "' Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i,
iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture,
sketch, delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of
colour L.; a forest ({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr.
ii, 10; various modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful figures
(syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being represented in a shortened form) Sarasv.
ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the form of question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v
Pratâpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
chitraM = surprising
chitrarathaH = Citraratha
chint.h = to think
chintayantaH = concentrating
chintaa = worrying
chintaamaNi = the gem that gives you anything you can think about
chira = permanently
chihna = sign
chii = to increase
chuTati = to pinch
chumbati = to kiss
cikiirshA* = f. (Pa1n2. 3-3 , 102 Ka1s3.) intention or desire to make or do or perform (generally ifc.)
MBh. i R. i , v Pa1n2. 2-3 , 66 Ka1s3. (with gen.) BhP. ii f. ; (%{-raSA}) xi , 9 , 26 ; desire for (gen. or in
comp.) MBh. i , 1860 and 5172 Hariv. 4907.
cikiirshita* = n. `" intended to be done , designed "' , purpose , design , intention Mn. iv , vii MBh. R. &c.
cikiirshu* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 3-2 , 168 Ka1s3.) intending to make or do or perform (with acc. or ifc.) MBh. R.
Pa1n2. 2-3 , 69 Ka1s3. BhP. Katha1s. ; wishing to exercise one's self in the use of (acc.) MBh. viii , 1965 ;
cf. %{upahArI-}.
cintaka* = mfn. ifc. one who thinks or reflects upon, familiar with (e.g. {daiva-}, {vaMza-}, &c., qq. vv.)
Gaut. Mn. vii, 121 MBh. Hariv. R. Pañcat.; m. an overseer DivyA7v.; N. of the 23rd Kalpa period VâyuP. i,
21, 48 f.; cf. {kArya-}, {graha-}, {megha-}.
cintana* = n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5 MBh. Kathâs. Râjat.v, 205
Sâh.; consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.
cintaniiya* = mfn. to be thought of or investigated VarBriS. xliii, 37 Pañcat. 1, 1/2; iii BhP. viii, 11, 38.
cintayAna* = mfn. (irr. pr. p.) reflecting, considering MBh. ii, 1748; iii, 12929 Pañcat. iv, 14/15.
cintaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 105), thought, care, anxiety, anxious thought about (gen. loc., {upari}, or in comp.)
Mn. xii, 31 Yâjñ. i, 98 MBh. &c. ({-tayA} instr. `" by mere thinking of "' VP. i, 13, 50); consideration
Sarvad. xii f. [398,2]; N. of a woman Râjat. viii, 3453.
cintita * = mfn. thought, considered W.; thought of. imagined Pan5cat. Vet.; found out, investigated Nal.
xix, 4 Hit. (%{su-}); treated of. Madhus.; reflecting, considering W.; n. thought, reflection, care, trouble
VarBr2S.li, 24 Dhu1rtas.; intention R. i; (%{A}) f. see %{caintita}.
citta* = mfn. `" noticed "' see {a-ci4tta}; `" aimed at "', longed for ChUp.vii, 5, 3; `" appeared "', visible
RV. ix, 65, 12; n. attending, observing ({tira4z cittA4ni}, `" so as to remain unnoticed "'), vii, 59, 8;
thinking, reflecting, imagining, thought RV. VS. S'Br. &c.; intention, aim, wish RV. VS. AV. TBr. &c.;
(Naigh. iii, 9) the heart, mind TS. i S'vetUp. vi, 5 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Pañcat.); memory W.; intelligence,
reason KapS. i, 59 Yogas. i, 37; ii, 54 Veda7ntas.; (in astrol.) the 9th mansion VarYogay. iv, 1; cf. {iha-},
{cala-}, {pU4rva-}, {prA4yaz-}, {laghu-}, {su-}, {sthira-}.
citra * = conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.; clear (a sound)
RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as the
sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248 Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.;
(execution) having different varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi,
227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1;
vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety
of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama
Tithyâd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'râyani),
KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii;
of a Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th
(in later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.;
N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus
communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the grass
Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants; another of 4 x 15
syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ (in music);
illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of Arjuna's wife (sister of
Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of
a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything
bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament,
ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri.
&c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.])
strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man
should learn grammar "' Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a
spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture, sketch, delineation
MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest
({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10; various
modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful figures (syllables
which occur repeatedly being left out or words being represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr.
ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the form of question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar.
Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
codapravRddha* = ({-da4-}) mfn. exalted by the inspiring (draught of Soma), i,: 174, 6.
codana* = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. {RSi-}, {eka-}, {kIri-}, {brahma-}, {radhra-co4d-}); ({A},
{am}) fn. impelling, invitation, direction, rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPrât. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. ii,
&c.; ({A}) f. reproof (as in Pâli) DivyA7v. i, 54; ({i}),f. N. of a plant(v.l. for {rodanI}) L. Sch.
codayanmati* = mfn. (fr. {-da4yat}, p. {cud}, Caus.) promoting devotion RV. v, 8, 6; viii, 46, 19.
codayitR* = mf({trI4})n. one who impels or animates or promotes RV. i, 3, 11; vii, 81, 6 Kum. iii, 21.
codaka* = Meaning* = mfn. impelling MBh. xiii, 71; m. direction, invitation KâtyS'r. i. 10 Nyâyam. x; (in
Gr.) = {pari-graha} q.v. RPrât. x, 10 [400,2]; xi, 14; asker, objectioner, pupil Jain.
coda* = m. an implement for driving horses, goad or whip, v, 61, 3; ({-da4}) mfn. animating, inspiring,
promoting, i, 143, 6; ii, 13, 9 and 30, 6 (cf. {radhracoda4}.)
coDa* = m. {-cU4Da}, a sort of protuberance on a brick TS. v, 3, 7, 1 (ifc.); = {-Daka} SaddhP.; pl. N. of a
people L.; sg. a prince of that people Pân. 4-1, 175 Vârtt. (v.l. {cola}); ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.
codana * = mfn. impelling AV. vii , 116 , 1 (cf. %{RSi-} , %{eka-} , %{kIri-} , %{brahma-} , %{radhra-
co4d-}) ; (%{A} , %{am}) fn. impelling , invitation , direction , rule , precept VS. xxix , 7 RPra1t.
S3a1n3khS3r. Ka1tyS3r. La1t2y. Mn. ii , &c. ; (%{A}) f. reproof (as in Pa1li) DivyA7v. i , 54 ; (%{i}) ,f. N. of
a plant(v.l. for %{rodanI}) L. Sch.
codita * = mfn. caused to move quickly RV. ix, 72, 5; driven, impelled, incited MBh. R.; carried on (a
business), iv, 28, 21 ({a-} neg.); invited, directed, ordered MBh. Ragh. xii, 59; informed, apprised W.;
inquired after, BP. vii, 15, 13; enjoined, fixed, appointed, S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Mn. ii f. viii MBh. xiii, 2439
R. (B) iii, 56, 16.
cumbita * m= mfn. kissed S'ak. iii Sâh. i; touched closely or softly Mâlatîm. Vcar. xiv, 7 Sarvad.
cuuDa * = mfn. stupid (?) Divya7v. xxxv, 99 f.; m. (cf. {kU4Ta}) a sort of protuberance on a sacrificial
brick S'Br. viii and KâtyS'r. (also ifc. f. {A}); m. or n. = {-DA-karaNa} Yâjñ. iii, 23; m. N. of a man (with
the patr. Bhâgavitti) S'Br. xiv, 9, 3, 17 f.; ({A}) f. (beginning a Gana of Ganar. 365: g. {bhidA7di}) the hair
on the top of the head, single lock or tuft left on the crown of the head after tonsure Ragh.xviii, 50 (ifc.)
Parâs'. [401, 1]; = {-DA-karaNa} (cf. {-Do7panayana}) Ragh. iii, 28 Smriitit. i; the crest of a cock or
peacock L.; any crest, plume, diadem W.; the head L.; the top (of a column) Hcat. i, 3; the summit Hit. i, l
01; a top-room (of a house) L.; a kind of bracelet L.; a small well L.; N. of a metre; of a woman g.
{bAhvAdi} ({-DAlA} Kâs'.); cf. {cUla}, {coDa}, {caula} {uc-}, {candra-}, {tAmra-}, {svarNa-}; {paMca-}
and {mahA-cUDA}.
cyuta* = 1 mfn. moved, shaken AV. ix, 2, 15; gone away from (abl.) R. ii, 52, 27 and 72, 5; (with abl. or
ifc.) deviated from (lit. [Pañcat. v, 3, 10/11] and fig. [Mn. viii, 418; xii, 70 ff. Hariv. 11105 and 11188]);
(said of arrows) failing an aim (abl.) L.; flying away from (abl. or in comp.; said of missile weapons)
MBh. xiii, 4610 Hariv. 8088 R. iii BhP. iii, 18, 5; expelled from, deprived of (abl.) MBh. iii Bhathth. vii,
92; destitute of. free of (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 10, 26 Kathâs. lx, 178; abandoned by (in comp.) VarBriS.li, 2;
disappeared, vanished Hariv. 11173 Ragh. iii, 45; viii, 65 Bhathth. iii; come forth from, dropped from,
streaming forth from (lit. and fig., as speech from the mouth) Mn. vi, 132 MBh. xiii, 2183 R. i-iii BhP.
Bhathth. ix, 71; fallen from, fallen MBh. &c.; fallen from any divine existence for being re-born as a man
Buddh. Jain.; (in astrol.) standing in the $ Laghuj. x, 5; sunk (morally) Kum. v, 81; (in math.) divided
Bijag.; cf. {a4-}, {ha4sta-}.\\ 2 mfn. ifc. id. see {ghRta-}, {madhu-}.
daa* = 3 For {do}, to cut q.v. * =4 cl. 4. P. {dya4ti} (cf. {A-} 4. {dA}), to bind, only in {dISva} VS. xxxviii, 3
[cf. $ $]. * =5 For {de} q.v. * =6 f. ( {de}), protection, defence L. * =7 For {dai} q.v. * =8 f. ( {das})
cleansing, purifying L.
daa*1 cl. 3. {da4dAti} (pl. {-dati} RV. &c.; Â. {datte} Pañcat. i, 4, 19/20 12, 7 Subh.; 1. sg. {dadmi} MBh. xii
Hariv. R. if.; Impv. {da4dAtu} pl. {-dahu}; 2. sg. {daddhi4} RV. i f. iv, vi, viii, x; {dehi4} [Pân. 6-4, 119] RV.
iii f. viii, x AV. v, xviii f. &c. [473,3]; 2. pl. {da4dAta} RV. vii, 57, 6, {-tana} x, 36, 10, {datta4} 51, 8 VS. AV.
&c.; 2. du. {-tta4m} RV. i, 34, 6 AV. &c.; Pot. {dadyA4} AV. &c.; impf. {a4dadAt}; pl. {a4dadur} RV. vi, x
AV. v, 18, 1; 2. du. {a4dattam} RV. &c.; 2. pl. {-ttana i}, 139, 7, {a4dadAta} x, 64, 12; Subj. {da4dat} ii, v, vii
f. x, {-das} vii f. {-dan} AV. vi, 24, 1 p. m. nom. sg. {da4dat} pl. {-tas} RV. &c.; p. Â. {da4dAna}, v, 33, 9;
{-na4}, i. 148, 2; v, 2, 3; sg. {dadati}, ii, 35, 10 MBh. iii, 13422; pl. {-danti}, xii f.; Impv. {-da}, ix MârkP.;
{-data} Sinha7s.; Pot. {-det} Parâs'. vi, 19; impf. {a4dadat} AV. xii, 4, 23 MBh. R.; Â. sg. {da4date} RV. i,
24, 7 AV. x, 8, 36; pl. {-dante}, 35 VS. viii, 31; Impv. sg. {-datAm} RV. iii, 53, 17; {-dasva} MBh. Hariv. &c.;
impf. pl. {a4dadanta} RV. vii, 33, i i AV. xiv; p. {da4damAna} RV. i, 41, 9; iv, 26, 6; aor. {a4dAt} [Pân. 2-4,
77], {dat}, {a4dur}, {du4r} &c.; Subj. 2. du. {dAsathas} RV. viii, 40, 1 [cf. Naigh. ii, 30]; Pot. 1. pl. {deSma}
VS. ii, 32; pf. {dadau4}, {-du4r}, {-da4thur}, {-datur}, {-do4} RV. &c.; Pass {-de4}, iv, 34 & 37 AV. X, 2, 16;
{dadade}, {-dAte}, {-dire} Pân. 6-4, 126 Kâs'.; p. gen. {dadu4Sas} RV. i, viii, {-SAm} vi; nom. {-dvA4n}, x,
132, 3; {-dAvan} AV. v, 11, 1; acc. {-divA4Msam}, ix, 5, 10 [cf. Vop. xxvi, 133]; fut. p. {dAsya4t} AV.vi, 71, 3;
Â. {-syate}, {-syante}, 1. sg. {-sye} MBh. Hariv. R. MârkP.; Prec. {deyAt} Pân. 6-4, 67; inf. {dAva4ne} RV.;
{dA4tos}, vii, 4, 6; {-tave}, vii-ix AV. iii, 20, 5; {dA4tavai4} [Pân. vi, 1, 200 Siddh.] RV. iv, 21, 9; {-tum}, v
AV. &c.: ind. p. {dattvA4ya} [Pân. 7-1, 47 Kâs'.] RV. x, 85, 33; {-ttva} AV. &c.; {-dA4ya} [Pân. 6-4, 69] RV.
&c.: Pass. {dIyate} [Pân. 6-4, 62]; p. {-ya4mAna} AV. ix; aor. {adAyi} Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.; Prec. {dAsISTa},
{dAyis-}, vi, 4, 62) cl. 1. {dA4ti} (RV. iv-vii; Impv. {-tu}, 15, 11; cf. Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.; ii, 4, 76 Kâs'.) to
give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present, offer to (dat., in later language also gen. or loc.) RV. &c.; to
give (a daughter, {kanyAm}) in marriage Mn. v, ix Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to hand over Mn. viii, 186 & 234; (with
{haste}) Kathâs.; to give back, 222 f. MBh. iii Pañcat. VP. Kathâs. lxxiv; to pay ({daNDam}, `" a fine "'
Mn. viii f.; {RNam}, a debt "', viii Yâjñ. ii, 45); to give up, cede ({Asanam}, `" one's seat "') Mn. iv, 54;
({panthAnam} or {mArgam}, `" to give up the road, allow to pass "') viii, 275 and R. v, 94, 8; to sell (with
instr. of the price), i Nal. xiv, 21 VarBriS. xlii, 11; to sacrifice ({AtmAnam}, `" one's self. "' Kathâs. xxii,
227; {At-} {khedAya}, to give one's self up to grief "', v, 57); to offer (an oblation &c.) Mn. Yâjñ. R. &c.; to
communicate, teach, utter (blessings, {AziSas} S'ak. MârkP.), give (answer, {prati-vacas}, {-canam},
{praty-uttaram} Nal. S'ak. &c.), speak ({satyaM vacas}, the truth, yâjñ. ii, 200; {vacam}, to address a
speech to [dat.] S'ak. vi, 5); to permit, allow (with inf.) MBh. i S'ak. vi, 22; to permit sexual intercourse
S'Br. xiv, 9, 4, 7; to place, put, apply (in med.) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to add Pañcat. ii, 6, 5 Sûryas. VarBriS.
Laghuj.; with {varam} "', to grant a boon "' S'Br. xi KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; {zoham}, to cause grief "', xiii R. ii;
{avakAzam}, `" to give room or space, allow to enter Yâjñ. ii, 276 Mriicch. Ragh. &c.; {prANAn} or
{jIvitam}, `" to spare any one's life "' MBh. Kathâs. xviii, 275; {talam} or {-lAn}, to slap with the palms of
the hands MBh. iii, ix Hariv. 15741; {-la-prahAram}, to strike with the palm Pañcat. iv,. 2, 0/1 {tAlam}, to
beat time with the hands MBh. i Bhathth.; {saMjJAm}, to make a sign Mriicch.; {saMketakam}, to make
an appointment Pañcat. ii, 4, 3/4 {samayam}, to propose an agreement Kathâs. xviii, 139; {upamAm}, to
compare with [gen.] Cân.; {paTaham}, to proclaim with the drum Kathâs. lxxiii, 357; {zabdam}, to make
a noise, call out Vet. iv, 2/3; {zApam}, to utter a curse MBh. R. &c.; {gAIh}. id. Bhartri.; {anuyAtram}, to
accompany Kathâs. xviii, 197; {AliGganane}, {parirambhaNam}, to embrace, 209 Gît. iii, 8; {jhampam},
to jump Hit.; {zrAddham}, to perform a Srâddha MBh. xiv R. ii; {vratakam}, to accomplish a vow Hariv.;
{yuddham}, {niy-}, {saMgrAmam}, to give battle, fight with MBh. Hariv. R.; {AjJAm} {Adezam}, to give
an order, command, i BrahmaP. Vet.; {saMdezam}, to give information Kathâs. xvii, 161; {prayogam}, to
give a dramatic representation Mâlav. i, 12/13 {vRtim}, to fence in Mn. viii, 240 Kull.; {darzanam}, to
show one's self Prab. iii,; 0/1 {dRSTim} {dRzam} {akSi} {caksus}, to fix the eyes on (loc.) S'ak.i, 6
Kathâs. Dhûrtas. S'riingârat. Sâh.; {karNam}, to give ear, listen S'ak. Kathâs.; {manas}, to direct the mind
to (loc.) MBh. xii, 2526; {kars} {kapolam}, to rest the cheek on the hand Kârand. xviii, 73 [474,1];
{nigaDAni} to put on or apply fetters Mriicch. vii, 6/7 {pAvakam}, to set on fire; {agnIn} to consume by
fire Mn. v, 168; {zAram}, to move a chess-man Das'. vii, 137; {argalam}, to draw a bolt, bar Kathâs. Râjat.
vi, 96; {jAnu}, to kneel upon (gen.) MBh. iii f.; {padam}, to tread upon [loc.] Bhartri. Hit. ii, 12, 25
SS'ankar. i, 38; to direct the steps Amar. 74; {viSam}, to poison Pañcar. i, 14, 80 (with acc.!); {garam} id.
VP. iv, 3, 16 (with gen.); -Â. to carry, hold, keep, preserve RV. AV. VS.; to show SV. i, 2, 1, 4, 7 (aor.
{adadiSTa}; {aded-} fr. {diz} RV.): Caus. {dApayati} (Pân. vii, 3, 36; aor. {adIdapat}, 4, 1 and 58 Kâs'.) to
cause to give or be given, cause to bestow or present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore VS. ix, 24 AV.
iii, 20, 8 Mn. &c.; to demand from (abl.) Mn. viii, 47; to cause to utter or speak Hariv. 15782 Yâjñ. ii, 6/7
{ghoSaNAm}, to cause to be made known Kathâs. lxiv, 86; to cause to place or advance, xii, 160; to cause
to perform, v, 112 to cause to be put on (loc.) MBh. i, 5724: Desid. {di4tsati} (Pân. 7-4, 54 and 58; p.
{di4dAsat} RV. x, 151, 2; {di4tsat}, ii, vii-ix AV. v, 7, 6 MBh.; Pot. {-tseyam} RV. viii MBh.; pf. 2. sg.
{didAsitha} AitBr. viii, 21 S'ânkhS'r. xvi, 16; cf. S'Br. xiii, 7, 1, 15) to wish to give, be ready to bestow RV.
&c.; to wish to give in marriage MBh. &c.: Intens. {dedIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66 Kâs'.; [cf. $; Lat. {do}; &c.]
daa*2 m. a giver RV. v, 41, 1 (dat. {de4}); vi, 16, 26 (nom. {dA4s}); ifc., giving, granting "' see {an-azva-},
{a-bhikSa-}, {azva-}, {Atma-}, &c. {-dA4}; {a4n-AzIr-}.
daaH = giving
daaDhaa* = f. (= and prob. fr. %{daMSTrA}) large tooth, tusk L.; wish, desire L.; number, multitude
daadhaara = holds
daakshyaM = resourcefulness
daakshiNa * = nif({I})n. (fr. {da4kSiNA} f.) belonging or relating to a sacrificial fee S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.;
relating to the south W.; ({A}) f. the southern country i.e. the Deccan (see below, {-ja}); n. a collection of
sacrificial fees (g. {bhikSA7di}); pl. N. of a Kânda of TS.
daanta* = 1 mfn. ( {dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; liberal
L.; m. a tamed ox or steer (cf. {damya}) Râjat. v, 432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or = {damanaka} L.;
N. of a son of Bhîma Nal. 1, 9; of a bull Kathâs. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.; ({A}) f. of an Apsaras
MBh. xiii, 1425.\\* = 2 mf({I})n. (fr. {danta}) made of ivory MBh. R. Sus'r.\\= 3 mfn. ending in {dA},
MânGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daana* = 1 n. the act of giving RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; giving in marriage (cf. {kanyA-}); giving up (cf.
{prANa-}, {Atma-}, {zarIra-} Pañc. ii); communicating, imparting, teaching (cf. {brakma-}); paying back,
restoring Mn. Yâjñ.; adding, addition (VarBriS.); donation, gift Lat. {donum}] RV. S'Br. &c. ({-naMdA}, to
offer a gñgift Mn. Yâjñ. Hit. &c.; {-nam prayam}, to bestow a gñgift Mn. iv, 234); oblation (cf. {udaka-},
{havir-}); liberality (cf. 2. {dAna}); bribery Mn.vii, 198 (cf. {upA7ya}).
daana* = 2 n. cutting off. splitting, dividing L.; pasture, meadow RV.; rut-fluid (which flows from an
elephant's temples) MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({dAna4}) m. (only in RV. but cf. {vasu-}) distribution of food or of
a sacrificial meal; imparting, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession; distributor, dispenser
RV. vii, 27, 4.
daana* = 3 n. purification L.
daanaiH = by charity
daanaM = charity
daanava = a demon
daaNDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A})
f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-
daane = in charity
daanena = by charity
daanika * = mfn. relating to a gift, &c. (only ifc.; cf. %{adhyayana-}, %{udaka-}, %{vara-}).
daara* =1 Inf({I})n. ( {dRR}) tearing up, rending (cf. {bhU-}); m. rent, cleft, hole TândyaBr. xv, 3, 7 (cf.
{udara-}, {karbu-}, {a-dAra-sRt}); ({I}) f. id. Sus'r.
daara* =2 m. pl. (probably not connected with s. {dAra} and {dRR}, but cf. Pân. 3-3, 20 Vârtt. 4) a wife
(wives) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({-An} {kR} or {pra-kR}, take to wife, marry MBh.; cf. {kRta-}); rarely m. sg.
(Âp. i, 14, 24 Gaut. xxii, 29) f. sg. (BhP. vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pañc. i, 450).
daaraa = woman
daaridrya = poverty
daars'a* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{darza}) relating to the new moon or the nñnew mñmoon sacrifice Kaus3. 24
; m. (scil. %{yajJa}) the nñnew moon sñsacrifice Mn. vi, 9.
daaruNa * = mf({A}, once {I})n. hard, harsh (opp. {mRdu}) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; rough, sharp, severe, cruel,
pitiless; dreadful, frightful; intense, violent Mn. MBh. R. S'ak. Pañc. &c.; (in comp. or {-am} before a vb.
to express excellence or superiority cf. g. {kASThA7di}); m. Plumbago Zeylanica L.; n. harshness,
severity, horror MBh.; {-Naka} n. N. of a disease of the roots of the hair Sus'r.; {-Nya} n. harshness (of
sound, TPrat. ii, 10).
daasa* = 1 m. fiend, demon; N. of certain evil beings conquered by Indra (e.g. Namuci, Pipru, S'ambara,
Varcin &c.) RV.; savage, barbarian, infidel (also {dA4sa}, opp. to {Arya}; cf. {dasyu}); slave, servant RV.
AV. Mn. &c.; a s'ûdra L. Sch.; one to whom gifts may be made W.; a fisherman (v.l. for {dAza}); ifc. of
names, esp. of S'ûdras and Kâya-sthas (but cf. also {kAli-}); ({I}) f. a female servant or slave AV. S'Br.
Mn. MBh. &c.; harlot L. Sch.; N. of a plant (= {nilA} or {pItA jhintI}, {kAka-jaGghA}, {nIlA7mlANa} &c.)
L.; an altar L.; N. of a river L.; ({dA4sa}) mf({I})n. fiendish, demoniacal, barbarous, impious RV.
daasosmyaham.h = disciple+am+I
daas'a * =(written also {dAsa}) m. fisherman, ferryman, mariner VS. xxx, 16 Mriicch. viii, 408, 9 MBh.
Hariv. &c.; the son of a Nishâda by a woman of the Âyogava caste Mn. x, 34; servant, slave L.; ({I}) f.
fisherwoman, female slave L. \\dAza * =3 the Vriiddhi form of 2. {daza} in comp.
Daakinii * = f. (of {-ka} Pân. 4-2, 51 Pat.) a female imp attending Kâlî (feeding on human flesh) BhP.x
BrahmaP. MârkP. Kathâs. ({DAginI}, cii, cviii f.) (cf. {zAk-}); N. of a locality S'ivaP. i, 38, 18.
daava * = conflagration, esp. a forest conflagration S'Br. MBh. &c.; fire, heat; distress L.; m. n. a forest
MBh. (always connected with fire) Ragh. ii, 8.
daaya* =1 mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 139; 141) giving, presenting (cf. {zata-}, {go-}); m. gift, present, donation MBh.
R. &c.; nuptial fee L. (cf. {su-}); gift at the ceremony of initiation W.; handing over, delivery Mn. viii, 165;
n. game, play Pañcad. \\2 m. share, portion, inheritance RV. TS. &c. ({dAyAd upA7gata}, obtained
through inheritance, Mit.; {dAyam upai9ti pitus}, he obtains his father's inheritance Br.); division, part
(ifc. = fold cf. {zata4-}); dismembering, destruction L.; irony L.; place, site L.
daayinii = giver
dadaami = I give
dadha* = mfn. (iii, i, 139) `" giving "' see %{iDA-}, %{ilA-}.\\1 mfn. (2, 171 Va1rtt. 3) `" giving "' RV. x, 46,
1; preserving (with acc.) Vop.; n. a house L.
dadhaami = create
dadhichii = a sage who gave his bones to the gods to make a thunderbolt
dadhmuH = blew
dadhmau = blew
dagdha = burned, tormented, pained, consumed by grief or hunger, distressed; dry, insipid; inauspicious;
miserable, execrable
dah.h = to burn
dainyayoga = Combination of planets (Yoga) which give rise to poverty. Usually it is caused by the
malefic conjunctions of house lords with the lords of the 6th, 8th or 12th houses
daiva = destiny
daivaH = godly
daivii = transcendental
daiviiM = divine
dal* = (= {dRR}) cl. l. {-lati} [pf. {dadAla}] Bhathth. xiv; aor. pl. {adAliSur}, xv) to, crack, fly open, split,
open (as a bud) Sus'r. ii, 16 Sis'. ix, 15 Bhâm. i, 4 Amar. Gît. Dhûrtas.: Caus. {dAlayati}, to cause to burst
Sus'r. Bhathth.: {dal-} id., Anargh. Gît. i, 8 Sch. [471, 2]; to expel Mâlatîm. viii, 1 Kathâs. lviii, 8; cii, 58; cf.
{ava-}, {ud-}, {vi-}.
da.nDaH = punishment
da.nsh.h = to bite
da.nshhTra = tooth
dakshaH = expert* = mf({A})n. able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent RV. &c.;
strong, heightening or strengthening the intellectual faculties (Soma), ix f.; passable (the Ganges) MBh.
xiii, 1844; suitable BhP. iv, 6, 44 Bhartri. iii, 64; right (opposed to left) RâmatUp. i, 22 Phetk. i; m. ability,
fitness, mental power, talent (cf. {-kratu4}), strength of will, energy, disposition RV. AV. VS.; evil
disposition RV. iv, 3, 13; x, 139, 6; a particular form of temple Hcat. ii, 1, 390; a general lover W.; a cock
Car. i, vi; N. of a plant L.; fire L.; Siva's bull L.; N. of an Âditya (identified with Prajâ-pati TS. iii S'Br. ii;
father of Kriittikâ S'ântik.) RV. if., x Nir. ii, xi; N. of one of the Prajâ-patis (MBh. xii, 7534 Hariv. VP. i, 7,
5 and 22, 4 BhP.iii, 12, 22 MatsyaP. cvl, 15 KûrmaP. &c. S'ak. vii, 27; born from Brahmâ's right thumb
MBh. i, xii Hariv. &c.; or from A-ja "', the unborn "' BhP. iv, 1, 47; or son of Pra-cetas or of the of 10
Pra-cetasas, whence called Prâcetasa MBh. i, xii f. Hariv. 101 VP. i, 15; father of 24 daughters by Pra-sûti
VP. i, 7, 17 ff. BhP. &c.; of 50 [or 60 MBh. xii, 61 36 R. iii, 20, 10; or 44 Hariv. 1 1521 ff.] daughters of
whom 27 become the Mooñs wives, forming the lunar asterisms, and 13 [or 17 BhP.; or 8 R.] those of
Kas'yapa, becoming by this latter the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are married
to Dharma Mn. ix, 128f. MBh. i, ix; xii, 7537ff. Hariv. VP. &c.; celebrating a great sacrifice [hence {dakSa
sya4yana}, `" N. of a sacrifice "' Mn. vi, 10] to obtain a son, he omitted, with the disapproval of Dadhîca,
to invite Siva, who ordered Vira-bhadra to spoil the sacrifice Hariv. 12212 [identified with Vishnu] ff.
VâyuP.i, 30, = BrahmaP. i LingaP. MatsyaP. xiii VâmP. ii-v S'ivaP. i, 8 Kâs'îKh. lxxxvii ff.; named among
the Vis've-devâs Hariv. 11542 VâyuP.; Briihasp. [Hcat] &c.); N. of a son of Garuda MBh. v, 3597; of a man
with the patr. Pârvati S'Br. ii, 4, 4, 6; of a law-giver Yâjñ. i, 5 Mn. ix, 88 Sch. &c.; of a son of Us'i-nara BhP.
ix, 23, 2; of one of the 5 Kânyakubja Brâhmans from whom the Bengal Brâhmansare said to have sprung
Kshiti7s'. i, 13 and 41; ({A}) f. the earth L.; cf. {a-tUta-}, {dina4-}, {samAna4}; {su-da4kSa}; {mArga-
dakSaka}; {dAkSAya4n}; $; Lat. {dex-ter}; Goth. {taiksvs}.
dAkSa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dakSa}) relating to Daksha (Hariv.) or to Dâkshi (Pân. 4-2, 112); southern,
dwelling in the south SS'ankar.; m. or n. the south (in {-SasyA7yana} n. the suñs progress towards
sñsouth, the winter solstice and sacrifice then performed Mn. vi, 10 [v.l. {dakS-}]); m. pl. N. of the
disciples of a partic. school (see {kumArI-d-}).
dakshiNa = South * = (also {-Na4} S'Br.) mf({A})n. (declined as a pron. when denoting relative position
[`" right "' or, southern "'] KâtyS'r. As'vGri. &c.; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; but not necessarily in abl. and
loc. sg. m. n. [{-Ne} KâtyS'r. Mn. ii, 63] and nom. pl. m.; except Hariv: 12390) able, clever, dexterous Pân.
1-1, 34 Kâs'. S'atr. (ifc.); right (not left) RV. AV. VS. &c. ({-NaM parI7}, to walk round a person with the
right side towards him "' BhP. iv, 12, 25; {-maMkR}, to place any one on the right side as a mark of
respect "', i, viii); south, southern (as being on the right side of a person looking eastward), situated to
the south, turned or directed southward AV. VS. &c.; coming from south (wind) Sus'r. Ragh. iv, 8; (with
{AmnAya}) the southern sacred text (of the Tântrikas), Kularn. iii; straightforward, candid, sincere,
pleasing, compliant MBh. iv, 167 R. S'ak.iv, 18 Sâh. iii, 35 Pratâpar. BrahmaP.; m. the right (hand or arm)
RV. i, viii, x TS. v; the horse on the, right side of the pole of a carriage, i, x VS. ix, 8; S'iva; m. or n. the
south Nal. ix, 23 R. iv; n. the righthand or higher doctrine of the S'âktas Kula7rn. ii; ({am}) ind. to the
right R. ii, 92, 13; ({A}) f. (scil. {go}), able to calve and give milk "', a prolific cow, good milch-cow RV.
AV.; a fee or present to the officiating priest (consisting originally of a cow cf. Kâty S'r. xv Lâthy. viii, 1, 2
). RV. Rc.; Donation to the priest (personified along with brâhmanas-pati, Indra, and Soma, i, 18, 5; x,
103, 8; authoress of x, 107 RAnukr.; wife of Sacrifice [Ragh. i, 31 BhP. ii, 7, 21, both being children of
Ruci and Akûti, iv, l, 4 f. VP. i, 7, 18 f.); reward RV. viii, 24, 2I; (offered to the Guru) MBh. v Ragh. v, 20
Kathâs. iv, 93 f.; ({-NAm A-} {diz}, to thank "' DivyA7v. vii, 104; Caus. to earn thanks, i); a gift, donation
(cf. {abhaya-}, {prA7Na-}) Mn. iii R. ii; (scil. {diz}) the south, Deccan L.; a figure of Durgâ having the
right side prominent W.; completion of any rite ({pra-tiSThA}) L.; ({e}) loc. ind. on the right side
Hemac.; ({At}) abl. ind. from or on the right side Pân. 5-3, 4; from the south, southward ib.; ({ena})
instr. ind. on the right or south (35), on the right side of or southward from (acc.; ii, 3, 31) S'Br. KâtyS'r.
MBh. &c. (with {kR}, to place or leave on the right BhP. v, 21, 8); ({ais}) instr. ind. to the right Kaus'. 77;
[cf. Lith. {de4szine7} f. the right hand. "']
danta* = m. (fr. &) = {da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc., {al} [Kathâs. xxi Caurap.] or {I}
[MBh. ix Mriicch. x, 13 VarBriS. Ghath.] Pân. 4-1, 55); the number 32 Ganit.; an elephant's tusk, ivory
MBh. R. &c. [468, 3]; the point (of an arrow? {atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge of a mountain,
Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas'arm. vii, 32; an arbour S'is'. iv, 40; a pin used in playing a lute, Haravij. i, 9; ({i})
f. = {-tikA} Sus'r. VarBriS.; (in music) N. of a composition; cf. {ibha-dantA}; {kuDmala-} and {krUra-
a-dantI} &c.
daNDa = a staff, also monetary punishment for wrong doing\\* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {dâ4ru}
and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given
at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see
{zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP.
xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner,
2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a
plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r.
xvii; the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of
length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii VarP.
BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a
constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff
or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f.
MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP.
xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294
MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment,
punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal; chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr.
xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of
Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii,
198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a
prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a
Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr
dANDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A})
f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-
bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.
daNDaM = stick(walking)
daNDii = Dandii
dala = leaf
Dam* = cl. 1. P. (p. {-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam* =1 cl.4. {dAmyati} (Pân. 7-3, 74; ind. p. {dAntvA} and {damitvA}, 2, 56; aor. Pass. {adami}, 3, 34
Kâs'.; P. {-mit} Bhathth. xv, 37) to be tamed or tranquillised S'Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv. {dA4myata}); to
tame, subdue, conquer MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. {damitvA}) Bhathth.: cl. 9. irreg. (? Subj.
2. sg. {da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. {damayati} (p. {-ma4yat}; Â. Pân. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower
RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Râjat.; Desid. see {dAn}; [cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]
dam* =2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. {damAm}); {pa4tir da4n} (gen. sg.) = {da4m-patis}, 99, 6; 105, 2; i,
149, 1; 153, 4; {pa4ti da4n} = {da4m-patI}, 120, 6; {zi4zur da4n} `" a child of the house "', x, 61, 20; [cf. $
&c.]
dama = self-control
dambha = of pride* m. N. of a man Râjat. viii, 1135; ({A}) f. N. of a weapon Buddh. L. * m. deceit, fraud,
feigning, hypocrisy Mn. iv, 163 MBh. &c.; Deceit (son of A-dharma and Mriishâ BhP.iv, 8, 2) Prab.ii;
Indra's thunder bolt L.; S'iva; N. of a prince ({darbha} AgP.; {rambha} VP.) PadmaP.
dambhaH = pride
daNDa* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick,
staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis
[with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "'
see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-},
{khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap,
parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar
of a lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick
(cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure
of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a
planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array
(cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf.
{nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control,
restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power,
army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a
symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal; chastisement and
imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride
L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii,
10361; N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr.
Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the
Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni
lagopodioides, Npr
dara* = (Pân. 3-3, 58) mfn. ( {dRR}) ifc., cleaving, breaking see {puraM-dara4}, {bhagaM-}; m. (g.
{ardharcA7di}, {uJchA7du}) = {-rI} R. ii, 96, 4; a conch-shell BhP. i, vf., x Kramadîp.; m. the navel Gal.;
`" stream "' see {asRg-}; fear MBh. v, 4622; n. poison (v.l. {dhara}) L.; ({I}) f. a hole in the ground, cave
MBh. R. Hariv. Kum. &c.; ({am}) ind. a little Bhartri. iii, 24.
darbha * = m. (2. {dRbh}) a tuft or bunch of grass (esp. of Kus'a grass; used for sacrificial purposes) RV.
i, 191, 3 AV. &c.; N. of a grass (different from Kus'a and Kâs'a Sus'r. i, 38; Saccharum cylindricum W.)
Lalit. xvii, 89 Sus'r.; (Pân. 4-1, 102; g. {kurv-Adi} v.l.) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 1 (Âs'vGri. Kâty. &c.); `" of
a prince "' see {dambha}.
darpaM = pride
darpaH = arrogance
darpaNa = Mirror
dars'a * = mfn. ( %{dris}) ifc. `" looking at, viewing "' see %{avasAna-}, %{Adinava-}, and %{vadhU-
darza4}, %{tattva-} ; `" showing "' see %{Atma-} ; m. `" appearance "' see %{ca4dir-darza4}, %{dur-},
%{prity-} ; (g. %{pacA7di}) the moon when just become visible, day of new moon, halfmonthly sacrifice
performed on that day AV. ; (parox.) TS. TBr. & S3Br. ix Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. &c. (n. MBh. iii, 14206) ; (Day
of) New Moon (son of Dha1tr2i BhP. vi, 18, 3 ; of Kr2ishn2a, x, 61, 14 ; N. of a Sa1dhya Va1yuP. ii, 5, 6) ;
du. = %{pUrNamAsa4} TS. Sch.
dars'ana = seeing * =darzana mf({I})n. showing. Pân. 5-2, 6; ifc. seeing, looking at (see {tulya-}, {deva-},
{sama-}.) Ragh. xi, 93; `" knowing see {dharma-}; exhibiting, teaching MBh. i, 583 BhP. v, 4, 11; n.
seeing, observing, looking, noticing, observation, perception RV. i, 116, 23 S'Br. xiv S'ânkhGri. v, 5 MBh.
&c. [471, 1]; ocular perception Sus'r. iv, 27; the eye-sight, vi, 17; inspection, examination Yâjñ. 1, 328
Hariv. 5460; visiting Yâjñ. i, 84 Kathâs. iii, 8; audience, meeting (with gen. Cân.; instr. with or without
{saha} Vet.; in comp. Ragh. xii, 60 S'ak. v, 5/6; vii, 25/26 Râjat. vi, 43; experiencing BhP. i, 8, 25;
foreseeing Ragh. viii, 71; contemplating Mn. viii, 9 and 23; apprehension, judgment S'ak. iii, 6/7
discernment, understanding, intellect Mn. vi, 74 Yâjñ. i, 8 Bhag. &c.; opinion Mâlav. v, 13/14 Kâm. ii, 6;
intention (cf. {pApa-}) R. i, 58, 18; view, doctrine, philosophical system (6 in number, viz. [Pûrva-]
Mîmânsâ by Jaim. Uttara-Mîmânsâ by Bâdar.; Nyâya by Gotama Vais'eshika by Kana7da Sânkhya by
Kap.; Yoga by Pat.) MBh. xii, 11045 f. BhP. &c.; the eye Sus'r. v, 8 S'ak. iv, 6 Prab. iii, 10; the becoming
visible or known, presence Âs'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. ii, 101; iv Yâjñ. i, 131; ii, 170 MBh. &c.; appearance (before
the judge) Mn. viii, 158 Yâjñ. ii, 53 Kâm.; the being mentioned (in any authoritative text) Kâty. S'r. i, xxvi
Lâthy. vi, ix Bâdar. i, s, 25 MBh. xiv, 2700; a vision, dream Hariv. 1285 Hit. iii, 0/1; ifc. appearance,
aspect, semblance Mn. ii, 47 MBh. (Nal. ii, 3; xii, 18 and 44) R. Ragh. iii, 57; colour L.; showing (cf.
{danta-}) Bhartri. ii, 26 Dhûrtas. i, 35/11 a mirror L.; a sacrifice L.; = {dharma} L.; ({I}) f. Durgâ Hariv.
10238; N. of an insect Npr.; cf. {a-}, {su-}.
darshaniiya = handsome
darshaya = show
darshayaamaasa = showed
darshitaM = shown
darshinaH = seers
das'a = (adj) ten* =1 ifc. for {-zA} ({ajpa-}, {udag-} &c.) \\=2 ifc. ({tri-}, {dvi-}, {nir-}) and in comp. for
{-zan} ({as}) f. pl. `" Decads "'N. of 10 Jain texts ({upA7saka-}. &c.) consisting of 10 chs. each.
das'aa * =f. ( {daMz}?) the fringe of a garment, loose ends of any piece of cloth, skirt or hem KâtyS'r. iv,
1, 17 ({UrNA}) Lâthy. viii, 6, 22 Kaus'. S'ânkhGri. ii, 12, 5 Mn. &c.; a wick Gobh. iv, 2, 32 ({kSauma-})
Kum. iv, 30 Bhartri. iii, i; state or condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood, &c.), condition,
circumstances R. Pañcat. Megh. &c.; the fate of men as depending on the position of the planets, aspect
or position of the planets (at birth &c.) VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj.; the mind L.; cf. {vastra-}; i. {daza}.
dasharatha = dasharatha's
dashaa = Planetary period or system of directions. Also means the actual Major planetary period itself.
There are many of these the most used being vi.nshottarii or 120 year cycle system. Others are
ashhTottari (108), Chatursheetisama (84), Dwadashottari (112), Dwisaptatisama (72), Panchottari (105),
ShashhTisama (60), Shatatri.nshatsama (36), Shodashottari (116), Yogini (30). These are lunar based.
Then there are Rashi (sign) based systems: chara, sthira, kaala chakra and kendraadi dashas etc
dashaa.nsha = One of the varga-s or harmonic divisions of a sign. This is the 10th division
dashaikaM = eleven
dashhTa = bite
dasyu* = m. ( {das}) enemy of the gods (e.g. {za4mbara}, {zu4SNa}, {cu4muri}, {dhu4ni}; all conquered
by Indra, Agni, &c.), impious man (called {a-zraddha4}, {a-yajJa4}, {a4-yajyu}, {a4-pRnat}, {a-vrata4},
{anya-vrata}, {a-karma4n}), barbarian (called {a-nA4s}, or {an-A4s} `" ugly-faced "', {a4dhara}, inferior
"', {a4-mAnuSa}, inhuman "'), robber (called {dhani4n}) RV. AV. &c.; any outcast or Hindû who has
become so by neglect of the essential rites Mn.; not accepted as a witness, viii, 66; cf. {traso4-}
({da4syave vR4ka} m. `" wolf to the Dasyu "'N. of a man RV. viii, 51; 55 f; {da4syave sa4has} n. violence
to the DñDasyu (N. of Turvîti), i, 36, 18).
dasyuhan* = m. (nom. {-hA4} instr. {-ghnA4})fn. destroying the Dasyus (Indra i, vi, viii [473,2]; Indra's
gift, x, 47, 4; {manyu4}, 83, 3; {ma4nas}, iv, 16, 10); {-ha4n-tama} mfn. (superl.) most destructive to the
Dasyus, vi, 16, 15 and viii, 39, 8 (Agni); x, 170, 2 (Light) Hariv. (Buddha); cf. Pân. 8-2, 17 Kâs'.
da *=1 the 3rd cerebral consonant (pronounced like {d} in {drum} by slightly turning the tip of the
tongue upwards [430,2]; and often in Bengal like a hard {r}).\\ *=2 m. a sound L.; a kind of drum W.;
fear L.; submarine fire L.; Siva L.; ({A}) f. a Dâkinî L.; a basket &c. carried by a sling L. \\*=1 the 3rd and
soft letter of the 4th or dental class. \\*=2 mf({A})n. (1. {dA}) ifc. (Pân. 3-2, 3) giving, granting, offering,
effecting, producing (e.g. {abhI7STa-}, `" giving any desired object "' Pañcat. ii, 50; {gaja-vAji-vRddhi-},
`" promoting the welfare of elephants and horses "' VarBriS. xviii, 5) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {agni-};
{a-doma-da4}; {anna-}, {artha-}, {garbha-}, {janma-} &c.); m. n. a gift L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=3 mfn. (
{do}) ifc. see {anala-}, 2. {jIva-}; m. n. the act of cutting off L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=4 mfn. (4. {da-}) ifc. see
{Rzya-da4}. \\*=5 = {da4t} cf. {a-panna-}, {panna-}; {So-Da}. \\ *=6 m. a mountain L.; n. a wife (derived
fr. {da4m-patI}) L.; ({A}) f. heat, pain L
dat * = m. (taking the form {da4nta} in the strong cases Pân. 6-1, 63) a tooth RV. (nom. {da4n}, x, 115, 2)
AV. VS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. BhP.; often ifc. (Pân. 5-4, 141-145) see {a-} &c.; {a-dat-ka}; {dac-chada} [cf. $, Lat.
{dens} &c.]
dattaM = given
daurbalyaM = weakness
daurmanasya = despair
dauraatmya* = n. badheartedness, wickedness, depravity MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-myaka} mfn. wicked, evil
(deed) R.
daur-gaha4 * = m. `" descendant of Dur-gaha "' patr. of Puru-kutsa (Naigh. `" horse "'). RV. iv, 42, 8.
daur-jana * = mf({I})n. consisting of bad people (company) Nalac.; {-nya} n. wickedness, depravity [499,
2]; evil, wrong Hit. BhP.; ill-will, envy, S'ârng P.
daur-hRda * = n. id. MBh. v, 751; m. villain Nîlak.; morbid longing of pregnant women L.
dava * = (see also daava). (2. {du}) a wood on fire BhP. viii, 6, 13; fire L. Sch.; burning, heat Car. i, 20;
fever W.; a forest L.; cf. {dAva}.
dayaa = mercy* = f. sympathy, compassion, pity for (loc. MBh. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c. [470,1]; gen. R. Hariv.
8486; in comp. MBh. xiv Hit. i, 6, 41 ) S'Br. xiv &c. ({-yAM} {kR}, `" to fake pity on "' [loc. MBh. Hit. i, 2,
7; gen. Vop.]); Pity (daughter of Daksha and mother of A-bhaya BhP. iv, 1, 49 f.) Hariv. 14035; cf.
{a-daya4}; {nir-}, and {sadaya}.
dayita = dear
Dayate = to fly
deha = body: * = m. n. ( {dih}, to plaster, mould, fashion) the body TÂr. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (in a triad with
{manas} and {vAc}) Mn. i, 104 &c.; ({-haMdhAraya}, to support the body i.e. exist Nal.); form, shape,
mass, bulk (as of a cloud; ifc. f. {A}) Var.; per. son, individual Subh.; appearance, manifestation ifc.
having the appearance of ({saMdeha-} Bâlar. iii, 43/44); N. of a country L.; ({I4}) f. mound, bank,
rampart, surrounding wall RV.
dehatrayaH = the three forms of bodies (corporal or physical, astral and causal
dehali = doorstep
dehin.h = man
deheshhu = bodies
deva = God* = mf({i})n. (fr. 3. {div}) heavenly, divine (also said of terrestrial things of high excellence)
RV. AV. VS. S'Br. (superl. m. {deva4-tama} RV. iv, 22, 3 &c.; f. {devi-tamA}, ii, 41, 16); m. (according to
Pân. 3-3, 120 {de4va}) a deity, god RV. &c.&c.; (rarely applied to) evil demons AV. iii, 15, 5 TS. iii, 5, 4, 1;
(pl. the gods as the heavenly or shining ones; {vi4zve devA4s}, all the gods RV. ii, 3, 4 &c., or a partic.
class of deities [see under {vi4zva}], often reckoned as 33, either 11 for each of the 3 worlds RV. i, 139, 11
&c. [cf. {tri-daza}], or 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 12 Âdityas [to which the 2 As'vins must be added] Br.; cf.
also DivyA7v. 68; with Jainas 4 classes, viz. {bhavanA7dhI7za}, {vyantara}, {jyotiSka}, and {vaimAnika};
{devA4nAm pa4tnyas}, the wives of the gods RV. VS. Br. [cf. {deva-patnI} below]) [492,3]; N. of the
number 33 (see above) Ganit.; N. of Indra as the god of the sky and giver of rain MBh. R. &c.; a cloud L.;
(with Jainas) the 22nd Arhat of the future Ut-sarpinî; the image of a god, an idol Vishn.; a god on earth
or among men, either Brâhman, priest RV. AV. (cf. {bhU-d-}), or king, prince (as a title of honour, esp. in
the voc. `" your majesty "' or `" your honour "'; also ifc. e.g. {zrI-harSa-d-}, {vikramA7Gka-d-}, king
devaaH = demigods
devaan.h = demigods
devaaya = Divine* = Nom. P., only p. {-ya4t} = {-vaya4t}, Maitr. and KapS. Kâthh.
devaM = God
devataa = goddess
devarishi* = m. `" a Riishi among the gods "'N. of Nârada, 16, 1 (cf. {-varSi}).
devarshi* = m. ({deva} + {RSi}) a Riishi, a saint of the celestial class, as Nârada, Atri &c. MBh. (xiv, 781
{sapta saptarSayaH} for {sñsapta devarS-}) R. Pur. &c. (cf. {brahmarSi} and {rAjarSi}); N. of S'iva MBh.
xiii, 1259; {-carita} n. the deeds of dñdivine sages MBh. xii, 7663; {-tva} n. state or rank of a dñdivine
sñsages BhP. i, 3, 8; {pitR-vallabha} m. sesamum Gal.; {-varya} m. chief of sages MW.
devalaH = Devala
devala* = 1 m. an attendant upon an idol (who subsists on the offerings made to it; oftener {-laka} Mn.
iii, 152; 180 MBh.); a virtuous or pious man Un. i, 108 Sch.; N. of a descendant of Kas'yapa and one of the
authors of RV. ix; of Asita or a son of AñAsita MBh. Pur.; of a man mentioned with AñAsita, Prav.; of an
astronomer Var.; of a legislator (also, {-bhaTTa}) Madhus. Kull.; of a son of Pratyûsha MBh. Hariv.; of an
elder brother of Dhaumya MBh.; of the husband of Eka-parnâ Hariv.; of the father of Sannati (the wife
of Brahma-datta) ib.; of the grandfather of Pân. Col.; of a son of Vis'vâ-mitra (pl. his descendants) Hariv.;
devanAgarii* = f. `" divine city writing "'N. of the character in which Sanskriit is usually written (prob.
from its having originated in some city) Col. MWB. 66, 1.
devaya* = Nom. P., only p., {-ya4t}, loving or serving the gods, religious RV. (cf. {a4-}); divine or shining
(?) BhP. iii, 20, 22.
devi = Goddess
devii = Goddess * = f. (cf. {deva4}) a female deity, goddess RV. AitBr. MBh. &c. (e.g. Ushas RV. vii, 75, 5;
Sarasvatî, v, 41, 17; Sâvitrî, the wife of Brahmâ MBh.; Durgâ, the wife of S'iva MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; the 4
goddesses of Buddhists are Rocanî, Mâmaki, Pândurâ and Târâ Dharmas. iv); N. of nymph beloved by
the Sun L.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; (with Jainas) the mother of 18th Arhat of present Ava-sarpinî L.;
queen, princess lady (the consecrated wife or daughter of a king, but also any woman of high rank) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a kind of bird (= {zyAmA}) L.; a partic. supernatural power (= {kuNDalinI}) Cat.; worship,
reverence W.; N. of plants (colocynth, a species of cyperus, Medicago Esculenta &c.) L
deveshhu = amongst the demigodsdava *= a wood on fire B; fire; burning, heat = (water)
deyaM = is to be given
deyam.h = to be given
desha = country
deshe = land
dhaa * = 1 cl. 3. P. Â. {da4dhAti}, {dhatte4} RV. &c. &c. (P. du. {dadhva4s}, {dhattha4s}, {dhatta4s} [Pân.
8-2, 38]; pl. {dadhma4si} or {-ma4s}, {dhattha4}, {dAdhati}; impf. {a4dadhAt} pl. {-dhur}, 2. pl.
{a4dhatta} or {a4dadhAta} RV. vii, 33, 4; Subj. {da4dhat} or {-dhAt} [Pân. 7-3, 70 Kâs'.], {-dhas},
{-dhatas}, {-dhan}; Pot. {dadhyA4t}; Impv. {dAdhAtu} pl. {-dhatu}; 2. sg. {dhehi4} [fr. {dhaddhi}; cf.
Pân. 6-4, 119] or {dhattAt} RV. iii, 8, 1; 2. pl. {dhatta4}, i, 64, 15, {dhattana}, i, 20, 7, {da4dhAta}, vii, 32,
13, or {-tana}, x, 36, 13 [cf. Pân. 7-1, 45 Sch.]; p. {da4dhat}, {-ti} m. pl. {-tas}; Â. 1. sg. {dadhe4} [at once 3.
sg. = {dhatte4} RV. i, 149, 5 &c. and= pf.Â.], 2. sg. {dha4tse}, viii, 85, 5 or {dhatse4} AV. v, 7, 2; 2. 3. du.
{dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}; 2. pl. {-dhidhve4} [cf. pf.]; 3. pl. {da4dhate} RV. v, 41, 2; impf. {a4dhatta},
{-tthAs}; Subj. {da4dhase}, viii, 32, 6 [Pân. 3-4, 96 Kâs'.]; Pot. {da4dhIta} RV. i, 40, 2 or {dadhIta4}, v, 66,
1; Impv. 2. sg. {dhatsva}, x, 87, 2 or {dadhiSva}, iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. {dhaddhvam} [Pân. 8-2, 38 Kâs'.] or
{dadhidhvam} RV. vii, 34, 10, &c.; 3. pl. {dadhatAm} AV. viii, 8, 3; p. {da4dhAna}); rarely cl. 1. P. Â.
{dadhati}, {-te} RV. MBh.; only thrice cl. 2. P. {dhA4ti} RV.; and once cl. 4. Â. Pot. {dhAyeta} MaitrUp.
(pf.P. {dadhau4}, {-dhA4tha}, {-dhatur}, {-dhimA84}, {-dhur} RV. &c.; Â. {dadhe4} [cf. pr.], {dadhiSe4}
or {dhiSe} RV. i, 56, 6; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}, 2. pl. {dadhidhve4} [cf. pr.]; 3. pl. {dadhire4},
{dadhre}, x, 82, 5; 6, or {dhire}, i, 166, 10 &c.; p. {da4dhAna} [cf. pr.]; aor. P. {a4dhAt}, {dhA4t}, {dhA4s};
{adhu4r}, {dhu4r} RV. &c.; Pot. {dheyAm}, {-yur}; {dhetana} RV. TBr.; 2. sg. {dhAyIs} RV. i, 147, 5;
Impv. {dhA4tu} [cf. Pân. 6-i, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.]; 2. pl. {dhA4ta} or {-tana}, 3. pl. {dhAntu} RV.; Â. {adhita},
{-thAs}, {adhItAm}, {adhImahi}, {dhImahi}, {dhimahe}, {dhAmahe} RV.; 3. sg. {ahita}, {hita} AV. TÂr.;
Subj. {dhe4the} RV. i, 158, 2, {dhaithe}, vi, 67, 7; Impv. {dhiSvA84}, ii, 11, 18, &c.; P. {adhat} SV.; {dhat}
RV.; P. {dhAsur} Subj. {-sathas} and {-satha} RV.; Â. {adhiSi}, {-Sata} Br.; Pot. {dhiSIya} ib. [P. vii, 4,
45]; {dheSIya} MaitrS.; fut. {dhAsyati}, {-te} or {dhAtA} Br. &c.; inf. {dhA4tum} Br. &c.; Ved. also
{-tave}, {-tavai4}, {-tos}; {dhiya4dhyai} RV.; Class. also {-dhitum}; ind. P. {dhitvA4} Br.; {hitvA} [Pân.
7-4, 42], {-dhA4ya} and {-dhA4m} AV.: Pass. {dhIya4te} RV. &c. [Pân. 6-4, 66], p. {dhIya4mAna} RV. i,
155, 2 [513, 3]; aor. {a4dhAyi}, {dhA4yi} RV. [Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.]; Prec. {dhAsISTa} or {dhAyiSISTa} [vi, 4,
62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with {daNDam}, to inflict punishment on [with loc.
MBh. v, 1075, with gen. R. v, 28, 7]; with {tat-padavyAm padam}, to put one's foot in another's footstep
i.e. imitate, equal Kâvya7d. ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.; with {Are4}, to remove) RV.
AV. S'Br.; (Â.) to direct or fix the mind or attention ({cintAm}, {manas}, {matim}, {samAdhim} &c.)
upon, think of (loc. or dat.), fix or resolve upon (loc. dat. acc. with {prati} or a sentence closed with {iti})
RV. Mn. MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (loc. dat. or gen.) RV. Br. MBh.
&c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share RV. i, 81, 3); to appoint, establish,
constitute RV. S'Br.; to render (with double acc.) RV. vii, 31, 12 Bhartri. iii. 82; to make, produce,
generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute RV. TBr. S'vetUp. &c. (aor. with {pUrayAm},
{mantrayAm}, {varayAm} &c. = {pUrayAm} &c. {cakAra}); to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support,
wear, put on (clothes) RV. AV. Kâv. BhP. &c.; (Â.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb), get, take
(with {o4kas} or {ca4nas}, to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.]) RV. AV. Br.; to assume, have,
possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo RV. Hariv. Kâv. Hit.etc.: Caus. {-dhApayati} Pân. 7-3, 36 (see
{antar-dhA}, {zrad-dhA} &c.): Desid. {dhi4tsati}, {-te} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to put in or lay on (loc.) RV.
AitBr. (Class. Pass. {dhitsyate}; {dhitsya} see s.v.); {di4dhiSati}, {-te}, to wish to give or present RV.; (Â.)
to wish to gain, strive after (p. {di4dhiSANa}, x, 114, 1) ib.: with {avadya4m}, to bid defiance ib. iv, 18, 7
(cf. {didhiSA4yya}, {didhiSu4}): Intens. {dedhIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66. [Cf. Zd. {dâ}, {dadaiti}; Gk. $;
&158945[513, 3] Lith. {dedu4}, {de4ti}; Slav. {dedja}, {diti}; Old Sax. {duan}, {do7n}, Angl. Sax. {do7n},
Engl. {do}; Germ. {tuan}; {tuon}, {thun}.]
dhaanya = grain
dhaa4na * = mfn. containing, holding (cf. {uda-}); n. receptacle, case, seat (cf. {agni-}, {kSura-}, {rajju-}
&c.; {-nam akto4s} prob. = womb or bosom of the night RV. iii, 7, 6); ({I}) f. = n. (cf. {aGgAra-},
{gopAla-}, {rAja-} &c.); the site of a habitation L.; coriander L.; N. of a river L.; ({A4}) f. see s.v.
dhaanaaq4 * = f. corn, grain (originally the grains of seed from their being `" laid "' into and `" conceived
"' by the earth cf. 1. {dhA}, but usually = fried barley or rice or any grain fried and reduced to powder)
RV. &c. &c.; coriander L.; bud, shoot L.
dhaaraNa* = mf({I})n. holding, bearing, keeping (in remembrance), retention, preserving, protecting,
maintaining, possessing, having (ifc. or with gen.) TÂr. MBh. Sus'r.: BhP.; assuming the shape of (gen.),
resembling MBh.xiii, 739; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of Kas'yapa ib.; of a prince of the Candravatsas
ib.; du. the two female breasts L.; ({dhA4raNa}) n. the act of holding, bearing &c. S'Br. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; wearing (see {liGga-}); suffering, enduring R.; keeping in remembrance, memory TÂr. Mn. MBh.
Hariv.: immovable concentration of the mind upon (loc.) Veda7ntas.; restraining (cf. {zvAsa-}); keeping
back i.e. pronouncing imperfectly Prât.; ({A} and {I}) f. see {dhAraNA} and {-NI}.
dhaaraNaa* = f. (cf. {-Na}, col. 1) the act of holding, bearing, wearing, supporting, maintaining MBh. R.;
retaining, keeping back (also in remembrance), a good memory KathhUp. GriS. MBh. BhP.; collection or
concentration of the mind (joined with the retention of breath) Mn. MBh. Sus'r. Kâv. Pur. &c.; cf. MWB.
239 ({-NAM-dhR}, to exercise concentration Yâjñ.; {-NAM gataH}, having composed one's self R.);
understanding, intellect Yâjñ. iii, 73; firmness, steadfastness, righteousness L.; fixed preceptor settled
rule, certainty Mn. MBh.; pl. the 8th to the 11th day in the light half of month Jyaishthha Var.
dhaataa = supporter
dhaatu = verb
dhaatu * = 1 m. layer, stratum KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; constituent part, ingredient (esp. [and in RV. only] ifc.,
where often= `" fold "' e.g. {tri-dhA4tu}, threefold &c.; cf. {triviSTi-}, {sapta-}, {su-}) RV. TS. S'Br. &c.;
element, primitive matter (= {mahA-bhUta} L.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (usually reckoned as 5, viz. {kha} or
{AkAza}, {anila}, {tejas}, {jala}, {bhU}; to which is added {brahma} Yâjñ. iii, 145; or {vijJAna} Buddh.); a
constituent element or essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5 mentioned above and
conceived either as 3 humours [called also {doSa}] phlegm, wind and bile BhP. [cf. {purISa}, {mAMsa},
{manas}, ChândUp. vi, 5, 1]; or as the 5 organs of sense, {indriyANi}.[cf. s.v. and MBh. xii, 6842, where
{zrotra}, {ghrANa}, {Asya}, {hRdaya} and {koSTha} are mentioned as the 5 dhñdhâtu of the human body
born from the either] and the 5 properties of the elements perceived by them, {gandha}, {rasa}, {rUpa},
{sparza} and {zabda} L.; or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen Sus'r.
[L. {rasA7di} or {rasa-raktA7di}, of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin, sinews
BhP.]); primary element of the earth i.e. metal, mineral, are (esp. a mineral of a red colour) Mn. MBh.
&c. element of words i.e. grammatical or verbal root or stem Nir. Prât. MBh. &c. (with the southern
Buddhists {dhAtu} means either the 6 elements [see above] Dharmas. xxv; or the 18 elementary spheres
[{dhAtu-loka}] ib. lviii; or the ashes of the body, relics L. [cf. {-garbha}]). \\2 mfn. ( {dhe}) to be sucked
in or drunk ({havis}) RV. v, 44, 3 f. = {dhenu}, milch cow Lâthy. vii, 5, 9. \\3 n. (with {rauhiNa}) N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.
dhaatrI* = f. `" female supporter "', a nurse MBh. Kâv. &c.; midwife Hit. iv, 61; mother Yâjñ. iii, 82; the
earth Var. MBh. Hariv. &c.; Emblica Officinalis Var. Sus'r. (some derive it fr. {dhe} cf. {dhAyas} and Pân.
3-2, 181). [514,2]
dhaaraNaa = concentration
dhaarayan.h = considering
dhaarayaami = sustain
dhaariNi = wearer
dhaarma* = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{dharma}) relating to justice or virtue S3Br. ; belonging to Dharma (god
of justice) MBh.\\Vr2iddhi form of %{dharma} in comp.
dhaarmika* = mf({I})n. righteous, virtuous, pious, just Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; resting on right, conformable
to justice (mind, words &c.) R.; m. judge L.; a bigot Kâd.; juggler Ratn.; a Bodhi-sattva L.
dhaava* = mfn. washing, cleansing (ifc.; cf. {asi-}, {caila-}); m. see {danta-}.
dhaav.h = to run
dhairya = courage
dhamana *V = dispeller, subduer * dhamana blowing with a bellows L.; blowing i. e. scaring away (cf.
{mAyA-}); cruel L.; m. reed Bhpr. [510, 1]; Azadirachta Indica L.; m. or n. a partic. high number Buddh.;
n. melting (of ore).
dhana = money * = n. the prize of a contest or the contest itself (lit. a running match, race, or the thing
raced for; {hita4M} {dhA7nam}, a proposed prize or contest; {dhanaM-ji}, to win the pñprize or the
fight) RV.; booty, prey ({dhanam-bhR} Â., to carry off the prize or booty) RV. AV.; any valued object,
(esp.) wealth, riches, (movable) property, money, treasure, gift RV. &c. &c.; capital (opp. to {vRddhi}
interest) Yâjñ. ii, 58; = {go-dhana} Hariv. 3886; (arithm.) the affirmative quantity or plus (opp. to
{RNa}, {kSaya}, {vyaya}, {hAni}); N. of the 2nd mansion Var.; m. N. of a merchant HParis'. Sinha7s.
dhanaM = wealth
dhanayoga = The 2nd, 5th, 9th and 11th are Wealth producing houses. Any inter-relation of their lords,
by way of position aspect or conjunction, will produce money. The more strongly they are inter-related,
the more wealth is promised in the birth chart, which the native will get eventually in the related major
or sub-periods
dhanaani = wealth
dhanushhaM = bow
dhanushhaa = thro'bow
dhanvan * n. a bow RV. &c. (esp. ifc.; cf. {asthi-}, {ugra-}, {kSipra-} &c., and Pân. 5-4, 132 &c. Vâm. v, 2,
67); rain-bow MânGri. i, 4; the sign of the zodiac Sagittarius Jyot.; (also m.) dry soil, shore
({samudasya}; cf. {dhanu}); a desert, a waste RV. &c. &c.; m. Alhagi Maurorum L.; N. of a country. BhP.
(Cf. {dhanu}, {-nus}.)
dhara* = mf({A})n. ( {dhR}) bearing, supporting (scil. the world, said of Kriishna and S'iva) MBh.; ifc.
holding, bearing, carrying, wearing, possessing, having, keeping (also in memory), sustaining,
preserving, observing (cf. {aMzu-}, {akSa-}, {kulaM-} &c.) MBh. R. &c.; m. a mountain Kir. xv, 12 (cf.
{kSiti-}, {bhU-} &c.); a flock of cotton L.; a frivolous or dissolute man (= {viTa}) L.; a sword Gal.; N. of a
Vasu MBh.; of a follower of the Pândavas ib. of the king of the tortoises L.; of the father of Padma-
prabha (6th Arhat of pres. Ava-sarpinî) L.; ({A}) f. `" bearer, supporter "', the earth Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
the uterus or womb Bhpr.; a vein or tubular vessel of the body L.; marrow L.; a mass of gold or heap of
valuables (representing the earth and given to Brâhmans) W.; one of the 8 forms of Sarasvatî id.; N. of
one of the wives of Kas'yapa (mother of the land and water-birds, prob. = the Earth) Hariv. 232 (v.l.
{irA}); n. poison L. (v.l. {dara})
daambhika * = mf(%{I})n. id. ; m. a cheat, hypocrite Mn. MBh. Hariv. ; Ardea Nivea L. (cf. %{baka}).
dhaara* = 1 mf({I})n. ( {dhR}) holding, supporting, containing (ifc.; cf. {karNa-}, {chattra-}, {tulA-} &c.);
m. N. of Vishnu L.; debt L.
dhaara* = 2 m. or n. (1. {dhAv}) stream, gush (cf. {taila-} [add.] and {toya-}); mfn. coming down in a
stream or as rain Sus'r. Bhpr.
dhaa4raa* = 1 f. stream or current of water; (cf. {tri-}, {dvi-}, {zata-}, {sahasra-}), flood, gush, jet, drop
(of any liquid), shower, rain (also fig. of arrows, flowers, &c.; {va4sor dh-}, `" source of goodN. of a
partic. libation to Agni AV. S'Br. MBh.; of a sacred bathing-place MBh.; of Agni's wife BhP.); a leak or
hole in a pitcher &c. L.; the pace of horse S'is'. v, 60 (5 enumerated, viz. {dhorita}, {valgita}, {pluta},
{ut-tejita}, {ut-te7rita}, or {A-skandita}, {recita} for the two latter L.; with {paramA}, the quickest pace
Kathâs. xxxi, 39); uniformity, sameness (as of flowing water?) L.; custom, usage W.; continuous line or
series (cf. {vana-}); fig. line of a family L.; N. of a sacred bathing-place (also with {mAhezvarI} cf. above)
MBh.; of a town (the residence of Bhoja) Cat.
dhaara* = 3 m. a sort of stone L.; edge. boundary L. (cf. 2. {dhArA}); deep place, depth W. (to 1.
{dhAra}?).
dhaa4raa* = 2 f. (2. {dhAv}) margin, sharp edge, rim, blade (esp. of a sword, knife, &c.; fig. applied to the
flame of fire) RV. S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the edge of a mountain L.; the rim of a wheel Ragh. xiii, 15; the
fence or hedge of a garden L.; the van of an army L.; the tip of the ear L.; highest point, summit (cf.
{-rA7dhirUDha}) glory, excellence L.; night L.; turmeric L.
dhak 1 nom. fr. %{dagh} or %{dah} (cf. %{dakSiNa-dagh} and %{uza4-dah}).//2 an exclamation of wrath
Uttarar. iv , 23.
dhAka * = m. an ox Un2. iii , 40 Sch. ; a receptacle (= %{AdhAra} ; v.l. %{AhAra} , food) ib. ; a post L. ;
(%{A}) f. Pa1n2. 7-4 , 13 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [cf. $].
dhara = earth
dharaM = wearing
dharaNa* = mf({I})n. bearing, supporting VS. TÂr.; m. a dike or bank L.; the world L.; the sun L.; the
female breast L.; rice-corn L.; N. of a king of the Nâgas S'atr.; m. or n. a sort of weight variously reckoned
as= 10 Palas, = 16 silver Mâshakas, = 1 silver Purâna, = 1/10 S'atamâna, = 19 Nishpâva, = 2/5 Karsha, =
1/10 Pala, = 24Raktikâ Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. Var. &c.; n. the act of bearing, holding, &c. Kâv.; bringing,
procuring (cf. {kAma-}); support, prop, stay (cf. {pRtkivI-}, {savana}.); a partic. high number Buddh. (cf.
{dhamana}, {dhamara}); ({I}) f. see s.v.
dharaNi = earth
dharati = to wear
dharayet.h = bears
dharitri = earth
dharma = religion * = 1 m. (rarely n. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; the older form of the RV. is %{dha4rman} q.v.)
that which is established or firm, steadfast decree, statute, ordinance, law ; usage, practice, customary
observance or prescribed conduct, duty ; right, justice (often as a synonym of punishment) ; virtue,
morality, religion, religious merit, good works (%{dha4rmeNa} or %{-mAt} ind. according to right or
rule, rightly, justly, according to the nature of anything ; cf. below ; %{mesthita} mfn. holding to the law,
doing one's duty) AV. &c. &c. ; Law or Justice personified (as Indra S3Br. &c. ; as Yama MBh. ; as born
from the right breast of Yama and father of S3ama, Ka1ma and Harsha ib. ; as Vishn2u Hariv. ; as
Praja1-pati and son-in-law of Daksha Hariv. Mn. &c. ; as one of the attendants of the Sun L. ; as a Bull
Mn. viii, 16 ; as a Dove Katha1s. vii, 89, &c.) ; the law or doctrine of Buddhism (as distinguished from the
%{saJgha} or monastic order MWB. 70) ; the ethical precepts of Buddhism (or the principal %{dharma}
called %{sUsra}, as distinguished from the %{abhi-dharma} or, further dharma and from the %{vinaya}
or `" discipline, these three constituting the canon of Southern BñBuddhism MWB. 61) ; the law of
Northern BñBuddhism (in 9 canonical scriptures, viz. Prajn5a1-pa1ramita1, Gan2d2a-vyu1ha, Das3a-
bhu1mi7s3vara, Samadhira1ja, Lan3ka7vata1ra, Saddharma-pun2d2arika, Tathagata-guhyaka, Lalita-
vistara, Suvarn2a-prabha1sa,ib. 69) ; nature, character, peculiar condition or essential quality, property,
mark, peculiarity (= %{sva-bhAva} L. ; cf. %{daza-dh--gata} S3Br. &c. &c. ;
%{upamAno7pameyayor@dh-}, the tertium comparationis Pa1n2. 2-1, 55 Sch.) ; a partic. ceremony MBh.
xiv, 2623 ; sacrifice L. ; the ninth mansion Var. ; an Upanishad L. ; associating with the virtuous L. ;
religious abstraction, devotion L. ; = %{upamA} L. (cf. above) ; a bow Dharmas3. ; a Soma-drinker L. ; N.
of the 15th Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 L. ; of a son of Anu and father of Ghr2ita Hariv. ; of a
sñson of Ga1ndha1ra and fñfather of Dhr2ita Pur. ; of a sñson of Haihaya and fñfather of Netra BhP. ; of
a sñson of Pr2ithu-s3ravas and of Us3anas ib. ; of a sñson of Su-vrata VP. (cf. %{dharma-sUtra}) ; of a
sñson of Di1rgha-tapas, Va1yup. ; of a king of Kas3mi1ra, Ra1j. iv, 678 ; of another man ib. vii, 85 ; of a
lexicographer &c. (also %{-paNDita}, %{-bhaTTa} and %{-zAstrin}) Cat. [Cf. Lat. {firmus}, Lith.
{derme4}.]\\ 2 Nom. P. %{-mati}, to become, law Vop.\\3 in comp. for %{-man} q.v. 2.\\ see p. 510, col.
3.
dharmaM = doctrines
dharman* = m. bearer, supporter, arranger RV. ; N. of a son of Br2ihad-ra1ja and father of Kr2itam2-jaya
VP. ; (%{dhA7rman}) n. (older than %{dha4rma} q.v., in later language mostly ifc. ; cf. below) support,
prop, hold RV. VS. ; established order of things, steadfast decree (of a god, esp. of Mitra-Varun2a), any
arrangement or disposition ; will, pleasure ; law, rule, duty ; practice, custom, mode, manner
(%{dha4rmaNA}, %{-mabhis} ; %{-maNas@pa4ri} in regular order, naturally ; %{svAya@dhar@maNe}
at one's own pleasure ; %{dharmaNi} with the permission of, %{a4dhi@dh-} against the will of [gen.])
RV. AV. VS. ; (esp. ifc.) nature, quality, characteristic mark or attribute S3Br. (cf. %{an-ucchitti-}) MBh.
(cf. %{uJcha-} [add.], %{kSatra-}, %{phala-}, %{phena}.) Var. (cf. %{dasyu-} [add.]) Kap. (cf. %{cid-dh-}
[add.]) Ka1v. (cf. %{vinAza-}.).
dharmapatnii = respectable address for wife, wife from prescribed vedic rituals
dharmasya = occupation
dharmaatmaa = righteous
dharme = religion
dharmin* = mfn. knowing or obeying the law, faithful to duty, virtuous, pious, just Gaut. MBh. R.;
endowed with any characteristic mark or peculiar property Hariv. Kâvya7d. (cf. below) Sâh.; (ifc.)
following the laws or duties of, having the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything as a
characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition Mn. MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. the bearer of any
characteristic mark or attribute, object, thing Kap.; N. of the 14th Vyâsa, DevîbhP.; of a king VP.; (inî) f. a
kind of perfume L.; N. of a woman (cf. {dhArmiNeya}).
dharmitA* = f. the being endowed with any chñcharacteristic mñmark or añattribute (ifc.) Sarvad.;
{-tA7va-} {ccheda} m. {-tA7vacchedakatA-vAda} and {-vAdA7rtha}, m. {-tA7vacchedaka-pratyAsatti} f.
{-tti-nirUpaNa} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-rahasya} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-vAda} m. N. of wks. [513, 1]
dharmitva* = n. virtuousness, justice, faithfulness to duty Kâm.; (ifc.) the being obliged to Gaut.; the
being endowed with or obnoxious to Sus'r. Kâv. Pur.
dharmiSTha* = mfn. (superl.) very virtuous or righteous, completely lawful or legal Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.
dharmIyas* = mfn. (compar.) more virtuous &c.; very pious or moral &c. W.
dharmya * = mfn. legal, legitimate ; usual, customary Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; just, virtuous, righteous
Mr2icch. ix, 5 ; endowed with qualities or properties, `" propertied "' Kat2hUp. ii, 13 (cf. %{tad-}) ;
suitable to (gen.) Pa1n2. 4-4, 47 ; N. of a man(cf %{-dhArmyAyaNa}) ; n. a customary donation, vi, 2, 65.
dharsha* n= m. ( {dhRS}) boldness, insolence, arrogance MBh. i, 7040 (cf. {dur-}); impatience W.;
paralysing, rendering weak or impotent ib.; violation (of a woman) ib.; injury, wrong, insult; restraint ib.;
a eunuch ib. (cf. below).
dharshita* = mfn. overpowered, violated, illtreated MBh. Hariv. Pur.; n. contumely, insolence W.;
copulation ib.; ({A}) f. an unchaste woman L.
dhaTa * = m. (prob. fr. {dhri} like {bhaTa} fr. {bhR}) a balance or the scale of a bñbalance Hcat. (cf.
{tulA-}); ordeal by the bñbalance Mit.; the sign of the zodiac Libra Jyot.; ({I}) f. old cloth or raiment; a
piece of cloth worn over the privities L.
dhatu = element
dhatte V* accepts; SB 1.2.23\\ is manifested; SB 1.10.25\\ eternally accepts; SB 1.15.35\\ take place; SB
1.19.14\\accepts; SB 2.10.36\\ executes; SB 3.5.13\\ He assumes; SB 3.17.31\\she inflicts; SB 3.27.24\\
has taken; SB 4.8.26\\accept; SB 5.1.13\\gives; SB 6.1.51\\ possesses; SB 6.8.32-33\\ accepts; SB 7.2.22\\
he assumes; SB 7.14.41\\ one possesses; SB 7.15.45\\He performs; SB 8.1.13\\He accepts; SB 8.5.22\\
dhatte &emdash; accepts the forms of incarnations; SB 8.24.5\\takes upon Himself; SB 10.74.3\\
manifests; SB 10.87.46\\ (the devotee) places; SB 11.4.10\\ He impregnates; SB 11.6.16\\assumes its
position; SB 11.22.17\\gives; CC Antya 1.150
dhauta = white* = mfn. (2. {dhAv}) washed, cleansed, purified TândBr. Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; washed off,
removed, destroyed Kâlid. S'is'. Bhathth. (cf. {dhUta4}) [520, 3]; polished, bright, white, shining MBh.
Kâv. &c.; ({I}) f. washing Sinha7s.; n. id. Cân.; silver L.
dhavala = white
dhava* = 1 m. Grislea Tomentosa or Anogeissus Latifolia AV. MBh. &c. Sus'r. Bhpr. \\2 m. (accent. only
Naigh.; said by some to be fr. {dhU}, but more probably a secondary formation fr. {vi-dha4vA} q.v.) a
man Naigh. ii, 3 Pañc. ii, 109; a husband BhP. i, 16, 20; lord, possessor Hariv. 14952; rogue, cheat L.; N. of
a Vasu (w.r. for {dhara}?) VP.
dhenu = a cow
dhenuunaaM = of cows
dhii * = 1 cl. 3. Â. {dIdhIte}, &c. RV. (cf. {dIdhI}; the forms {dhImahi} and {a4dhAyi} belong rather to 1.
{dhA}; pf. {dIdhaya}, {-dhima}, {-dhiyur} or {-dhyur}, {-dhire} RV. AV. Br.) to perceive, think, reflect;
wish, desire: Intens. {dedhyat} TS. \\ 3 cl.4. Â. {dhIyate}, to contain, bold (Pass. of 1. {dhA}?); to slight,
disregard; to propitiate (?) Dhâtup. xxvi, 37.
dhii * 4 = 2 f. thought, (esp.) religious thought, reflection, meditation, devotion, prayer (pl. Holy
Thoughts personified) RV.; understanding, intelligence, wisdom (personified as the wife of
Rudra-Manyu BhP.), knowledge, science, art; mind, disposition, intention, design (ifc. intent upon Kâv.);
notion, opinion, the taking for (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({ya4thA dhiyA4} or {dhiyA4 na4}, according to thy
wisdom or will; {itthA4 dhiyA4} or {dhi4yaH}, willingly lit. such is thy will RV.); N. of the 5th house
from the Lagna Var. \\ 4 f. for {dI}, splendour RV. iii, 34, 5; vi, 3, 3.
dhiira* = 1 mf({I4} or {A})n. intelligent, wise, skilful, clever, familiar with, versed in (loc.) RV. &c. &c.
(compar. {dhI4ra-tara} AV. R.); m. N. of a Buddha L.; of sev. men with the patr. S'ataparneya S'Br. -1.
dhiira* = 2 mf({A})n. ( {dhR} or {dhA}? cf. Un. ii, 24) steady, constant, firm, resolute, brave, energetic,
courageous, self-possessed, composed, calm, grave Hariv. Kâv. Pur.; deep, low, dull (as sound) Kâlid.
Amar. &c.; gentle, soft L.; well-conducted, well-bred L.; ({am}) ind. steadily, firmly &c.; m. the ocean, sea
(as an image of constancy?); N. of Bali L.; of other men Râjat.; f. N. of sev. medic. plants ({kAkolI},
{kSIra-kAk-}, {mahA-jyotiSmatI}, {medA}, {zveta-vacA}, Rosa Glandulifera) Bhpr. L.; an intoxicating
beverage L.; a woman who keeps down all expression of resentment or jealousy Sâh.; N. of a woman
Cat.; n. saffron L. (not always, esp. in comp., separable from 1. {dhIra}).
dhiiraM = patient
dhiirataa = courage
dhi * =1 cl. 6. P. {dhiyati} ({didhAya}, {dheSyati} &c.) to hold (Dhâtup. xxviii, 113). Prob. abstracted fr. 1.
{dhA}, of which it is the weak form. \\ 2 m. receptacle (only ifc.; cf. {ambu-}, {iSu-} &c.) \\ 3 or {dhinv}
cl. 5. P. {dhinoti} (aor. {adhinvIt} Br.; pf. {didhinva}; fut. {dhinviSyati}, {dhinvitA} Gr.) to nourish,
satiate, satisfy Br.; to delight, please Kâv.
dhik * = ind., used as a prefix or as an interj. of reproach, menace or displeasure = fie! shame! out upon!
what a pity! &c. (with acc., rarely gen. voc. or nom.) Up. Lâthy. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhig dhik}, {aho
dhik}, {hA dhik}, {hA dhik kaSTam}, {hA8 hA dhik} &c.; {dhik tvAm}, or {tava} [also with {astu}] shame
upon you!)
dhik.h = to be condemned
dhishnya * = mfn. mindful, attentive, benevolent, liberal (As'vins) RV. i, 3, 2; 89, 4 &c.; devout, pious
(voice, hymn), x, 114, 9; m. (f. {A} only RV. iv, 3, 6; n. MBh. i, 7944) a sort of subordinate or side-altar
(generally a heap of earth covered with sand on which the fire is placed, and of which 8 are enumerated,
viz. besides the {AgnIdhrIya} [in the Âgnîdhra] those in the Sadas [see s.v.] belonging to the {hotR}, the
{maitrA-varuNa} or {pra-zastR}, the {brAhmaNAcchaMsin}, the {potR}, {neSTR} and {acchA-vAka}; and
the {mArjAlIya}) Br. S'rS. &c. (cf. {klRpta-}) &c.; N. of Us'anas i.e. the planet Venus L. (cf. {dhiSaNa});
({A}) f. a meteor Var. (n. only MBh. v, 7272); n. site, place, abode, region, house MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; the
seat of a god i.e. a quarter of the sky VP.; star, asterism (looking like the fire on the side altars) Var.; the
orb of an asterism (on which its light seems to centre) MBh. VP.; power, strength L.; mfn. placed upon a
mound of earth serving as an altar AV. Br. &c.; m. (with or scil. {agni}) a fire so placed VS. TS.&c.
dhiyati= dhi
dhruva*= mf(%{A4})n. (prob. fr. %{dhR}, but cf. %{dhru} and %{dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable,
unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a
vow &c.; with %{svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pa1n2. 6-2, 177; with %{dhenu} f. a cow
which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with %{diz} f. the point of the heavens directly under the
feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. %{diz}] AV. Br. [521,3]; with %{smRti} f. a strong or
retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under %{karaNa} and %{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix,
101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; ifc. = %{pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son
of Utta1na-pa1da and grandson of Manu) Gr2S. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Su1ryas.; the unchangeable
longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip
of the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn
in the morning is not offered till evening S3Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song
(recurring as a kind of burthen) or a partic. time or measure (%{tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a
computation of dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om Ra1matUp.; of Brahma1 L.;
of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth Gr2S. TA1r.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv.
Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin2i1 BhP.; of an A1n3girasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.;
of a son of Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pa1n2d2us ib.; of a son of Ranti-na1ra (or Ranti-bha1ra)
Pur.; (%{A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with %{juhU} & %{upabhRt}) VS.
S3Br. &c.; (scil. %{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil. %{strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium
Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point
(from which a departure takes place) Pa1n2. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the
Abhinidha1na) RPra1t.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; (%{am}) ind. firmly, constantly,
certainly, surely Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhri = to bear
dhriti* = f. holding, seizing, keeping, supporting (cf. {carSaNI-}, {vi-}), firmness, constancy, resolution,
will, command RV. &c. &c. [519, 3]; satisfaction, content, joy MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tiM-kR}, to keep ground
or stand still MBh. vii, 4540; to find pleasure or satisfaction Ratn. iv, 4/5; {-tim-bandh}, to show
firmness Amar. 67; to fix the mind on Mn. v, 47); Resolution or Satisfaction personified as a daughter of
Daksha and wife of Dharma (MBh. Hariv. Pur.) or as a S'akti (Hcat. &c.); N. of partic. evening oblations
at the as'vamedha S'Br.; any offering or sacrifice W.; of sev. kinds of metre and of a class of metres
consisting of 4 X 18 syllables Col.; of the numeral 18 Var. Ganit.; of one of the astrol. Yogas. L.; of a
mythical garden Gol.; of one of the 16 Kalâs of the moon Pur.; of a goddess (daughter of a Kalâ of
Prakriiti and wife of Kapila) ib.; of the wife of Rudra-Manu ib.; of the 13th of the 16 Mâtriikâs L.; m. wish
{kSatrasya} = {kSatra-dh-} Lâthy.; N. of one of the Vis've Devâs MBh.; of a preceptor Cat.; of the son of
Vijaya and father of Dhriita-vrata Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vîta-havya and father of Bahula7s'va Pur.; of a
son of Babhru L.; of a Varsha in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.
dhrita = ghee *
dhrita * = mfn. held, borne, maintained, supported kept, possessed; used, practised, observed RV. &c.
&c.; measured, weighed (with or scil. {tulayA}) MBh.; worn (as clothes, shoes, beard, &c.) Mn. MBh.
Kâv.; kept back, detained ({kare}, by the hand) Hit.; drawn tight (reins) S'ak.; turned towards or fixed
upon, ready or prepared for, resolved on (loc. or dat.) MBh. R.; continuing, existing, being ib.; prolonged
(in pronunciation) Prât. ({am} ind. solemnly, slowly Pañc. iii, 72/73); (with {antare}) deposited as
surety, pledged ib. iv, 31/32; quoted, cited by (comp.) L.; m. N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. (v.l.
{bhRtha}); of a descendant of Druhyu and son of Dharma Pur. (cf. {dhArteya}); n. a partic. manner of
fighting Hariv.
dhritaraashhTrasya = of Dhritarashtra
dhritiM = steadiness
dhritiH = firmness
dhriteH = of steadiness
dhritya = by determination
dhrityaa = determination
drishtha4 * = mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; visible, apparent AV.
VS.; considered, regarded, treated, used S'ak. iii, 7 Pañc. i, 401/402; appeared, manifested, occurring,
existing, found, real Kâv. Pañc. Hit.; experienced, learnt, known, understood MBh. Kâv. &c.; seen in the
mind, devised, imagined MBh. R.; allotted, destined ib.; settled, decided, fixed, acknowledged, valid Mn.
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation Sânkhyak. Tattvas.; (scil. {bhaya}) a real or obvious danger.
drishtha * = mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= {pra-khyAta} Sch.); {-TAnta}
see p. 662, col. 1.
dhrishhTaketuH = Dhrishtaketu
dhruvaM = certainly * = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. {dhR}, but cf. {dhru} and {dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable,
unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a
vow &c.; with {svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pân. 6-2, 177; with {dhenu} f. a cow
which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with {diz} f. the point of the heavens directly under the
feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. {diz}] AV. Br. [521, 3]; with {smRti} f. a strong or
retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under {karaNa} and {nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix,
101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son of
Uttâna-pâda and grandson of Manu) GriS. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Sûryas.; the unchangeable longitude
of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose
(?) L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the
morning is not offered till evening S'Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a
kind of burthen) or a partic. time or measure ({tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of dates
is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om RâmatUp.; of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva
S'ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth GriS. TÂr.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva
and Rohinî BhP.; of an Ângirasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha MBh.; of a
follower of the Pândus ib.; of a son of Ranti-nâra (or Ranti-bhâra) Pur.; ({A}) f. the largest of the 3
sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with {juhU} & {upabhRt}) VS. S'Br. &c.; (scil. {vRtti}) a partic. mode of
life Baudh.; (scil. {strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in
music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from which a departure takes place) Pân.
1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the Abhinidhâna) RPrât.; air, atmosphere L.; a
kind of house Gal.; ({am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({Aya}) ind.
for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhruvaH = a fact
dhruvaa = certain
dhuka* = m. a kind of plant (commonly Bhuyabora or Rânabora). L.; ({A}) f. id. ib.
dhumaH = smoke
dhuriNa = awakened/aroused?
dhuuka* = m. wind L.; rogue L.; time L.; Mimusops Elengi Car.
dhuuma = smoke
dhuumapaana = smoking
dhuumena = by smoke
dhuusaraH = grey
dhUr-jaTi * = m. `" having matted locks like a burden "', N. of Rudra-S'iva MBh. Kathâs. Hit. &c. ({-Tin}
MBh. xiii, 7510); N. of a poet (also {-rAja}) Cat.
dhvajaH = (m) flag * = m. (n. only Hariv. 9245 and g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. 2. {dhvaj}) a banner, flag,
standard (ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; a flag-staff W.; mark, emblem, ensign, characteristic, sign MBh. Hariv.;
attribute of a deity (cf. {makara-}, {vRSabha-} &c.); the sign of any trade (esp. of a distillery or tavern)
and the business there carried on Mn. iv, 85; a distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors L.; (ifc.) the
ornament of (e.g. {kula-dhvaja}) L.; the organ of generation (of any animal, male or female) Sus'r. L. (cf.
{puM-}, {strI-}); a skull carried on a staff (as a penance for the murder of a Brâhman W.; as a mark of
ascetics and Yogis MW.); N. of a tree (= {-vRkSa}) Cat.; a place prepared in a peculiar way for building L.
(in pros.) an iambic; (in Gr.) a partic. kind of Krama-pâthha: (in astrol.) N. of a Yoga; pride, arrogance,
dhvaMsana * = mfn. = {-saka} MBh. (cf. {dakSA7dhvara-}); spluttering Nir. ii, 9; n. destruction, ruin R.
BhP.
dhvani = sound
dhvanii = sound
dhvasta* = mfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost Br. &c. &c.; eclipsed, obscured Var.; scattered or covered
with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
dhyaana = contemplation * n. meditation, thought, reflection, (esp.) profound and abstract religious
meditation, ({-nam Apad}, {A-sthA} or {-naM-gam}, to indulge in rñreligious mñmeditation) ChUp. Mn.
MBh. Kâv. &c. (with Buddhists divided into 4 stages MWB. 209 Dharmas. lxxii; but also into 3 ib. cix);
mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity W.; insensibility, dulness Bhpr.; ({-na4}) m.
N. of a partic. personification MaitrS.; of the 11th day of the light half in Brahma's month
dhyaanam.h = meditation
dhyaanena = by meditation
dhyaayati = meditates
dhyaayantaH = meditating
dhyeyaM = is to be meditated
dina* =3 (accented only Naigh. i, 9) m. n. (g. %{ardharcA7di}, only occurring as n.) a day Mn. Ragh.
Pan5cat. and o. (ifc. also in Vedic texts) ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. i, 347. [Cf. Lat. {peren-dinus}, {nUndinus} &c.
; Got. {sin-teins} ; Lit. {de0na} ; O.Pr. acc. sg. {deinan} ; Slav. {dr2ni1}.]
(personified as the wife of Soma RV. 25, 26, of Rudra Ugra or RñRudra Vâmadeva Pur.); any serious
preparation (as for battle) MBh. Hariv. Kâv.; self-devotion to a person or god, complete resignation or
restriction to, exclusive occupation with (comp.; cf. {viraha-}, {zAka-}, {zRGgAra}.)diinajanaaya = to the
poor (humble state) people
diina* = mfn. (fr. 3. %{di}?) scarce, scanty RV. ; depressed, afflicted, timid, sad ; miserable, wretched Mn.
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{am}) ind. sadly, miserably S3iksh. 35 ; n. distress, wretchedness Hariv. Pan5c. ;
Tabernamontana Coronaria L. ; (%{A}) f. the female of a mouse or shrew L.
diipa = light
diipaH = lamp
diipaka = Lamp
diipta = blazing
diiptaM = glowing
diipti = light
diiptimantaM = glowing
diiptaiH = shining
diiyate = is given
diirgha = Long
diirghasuutrii = procrastinating
dina = Day
dinakara * = mf({I})n. making day or light; m. the sun Kâv. &c.; N. of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of the author
of the wk. Candra7rkî; of a Sch. on S'is'. ({mizra-d-}); of other men; ({I}) f. (scil. {TIkA}) N. of Comm. on
the Bhâshsp. and Siddha7nta-mukta7valî; {-ra-TppanI} f. N. of a Comm.; {-ra-tanaya} m. `" son of the
sun "', the planet Saturn Var.; {-ra-deva} m. N. of a poet; {-ra-bhaTTa} m. N. of an author; {-TIya} n. his
wk.; {-rA7tmaja} m. `" daughter of the sun "' patr. of the Yamunâ; {-rIya} n. {-ro4ddyota} m. N. of wks.
di4na-pati * = m. id. Ganit.; `" day-lord "', the sun Bhartri. Râjat.
dis' * = 1 cl. 3. P. {di4deSTi} (Imper. {di4deSTu} RV.; cl. 6. {diza4ti}, {-te} [later the only Pres. stem]; pf.
{dide4za}, {didize4}; fut. {dekSyati}, {-te} [{deSTA} Siddh.]; aor. {adikSat} S'Br. &c.; {adikSi}, {a4diSTa}
RV.; inf. {deSTum} MBh. etc.; {di4ze} RV.) to point out, show, exhibit RV.viii, 82, 15; to produce, bring
forward (as a witness in a court of justice) Mn. viii; to promote, effect, accomplish Kir., i, 18; to assign,
grant, bestow upon (dat. RV. ii, 41, 17 AV. xiv, 2, 13; gen. MBh. iii, 14278; xiii, 1843; loc. R. i, 2, 28); to pay
(tribute) Hariv. 16061; to order, command, bid (inf.) Kir. v, 28: Pass. {dizyate} MBh. &c.: Caus.
{dezayati}, {-te}; aor. {adIdizat}, to show, point out, assign MBh. R.; to direct, order, command ib.; teach,
communicate, tell, inform confess Buddh.: Desid. {didikSati}, {-te}, to wish to show &c.: Intens.
{de4diSTe}, 3. pl. {-zate}, (p. f. pl. {-zatIs}) to show, exhibit, manifest RV.; to order, command ib.: Pass.
{dedizyate}, to show or approve one's self. AV. VS. [Cf. Z. {dis}; Gk. $; Lat. {dîco}, &149116[479, 3]
{in-dricare} &c.; Goth. {teihan}; O. E. {te4on} (fr. {ti4han}).]
dis' * = 2 f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (four in number, viz.
{prAcI}, east; {dakSiNA}, south; {pratici}, west; and {udIcI}, north AV. xv, 2, 1 Âs'vGri. iv, 8 &c.;
Sometimes a 5th, {dhruvA} AV. iii, 9, 15 S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 10; and a 6th, {UrdhvA} AV. iii, 27, 1 S'Br. xiv, 6, 11,
5; and a 7th, {vy-adhvA} AV. iv, 40, l S'Br. ix, 5, 2, 8; but oftener 8 are given i.e. the 4 cardinal and the 4
intermediate quarters, S.E., S.W.N. W., and N. E. Mn. i, 13 [cf. {upa-}]; and even a 9th, and 10th, {tiryak}
or {adhas} and {Urdhvam} S'Br. vi, 2, 2, 34 MBh. i, 729; {dizAm pati} [cf. {dik-pati}) below] = Soma RV.
ix, 113, 2, or = Rudra VS.xvi, 17); quarter, region, direction, place, part (pl., rarely eg. the whole world e.g.
{dizi}, {dizi}, in all directions, everywhere Bhartri. i, 86; {digbhyas}, from every qñquarter BhP. i, 15, 8
[480, 2]; {dizo dizas}, hither and thither Pañc. ii, 116/117; {dizo'valokya}, looking into the qñquarter of
the sky i.e. into the air Ratn. iv, 4/5 {di4so 'ntAt}, from the extremities of the world ib., Introd. 6);
country, esp. foreign country, abroad (cf. {dig-Agata} and {-lAbha}, below); space (beside {kAla}) Kap. ii,
12; the numeral 10 (cf. above) S'rutab. Sûryas.; a hint, reference, instance, example Sus'r. Sâh. Sch.;
precept, order, manner RV. [cf. $ O. H.G. {zeiga} (see also {dizA})]; mark of a bite L.; N. of a river MBh.
vi, 327.
dishtha * = mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned ({diSTA gatis}, the appointed way "' i.e. death
R. ii, 103, 8); fixed, settled; directed, bidden RV. AV. MBh. R. &c.; m. time L.; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a
son of Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place ChUp. v, 9, 2; aim, goal TBr. ii, 4, 2, 2 &c.; allotment,
assignment, decree; fate, destiny AV. x, 3, 16 MBh.; direction, order, command BhP. v, 1, 11 &c. Râjat. iv,
121; a description according to space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishtha4-kArin * =mfn. executing an order or acting according to fate BhP. iv, 28, 1.
dishtha4-dRz * =mfn. looking at fate or at one's lot BhP. iv, 21, 22.
dishtha4-bhAva * =m. `" appointed state "' i.e. death MBh. v, 4529.
dishtha4-bhuj * =mfn. reaping the appointed results of one's works BhP. vii, 13, 39.
dishthA7nta * =m. `" appointed end "' i.e. death MBh. R. &c.
dishthi * =f. direction, prescription, TândyaBr. xxv, 18; auspicious juncture, good fortune, happiness
(esp. instr. {-TyA}, thank heaven! I congratulate you on your good luck! often with {vardhase}, you are
fortunate) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of measure of length Kaus'. Sch. on Kâty. Sr.
divaM = to heaven
divangataH = died
divasa = day
divasakritaM = day-time-done
divasasya = of days
divaakara = sun
divi = in heaven
divya = divine
divyaM = transcendental
divyaaH = divine
divyaan.h = celestial
divyaani = divine
divyau = transcendenta
diSTa * =fate, destiny; direction, order, command mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned, the
appointed way "' i.e. death; fixed, settled; directed, bidden; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a son of Manu
Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place; aim, goal; allotment, assignment, decree; BhP. v,; a description
according to space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishaa = directions
dishaaM = direction
dodhayati = to explain
dolaa = swing
doshaa * = 1^ f. darkness, night RV. AV. &c. ({A4m} & {A4} [instr.; cf. g. {svar-Adi}] ind. in the evening,
at dusk, at night); Night personified (and regarded with Prabhs as wife of Pushpa7rna and mother of
Pradosha or Evening, Nis'itha [!] or Midnight and Vyushtha or Day-break) BhP. iv, 13, 13; 14 (cf.
{doSa4s}, {pazcA-doSa}, {pra-doSa}, {prati-doSam}) 1.
dosha * = 1 m. evening, darkness (only BhP., where personified as one of the, 8 Vasus and husband of
Night, vi, 6, 11; 14); ({A4}) f. see next. \\2 m. rarely n. ( {duS}) fault, vice, deficiency, want,
inconvenience, disadvantage Up. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. [498, 3]; badness, wickedness, sinfulness Mn. R.;
offence, transgression, guilt, crime (acc. with {R} or {labh}, to incur guilt), SrS. Mn. MBh. &c.; damage,
harm, bad consequence, detrimental effect ({nai9Sa doSaH}, there is no harm; {ko'tra d-}, what does it
matter?) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; accusation, reproach ({-SaMkR} or {-SeNa-gam} with acc., to accuse) R.;
alteration, affection, morbid element, disease (esp. of the 3 humours of the body, viz. {pitta}, {vAyu},
and {zleSman}, 1 [cf. {tridoSa} and {dhAtu}], applied also to the humours themselves) Sus'r.; (also
{-Saka}) a calf L.
doshaiH = by faults
doshha = Blemish
doshhaM = fault
doshhavat.h = as an evil
drAva * = m. (fr. 2. %{dru}) going quickly, speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction; heat L.
drava = liquid * = mfn. (fr. 2. %{dru}) running (as a horse) RV. iv, 40, 2; flowing, fluid, dropping,
dripping, trickling or overflowing with (comp.) Ka1t2h. Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; fused, liquefied, melted W.; m.
going, quick motion, flight Hariv.; play, sport Ja1takam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity Bha1sha1p.; juice,
essence, decoction; stream or gush of (comp.) Ka1v.; (dram.) the flying out against one's superior
Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of one of the Vis3ve Deva1s, Hcat "'
dravaNa = melting
dravanti = glide
draviNa* = n. movable property (as opp. to house and field), substance, goods (m.pl. BhP. v, 14, 12),
wealth, money RV. AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; essence, substantiality, strength, power RV. AV. S'Br. R. &c.; N. of
a Sâman ArshBr.; m. N. of a son of Vasu Dhara (or Dhava) MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a son of Priithu BhP.; of a
mountain ib.; pl. the inhabitants of a Varsha in Krauñca-dvîpa ib.
dravya* = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of anything MBh.
R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI},
{ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma},
{adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person, individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or
person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.;
bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.
dravya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or corresponding
to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
drashhTuM = to be seen
dhR * =. 1. P. Â. {dharati}, {-te} (Dhâtup. xxii, 3; Â. Pot. {dhareran} ÂpS'r.), but more commonly in the
same sense the Caus. form {dhArayati}, {-te} (perf. P. {dA8dhA4ra}, {-dha4rtha} [Impv. {dadhartu} AV.
Paipp.]; Â. {dadhre4}, 3. pl. {-dhrire4} RV. &c. &c.; aor. {adhAram} R.; {adhRta}, {dhRthAs} AV.;
{a4dIdharat} RV. &c. &c. [{dIdhar}, {didhRtam}, {-ta} RV.; 3. pl. {-rata} S'Br.]; {adArSIt} Gr.; fut.
{dhariSyati} MBh.; {-Sye4} AV.; {dhartA} BhP.; inf. {dhartum} Kâv., {-tavai} Br. [{dharta4ri} see under
{-Tri}]; ind. p. {dhRtvA}, {-dhRtya} Br.) to hold, bear (also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep,
possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo RV. &c. &c.; (with or scil {AtmAnam}, {jIvitam}, {prANAn},
{deham}, {zarIram} &c.) to preserve soul or body, continue living, survive MBh. Kâv. &c. (esp. fut.
{dhariSyati}; cf. Pass. below); to hold back, keep down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.:
to place or fix in, bestow or confer on (loc.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; destine for (dat.; Â. also to be destined for or
belong to) RV.; present to (gen.) Kârand.; to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or resolve
upon (loc. or dat.) Up. Yâjñ. MBh.; Â. to be ready or prepared for S'Br.; P. Â. to owe anything (acc.) to
(dat. or gen.) MBh. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 35); to prolong (in pronunciation) AitBr. RPrât.; to quote, cite L.; (with
{garbham}) to conceive, be pregnant (older {-bham-bhR}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with {daNDam}) to inflict
punishment on (loc.) MBh. R. BhP. (also {damam}); (with {kezAn}, or {zmazru}) to let the hair or beard
grow MBh.; (with {razmIn} [ib.] or {praharAn} [S'ak.]) to draw the reins tight; (with {dharamam}) to
fulfil a duty R.; (with {vrata4m}) to observe or keep a vow RV. &c. &c.; (with {dhAraNAm}) to practise
self-control Yâjñ.; (wit. {ipas}) to perform penance BhP.; (with {mUrdhnA} or {-dhni}, {zirasA} or {-si})
to bear on the head, honour highly Kâv.; (with or scil. {tulayA}) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure
MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with or scil. {manasA}) to bear in mind, recollect, remember ib.; (with {samaye}) to hold
to an agreement, cause to make a compact Pañc. i, 125/126 (B. {dRSTvA} for {dhRtvA}): Pass.
{dhriya4te} (ep. also {-yati}; pf. {dadhre4} &c. = Â.; aor. {adhAri}) to be borne &c.; so be firm, keep
steady RV. &c. &c.; continue living, exist, remain Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhAryate} R.); to begin, resolve
upon, undertake (dat.; acc. or inf.) AV. S'Br. ChUp.: Caus. {dhAra4yati}, {-te} see above: Desid.
{didhIrSati} (see {-SA}), {didhariSate} Pân. 7-2, 75; {didhArayiSati}, to wish to keep up or preserve
({AtmAnam}) Gobh. iii, 5, 30: Intens. {da4rdharti} (RV.) and {dAdharti} (3. pl. {-dhrati} TS.; cf. Pân. 7-4,
65) to hold fast, bear firmly, fasten. [Cf. Zd. {dar} [519, 2]; Gk. $; Lat. {fre1-tus}, &160659[519, 2] {fre1-
num}.]
driDha = unrelenting
driDhaM = strongly
driDhena = strong
dRpta* = mfn. mad, wild, proud, arrogant ({-tara}, compar.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a4-d-} and {a-dRpita4}).
drishau = eyes
drishaH = eyes
drishhTaH = observed
drishhTavaan.h = seeing
drishhTiM = vision
drishhTii = Sight
drikshyati = see
dravya * = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of anything MBh.
R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI},
{ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma},
{adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person, individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or
person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.;
bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.
dravya * = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or corresponding
to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
droha *= m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.
druh: * =1 cl. 4. P. {dru4hyati} (ep. and metr "' also Â. {-te}) Br. MBh. R. &c. (pf. {dudrbha} RV., {-hitha}
AV.; aor. {adruhat}, Gr "' Subj. 2 sg. {druhas} MBh., 3 pl. {druhan} [with {mA}] RV.; 2 sg. adrukshas
AitBr.; fut. {dhrokSyati} MaitrS., {drohiSyati} Pân. 7-2, 45; {drogdhA}, {droDhA} or {drohitA} Gr.; inf.
{drogdhavai} Kâthh.; ind. p. {drugdhvA}, {drochitvA}, {druhitvA} Gr.; {-druhya} MaitrS.) to hurt, seek to
harm, be hostile to (dat.; rarely gen. [R. ii, 99, 23 Hit. ii, 121] loc. [BhP. iv, 2, 21] or acc "' [Mn. ii, 144]);
absol. to bear malice or hatred MBh. Hit.; to be a foe or rival Kâvya7d. ii, 61: Caus. {drohayati}: Desid.
{dudrohiSati}, {dudruh-} Gr.; {dudrukSat} Kâthh. (cf. {abhi-} and {dudhrukSu}). [Orig. {dhrugh} [502,
3]; cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {triogan}, {trûgen}.]
druh4: * 2 mfn. (nom. {dhruk} or {dhruT} Pân. 8-2, 33; wrongly {druk}; cf. {ni4drA-}.) injuring, hurtful,
hostile to (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Pur.; m.f. injurer, foe, fiend, demon RV. Kâthh.; f. injury, harm,
offence RV. AV. [Cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {gidrog}, {gethroc}.]
druhyu * = m. pl. N. of a people RV.; sg. N. of a son of Yayâti and brother of Yadu &c. MBh. (w.r.
{du4hyu}) Hariv. (v.l. {druhya}) Pur.
druhya* = m. N. of a man; g. {zivA7di} pl. his descendants; g. {yaskA7di} (also v.l. for the next Hariv.)
drudha = robust
drupadaH = Drupada
druta* = mfn. quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or
asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and {druma}) L.; n.
a partic. faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without delay. Mn. MBh. &c.
dreshhkaaNa = A Varga. This is a subdivision of one third or a sign. Also known as Dreshkana
droha * = m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.
droNaM = Drona
droNaH = Dronacarya
druma = tree
druta * = quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or asunder
Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and {druma}) L.; n. a partic.
faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without delay. Mn. MBh. &c.
duHs'Ila * = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs.;
{-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
duHkha = sorrow * = 1 mfn. (according to grammarians properly written {duS-kha} and said to be from
{dus} and {kha} [cf. {su-kha4}]; but more probably a Prâkritized form for {duH-stha} q.v.) uneasy,
uncomfortable, unpleasant, difficult R. Hariv. (compar. {-tara} MBh. R.); n. (ifc. f. {A}) uneasiness, pain,
sorrow, trouble, difficulty S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 15 Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as the son of Naraka and Vedanâ
VP.); ({am}) ind. with difficulty, scarcely, hardly (also {at} and {ena}) MBh. R.; impers. it is difficult to or
to be (inf.with an acc. or nom. R. vii, 6, 38 Bhag. v, 6); {duHkham} - {as}, to be sad or uneasy Ratn. iv,
19/20; - {kR}, to cause or feel pain Yâjñ. ii, 218 MBh. xii, 5298.\\2 Nom. P. {-khati}, to pain SaddhP.
duHkhaM = distress
duHkhena = by miseries
duHkhita *= mfn. pained, distressed; afflicted, unhappy Mn. MBh. R. &c.; %{-citta} mfn. grieved in mind
MW
dugdha = milk
duHs'iila* = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs.;
{-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
dura * = 1 = 1. {dur} only in {zata-} (q.v.) \\ * = 2 m. (perhaps {dRR}) `" one who opens or unlocks "',
giver, granter (= {dAtR} Sây.) RV. i, 53, 2; vi, 35, 5.
duratyaya = very difficult to overcome * = mfn. {-atikrama} KathhUp. iii, 14 MBh. R. &c.; inaccessible
MBh. xiii, 4880; inscrutable, unfathomable R. iii, 71, 15 BhP.; {-yA7nukramaNa} mfn. whose ways are
past finding out (God) MW.
duraasadaM = formidable
duraas'a* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair Râjat. Bh
duranvaya * = mfn. difficult to be passed along (road) R. ii, 92, 3; dñdifficult to be accomplished or
performed MBh. Hariv.; dñdifficult to be found out or fathomed R.; not corresponding or suitable BhP. x,
84, 14; m. a false concord (in gram.); a consequence wrongly deduced from given premises MW
duraapa* = mfn. didifficult to be attained or approached, inaccessible S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a
Da1nava Hariv.
duraasada *= dñdifficult or dangerous to be approached MBh. Kâv. Pur.; dñdifficult to be found or met
with, unheard of, unparalleled MBh. R.; difficult to be accomplished (v.l. {-saha}); m. N. of S'iva,
mystical N. of a sword MBh. xii, 6203.
durbala = weak
durbuddheH = evil-minded
durbhiksha = famine
durdars'a * = mfn. difficult to be seen or met with KathhUp. Âpast. MBh. R. &c.; disagreeable or painful
to the sight MBh. Hariv. &c.; {-tA} f. MBh. viii, 861; {-zatAya} Nom. Â. {-yate}, to have a bad or
disgusting appearance MW.
durga = fort
durgatiM = to degradation
durgama* = mfn. difficult to be traversed or travelled over, impassable, inaccessible, unattainable MBh.
Hariv. Kâv.; m. or n. a dñdifficult situation; m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravi VP.; of Dhriita ib.,
&c.; {-mArga-nirgama} mfn. of dñdifficult access and issue Pañc. i, 427; {durgamA7zu-bodhinI} f. N. of a
Comm.
durgaaNi = impediments
durita * = ({du4r-} RV. i, 125, 7) n. bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also personified)
RV. AV. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; mfn. difficult, bad AV. xii, 2, 28; wicked, sinful L.; {-kSaya} m. destruction of sin
BhP.; N. of a man ib.; {-damanI} f. Mimosa Suma L.; {-tA7tman} mfn. evil-minded, malicious Subh. 147;
{-tA7ri} f. `" enemy of sin "'N. of a Jaina goddess; {-tA7rNava} m. `" ocean of sins "'N. of a king
Kautukar.
durlabha = ungettable
durlakSya* = mfn. hardly visible Das3. Ra1jat. ; n. a bad aim Ratn. iii, 2
durmada * = mad conception or illusion, foolish pride or arrogance Pur.; ({-ma4da}) mfn. drunken,
fierce, mad, infatuated by (comp.) RV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh. i; of a son of
Dhriita (father of Pracetas); of a son of Bhadra-sena (father of Dhanaka); of a son of Vasu-deva and
Rohini or Pauravî Pur.; {-da-vIra-mAnin} mfn. foolishly fancying (one's self) a hero BhP. iii, 17, 28;
{-dA7ndha} mfn. `" blinded by mad illusion "', besotted, v, 12, 16; {-din} m. drinker, drunkard Pat.
durmatiH = foolish
durmedhaa = unintelligent
durviniita * = mfn. badly educated, ill-conducted, undisciplined, mean, wicked, obstinate, restive MBh.
Kâv. &c. ({-taka} id. Kathâs. xx, 9); m. N. of a sage (associated with Durvâsas &c.) VarBriS. xlviii, 63; of a
prince.
durvisha* = m. `" dñdifficult to be pervaded or approached "'N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 104
dush*= ind. a prefix to nouns and rarely to verbs or adverbs (Pân. 2-1, 6; 2, 18 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; iii, 3, 126 &c.)
implying evil, bad, difficult, hard [488, 2]; badly, hardly; slight, inferior &c. (opp. to {su}), often = Engl.
{in-} or {un-} [cf. 2. {duS}; Zd. {dush-}; Gk. $; Goth. {tuz-}; O.H.G. {zur}.]. It becomes {dur} (q.v.)
before vowels and soft consonants; {dU} (q.v.) before {r} and sometimes before {d}, {dh}, {n}, which
become {D}, {Dh}, {N}; remains unchanged before {t}, {th} (in older language however {ST}, {STh});
becomes {duS} (q.v.), rarely {duH} before {k}, {kh}; {p}, {ph}; {duz} (q.v.) before {c}, {ch}; {duH} (q.v.),
rarely {duz}, {duS}, {dus}, before {z}, {S}, {s}.
dushhkritinaH = miscreants
dushhpuuraM = insatiable
dustarka* = m. false reasoning, wrong argument BhP.; {-mUla} mfn. founded on it MW.
dushtha* = mfn. spoilt, corrupted; defective, faulty; wrong, false; bad, wicked; malignant, offensive,
inimical; guilty, culpable S'rS. Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; sinning through or defiled with (cf. {karma}
{mano-}, {yoni-}, {vAg-}); m. a villain, rogue; a kind of noxious animal Vishn. xii, 2; ({A}) f. a bad or
unchaste woman L.; u. sin, offence, crime, guilt Hariv. R. (cf. {zruti-}); Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
dustara* = mfn. (cf. {S-T-}) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible MBh. Kâv. &c.
duuta = messenger
duura = far
duura4 * = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {du}, hut see Un. ii, 21; compar. {da4vIyas}, superl. {daviSTha}, qq.vv.)
distant, far, remote, long (way); n. distance, remoteness (in space and time), a long way S'Br. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; ({a4m}) ind. far, far from (gen. or abl. Pân. 2-3, 34 Kâs'.), a long way off or a long period back RV.
AV. S'Br. &c. (also {dUrA4d dUra4m} AV. xii, 2, 14); far above ({ut-patati} Hit. i, 101/102) or below
({ambhasi} Kathâs. x, 29); far i.e. much in a high degree ({dUram un-mani-kRta} Prab. iii, 21/22;
{dUraM-kR}, to surpass, exceed Ragh. xvii, 18; {-M-karaNa} mf({i})n. making far or distant, removing
Vop. (v. l.); {-M-gata} mfn. = {-ra-g-} Sank.; {-M-gama4} mfn. going far away VS. xxxiv, 1; ({A}) f. (scil.
{bhUmi}) one of the 10 stages in the life of a S'râvaka L.; ({eNa}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 35) far, from afar, by far
MBh. Kâv. &c.; compar. {-ra-tareNa} VP. iii, 7, 26, 33; ({At}) ind. (Pân. ib.) from a distance, from afar RV.
AV. MBh. &c.; far from (abl.) Mn. iv, 151; a long way back or from a remote period, iii, 130; in comp. with
a pp. e.g. {dUrAd-Agata}, come from afar Pân. 2-1, 39; vi, 1, 2; 2, 144 Kâs'.; ({e}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 36 Kâs'.)
in a distant place, far, far away RV. i, 24, 9; iv, 4, 3 (opp. {a4nti}) and c AV. S'Br. Ts'Up.5(opp. {antike})
Mn. MBh. &c.; compar. {-ra-tare}, some way from (abl.) Mn. xi, 128; {dUre-kR}, to discard Amar. 67;
{dUre-bhU} or {gam}, to be far away or gone off Kathâs. Vet.; {-re tiSThatu}, let it be far i.e. let it be
unmentioned, never mind Kathâs. vi, 37.
duraas'aya mfn. evil-minded , malicious Prab. ii , 28/29 BhP. ; m. the subtle body which is not
destroyed by death Sch.
duuradarshana = television
duuradhvanii = telephone
durAza* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair Râjat.
BhP.
duureanta* = mfn. ending in the remote distance, boundless (heaven and earth) RV. AV.
duureartha* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose aim is far off RV. vii, 63, 4.
duuretya* = mfn. being far off, distant Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
duureheti* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose arrows fly to a distance PârGri. iii, 14; m. a partic. form of Agni TS.
Comm.
dva * =original stem of {dvi} q.v. (nom. acc. du. m. {dva4}, or {dvau4} fn. {dve4}; instr. dat. abl.
{dvA4bhyAm} gen. loc. {dva4yos}) two RV. &c. &c.; both (with {api} Ragh. xii, 93); loc. {dvayos} in two
genders (masc. and fem.) or in two numbers (sing. and pl.) Gr. L. [Cf. {dvA} and {dvi}; Zd. {dva}; Gk.
&155939[503, 2] $, $ and $= $; Lat. {duo18} and {bi} = {dvi}; Lith. {du}, {dvi}; Slav. {du8va}; Goth.
{tvai}, {tva} &c.]
dvaa * =old nom. du. of {dva}, substituted for {dvi} in comp. before other numerals
dvaapara * = m. n. that die or side of a die which is marked with two spots VS. TS. Ka1t2h. MBh.; the Die
personified Nal. vi, 1; `" the age with the number two "'N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages of the world
(comprising 2400 years; the YñYugas itself = 2000, and each twilight = 200 years; it is also personified
as a god) AitBr. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 111; 433; N. of a myth. being MBh. i, 2713; doubt, uncertainty L.;
%{-cchandas} n. pl. a partic. class of metre Nida1nas.; %{-stoma} m. pl. of Stomas ib.
dvaaraka* n. door, gate MBh.; ifc. occasioned or caused by S'ank.; ({akA}) f. `" many-gated "'N. of the
capital of Kriishna (on the western point of Gûjarât, supposed to have been submerged by the sea) MBh.
Hariv. Pur. &c. ({ikA} f. id. L. RTL. 55, 1; 113; 400, 2).
dvaaraM = door
dvandva = couple
dvayaM = twin
dvaidhaaH = duality
dve = two
dvesha = haterd
dveshha = hatred
dveshhaH = hatred
dveshhTi = envies
dveshhyaH = hateful
dvisha * = mfn. (ifc.) hostile, hating (cf. {-tA} and {-tva}) [507, 1]; hateful or unpleasant to Hariv.; m. foe,
enemy L.
dvishaa * = f. cardamoms
dviguNa = twice
dvija* = mfn. twice-born; m. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any Âryan, (esp.) a Brâhman (re-born
through investiture with the sacred thread cf. {upa-nayana}) AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; a bird or any oviparous
animal (appearing first as an egg) Mn. MBh. &c.; a tooth (as growing twice) Sus'r. Bhartri. Var. (n. BhP.
ii, 1, 31); coriander seed or Xantboxylum Alatum L.; ({A}) f. Piper Aurantiacum Bhpr.; Clerodendrum
Siphonantus L.; {pAlaGkI} L. (cf. {-jA4} and {-jati}).
dvipa = elephant\\m. elephant (lit. drinking twice, sc. with his trunk and with his mouth) Mn. MBh. R.
&c. (ifc. f. %{A}); N. of the number 8 Gan2it.; Mesua Ferrea L.; %{-dAna} n. the rut-fluid of an elephant
Ragh.; %{-pati} m. `" prince of elephants "', a large eñelephants Ratn.; %{-mada} m. = %{-dAna} L.;
%{--pA7ri} m. `" foe of elephants "', a. lion BhP.; %{-pA7sya} m. having an eñelephant's face "'N. of
Gan2e7s3a L.; %{--pe7ndra} m. = %{-pa-pati} Ragh.; %{--pe7ndradAna} n. the rut-fluid of a large
eñelephants Var.; %{-pe7zvara} m. = %{-pe4udra}, Malatim.
dvishhataH = envious
dvitiiya* = mf({A})n. (fr. {dvi} Pân. 5-2, 54; decl "' i, 1, 36 Vârtt. 3 Pat. cf. vii, 3, 115) second RV. &c. &c.;
({am}) ind. for the second time KathhUp. MBh. &c.; m. companion, fellow (friend or foe) S'Br. MBh. &c.;
ifc. doubled or accompanied by, furnished with (cf. a-, {chAyA-}, {dhanur-} &c.); the 2nd in a family (i.e.
a son L.; cf. AitBr. vii, 29); the 2nd letter of a Varga i.e. the surd aspirate Prât. Pân. &c.; ({A}) f. female
companion or friend Kâthh. xcviii, 33; wife (a second self) L.; (sc. {vibhakti}) the 2nd case, the accusative
or its terminations Pân. 2-1, 24 &c.; (sc. {tithi}) the 2nd day of a half-month Râtn. iv, 2/3; ({dvi4tIya})
mfn. (Pân. 5-3, 49) forming the 2nd part or half of anything, with {bhAga} m. half of (gen.) Mn. iv, 1 &c.;
n. the half (at the beginning or end of a comp.) Pân. ib., ii, 2, 3 Kâs'.
dviipaH = (m) island * = m. n. (fr. %{dvi} + %{ap} Pa1n2. 5-4, 74; vi, 3, 97) an island, peninsula,
sandbank RV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; a division of the terrestrial world (either 7 [Jambu, Plaksha or
Go-medaka, S3a1lmali1, Kus3a, Kraun5ca, S3a1ka and Pushkara MBh. vi, 604 &c. Hariv. Pur. &c.] or 4
[Bhadra7s3va, Ketu-mlla, Jambu-dvipa and Uttara1h2 Kuravah2 MBh. vi, 208 Hariv. Ka1v. &c. cf.
Dharmas. cxx] or 13 [the latter four + 9, viz. Indra-dvipa, Kaseru1-mat, Ta1mra-varn2a, Gabhasti-mat,
Na1ga-dvipa, Saumya, Ga1ndharva, Varun2a and Bha1rata, which are enumerated VP. ii, 3, 6; 7, as
forming Bha1rata-varsha] or 18 [among which the Upa-dvipas are said to be included Naish. i, 5 Sch.];
they are situated round the mountain Meru, and separated from each other by distinct concentric
circumambient oceans; %{ayaM@dvIpaH} = %{jambu-dv-} BhP. v, 16, 5 or = %{bhArata-dv-} VP. ii, 3,
7); m. place of refuge, shelter, protection or protector MBh. Ka1ran2d2.; a tiger's skin L.; cubebs L. (cf.
%{-sambhava}).
dyaamutemaaM = sky
dyutaM = gambling
dyUta* = n. (m. only MBh. ii, 2119; cf. Pân. 2-4, 31) play, gaming, gambling (esp. with dice, but also with
any inanimate object). AV. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (fig.) battle or fight, contest for (comp.) MBh. iii, 3037
&c.; the prize or booty won in battle ib. vii, 3966; ix, 760.
dyuti (dyoti)= gleam* = f. splendour (as a goddess Hariv. 14035), brightness, lustre, majesty, dignity.
Mn. MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude Das'ar. Sâh.; m. N. of a Riishi under Manu
Merusâvarna Hariv.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa ib.
ebhiH = by them
edh* =cl. 1. Â. {e4dhate} (rarely P. {-ti}), {edhAM-cakre}, {edhitA}, {edhiSyate}, {aidhiSTa}, to prosper,
increase, become happy, grow strong RV. AV. VS. S'Br. Mn.; to grow big with self-importance, become
insolent; to become intense, extend, spread, gain ground (as fire or passions) MBh. BhP.; to swell, rise
(as waters) BhP.: Caus. {edhayati}, to cause to prosper or increase, wish for the welfare or happiness (of
any one), bless BhP. Kum. vi, 90 Bhathth.
edha* = m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232,1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling see {agny-
edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232,1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
edhaa.nsi = firewood
edhamAnadviS * = mfn. hating those who have become insolent or impious (through prosperity)
edhita * = mfn. grown, increased, enlarged, made big, made to spread, filled up
edhatu * =1 (for 2. see p. 232, col. 1), {us} mf. prosperity, happiness RV. viii, 86, 3 AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m.
man Un. i, 79; (mfn.) increased, grown L.
edha * =m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232, 1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling see
{agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232, 1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
eka = one
ekaM = one
ekatvaM = in oneness
ekatvena = in oneness
ekamaksharaM = pranava
ekaanta *= m. a lonely or retired or secret place, (%{e} ind. in a lonely or solitary place, alone, apart,
privately) MBh. Mn. S3ak. &c.; a single part, part, portion Pat.; the only end or aim, exclusiveness,
absoluteness, necessity R. Sus3r. &c.; devotion to one object, worship of one Being, monotheistic
doctrine MBh. BhP.; (%{am}, %{ena}, %{At}) ind. solely, only, exclusively, absolutely, necessarily, by all
means, in every respect, invariably MBh. Megh. Bhartr2. Kap. &c.; (mfn.) directed towards or devoted to
only one object or person BhP. R. &c.; %{-karuNa} mfn. wholly and solely compassionate, wholly
charitable Hit.; %{-grahaNa} n. partial comprehension Car.; %{-grAhin} mfn. comprehending partially
ib.; %{-tas} ind. lonely, alone; solely, exclusively, invariably, &c.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. exclusive worship
BhP.; the state of being a part or portion Pat.; %{-duHSamA} f. `" containing only bad years "', (with
Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of time (the sixth of the Avasarpin2i1 and the first of the
Utsarpin2i1, qq.v.); %{-bhAva} m. devotedness to only one object MBh.; %{-bhUta} mfn. one who is
alone or solitary BhP.; %{-mati} mfn. having the mind fixed on one object; %{-rahasya} n. N. of wk.;
%{-rAj} m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva; %{-vihArin} mfn. wandering alone; %{-zIla} mfn. fond of loneliness
MBh.; %{-suSamA} f. `" containing only good years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of
time (the first of Avasarpin2i1 and the sixth of Utsarpin2i1, qq. v.); %{-sthita} mfn. staying or remaining
alone or apart.
akatva * = n. oneness , unity , union , coincidence , identity Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; (in Gr.) the
singular number Ka1s3. ; singleness , soleness HYog.
ekayaa = by one
ekavachanaM = singular
ekasmin.h = in one
ekaaH = one
ekaakii = alone
ekaagra = one-pointed
ekaantaM = overly
eke = in one
ekena = alone
enaM = this
enas * = {as} n. ( {i} Un. iv, 197; {in} BRD.), mischief, crime, sin, offence, fault RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.;
evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity RV. AV.; censure, blame L.; [cf. Zd. {aenaGh}; Gk. $.]
enasvin * = mfn. wicked, &72437[232, 1] sinful, a sinner RV. AitBr. S'Br. Mn.
enasya * = mfn. produced by sin; counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful AV. vi, 115, 2; viii, 7, 3 S'Br.
eraka * = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2154; ({A}) f. a kind of grass of emollient and diluent properties MBh.
VP. Bhpr. &c.; [cf. Gk. $]; &72471[232, 1] ({I}) f. a species of plant; N. of a river; ({am}) n. a woollen
carpet (Buddh.)
eSaNa* = 1 {am}, {A} n. f. impulse, ardent desire BhP. \\* = 2 mfn. seeking for, wishing Nir.; m. an iron
arrow L.; ({A}) f. seeking with, desire, begging, solicitation, request S'Br. Pân. Râjat. &c.; (with Jainas)
right behaviour when begging food Sarvad. 39, 9; ({I}) f. an iron or steel probe Sus'r.; a goldsmith's scale
L.; ({am}) n. the act of seeking, begging, solicitation MBh.; medical examination, probing Sus'r.
eSa* = 1 mfn. gliding, running, hastening RV. \\* = 2 (nom. m. of {eta4d} q.v.)\\* = 3 mfn. (fr. 3. {iS}) ifc.
seeking S'Br. xiii; m. the act of seeking or going after RV. x, 48, 9; ({eSa4}), wish, option RV. i, 180, 4, (cf.
{svaI7Sa4}); ({A}) f. wish L.; [cf. Zd. {ae7sha}; O. H. G. {e1râ}.]
eshhaH = this
eshhaa = this
eshhaaM = of them
eshhyati = comes
etat.h = it
etan.h = this
etasya = of this
etaaM = this
etaavat.h = this much * = mfn. so great, so much, so many, of such a measure or compass, of such
extent, so far, of such quality or kind RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; (often in connection with a relative clause,
the latter generally following; {etAvAn eva puruSo yaj jAyA7tmA prajA}, a man is of such measure as [i.e.
made complete by] his wife, himself, and his progeny Mn. ix, 45) R. BhP. Hit. &c.; ({at}) ind. so far, thus
far, so much, in such a degree, thus RV. vii, 57, 3 S'Br. Hit. &c.
etad * = mfn. (Gr. 223 ; g. %{sarvA7di} Pa1n2. 1-1, 27) this, this here, here (especially as pointing to what
is nearest to the speaker e.g. %{eSa@bANaH}, this arrow here in my hand ; %{eSa@yAti@panthAH},
here passes the way ; %{eSa@kAlaH}, here i.e. now, is the time ; %{etad}, this here i.e. this world here
below) ; sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns (e.g. %{eSo'ham}, I, this very person
here) or with omission of those pronouns (e.g. %{eSa@tvAM@svargaM@nayAmi}, I standing here will
convey thee to heaven ; %{etau@praviSTau@svaH}, we two here have entered) ; as the subject of a
sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to be supplied
(e.g. %{etad@eva@hi@me@dhanam}, for this [scil. cow] is my only wealth MBh.) ; but sometimes the
neuter sing. remains (e.g. %{etad@guruSu@vRttiH}, this is the custom among Gurus Mn. ii, 206) ;
%{etad} generally refers to what precedes, esp. when connected with %{idam}, the latter then referring
to what follows (e.g. %{eSa@vai@prathamaH@kalpaH} %{anukalpas@tv@ayaM@jJeyaH}, this before-
mentioned is the principal rule, but this following may be considered a secondary rule Mn. iii, 147) ; it
refers also to that which follows, esp. when connected with a relative clause (e.g.
%{eSa@cai9va@gurur@dharmo@yam@pravakSyAmy@ahaM@tava}, this is the important law, which I
will proclaim to you MBh.) RV. &c. &c. ; (%{a4d}) ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now
(e.g. %{na4@vA4@u@eta4n@mriyase}, thou dost not die in this manner or by that RV. i, 162, 21) AV.
VS. &c. ; [cf. Zd. {ae7ta} ; Old Pers. {aita} ; Armen. {aid} ; Osk. {eiso}.]
ete = they
etena = by this
eva * = 1 (in the Sanhitâ also {evA4}) ind. ({i} Un. i, 152; fr. pronom. base {e} BRD., probably connected
with 2. {e4va}), so, just so, exactly so (in the sense of the later {evam}) RV. AV.; indeed, truly, really
(often at the beginning of a verse in conjunction with other particles, as {id}, {hi}) RV.; (in its most
frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, {eva} must be variously rendered by such
adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely, immediately on, still, already, &c. (e.g.
{tvam eva yantA nA7nyo 'sti pRthivyAm}, thou alone art a charioteer, no other is on earth, i. e. thou art
the best charioteer MBh. iii, 2825; {tAvatIm eva rAtrim}, just so long as a night; {evam} {eva} or
{tathai9va}, exactly so, in this manner only; in the same manner as above; {tenai9va mantreNa}, with
the same Mantra as above; {apaH spRSTvai9va}, by merely touching water; {tAn eva}, these very
persons; {na cirAd eva}, in no long time at all; {japyenai9va}, by sole repetition; {abhuktvai9va}, even
without having eaten; {iti vadann eva}, at the very moment of saying so; {sa jIvann eva}, he while still
living, &c.) RV. &c. MBh. &c.; (sometimes, esp. in connection with other adverbs, {eva} is a mere
expletive without any exact meaning and not translatable e.g. {tv eva}, {cai9va}, {eva ca}, &c.; according
to native authorities {eva} implies emphasis, affirmation, detraction, diminution, command,
restrainment); [cf. Zd. {aeva}; Goth. {aiv}; Old Germ. {eo}, {io}; Mod. Germ. {je}.]
e4va * = 2 mfn. ({i}), going, moving, speedy, quick TBr. iii Un.; m. course, way (generally instr. pl.) RV.;
the earth, world VS. xv, 4; 5 [Mahîdh.]; a horse RV. i, 158, 3 [Sây.]; ({As}) m. pl. way or manner of acting
or proceeding, conduct, habit, usage, custom RV.; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. &72584[232, 2] {aevu-m}; Goth.
{aivs}; O.H.G {e7wa} and Angl. Sax. {e7u}, {e7o}, `" custom "', `" law "'; Germ. {ehe}.]
evam * = ind. (fr. pronom. base %{e} BRD. ; probably connected with 1. %{eva4}) , thus , in this way , in
such a manner , such , (it is not found in the oldest hymns of the Veda , where its place is taken by 1.
%{eva4} , but occurs in later hymns ind in the Bra1hman2as , especially in connection with %{vid} , `" to
know "' , and its derivatives [e.g. %{ya@evaM@veda} , he who knows so ; cf. %{evaM-vi4d} , col. 3] ; in
classical Sanskr2it %{evam} occurs very frequently , especially in connection with the roots %{vac} , `"
to speak "' , and %{zru} , `" to hear "' , and refers to what precedes as well as to what follows [e.g.
%{evam@uktvA} , having so said [232,3] ; %{evam@evai9tat} , this is so ; %{evam@astu} , or
%{evam@bhavatu} , be it so , I assent ; %{asty@evam} , it is so ; %{yady@evam} , if this be so ;
%{kim@evam} , how so? what is the meaning of it? what does this refer to? %{mai9vam} , not so!
%{evam} - %{yathA} or %{yathA} - %{evam} , so - as) Mn. S3ak. &c. ; (it is also often used like an
adjective [e.g. %{evaM@te@vacane@rataH} , rejoicing in such words of thine ; where %{evam} =
%{evaM-vidhe}]) MBh. S3ak. &c. ; sometimes %{evam} is merely an expletive ; according to
lexicographers %{evam} may imply likeness (so) ; sameness of manner (thus) ; assent (yes , verily) ;
affirmation (certainly , indeed , assuredly) ; command (thus , &c.) ; and be used as an expletive.
evaapi = also
gaana* = n. singing, song KâtyS'r. Lâthy. i, vii Hariv. 11793 Sis'. ix, 54; a sound L. (cf. {araNya-}, {Uha-},
{Uhya-}
gaathazravas * = ({-tha4-}) mfn. famous through (epic) songs (Indra), viii, 2, 38.
gaathaka * = m. (Pân. 3-1, 146) a singer (chanter of the Purânas) Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. Râjat. vii, 934; ({ikA})
f. an epic song Yâjñ. i, 45 MBh. iii, 85, 30 Ratna7v. ii, 5/6.
gaathA-kAra * = m. author of (epic) songs or verses Pân. 3-2, 23; a singer, reciter W.
gaathA-nArAzaMsI4 * = f. du. epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes MaitrS. i, 11, 5;
f. pl. id. S'Br. xi, 5, 6, 8 (cf. {nArAzaMsI4}.)
gaathAnI * = mfn. leading a song or a choir RV. i, 190, 1 and viii, 92, 2.
gaatha * = m. a song RV. i, 167, 6 and ix, 11, 4 SV.; ({gA4thA}) f. id. RV.; a verse, stanza (especially one
which is neither Riic, nor Sâman, nor Yajus, a verse not belonging to the Vedas, but to the epic poetry of
legends or Âkhyânas, such as the S'unahs'epa-Âkhyâna or the Suparn.) AV. TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; the
metrical part of a Sûtra Buddh.; N. of the Âryâ metre; any metre not enumerated in the regular treatises
on prosody (cf. {Rg-gAthA}, {riju-gAtha}, {yajJa-gAthA}.)
gaana = singing
gabhiira* = mf({A4})n. deep (opposed to {gAdha} and {dIna}) RV. &c. [346, 3]; (Naigh. i, 11) deep in
sound, deepsounding, hollow-toned RV. v, 85, 1 Riitus.; profound, sagacious, grave, serious, solemn,
secret, mysterious RV. AV. v, 11, 3; ({gambh-} MBh. &c.) Prab. iv, 15 Sâh.; dense, impervious BhP. viii, 3,
5; ({gambh-} R. iii); not to be penetrated or investigated or explored, inscrutable; `" inexhaustible "',
uninterrupted (time) BhP. i, 5, 8; ({gambh-}, iv, 12, 38; v, 24, 24); m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya or of
Rambha VP. iii, 2, 43 BhP. ix, 17, 10.
gachati = to go
gaccha* = m. ({gam}) a tree L.; the period (number of terms) of a progression Âryabh. ii, 20 and Sch. on
19; family, race Jain.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people (v.l. for {kakSa}).
gachchhati = goes
gachchhan.h = going
gada * = m. a sentence MBh. i, 1787; disease, sickness Sus'r. Ragh. &c.; N. of a son of Vasu-deva and
younger brother of Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP.; of another son of Vasu-deva by a different mother, ix, 24,
51; n. poison L.; ({A}) f. a series of sentences RâmatUp. ii, 5, 4; a mace, club, bludgeon MBh. R. &c.;
Bignonia suaveolens L.; N. of a musical instrument; of a constellation VarBri. Laghuj.; v.l. for {gadhA}
TS. Sch. (cf. {a-gada4}, {a4-vijJAta-g-}.)
gaDa * = m. a kind of gold-fish (the young of the Ophiocephalus Lata or another species, Cyprinus
Garra) L.; a screen, covering, fence L.; a moat, ditch L.; an impediment L.; N. of a district (part of Malva,
commonly Garha or Garha Mandala) L.; ({A}) f. (in music) a kind of Râginî (cf. {tRNa-g-}, {payo-g-}.)
gahvara: deep, impervious, impenetrable TS. v Hariv. BhP.; confused (in mind) Kathâs. lxi, 39 and 41; m.
an arbour, bower L.; a cave, cavern L.; ({A}) f. the plant Embelia Ribes L.; ({I}) f. a cave, cavern L.; the
earth Gal.; ({am}) n. `" an abyss, depth "' (`" water "' Naigh. Nir.) see {-re-STha4}; a hiding-place, thicket,
wood AV. xii, 2, 53 MBh. R. &c.; an impenetrable secret, riddle MBh. xiii, 1388; a deep sigh L.; hypocrisy
L.; Abrus precatorius (?) L.
gaja = Elephant
gajaH = elephant
gajakeshariyoga = Yoga in which the Moon is in an angular position (Kendra) or 1, 4, 7, 10 signs from
Jupiter. Good Yoga for Wealth and Power based on strength and other factors in the chart
gala = neck
galitaM = weakened
gam * =1 Ved. cl. 1. P. {ga4mati} (Naigh.; Subj. {gamam}, {ga4mat} [{gamAtas}, {gamAtha} AV.],
{gamAma}, {gaman} RV.; Pot. {game4ma} RV.; inf. {ga4madhyai} RV. i, 154, 6): cl. 2. P. {ga4nti} (Naigh.;
Impv. 3. sg. {gantu}, [2. sg. {gadhi} see {A-}, or {gahi} see {adhi-}, {abhy-A-}, {A-}, {upA7-}], 2. pl.
{ga4ntA} or {gantana} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {a4gan} [RV. AV.], 1. pl. {a4ganma} [RV. AV.; cf. Pân. 8-2,
65], 3. pl. {a4gman} RV.; Subj. [or aor. Subj. cf. Pân. 2-4, 80 Kâs'.] 1. pl. {ganma}, 3. pl. {gma4n} RV.; Pot.
2. sg. {gamyAs} RV. i, 187, 7; Prec. 3. sg. {gamyA4s} RV.; pr. p. {gma4t}, x, 22, 6): cl. 3. P. {jaganti}
(Naigh. ii, 14; Pot. {jagamyAm}, {-yAt} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {ajagan}, 2. pl. {ajaganta} or {-tana} RV.):
Ved. and Class. cl. 1. P. (also Â. MBh. &c.), with substitution of {gacch} [= $] for {gam}, {ga4cchati} (cf.
Pân. 7-3, 77; Subj. {gA7cchAti} RV. x, 16, 2; 2. sg. {gacchAs} [RV. vi, 35, 3] or {gacchAsi} [AV. v, 5, 6]; 2.
pl. {gacchAta} RV. viii, 7, 30; 3. pl. {ga4cchAn} RV. viii, 79, 5; impf. {a4gacchat}; Pot. {gacchet}; pr. p.
{ga4cchat} RV. &c.; aor. {agamat} Pân. 3-1, 55; vi, 4, 98 Kâs'.; for Â. with prepositions cf. Pân. 1-2, 13; 2nd
fut. {gamiSyati} AV. &c.; 1st fut. {ga4ntA} [Pân. 7-2, 58] RV. &c.; perf. 1. sg. {jagamA} [RV.], 3. sg.
{jagAma}, 2. du. {jagmathur}, 3. pl. {jagmu4r} RV. &c.; p. {jaganva4s} [RV. &c.] or {jagmivas} Pân. 7-2,
68 f. {jagmu4SI} RV. &c. [347, 1]; Ved. inf. {ga4ntave}, {ga4ntavai4}; Class. inf. {gantum}: Ved. ind. p.
{gatvAya}, {gatvI4}; Class. ind. p. {gatvA4} [AV. &c.], with prepositions {-gamya} or {-gatya} Pân. 6-4,
38) to go, move, go away, set out, come RV. &c.; to go to or towards, approach (with acc. or loc. or dat.
[MBh. Ragh. ii, 15; xii, 7; cf. Pân. 2-3, 12] or {prati} [MBh. R.]) RV. &c.; to go or pass (as time e.g. {kAle
gacchati}, time going on, in the course of time) R. Ragh. Megh. Naish. Hit.; to fall to the share of (acc.)
Mn. &c.; to go against with hostile intentions, attack L.; to decease, die Cân.; to approach carnally, have
sexual intercourse with (acc.) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Mn. &c.; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of,
participate in, receive, obtain (e.g. {mitratAM gacchati}, `" he goes to friendship "' i.e. he becomes
friendly) RV. AV. &c.; {jAnubhyAm avanIM-gam}, `" to go to the earth with the knees "', kneel down
MBh. xiii, 935 Pañcat. v, 1, 10/11; {dharaNIM mUrdhnA-gam}, `" to go to the earth with the head "',
make a bow R. iii, 11, 6; {ma4nasA-gam}, to go with the mind, observe, perceive RV. iii, 38, 6 VS. Nal. R.;
(without {ma4nasA}) to observe, understand, guess MBh. iii, 2108; (especially Pass. {gamyate}, `" to be
understood or meant "') Pân. Kâs'. and L. Sch.; {doSeNa} or {doSato-gam}, to approach with an
accusation, ascribe guilt to a person (acc.) MBh. i, 4322 and 7455 R. iv, 21, 3: Caus. {gamayati} (Pân. 2-4,
46; Impv. 2. sg. Ved. {gamayA} or {gAmaya} [RV. v, 5, 10], 3. sg. {gamayatAt} AitBr. ii, 6; perf.
{gamayA4M cakAra} AV. &c.) to cause to go (Pân. 8-1, 60 Kâs'.) or come, lead or conduct towards, send
to (dat. AV.), bring to a place (acc. [Pân. 1-4, 52] or loc.) RV. &c.; to cause to go to any condition, cause to
become TS. S'Br. &c.; to impart, grant MBh. xiv, 179; to send away Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.; `" to let go "', not
care about Bâlar. v, 10; to excel Prasannar. i, 14; to spend time S'ak. Megh. Ragh. &c.; to cause to
understand, make clear or intelligible, explain MBh. iii, 11290 VarBriS. L. Sch.; to convey an idea or
meaning, denote Pân. 3-2, 10 Kâs'.; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (acc.) to go by means of
{jigamiSati} another Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.: Desid. {ji4gamiSati} Pân., or {jigAMsate} Pân. 6-4, 16 Siddh.;
impf. {ajigAMsat} S'Br. x) to wish to go, be going Lâthy. MBh. xvi, 63; to strive to obtain S'Br. x ChUp.; to
wish to bring (to light, {prakA4zam}) TS. i: Intens. {ja4Gganti} (Naigh.), {jaGgamIti} or {jaGgamyate}
(Pân. 7-4, 85 Kâs'.), to visit RV. x, 41, 1 (p. {ga4nigmat}) VS. xxiii, 7 (impf. {aganIgan}); [cf. $; Goth.
{qvam}; Eng. {come}; Lat. {venio} for {gvemio}.]
gama*= mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. {araM-}, {kAma-}, {kha-}, {tiryag-}, &c.); riding on (in
comp.) Hcat. i, 11, 718; m. going, course Pân. 5-2, 19; march, decampment VarYogay. iv, 58; intercourse
with a woman (in comp.) Mn. xi, 55 Yâjñ. ii, 293; going away from (abl.) Caurap.; (in math.) removal (as
of fractions), Bîjag.; a road L.; flightiness, superficiality L.; hasty perusal W.; a game played with dice and
men (as backgammon &c.) L.; a similar reading in two texts Jain.
gamaH = take to
gamana = Going
gamanaM = going
gaNa* = m. a flock, troop, multitude, number, tribe, series, class (of animate or inanimate beings), body
of followers or attendants RV. AV. &c.; troops or classes of inferior deities (especially certain troops of
demi-gods considered as S'iva's attendants and under the special superintendence of the god Gane7s'a;
cf. {-devatA}) Mn. Yâjñ. Lalit. &c.; a single attendant of S'iva VarBriS. Kathâs. Râjat. iii, 270; N. of
Gane7s'a W.; a company, any assemblage or association of men formed for the attainment of the same
aims Mn. Yâjñ. Hit.; the 9 assemblies of Riishis under the Arhat Mahâ-vîra Jain.; a sect in philosophy or
religion W.; a small body of troops (= 3 Gulmas or 27 chariots and as many elephants, 81 horses, and 135
foot) MBh. i, 291; a series or group of asterisms or lunar mansions classed under three heads (that of the
gods, that of the men, and that of the Râkshasas) W.; (in arithm.) a number L.; (in metre) a foot or four
instants (cf. {-cchandas}); (in Gr.) a series of roots or words following the same rule and called after the
first word of the series (e.g. {ad-Adi}, the g. {ad} &c. or the whole series of roots of the 2nd class;
{gargA7di}, the g. {garga} &c. or the series of words commencing with {garga}); a particular group of
Sâmans Lâthy. i, 6, 5 VarYogay. viii, 7; a kind of perfume L.; = {vAc} (i.e. `" a series of verses "') Naigh. i,
11; N. of an author; ({A}) f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2645 (cf. {ahar-},
{maru4d-}, {vR4Sa-}, {sa4-}, {sapta4-}, {sa4rva-}; {deva-}, {mahA-}, and {vida-gaNa4}.)
gantavyaM = to be reached
gandhaH = fragrance
gaNa = Number
gaNadevatA* = {As} f. pl. troops of deities who generally appear in classes (Âdityas, Vis'vas, Vasus,
Tushitas, Âbhâsvaras, Anilas, Mahârâjikas, Sâdhyas, and Rudras)
gaNanaa = consideration
gaNapataye = to gaNapati
gaNapatiM = Ganesh
gaNita = mathematics
garbha = womb * = m. (%{grabh} = %{grah}, `" to conceive "'; 2. %{gRR} Un2. iii, 152) the womb RV. AV.
&c.; the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx (as of a lotus) MBh. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}, `"
having in the interior, containing, filled with "' S3a1n3khS3r. RPra1t. MBh. &c.) [349,3]; an inner
apartment, sleepingroom L.; any interior chamber, adytum or sanctuary of a temple &c. VarBr2S. RTL. p.
445; a foetus or embryo, child, brood or offspring (of birds) RV. AV. &c.; a woman's courses Vishn2.; `"
offspring of the sky "' i.e. the fogs and vapour drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during eight months
and sent down again in the rainy season (cf. Mn. ix, 305) R. iv, 27, 3 VarBr2S. Ba1lar. viii, 50; the bed of a
river (esp. of the Ganges) when fullest i.e. on the fourteenth day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra
or in the height of the rains (the Garbha extends to this point, after which the Ti1ra or proper bank
begins, and extends for 150 cubits, this space being holy ground); the situation in a drama when the
complication of the plot has reached its height Das3ar. i, 36 Sa1h. vi, 68 and 79; the rough coat of the
Jaka fruit L.; fire L.; joining, union L.; N. of a R2ishi (called Pra1ja1patya) Ka1t2h.; [cf. %{amRta-},
%{ardha-}, %{kRSNa-}, %{mUDha-}, %{vizva-}, %{hiraNya-}; cf. also $; Hib. {cilfin}, `" the belly "'; Angl.
Sax. {hrif}; Germ. {kalb}: Engl. {calf}.]
garbhaM = pregnancy
garbhaH = embryo
garbhapiNDa = an embryo
garbhin* mfn. pregnant , impregnated or filled with (acc. S3Br.vi , viii f. xi ; or instr. , xiv , 9 , 4 , 21) RV.
iii , 29 , 2 TS. (f. pl. %{garbhi4Nayas} , ii , 1 , 2 , 6 ; cf. Pa1n2. 7-3 , 107 Pat.) &c. ; (%{iNI}) , a pregnant
woman Mn. Ya1jn5. i , 105 MBh. &c. ; pregnant (as an animal) VarBr2S. lxvii , 1O (cf. Un2. iii , 152) ; ifc.
with words denoting animals (e.g. %{go-garbhiNI} , a pregnant cow) Pa1n2. 2-1 , 71.
gardabha = donkey
garhaNa* = mfn. containing a blame (as a question) Kathâs. lxxxiii; n. censuring, censure, blame,
reproach MBh. xii, 9153 R. Sarvad. iv, 1; (in rhet.) Sâh. vi, 174 and 190; ({A}) f. id. MBh. iii, 1283;
{-NAM-yA}, to meet with reproach Mn. ii, 80.
garhaNIya* = mfn. to be blamed, blamable Yâjñ. i, 86 MBh. i, 3604; iii, 3888. [350,3]
gArhapata* = n. (fr. {gRha4-pati} g. {azvapaty-Adi}) the position and dignity of a householder S'Br. v
TândyaBr. x KâtyS'r. Lâthy. (cf. {kuru-g-}.)
gArhapatya* = mfn. with {agnI}, or m. (Pân. 4-4, 90) the householder's fire (received from his father and
transmitted to his descendants, one of the three sacred fires, being that from which sacrificial fires are
lighted RTL. 364) AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; m. or n. = {-sthAna} S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 12 KâtyS'r. xvii, 1, 3; m. pl.N. of a
class of manes MBh. ii, 462; n. the government of a family, position of a householder, household RV. i,
15, 12; vi, 15, 19; x, 85, 27 and 36.
gArhasthya* = (sometimes wrongly spelt {-stha}) mfn. (fr. {gRha-stha}), fit for or incumbent on a
householder MBh. ix, xiii; n. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a family
Gaut. iii, 36 MBh. i, iii R. ii, &c.; household, domestic affairs MBh. xiv, 162 BhP. iii; ix, 6, 47.
garhaa* = f. censure, abuse MBh. Pân. Pañcat.; disgust exhibited in speech Sâh. iii, 180.
gariiyaan.h = glorious
gariiyaH = better
gariiyas mfn. (TBr. i ; compar. fr. %{guru4} Pa1n2. 6-4 , 157) heavier W. ; extremely heavy R. vi ; greater
than (abl.) MBh. xiv , 255 ; more precious or valuable , dearer than (abl.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c. ; extremely
important , i , 8426 ; very honourable Pan5cat. ; highly venerable , more venerable than (abl.) Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; dearer than (abl.) , dearer MBh. &c. ; worse , i , 1886 Ca1n2.
garj.h = to thunder
garuDa = eagle
garva = vanity
garvaM = arrogance/haughtiness
gata = gone; -* gata. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i, 119, 4 AV.
&c.; past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh. &c.;
come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Kathâs. ii, 11; come to, approached, arrived at,
being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. {sabhAM g-}, `" come to an assembly "'
Mn. viii, 95; {kAnyakubje g-}, gone to Kânyakubja Pañcat. v; {ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage
R. iii; {Adya-g-}, {turya-g-}, {antya-g-}, taking the first, fourth, last place; {sarva-g-}, spread everywhere
Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S'Br. &c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition,
fallen into (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. {kSayaM} or {-ye g-}, gone to destruction; {Apad-g-}, fallen into
misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. {putra-g- sneha},
love directed towards the son R. i; {tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV.
vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning of
(loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S'ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having
disappeared Cân.; the place where any one has gone Pân. Kâs'.; anything past or done, event W.;
diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 5.
gataH = returned
gatachintaa = thinking of
gatarasaM = tasteless
gataa = became
gati = the movement; gati* = f. going, moving, gait, deportment, motion in general RV. v, 64, 3 VS. TS.
&c.; manner or power of going; going away Yâjñ. iii, 170; procession, march, passage, procedure,
progress, movement (e.g. {astra-g-}, the going or flying of missile weapons R. v; {parAM gatiM-gam}, `"
to go the last way "', to die; {daiva-g-}, the course of fate R. vi Megh. 93; {kAvyasya g-}, the progress or
course of a poem R. i, 3, 2); arriving at, obtaining (with gen. loc., or ifc.) S'Br. ix MBh. &c.; acting
accordingly, obeisance towards (loc.) Âp. i, 13 f.; path, way, course (e.g. {anyatarAM gatiM-gam}, `" to go
either way "', to recover or die Âs'vS'r.) R. Bhag. &c.; a certain division of the mooñs path and the position
of the planet in it (the diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit?) VarBriS.; issue Bhag. iv, 29; running
wound or sore Sus'r.; place of issue, origin, reason ChUp. i, 8, 4 f. Mn. i, 110 R. Mudr.; possibility,
expedient, means Yâjñ. i, 345 R. i Mâlav. &c.; a means of success; way or art, method of acting, stratagem
R. iii, vi; refuge, resource Mn. viii, 84 R. Kathâs. Vet. iv, 20; cf. RTL. p. 260; the position (of a child at
birth) Sus'r.; state, condition, situation, proportion, mode of existence KathhUp. iii, 11 Bhag. Pañcat. &c.;
a happy issue; happiness MBh. iii, 17398; the course of the soul through numerous forms of life,
metempsychosis, condition of a person undergoing this migration Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; manner Âs'vGri. i
Sch.; the being understood or meant Pat.; (in gram.) a term for prepositions and some other adverbial
prefixes (such as {alam} &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or with verbal
derivatives (cf. {karmapravacanIya}) Pân. 1-4, 60 ff.; vi, 2, 49 ff. and 139; viii, 1, 70 f.; a kind of rhetorical
figure Sarasv. ii, 2; a particular high number Buddh.; `" Motion "' (personified as a daughter of Kardama
and wife of Pulaha) BhP. i, v, 1; m. N. of a son of Anala Hariv. i, 3, 43.
gatiH = entrance
gatra = body
gatvaa = attaining
gaurava = glory
gata
mfn. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i, 119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as
time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come
forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Katha1s. ii, 11; come to, approached, arrived at, being in,
situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{sabhAM@g-}, `" come to an assembly "' Mn. viii,
95; %{kAnyakubje@g-}, gone to Ka1nyakubja Pan5cat. v; %{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R.
iii; %{Adya-g-}, %{turya-g-}, %{antya-g-}, taking the first, fourth, last place; %{sarva-g-}, spread
everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S3Br. &c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state
or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{kSayaM} or %{-ye@g-}, gone to destruction;
%{Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with
(e.g. %{putra-g-@sneha}, love directed towards the son R. i; %{tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a
path), frequented, visited RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known,
understood "', having the meaning of (loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S3ak.
vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having disappeared Ca1n2.; the place where any one has gone Pa1n2.
Ka1s3.; anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pa1n2.
1-3, 21 Va1rtt. 5.
gauravaM = respect
gautama* = mf({I})n. relating to Gotama (with {pada-stobha} m. pl.N. of a Sâman); m. patr. fr. Gotama
(N. of Kus'ri, Uddâlaka, Aruna S'Br.; of S'aradvat Hariv. Mriicch. v, 30 VP.; of S'ata7nanda L.; of
S'âkya-muni; of Nodhas and Vâma-deva RAnukr.; of a teacher of ritual Lâthy. Âs'vS'r. Âs'vGri.; of a
grammarian TPrât. Lâthy. [with the epithet {sthavira}]; of a legislator Yâjñ. i, 5; the father of Ekata,
Dvita, and Trita MBh. ix, 2073); (= {got-}) N. of the first pupil of the last Jina (one of the three
Kevalins); N. of a Nâga (also {-maka}) DivyA7v. ii; m. pl. Gautama's family Hariv. 1788 Pravar.; a kind of
poison L.; n. N. of several Sâmans ÂrshBr. Lâthy. iv, 6, 16; fat (cf. {bhAradvAja}, `" bone "') L.;
({gau4tamI}) f. (ganas {gaurA7di} and {zArGgaravA7di}) a female descendant of Gotama (N. of Kriipî
Hariv. BhP.; of Mahâ-prajâpatî Lalit. vii, xv) MBh. xiii, 17 ff. S'ak.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10236; of a
Râkshasî L.; of a river (= {go-dAvarI}, or {go-matI}) MBh. xiii, 7647 R. vi, 2, 27; the bile-stone of cattle
({go-rocanA}) L.; = {rAjanI} L.
geya = that which can be sung * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 97 Kâs'.) to be sung, being sung or praised in song
Lâthy. Hariv. Pân. 3-4, 68 BhP. x; singing, singer of (gen.) Pân. 3-4, 68; n. a song, singing MBh. R. Megh.
&c. (said of the flies) humming Pañcat. i, 15, 8/9); cf. {AzIr-}, {prAtar-}.
geyaM = is to be sung
gehenardin * = mfn. `" shouting defiance at home "', id. ib. Bhathth. v, 41.
ghRNa = heat, ardour, sunshine, through heat or sunshine; a warm feeling towards others, compassion,
tenderness; aversion, contempt; horror, disgust; a kind of cucumber
ghaaTa * =mfn. (%{ghaT}) `" working on "' see %{danta-} ; = %{ghATA} (or %{-Te}) %{yasyA7sti} (or
%{-sya@stas}) g. %{arza-Adi} (not in Ka1s3.) ; n. management of an elephant Gal. ; m. for %{ghaTa} (a
pot) Hariv. 16117 (C) ; the nape or back of the neck , cervical ligament L. ; (%{A}) f. id. Car. i , 17 , 17
Sus3r. vi , 25 , 11 (cf. g. %{arza-Adi}) (cf. %{kara-}.) //2 ghaata = mfn. (%{han} Pa1n2. 7-3 , 32 and 54)
ifc. `" killing "' see %{amitra-} , %{go-} ; m. a blow , bruise MBh. R. &c. ; slaying , killing Mn. x , 48
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; injuring , hurting , devastation , destruction Ya1jn5. ii , 159 MBh. &c. ; (see %{grAma-}
& %{karma-}) ; (in astron.) entrance Su1ryapr. AV. Paris3. ; the product (of a sum in multiplication)
Gan2it.
ghaTa = pot * = mfn. intently occupied or busy with (loc.) Pa1n2. 5-2 , 35 ; = %{ghaTA@yasyA7sti} g.
%{arza-Adi} ; m. a jar , pitcher , jug , large earthen water-jar , watering-pot Mn. viii , xi Ya1jn5. iii , 144
Amr2itUp. MBh. &c. ; the sign Aquarius VarBr2S. ; a measure = 1 Dron2a (or = 20 Dron2as W.)
Asht2a7n3g. v , 6 , 28 S3a1rn3gS. i , 28 ; the head MBh. i , 155 , 38 Sch. ; a part of a column VarBr2S. liii ,
29 ; a peculiar form of a temple , lvi , 18 and 26 ; an elephant's frontal sinus L. ; a border L. ; (=
%{kumbha4}) suspending the breath as a religious exercise L. ; (along with %{karpara} cf. %{-karpara})
N. of a thief Katha1s. lxiv , 43 ; (%{A}) f. (gan2as %{arza-Adi} , %{sidhmA7di} and %{picchA7di}) effort ,
endeavour L. ; an assembly L. ; a number , collection , assemblage BhP. iii , 17 , 6 Kpr. vii , 11/12 ; a troop
(of elephants) assembled for martial purposes Ma1lati1m. v , 19 VarBr2S. xliii S3is3. i , 64 Katha1s.
Ra1jat. ; justification (%{-TAm-aT} , `" to have one's self justified by another "') Bhadrab. iv ; (perhaps
%{-Ta} , m.) a kind of drum ; a sweet citron L. ; (%{I}) f. a waterjar Prab. ii , 7/8 ; (also %{-Ti} q.v. ; cf.
%{-TI-ghaTa}) a period of time (= 24 minutes) Sch. on Ya1jn5. ii , 100-102 and on Su1ryas. i , 25 ; the
Ghari1 or Indian clock (plate of iron or mixed metal on which the hours are struck) L. ; a particular
procession PSarv. (cf. %{dur-} , %{bhadra-}.)
ghaTaka = component
ghaTi = Hour
ghanishha = well-built
ghna * = mf({A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; {I} f. of 2. {han} q.v.)n. ifc. striking with Mn. viii, 386;
killing, killer, murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii; destroying Mn. viii, 127 Yâjñ. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv; removing
Mn. vii, 218 Hariv. 9426 Sus'r.; multiplied by VarBriS. li, 39 Sûryas. (f. {I}); n. ifc. `" killing "' see {a4hi-},
{parNaya-ghna4} (cf. {artha-}, {arzo-}, {kAsa-}, {kula-}, {kuSTha-}, {kRta-}, {kRmi-}, {gara-}, {guru-},
{go-}, {jvara-}, {puruSa-}, &c.) ghna4t * = mfn. pr. p. {han} q.v.
ghora = horrible * = mf({A4})n. (cf. {ghur}) venerable, awful, sublime (gods, the Angiras, the Riishis)
RV. AV. ii, 34, 4; terrific, frightful, terrible, dreadful, violent, vehement (as pains, diseases, &c. ) VS. AV.
TS. ii S'Br. xii &c. (in comp., g. {kASThA7di}); ({am}) ind. `" dreadfully "', very much g. {kASTA7di}; m. `"
the terrible "', S'iva L. (cf. {-ghoratara}); N. of a son of Angiras S'ânkhBr. xxx, 6 Âs'vS'r. xii, 13, 1 ChUp.
MBh. xiii, 4148; ({A}) f. the night L.; N. of a cucurbitaceous plant L.; (scil. {gati}) N. of one of the 7
stations of the planet Mercury VarBriS. vii, 8 and 11; ({I}) f. N. of a female attendant of Durgâ W.;
({a4m}) n. venerableness VS. ii, 32; awfulness, horror AV. S'Br. ix Kaus'. BhP. iv, 8, 36 Gobh. ii, 3 Sch.; `"
horrible action "', magic formulas or charms RV. x, 34, 14 Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. R. i, 58, 8 [379,3]; a kind of
mythical weapon MBh. v, 3491; poison L.; saffron L. (cf. {dhIra} and {gaura}).
ghore = ghastly
ghoshha = noise
ghoshthha* =m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for cattle RV.
VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.; meeting-place, xii, 6547
(= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `"
refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. = {-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii,
254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f. an assembly, meeting, society,
association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior branches), partnership, fellowship MBh.
(metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation, discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic
entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a
rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19; {-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara}
m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `" born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief
herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr. {zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at
home and slanders his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a
cow-pen L.; {-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf.
{gopA7ST-}); {-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
ghoshhaH = vibration
ghosha * = m. indistinct noise, tumult, confused cries of a multitude, battle-cry, cries of victory, cries of
woe or distress, any cry or sound, roar of animals RV. AV. &c.; the sound of a drum, of a conchshell, of
the Soma stones, of a carriage, &c. RV. AV. &c.; the whizzing or whir of a bow-string [TBr. ii], crackling of
fire [MBh. ix, 1334], singing in the ear [S'Br. xiv]; the roaring of a storm, of thunder, of water, &c. RV.
AV. Sus'r. Megh.; the sound of the recital of prayers MBh. R. Mriicch. x, 12; the sound of words spoken at
a distance S'Br. ix; rumour, report (also personified KâtyS'r. Sch.) RV. x, 33, 1; a proclamation SaddhP. iv;
a sound (of speech) ChUp. Sus'r.; the soft sound heard in the articulation of the sonant consonants ({g},
{gh}, {j}, {jh}, {D}, {Dh}, {d}, {dh}, {b}, {bh}, {G}, {J}, {N}, {n}, {m}, {y}, {r}, {l}, {v}, {h}), the vowels,
and Anusvâra which with the Yamas of the first 10 of the soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds
(cf. {a-gh-}) RPrât. xiii, 5 f. APrât. Sch. Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.; an ornament that makes a tinkling sound BhP. x,
8, 22; a station of herdsmen MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 85); (pl.) the inhabitants of a station of
herdsmen MBh. iv, 1152; a particular form of a temple Hcat. ii, 1, 389; a musquito L.; Luffa foetida or a
similar plant L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10386; N. of a man (Sây.) RV. i, 120, 5; of an Asura Kâthh. xxv, 8; of
a prince of the Kânva dynasty BhP. xii, 1, 16; of a son of Daksha's daughter Lambâ Hariv. 148 and 12480;
of an Arhat Buddh.; a common N. for a Kâya-stha or one of the writer caste W.; m. pl. (g. {dhUmA7di})
N. of a people or country VarBriS. xiv, 2; m. n. brass, bellmetal L.; ({A}) f. Anethum Sowa L.; =
{karkaTazRGgI} L.; N. of a daughter of Kakshîvat RV. i, 117, 7; 122, 5 (? Impv. {ghuS}); x, 40, 5 (cf.
{Atma-}, {indra-}, {uccair-}, &c.)
ghnii = destroying
gila * = swallowing
gir.h = language
giraH = words
giraaM = of vibrations
gira* = 1 ifc. = 1. {gi4r}, speech, voice VarBriS. xxxii, 5; 1. ({A}) f. (g. {ajA7di} Ganar. 41 Sch.) id. L.
giri = mountain
girijaa = paarvati
giri4s'a * =m. (g. {lomA7di}) `" inhabiting mountains "', N. of Rudra-S'iva VS. xvi, 4 (voc.) MBh. Ragh.
Kum. &c.; N. of a Rudra RâmatUp.; ({A}) f. = {-zAyikA} Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 14; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9423 (v.l.
{guhasya jananI}).
gir117s'a * =m. (= {-rI7ndra}) a high mountain; N. of the Himavat L.; `" mountain-lord "', S'iva MBh. xiii,
6348 Kum.; one of the 11 Rudras Yâjñ. ii, 102/103, 34; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9424 (cf. {giri-zA}).
gi4riis'a * m. `" lord of &110071[355, 1] speech "'N. of Briihaspati (regent of the planet Jupiter) L
gilati = to swallow
giita = (n) song* = mfn. ( {gai}) sung, chanted, praised in songs Mn. ix, 42 MBh. &c.; n. singing, song VS.
xxx TBr. iii S'Br. iii, vi Âp. &c.; N. of four hymns addressed to Kriishna; ({A}) f. a song, sacred song or
poem, religious doctrines declared in metrical form by an inspired sage (cf. Agastyagñgîta4. Bhagavad-
gñgîta4 [often called Gîtâ Prab. vi, 9/10 &c.], Râma-gñgîta4, S'iva-gñgîta4); N. of a metre.
giitajJa* = mfn. versed in the art of singing, acquainted with songs Yâjñ. iii, 116.
giitaka* = n. a song, hymn Yâjñ. iii, 113 BhP. viii VP. (Sâh. i, 2/3, 14) Kathâs.; a kind of metre
({narkuTaka}) VarBriS. civ, 52; melody (seven in number) MârkP. xxiii, 51 and 59 ({ikA}) f. a short song
or hymn MBh. iii, 8173 ({gAthikA} ed. Bomb.); a metre of 4 X 20 syllables; a stanza composed in the Gîti
metre Kathâs. cxvii, 109 (with reference to 65 f.) (cf. {daza-gItikA}.)
giitaM = described
glaaniH = discrepancies
go = cow / bull * = {gau4s} (acc. {gA4m} instr. {ga4vA} dat. {ga4ve}, gen. abl. {go4s} loc. {ga4vi}; du.
{gA4vA} [Ved.], {gA4vau}; pl. nom. {gA4vas} acc. {gA4s} [rarely {gA4vas} TBr. iii TUp. MBh. iv, 1506 R.
ii] instr. {go4bhis} dat. abl. {go4bhyas}, gen. {ga4vAm} [once at the end of a Pâda RV. iv, 1, 19] and [in
RV. at the end of Pâdas only cf. Pân. 7-1, 57] {go4nAm} loc. {go4Su}) m. an ox f. a cow, (pl.) cattle, kine,
herd of cattle RV. &c. (in comp. before vowels [cf. Pân. 6-1, 122 ff.] {gav}, {gava}, qq. vv.; cf. also
{gavAm}, {gavi}, {gAM} ss.vv.; {gavAM vrata}N. of a Sâman; {gavAM tIrtha} see {go t-}; {go4Su-gam}, to
set out for a battle [to conquer cows] RV. ii, 25, 4; v, 45, 9; viii, 71, 5); `" anything coming from or
belonging to an ox or cow "', milk (generally pl.), flesh (only pl. RV. x, 16, 7; `" fat "' Gmn.), skin, hide,
leather, strap of leather, bow-string, sinew (RV. x, 27, 22 AV. i, 2, 3) RV.; = {go4-SToma} (q.v.) AitBr. iv,
15 S'Br. xiii ( also {go-Ayu4s}); (pl.) `" the herds of the sky "', the stars RV. i, 154, 6 and vii, 36, 1; (m.
[also f. Un. Sch.]) rays of light (regarded as the herds of the sky, for which Indra fights with Vriitra)
MBh. i, iii Hariv. 2943 R. &c.; m. the sign Taurus VarBriS. xl f. VarBri. Laghuj.; the sun (cf. {-putra}) Nir.
ii, 6 and 14; the moon L.; a kind of medicinal plant ({RSabha}) L.; a singer, praiser (fr. {gai}) Naigh. iii,
16; `" a goer "', horse (fr. 1. {gA}) Sây. on RV. i, 121, 9 and iv, 22, 8; N. of two Riishis of the SV. (with the
patr. Ângirasa [TândyaBr. xvi] and Mâyûka); N. of a man (who with Pushkara is said to be the
{balA7dhyakSa} of the sons and grandsons of Varuna) MBh. ii, 381 (cf. R. vii, 23, 28); m. or f. (?) the
suñs ray called Sushumna Nir. ii, 6; water BhP. i, 10, 36 (also f. pl., xi, 7, 50); an organ of sense BhP. vii,
5, 30; the eye Kuval. 70; a billion TândyaBr. xvii, 14, 2; mf. the sky Naigh. i, 4 (perhaps VS. xxiii, 48); the
thunderbolt Sây. on RV. v, 30, 7; the hairs of the body L.; f. an offering in the shape of a cow (= {dhenu}
q.v.) W.; a region of the sky L.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth (as the milk-cow of kings) Mn. iv, xii MBh. R. &c.;
(hence) the number `" nine "' Jyot. Sûryas.; = {go-vIthI} Sch. on VarBriS. ix, 1 ff.; a mother L. (cf.
VarBriS. iii, 68); (Naigh. i, 11) speech, Sarasvatî (goddess of speech) MBh. i, iii, v Ragh. ii, v Cân.; voice,
note (fr. {gai}) S'is'. iv, 36; N. of Gaurî Gal.; of the wife [or of a daughter-in-law BhP. ix, 21, 25] of S'uka
(a daughter of the manes called Sukâlas) Hariv. 986 MatsyaP.; N. of a daughter of Kakut-stha and wife of
Yayâti Hariv. 1601; [cf. $; Lat. {bos}; Old Germ. {chuo}; Mod. Germ. {Kuh}; Eng. {cow}; Lett. {gohw}; cf.
also $, $; Goth. {gavi} and Mod. Germ. {Gau}.]
gokula* = n. a herd of kine MBh. R. &c.; a cow-house or station ib.; a village or tract on the Yamunâ
(residence of Nanda and of Kriishna during his youth BhP.; [RTL. p. 113] the inhabitants of that place)
BhP. ii, 7, 31; N. of a certain sanctuary or holy place Râjat. v, 23; {-jit} m. N. of an author of the 17th
century; {-nAtha} m. N. of the author of the Padavâkya-ratna7kara; of the author of the
Rasa-maha7rnava; {-stha} m. pl.N. of a Vaishnava sect; {-lA7STaka} n. N. of a poem; {-le7za} m. `" lord
of the Gokula "'N. of Kriishna Gal.; {-lo7dbhavA} f. N. of Durgâ L.
gola = globe
goloka * = m. (n., Tantr.), `" cow-world "', a part of heaven, or (in later mythol. RTL. 118 and 291)
Kriishna's heaven MBh. xiii, 3195 (cf. 3347) Hariv. 3994 (cf. 3899) R. ii BrahmaP.; {-varNana} n. N. of
BrahmaP. iv, 4; of part of the Sadâ-siva-sanhitâ; of part of SkandaP.
gomukhaaH = horns
gosa* = m. ({so}) = {-visarga} L.; ({e}) loc. ind. (v.l. {go-ze}) at day-break L. Sch.; (in Prâkriit Hâl.)
gosa* =2 m. myrrh L.
goshaa* = mfn. ({sA} = {san} Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 67 and viii, 3, 108 = {-Sa4Ni} RV. ix, 2, 10; 16, 2; 61, 20; x,
95, 3. [367,2]
goshthhe* = loc. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-kSveDin} mfn. `" bellowing in a cow-pen "', a boasting coward, g.
{pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}; {-paTu} mfn. `" clever in a cow-pen "', a vain boaster ib.;
{-paNDita} mfn. id. ib.; {-pragalbha} mfn. `" courageous in a cow-pen "', a boasting coward ib.; {-vijitin}
mfn. `" victorious in a cow-pen "' id. ib.; {-zaya} mfn. sleeping in a cow-stable Yâjñ. iii, 263; {-zUra} m. a
hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward g. {pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}.
gostana* = m. a cow's dug MBh. iii, 32, 4; a cluster of blossoms, nosegay W.; a pearl necklace consisting
of 4 (or of 34 W.) strings L.; a kind of fort; ({I}) f. a kind of red grape Bhpr. v, 6, 108; N. of one of the
mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2621; {-nA7kAra} mfn. shaped like cow's dug Sus'r. ii, vi Bhpr. v;
{-nI-sava} m. a kind of wine Npr.
goshthoma* = ({go4-}) m. ({sto4ma} Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) an Eka7ha ceremony forming part of the
Abhiplava which lasts 6 days (also called {go4} q.v.) TS. vii Lâthy. x (cf. AitBr. iv, 15 and {-stoma}.) 1.
goshthhI* = f. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-pati} m. the chief person or president of an assembly W.; {-bandha} m.
meeting for conversation Kâd. v, 825; {-yAna} m. a society-carriage Mriicch. vi, 4; {-zAlA} f. a
meeting-room; {-zrAddha} n. a kind of S'râddha ceremony Kull. on Mn. iii, 254 (RTL. p. 305).
goshthha* = m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for cattle RV.
VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.; meeting-place, xii, 6547
(= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `"
refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. = {-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii,
254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f. an assembly, meeting, society,
association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior branches), partnership, fellowship MBh.
(metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation, discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic
entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a
rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19; {-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara}
m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `" born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief
herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr. {zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at
home and slanders his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a
cow-pen L.; {-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf.
{gopA7ST-}); {-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
go4shthha* =goSTha* = Nom. Â. (fr. 1. {-STha}) {-SThate}, to assemble, collect Dhâtup. viii, 4.
gosvaamin* = m. the master or possessor of a cow or of cows KâtyS'r. Mn. viii, 231 VarBriS.; a religious
mendicant (commonly {gosAin} cf. RTL. pp. 87; 135; 142; also affixed as a honorary title to proper names
e.g. {vopadeva-g-}); `" lord of cows "', Kriishna W.; {-mi-sthAna} n. N. of a mountain peak in the middle
of the Hima7laya W.
gotama* = ({go4-}) m. (superl.) N. of a Riishi belonging to the family of Angiras with the patr.
Râhû-gana (author of RV. i, 74-93) RV. AV. S'Br. i, xi, xiv ShadvBr. &c.; (for {gaut-}) N. of the chief
disciple of Mahâ-vîra; of a lawyer (cf. {gautama4}); of the founder of the Nyâya phil.; `" the largest ox "'
and `" N. of the founder of Nyâya phil. "' Naish. xvii, 75; N. of a son of Karnika Buddh.; ? MBh. xiii, 4490
(cf. {-dama}); m. pl. (Pân. 2-4, 65) the descendants of the Riishi Gotama RV. Âs'vS'r. xii, 10 Lâthy.; n. a
kind of poison Gal.; ({I}) f. v.l. for {gaut-} in g. {gaurA7di}; {-gaura} m. = {gaura-gotama}, the white
Gotama Ganar. 89 Sch.; {-pRcchA} f. `" questions of (Mahâ-vîra's pupil) Gotama (put forth in a
discussion with Pârs'va's pupil Kes'in) "'N. of a Jain work; {-stoma} m. N. of an Eka7ha sacrifice Âs'vS'r.
S'ânkhS'r. (cf. S'Br. xiii, 5, 1, 1); {-svAmin} m. Mahâ-vîra's pupil Gotama; {-mA7nvaya} m. N. of
S'âkya-muni L.; {-mI-putra} m. `" son of Gotamî "'N. of a king (50 B.C. or A.D.) Inscr. VâyuP. MatsyaP.;
{-me7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Tîrtha S'ivaP.
govindaM = Govinda
graaha * =(Pân. 3-1, 143) mf({I})n. ifc. seizing, holding, catching, receiving Yâjñ. ii, 51 R. iv, 41, 38; taking
(a wife) Yâjñ. ii, 51 (cf. {karNa-}, {gila-}, {dhanur-}, {pANi-}, {pArSNi-}, {vandi-}, {vyAla-}, {hasta-}); m.
a rapacious animal living in fresh or sea water, any large fish or marine animal (crocodile, shark, serpent,
Gangetic alligator, water elephant, or hippopotamus) Mn. vi, 78 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}, iv, 2017; xvi R. ii); a
prisoner L.; the handle (of a sword &c.) Gal.; seizure, grasping, laying hold of Pañcat. i, 10, 1 (v.l. for
{graha}); morbid affection, disease S'Br. iii; paralysis (of the thigh, {Uru-grAha4} AV. xi, 9, 12 [{ur-}
MSS.] MBh. v, 2024 and vi, 5680); `" mentioning "' see {nAma-}; fiction, whim Bhag. xvii, 19;
conception, notion of (in comp.) Vajracch. 6 and 9; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({I}) f. a female marine animal or
crocodile R. vi, 82, 73 ff.
graahaan.h = things
graahya = what is to be grasped * = mfn. to be seized or taken or held RV. x, 109, 3 Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
to be clasped or spanned Kathâs. lxxiv, 217; to be captured or imprisoned Yâjñ. ii, 267 & 283 MBh. &c.; to
be overpowered Prab. ii, 8/9; ({a-} neg.) R. (B) iii, 33, 16; to be picked or gathered R. iv, 43, 29; to be
received or accepted or gained Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be taken in marriage, xiii, 5091; to be received in a
friendly or hospitable manner, xii, 6282; to be insisted upon Kathâs. xvii, 83; to be chosen or taken
account of Râjat. iv, 612; to be perceived or recognised or understood Mn. i, 7 MBh. &c. (cf. {a-}); (in
astron.) to be observed VarBriS.; to be considered R. v, vii VarBriS. lxi, 19; to be understood in a
particular sense, meant Vop. vi, 15 Pân. Sch.; to be accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or
assented to, to be attended to or obeyed, to be admitted in evidence Mn. viii, 78 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be
undertaken or followed (a vow) Kathâs. vcii, 38; to be put (as confidence) in (loc.), lviii, 36; m. an
eclipsed globe (sun or moon) Sûryas.; n. poison (NBD.; `" a present "' BRD.) L.; the objects of sensual
perception Yogas. i, 41; ({A}) f. archery exercise Gal. (cf. {dur-}, {suhha-}, {svayaM-}.)
graahya * mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. {a-pratig-}); one from whom anything
may be received MBh. (cf. {-gRhya} and Pân. ib.); m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch.
graahyaM = accessible
graama* = m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet RV. i, x AV. VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of a place,
community, race RV. x, 146, 1 AV. &c.; any number of men associated together, multitude, troop (esp. of
soldiers) RV. i, iii, x AV. iv, 7, 5 S'Br. vi, xii; the old women of a family PârGri. i, 9, 3 Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pân. 6-2,
84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in general) cf. {indriya-}, {guNa-}, {bhUta-}, &c.; a number
of tones, scale, gamut Pañcat. v, 43 MârkP. xxiii, 52; = {indriya-} Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people RV. ii,
12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village R. ii, 57, 4 Hcat. i, 7, 721/722; [cf. {ariSTa-}, {mahA-}, {zUra-}, {saM-}; cf. Hib.
{gramaisg}, `" the mob "'; {gramasgar}, `" a flock. "']
graamya4* = mfn. (Pân. 4-2, 94) used or produced in a village TS. v AitBr. vii, 7, 1 Kaus'.; relating to
villages Mn. vii, 120; prepared in a village (as food) S'Br. ix, xii Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages i.e.) among
men, domesticated, tame (an animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to {vanya} or {araNya}, `" wild "') RV.
x, 90, 8 AV. VS. &c.; allowed in a village, relating to the sensual pleasures of a village MBh. xii, 4069 R. iii
f. BhP. iv, vi [374, 1]; rustic, vulgar (speech) Vâm. ii, 1, 4; (see {-tA} and {-tva}); relating to a musical
scale W.; m. a villager Yâjñ. ii, 166 MBh. xiii BhP. &c.; a domesticated animal see {-mAMsa}; =
{-ma-kola} W.; n. rustic or homely speech W.; the Prâkriit and the other dialects of India as contra-
distinguished from the Sanskriit W.; food prepared in a village MBh. i, 3637 KâtyS'r. xxii Sch.; sensual
pleasure, sexual intercourse MBh. ii, 2270 BhP. iv; ({A}) f. = {-miNI} L.; = {-ma-ja-niSpAvI} L.
graha = Planet * =(Pân. 3-3, 58; g. {vRSA7di}) mfn. ifc. (iii, 2, 9 Vârtt. 1) seizing, laying hold of, holding
BhP. iii, 15, 35 (cf. {aGkuza-}, {dhanur-}, &c.); obtaining, v, viii; perceiving, recognising, iv, 7, 31; m. `"
seizer (eclipser) "', Râhu or the dragoñs head MBh. &c.; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies
of men in a supernatural manner; sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and
Saturn MBh. vi, 4566 f. R. i, 19, 2 Ragh. iii, 13 &c.; also 7 i.e. the preceding with Râhu and Ketu MBh. vii,
5636; also 9 i.e. the sun [cf. S'Br. iv, 6, 5, 1 and 5 MBh. xiii, 913; xiv, 1175] and moon with the 7 preceding
Yâjñ. i, 295 MBh. iv, 48 VarBriS.; also the polar star is called a Graha, Garg. (Jyot. 5 Sch.); the planets are
either auspicious {zubha-}, {sad-}, or inauspicious {krUra-}, {pApa-} VarBriS.; with Jainas they
constitute one of the 5 classes of the Jyotishkas); the place of a planet in the fixed zodiac W.; the number
`" nine "'; N. of particular evil demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and
mind of man (causing insanity &c.; it falls within the province of medical science to expel these demons;
those who esp. seize children and cause convulsions &c. are divided into 9 classes according to the
number of planets Sus'r.) MBh. &c.; any state which proceeds from magical influences and takes
possession of the whole man BhP. vii, ix BrahmaP. Hit. ii, 1, 20; a crocodile MBh. xvi, 142 (ifc. f. {A}) R.
iv f. BhP. viii; any ladle or vessel employed for taking up a portion of fluid (esp. of Soma) out of a larger
vessel Mn. v, 116 Yâjñ. i, 182; N. of the 8 organs of perception (viz. the 5 organs of sense with Manas, the
hands and the voice) S'Br. xiv NriisUp. i, 4, 3, 22; (= {gRha}) a house R. vii, 40, 30 (cf. {a-}, {khara-},
{-druma} and {-pati}); `" anything seized "', spoil, booty MBh. iii, 11461 (cf. {-hA7luJcana}); as much as
can be taken with a ladle or spoon out of a larger vessel, ladleful, spoonful (esp. of Soma) RV. x, 114, 5
VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the middle of a bow or that part which is grasped when the bow is used MBh. iv,
1351 ({su-}, 1326); the beginning of any piece of music; grasp, seizing, laying hold of (often ifc.) Kaus'. 10
MBh. &c.; keeping back, obstructing Sus'r.; imprisoning, imprisonment ({-haM-gam}, `" to become a
prisoner "' Kâm.) R. ii, 58, 2; seizure (by demons causing diseases e.g. {aGga-}, spasm of the limbs)
Sus'r.; seizure of the sun and moon, eclipse AV. xix, 9, 7 and 10 VarBriS.; stealing, robbing Mn. ix, 277
MBh. vi, 4458; effort Hit.; insisting upon, tenacity, perseverance in (loc. or in comp.) BhP. vii, 14, 11
Naish. ix, 12 Kathâs. Râjat. viii, 226; taking, receiving, reception Mn. viii, 180 S'riingâr.; taking up (any
fluid); choosing MBh. xii, 83, 12 Sâh. vi, 136; `" favour "' see {-nigraha}; mentioning, employing (a word)
Mn. viii, 271 Pân. 7-1, 21, Kâr. 2 Amar. Râjat.; apprehension, perception, understanding Bhâshâp. BhP.
Sarvad. Sch. on Jaim. and KapS.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. = {gRhItvA} see {grah} (cf. {guda-}, {ziro-}, {hanu-},
{hRd-}.)
grahaNa * =mfn. ifc. seizing, holding Hariv. 2734; resounding in (?) S'ak. ii, 0/1, 6; n. the hand L.; an
organ of sense Yogas. i, 41; a prisoner MBh. xiii, 2051; a word mentioned or employed (e.g. {vacana-}, `"
the word {vacana} "') Pat. and Kâs'.; seizing, holding, taking S'Br. xiv Mn. ii, 317 MBh. &c.; taking by the
hand, marrying, i, 1044; catching, seizure, taking captive Mn. v, 130 MBh. &c.; seizure (as by a demon
causing diseases), demoniacal possession Hcat.; seizure of the sun or moon, eclipse Âp. i, 11 Yâjñ. i, 218
VarBriS. &c.; gaining, obtaining, receiving, acceptance R. i, 3, 18 Pañcat. Kathâs. xci, 37; choosing
Sânkhyak. Prab. Sâh. vi, 201; purchasing Pañcat.; taking or drawing up (any fluid) S'Br. iv KâtyS'r.; the
taking up of sound, echo W.; attraction Megh. Ragh. vii, 24 Pañcat. v, 13, 5/6; putting on (clothes) MBh.
ii, 840 Ragh. xvii, 21; assuming (a shape) Yâjñ. iii, 69 MBh. xiv Devîm.; undertaking, devoting one's self
to (in comp.) R. v, 76, 22 Pañcat. [372, 3]; service BhP. iii, 1, 44; including Pân. Kâs'.; mentioning,
employing (a word or expression) KâtyS'r. Lâthy. VPrât. Pân. Vârtt. Pat. and Kâs'. Sâh. vi, 205;
mentioning with praise, acknowledgment Sus'r.; assent, agreement W.; perceiving, understanding,
comprehension, receiving instruction, acquirement of any science Mn. ii, 173 MBh. iii, xiv Ragh. &c.;
acceptation, meaning Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 5 Pat. Kâs'. and Siddh. on Pân.; ({I}) f. an imaginary organ
supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the
alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused)
Sus'r.; = {-NI-gada} Ashtha7ng. iii, 8 Hcat. i, 7 (cf. {kara-}, {keza-}, {garbha-}, {cakSur-}, {nAma-},
{pANi-}, {punar-}.)
grAhita * = mfn. made to take or seize W.; made to accept or take (a seat &c.) Vikr. iii, 0/1 Das3. vii, 266
Katha1s. li, 71; made to undertake or to be occupied with (instr.) R. (G) i, 7, 14; taught MBh. iii, 12195.
grasana * = swallowing, devouring, a kind of partial eclipse of the sun or moon, seizing, the mouth, jaws
grasamaanaH = devouring
grasishhNu = devouring
grasta* = mfn. swallowed, eaten Pañcat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or absorbed Sus'r.; possessed (by
a demon) Das'. iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii, 7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected by Yâjñ. iii, 245
Pañcat. &c.; eclipsed MBh. iii, 2667 R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred RPrât. Lâthy. Pân. S'. (RV.)
35 Pat.; ({a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 18.
gRhIta * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of ChUp.
A1s3vGr2. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `"
taken on one's self "' see %{-mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak. (v.l.) Mudr.;
received completely into one's mind (opposed to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not successfully) Pa1n2.
2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
griNaami = I hold
gRR\\1 cl. 9. P. A1. %{gRNA4ti}, %{-NIte4} (1. sg. A1. and 3. sg. Pass. %{gRNe4} RV.; 1. sg. A1.
%{gRNISe4} RV.; 2. pl. %{gRNa4tA} AV. v, 27, 9; p. P. %{gRNa4t} RV. &c.; A1. & Pass. %{gRNAna4} RV.;
Ved. inf. Impv. %{gRNISa4Ni} RV. vi, 15, 6 and viii, 12, 19), to call, call out to, invoke RV. AV. S3Br. iv
Bhag. xi, 21; to announce, proclaim RV.; to mention with praise, praise, extol RV. BhP. xi, 13, 41 Bhat2t2.
viii, 77; to pronounce, recite MBh. vii, 1754 Ragh. BhP. i, 1, 14; to relate, teach in verses, 4, 9 Gan2it. i, 4,
5; [cf. $, $; Hib. {goirim}; Old Germ. {quar}, {quir}, &c.; Old Pruss. {gerbu}, `" to speak "'; Angl. Sax.
{gale}; Germ. {Nachtigal}; Lat. {gallus} ?]\\2 cl. 6. P. %{girati} or (cf. P. viii, 2, 21) %{gilati} (S3Br. i
MBh. Sus3r.), ep. also A1. %{girate} (1. sg. %{gi4rAmi} AV. vi, 135, 3; perf. %{jagAra} RV.; aor. Subj. 3. pl.
%{garan} RV. i, 158, 5), to swallow, devour, eat RV. &c.; to emit or eject from the mouth MBh. xii, 12872:
Caus. (aor. 2. sg. %{ajIgar}) to swallow RV. i, 163, 7: Intens. %{jegilyate} Pa1n2. 8-2, 20: Desid.
%{jigariSati}, vii, 2, 75; [cf. 2. %{gal}, 2 %{gir}, %{gila}, 2. %{gIrNa4}; Lith. {gerru}, `" to drink "'; Lat.
{glu-tio}, {gula}; Slav. {gr-lo}; Russ. {z8ora}.]\\ = 3 (= 3. %{kRR}) cl. 10. A1. %{gArayate}, to know
Dha1tup. xxxiii, 33; to make known, teach ib.
griha = house
grihasthaaH = householders
grihiita*= mfn. ({grah}, but see {gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of ChUp.
Âs'vGri. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `" taken
on one's self "' see {-mauna}; mentioned Pañcat.; perceived, understood S'ak. (v.l.) Mudr.; received
completely into one's mind (opposed to {adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not successfully) Pân. 2-3, 6 Kâs'.
BhP. i, 2, 12.
grihiitacetas*= mfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated BhP. vi, 18, 38.
grihiiti*= f. `" seizing, taking "' (the hand, 1. {kara-}), and `" levying "' (taxes, 2. {kara-}) Hcar. iv, 23;
perception Bâdar. iii, 3, 16; taking anything to mean or understanding by anything, 4, 23 Sch.
grihiitin*= mfn. one who has grasped &c. anything (loc.), g. {iSTA7di}.
grihNan.h = accepting
grihNaati = to catch
grihyavat*= m mfn. having many adherents or partisans TândyaBr. xiii, 11, 13 Sch.
grihya*=1 ind. p. Ved. ifc., `" seizing by "' see {karNa-}, {pAda-}, and {hasta-gR4hya}; {haste-}. \\*=2
mfn. (fr. {grah}) to be grasped or taken AV. v, 20, 4 S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; perceptible S'vetUp. i, 13; ({a4-}
neg.) S'Br. xiv; (Pân. 3-1, 119) `" to be taken together with "' (in comp.), adhering to the party of (Kâs'.),
being in close relation to (as the lotus to the moon) Kâvya7d. ii, 179 Das'. vi; vii, 254 Kir. ii, 5 Bhathth. vi,
61; to be acknowledged or admitted W.; to be adopted or trusted or relied on W.; = {ava-} Vop. xxvi, 20;
n. for {guhya} (anus) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 3-1, 119) ifc. being outside (of a town or village, as {senA}, an
army) Kâs'.; a suburb L. \\*=3 mfn. (fr. {gRha4}) belonging to a house, domestic (said of an Agni) TS. v
MaitrS. AitBr. viii, 10, 9 Gobh. &c. (said of a series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs,
such as marriages, births &c., and treated of in the Griihya-sûtras, q.v.); living in houses, domesticated
(as animals) L.; not free, dependent, ({a-} neg.) Bhathth. vi, 61; m. the domestic Agni S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; a
domesticated animal L.; m. pl. the inmates of a house, domestics S'Br. ii f. xii KâtyS'r. PârGri. ii; n. a
domestic rite Gaut.; a domestic rule or affair BhP. x, 8, 25 Hcat.; = {-sUtra}; ({A}) f. domestic rites and
the rules relating to them Griihyâs.
griivaM = neck
gu = darkness
guDa = jaggery
guDaakesha = O Arjuna
guDaakeshena = by Arjuna
guha * m. (g. {azmA7di}) `" reared in a secret place "'N. of Skanda (the god; cf. Kârttikeya) MBh. iii, ix,
xiii Hariv. 10478 Sus'r. Kum. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1263; of Vishnu W.; of a king of the Nishâdas
(friend of Râma) R. i f. vi Mcar. iv, 60/7; N. belonging to persons of the writer caste W.; a horse (`" a
swift horse "' W.) L.; m. pl.N. of a people in the south of India MBh. xii, 7559 [360, 3]; (2. {gu4hA}) f.
(ganas {vRSA7di} and {bhidA7di}) a hiding-place, cave, cavern VS. xxx, 16 TBr. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Hcat. i, 7 and 10); (fig.) the heart S'vetUp. iii, 20 MBh. xii BhP. ii, 9, 24; Hemionitis cordifolia Sus'r. i, 19,
27; v, 7, 1 (cf. {prati-g-}); Desmodium gangeticum L.; (3. {gu4hA}), Ved. instr. ind. in a hiding-place, in
secret, secretly (opposed to {Avi4s}, and especially with {dhA}, {ni-dhA}, {kR}, `" to conceal, remove "')
RV. AV. S'Br. xi, xiii.
guhyaka* = m. N. of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakshas are attendants of Kubera (the god of
wealth) and guardians of his treasures (they may have received their N. from living in mountain
caverns) Mn. xii, 47 MBh. Hariv. &c. (identified with Yakshas MBh. v, 7480 Megh. 5 &c.); the number `"
eleven "' Sûryas.; N. of Kubera L.; m. `" mystery "' see {tathAgata-g-}.
gulma * = m. (rarely n. MBh. x BhP. viii, x) a cluster or clump of trees, thicket, bush, shrub VS. xxv, 8
Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; a troop or guard of soldiers, body of troops, division of an army (consisting of 45 foot, 27
horse, 9 chariots, and 9 elephants MBh. i, 290; or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots, and 27 elephants L.;
cf. MBh. v, 5270) Mn. vii, ix MBh. &c.; a fort, entrenchment W.; disciplining an army W.; m. a chronic
enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland
&c.) Sus'r. VarBri. xxi, 8 Kathâs. xv; the spleen L.; `" a wharf or stairs, Ghath "' see {-tara-paNya}; ({I}) f.
a cluster or clump of trees L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; jujube L.; small cardamoms L.; a tent L.
guna = character
guNa = qualities * = m. ( {grah} Un.) a single thread or strand of a cord or twine (e.g. {tri-g-} q.v.), string
or thread, rope TS. vii Mriicch. Kum. Ragh.; a garland W.; a bow-string R. iii, 33, 16 ({cApa-}) Ragh. ix, 54
Riitus. Hit.; (in geom.) a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord S'is'. iv, 57: ifc. (f. {A}) with
numerals `" fold, times "' (see {ca4tur-}, {tri-}, {daza-}, {dvi4-}, {paJca-}; rarely the numeral stands by
itself along with {guNa4} [e.g. {viziSTo dazabhir guNaiH}, `" of ten times higher value "' Mn. ii, 85] AV.
x, 8, 43 MBh. iii, 15649 Hariv. 509; [{guNa} = {bhAga}] Pân. 5-2, 47 Kâs'.); a multiplier, co-efficient (in
alg.); subdivision, species, kind (e.g. {gandhasya guNAH}, the different kinds of smell MBh. xii, 6847);
the 6 subdivisions of action for a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem, and
recourse to the protection of a mightier king) Mn. vii, 160 Yâjñ. i, 346 MBh. ii, 155; = {upA7ya} (q.v.,
denoting the 4 ways of conquering an enemy) R. v, 81, 41; `" requisite "' see {-No7pe7ta}; a secondary
element, subordinate or unessential part of any action (e.g. {sarva-g-} mfn. `" reaching to all subordinate
parts "', hence `" valid throughout "' KâtyS'r.) S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. R. v, 1, 71; an auxiliary act
S'ânkhBr. xxvi, 4; a secondary dish (opposed to {anna} i.e. rice or the chief dish), side-dish Mn. iii, 224
ff.; (= {-karman}, in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an action Pân. 1-4, 51 Sch.; a quality,
peculiarity, attribute or property Lâthy. S'ânkhGri. Mn. iii, ix, &c.; an attribute of the 5 elements (each of
which has its own peculiar quality or qualities as well as organ of sense; thus 1. ether has {zabda}, or
sound for its Guna and the ear for its organ; 2. the air has tangibility and sound for its Gunas and the
skin for its organ; 3. fire or light has shape or colour, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the eye for
its organs; 4. water has flavour, shape, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the tongue for its organ;
5. earth has the preceding Gunas, with the addition of its own peculiar Guna of smell, and the nose for
its organ) Mn. i, 20 and 76-78 MBh. xii, 6846 ff. S'ak. i, 1 BhP. iii, 5, 35; (in S'ânkhya phil.) an ingredient
or constituent of Prakriiti, chief quality of all existing beings (viz. {sattva}, {rajas}, and {tamas} i.e.
goodness, passion, and darkness, or virtue, foulness, and ignorance; cf. RTL. pp. 31; 36; 163) Mn. i; iii,
40; xii, 24 ff. Sânkhyak. Bhag. xiii f.; (hence) the number `" three "' VarBriS. iic, 1; a property or
characteristic of all created things (in Nyâya phil. twenty-four Gunas are enumerated, viz. 1. {rUpa},
shape, colour; 2. {rasa}, savour; 3. {gandha}, odour; 4. {sparza}, tangibility; 5. {saMkhyA}, number; 6.
{parimANa}, dimension; 7. {pRthaktva}, severalty; 8. {saMyoga}, conjunction; 9. {vibhAga}, disjunction;
10. {paratva}, remoteness; 11. {aparatva}, proximity; 12. {gurutva}, weight; 13. {dravatva}, fluidity; 14.
{sneha}, viscidity; 15. {zabda}, sound; 16. {buddhi} or {jJAna}, understanding or knowledge; 17. {sukha},
pleasure; 18. {duHkha}, pain; 19. {icchA}, desire; 20. {dveSa}, aversion; 21. {prayatna}, effort; 22.
{dharma}, merit or virtue; 23. {adharma}, demerit; 24. {saMskAra}, the self-reproductive quality); an
epithet KâtyS'r.; good quality, virtue, merit, excellence Mn. MBh. &c.; the merit of composition
(consistency, elegance of expression, &c.) Kâvya7d. i, 41 f. Kpr. viii Sâh. viii; the peculiar properties of the
letters (11 in number, viz. the 8 {bAhya-prayatnAs} [q.v.] and the 3 accents) Kâs'. on Pân. 1-1, 9 and 50
(cf. {-mAtra}); the first gradation of a vowel, the vowels {a} (with {ar}, {al} Pân. 1-1, 51), {e}, {o} Nir. x,
17 RPrât. xi, 6 Pân.; an organ of sense L.; a cook (cf. {-kAra}) L.; Bhîma-sena (cf. {-kAra}) L.; ({A}) f.
Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.; the plant {mAMsarohiNI} L.; N. of a princess Râjat. iv, 695 (cf. {nir-}, {vi-},
{sa-}; {gauNa}.)
guNan.h = praising
guNatva n. the condition of a string Hit. ; subordination Ka1tyS3r. ; the possession of qualities Sarvad.
x , 35 and 52 ; excellence Sus3r. i , 45 , 7 , 19 ; multiplication W.
guNavat * = mfn. `" furnished with a thread or string "' and `" endowed with good qualities "' Pan5cat.
S3a1rn3gP. Subh. ; endowed with the five qualities or attributes of elements Sa1m2khyak. 60 ; endowed
with good qualities or virtues or merits or excellences , excellent , perfect MBh. R. &c. ; m. N. of a son of
Gun2avati1 Hariv. 8840 ; (%{tI}) f. N. of a combination of three S3lokas forming all one phrase
Ka1vya7d. i , 13 Sch. ; of a daughter (of Suna1bha and wife of Sa1mba Hariv. 8762 ; 8779 ; 8840 ; of the
prince Gun2a-sa1gara Katha1s. cxxiii) ; %{-tama} mfn. (superl.) most excellent Ya1jn5. ii , 78 ; %{-tara}
mfn. (compar.) more excellent Mn. v , 113 R. iii Pan5cat. ; %{-tA} f. the state of possessing qualities W. ;
possession of good qualities or virtues , excellence MBh. xiv , 86 R. ii Ragh. viii ; %{-tva} n. the state of
possessing qualities Sa1h. i , 2/3 , 37 f.
guNaGYa = one who knows qualities (one who is a patron of good qualities)
guNaaH = senses
gupta = secret; gupta mfn. protected, guarded, preserved AV. &c.; hidden, concealed, kept secret, secret
Bhartri. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c. (with {daNDa}, a secret fine, fine secretly imposed or exacted Hit.; cf.
{gUDha-d-}); = {saMgata} (? joined, combined) W.; ({am}; in comp. {a-} Hcat.) ind. secretly, privately
Kathâs.; ({su-}) Pañcat. iv; ({e}) loc. ind. in a hidden place Kathâs. lxxv; m. (Pân. 6-1, 205 Kâs'.) N. of
several men belonging to the Vais'ya caste (PârGri. i, 17; cf. RTL. p. 358), especially of the founder of the
renowned Gupta dynasty in which the names of the sovereigns generally end in {gupta} (cf. {candra-},
{samudra-}, {skanda-}; {gupta} is also often found ifc. in names of the Vais'ya class); ({A}) f. a married
woman who withdraws from her lover's endearments L.; Mucuna pruritus Sus'r. iv, 26, 33; vi, 46, 21
({-pta}); N. of a woman Pân. 4-1, 121 Sch. ({gopA} Kâs'.); of a S'âkya princess Buddh.
guru = (adj) heavy * = mf({vI})n. (cf. {giri4}; comp. {ga4rIyas}, once {-yas-tara}, {guru-tara}, superl.
{gariSTha}, {gurutama} see ss. vv.) heavy, weighty (opposed to {laghu4}) RV. i, 39, 3 and iv, 5, 6 AV. &c.
(g. {zauNDA7di} Ganar. 101); heavy in the stomach (food), difficult to digest MBh. i, 3334 Sus'r.; great,
large, extended, long Yâjñ. (see {-kratu}) Bhartri. &c.; (in prosody) long by nature or position (a vowel)
Prât. (a vowel long both by nature and by position is called {garIyas} RPrât. xviii, 20) Pân. 1-4, 11 and 12;
high in degree, vehement, violent, excessive, difficult, hard RV. MBh. &c.; grievous Megh. 80; important,
serious, momentous MBh.&c.; valuable, highly prized Yâjñ. ii, 30 ({guru} = {garIyas}) &c.; haughty,
proud (speech) Pañcat.; venerable, respectable; m. any venerable or respectable person (father, mother,
or any relative older than one's self) Gobh. S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c.; a spiritual parent or preceptor (from
whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer, who instructs him in the S'âstras and conducts
the necessary ceremonies up to that of investiture which is performed by the Âcârya Yâjñ. i, 34) RPrât.
Âs'vGri. PârGri. Mn. &c.; the chief of (gen. or in comp.) Cân. Ragh. ii, 68; (with S'âktas) author of a
Mantra; `" preceptor of the gods "', Briihaspati Mn. xi; (hence) the planet Jupiter Jyot. VarBriS. Bhartri.
&c.; `" Pându-teacher "', Drona L.; Prabhâ-kara (celebrated teacher of the Mîmânsâ, usually mentioned
with Kumârila) SS'ankar. vi, 50; xv, 157; (= {dharma}) `" venerable "', the 9th astrological mansion
VarBriS. i, 16; Mucuna pruritus L.; N. of a son of Sankriiti BhP. ix, 21, 2 du. parents MBh.; m. pl. parents
and other venerable persons Mn. iv Vikr. v, 10 Kathâs.; a honorific appellation of a preceptor (whose N.
is also put in the pl.), Jain Hit.; ({vI}) f. `" venerable woman "', a mother Âp. i, 21, 9; `" great (with child)
"', pregnant, a pregnant woman L.; the wife of a teacher W.; [cf. $; Lat. {gravis}; Goth. {kauriths}; Lith.
{gie4ras}.]
guruvaara = Thrusday
guhyaanaaM = of secrets
guudha* = (%{gULha4} RV.) mfn. covered, hidden, concealed, invisible, secret, private RV. &c.; disguised
Mn. ix, 261 MBh. iii, 17311 [361,1]; n. a secret place or mystery Kat2hUp. i, 1, 29; one of the
S3abda7lam2ka1ras Sarasv. ii, 19; (%{am}) ind. secretly Das3. vii, 248 Ra1jat. v, 268; (%{A}) f. N. of a
S3ruti Gal.; (%{e}) loc. ind. secretly Mn. vii, 186; ix, 170.
GYaa = to know
GYaatavyaM = knowable
GYaatuM = to know
GYaatena = by knowing
GYaana = knowledge
GYaanaM = knowledge
GYaanavaan.h = learned
GYaanasya = of knowledge
GYaanaaH = knowledge
GYaane = in knowledge
GYaayate = known
GYeyaM = be known
haa * = Meaning 1 ind. an exclamation expressive of pain, anger, astonishment, satisfaction &c. (= ah!
alas! oh! ha! often before or after a voc. case, also repeated {hA-hA} cf. 1. {hahA} above, or followed by
other particles, esp. {dhik}, {hanta}, {kaSTam} &c.) MBh. Kâv.&c,
haa * = Meaning 2 (not always separable fr. 3. {hA}) cl. 3. Â. (Dhâtup. xxv, 7) {ji4hIte} (p. {ji4hAna}
[q.v.]; pf. {jahire4} AV.; aor. {ahAsta} RV. &c.; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyate} Br. MBh.; inf. {-hAtum} ib.; ind.
p. {hAtvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} RV.), to start or spring forward, bound away, give way to (dat.) RV.; to spring or
leap upon (?) RV. x, 49, 5; to go or depart or betake one's self to have recourse to (acc.) Nalo7d. [1296, 2];
to fall or come into any state Kir.: Pass. {hAyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hApayati} (aor. {ajIhapat})
ib.: Desid. {jihAsate} ib.: Intens. {jahAyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} ib.
haa * = Meaning 3 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 8) {ja4hAti} (rarely cl. 1. {jahati} 3. du. {jahltaH} Impv.
{jahi4hi} For {jahAhi} Pân. 6-4, 117]; {jahItAt} AV.; Pot. {jahyAt} AV. &c.; pf. {jahau}, {jahu4H} RV. &c.;
{jahe} Br.; aor. {ahAt} ib. &c.; {ahAsIt} Gr.; 3. sg. {ahAs} RV.; {a4hAsi} AV.; {hAsiSTa} ib.,; fut. {hAtA}
Gr.; {hAsyati}, {-te} AV. &c, {jahiSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hitvA4}. [q.v.] RV. &c.;
{hitvI4} {-tvA4ya} RV.; {-hItvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} Br., {hI4yam} TS.), to leave, abandon, desert, quit,
forsake, relinquish (with {zarIram}, {deham}, {prA7NAn}, {asUn}, {jvitam} &c. - "' to die "') RV. &c, &c.;
to discharge, emit ib.; to put away, take off, remove, lay aside, give up, renounce, resign, avoid, shun,
abstain or refrain from Mn. MBh. &c.; to disregard, neglect ib.; to lose, be deprived of. R. Kâm.; to get rid
of. escape from Up. MBh. &c.; to cause to emit (with {zardham}, `" to cause to break wind "') Vop.: Pass.
{hIya4te} or {hI4yate} (ep. also {hIyati}; aor. {ahAyi}), to be left or abandoned or deserted &c.; to be left
behind, fall short of (abl.) RV. &c. &c.; to be excluded from or bereft of (abl. or instr.; with {prA7NaiH},
`" to die "') KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be overtaken by (instr.) MBh.; to be deficient or wanting, suffer
loss or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease, wane, decline, come to an end ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
weigh less (at the ordeal of the balance) Yâjñ. Sch.; to be given up or avoided Bhartri. (v.l.); to be
subtracted VarBriS.; to become detached from (with abl. or instr.), fall out (as hair) BhP.: Caus.
{hApayati} (m. c. also {-te} aor. {ajIhapat}; {-jIhipaH} RV.), to cause to leave or abandon &c.; to omit,
neglect Mn. MBh. &c.; to fall short of. be wanting in (acc.) MBh. Cân.; to give up ({asUn}, `" life "')
Hariv.; to lose ({kAlam}, `" time "') Kâm.; to abandon ({pratijJAm}, `" a thesis "') Jâtakam.: Desid.
{jihAsati}, to wish to leave or abandon Das'. BhP. HParis'.; to wish to reject or disdain Prab.; to wish to
escape Sarvad.: Intens. {jehIyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} Gr. This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. Ha
Meaning 1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in Pânini's system belonging to the
guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter, but is
mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
haa * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the
arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying;
fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive;
= {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n.
the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a
lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
haalaahala = poison
haana * 2 n. the act of abandoning, relinquishing, giving up, escaping, getting rid of Gaut. S'ank. Sarvad.;
want, lack Kap.; cessation ib. Bhartri. (v.l.)
haana 1 mfn. gone or departed &c. (in {sa4MhAna}, `" risen "') VS.
haani = damage
haaniH = destruction
haara = Garland
haariNii = remover
haa4rdi * = m. the heart AV.; contentment, ease, comfort VarBriS.; n. the heart or interior of the body
(also applied to the intestines) RV.
haardivan * =(TÂr.) or (vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)
haasa = laughter
ha = the sun
ha * = Meaning1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in Pânini's system belonging
to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter,
but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
ha * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the
arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying;
fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive;
= {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n.
the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a
lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
ha * = Meaning 3 ind. (prob. orig. identical with 2. {gha}, and used as a particle for emphasizing a
preceding word, esp. if it begins a sentence closely connected with another; very frequent in the
Brâhmanas and Sûtras, and often translatable by) indeed, assuredly, verily, of course, then &c. (often
with other particles e.g. with {tv eva}, {u}, {sma}, {vai} &c.; {na ha}, `" not indeed "'; also with
interrogatives and relatives e.g. {yad dha}, `" when indeed "'; {kad dha}, `" what then? "' sometimes with
impf. or pf. [cf. Pân. 3-2, 116]; in later language very commonly used as a mere expletive, esp. at the end
of a verse) RV. &c. &c.
ha * = Meaning 4 mf({A})n. (fr. {han}) killing, destroying, removing (only ifc.; see {arAti-}, {vRtra-},
{zatruha} &c.)
ha * = Meaning 5 mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {hA}) abandoning, deserting, avoiding (ifc.; see {an-oka-} and
{vApI-ha}); ({A}) f. abandonment, desertion L.
haituka* = mf({I})n. having a cause or reason, founded on some motive (in {a-h-}) Bhag. BhP.; (ifc.)
caused by, dependent on MBh. BhP.; m. a reasoner, rationalist, sceptic, heretic ({I} f.) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; a follower of the Mîmânsâ doctrines W.
hala = a plough
halaahala = poison
halaahala* = m. n. a kind of deadly poison (prodoced at the churning of the ocean by gods and demons)
Kâv. Pañcat.; m. (only L.) a kind of lizard; a kind of snake; a Jaina or Bauddha sage.
haalaahala* = m. a panic. poisonous plant (the seed of which is said to resemble a cow's teat) Bhpr.; a
kind of lizard L.; a kind of spider L.; n. (rarely m.), a deadly poison prepared from the roots of the above
plant accord. to R. and BhP. produced at she churning of the ocean (cf. {halAhala}) Kâv. Sus'r. BhP.;
({A}) f. a kind of small mouse L.; ({I}) f. spirituous liquor L.
halaayudha * m. `" plough-weaponed "'N. of Bala-râma (see above; also transferred to Vishnu-Kriishna)
MBh. Hariv.; (also with {bhatTa}, {mizra} &c.) N. of various writers (esp. of a poet, of the author of the
Abhidhâna-ratnamâls, of the author of the Purâna-sarvasva &c.) Cat.; {-cchAndogya} (?) and {-stava} m.
N. of wks.
han* = mfn. only f. {-ghnI} q.v.\\* = m. killer of Makha "'N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.
han* =1 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 2) {hanti} (3. du. {hata4H}, 3. pl. {ghnanti}; rarely Â. {hate}, 3. pl.
{ghnate}; and cl. 1. {hanati}, Ved. also {jighnate}, {-ti}; Pot. {hanyAt} Br. also {ha4nIta}, {ghnIta}; Impv.
{jahi4} TÂr. {handhi4}; impf. {a4han}, Ved. and ep. also {ahanat}, {ahanan}, {aghnanta}; p. {jaghnat},
{ghnamAna} MBh.; pf. {jaghA4na}, {jaghnu4H} Br.and ep. also {jaghne}, {-nire} Subj. {jagha4nat} RV.;
p. {jaghniva4s}, Ved. also {jaghanvas}; aor. {ahAnIt} JaimBr. [cf. {vadh}]; fut. {hantA} MBh.; {haMsyati}
ib.; {haniSya4ti}, {-te} AV. &c.; inf. {ha4ntum}, Ved. also {ha4ntave}, {-tavai4}, {-toH}; ind. p. {hatvA4},
Ved. also {-tvI4}, {-tvAya}, {-hatya}; {-hanya} MBh.; {-ghA4tam} Br. &c.), to strike, beat (also a drum),
pound, hammer (acc.), strike &c. upon (loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar, destroy ib.; to put to
death, cause to be executed Mn. Hit.; to strike off Kathâs.; to ward off, avert MBh.; to hurt, wound (the
heart) R.; to hurl (a dart) upon (gen.) RV.; (in astron.) to touch, come into contact VarBriS.; to obstruct,
hinder Râjat.; to repress, give up, abandon (anger, sorrow &c.) Kâv. BhP.; (?) to go, move Naigh. ii, 14:
Pass. {hanya4te} (ep. also {-ti}; aor. {avadhi} or {aghAni}), to be struck or killed RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
{ghAtayati}, {-te} (properly a Nom. fr. {ghAta} q.v.; aor. {ajIghatat} or {ajIghanat}), to cause to be slain
or killed, kill, slay, put to death, punish Mn. MBh. &c.; to notify a persoñs death ({kaMsaM ghAtayati} =
{kaMsa-vadham AcaSTe}) Pân. 3-1, 26 Vârtt. 6 Pat.; to mar, destroy MBh. Pañcat. (v.l.): Desid.
{ji4ghAMsati}, {-te} (Pot. {jighAMsIyat} MBh.; impf. {ajighAMsIH} S'Br.), to wish to kill or destroy RV.
&c. &c.: Intens. {ja4Gghanti} (RV.; p. {jaGghanat}, {ja4Gghnat} or {gha4nighnat}), {jaGghanyate} (with
pass. sense MundUp.), {jeghnIyate} (Pân. 7-4, 31), to strike = tread upon (loc. or acc.) RV.; to slay, kill
ib.; to dispel (darkness), destroy (evil, harm) ib.; to hurt, injure, wound MundUp. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{de-fendere}, &388667[1287, 2] {of-fendere}; Lit. {genu}, {gi4ti}; Slav. {gu8nati}.]
han* =2 mf({ghnI})n. killing, a killer, slayer (only ifc.; see {ari-}, {tamo-han} &c.)
hana * mf({I})n. id. (see {vIra-haNa}); m. killing, slaughter (see {su-hana}); ({A}) f. (see {dur-ha4NA}).
hanana = killing
hanti = kills
hantuM = to kill
hanyate = is killed
har.h = to steal
hara = shankara
haraH = shiva
haranti = throw
hari = vishnu
hariNa = deer
harita = green
hariiH = VishNu
harmya = building
harsha = (masc) joy * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{hRS}) bristling, erection (esp. of the hair in a thrill of
rapture or delight) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy, pleasure, happiness (also personified as a son of Dharma)
Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1292,3]; erection of the sexual organ, sexual excitement, lustfulness Sus3r.; ardent
desire MBh.; N. of an Asura Katha1s.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of various authors &c. (also with
%{dIkSita}, %{mizra}, %{sUri} &c.; cf. %{zrI-harSa}); mfn. happy, delighted W.
harshhaM = cheerfulness
haryaksha * = mfn. yelloweyed VS. MBh.; m. a lion MBh. R.; the zodiacal sign Leo Cat.; a monkey R.; N.
of Kubera L.; of a demon causing diseases PârGri.; of an Asura BhP.; of a son of Priithu ib.; of S'iva MW.
hary-aksha * = hary-akSa
hasta = hand
hastaM = hand
hata* =mfn. struck by lightning Ka1t2h. [113,1]\\ mfn. struck, heaten (also said of a drum), smitten,
killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `" -less "') RV. &c.
&c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Katha1s.; struck off (as a head) R.; knocked out
(as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; whirled up, raised (as dust) S3ak.; visited or
afflicted or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or comp.) S3Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in
astron.) touched, come into contact VarBr2S.; violated (sexually, as a woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined,
undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things; cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless,
useless ib.; defective Sa1h.; cheated, deceived Kuval.; deprived of, lapsed from (%{-tas} or comp.) MBh.
R.; (in arithm.) multiplied A1ryabh.; (%{A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for
marriage L.; (%{am}) n. striking, killing, hurting W.; multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287,2] `"
slain. "']
haTa* = force, against one's will * =mfn. struck - by lightning, heaten (also said of a drum), smitten,
killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `" -less "') RV. &c.
&c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kathâs.; struck off (as a head) R.; knocked out
(as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.; whirled up, raised (as dust) S'ak.; visited or afflicted
or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or comp.) S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.)
touched, come into contact VarBriS.; violated (sexually, as a woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone,
hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things; cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.;
defective Sâh.; cheated, deceived Kuval.; deprived of, lapsed from ({-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.)
multiplied Âryabh.; ({A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for marriage L.; ({am}) n.
striking, killing, hurting W.; multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287, 2] `" slain. "']
hataM = killed
hatvaa = by killing
haviH = butter
havirdhaana* = m. N. of the author of RV. x, 11-15 Anukr.; of a son of Antar-dhana (cf. {havir-dhAman})
BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of the mythical cow Surabhi or Kâma-dhenu ib.; of the wife of Havir-dhâna ib.; ({am}) n.
`" oblation-receptacle "', the vehicle in which the Soma plants are couveyed to be pressed (generally in
du.) AV. VS. S'Br.; a shed for the Soma vehicles ib. KâtyS'r.; a place of sacrifice MBh. Hariv.; the earth (as
the depository of oblñoblation) AV.; ({e}), du, (with {prajApateH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.
havishhaa = offerings
haya = horse
hayaiH = horses
hetavaH = causes
heti * = f. (fr. 1. %{hi} ; in later language also m. a missile weapon , any weapon (also personified) RV.
&c. &c. ; stroke , wound Sa1y. ; Agni's weapon , flame , light MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a ray of the sun L. ; rapid
motion , shot , impact (of a bow-string) RV. ; an implement , instrument BhP. ; a young shoot or sprout
L. ; m. N. of the first Ra1kshasa king (represented as occupying the Sun's chariot in the month Caitra or
Madhu) R. ; of an Asura BhP.
hetu = intention * = m. `" impulse "', motive, cause, cause of, reason for (loc., rarely dat. or gen.;
{hetunA}, {hetoH}, {hetave}, {hetau}, `" for a cause or reason "', `" by reason of "', `" on account of "'
[with gen. or comp. e.g. {mama hetoH} or {mad-dhetoH}, `" on account of me "']; {kaM hetum} or {ko
heTuH}, `" wherefore? "' `" why? "' Pân. 2-2, 23 Pat.; {yato hetoH}, `" because "'; {anena hetunA} or {iti
hetoH}, `" for this reason "'; {mRtyu-hetave}, `" in order to kill "'; {hetur alaukikaH}, `" a supernatural
cause "'; ifc. {hetu} also = `" having as a cause or motive "', `" caused or effected or actuated or attracted
or impelled by "' e.g. {karma-hetu}, `" caused by the acts [of a former existence] "' Mn. i, 49; {mAMsa-
hetu}, `" attracted by [the smell of] flesh "' MBh. x, 496; {karma-phala-hetu}, `" impelled by [the
expectation of] the consequences of any act "' BhP. ii, 47; 49) RV. &c. &c.; a logical reason or dedaction or
argument, the reason for an inference (esp. applied to the second member or Avayava of the
five-membered syllogism see {nyAya}) Nyâyad. IW. 61; logic (in general see {hetuvidyA}); (in gram.) the
agent of the causal verb Pân. 1-4, 55 &c.; (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to {pratyaya} q.v.)
Sarvad.; (with Pas'upatas) that which causes the bondage of the soul i.e. the external world and the
senses ib.; a means ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" by means of "') MBh.; mode, manner ({hetubhiH} ifc. `"
according to "') ib. Sus'r. Yâjñ.; price, cost Râjat. v, 71; condition MBh.; (in rhet.) = {kAvya-liGga} (q.v.)
Bhar. Kpr. Sâh.
hetoH = in exchange
heman.h = gold
hi = really
hi * =Meaning 1 i (cf. {hay}) cl. 5. P. (Dhâtup., xxvii, 11) {hino4ti} (Ved. also {hinute4}, {hi4nvati} and
{hinva4ti}, {-te}; p. {hinvAna4} [with aet. and pass. sense] RV.; {ha4yat} RV. TS.; 1: sg. {hiSe} RV.; pf.
{jighAya}, {jighyuH} Br. &c.; {jighye} [with pass. sense] Bhathth.; aor. {a4hema} {a4hema}, {ahyan},
{heta} p. {hiyAna4} [with pass. sense] RV.; {ahyam} [?], {a4hait} AV.; {ahaiSIt} Br.; {aheSata} RV.; fut.
{hetA} Gr.; {heSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {-hye4} RV.), to send forth set in motion, impel, urge on, hasten on
(Â. also intrans.) RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r.; to stimulate or incite to (dat.) RV.; to assist or help to (dat.) ib.;
to discharge, b, hurl, cast, shoot RV.; to convey, bring, procure ib. S'Br.; to forsake, abandon, get rid of
Bhathth.; ({hinvati}), to gladden, delight Dhâtup. xv, 82: Pass. {hIyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus.
{hAyuyati} (aor. {ajIhayat}) ib.: Desid. of Caus. {jihApayiSati} ib.: Desid. {jighISati} ib.: Inteus.
{jeghIyate}, {jeghayIti}, {jegheti} ib.
hi4* =Meaning 2 ind. (used as a particle [cf. {ha} and {gha}] and usually denoting) for, because, on
account of (never standing first in a sentence, but generally after the first word and used enclitically,
sometimes after pronouns; e.g. {sa4rvo hi4 pR4tanA jigISati}, `" for everybody wishes to win battles "';
{bkavAn hi pramANam}, `" for your honour is the authority "'; {tahA hi}, `" for example "', `" accordingly
"'; {na4 hi4} or {nahI4} "', for not "', `" not at all "') RV. &c. &c.; just, pray, do (with an Impv. or Pot.
emphatically; sometimes with Indic., e. g. {pasyAmo hi}, `" we will just see "') ib.; indeed, assuredly,
surely, of course, certainly ({hi4 vai4}, `" most assuredly "'; {hi-tu} or {hi-punar}, `" indeed-but "'; often
a mere expletive, esp. to avoid a hiatus, sometimes repeated in the same sentence; {hi} is also said to be
an interjection of `" envy "', `" contempt "', `" hurry "' &c.) ib.
hii* = ind. (an exclamation of surprise or astonishment or horror or sorrow or hilarity or satisfaction,
usually translatable by) ah! oh! alas l &c.; (also said to be so used in giving a reason or cause, and
translatable by) therefore, so, because, for (cf. 2. {hi}) &c.; (it is sometimes repeated cf. {hIhI} Hariv.
Bhathth.
hi.nsati = kills
hi.nsaa = violence
hita = benefit
hitaM = beneficial
hitaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to avail, be of use or advantage Vâs. Hitâ4vat mfn. one who has put away or
hidden his property RV.
hinasti = degrade
hima = snow
himaalayaH = the Himalayan mountains = * Nom. P. {-yati}, to resemble the Hima7laya Dhûrtas.
hiMsa* = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; ({A}) f. see below.
hiMsA* = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to be of three kinds, 1. mental
as `" bearing malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence "') Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; Injury or Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of Lobha and Nishkriiti)
Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
hiraNmaya* = mf({I}) n. (for {hiraNya-maya}) golden, gold-coloured TS.&c, &c.; m. N. of Brahmâ. (see
{hiraNya-garbha}) L.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of Agnidhra and ruler of a Varsha BhP.; m.n. one of the 9
Varshas or divisions of the continent (said to be between the mountainous ranges S'veta and S'riinga-vat;
see varsha and {zveta}) Pur.
horaa = A Varga. The Division of a sign into Solar and Lunar or Division into halves. Used for
determining Wealth amongst other things
hraada * = m. sound, noise, roar (of thunder) ChUp. MBh. Kir.; sound (in a phonetical sense) Pat.; N. of
hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; paucity,
scarcity MBh. Hariv. &c.; sound, noise L.
hrada * = 1 m. (once n.; ifc. f. {A} rather to be connected with {hlAd}, but cf. {hrAd}; for 2. {hrada} see p.
1307) a large or deep piece of water, lake, pool (rarely applied to the sea; with {gAGga}, `" the water of
the Ganges "') RV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. the incense tree L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di}.
hrada * =2 m. (ifc. f. {A}; for 1. see p. 1306, col. 3) sound, noise L.; a ray of light (see {zata-hr-}); a ram L.;
N. of a son of Hrâda Hariv.
hriiH = modesty
hrii* = 1 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 3) {jihreti} ({ji4hriyat} MaitrS.; pf. {jihrAya} Ragh.; {jihrayAM-cakAra},
{-yAm-Asa}, Gr.; aor. {ahraiSIt} ib.; Prec. {hrIyAt} ib.; p. {hrayANa}, see {a-hr-}; fut. {hretA}, {hreSyati}
Gr.), to feel shame, blush, be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (gen.) or anything (abl.) Kâv.
Kathâs.: Caus. {hrepayati} (aor. {ajihripat}), to make ashamed, cause to blush, confound, put to shame
(also fig. = `" surpass, excel "') ib.: Desid. {jihrISati} Gr.: Intens. {jehrIyate} (p. {-yamANa} SaddhP.),
{jehrayIti}, {jehreti}, to be greatly ashamed ib. \\2 f. shame, modesty, shyness, timidity (also personified
as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) VS. &c. &
hriyate = is attracted
hri = to steal
hrita = deprived of
hritat.h = heart
hridaya = heart* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) the heart (or region of the heart as the seat of feelings and sensations;
{hRdaye-kR}, `" to take to heart "'), soul, mind (as the seat of mental operations; {capala-hRdaya}, `"
fickleminded "') RV. &c. &c.; the heart or interior of the body RV. AV. TBr. MBh.; the heart or centre or
core or essence or best or dearest or most secret part of anything AV. &c. &c.; true or divine knowledge
MW.; the Veda ib.; science ib.; (with {prajApateH}) N. of a Sâman IndSt.; m. a partic. Sunday BhavP.;
({A}) f. N. of a mare Hariv.; mfn. going to the heart BhâgP. (fr. {hRd} + {aya} Sch.)
hridayaM = heart
hridayasthaM = heart-stationed
hridayaani = hearts
hridayii = in my heart
hrish* = cl. 1. P. A1. %{ha4rSati}, %{-te} fr. P. only p. %{ha4rSat}), to be excited or impatient, rejoice in
the prospect of, be anxious or impatient for (dat.) RV.; to speak or affirm falsely, lie Dha1tup. xvii, 59; cl.
4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 119) %{hRSyati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; pf. %{jaharSa}, %{jahRSuH}; %{jahRSe},
%{-Sire} MBh. &c.; aor. %{ahRSat} ib.; fut. %{harSitA}, %{harSiSyati} Gr.; inf. %{harSitum} ib.; ind. p.
%{-hRSya} MBh. &c.), to thrill with rapture, rejoice, exult, be glad or pleased Pa1rGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
become sexually excited Sus3r.; to become erect or stiff or rigid, bristle (said of the hairs of the body
&c.), become on edge (like the teeth) MBh. BhP.: Pass. %{hRSyate} (aor. %{aharSi}) Gr.: Caus.
%{harSa4yati}, %{-te} (aor. %{ajIhRSat}, or %{ajaharSat}), to excite, make impatient or eager for
(victory &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to rejoice, be glad Mn. MBh.; to cause to bristle Cat.: Desid. %{jiharSiSati} Gr.:
Intens. %{jarIhRSyate}, %{jarharSTi} &c. (Ved. forms %{jarhRSanta}, %{ja4rhRSANa} and
%{jAhRSANa4}), to be impatient or excited RV. VS. A1s3vS3r.; to excite violently RV. [Cf. Lat. {horreo}
for {horseo}.]
hrishhitaH = gladdened
hrishiikes'a* = m. (perhaps = {hRSI-keza} cf. {hRSI-vat} above) id. ({-tva} n.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; N. of the
tenth month VarBriS.; of a Tîrtha Cat.; of a poet ib.; lord of the senses (said of Manas) BhP.; {-zA7zrama}
m. N. of a man Cat.
hrishhiikeshaH = Hrishîkes'a (KRishhNa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees)
hrishhTaromaa = with his bodily hairs standing on end due to his great ecstasy
hrishhyaami = I am enjoying
hrishtha * = mfn. thrilling with rapture, rejoiced, pleased, glad, merry Mn. MBh. &c.; bristling, erect,
standing on end (said of the hairs of the body) MBh. R. &c.; rigid, stiff Hariv.; blunted (cf. {hRSita}) Pat.;
surprised, astonished ib.
hrit *= hRt mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see %{bali-}, %{taila-},
%{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt} &c.)// 2 in comp. for %{hRd}.
hutaM = offered
hyaH = yesterday
ichchh.h = to wish
ichchhantaH = desiring
ichchhaa = desire
ichchhaami = do I wish
idaM = this* = 1 {aya4m}, {iya4m}, {ida4m} (fr. {id} Un. iv, 156; g. {sarvA7di} Pân. 1-1, 27 Vop.; a kind of
neut. of the pronom. base 3. {i} with {am} [cf. Lat. {is}, {ea}, {id}, and {idem}]; the regular forms are
partly derived from the pronom. base {a}; see Gr. 224; the Veda exhibits various irregular formations e.g.
fr. pronom. base {a}, an inst. {enA4}, {ayA4} [used in general adverbially], and gen. loc. du. {ayo4s}, and
perhaps also {avo4s}, in RV. vi, 67, 11; vii, 67, 4; x, 132, 5 [BRD.]; fr. the base {ima}, a gen. sing.
{ima4sya}, only RV.; the RV. has in a few instances the irregular accentuation {a4smai}, v, 39, 5, &c.;
{a4sya}, iv, 15, 5, &c.; {A4bhis}, vi, 25, 2, &c.: the forms derived fr. {a} are used enclitically if they take
the place of the third personal pronoun, do not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have no
peculiar stress laid upon them), this, this here, referring to something near the speaker; known, present;
(opposed to {adas} e.g. {ayaM lokaH} or {idaM vizvam} or {idaM sarvam}, this earthly world, this
universe; {ayam agniH}, this fire which burns on the earth; but {asAv agniH}, that fire in the sky, i. e.
the lightning: so also {idam} or {iyam} alone sometimes signifies `" this earth "'; {ime smaH}, here we
are.) {idam} often refers to something immediately following, whereas {etad} points to what precedes
(e.g. {zrutvai9tad idam UcuH}, having heard that they said this). {idam} occurs connected with {yad},
{tad}, {etad}, {kim}, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything more distinctly and
emphatically, partly pleonastically (e.g. {tad idaM vAkyam}, this speech here following [165, 3]; {so 'yaM
vidUSakaH}, this Vidûshaka here).
idam* = 2 ind. [Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskriit] here, to this place; now, even, just;
there; with these words RV. AV. S'Br. AitBr. ChUp.; in this manner R. ii, 53, 31 S'ak. (v.l. for {iti} in {kim
iti joSam Asyate}, 202, 8).
idaaniiM = now
idrik.h = as it is
iDyaM = worshipable
iha = here
iheha *= ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly; {-mAtR} m. one whose mother is here and there
i.e. everywhere RV. vi, 59, 1.
Ihita * mfn. sought, attempted, striven for; wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, request, wish, effort Hit.
Kathâs. Prab. &c.
iih.h = to wish
iihate = he aspires
iihaa = wish
iiksh.h = to see
iikshaNa = seeing
iikshaNaM = eyes
iipsita* = mfn. wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, wish MBh. R. Ragh. Kathâs.
iipsitatama* = mfn. most desired, immediately aimed at (as the object of an action) Pân. 1-4, 49.
iipsu* = mfn. striving to obtain; wishing to get or obtain, desirous of (with acc.) Mn. MBh. Ragh. R. &c.
iis'itaa *= f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP
iikshaNa* = n. a look, view, aspect sight KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Kathâs. Pañcat. Ratnâv. &c.; regarding, looking
after, caring for Mn.; eye MBh. R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.
iiksha* = mf({I})n. ifc. seeing, looking, visiting (see {tiryag-IkSa}, {vadhv-IkSa}); ({A}) f. sight, viewing;
considering BhP. Nyâyad.; ({am}) n. anything seen S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 23 (merely for the etym. of {antarikSa}).
iikshaNika* = {as}, {A} mf. and m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller VarBriS.
iirsha = jelousy
iis'a4 * = mfn. owning, possessing, sharing; one who is completely master of anything; capable of (with
gen.); powerful, supreme; a ruler, master, lord Mn. S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; m. a husband L.; a Rudra; the
number `" eleven "' (as there are eleven Rudras); N. of S'iva as regent of the north-east quarter MBh.
Hariv. R. S'ak. &c.; N. of S'iva; of Kuvera; ({A4}) f. faculty, power, dominion AV. VS. S'Br.
iis'a * m. lord in lord in heaven pl. N. of the Âdityas, Vasu and Rudra Hcat. i, 6. (For other comp. see
under {diva4s}, {divA}, 2. {divi4}, {divo} 3. {dyu4}.)
iis'itaa * = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP.
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable, exposed to
AV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; (%{as}, %{I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S3Br.
Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus3r. Ya1jn5. &c.; the supreme soul
(%{Atman}); S3iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; (%{A} or
%{I}) f. N. of Durga1; of Lakshmi1; of any other of the S3aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of
several plants L.
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double or
fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a plank, board
VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.
iisha = God
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double or
fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a plank, board
VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.
iishvara = lord, the capable (here)* * = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with
common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince,
king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r.
Yâjñ. &c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the
number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the S'aktis or female energies
of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iis'itaa* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable, exposed to
AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br.
Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; the supreme soul
({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I})
f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several
plants L.
iis'itA* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iiti * = 1 f. (fr. 4. {I}?), plague, distress, any calamity of the season (as drought, excessive rain, swarm of
rats, foreign invasion, &c.); infectious disease MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an affray L.; travelling in foreign
countries, sojourning L.
iiya-cakSas * = fn. ({Iya} fr. {i}), of pervading or far-reaching sight RV. v, 66, 6.
ijyayaa = by worship
ikshuH = sugarcane
iLA * = (not to be confounded with the inst. case of %{iD} above) , refreshing draught , refreshment ,
animation , recreation , comfort , vital spirit RV. AV. AitBr. ; offering , libation (especially a holy libation ,
offered between the Pra-ya1ga and Anu-ya1ga , and consisting of four preparations of milk , poured into a
vessel containing water , and then partially drunk by the priest and sacrificers ; personified in the cow ,
the symbol of feeding , and nourishment) S3Br. i , 8 , 1 , 1 , &c. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3. ; (metaphorically
cf. %{id}) , stream or flow of praise and worship (personified as the goddess of sacred speech and action ,
invoked together with Aditi and other deities , but especially in the A1pri1 hymns together with
Sarasvati1 and Mahi1 or Bha1rati1) RV. AV. VS. &c. [164,3] ; the earth , food Sa1y. ; a cow ; the goddess
%{iDA} or %{iLA} (daughter of Manu or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods ; she is the wife
of Budha and mother of Puru1-ravas ; in another aspect she is called Maitra1varun2i as daughter of
Mitra-Varun2a , two gods who were objects of the highest and most spiritual devotion) ; N. of Durga1 ; of
a daughter of Daksha and wife of Kas3yapa ; of a wife of Vasudeva and of the Rudra R2ita-dhvaja ;
speech BhP. ; heaven L. ; earth MBh. ; a particular artery on the left side of the body ; a tubular vessel
(one of the principal channels of the vital spirit , that which is on the right side of the body) L.\\= f.
(closely connected with %{i4DA} and %{i4rA} , qq.v.) flow ; speech ; the earth , &c. ; see %{iDA}.
ila * = %{ilA} see %{iDa} , %{i4DA} , p. 164 , col. 2 , and %{i4lA} below.
ima* = * the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m} q.v. (acc. sg. m. {ima4m} f.
{imA4m} [168, 1]; nom. pl. m. {ime4}, &c.; irregular gen. sg. {ima4sya} RV. viii, 13, 21 [once]).
imaan.h = these
ime = these
imau = these
ingate = waver
indu = moon
indra m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x , 8 Sa1y. on RV. i , 3 , 4 Un2. ii , 28 ;
according to BRD. fr. %{in} = %{inv} with suff. %{ra} preceded by inserted %{d} , meaning `" to subdue ,
conquer "' [166,2] ; according to Muir , S. T. v , 119 , for %{sindra} fr. %{syand} , `" to drop "' ; more
probably from %{ind} , `" to drop "' q.v. , and connected with %{indu} above) , the god of the atmosphere
and sky ; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns over the deities of the
intermediate region or atmosphere ; he fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt [%{vajra}] the
demons of darkness , and is in general a symbol of generous heroism ; %{indra} was not originally lord
of the gods of the sky , but his deeds were most useful to mankind , and he was therefore addressed in
prayers and hymns more than any other deity , and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual
Varun2a ; in the later mythology %{indra} is subordinated to the triad Brahman , Vishn2u , and S3iva ,
but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular mind) RV. AV. S3Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c. ; (he
is also regent of the east quarter , and considered one of the twelve A1dityas) Mn. R. Sus3r. &c. ; in the
Veda1nta he is identified with the supreme being ; a prince ; ifc. best , excellent , the first , the chief (of
any class of objects ; cf. %{sure7ndra} , %{rAje7ndra} , %{parvate7ndra} , &c.) Mn. Hit. ; the pupil of the
right eye (that of the left being called Indra1n2i1 or Indra's wife) S3Br. Br2A1rUp. ; the number fourteen
, Su1ryas ; N. of a grammarian ; of a physician ; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see %{kuTaja}) L. ; a
vegetable poison L. ; the twenty-sixth Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic ; the Yoga
star in the twenty-sixth Nakshatra , $ Pegasi ; the human soul , the portion of spirit residing in the body ;
night L. ; one of the nine divisions of Jambu-dvi1pa or the known continent L. ; (%{A}) f. the wife of
Indra see %{indrANI} ; N. of a plant L. ; (%{I}) f. N. of an attendant of Devi1.
indrapramati* = m. a pupil of Paila and author of some verses of the Riig-veda RAnukr. BhP. VP. AgP.
indrapramada* = m. N. of a man.
indraprastha* = n. `" Indra's place "'N. of a city (now called Delhi, the residence of the Pândavas) MBh.
indriya = organ of sense or action* = mfn. fit for or belonging to or agreeable to Indra RV. AV. VS.; m. a
companion of Indra(?) RV. i, 107, 2 AV. xix, 27, 1; ({am}) n. power, force, the quality which belongs
especially to the mighty Indra RV. AV. VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br.; exhibition of power, powerful act RV. VS.;
bodily power, power of the senses; virile power AV. VS. S'Br.; semen virile VS. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; faculty
of sense, sense, organ of sense AV. Sus'r. Mn. Ragh. Kir. &c.; the number five as symbolical of the five
senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception, {buddhI7ndriyANi} or {jJAne7ndriyANi}, i.e. eye,
ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindûs enumerate five organs of action, {karme7ndriyANi} i.e. larynx,
hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation; between these ten organs and the soul or {Atman} stands
{manas} or mind, considered as an eleventh organ; in the Vedânta, {manas}, {buddhi}, {ahaMkAra}, and
{citta} form the four inner or internal organs, {antar-indriyANi}, so that according to this reckoning the
organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or {niyantR}; thus, the eye by
the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two As'vins, the tongue by Pracetas, the
skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot by Vishnu, the anus by Mitra, the parts of
generation by Prajâpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by Brahman, ahankâra by S'iva, citta by Vishnu as
Acyuta; in the Nyâya philosophy each organ is connected with its own peculiar element, the nose with
the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with Ether; the
Jainas divide the whole creation into five sections, according to the number of organs attributed to each
being.)
indriyaH = senses
indra * = m.m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sây. on RV. i, 3, 4 Un. ii, 28;
according to BRD. fr. {in} = {inv} with suff. {ra} preceded by inserted {d}, meaning `" to subdue,
conquer "' [166, 2]; according to Muir, S. T. v, 119, for {sindra} fr. {syand}, `" to drop "'; more probably
from {ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with {indu} above), the god of the atmosphere and sky; the
Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns over the deities of the intermediate
region or atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt [{vajra}] the demons of
darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; {indra} was not originally lord of the gods of
the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind, and he was therefore addressed in prayers and
hymns more than any other deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varuna; in the
later mythology {indra} is subordinated to the triad Brahman, Vishnu, and S'iva, but remained the chief
of all other deities in the popular mind) RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east
quarter, and considered one of the twelve Âdityas) Mn. R. Sus'r. &c.; in the Vedânta he is identified with
the supreme being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first, the chief (of any class of objects; cf.
{sure7ndra}, {rAje7ndra}, {parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being
called Indrânî or Indra's wife) S'Br. BriÂrUp.; the number fourteen, Sûryas; N. of a grammarian; of a
physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see {kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable poison L.; the twenty-sixth
Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth Nakshatra, $
Pegasi; the human soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of the nine divisions of
Jambu-dvîpa or the known continent L.; ({A}) f. the wife of Indra see {indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; ({I}) f.
N. of an attendant of Devî.
indhana = fuel
isha* = 1 mfn. seeking (see {gav-iSa}). \\=2 mfn. possessing sap and strength; well-fed, strong; sappy,
juicy, fertile RV.; m. N. of the month Âs'vina, September-October) VS. S'Br. Sus'r. VP.; N. of a Riishi BhP.
ishu * = {us} mf. an arrow RV. AV. VS. MBh. Ragh. S'ak. &c.; (in mathematics) a versed sine; N. of a
Soma ceremony KâtyS'r.; the number five Sâh.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 7. [According
to Dayânanda {iSu} may mean `" ray of light "'; cf. Gk. $; &52843[168, 3] Zd. {ishu}.]
ishat.h = a little
ishthaaH = palatable
ishthaan.h = desired
ishthvaa = worshiping
ishtha* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see s.v.), sought S'Br.; wished, desired; liked, beloved; agreeable; cherished RV.
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; reverenced, respected; regarded as good, approved Mn. Sânkhyak.;
valid; m. a lover, a husband S'ak. 83 c; the plant Ricinus Communis L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({am}) n.
wish, desire RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. R.; ({am}) ind. voluntarily.\\2 mfn. (p.p. fr. {yaj}; for 1. {iSTa4} see col.
2) sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices VS. S'Br. KâtyS'r. AitBr. &c.; m. sacrifice MârkP. xiii, 15; ({am})
n. sacrificing, sacrifice; sacred rite, sacrament L.
ishthadeva* = m. (L.) or a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf.
{abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthadevataa* = f. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf. {abhI7STa-
devatA}).
ishthavrata* = mfn. that by which good ({iSTa}) works ({vrata}) succeed [Sây.] RV. iii, 59, 9.
ishthArtha* = m. anything desired or agreeable; (mfn.) one who has obtained a desired object MBh. R.;
{-rtho7dyukta} mfn. zealous or active for a desired object.
ishthAvat* = mfn. possessing a desired object (?) AV. xviii, 3, 20 [perhaps and belonging to 2. {iSTa}].
ishthayajus* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. one who has spoken the sacrificial verses VS. TS.
ishthakaa* = f. a brick in general; a brick used in building the sacrificial altar VS. AitBr. S'Br. KâtyS'r.
Mriicch. &c.
ishthi* =1 f. impulse, acceleration, hurry; invitation; order; despatch RV.\\* =2 f. seeking, going after
RV.; endeavouring to obtain; wish, request, desire RV. VS. &c.; any desired object; a desired rule, a
desideratum, a N. applied to the statement of grammarians who are considered as authoritative.\\* =3 f.
sacrificing, sacrifice; an oblation consisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed to the sacrifice of an animal or
Soma RV. i, 166, 14; x, 169, 2 S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ya1jn5. Mn. S3ak. Ragh. &c.
it * = 1 ifc. going , going towards ; cf. %{arthe74t} ; (for 2. %{it} see s.v.)\\2 (in Gr.) an indicatory letter
or syllable attached to roots &c. (= %{anubandha} q.v.)
\\ for the Ved. particle %{id} q.v.
i4tara = Other* == mf({A})n. (the neuter is {ad} in classical Sanskriit, but {am} [{ad} S'Br.] in Ved. Pân.
7-1, 25, 26; comparative form of pronom. base 3. {i}; cf. Lat. {iterum}; Hib. {iter}), the other (of two),
another; (pl, ) the rest; (with abl.) different from RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. Mn. Ragh. Hit. &c.; low, vile Kâd.;
expelled, rejected L.; ({A}) f. said to be a N. of the mother of Aitareya; ({ad}) ind. whereas, whilst Subh.;
{itara}, {itara}, the one - the other, this - that. ({itara} connected antithetically with a preceding word
often signifies the contrary idea e.g. {vijayAya itarAya vA} [MBh.], to victory or defeat; so in Dvandva
compounds, {sukhe7tareSu} [S'vetUp.], in happiness and distress; it sometimes, however, forms a
Tat-purusha compound with another word to express the one idea implied in the contrary of that word,
e.g. {dakSiNe7tara}, the left hand.)
i4tarajana* = m. an ordinary man S'ârng.; ({As}) m. pl. `" other men "'; a euphemistic name of certain
beings who appear to be considered as spirits of darkness (Kuvera belongs to them) AV. VS. TS. MaitrS.
GopBr.
i4taratas* = ind. otherwise than, different from; from or to another direction KâtyS'r. S'Br. &c.;
({itazce7taratazca}, hither and thither R.)
itarathaa* = ind. in another manner, in a contrary manner; perversely; on the other hand, else S'Br.
KâtyS'r. S'is'. &c.
itaraH = common
ith * = cl. 1. P. %{eTati} , %{eTitum} (Dha1tup. ix , 31) , to go ; to go to or towards ; (p. %{iTa4t} RV. x ,
171 , 1) to make haste ; to err [NBD.]
iti= like that* =1 f. {ityai4} (dat.) see {i} above; (for 2. {iti} see s. v.) \\ 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}),
in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to something that has been said or thought,
or lays stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you know "', reminding
the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of
every kind {iti} means that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might
have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity
uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so decided). It may often have reference
merely to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king,
though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA
karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include under one head a
number of separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA
damaH} {alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience,
self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is sometimes followed by {evam},
{iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `"
lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus
according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other
significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or
distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according to
such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the
Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs
for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
itihaasa = history
iyaM = this
iyakS * = (anom. Desid. of {yaj}) P. {i4yakSati} (Subj. 3. pl. {i4yakSAn} RV. x, 50, 3; p. {i4yakSat}) Â. (p.
{i4yakSamANa} RV. i, 123, 10 VS. xvii, 69) to go towards, approach; to request, endeavour to gain; to long
for, seek RV. VS.
i4yat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), so large, only so large; so much, only so much; of such extent
RV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as {totiens},
{toties}, {quotiens}, {quoties}, and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyate V*: it appears like, is perceived, is seen, is mistaken as, is spent, seems,
iyasya * = aning
iyat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. %{i}) , so large , only so large ; so much , only so much ; of such
extent RV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Pan5cat. Ragh. &c. ; [cf. the syllable {iens} , or {ies} in such Lat. words as
{totiens} , {toties} , {quotiens} , {quoties} , and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyattaa * = f. or the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much Ragh.
Ka1d. &c
Jaa
jaagarti = is wakeful
jaagrita = alert
jaaha * =n. ifc. (g. 2. {karNadi}) the root or point of issue of certain parts of the body cf. {akSi-},
({Asya-}), {oSTha-}, {karNa-}, {keza-}, {gulpha-}, {danta-}, {nakha-}, {pAda-}, {priSTha-}, {bhrU-},
{mukha-}.
jaala = net * = 1 mfn. watery MBh. iii , 11967 \\ 2 n. a net (for catching birds , fish &c.) AV. viii , x
Ka1tyS3r. Pa1rGr2. &c. ; a hairnet A1p. ; a net (fig.) , snare Ya1jn5. iii , 119 MBh. iii , 25 R. v Bhartr2. &c. ;
(in anat.) the omentum Bhpr. ii , 310 ; a cob-web W. ; any reticulated or woven texture , wire-net ,
mail-coat , wire-helmet MBh. vff. Hariv. Kum. vii , 59 ; a lattice , eyelet. R. iii , 61 , 13 VarBr2S. lvi , 22 ; a
lattice-window Mn. viii , 132 Ya1jn5. i , 361 Vikr. &c. ; `" the web or membrane on the feet of water-birds
"' see %{-pAda} the finger- and toe-membrane of divine beings and godlike personages S3ak. vii , 16 ;
lion's mane Katha1s. lxxv ; a bundle of buds W. ; (chiefly ifc.) collection multitude MBh. &c. ; deception ,
illusion magic Das3. viii , 42 Katha1s. xxiv , 199 ; pride W. ; for %{jAta} , kind , species S3vetUp. v , 3 R. ii
; m. (g %{jvalA7di}) Nauclea Cadamba L. ; a small cucumber. L. Sch. ; (%{i}) f. a kind of cucumber L. ; cf.
jaa4na * = 1 n. birth, origin, birth place RV. i, 37, 9 and 95, 3; v, x AV. vii, 76, 5 S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 40. [418, 3] \\
* = 2 m. (fr. {ja4na}) patr. of Vriis'a (= {vaijAna}, `" son of Vijânâ "' Sch.) TândyaBr. xiii, 3 Arsh
jaanakaaraaH = knowledgeable
jaanaati = knows
jaaniite = know
jaaniimaH = know
jaanunii = knees
jaane = I know
jaata = born, become (from jan.h, to be born, or created)*= mfn. ( {jan}; ifc. Pân. 6-2, 171) born, brought
into existence by (loc.), engendered by (instr. or abl.) RV. &c.; grown, produced, arisen, caused, appeared
ib.; ifc. (Pân. 2-2, 5 Kâs'.; 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170) see {mAsa-}, {saptA7ha-}, &c.; appearing on or in VarBriS.
lii, 5 ff.; destined for (dat.) RV. iv, 20, 6; ix, 94, 4; turning to (dat.) Sâh. iii, 58/59; happened, become,
present, apparent, manifest TS. VS. &c.; belonging to (gen.) RV. i, 83, 5; viii, 62, 10; ready at hand Pañcat.
ii, 16; possessed of (instr.) MBh. iv, 379; often ifc. instead of in comp. (Pân. 2-2, 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170 f.; g.
{AhitA7gny-Adi}) e.g. {kiNa-}, {danta-}, &c., qq.vv.; m. a son RV. ii, 25, 1 AV. xi, 9, 6 S'Br. xiv Pañcat.; a
living being (said of men, rarely of gods) RV. iv, 2, 2; v, 15, 2; x, 12, 3 AV. xviii VS. viii, 36; N. of a son of
Brahmâ PadmaP. v; n. a living being, creature RV.; birth, origin, i, 156, 2 and 163, 1; iii, 31, 3; race, kind,
sort, class, species, viii, 39, 6 AV. &c.; a multitude or collection of things forming a class (chiefly ifc., e.g.
{karma-} "', the whole aggregate of actions "' Mn. vii, 61/62 {sukha-}, `" anything or everything included
under the name pleasure "' Gît. x, 3) Mn. ix MBh. &c.; individuality, specific condition ({vyakta}) L.; =
{-karman} NârS.; (impers. with double instr.) it turned out or happened that Râjat. v, 364 [417, 3]; ({A})
f. a daughter W.; [cf. $; Germ. {Kind}; Lith. {gentis}.]
jaataaH = born
jaati* = f. birth, production AitBr. ii, 39 Mn. MBh. (also {-tI}, xiii f.) &c.; re-birth R. i, 62, 17 Kârand. xxiii,
193; the form of existence (as man, animal, &c.) fixed by birth Mn. iv, 148 f. Yogas. ii, 13; (ifc.) Kathâs.
xviii, 98; position assigned by birth, rank, caste, family, race, lineage KâtyS'r. xv Mn. Yâjñ. &c. ({-tI} MBh.
xiv, 2549); kind, genus (opposed to species), species (opposed to individual), class Lâthy. KâtySr. Pân.
&c., (once {-tI} ifc. MBh. vi, 456); the generic properties (opposed to the specific ones) Sarvad.; natural
disposition to Car. ii, 1; the character of a species, genuine or true state of anything Yâjñ. ii, 246 MBh. xii,
5334; reduction of fractions to a common denominator; a self-confuting reply (founded merely on
similarity or dissimilarity) Nyâyad. v, 1 ff. Sarvad. xi, 10 and 34 Prab. Sch.; (in rhet.) a particular figure of
speech Sarasv. ii, 1; a class of metres R. i, 4, 6 Kâvya7d. i, 11; a manner of singing Hariv.; a fire-place L.;
(= {-tI}) mace, nutmeg Sus'r.; Jasminum grandiflorum L.; = {-tI-phalA} L.; = {kampilla} L. cf. {antya-},
{eka-}, {dvi-} - [cf. Lat. {gens}; Lith. {pri-gentis}]
jaatii * = f. = {-ti} q.v.; Jasminum grandiflorum Hariv. 7891 Bhartri. BhP. x Amar. [418, 2]; mace, nutmeg
Sus'r. VarBriS
jaayante = develop
ja = Born
jaDa mf({A})n. (cf. {ja4lhu}) cold, frigid Pañcat. i, 12, 4 Kâvya7d. ii, 34 Râjat. iv, 41; stiff, torpid,
motionless, apathetic, senseless, stunned, paralysed Ragh. iii, 68 S'ak. &c.; stupid, dull Mn. viii, 394 (also
{a-} neg., 148) Yâjñ. ii MBh. (ifc. `" too stupid for "', iii, 437) &c.; void of life, inanimate, unintelligent
KapS. i, 146; vi, 5o NriisUp. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; dumb "' Mn. ii, 110 Sus'r.; ifc. stunning, stupefying S'ak.
iv, 6; m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of Sumati (who simulated stupidity) cf. MârkP. x, 9; cold, frost W.; idiocy W.;
dulness, apathy W.; inanimate "', lifeless, matter (opposed to {cetana}); n. water (= {jala}) S'ârngP.
(Subh.); lead L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant ( = {jaTA}, Mucuna pruritus, Flacourtia cataphracta L.) Car. vi, 2
(ifc. f. {A}).
jagat* mfn. ( {gam} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 178 Vârtt. 3) moving, movable, locomotive, living RV. AV. &c.; (=
{jA4gata}) composed in the Jagatî metre RV. i, 164, 23 ShadvBr. i, 4 Lâthy. i, 8, 9; m. air, wind L.; m. pl.
people, mankind Râjat. (C) iii, 494; n. that which moves or is alive, men and animals, animals as opposed
to men, men (Naigh. ii, 3) RV. AV. &c. ({-to madhye}, `" within everybody's sight "' R. vii, 97, 1; 5 and 10);
the world, esp. this world, earth S'Br. Mn. &c.; the Jagati metre RV. i, 164, 25; N. of a Sâman see -
{sAman}; n. du. heaven and the lower world Kir. v, 20; n. pl. the worlds (= {-gat-traya}) Prab. i, 10;
people, mankind Kpr. x, 50/51 (Sâh. and Kuval.); ({ja4gatI}) f. a female animal RV. i, 157, 5; vi, 72, 4; a
cow Naigh. 11, II; the plants (or flour as coming from plants) VS. i, 21 S'Br. i, 2, 2, 2; the earth Îs'Up.
Pras'nUp. Mn. i, 100 MBh. &c.; the site of a house L. (Kir. i, 7 Sch.); people, mankind L.; the world,
universe R. ii, 69, 11 a metre of 4 x 12 syllables RV. x, 130, 5 AV. viii; xix S'Br. AitBr. &c.; any metre of 4 X
12 syllables; the number 48 Lâthy. ix Kâty. xxii; a sacrificial brick named after the Jagatî metre S'Br. viii
KâtyS'r. xvii; a field planted with Jambû L.
jagat.h = universe
jaghana * = (%{janh}) m. [RV. i, 28, 2; v, 61, 3; vi, 75, 13] n. [AV.xiv, r, 36 TS.ii TBr. ii, &c.] the hinder
part, buttock, hip and loins, pudenda, mons veneris (ifc. f. %{A} [Pa1n2. 4-1, 56 Ka1s3.] MBh. xiii, 5324
R. Megh.); the hinder part of an altar Sulbas. iii, 52; rear-guard MBh. iii, v f. ix; (%{ena}) instr. ind.
behind (with gen. [ChUp. ii, 24, 3] or acc. [S3Br. i f. vii, xi] following, once [vii, 2, 2, 4] preceding); so as
to turn the back towards S3a1n3khGr2. ii, 1; iv, 12
jagrat.h = awakened
jagraaha V*= took up; caught hold of; caught;took up; kept; assumed the responsibility for; accepted; SB
6.9.7; caught; brought under her control; grasped; SB 8.7.4 took; seized; took; took hold of; He seized; He
seized;
jaghanya = of abominable
jaghni * mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 171) striking (with acc.) RV. ix, 61, 20; m. a weapon L.
jaha * = mfn. (3. {hA}) see {zardham-}; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({A4}) ind. see s.v.
jahan
jahnusutaa = ganga
jaiminii = Maharishi Jaimini a sage who wrote an elucidation of sections of Maharishi Parashara's work.
This became the basis for another system of Astrology in India
jajñi* = mfn. ({jan} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 171 and Vârtt. 3) germinating, shooting TS. vii, 5, 20, 1; f. seed (Pân.
3-2, 171 (?) Kâs'.) Siddh.
jala = Water * = 1 mfn. = %{jaDa} (cf. %{jal}) , stupid (cf. %{-lA7dkipa} , %{-lA7zaya}) S3a1rn3gP. xxi
(v.l.) ; m. (g. %{jvalA7di}) a stupid man S3is3. v , 37 ; N. of a man (with the patr. Ja1tu1karn2ya)
S3a1n3khS3r. xvi , 29 , 6 ; n. (also pl.) water , any fluid Naigh. i , 12 Ya1jn5. i , 17 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}) ; a
kind of Andropogon Bhpr. vii , 10 , 52 & 78 ; 28 , 18 ; the 4th mansion (in astrol.) VarYogay. iv , 26 ; a
cow's embryo (%{go-kalaka} or %{-lana}) L. ; (= %{jaDa}) frigidity (moral or mental or physical) W. ;
(%{A}) f. N. of a river MBh. iii , 10556.
\\ 2 Nom. %{-lati} , to become water S3atr. xiv "'
jalandhara = bandha where the chin rests in the notch between the collar bones
jalapatanasaham.h = Sensitive point relating to going on a voyage. One of many used in Varshaphal and
similar in idea to Arabic parts
jalp.h = to babble
jalpa * m. (g. {uJchA7di}) talk, speech, discourse (also pl.) MBh. xiii, 4322 Pân. 4-4, 97 Das'. BhP.; (pl.)
chatter, gossip, x, 47, 13; a kind of disputation (overbearing reply and disputed rejoinder) Nyâyad. Car. iii,
8 Sarvad. Madhus. S'Br. xiv Sch.; N. of a Rishi MatsyaP. ix, 16; n. for {-lpya} MBh. i, 5066 (C) R. ii, 60, 14;
cf. {citra-}, {bahu-}.
jam* = (derived fr. {jama4d-agni}) cl. 1. {ja4mati}, to go Naigh. ii, 14 Nir. iii, 6; to eat Dhâtup. xiii, 28:
Intens. p. {jAjamat} consuming continually MBh. xiii, 4495.
jambuukaH = fox
ja.nghe = ankle
jañj* = cl. I. P.= {jaj} Dhâtup.vii, 69; p. f. {ja4JjatI}, glittering, flashing (Gmn.; = {abhibhavantI} Sây.)
RV. i, 168, 7.
jangamaM = moving
jana = man: * = mf({I})n. `" generating "' see {puraM-}; m. (g. {vRSA7di}) creature "', living being, man,
person, race ({pa4Jca ja4nAs} "', the five races "' = {p kRSTa4yas} RV. iii, viii ff. MBh. iii, 14160), people,
subjects (the sg. used collectively e.g. {dai4vya} or {divyA4 j-} "', divine race "', the gods collectively RV.;
{mahat j-}, many people R. vi, 101, 2; often ifc. denoting one person or a number of persons collectively,
e.g. {preSya-}, {bandhu-}, {sakhI-} &c., qq. vv. [410, 2]; with names of peoples VarBriS. iv, 22 and v, 74;
{ayaM} {janaH}, `" this person, these persons "', I, we MBh. viii, 709 Hariv. 7110 R. ii, 41, 2 S'ak. &c.;
{eSa j-}, id. Kâvya7d. ii, 75) RV. &c.; the person nearest to the speaker (also with {ayam} or {asau}, this
my lover "' Kâvya7d. ii, 271 Ratna7v. i, 24/25) Nal.x, 10 S'ak. Mâlav.; a common person, one of the people
Kir. ii, 42 and 47; the world beyond the Mahar-loka BhP. iii, 11, 29 SkandaP.; ({-na4}) m. (g. {azvA7di})
N. of a man (with the patr. S'ârkara7kshya) S'Br. x ChUp.; ({A}) f. `" birth "', {a-jana}, the unborn "',
Nârâyana BhP. x, 3, 1.
janaanta* = m. a number of men Sâh. vi, 139; a region ({deza}) Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 38; `" man-destroyer "',
Yama BhP. vi, 8, 16.
janaH = people
janaka = father
Janaloka * = m. `" world of men "', the 5th Loka or next above Mahar-loka (residence of the sons of
Brahmâ and other godly men), ArunUp. NriisUp. i, 5, 6 BhP. MârkP. SkandaP.; cf. {janas}.
janana = birth\
jananaM = birth
jananii = mother
janaaH = persons
janaadhipaH = kings
janmaH = (Mas.nom.Sing.)birth.janma:(Nr.)
janman.h = birth
janmasu = in births
janmaani = births
jap * = cl. 1. %{ja4pati} (rarely A1. S3a1n3khS3r. iii, 6, 4 MBh. iii, xiii ; pf. %{jajApa} ; 3. du. %{jepatur} R.
i ; inf. %{japitum} MBh. xii, 7336 ; ind. p. %{-ptvA} Mn. xi R. i ; %{-pitvA} Mn. xi Vet.) to utter in a low
voice, whisper, mutter (esp. prayers or incantations) AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3. Mn. &c. ;
to pray to any one (acc.) in a low voice MBh. xiii, 750 ; to invoke or call upon in a low voice BhP. iv, 7, 29
BhavP. i: Intens. %{jaJjapyate}, %{-pIti} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 86 [412,1] ; p. %{pya4mAna}) to whisper repeatedly
(implying blame, iii, 1, 24) S3Br. xi, 5, 5, 10.
japa = Recitation1 \\ * = mfn. `" muttering, whispering "' see %{karNeku-} ; m. (Pa1n2. 3-3, 61 ; oxyt. g.
%{uJchA7di}) muttering prayers, repeating in a murmuring tone passages from scripture or charms or
names of a deity, &c., muttered prayer or spell AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. ii S3a1n3khS3r. Nir. &c.\\ japA = f. (=
%{javA}) the China rose VarBr2S. xxviii, 14\\jApa * = m. ( %{jap}) `" whispering "' see %{karNa-} ;
muttering prayers L. a muttered prayer L. (R. i, 51, 27 for %{japa} ; see also %{jApya}).
japayaGYaH = chanting
jasha* m. N. of an aquatic animal (cf. {jhaSa4}) AV. xi, 2, 25 TS. v, 5 GopBr. ii, 2, 5.
jatha *= mfn. wearing twisted locks of hair g. {arza-Adi}; m. metrically for {-TA} Hariv. 9551; ({A}) f. the
hair twisted together (as worn by ascetics, by Siva, and persons in mourning) PârGri. ii, 6 Mn. vi, 6 MBh.
(ifc. f. {A}, iii, 16137) &c.; a fibrous root, root (in general) Bhpr. v, 111 S'ângS. i, 46 and 58; N. of several
plants (= {TA-vatI} L.; Mucuna pruritus L.; Flacourtia cataphracta L.; = {-TA-mUlA} L.; = {rudra-jaTA}
L.) Sus'r. v f.; N. of a Pâthha or arrangement of the Vedic text (still more artificial than the Krama, each
pair of words being repeated thrice and one repetition being in inverted order) Caran.; ({I}) f.
Nardostachys Jathâmânsî L.; (= {-Ti}) the waved-leaf fig-tree L.; cf. {tri-}, {mahA-}, {vi-}; {kRSNa-jaTA}
"'
jaThara = Intestine
java * = mfn. ( {ju}, or {jU}) swift AV. xix, 7, 1; m. (parox. Pân. 3-3, 56, Vartt. 4 and 57) speed, velocity,
swiftness RV. i, 112, 21; x, 111, 9 VS. AV. S'Br. &c.; pl. impulse (of the mind) RV. x, 71, 8; ({At}) abl. ind.
speedily, at once Kathâs. lxiii, 188 Vcar. xii, 15. -
javishthha* = mfn. quickest, fleetest RV. iv, 2, 3; vi, 9, 5 VS. xxxiv, 3 S'Br. xi AitBr. i, 5 BhP. xi
jaya = victory
jayaH = victory
jighra * = mfn. ( %{ghrA}) smelling Pa1n2. 3-1 , 137 ; ifc. observing , conjecturing Sa1h. iii , 66/6
jighran.h = smelling
jiGYaasuH = inquisitive
jii = to live
jiiv.h = to live
jiiva* = mf({A4})n. living, existing, alive RV. &c.; healthy (blood) Car. viii, 6, 74; ifc. living by (see {jala-
cara-}, {rUpa-}); causing to live, vivifying (see, {putra-}, {-jala}); m. n. any living being, anything living
RV. &c.; life, existence MBh. iv, vi Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs.); m. the principle of life, vital breath, the
living or personal soul (as distinguished from the universal soul see {jIvA7tman}) RV. i, 164, 30 ChUp.
S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Mn. &c.; N. of a plant L.; Briihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. Laghuj. Sûryas.
Kâs'îKh.; the 3rd lustrum in the 60 years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. viii, 26; N. of one of the 8 Maruts
Yâjñ. ii, 102/103 39; Karna L.; n. N. of a metre RPrât. xvii, 4 [422,3]; ({A}) f. life L.; the earth L.; a
bow-string L.; (in geom. = {jyA}) the chord of an arc; the sine of an arc Sûryas. ii, 57 (cf. {tri-}, {tri-bha}
"', {dRg-gati-}, {lamba-} and {zaGku-jIvA}); N. of a plant ({jIvantI} or {vacA} L.) VarBriS. iii, 39; the
tinkling of ornaments L.; pl. N. of a particular formula Kaus'. Vait.; cf. {ati-}, {upa-} and {saM-jIva4};
{a-}, {kumAra-}, {ciraM-}, {jagaj-}, {dur-}, {nir-}, {pApa-}, {bandhu-}, {sa-}, {su-}; {khSudra-jivA},
{yAvaj-jIvam}; [cf. {bi4os}; Lat. {vivus}; Lith. {gIvas}; Goth. {qvius}; Eng. {quick}; Hib. {beo}.]
jiivadeva* = m. N. of a man,
jiivakoza* = m. a case (or sheath) enveloping the personal soul BhP. iv, 22 f.; x.
jiivaMjIva* = m. = {-j-} L.; the Greek partridge L.; a mythical bird with two heads Buddh.; N. of a tree L.
jiivaMjIvaka* = m. = {-jIva} MBh. iii Hariv. 6957 Lalit. Sus'r. Kâd. MârkP.
jiivanas'* = mfn. (nom. {-na4T}; also {-nak} [= {jivasya nAza}] Pân. 8-2, 63, Kas'.) [a sacrifice] in which
living beings are killed MaitrS. i, 4, 13.
jiivatva* = n. the state of life RâmatUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. {-da} m. `"
life-giver "', a physician L.; ({A}) f. = {-vantI} L. -2.
jiiva = life
jiivaH = life
jiivana = life
jiivanaM = life
jiivaatman* = m. the living or personal or individual soul (as distinct from the %{paramA7t-} q.v.), the
vital principle Tarkas. BhP. vi, viii Sarvad. iv; vii, 57.
jiivatva * = n. the state of life Ra1matUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. %{-da} m.
`" life-giver "', a physician L.; (%{A}) f. = %{-vantI} L. -2.
jiivaatman.h = Also spelt Jeevatman. Is the soul within the human sphere
jiivita = life
jiivitena = living
jijñaasaa* = f. = {-sana} MBh. ii f. xiii Hariv. R. Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 3, &c. ({kRta-jijJAsa} mfn. having put
to the proof any one [gen.] Kathâs. cxiii, 78).
jijñaasita* = mfn. investigated, inquired BhP. i, 5, 3f.; tested MBh. xiii, 932.
jijñaasu* = mfn. desirous of knowing, inquiring into, examining, testing MBh. R. BhP. &c.
ji.nvhaa = tongue
jitaH = conquered
jitvaa = by conquering
jivhaaM = tongue
jñaa* = 1 cl. 9. P. Â. {jAnA4ti}, {-nite4} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 76; Subj. {-nat}; Impv. {-nItat}, 2. sg. {-nIhi4}, once
irr. {jJa} BhP. x, 89, 46; [fr. cl. 3.] {jijAhi} MBh. xiii, 4493; 2. pl. irr. {-nata}. ii, 2397; 2. sg. Â. irr. {-nase}
DivyA7v. xviii; p. {-na4t}, {-nAna4} irr. {-namAna} [MBh.]; pf. {jajJau}, {-jJe} [Pass. Râjat. v, 481], 3. pl.
{-jJu4r} RV. vii, 79, 4 S'Br. xi; p. {-jJAna4} RV. x, 14, 2; fut. {jJAsyati}, {-te}; aor. {ajJAsIt}, {-sta} Pass.
{a4jJAyi}, vi, 65, 1 &c.; Pot. {jJAyAt} or {jJey-} Pân. 6-4, 68 [425,3]; 2. sg. {jJeyas} = {$} RV. ii, 10, 6; inf.
{jJAtum}) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with (acc.; rarely gen. MBh. iii, 2154 Hariv.
7095), perceive, apprehend, understand (also with inf. [Pân. 3-4, 65] MBh. ii, v Das'.), experience,
recognise, ascertain, investigate RV. &c.; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with
double acc. e.g. {tasya mAM tanayAM jAnIta} "', know me to be his daughter "' MBh. iii, 2476; with
{mRSA}, `" to consider as untrue "' Ratna7v. ii, 18) Mn. &c.; `" to acknowledge, approve, allow VS. xviii,
59 f. AV. ix, 5, 19 S'Br. i, xi, xiv; to recognise as one's own, take possession of SaddhP.; to visit as a friend
AV. x, 1, 25; to remember (with gen.) MBh. xii, 5169; Â. to engage in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSo}, `" to make an
oblation with clarified butter "') Pân. 1-3, 45; ii, 3, 51: Caus. {jJapayati}, to teach any one (acc.)
SânkhS'r.xv; {jJAp-} (Pass. {jJApyate}) to make known, announce, teach anything MBh. ii, xii Kâty. and
Pat.; to inform any one (gen.) that (double acc.) MBh. i, 5864; Â. to request, ask ChUp. ii, 13, 1 ({jJap-})
MBh. iii, 8762 ({jJAp-}): Desid. {jijJAsate} (Pân. 1-3, 57; ep. also P.) to wish to know or become
acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine Mn. ii, 13 MBh. &c.; to wish for information about (acc.)
Kathâs. xxii, 84; to conjecture AV. xiv, 1, 56: Caus. Desid. {jijJapayiSati} (also {-jJAp-} Siddh.) and
{jJIpsati} (cf. {-psyamAna}), to wish to make known or inform Pân. 7-2, 49 & 4, 5; [cf. $ &c.]
jña * = 2 mf({A})n. (iii, 1, 135) knowing, familiar with (chiefly in comp.; rarely gen. or loc. MBh. xii,
12028 R. vii, 91, 25) S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 3 Mn. &c.; intelligent, having a soul, wise, (m.) a wise and learned man
S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Bâdar. VarBri. BhP. vii; having Jñâ as deity Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; m. the thinking soul (=
{puruSa}) Sânkhyak. Nyâyad.iii, 2, 20 Sch.; the planet Mercury VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj. Sûryas.; the
planet Mars L.; Brahmâ L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; [cf. Lat. {mali-} and {beni-gnu-s}.]
jJaa* =3 f. for {A-j-} (by irr. Sandhi after {e} and {o}) MBh. i, 3168; iii, 16308.
jñaa4* = mfn. ifc. `" knowing, familiar with "' see {Rta-}, {pada} and {pra-jiJA4}, {a4-saM-}.
jñaati*= m. `" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L. and
Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jñaanaketu*= m. `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaana-ghana*= m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a
teacher W.
jñaana = * n. knowing, becoming acquainted with, knowledge, (esp.) the higher knowledge (derived from
meditation on the one Universal Spirit) S'ânkhS'r.xiii Gobh. Mn. &c.; knowledge about anything
cognizance "' see {-tas} and {a-jJAnAd} {a-jJAnAd} {vA}, knowingly or ignorantly, xi, 233); conscience
MBh.; = {-ne7ndriya} KathhUp. vi, 10; engaging in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSas} "', in sacrifice with clarified
butter "') Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt. Pat.; N. of a S'akti Rasik.xiv, 36 RâmatUp. i, 90 Sch.; ({A}) f. id. Pañcar. iii, 2,
30 Râmapûjâs'.
jñaa4na * mf({I})n. prudent, wise L. [659, 2]; easily known AV.; n. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence,
discrimination AV. &c. &c.; a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic
AV. MBh. R. &c.; a monument, memorial S'Br.; {-kumuda-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; {-ghana4} m. nothing
but knowledge S'Br. (cf. under {ghana4}); {-tRpta} mfn. satiated with i.e. full of knñknowledge MBh.;
{-saMtati} f. a train of thought Tattvas.; {-nA7nanda}, {-nA7zrama}, and {-ne7ndra} m. N. of authors Cat.
jñaana-ketu*= `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaana-garbha * `" filled with knowledge "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L.; of a scholar ib.
jñaana-ghana * m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a tea
jñânendrya*= n. `" knowledge-organ "', an organ of sensation BhP. Sây. on S'Br. ix.
jñaati * =`" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L. and
Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jñatva *=intelligence
jrimbhate = to yawn
jyaayasi = better
jyaayaaH = better
jyaishthha* = m. N. of a month (May-June, the full moon standing in the constellation Jyeshthhâ)
Lâthy. x, 5, 18 Mn. viii, 245 Hariv. 7828 KâtyS'r. Sch.; ({I}) f. the full moon in month Jyaishthha VarBriS.
xxiii, 1 (cf. {mahA-jyaiSThI}); see {jyeSThI}.
jyotiH = light
jyotishha = The study of Illuminated bodies. The study of Astrology and Astronomy which were one
science in the past
jyotishhii = An Astrologer
jyotsna = moonlight
jugupsita* =mfn. abhorring anything (abl.) Vop. v, 21; disliked, detested, disgusting MBh. R. &c.;
censured W.; n. a disgusting or horrible deed BhP. i, 5, 15; (also {karma-} id., i, 7, 42); = {-psA} Sarvad.
iii, 270.
jushhTaM = practiced by
jushtha * = mfn. (%{-STa4} RV. ix, 42, 2 AV. and in later language Pa1n2. 6-1, 209f.) pleased, propitious
RV. ix, 42, 2; liked, wished, loved, welcome, agreeable, usual (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 188 Ka1r.; with dat. or gen.,
rarely instr.) RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; frequented, visited, inhabited MBh. R. BhP.; swept over (by the wind)
Hariv. 6984; afflicted by (instr. or in comp.) Sus3r.; served, obliged, worshipped W.; practised W.;
furnished with, possessed of (instr. or in comp.) R. iii BhP.; n. the remnants of a meal L.; cf. %{a4-}.
juhvati = offer
jush * = 1 cl. 6. Â. {-Sa4te} (also P. RV. [{-Sa4t}, {a4juSat}] MBh. &c.; Subj. {-SAte}; Pot. {-Se4ta}; 3. pl.
{-Serata} RV.; Impv. {-Sa4tAm}; impf. {ajuSata}, ii, 37, 4; 1. sg. {a4juSe} AV. vi, 61, 3; p. {-Sa4mANa}) cl.
3. P. irr. {ju4joSati} (Subj. and p. {ju4joSat}; cf. Pân. 7-3, 87 Vârtt. 2; Impv. 2. pl. {-juSTana} RV.), rarely
cl. i. P. {joSati} (Subj. {jo4Sat}; - aor. p. {juSANa4}; 3. pl. {ajuSran}, i, 71, 1; 2. sg. {jo4Si}, ii, iv; 3. sg.
{jo4SiSat}, ii, 35, 1 [cf. Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 34 and 4, 7; 94 and 97]; pf. {jujo4Sa}, {-juSe4}; p. {-juSva4s},
generally {-SANa4}; ind. p. {juSTvI4} RV.) to be pleased or satisfied or favourable RV. AV. &c.; to like, be
fond of delight in (acc. or gen.), enjoy RV. (with {tanvAm} or {-va4s}, `" to be delighted "', iii, 1, 1; x, 8, 3)
AV. &c.; to have pleasure in granting anything (acc.) to (loc.) RV. vi, 14, 1; to have pleasure in (dat.),
resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5; iv, 24, 5 S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 7; to give pleasure to (loc.) RV. x, 105, 8; to choose
for (dat.) VS. v, 42 TS. vi S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 8; to devote one's self to (acc.), practise, undergo, suffer BhP. ii, 2,
7; viii, 7, 20 Bhathth. xvii, 112; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage &c.) MBh.
iii, v, xiv Bhathth. xiv, 95; to afflict MBh. iii: Caus. Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {joSa4yAse}) to like, love, behave
kindly towards (acc.), cherish RV.; to delight in, approve of(acc.), choose S'Br. iii MBh. xiv, 1289; (P. cf.
Dhâtup. xxxiv, 28) Bhag. iii, 26; [cf. $; Zd. {zaoSa}; Hib. {gus}; Goth. {kiusu}; Lat. {gus-tus}.]
jush * = 2 mfn. ifc. liking, fond of, devoted to (once with acc. BhP. vii, 6, 25; cf. {nikRtiM-}) BhP. Bhartri.
Sântis'. Kathâs.; dwelling in Hcar. vii; visiting, approaching BhP. ii, 7, 25 Madhus.; having, showing Bâlar.
iv, 17; ix, 25 Sinha7s. Introd. 5l; xv, 4 Kuval. 169; similar Hcar. i, 44; cf. {sa-}.
jusha=jushkaka
jvara = fever
jvala = flame
jvaladbhiH = blazing
jvalanaM = a fire
ka* = 1 the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first guttural letter (corresponding in sound to {k} in
{keep} or {king}).
ka* = 2 {kas}, {kA}, {kim}, interrog. pron. (see {kim} and 2. {kad}, and cf. the following words in which
the interrogative base {ka} appears, {katama}, {katara}, {kati}, {katham}, {kadA}, {karhi}, {kA}, &c.),
who? which? what? In its declension {ka} follows the pronoun {tad} except in nom. acc. sing. neut.,
where {kim} has taken the place of {kad} or {kat} in classical Sanskriit; but the old form {kad} is found
in the Veda (see Gram. 227); [cf. Zd. {ka}, {ko7}, {kA7}, {kat}; Gk. $, $, (Ion. $, $,) $, $; Lat. {quis},
&75137[240,2] {quid}; Lith. {kas} {ka4}; Goth. {hvas}, {hvo7}, {hva}, Angl. Sax. {hwâ}, {hwaet}; Eng.
{who}, {what}.] The interrogative sentence introduced by {ka} is often terminated by {iti} (e.g. {kasya sa
putra iti kathyatAm}, let it be said, `" whose son is he? "'), but {iti} may be omitted and the sentence lose
its direct interrogative character (e.g. {kasya sa putro na jJAyate}, it is not known whose son he is). {ka}
with or without 1. {as} may express `" how is it possible that? "' `" what power have I, you, they, &c.? "'
(e.g. {ke mama dhanvino'nye}, what can the other archers do against me? {ke AvAm paritrAtum}, what
power have we to rescue you?) {ka} is often connected with a demonstrative pron. (e.g. {ko 'yam AyAti},
who comes here?) or with the potential (e.g. {ko hariM nindet}, who will blame Hari?) {ka} is
sometimes repeated (e.g. {kaH ko 'tra}, who is there? {kAn kAn}, whom? whom? i.e. which of them? cf.
Gram. 54), and the repetition is often due to a kind of attraction (e.g. {keSAM kiM zAstram
adhyayanIyam}, which book is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. {a}). When {kim} is connected with the
inst. c. of a noun or with the indecl. participle it may express `" what is gained by doing so, &c.? "' (=
{ko'rthas}) [240,3]; (e.g. {kiM vilambena}, what is gained by delay? {kim bahunA}, what is the use of
more words? {dhanena kiM yo na dadAti}, what is the use of wealth to him who does not give? with inst.
and gen., {nIrujaH kim auSadhaiH}, what is the use of medicine to the healthy?) {ka} is often followed
by the particles {iva}, {u}, {nAma}, {nu}, {vA}, {svid}, some of which serve merely to generalize the
interrogation (e.g. {kim iva etad}, what can this be? {ka u zravat}, who can possibly hear? {ko nAma
jAnAti}, who indeed knows? {ko nv ayam}, who, pray, is this? {kiM nu kAryam}, what is to be done? {ko
vA devAd anyaH}, who possibly other than a god? {kasya svid hRdayaM nA7sti}, of what person is there
no heart?) {ka} is occasionally used alone as an indefinite pronoun, especially in negative sentences (e.g.
{na kasya ko vallabhaH}, no one is a favourite of any one; {nA7nyo jAnAti kaH}, no one else knows;
{kathaM sa ghAtayati kam}, how does he kill any one?) Generally, however, {ka} is only made indefinite
when connected with the particles {ca}, {cana4}, {cid}, {vA}, and {a4pi}, in which case {ka} may
sometimes be preceded by the relative {ya} (e.g. {ye ke ca}, any persons whatsoever; {yasyai kasyai ca
devatAyai}, to any deity whatsoever; {yAni kAni ca mitrANi}, any friends whatsoever; {yat kiMca},
whatever). The particle {cana}, being composed of {ca} and {na}, properly gives a negative force to the
pronoun (e.g. {yasmAd indrAd Rte kiMcana}, without which Indra there is nothing), but the negative
sense is generally dropped (e.g. {kazcana}, any one; {na kazcana}, no one), and a relative is sometimes
connected with it (e.g. {yat kiMcana}, anything whatsoever). Examples of {cid} with the interrogative are
common; {vA} and {api} are not so common, but the latter is often found in classical Sanskriit (e.g.
{kazcid}, any one; {kecid}, some; {na kazcid}, no one; {na kiMcid api}, nothing whatsoever; {yaH
kazcid}, any one whatsoever; {kecit} - {kecit}, some - others; {yasmin kasmin vA deze}, in any country
whatsoever; {na ko 'pi}, no one; {na kimapi}, nothing whatever). {ka} may sometimes be used, like 2.
{kad}, at the beginning of a compound. see {ka-pUya}, &c.
ka* = 3 m. (according to native authorities) N. of Prajâpati or of a Prajâpati VS. xx, 4; xxii, 20 TS. i S'Br.
&c.; of Brahman MBh. i, 32 BhP. iii, 12, 51; xii, 13, 19; 20; of Daksha BhP. ix, 10, 10; of Vishnu L.; of Yama
L.; of Garuda; the soul Tattvas.; a particular comet VarBriS.; the sun L.; fire L.; splendour, light L.; air L.;
a peacock L.; the body L.; time L.; wealth L.; sound L.; a king L.; = {kAma-granthi} (?); ({am}) n.
happiness, joy, pleasure ChUp. iv, 10, 5 Nir. &c.; water MaitrS. i, 10, 10 S'Br. x Yâjñ. &c.; the head; hair, a
head of hair L.; (also regarded as ind.; cf. 1. {kam}.)
ka* = 4 a Taddhita affix (much used in forming adjectives; it may also be added to nouns to express
diminution, deterioration, or similarity e.g. {putraka}, a little son; {azvaka}, a bad horse or like a horse).
kaa* = 1 onomat. imitation of the cry of the ass BhP. x, 15, 30. \\2 = 2. {ka4d} and 1. {ku} in comp. to
express depreciation e.g. {kA7kSa}, {kA-patha}, {kApuruSa}, {ko7SNa}, qq. vv. Pân. 6-3, 104 Vop. vi, 93.
\\3 = {kan} (perf. {cake}, {cakAna4}; see {kA4yamAna} s.v.), to seek, desire, yearn, love (with acc. and
dat.) RV.; to like, enjoy, be satisfied with (loc. gen. or inst.) RV.: Intens. (p. {cAka4t}) to please, be sought
after, be wished for, satisfy RV. x, 29, 1 (cf. {anu-}, {A-}, {saM-} 3. {kA}, {kAti}.)
kaa = who
kaaJNchana = gold
kaaJNchanaH = gold
kaaka = crow
kaaksha * = 1 mfn. (fr. 2. %{kA} + %{akSa}) frowning , looking scornfully or in displeasure Siddh. on
Pa1n2. 6-3 , 104 Sch. on Bhat2t2. v , 24 ; (%{as} , %{am}) m. n. a glance , wink , leer Pa1n2. 6-3 , 104
Bhat2t2. v , 24 Vop. vi , 93 (cf. %{kaTA7kSa}.)\\ 2 m. a kind of plant g. %{plakSA7di} in the Ka1s3. ;
(%{am}) n. the fruit of the same ib. ; (%{I}) f. the plant Cytisus Cajan L. ; a kind of fragrant earth ,
perfume (%{kacchI} , %{saurASTra-mRttikA}) L.
kaala *= 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a
black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous serpent
Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of Plumbago L.; the resin
of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada
Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future
Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha) Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi,
69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.;
a mystical N. of the letter %{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.;
(perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.;
Physalis flexuosa L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a
%{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras)
MBh. i, 2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure,
defamation L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the
acetous fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.;
Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or flames of
fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is or divine
mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen Vidya1-
devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after
her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and
bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh. Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife
of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a
black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kaala *= 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of
time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat.
loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for
departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to
delay Nal.; %{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br.
MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day, hence
%{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the
evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, i.e.
who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third day "' Mn. xi, 200; or
without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second day
"' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "'
Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.; measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a
section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which
are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death,
time of death (often personified and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even
identified with him: hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is
frequently connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH},
`" he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified is
also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.); (%{am}) acc. ind. for a
certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.) [278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly,
always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the
course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time
MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40; %{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the
course of time Mn. viii, 251; %{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-
cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9
S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time;
%{kAle@kAle}, always in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and
everything terrible. "']
kaalakuutha* = m. (n. L.) a poison (contained in a bulbous root or tube) MBh. iii, 540 Pañcat.; a poison
(produced at the churning of the ocean, swallowed by S'iva and causing the blueness of his neck) MBh. i,
1152 BhP. &c. [277,2]; poison (in general) BhP. iii, 2, 23.\\* = m. id. L.; (for 1. and 3. see p. 277, col. 1, and
p. 279, col. 2.)\\ 3 {As} m. pl. (1. fr. {kalak-})N. of a country near the Hima7laya and of the people
inhabiting it MBh.; mfn. relating to that country g. {palady-Adi}.
kaalika* =1 m. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) L. (v.l. {kAlIka}); N. of a king of the Nâgas Lalit.; of a
prince Pañcad.
kaalika* =2 mf({I} Pân. 5-1, 108)n. relating to or connected with or depending on time Bhâshâp.; fit for
any particular season, seasonable MBh. iii, 868; lasting a long time Pân. 5-1, 108; (often ifc. e.g.
{Asanna-k-}, relating to a time near at hand, impending Pân. 5-4, 20 Sch.; {mAsa-k-}, monthly MBh. ii,
2080).
kaaM = which
kaamya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to have a desire for (only ifc. e.g. {putra-kAmyati}, to have a desire for
children) Pân. 3-1, 9 Comm. on Pân. 8-3, 38 and 39 Vop. xxi, 1 S'ântis'. Bhathth. ix, 59.
kaamya * = 2 mf({A})n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable RV. VS. R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43, 13 Ragh.
vi, 30 S'ântis'. ii, 7 Bhartri. iii, 40; to one's liking, agreeable to one's wish KâtyS'r. iv, 5, 1 S'ânkhS'r. iii, 11,
5 Âs'vGri. iv, 7; optional (opposed to {nitya} or indispensable observance), performed through the desire
of some object or personal advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.), done from desire of benefit or from
interested motives KâtyS'r. xii, 6, 15 Âs'vS'r. ii, 10 Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Kaus'. 5 ChUp. v, 2, 9 Mn. ii, 2 MBh. &c.;
({A}) f. N. of an Apsasas MBh. i, 4820 Hariv.; of several women VP.
kaamyaa * = f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp. e.g. {putra-kAmyayA}, through
desire for a son R. i, 13, 36 Ragh. i, 35); will, purpose, intention (e.g. {yat-kAmyA4}, irreg. instr. `" with
which intention "' S'Br. iii, 9, 3, 4) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. {khshathro1-kâmya}, `" wish for
dominion. "']
kaankshati = desires
kaankshantaH = desiring
kaankshitaM = is desired
kaankshe = do I desire
kaala = Time, providence = * 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a
fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time
or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya}
or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum},
this is not the time to delay Nal.; %{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3,
168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time
(twice a day, hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623;
%{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only
at the sixth meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the
third day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the
evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of
the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.; measure of time,
prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age Sus3r.; time (as leading to
events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as
destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified and represented with the attributes of
Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him: hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "'
MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-
adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `" he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9;
cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i,
2585 Hariv. VP.); (%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time
Pan5cat.) [278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time
Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.;
%{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40; %{kAlena@mahatA} or
%{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251; %{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or
%{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc.
ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time;
%{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat.
{calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything terrible. "'] //* 2 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3.
%{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part
of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the
plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet
Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana
BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (=
As3va-ghosha) Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter %{m};
(%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea
Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa L.; Bignonia
suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of
Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i, 2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1
L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation L.; a row or succession of black
clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk (=
%{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.; Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay
L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of
Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit
(mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of
king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son
Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-
ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh. Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and
mother of Sarvagata BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of
Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kaalaM = time
kaalaapa * = m. (fr. %{kalA7pa}), a serpent's hood L.; a demon, imp or goblin L.; a student of the Kala1pa
grammar L.; (fr. %{kalApin}) a pupil of Kala1pin Pa1n2. MBh. ii, 113; N. of A1ra1d2a (a teacher of
S3a1kya-muni) Buddh. (v.l. %{kAlAma}); (%{As}) m. pl. the school of Kala1pin (often named together
with the Kat2has q.v.)
kaalaya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to show or announce the time Dhâtup. xxxv, 28 (v.l.)
kaale = time
kaaleshhu = times
kaalpa* = mfn. (fr. %{ka4lpa}), preceptive, ritual W.; relating to a period called Kalpa W.; m. the plant
Curcuma Zerumbet L.
kaalya * = mf(%{A})n. timely , seasonable Pa1n2. 5-1 , 107 ; being in a particular period g. %{aig-Adi} ;
ifc. g. %{vargyA7di} ; pleasant , agreeable , auspicious (as discourse cf. %{kalya}) L. ; (%{A}) f. (with
%{prajane}) a cow fit for the bull Pa1n2. 3-1 , 104: (%{am}) n. `" day-break "' , (%{am} , %{e}) acc. loc.
ind. at day-break R. Sus3r. [279,2]
3 kAlya see 2. %{kAla}.
kaama = lust* = m. (fr. 2. {kam}; once {kAma4} VS. xx, 60), wish, desire, longing ({kAmo me bhuJjIta
bhavAn}, my wish is that you should eat Pân. 3-3, 153), desire for, longing after (gen. dat., or loc.), love,
affection, object of desire or of love or of pleasure RV. VS. TS. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c.; pleasure,
enjoyment; love, especially sexual love or sensuality; Love or Desire personified AV. ix; xii; xix (cf. RV. x,
129, 4) VS. PârGri.; N. of the god of love AV. iii. 25, 1 MBh. Lalit.; (represented as son of Dharma and
husband of Rati [MBh. i, 2596 ff. Hariv. VP.]; or as a son of Brahmâ VP.; or sometimes of Sankalpa BhP.
vi, 6, 10; cf. {kAma-deva}); N. of Agni SV. ii, 8, 2, 19, 3 AV. TS. KâtyS'r. S'ânkhS'r.; of Vishnu Gal.; of
Baladeva (cf. {kAma-pAla}) L.; a stake in gambling Nâr. xvi, 9; a species of mango tree (= {mahA-
rAja-cUta}) L.; N. of a metre consisting of four lines of two long syllables each; a kind of bean L.; a
particular form of temple Hcat.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. `" wish, desire "' (only instr. {kAmayA} q.v.);
N. of a daughter of Priithus'ravas and wife of Ayuta-nâyin MBh. i, 3774; ({am}) n. object of desire L.;
semen virile L.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 5047; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({ena}) ind. out of affection or love for;
({Aya}, or {e}) ind. according to desire, agreeably to the wishes of, out of love for (gen. or dat.) RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. ChUp.; ({At}) ind. for one's own pleasure, of one's own free will, of one's own accord, willingly,
intentionally Mn. R.; ({kAma4}) mfn. wishing, desiring RV. ix, 113, 11; (ifc.) desirous of, desiring, having
a desire or intention (cf. {go-k-}, {dharma-k-}; frequently with inf. in {tu} cf. {tyaktu-k-}.)
kaamaaH = desires
kaamaan.h = desiring
kaamaatman* = mfn. `" whose very essence is desire "', consisting of desire, indulging one's desires,
given to lust, sensual, licentious MBh. Mn. vii, 27 [273, 1]; desiring, wishing for W.; {-tma-tA} f. passion,
lust Mn. ii, 2 R. ii, 21, 57.
kaamadeva* = m. the god of love (see {kAma} above; according to some, son of Sahishnu and
Yas'o-dharâ VP.); N. of Vishnu (as the god who creates, preserves, or destroys at will) Vishn. xcviii, 10 (cf.
BhP. v, 18, 15); of S'iva L.; of a poet; of a king of Jayantî-purî; N. of the author of the Prâyas'citta-
paddhati; {-tva} n. the being the god of love Kathâs.; {-maya} mfn. representing the god of love AgP.
kaamadhuk.h = kaamadhenu: the cow who can milk out anything you wish
kaamaH = desire
kaamaM = desire
kaamatIrtha* = n. N. of a Tîrtha.
kaamaTha* = mfn. (fr. {kamaTha}), peculiar or belonging to the tortoise R. i, 45, 30.
kaamaiH = by desires
kaamakAmin* = mfn. `" wishing wishes "', having various desires or wishes, following the dictates of
passion TA1r. i, 31, 1 MBh. iii, 11256 Bhag.
kaamin * = mfn. desirous, longing after (acc. or in comp.) ; loving, fond, impassioned, wanton ; amorous,
enamoured, in love with (acc. or with %{saha} or %{sA7rdham}) RV. AV. S3a1n3khS3r. MBh. R. S3ak.
&c. ; (%{I}) m. a lover, gallant, anxious husband ; the ruddy goose (%{cakra-vAka}) L. ; a pigeon L. ;
Ardea Sibirica L. ; a sparrow L. ; N. of S3iva L. ; (%{inI}) f. a loving or affectionate woman Mn. viii, 112 R.
Megh. Hariv. Ragh. &c. ; a timid woman L. ; a woman in general L. ; a form of Devi1 Hcat. ; the plant
Vanda Roxburghii L. ; the plant Curcuma aromatica L. ; a spirituous liquor L.
kaaNa* = mf({A})n. (etym. doubtful; g. {kaDArA7di}) one-eyed, monoculous ({akSNA kANaH}, blind of
one eye Comm. on Pân. 2-1, 30 and 3, 20) RV. x, 155, 1 AV. xii, 4, 3 TS. ii, 5, 1, 7 Mn. MBh.; pierced,
perforated (as a cowrie perforated or broken by insects) Comm. on Pân. 2-3, 20 Hit. Pañcat. Bhartri. iii,
5; `" having only one loop or ring "' and `" one-eyed "' Pañcat.; m. a crow L.
kaanana * = a forest, grove (sometimes in connection with {vana}) R. Nal. Ragh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; (ifc. f.
{A} R. Ragh.); a house L.
kaanana = forest
kaañc* = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10 ; to bind ib. (cf. %{kac}, %{kaJc}.)
kaaJcana * = n. gold Naigh. i, 2 Mn. Ya1jn5. Nal. Sus3r. Hit. [268,3] ; money, wealth, property W. ; the
filament of the lotus L. ; (mf(%{I})n.) golden, made or consisting of gold MBh. R. Mn. Megh. S3ak. BhP.
; m. N. of several edible plants (Mesua ferrea L. ; Michelia Champaca L. ; Ficus glomerata L. ; Bauhinia
variegata L. ; Datura fastuosa L. ; Rottleria tinctoria L.) ; a covenant binding for the whole life Ka1m. (=
Hit.) ; a particular form of temple Hcat. ; N. of the fifth Buddha L. ; N. of a son of Na1ra1yan2a (author of
the play Dhanan5jayavijaya) ; N. of a prince (cf. %{kAJcana-prabha}) ; (%{I}) f. turmeric L. ; a kind of
Asclepias (%{svarNakSIrI}) L. ; a plant akin to the Premna spinosa L. ; a kind af yellow pigment.
kaaNDa* = [or {kANDa4} TS. vii], {as}, {am} m. n. (ifc. f. {A}, or {I}) [cf. {khaNDa}, with which in some
of its senses {kANDa} is confounded] a single joint of the stalk or stem of a plant, such as a bamboo or
reed or cane (i.e. the portion from one knot to another cf. {tri-k-}), any part or portion, section, chapter,
division of a work or book (cf. {tri-k-}), any distinct portion or division of an action or of a sacrificial rite
(as that belonging to the gods or to the manes) AV. TS. VS.; a separate department or subject (e.g.
{karma-kANDa}, the department of the Veda treating of sacrificial rites Kâs'. on Pân. 4-2, 51) AV. TS.
S'Br. R.; a stalk, stem, branch, switch MBh. R. Mn. i, 46, 48 Kaus'. Sus'r.; the part of the trunk of a tree
whence the branches proceed W.; a cluster, bundle W.; a multitude, heap, quantity (ifc.) Pân. 4-2, 51
Kâs'.; an arrow MBh. xiii, 265 Hit.; a bone of the arms or legs, long bone (cf. {kANDa-bhagna} and
{pucchakANDa4}) Sus'r.; a rudder (?) R. ii, 89, 19; a kind of square measure Pân. 4-1, 23 Vop. vii, 55; a
cane, reed, Saccharum Sara ({zara}) L.; water L.; opportunity, occasion (cf. {a-kANDa}) L.; a private
place, privacy L.; praise, flattery L.; (ifc. implying depreciation) vile, low Pân. 6-2, 126; =
{kANDasyA7vayavo vikAro vA7} g. {bilvA7di}; ({I}) f. a little stalk or stem Râjat. vii, 117.
kaanta * 1 mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m. any one
beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a
stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra
Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kathâs.; a charming wife L.; the earth
L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of
a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a
magnet Buddh.; a kind of hou
kaantaM = lovely, glowing * = mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely,
beautiful; m. any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia
Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a
son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kathâs.; a
charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume ({reNukA},
Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n.
saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of house L.
kaantaa = wife
kaara * =1 mf({I})n. (1. {kR} Pân. 3-2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker, doer (ifc. see {kumbha-k-},
{yajJa k-}, {suvarNa-k-}); an author (e.g. {vArttika-k-}); m. (ifc.) an act, action (see {kAma-k-},
{puruSa-k-}); the term used in designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g. {a-k-}, {ka-k-}, qq.
vv.; {eva-k-}, the word {eva}; {phUt-k-} q.v.) Prât. Mn. &c.; effort, exertion L.; determination L.; religious
austerity L.; a husband, master, lord L.; ({as} or {A}) m. or f. act of worship, song of praise Divyâv.; ({I})
f. N. of a plant (= {kArikA}, {kAryA} &c.) L.
kaara *= 2 m. (= 2. {kara}) tax, toll, royal revenue Pân. 6-3, 10; a heap of snow or a mountain covered
with it L.; (mfn.) produced by hail Sus'r.
kaara * =3 m. (2. {kR}), a song or hymn of praise RV.; a battle song RV.
kaaraa * =f. (1. {kR}?), a prison Vikr. Das'.; binding, confinement g. {bhidA7di}; the part of a lute below
the neck (for deadening the sound) L.; pain, affliction L.; a female messenger L.; a female worker in gold
L.; a kind of bird L.
-kaara * m. bringing down, humiliation, wrong, offence, injury MBh. Kâv. &c.; wickedness, malice W.;
opposition, contradiction W.; = next Gal.
kaaraka = Planetary Significator which remain the same for all houses
kaaraNa = reason
kaaraNa * = * = 1 n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (gen., also often loc.) KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.;
instrument, means; motive origin, principle; a cause (in phil. i.e. that which is invariably antecedent to
some product cf. {samavA7yi-k-}, {asamavA7yi-k-}, {nimitta-k-}); an element, elementary matter Yâjñ.
iii, 148 Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin or plot of a play or poem Sâh.; that on which an opinion or judgment is
founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal instrument, document) Mn. MBh. &c.; an organ of sense Ragh.
xvi, 22 &c.; an action MBh. xii, 12070; agency, instrumentality, condition Kathâs. cxii, 178; `" the cause of
being "', a father W.; `" cause of creation "', a deity W.; the body L.; a kind of musical instrument L.; a
sort of song L.; a number of scribes or Kâyasthas W.; ({A}) f. pain, agony Das'.; an astronomical period
W. [{kAraNAt}, from some cause or reason, Rprât. iii, 13 Mn. viii, 355; {kasmAt kAraNAt}, from what
cause? {mama-kAraNAt}, for my sake R. &c.; {a-kAraNena}, without a reason Yâjñ. ii, 234; {yena
kAraNena}, because; {yasmin kAraNe}, from which motive, wherefore.] \\ 2 n. killing, injury L.
kaaraNam.h = reason
kaaraNaani = causes
kaardama * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kardama}), made of mud, muddy, filled or covered with mud R. v, 27, 16
Pa1n2. 4-2, 2 Ka1s3.; belonging to Praja1pati Kardama BhP. iii, 24, 6.
kaari = causing
kaarmana* = mf({I})n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action W.; finishing a work W.;
performing anything by means of magic; ({am}) n. magic, sorcery, witchcraft Pân. 5-4, 36 Râjat.
poorness of spirit , weakness ib. ; parsimony , niggardliness Hit. &c.: compassion , pity BhP. v , 8 , 10.
kaarttikeya* = m. N. of a son of S'iva and Pârvatî (popularly regarded as god of war, because he leads the
Ganas or hosts of S'iva against the demon hosts see RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend he was son of S'iva
without the intervention of Pârvatî, the generative energy of S'iva being cast into the fire and then
received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of Agni and Gangâ; when born he was
fostered by the six Kriittikâs q.v., and these offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed;
he is also called Kumâra, Skanda, and Subrahmanya; his N. Kârttikeya may be derived from his foster
mothers or from the month Kârttika as the best for warfare: in the Mriicch. and elsewhere he is regarded
as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.
kaarya = work
kaaryaM = work
kaaryate = is forced to do
kaarye = work
kaazaya* = m. N. of a son of Kâs'a or Kâs'i Hariv. 1734; of the country of the Kâs'is Comm. on Un. iv, 117.
kaas'a* =1 m. `" the becoming visible, appearance "', only in {sa-k-} q.v.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a
prince (the son of Suhotra and father of Kâsi-râja) Hariv. VP.; a species of grass (Saccharum
spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.; also personified, together with the Kus'a grass, as one of Yama's
attendants) Kaus'. R. Kum. &c.; ({A}, {I}) f. id. L. ({am}) n. id. L.\\kaas'a* =2 wrongly spelt for {kAsa}
q.v.
kaashiraajaH = Kasiraja
kaashthha m. N. of one of Kubera's attendants MBh. ii , 415 ; (%{a4m}) n. a piece of wood or timber ,
stick S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn. &c. ; wood or timber in general ; an instrument for measuring lengths ; a kind
of measure SaddhP. ; [%{kASTha-} , in comp. , or %{kASTham} ind. with a verb expresses excellence or
superiority Pa1n2. 8-1 , 67 and 68.]
kaashthhaa f. a place for running , raceground , course (also the course , path or track of the wind and
clouds in the atmosphere) RV. ; the mark , goal , limit VS. TS. S3Br. &c. ; the highest limit , top , summit ,
pitch Kum. Das3. &c. ; a quarter or region of the world , cardinal point Naigh. Nir. MBh. &c. ; the
sixteenth part of the disk of the moon BhP. i , 12 , 31 ; a measure of time (= 1/30 Kala1 Mn. i , 64 Sus3r. ;
= 1/12 Kala1 Jyot. ; = 1/15 Laghu , = 1/225 Na1d2ika1 , = 1/450 Muhu1rta BhP. iii , 11 , 7) MBh. i , 1292
&c. ; form , form of appearance BhP. iii , 28 , 12 ; vii , 4 , 22 ; the sun Nir. ii , 15 ; water ib. ; the plant
kASThabhakSaNa * = n. `" devouring of wood (of the funeral pile) "', %{--SThA7dhirohaNa} Pan5cad.
kASThabhUta * = mfn. one who has become wood or stands stock still (as an ascetic) R. i, 65, 3 ; m. N. of
a demon who causes diseases Hariv. 9559.
kaasate = to cough
kaasaaraH = lake
kaatara * = (etym. doubtful,, `" uncertain as to which of the two "' BRD.), cowardly, faint-hearted, timid,
despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed, shrinking, frightened,
afraid of, timidity, despair, agitation. "
kaat * =ind. a prefix implying contempt (cf. 2. {kad}), only in comp. with
kaati * = mfn. (fr. 3. {kA}), `" wishing, desiring "' (only in comp. see {RNa4-kAti} and {kA4ma-kAti} cf.
{RNa-ci4t}); ({ayas}) m. pl.N. of a school.
kaavya = poetr
kaaya * =1 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {ka} Pân. 4-2, 25), relating or devoted to the god Ka (Prajâ-pati RV. x, 121) VS.
TS. S'Br.; &c.; m. one of the eight modes of marriage (= Prâjâpatya see {vivAha}) Mn. iii, 38 Yâjñ. i, 60;
({am}) n. part of the hand sacred to Prajâ-pati, the root of the little finger Mn. ii, 58 and 59. \\ 2 m. ({ci}
Pân. 3-3, 41), the body KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of a tree R.; the body of a lute (the whole except the
wires) L.; assemblage, collection, multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital Nâr. Briih.; a house, habitation L.;
a butt, mark L.; any object to be attained L.; natural temperament L.
kaaya * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. 3. %{ka} Pa1n2. 4-2 , 25) , relating or devoted to the god Ka (Praja1-pati RV. x
, 121) VS. TS. S3Br. ; &c. ; m. one of the eight modes of marriage (= Pra1ja1patya see %{vivAha}) Mn. iii ,
38 Ya1jn5. i , 60 ; (%{am}) n. part of the hand sacred to Praja1-pati , the root of the little finger Mn. ii , 58
and 59.\\ 2 m. (%{ci} Pa1n2. 3-3 , 41) , the body Ka1tyS3r. Mn. &c. ; the trunk of a tree R. ; the body of a
lute (the whole except the wires) L. ; assemblage , collection , multitude SaddhP. ; principal , capital
Na1r. Br2ih. ; a house , habitation L. ; a butt , mark L. ; any object to be attained L. ; natural temperament
L.
kachchit.h = whether
kadaachan.h = never
kahalayoga = Stubborness (Ranjan says laziness). Lords of 4th and 9th houses should be in Kendras
from each other and the lord of Lagna should be strongly disposed
kaiH = by whom
kaitava * = mf({I})n. (fr. {kit-}), deceitful Hariv. 7095; m. patr. of Ulûka MBh. i, 7002; ({I}) f. fraud,
deceit Bâlar.; ({am}) n. the stake in a game MBh. ii, 2163 Nal. xxvi, 10; gambling L.; deceit, fraud,
cheating, roguery R. v, 86, 19 Kum. Bhartri. &c.; beryl L.
kaivalya = spiritual independence and freedom * = n. (fr. {ke4vala}), isolation Vâm.; absolute unity
Veda7ntas. BhP.; perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment from all other connections, detachment of
the soul from matter or further transmigrations, beatitude MBh. KapS. Sânkhyak. &c.; for {vaikalya}
Râjat. vii, 1149; (mf({A})n.) leading to eternal happiness or emancipation MBh. xiii, 1101.
kaJNchukaH = blouse
kaH = who
kakudi = hump of an ox
kaksha * = m. (%{kaS} Un2. iii , 62 ; cf. %{kac}) , lurking-place , hiding-place RV. x , 28 , 4 VS. xi , 79 ; a
wood , large wood (?) RV. vi , 45 , 31 ; a forest of dead trees , a dry wood , underwood (often the lair of
wild beasts) VS. TS. Ta1n2d2yaBr. Mn. &c. ; an inner recess , the interior of a forest ; grass , dry grass ; a
spreading creeper , climbing plant L. ; side or flank L. ; sin L. ; a gate W. ; a buffalo L. ; Terminalia
Bellerica W. ; (%{as} , %{A}) mf. the armpit (as the most concealed part of the human body) , region of
the girth AV. vi , 127 , 2 Sus3r. Mr2icch. &c. ; [cf. Lat. {coxa} , `" hip "' ; O. H. G. {hahsa} ; Zd. {kasha} ; cf.
Sk. {kaccha}] ; a girdle , zone , belt , girth MBh. BhP. &c. ; the end of the lower garment (which , after the
cloth is carried round the body , is brought up behind and tucked into the waistband) ; hem , border , lace
BhP. ix , 10 , 37 ; the scale of a balance Ka1vya7d. Vcar. ; (%{A}) f. painful boils in the armpit Sus3r. ; a
surrounding wall , a wall , any place surrounded by walls (as a court-yard , a secluded portion of a
building , a private chamber or room in general) MBh. BhP. Mn. &c. ; the orbit of a planet VarBr2S.
Su1ryas. &c. ; the periphery , circumference Su1ryas. xii , 65 ; balance , equality , similarity , resemblance
MBh. xii , 7269 VarBr2S. 26 , 6 ; emulation , rivalry , object of emulation Naish. ; the jeweller's weight
called Retti L. ; objection or reply in argument L. ; a particular part of a carriage L. ; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a
people MBh. VP.
kala=* mf(%{A})n. (etym. doubtful) indistinct, dumb Br2A1rUp. ChUp.; (ifc., %{bASpa}, or %{azru}
preceding) indistinct or inarticulate (on account of tears) MBh. R. &c. [260,2]; low, soft (as a tone),
emitting a soft tone, melodious (as a voice or throat) R. BhP. Vikr. &c.; a kind of faulty pronunciation of
vowels Pat.; weak, crude, undigested L.; m. (scil. %{svara}) a low or soft and inarticulate tone (as
humming, buzzing &c.) L.; Shorea robusta L.; (in poetry) time equal to four Ma1tras or instants W.;
(%{As}) m. pl. a class of manes MBh.; (%{am}) n. semen virile L.; Zizyphus Jujuba; (%{A}) f. see
%{kalA} below.
kalaa = Art= *f. (etym. doubtful) a small part of anything, any single part or portion of a whole, esp. a
sixteenth part RV. viii, 47, 17 TS. S3Br. Mn. &c.; a digit or one-sixteenth of the moon's diameter Hit.
Katha1s.; (personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Mari1ci BhP.); a symbolical expression for
the number sixteen Hcat.; interest on a capital (considered as a certain part of it) S3is3. ix, 32; a division
of time (said to be 1/900 of a day or 1-6 minutes Mn. i, 64 Hariv.; or 1/1800 of a day or 0-8 minutes
Comm. on VP.; or 2 minutes and 26 54/201 seconds Sus3r.; or 1 minute and 35 205/301, seconds, or 8
seconds BhavP.); the sixtieth part of one-thirtieth of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree Su1ryas.; (in
prosody) a syllabic instant; a term for the seven substrata of the elements or Dha1tus of the human body
(viz. flesh, blood, fat, phlegm, urine, bile, and semen; but according to Hemacandra, %{rasa}, `" chyle "',
%{asthi}, `" bone "', and %{majjan}, `" marrow "', take the place of phlegm, urine, and bile) Sus3r.; an
atom (there are 3015 Kala1s or atoms in every one of the six Dha1tus, not counting the %{rasa},
therefore in all 18090); (with Pa1s3upatas) the elements of the gross or material world Sarvad.; an
embryo shortly after conception (cf. %{kalana}); a designation of the three constituent parts of a
sacrifice (viz. %{mantra}, %{dravya}, and %{zraddhA} Ni1lak. on MBh. [ed. Bomb.] xiv, 89, 3); the
menstrual discharge L.; any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are enumerated in the
S3aivatantra [T.]; the following is a list of them: %{gItam}, %{vAdyam}, %{nRtyam}, %{nAtyam},
%{Alekhyam}, %{vizeSaka-cchedyam}, %{taNDula-kusuma-balivikArAH}, %{puSpA7staranam},
%{dazana-vasanA7GgarAgAH}, %{maNi-bhUmikA-karma}, %{zayana-racanam}, %{udaka-vAdyam},
%{udaka-ghAtaH}, %{citrA@yogAH}, %{mAlya-granthana-vikalpAH}, %{keza-zekharA7pIDayojanam},
%{nepathya-yogAH}, %{karNa-pattra-bhaGgAH}, %{gandha-yuktiH}, %{bhUSaNa-yojanam},
%{indrajAlam}, %{kaucumAra-yogAH}, %{hasta-lAghavam}, %{citrazAkA7pUpa-bhakSya-vikAra-kriyA},
%{pAnaka-rasarAgA7sava-yojanam}, %{sUcIvApa-karma}, %{vINA-Dama-ruka-sUtra-krIDA},
%{prahelikA}, %{pratimA}, %{durvacakayogAH}, %{pustaka-vAcanam}, %{nATakA7khyAyikA-
darzanam}, %{kAvya-samasyA-pUraNam}, %{paTTikA-vetrabANa-vikalpAH}, %{tarkU-karmANi},
%{takSaNam}, %{vAstu-vidyA}, %{rUpya-ratna-parIkSA}, %{dhAtu-vAdaH}, %{maNi-rAga-jJAnam},
%{Akara-jJAnam}, %{vRkSA7yur-veda-yogAH}, %{meSa-kukkuTa-lAvaka-yuddha-vidhiH}, %{zuka-
sArikA-pralApanam}, %{utsAdanam}, %{keza-mArjana-kauzalam}, %{akSara-muSTikA-kathanam},
%{mlechitaka-vikalpAH}, %{deza-bhASA-jJAnam}, %{puSpa-zakaTikA-nimitta-jJAnam}, %{yantra-
mAtRkA}, %{dhAraNa-mAtRkA}, %{saMpATyam}, %{mAnasI@kAvya-kriyA}, %{kriyA-vikalpAH},
%{chalitakayogAH}, %{abhidhAna-koSa-cchando-jJAnam}, %{vastra-gopanAni}, %{dyUta-vizeSaH},
%{AkarSaNa-krIDA}, %{bAlaka-krIDanakAni}, %{vainAyikInAM@vidyANAM@jJAnam},
%{vaijayikInAM@vidyAnAM@jJAnam} [261,2]; see also Va1tsy. i, 3, 17) R. Pan5cat. Bhartr2. &c.; skill,
ingenuity; ignorance; a low and sweet tone Ba1lar.; a boat L.; a N. given to Da1ksha1yan2i1 in the region
near the river Candrabha1ga1 MatsyaP.; N. of a grammatical commentary.
kalaapa* = (%{kalA7pa}, fr. %{Ap}) m. `" that which holds single parts together "', a bundle, band (cf.
%{jaTA-k-}, %{muktA-k-}, %{razanA-k-}) MBh. Kum. &c.; a bundle of arrows, a quiver with arrows,
quiver MBh. R. &c.; (once n. MBh. iii, 11454); a peacock's tail MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; an ornament in general
Ma1lav.; a zone, a string of bells (worn by women round the waist) L.; the rope round an elephant's neck
L.; totality, whole body or collection of a number of separate things (esp. ifc.; cf. %{kriyA-k-}, &c.); the
moon L.; a clever and intelligent man L.; N. of a grammar also called Ka1tantra (supposed to be revealed
by Ka1rttikeya to S3arvavarman); N. of a village (cf. %{kalApa-grAma}) VP.; a poem written in one metre
W.; (%{I}) f. a bundle of grass Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r.; %{-khaJja} m. a particular disease (said to be St.
Vitus's dance; v.l. %{kalAyakhaJja}) Bhpr.; %{-grAma} m. N. of a village Hariv. BhP. VP.; %{-cchanda} m.
an ornament of pearls consisting of twenty-four strings L.; %{-tattvA7rNava} m. N. of a commentary on
the grammar called Kala1pa; %{-dvIpa} m. v.l. for %{kalApa-grAma} above; %{-varman} m. N. of a man
Ka1d.; %{-zas} ind. in bundles, bundle by bundle MBh. xiii; %{-ziras} m. N. of a man (v.l. %{kapAla-
ziras}) R.//2 &c. see %{kalA}.
kalakala* = m. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the murmuring of a crowd &c.)
Mriicch. S'is'. Ratnâv. &c.; the resinous exudation of Shorea robusta L.; a N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10378;
{-rava} m. a confused noise Bhartri.; {-vat} mfn. tinkling, rattling Amar.; {-lA7rava} m. a confused noise
Pañcat.; {-le7zvaratIrtha} n. N. of a Tîrtha, S'ivP.
kala-rava* = m. a low sweet tone Bhartri.; `" having a sweet voice "', the Indian cuckoo L.; a pigeon L.
kalaGka* = m. (etym. doubtful) a stain, spot, mark, soil; defamation, blame Kathâs. Mriicch. &c.
kalatra* = n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins L.;
pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar
mansion VarBri.
kalaaya * m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii, 21;
({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalakattaanagaraM = Calcutta
kalakuutha* = {As} m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe Pân. 4-1, 173.; the poison: see kaalakuutha
kalatra *= a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins L.;
pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar
mansion VarBri.
kalaya * = 1 Nom. P. (fr. {kali}) {kalayati}, to take hold of the die called Kali Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 21.
kalaaya * = m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii,
21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalayataaM = of subduers
kalaha = fight/discord/argument
kalatra n. a wife , consort MBh. Bhartr2. Hit. &c. ; the female of an animal Vikr. ; the hip and loins L. ;
pudendum muliebre L. ; a royal citadel , a stronghold or fastness W. ; (in astron.) the seventh lunar
mansion VarBr2.
kali = Budkali * = m. (1. {kal} Comm. on Un. iv, 117)N. of the die or side of a die marked with one dot,
the losing die AV. vii, 109, 1 S'Br. &c. (personified as an evil genius in the episode of Nala); symbolical
expression for the number 1; Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times were used as dice)
L.; N. of the last and worst of the four Yugas or ages, the present age, age of vice AitBr. Mn. i, 86; ix, 301
f. MBh. &c. (the Kali age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1.200 years of the gods or 432, 000 years
of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.; at the end of this Yuga the world is to be
destroyed; see {yuga}); strife, discord, quarrel, contention (personified as the son of {krodha}, `" Anger
"', and {hiMsA}, `" Injury "', and as generating with his sister {durukti}, `" Calumny. "' two children, viz.
{bhaya}, `" Fear "', and {mRtyu}, `" Death "' BhP. iv, 8, 3; 4) MBh. Hit. &c. [262, 1]; the worst of a class
or number of objects MBh. xii, 361; 363; a hero (or an arrow, {zUra}, or {zara}) L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii,
1192; N. of an Upanishad (= {kalisaMtaraNa}); ({i4s}) m. N. of a class of mythic beings (related to the
Gandharvas, and supposed by some to be fond of gambling; in epic poetry Kali is held to be the fifteenth
of the Deva-Gandharvas or children of the Munis) AV. x, 10, 13 MBh. Hariv.; N. of a man RV.; ({is}, {I})
f. an unblown flower, bud L.
kalita * mfn. impelled, driven &c. (cf. 3. {kal}); made, formed S'is'. iii, 81; furnished or provided with
Vikr. Bhpr. &c.; divided, separated L.; sounded indistinctly, murmured W. \\ * = m. (n. L.), (3. {kal} Un.
iii, 40), a viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground, a kind of tenacious paste Sus'r.
Yâjñ. &c.; dirt, filth; the wax of the ear; ordure, faeces L.; impurity, meanness, falsehood, hypocrisy,
deceit, sin MBh. BhP. &c.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; Olibanum L.; (mfn.) sinful, wicked L. (cf. {kaluSa},
{kalmaSa}, {ki4lbiSa}.)
kalikaa* = f. the sixteenth part of the moon Bhartri.; a division of time (= {kalA} q.v.); an unblown
flower, bud S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) L.; N. of several metres;
a kind of artificial verse (cf. {kAnta-k-}); N. of wk. on medicine.
kalika* = m. a curlew W.
kalkin * mfn. foul, turbid, having sediment, dirty W.; wicked W.; ({I}) m. = {kalki} abov
kalmasha * = n. ({as} m. BhP. viii, 7, 43 = {karmaSa} fr. {karma} + {so}, `" destroying virtuous action "'
Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) stain, dirt; dregs, settlings (cf. {jala-k-}); darkness; moral stain, sin MBh. R. BhP.
Mn. iv, 260; xii, 18, 22; ifc. f. {A} Bhag. iv, 30 &c.; mf({A})n. dirty, stained L.; impure, sinful L.; ({am}) n.
the hand below the wrist L.; m. or ({am}) n. a particular hell L.
kalmaa4sha * =mf({I})n. (Pân. 4-1, 40 g. {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41) variegated, spotted, speckled with black
VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh.; black L.; m. a variegated colour (partly black, partly white) L.; a Rakshas L.; a
species of fragrant rice L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; a form of Agni Hariv.; N. of an attendant on the Sun
(identified with Yama) L.; a kind of deer T.; N. of S'âkya-muni in a former birth; ({I}) f. the speckled cow
(of Jamad-agni, granting all desires) MBh. R.; N. of a river (the Yamunâ) MBh. i, 6360; ({am}) n. a stain
S'Br. vi, 3, 1, 31 [263, 2]; N. of a Sâman.
kalpa (see also kaalpa) * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (%{klRp}), practicable, feasible, possible S3Br. ii, 4, 3, 3; proper,
fit, able, competent, equal to (with gen. loc., inf., or ifc.; e.g. %{dharmasya@kalpaH}, competent for duty;
%{svakarmaNi@na@kalpaH}, not competent for his own work; %{yadA@na@zAsituM@kalpaH}, if he
is not able to rule) BhP.; m. a sacred precept, law, rule, ordinance (= %{vidhi}, %{nyAya}), manner of
acting, proceeding, practice (esp. that prescribed by the Vedas) RV. ix, 9, 7 AV. viii, 9, 10; xx, 128, 6-11
MBh.; (%{prathamaH@kalpaH}, a rule to be observed before any other rule, first duty Mn. iii, 147 MBh.
&c.; %{etena@kalpena}, in this way; cf. %{pazu-k-}, &c.); the most complete of the six Veda1n3gas (that
which prescribes the ritual and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial acts) Mun2d2Up. Pa1n2. &c.; one
of two cases, one side of an argument, an alternative (= %{pakSa}; cf. %{vikalpa}) Sarvad.; investigation,
research Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; resolve, determination MW.; (in medic.) treatment of the sick,
manner of curing Sus3r. ii; the art of preparing medicine, pharmacy Car.; the doctrine of poisons and
antidotes Sus3r. i; (ifc.) having the manner or form of anything, similar to, resembling, like but with a
degree of inferiority, almost (e.g. %{abhedya-kalpa}, almost impenetrable; cf. %{prabhAta-k-},
%{mRta-k-}, &c.; according to native grammarians, %{kalpa} so used is an accentless affix [Pa1n2. 5-3,
67], before which a final %{s} is left unchanged, and final %{I} and %{U} shortened Pa1n2. Vop.;
%{kalpam} ind., may be also connected with a verb e.g. %{pacati-kalpam}, he cooks pretty well Ka1s3. on
Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) [262,3]; a fabulous period of time (a day of Brahma1 or one thousand Yugas, a period of
four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of mortals, measuring the duration of the
world; a month of Brahma1 is supposed to contain thirty such Kalpas; according to the MBh., twelve
months of Brahma1 constitute his year, and one hundred such years his lifetime; fifty years of Brahma1's
are supposed to have elapsed, and we are now in the %{zvetavArAha-kalpa} of the fifty-first; at the end
of a Kalpa the world is annihilated; hence %{kalpa} is said to be equal to %{kalpA7nta} below L.; with
Buddhists the Kalpas are not of equal duration) VP. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.; N. of Mantras which contain a form
of %{klRp} TS. v S3Br. ix; a kind of dance; N. of the first astrological mansion VarBr2S.; N. of a son of
Dhruva and Bhrami BhP. iv, 10, 1; of S3iva MBh. xii, 10368; the tree of paradise; = %{-taru} below L.;
(with Jainas) a particular abode of deities (cf. %{-bhava} and %{kalpA7tIta} below); (%{am}) n. a kind of
intoxicating liquor (incorrect for %{kalya}) L.
kalpaanta* = m. the end of a Kalpa, dissolution of all things L. (cf. {pralaya}); {-vAsin} mfn. living at the
end of a Kalpa R. iii, 10, 4 [263,1]; {-sthAyin} mfn. lasting to the end of time Hit. i, 50 BhP.
kalpa-druma = kalpa-vRiksha: the tree that will give you anything you can
kalpaka* = mfn. conforming to a settled rule or standard BhP. i, 8, 6; ix, 11, 1; adopting Hariv.; m. a rite,
ceremony MBh. [TBr. ii, 7, 18, 4 of doubtful meaning Comm. %{kaplaka}]; a barber (cf. %{kalpanI}; Lith.
{kerpikas}) L.; a kind of Curcuma (commonly %{karcUra}) L.
kalpana * = n. forming, fashioning, making, performing L.; `" forming in the imagination, inventing "',
composition of a poem Prab.; cutting, clipping, working with edge-tools VarBr2S.; N. of a religious
ceremony; anything put on for ornament MBh. xiii, 2784; (%{A}) f. making, manufacturing, preparing
Sus3r. BhP.; practice Car.; fixing, settling, arranging Mn. ix, 116 Ya1jn5.; creating in the mind, feigning,
assuming anything to be real, fiction KapS. &c.; hypothesis Nya1yam.; caparisoning an elephant Das3.;
form, shape, image; a deed, work, act Mr2icch.; (%{I}) f. a pair of scissors or shears L.
kalpataru = (m) The heavenly tree giving whatever one desires * = m. one of the five trees (cf. {paJca-
vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf. {saMkalpa-viSaya}), the wishing tree,
tree of plenty Hit. Pañcat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful source BhP. i, 1, 3; (fig.) a
generous person MW.; N. of various works; {-parimala} m. N. of wk.; {-rasa} m. a particular kind of
mixture Bhpr.
kalpita = imagined * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared;
assumed, supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Yâjñ.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn.
ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; ({A}) f. a kind
of allegory Vâm. iv, 2, 2.
kalpena* = he imagines
kalpita * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared; assumed,
supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Ya1jn5.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166;
caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of
allegory Va1m. iv, 2, 2.
kalpya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 110 Vop. xxvi, 17, 18) to be formed from (inst.) Naish. viii, 21; to be performed,
to be prescribed; to be settled or arranged VarBriS.; to be conceived or imagined VarBriS.; to be
substituted W.; relating to ritual W.
kalya * = mf(%{A})n. (3. %{kal} T.) well , healthy , free from sickness (cf. %{a-k-} Gaut. ix , 28) ; hale ,
vigorous MBh. ii , 347 Naish. Ya1jn5. i , 28 ; sound , perfect , strong MBh. ; clever , dexterous L. ; ready or
prepared for (loc. or inf.) MBh. ; agreeable , auspicious (as speech) L. ; instructive , admonitory L. ; deaf
and dumb (cf. %{kala} and %{kalla}) L. ; (%{am}) n. health L. ; dawn , morning L. ; yesterday L. ;
(%{am} , %{e}) ind. at day-break , in the morning , tomorrow MBh. Nal. xxiv , 14 R. BhP. ; (%{am} ,
%{A}) n. f. spirituous liquor L. (cf. %{kadambarI}) ; (%{A}) f. praise , eulogy T. ; good wishes , good
tidings L. ; Emblic Myrobalan (%{harItakI} q.v.) , [cf. Gk. $.] &81904[263 ,2].
kaM = whom
kam * = 1 ind. (Gk. $) well (opposed to {a-kam}, &78525[251, 3] ill "') TS. S'Br. &c.; a particle placed after
the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense, `" yes "', `" well "' (but this sense is generally so
weak that Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating {kam} among the expletives Nir.; it is
often found attached to a dat. case, giving to that case a stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the
end of the Pâda, e.g. {a4jIjana o4SadhIr bho4janAya ka4m}, thou didst create the plants for actual food
RV. v, 83, 10) RV. AV. TS. v; {kam} is also used as an enclitic with the particles {nu}, {su}, and {hi} (but
is treated in the Pada-pâthha as a separate word; in this connection {kam} has no accent but once AV. vi,
110, 1) RV. AV.; a particle of interrogation (like {kad} and {kim}) RV. x, 52, 3; (sometimes, like {kim} and
{kad}, at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of anything or
expressing reproach L. [252, 1]; head L.; food Nir.; water Nir. Nigh.; happiness, bliss L. \\ * = 2 cl. 1. Â.
(not used in the conjugational tenses) {cakame}, {kamitA}, {kamiSyate}, {acakamata} Dhâtup. xii, 10 to
wish, desire, long for RV. v, 36, 1; x, 117, 2 AV. xix, 52, 3 S'Br. Ragh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have
sexual intercourse with S'Br. xi BhP.: Caus. Â. (ep. also P.) {kAmayate}, {-ti}, {kAmayAM-cakre},
{acIkamata}, &c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc. or inf. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 157; e.g. {kAmaye bhuJjIta
bhavAn}, I wish your worship may eat; {kAmaye dAtum}, I wish to give Kâs'.) RV. AV. TS. MBh. &c.; to
love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with RV. x, 124, 5; 125, 5 S'Br. MBh. &c.; to cause any one to
love Riitus. (in that sense P. Vop.); (with {bahu} or {aty-artham}) to rate or value highly R.: Desid.
{cikamiSate} and {cikAmayiSate}: Intens. {caMkamyate}; [cf. Lat. {comis}; also {amo}, with the loss of
the initial, for {camo}; {cA7-rus} for {cam-rus}: Hib. {caemh} "', love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant "';
{caomhach}, `" a friend, companion "'; {caomhaim}, `" I save, spare, protect "'; Armen. {kamim}.]
kamala = Lotus
kamalaa = saraswati
kamaTha* = m. (Un. i, 102) a tortoise BhP. Pañcat. &c.; a porcupine L.; a bamboo L.; N. of a king MBh.;
of a Muni; of a Daitya; ({as} or {am}) m. or n. a water-jar (esp. one made of a hollow gourd or cocoa-nut,
and used by ascetics) L.; ({I}) f. a female tortoise, a small one S'ântis'.
kampa * = m. trembling, tremor, trembling motion, shaking MBh. Sus'r. &c.; earthquake (cf. {bhUmi-
kampa}, {mahI-k-}, &c.); tremulous or thrilling pronunciation (a modification of the Svarita accent
which may take place if the Svarita syllable is followed by an Udâtta syllable) Nir. &c.; a kind of time (in
mus.); N. of a man.
kampayati = to shake
kaMsa * = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kam} Un. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking vessel, cup, goblet AV. x,
10, 5 AitBr. S'Br. &c.; (a noun ending in {as} followed by {kaMsa} in a compound does not change its
final cf. {ayas-kaMsa}, &c. Pân. 8-, 3, 46); a particular measure (= two Âdhakas Car.; = one Âdhaka L.); a
metal, tutanag or white copper, brass, bell-metal; m. N. of a king of Mathurâ (son of Ugra-sena and
cousin of the Devakî who was mother of Kriishna [Ugra-sena being brother of Devaka, who was father of
Devakî]; he is usually called the uncle, but was really a cousin of Kriishna, and became his implacable
enemy because it had been prophesied to Kansa that he would be killed by a child of Devakî; as the foe of
the deity he is identified with the Asura
nemi; and, as he was ultimately slain by Kriishna, the latter receives epithets like {kaMsa-jit}, conqueror
of Kansa, &c.) MBh. VP. BhP. &c.; N. of a place g. {takSazilA7di} Pân. 4-3, 93; ({A}) f. N. of a sister of
Kansa Hariv. BhP. VP.
kaNa = small bit* = m. (Nir. vi, 30; related to {kanA}, {kaniSTha}, {kanIyas}, {kanyA}, in all of which
smallness is implied BRD.), a grain, grain of corn, single seed AV. x, 9, 26; xi, 3, 5 KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; a
grain or particle (of dust) Ragh. i, 85 Vikr.; flake (of snow) Amar.; a drop (of water) S'ak. 60 a Megh. BhP.
&c.; a spark (of fire) Pañcat.; the spark or facet of a gem; any minute particle, atom Prab. S'ântis'.; ({A}) f.
a minute particle, atom, drop; long pepper Sus'r.; cummin seed L.; a kind of fly (= {kumbhIra-makSikA})
L.; ({I}) f. = {kaNikA} below L.; ({am}) n. a grain, single seed Kathâs. (cf. {kaniSTha}.)
kana* = mfn. (substituted for {alpa}, `" little, small "', in forming its comparative and superlative see
below; cf. {kaNa}; according to Gmn. fr. {kan}, `" to shine, be bright or merry "', originally meaning `"
young, youthful "').
kanaka = gold
kañc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate}, %{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to bind ; to shine Dha1tup. vi, 9 ; [cf. %{kac}
and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa} ; Lat. {cingere}.]
kanda* - {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh. BhP.
Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling, knot Sus'r. i,
258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection of the female organ
(considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of a metre (of four lines of
thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kaNDuuyati = to scratch
kanda = a knot, the place where the three main nadis join
kanda* = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh. BhP.
Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling, knot Sus'r. i,
258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection of the female organ
(considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of a metre (of four lines of
thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kandarpaH = Cupid
kandarpa* = m. (etym. doubtful; according to some fr. {kaM-darpa}, `" inflamer even of a god "' see 3.
{ka}, or `" of great wantonness "')N. of Kâma (q.v.), love, lust MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. &c.; (in mus.) a
particular Râga (q.v.); a kind of time; membrum virile L.; N. of a man Kathâs.; ({A}) f. one of the divine
women attending on the fifteenth Arhat (Jain.)
kandha = neck
ka.nkana = bracelet
kanTha = throat
ka.nThaM = neck
ka.nthaa = rags?
ka.nsya = bronze
kaNTa * = m. (thought by some to be for original {karnta}, fr. 2. {kRt}) a thorn BhP. ix, 3, 7 (cf.
{tri-kaNTa}, {bahu-kaNTa}, &c.); the boundary of a village L.; [cf. Gk. $ $ $?]
kaNTha = throat
kuNapa * = n. [{as} m. g. {ardharcA7di}] a dead body, corpse AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. &c.; (said contemptuously
of) the living body BhP.; dung; m. a spear MBh. R.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people VarBriS.; ({I}) f. a small
bird (Maina or Salik cf. {viT-sArikA}); ({kuNa4pa}) mfn. mouldering, smelling like a carcase S'Br. Sus'r.
kanya * mf({A})n. the smallest (opposed to {uttama} and {madhyama}) Hcat. i, 302, 8 ff.; ({A4}) f. see
{kanyA4} below; [cf. Zd. {kainin}; Hib. {cain}, `" chaste, undefiled. "']
kanyaa4 * = f. ( {kan} Un. iv, 111), a girl, virgin, daughter RV. AV. &c. MBh. &c. ({kanyAM} {dA} or
{pra-dA} or {pra-yam} or {upa-pad}, Caus. to give one's daughter in marriage Mn. viii, ix; {kanyAM
prati-grah} or {hR} or {vah}, to receive a girl in marriage, marry Mn. ix); the sign of the zodiac Virgo
VarBri. and BriS. &c.; the female of any animal Mriicch.; N. of Durgâ MBh. iii, 8115; N. of a tuberous
plant growing in Kas'mîra Sus'r.; Aloe Perfoliata L.; several other plants L.; N. of a metre (of four lines,
each of them containing four long syllables).
kapaala = forehead
kapi = monkey
kara = Hand* * = 1 (for 2. see p. 254, col. 3) mf({I}, rarely {A})n. (1. {kR}), a doer, maker, causer, doing,
making, causing, producing (esp. ifc.; cf. {duHkhakara}, {bhayaM-k-}, {sampat-k-}, &c.; cf. Lat. {cerus},
`" creator "') AV. xii, 2, 2 Mn. Pañcat. &c.; helping, promoting RV. i, 116, 13; m. the act of doing, making
&c. (ifc.; cf. {ISatkara}, {su-k-}, {duS-k-}, &c.); `" the doer "', the hand RV. x, 67, 6 MBh. Mn. &c.; a
measure (the breadth of twenty-four thumbs); an elephant's trunk MBh. Pañcat. &c.; the claws of a crab
Hit.; symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar mansion Hasta VarBriS.
kara = * 2 (for 1. see p. 253, col. 1) m. ({kRR}), a ray of light, sunbeam, moonbeam R. Megh. Pañcat. &c.;
hail L.; royal revenue, toll, tax, tribute, duty Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.
karaNa * = (once {karaNa4} RV. i, 119, 7) mf({I})n doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf.
{antakaraNa}, {uSNaM-k-}, &c.) R. &c.; clever, skilful RV. i, 119, 7; m. a helper, companion AV. vi, 46, 2;
xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3; a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. x, 22; or the son of a
S'ûdra woman by a Vais'ya Yâjñ. i, 92; or the son of a Vais'ya woman by a Kshatriya MBh. i, 2446; 4521;
the occupation of this class is writing, accounts &c.) a writer, scribe W.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an
independent part of speech (or as separated from the context; in this sense usually n.) Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1,
41 Pat. Comm. on RPrât.; (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. vi, 40; ({I}) f. a woman of the above mixed tribe
Yâjñ. i, 95; (with {sutA}) an adopted daughter R. (ed. Gorr.) i, 19, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or irrational
number, surd root; the side of a square S'ulbas. Comm. on VS.; a particular measure Comm. on KâtyS'r.;
a particular position of the fingers; ({am}) n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting S'Br. MBh.
&c. (very often ifc. e.g. {muSTi-k-}, {virUpa-k-}); an act, deed RV.; an action (esp. a religious one) Yâjñ. i,
250 R.; the special business of any tribe or caste L.; a calculation (esp. an astronomical one) VarBriS.; an
astrological division of the day (these Karanas are eleven, viz. {vava}, {valava}, {kaulava}, {taitila},
{gara}, {vaNija}, {viSTi}, {zakuni}, {catuSpada}, {kintughna}, and {nAga}, two being equal to a lunar day;
the first seven are called {a-dhruvANi} or movable, and fill, eight times repeated, the space from the
second half of the first day in the mooñs increase to the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane; the
four others are {dhruvANi} or fixed, and occupy the four half-days from the second half of the
fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in its increase) VarBriS. Sus'r.
&c.; pronunciation, articulation, APrât.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech,
separated from its context Pân. Kâs'. &c., ({karaNa} may be used in this way like {kAra} e.g. {iti-karaNa}
S'ânkhS'r.); the posture of an ascetic; a posture in sexual intercourse; instrument, means of action
S'vetUp. Yâjñ. Megh.; an organ of sense or of speech VPrât. PârGri.; (in law) an instrument, document,
bond Mn. viii, 51; 52; 154; (in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea
expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality Pân. 1-4, 42; ii, 3, 18; iii, 2, 45; cause (= {kAraNa}); a
spell, charm Kathâs. (cf. {karaNa-prayoga}); rhythm, time Kum.; body Megh. Kum. Kâd.; N. of a treatise
of Varâha-mihira on the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the S'iva-dars'ana; a field L.; the
mind, heart W. (cf. {antaH-karaNa}); grain W.
karaNaaya = to do
karaNiiyaM = to be done
karabhoru = fair-limbed
karalaM = terrible
karavaala = sword
karavaavahai = may we do
karaala = dreadful
karaalaM = horrible
karaalaani = terrible
kardama * = m. (Un2. iv, 84) mud, slime, mire, clay, dirt, filth MBh. Ya1jn5. Ragh. &c.; sin Comm. on
Un2.; shade, shadow (in Veda according to BrahmaP.); N. of a Praja1pati (born from the shadow of
Brahma1, husband of Devahu1ti and father of Kapila) MBh.; a kind of rice Sus3r.; a kind of poisonous
bulb; N. of Pulaka (a son of Praja1pati) VP.; of a Na1ga MBh. i, 1561; (%{I}) f. a species of jasmine;
(%{am}) n. flesh L.; Civet L.; (mfn.) covered with mud or mire or dirt, dirty, filthy Sus3r.
karishhyati = can do
karishhyasi = perform
karoti = does
karomi = I do
karosi = you do
karman * = %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance, business RV. AV. S3Br.
MBh. &c. ; office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member of the compound
being either the person who performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the person or thing for or towards
whom the action is performed [e.g. %{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a specification of the action [e.g.
%{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c. ; any religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c.,
esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge
of spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c. ; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest, %{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c. ;
physicking, medical attendance Car. ; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven
categories of the Nya1ya philosophy ; of these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-
kSepaNa}, %{A-kuJcana}, %{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas. ; calculation
Su1ryas. ; product, result, effect Mn. xii, 98 Sus3r. ; organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see
%{karme7ndriya}) ; (in Gr.) the object (it stands either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom.
[in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action] ; opposed to %{kartR} the
subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new is produced e.g.
%{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a mat "' [258,3] ; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "' ; b.
%{vikArya}, when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g.
%{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces fuel to ashes "' ; or of the form only e.g.
%{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "' ; c. %{prApya}, when any
desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he goes to the village "' ; %{candraM@pazyati},
`" he sees the moon "' ; d. %{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is abandoned e.g. %{pApaM@tyajati},
`" he leaves the wicked "') ; former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as the certain consequence of
acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf. %{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}) ; the tenth lunar
mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmaNaa = by work
karmaNi = in action
karman.h = work
karmayogaM = devotion
karmaaNi = deeds
karNaM = Karna
karNaH = Karna
karpura = camphor
karsha * =m. ({kRS}), the act of drawing, dragging Pân.; (with and without {halasya}) ploughing,
agriculture Âp. Yâjñ. ii, 217; `" anything scratched off "' see {kSAma-karSa-mizra4}; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a
weight of gold or silver (= 16 Mâshas = 80 Rettis = 1/4 Pala = 1/400 of a Tulâ = about 176 grains troy; in
common use 8 Rettis are given to the Mâsha, and the Karsha is then about 280 grains troy) Sus'r.
VarBriS. &c. [260, 1]; Terminalia Bellerica (also called {akSa} q.v.) L.; a boat L.
kaarsha * = m. ({kRS}; g. {chattrA7di}), `" one who ploughs "', a peasant, husbandman DivyA7v.; ({I}) f.
see {gomaya-k-}.
karshhaka = farmer
karshhayantaH = tormenting
karzana* = mfn. ({kRz}), rendering lean, attenuating, causing emaciation Sus'r.; troubling, hurting MBh.
xiii, 6307 (cf. {karSaNa}); ({am}) n. the act of rendering lean, causing emaciation Car.
kartayati = to cut
kartuM = to perform
kartritva =* n. id. Ka1s3. ; the state of being the performer or author of anything MBh. BhP. &c.
kartritvaM = proprietorship
kartumarhasi = kartuM + arhasi:to do + deserve (You are entitled or you should)karuNaH = kindly
karuNa * mf({A})n. (1. {kRR} Un. iii, 53; but in some of its meanings fr. 1. {kR}), mournful, miserable,
lamenting MBh. Das'. &c.; compassionate BhP. [255, 3]; ({am}) ind. mournfully, wofully, pitifully, in
distress MBh. Pañcat. Vet. &c.; m. `" causing pity or compassion "', one of the Rasas or sentiments of a
poem, the pathetic sentiment Sâh. &c.; Citrus Decumana L.; a Buddha L.; N. of an Asura Hariv.; ({A}) f.
pity, compassion BhP. Ragh. Pañcat. &c.; one of the four Brahma-vihâras (Buddh.); the sentiment of
compassion (cf. above) L.; a particular tone (in mus.); ({I}) f. a particular plant L.; ({am}) n. an action,
holy work RV. i, 100, 7 AV. xii, 3, 47 TS. i.
kas'a* = m. a species of rodent animal VS. TS. (cf. {kazIkA4}); a whip, thong MBh. (cf. {prakaza4});
({As}) m. pl.N. of a people BhP. (ed. Bomb.)
kas'aa* = f. (Naigh. i, 11 Nir. ix, 19) a whip RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c. (also written {kaSA} R. BhP.); a rein,
bridle S'is'.; whipping, flogging W.; a string, rope, thong L.; face, mouth L.; quality L.\\kas'aa* = &c. see
{kaz}.
kashchana = cerain
kashchit.h = someone
kashmalaM = dirtiness
kasmaat* = ind. (abl. fr. 2. {ka4} AV. &c.) where from? whence? why? wherefore? MBh. R. S'ak. Pañcat.
&c. (cf. {a-kasmAt}.)
kas'mala * =mf({A}, or {I})n. foul, dirty, impure Dhûrtas.; timid, pusillanimous; ({am}) n. dirt, filth
Subh.; impurity, sin L.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) consternation, stupefaction, faintheartedness,
pusillanimity MBh.; dejection of mind, weakness, despair MBh. BhP.
kasmai = to `Ka'
kashtha* = mfn. (perhaps p.p. of {kaS} Pân. 7-2, 22 Vop. 26, 111 Kâs'. on Pân. 6-2, 47), bad R. [266,1]; ill,
evil, wrong Mn. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; painful Sus'r.; grievous, severe, miserable Mn. xii, 78 Yâjñ. iii, 29
Bhartri.; difficult, troublesome Mn. vii, 186 and 210; worst Mn. vii, 50 and 51; pernicious, noxious,
injurious Sus'r.; dangerous (= {kRcchra}) Pân. 7-2, 22 Nal. xiii, 16; inaccessible (= {gahana}) Pân. 7-2,
22; boding evil Comm. on Pân. 3-2, 188; m. `" N. of a man "' see {kASTAyana}; (in rhetoric) offending
the ear Vâm. ii, 1, 6; forced, unnatural; ({am}) n. a bad state of things, evil, wrong; pain, suffering,
misery, wretchedness; trouble, difficulty; bodily exertion, strain, labour, toil, fatigue, weariness,
hardship, uneasiness, inquietude (mental or bodily) R. Kathâs. Pañcat. S'ak. Hit.; {kaSTAt-kaSTam}, or
{kaSTataram}, worse than the worst; {kaSTena} or {kaSTAt}, with great difficulty Pañcat.; ({am}) ind. an
exclamation of grief or sorrow; ah! woe! aIas! MBh. R. Mriicch.
kasya = whose
kasyachit.h = anyone's
katama * = %{as}, %{A}, %{at} mfn. (superlative of 2. %{ka} ; declined as a pronom., Gram. 236), who or
which of many? (e.g. %{katamena@pathA@yAtAs@te}, by which road have they gone?) ; it is often a
mere strengthened substitute for %{ka}, the superlative affix imparting emphasis ; hence it may
occasionally be used for `" who or which of two? "' (e.g. %{tayoH@katamasmai}, to which of these two?)
; it may optionally be compounded with the word to which it refers (e.g. %{katamaH@kaThaH}, or
%{katama-kaThaH}, which Kat2ha out of many?) ; when followed by %{ca} and preceded %{yatama} an
indefinite expression is formed equivalent to `" any whosoever "', `" any whatsoever "', &c. (e.g.
%{yatamad@eva@katamac@ca@vidyAt} he may know anything whatsoever). In negative sentences
%{katama} with %{cana} or %{katama} with %{api} = not even one, none at all (e.g.
%{na@katamaccanA7haH}, not even on a single day, on no day at all) [246,3] ; in addition to the above
uses %{katama} is said to mean `" best "', `" excessively good-looking "' (cf. 3. %{ka}) RV. &c.
kaatara = uncertain as to which of the two, cowardly, faint-hearted, timid, despairing, discouraged,
disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed, shrinking, frightened, afraid o
katarat.h = which
kath* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kaTati} or {kaNTati}, to go Dhâtup. ix, 33. \\2 cl. 1. P. {kaTati}, {cakATa}, {kaTitA}, &c.
to rain; to surround; to encompass, cover, screen; to divide Dhâtup. ix, 6 (cf. {cat}.)
kathaaksha = glance
kathi = hip
kathiH = waist
kathii = waist
kati * = 1 (fr. 2. {ka} declined in pl. only, Gram. 227 {a}; all the cases except the nom. voc. and acc. taking
terminations, whereas the correlative {iti} has become fixed as an indeclinable adverb), how many?
{quot}? several (e.g. {kati devAH}, how many gods? {kati vyApAdayati kati vA tADayati}, some he kills
and some he strikes). In the sense of `" several "', `" some "', {kati} is generally followed by {cid} or {api}
(e.g. {katicid ahAni}, for several or some days); it may be used as an adverb with {cid} in the sense of `"
oftentimes "', `" much "', in many ways "' (e.g. {katicit stutaH}, much or often praised) RV. &c.; [cf. Zd.
{caiti}; Gk. $; Lat. {quot}; cf. Sk. {tati} and &76993[246, 3] Lat. {tot}.] \\kati * 2 (for 1. see above) m. N.
of a sage (son of Vis'vâ-mitra and ancestor of Kâtyâyana) Hariv.
kathhina = tough
katipaya = Some
kath.h = to tell
kathaM = tell
kathana * mfn. telling, talkative W.; ({am}) n. the act of telling, narration, relating, informing Sus'r.
kathanta = howness
kathaya = describe
kathayataH = speaking
kathayantaH = talking
kathaa = story
kathha* = 2 m. N. of a sage (a pupil of Vais'ampâyana and founder of a branch of the Yajur-veda, called
after him) MBh. &c.; m. a pupil or follower of Kathha (esp. pl.); a Brâhman L.; ({I}) f. a female pupil or
follower of Kathha Comm. on Pân.; the wife of a Brâhman L.
kathaa* = (for 2. see col. 3) f. conversation, speech, talking together Âs'vGri. MBh. Mn. &c.; talk,
mention; ({kA kathA} [with gen. or more commonly with loc. and sometimes with {prati}), what should
one say of? how should one speak of? e.g. {eko 'pi kRcchrAd varteta bhUyasAM tu kathai9va kA}, even
one person would live with difficulty, what should one say of many? i.e. how much more many? Kathâs.
iv, 123; {kA kathA bANa-saMdhAne}, what mention of fitting the arrow? i.e. what necessity for fitting the
arrow? S'ak. 53 a); story, tale, fable MBh. R. Hit. &c.; a feigned story, tale (as one, of the species of
poetical composition) Sâh. 567 Kâvya7d.; Story (personified) Kathâs.; (in log.) discussion, disputation
Sarvad.\\2 (for 1. see col. 1) ind. (Ved. for {katha4m} Pân. 5-3, 26) how? whence? why? RV. AV. viii, 1, 16
TS. &c.; ({yathA4 kathA4 ca}, in any way whatsoever S'Br. iv); sometimes merely a particle of
interrogation (e.g. {kathA4 zRNoti}.. {i4ndraH}, does Indra hear? RV. iv, 23, 3; {kathA4-kathA4},
whether-or? TS. ii, 6, 1, 7).
kaaththha* = mf({I})n. proceeding from or composed by Kathha Pân. 4-3, 107 Kâs'.; m. a rock, stone L.
kathaamrita = Gospel
kathaamritaM = Gospel
kathita = told
katthana * = mfn. boasting, praising MBh. R.; ({am}) n. the act of boasting MBh. R. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. id.
Comm. on Bhathth.
kauNapa * =, coming from corpses; m. `" feeding upon corpses "', a Râkshasa or goblin,; N. of a Nâga
(these beings are supposed to eat human flesh)
kaumaaraM = boyhood
kaumaarya = childhood
kaushalaM = art
kaustubha = one of Vishnu's jewels* = {as}, {am} m. n. (cf. {kust-})N. of a celebrated jewel (obtained
with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the breast of Kriishna
or Vishnu) MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; m. a manner of joining the fingers Tantras.; = {kiMtughna} AV. Jyot.;
({am}) n. a kind of oil ({sarSapo7dbhava}) KâtyS'r. i, 8, 37 Sch.; N. of wk.
kautUhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc.,
or acc. with %{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon Megh.
48; a festival MBh. i, 7918 DivyA7v. i.
kautuka * n. (fr. {kut-}; g. {yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc. or in
comp.), eagerness, vehemence impatience Pañcat. Kathâs. (ifc. f. {A}) &c.; anything causing curiosity or
admiration or interest, any singular or surprising object, wonder Pañcat. Kathâs. Vet.; festivity, gaiety,
festival, show, solemn ceremony (esp. the ceremony with the marriage-thread or necklace preceding a
marriage) Kum. Das'. Bhartri. BhP. &c.; the marriage-thread or necklace Kathâs. li, 223; pleasure,
happiness, prosperity BhP. i, 17, 26; N. of nine particular substances Hcat. i, 110, 19; ii, 49, 10; sport,
pastime L.; public diversion L.; song, dance, show, spectacle L.; season of enjoyment L.; kind or friendly
greeting, civility L.; ({At}) abl. ind. out of curiosity or interest Kathâs. Hit.; for amusement, as a
relaxation W.
kavala: ) a mouthful (as of water &c.); a morsel MBh. R. Ragh. Mn. Bhartri.; a wash for cleansing the
mouth, gargle Sus'r.; a kind of fish (commonly Baliya) L.
kavara * = mf.({A})n. (3. {ku} Un. iv, 154) mixed, intermingled, variegated S'is'. v, 19; m. a lecturer L.;
({as}, {I}) m. f. (Pân. 4-1, 42 Vop. iv, 26; also n. according to a Sch.) a braid, fillet of hair BhP. Gît. Sâh.
S'is'.; ({am}) n. salt L.; sourness, acidity L.; ({A}) f. (Sch. on Pân. 4-1, 42) the plant Ocimum gratissimum
L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; Acacia arabica or another plant Npr.
kavi = poet
kaviH = poet
kavitaa = poetry
kavya = poetry
kaya *= only gen. sg. with, every one, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone [cf. Zd. {kaya}; Armen.
{ui}.] \\
ka4ya* = (Ved. for 2. {ka}; only gen. sg. with {cid}), every one (e.g. {ni4 SU4 namA74timatiM ka4yasya
cit}, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone RV. i, 129, 5) RV. i, 27, 8; viii, 25, 15; [cf. Zd. {kaya};
Armen. {ui}.]
ke = who
kedaara * = m. (n. L.) a field or meadow, especially one under water Mn. ix, 38 & 44 MBh. R. &c.;
{kapilasya k-}, `" Kapila's field "'N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 6042 ff.; {mataGgasya k-}, `" Matanga's field "',
another Tîrtha, 8159; a basin for water round the root of a tree L.; a bed in a garden or field W.; plain,
area KâtyS'r. xviii, 5, 4 Sch.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri.; of a Râga (in music); of a mountain
country (the modern Kedâr, part of the Hima7laya mountains W.) MBh. vi, 427 NandiP.; N. of S'iva as
worshipped in the Hima7laya; of the author of a work entitled Abdhi; ({I}) f. N. of a Râginî; ({am}) n. N.
of a Tîrtha MatsyaP.; of a Linga ib.; (in the Hima7laya) S'ivaP.
keli * = play, sport, amorous sport, pastime, amusement Mn. viii, 357 Mriicch. &c.; disguise, concealment
Gal.; ({is}) f. the earth L.
kena = by what
kenachit.h = by somebody
kemadruma = No planet flanking the Moon sign. Traditionally a sign of great misery and mental
instability
kes'a = hair
kes'aghna * = n. `" destroying the hair "', morbid baldness, falling of the hair L.
kes'a-caNa * =mfn. known by his hair, having fine hair Pân. 5-2, 26.
kes'a-cUDa * =mfn. one who has dressed his hair in a top-knot Pân. 2-2, 24 Vârtt. 13 Pat.
kes'apaas'a * = m. much or ornamented hair, tuft MBh. Kum. Vikr. Riitus. (ifc. f. {A}), &c.; ({I}) f. a lock
of hair hanging down from the top of the head L.
kes'ava * mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 109) having long or much or handsome hair AV. viii, 6, 23 S'Br. KâtyS'r.; m. N.
of Vishnu or Kriishna MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; (hence) of the month Mârgas'îrsha VarBriS. cv, 14; Rottleria
tinctoria L.; N. of the author of a lexicon called Kalpa-dru; of the author of the Dvaita-paris'ishtha; of the
father of Govinda and Rucikara; of the father of Brâhma and uncle of Mahes'vara; of the son of
Vis'va-dhara and brother of Kari-nâtha; of the father of Vopa-deva.
kes'avasya = of KRishhNa
keshhu = in which
kesara* = n. the hair (of the brow) VS. xix, 91; (in classical literature usually {kezara}) m. or n. (?), the
mane (of a horse or lion) R. S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; ({A}) f. id. KâtyS'r. ({kes-}); ({am}) n. the tail of the Bos
grunniens (used as a fan for driving away flies) L.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. the filament of a lotus or of any
vegetable R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a fibre (as of a Mango fruit) Sus'r.; m. the plants Rottleria tinctoria,
Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea MBh. xiii, 5042 R. Lalit. Kum. Megh. [311, 1]; ({am}) n. the flower
of those plants L.; ({as}, {A}, {am}) mf. n. Asa foetida L.; ({am}) n. gold L.; sulphate of iron L.; N. of a
metre (of 4 x 18 syllables); m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi, 11, 23; [cf. Lat. {eoesaries}; Angl. Sax. {haer};
Eng. {hair}; Germ. {Haar}.]
ke4sara-vara * = n. saffron L.
kesarin * = mfn. having a mane MBh. i, iii; ({I}) m. a lion MBh. Sus'r. Bhartri. &c.; a horse TBr. Sch.; N.
of an aquatic bird Car. i, 27; the plant Rottleria tinctoria L.; the plant Mesua ferrea L.; a citron tree L.; a
variety of Moringa with red flowers (= {rakta-zigru}) L.; N. of a monkey (husband of the mother of
Hanumat) MBh. iii, 11193 R. Das'.; N. of a prince Lalit.; of a mountain VP.; ({iNI}) f. a lioness Kathâs. lxx,
102.
ketuu = The south Lunar Node also known as Cauda Draconis in latin. The Dragoñs tail in English
ketu * = m. (fr. 4. {cit}), bright appearance, clearness, brightness (often pl., `" rays of light "') RV. VS.
AV.; lamp, flame, torch ib.; day-time S'ânkhBr.; (Naigh. iii, 9) apparition, form, shape RV. PârGri.; sign,
mark, ensign, flag, banner RV. AV. MBh. &c.; a chief, leader, eminent person RV. R. iv, 28, 18 Ragh. ii, 33
BhP.; intellect, judgment, discernment (?) RV. v, 66, 4 AV. x, 2, 12; any unusual or striking phenomenon,
comet, meteor, falling star AdbhBr. Mn. i, 38 VarBriS. BhP. &c.; the dragoñs tail or descending node
(considered in astron. as the 9th planet, and in mythol. as the body of the demon Sainhikeya [son of
Sinhikâ] which was severed from the head or Râhu by Vishnu at the churning of the ocean, but was
rendered immortal by having tasted the Amriita) Hariv. 4259 R. VP.; `" a pigmy race "' see {-gaNa}
below; disease L.; an enemy L.; N. of a son of Agni (author of RV. x, 156) RAnukr.; (with the patr. Vâjya)
VBr.; N. of a Dânava Hariv. 198; of a son (of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of the 4th Manu, viii, 1, 27);
{aruNA4H keta4vaH}, `" red apparitions "', a class of spirits (a kind of sacrificial fire is called after them
{AruNaketuka} q.v.) AV. xi, 10, 1 f. and 7 TÂr. MBh. xii, 26, 7.
kevala = whole, pure * = m. (nom. pl. {e} RV. x, 51, 9) f. ({I} RV. x, 73, 6 AV. S'Br.; {A} Mn. &c. see Pân.
4-1, 30)n. (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 49) exclusively one's own (not common to others) RV. AV.; alone, only,
mere, sole, one, excluding others RV. AV. TS. &c.; not connected with anything else, isolated, abstract,
absolute [310,1]; simple, pure, uncompounded, unmingled S'Br. &c.; entire, whole, all Mn. MBh. &c.;
selfish, envious L.; ({am}) ind. only, merely, solely ({na kevalam} - {api}, not only-but also Ragh. VP.
Râjat.; {kevalam-na tu}, only - but not, S'riingâr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; entirely, wholly, absolutely R. ii, 87, 23;
but Kâd. Hcar.; (= {nirNItam}) certainly, decidedly L.; m. (= {kelaka}) a dancer, tumbler Gal.; N. of a
prince BhP. ix, 2, 30; ({A}) f. N. of a locality MBh. iii, 254, 10 (v.l. {-lI}); ({I}) f. `" the whole of a
philosophical system "' see {pAzaka-k-}; N. of a locality (v.l. for {-lA} q.v.); ({am}) n. the doctrine of the
absolute unity of spirit; the highest possible knowledge (= {kevala-jJAna}) Jain.; N. of a country (v.l.
{kerala}) MBh. vi, 9, 34.
kevalaiH = purified
kha = sky, aakaasha * = 1 the second consonant of the alphabet (being the aspirate of the preceding
consonant ; often in MSS. and Inscr. confounded with %{Sa}). // 2 2 m. the sun L. [334,2] // 3 kha
3 n. (%{khan}) a cavity , hollow , cave , cavern , aperture RV. ; an aperture of the human body (of which
there are nine , viz. the mouth , the two ears , the two eyes , the two nostrils , and the organs of excretion
and generation) AV. xiv , 2 , 1 and 6 Pra1t. Kat2hUp. Gaut. Mn. &c. ; (hence) an organ of sense BhP. viii ,
3 , 23 ; (in anat.) the glottis W. ; `" the hole made by an arrow "' , wound Mn. ix , 43 ; the hole in the nave
of a wheel through which the axis runs RV. S3Br. xiv ; vacuity , empty space , air , ether , sky S3Br. xiv
Pras3nUp. Mn. xii , 120 &c. ; heaven L. ; Brahma (the Supreme Spirit) W. ; (in arithm.) a cypher Su1ryas.
Sa1h. ; the Anusva1ra represented by a circle (%{bindu}) L. ; N. of the tenth astrological mansion VarBr2.
; talc L. ; a city L. ; a field L. ; happiness (a meaning derived fr. %{su-kha} , %{duH-kha}) L. ; action L. ;
understanding L. ; (%{A4}) f. a fountain , well RV. ii , 28 , 5 (%{khA4m@Rta4sya}) , cf. Zend
{aSahe@khAo}) & vi , 36 , 4 ; [cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. &103509[334 ,2] {halo}.]
khA mfn. digging (ifc. e.g. %{kUpa-} ; %{bisa-khA4}) Pa1n2. 3-2 , 67. // see %{khan} , p. 337 , col. 1.
khaata* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-4, 42) dug, dug up, excavated RV. iv, 50, 3 AV. S3Br. iii &c. ; digged into the
earth, buried MBh. xiii, 3089 ; torn, rent W. ; m. a ditch Hcat. i, 3, 921 ; n. (Naigh. iii, 23) a ditch, fosse,
moat, well, pond S3Br. ix, 4, 3, 9 S3a1n3khS3r. Pan5cat. BhP. &c. ; an excavation, cavern ; digging a hole
W. ; (%{A}) f. an artificial pond L. (cf. %{deva-kh-}, %{viSama-kh-}, %{sama-kh-}, %{sUcI-kh-}.)3
khaatha * = m. (= %{khaTTi}) a bier, cot or bedstead on which dead bodies are conveyed to the pyre L. ;
(%{A}) f. id. L. ; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.
khaM = ether
khagolashaastram.h = astronomy
khaDga = sword
khara = sharp
khala = rouge; * (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7 AV. S'ânkhS'r. &c.; earth,
mould, soil L.; place, site L.; m. contest, battle Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pañcat. ii, 53; (=
{khaDa}) butter-milk boiled with acid vegetables and spices Sus'r. i, vi; a mischievous man Mriicch. Cân.
BhP. Pañcat. &c.; the sun L.; Xanthochymus pictorius ({tamAla}) L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({A}) f. a
mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of Raudra7s'va Hariv. VâyuP. ii, 37, 122; ({I}) f. sediment or
deposit of oil Car. Bhartri. ii, 98.
khalu = (indec.) indeed * =ind. (as a particle of asseveration) indeed, verily, certainly, truly R. S'ak. &c.;
(as a continuative particle) now, now then, now further RV. x, 34, 14 TS. &c.; (as a particle in syllogistic
speech) but now, = Lat. {atqui} TBr. S'Br. &c.; [{khalu} is only exceptionally found at the beginning of a
phrase; it is frequently combined with other particles, thus {a4tha kh-}, {u kh-}, {vai4 kh-}, {kh- vai4}, =
now then, now further TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; in later Sanskriit {khalu} frequently does little more than lay
stress on the word by which it is preceded, and is sometimes merely expletive; it is also a particle of
prohibition (in which case it may be joined with the ind. p. [{khalu kRtvA}, `" desist from doing that "']
Nir. i, 5 [also {-tam}] Pân. 3-4, 18 S'is'. ii, 70); or of endearment, conciliation, and inquiry L.; {na khalu},
by no means, not at all, indeed not R. &c.]
khathvaanga* = ({-vA7G}) m. n. `" a club shaped like the foot of a bedstead "' i.e. a club or staff with a
skull at the top (considered as the weapon of S'iva and carried by ascetics and Yogins) Gaut. VarBriS.
Mâlatîm. v, 4 Kathâs.; m. the back-bone Gal.; N. of a plant ib.; wood from a funeral pile W.; N. of a king
of the solar line MBh. i, 2109 VP. (v.l. {khaTvA7Ggada}) BhP. ii; xi; (= Dilîpa) Hariv. 808 and BhP. ix; N.
of an attendant in the retinue of Devî; ({I}) f. N. of a plant Gal.; of a river Hariv. 5329; {-dhara} m. `"
staff-bearer "'N. of S'iva BhP. iv, 19, 20; {-dhAra} m. id. Hariv. 10680; {-nAmikA} f. `" named after the
{khaTvA7Gga} "'N. of a plant (resembling Plectranthus) L.; {-bhRt} mfn. one who bears the
{khaTvA7Gga} staff Mn. xi, 105 Sch.; ({t}) m. N. of S'iva L.; {-vana} n. N. of a forest Hariv. 4171; {-zUlin}
mfn. bearing the weapons called {kh-} and {zUla} Hcat.
khANDava * = {as}, {am} m. n. sugar-candy, sugarplums, sweetmeats MBh. xiii R. i, vii; N. of a forest in
Kuru-kshetra (sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of fire aided by Arjuna and Kriishna MBh. Hariv.
BhP. i, 15, 8 Kathâs.) TândyaBr. xxv, 3 TÂr.; ({I}) f. N. of a town built by Sudars'ana L.
khinna = sad
kheda * = m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction, distress Pan5cat. &c.; sexual
passion Pat. Introd. on Va1rtt. 1; (%{khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting (belonging to Indra) RV. viii,
72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Ra1jat. ii, 135.
kheDa * = (g. %{azvA7di} Ka1s3.) for %{kheTa}, a village Jain. (cf. %{gandha-kh-}.)
kheda = sorrow * = kheda m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction, distress Pañcat.
&c.; sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 1; ({khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting (belonging to Indra)
RV. viii, 72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Râjat. ii, 135.
khyaata = famous
khrista = Christ
khristi = Christian
ki* = 2 cl. 3. P. {cike4ti}. see {ci}. \\ki* = m. n. an ant-hill L. \\ 1 a pronominal base, like 2. {ka4} and 1.
{ku}, in the words {ki4m}, {ki4yat}, {kis}, {kI-dRkSa}, {kI-dR4z}, {kI-dRza}, {kI4vat}.
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c. ; a post, post in
a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L. ; a gnomon L. ; handle, brace Sus3r. ; the elbow VP. ; a
kind of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus3r. ; a position of the foetus impeding delivery Sus3r. ; N.
of the inner syllables of a Mantra Ra1matUp. ; N. of Vi7ta-ra1ga Mahe7s3a (= %{kIle7zvara}) ; =
%{bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34 ; a weapon L. ; flame, lambent flame L. ; a minute particle L. ; a blow
with the elbow (= %{kilA}) L. ; (%{A}) f. a stake, pin L. ; the elbow L. ; a weapon L. ; flame L. ; a minute
particle L. ; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Va1tsya1y. ; (%{am}) n. (= %{kIna}),
flesh Gal.
kiilaa4la * =m. a sweet beverage (also a heavenly drink similar to Amriita, the food of the gods) AV. VS.
Kaus'. [285, 3]; ({a4m}) n. id. Naigh. ii, 7; blood Prab.; water L.
kiilaka * =m. a pin, bolt, wedge Pañcat. Hit.; a splint (for confining a broken bone) Sus'r.; a kind of
tumour (having the form of a pin) L.; (= {zivaka}) a kind of pillar for cows &c. to rub themselves against,
or one to which they are tied L.; N. of the forty-second year of the sixty years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.;
({As}) m. pl.N. of certain Ketus ib.; ({ikA}) f. a pin, bolt Pañcat. Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the inner syllables
of a Mantra.
kiirtayantaH = chanting
kiirtiM = reputation
kiirtiH = fame
kiirtii = fame
kiitha* = m. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat.) a worm, insect S'Br. xiv Âs'vS'r. &c.; the scorpion in the zodiac VarBriS.;
(ifc.) an expression of contempt (cf. {zUra-k-}) Mcar.; ({I}) f. a worm, insect L.; ({am}) n. id. L.; (=
{kiTTa}) feces L.
kiidrishii = how
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. {A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c.; a post, post in a
cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L.; a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus'r.; the elbow VP.; a kind
of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus'r.; a position of the foetus impeding delivery Sus'r.; N. of the
inner syllables of a Mantra RâmatUp.; N. of Vi7ta-râga Mahe7s'a (= {kIle7zvara}); = {bandha} Comm. on
VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame, lambent flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= {kilA}) L.;
({A}) f. a stake, pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.; flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (or
`" a blow in copulation "') Vâtsyây.; ({am}) n. (= {kIna}), flesh Gal.
kiirt.h = to tell
kilakila * = m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10365; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a Yavana tribe VP. (cf. {kilikila}); ({A}) f. (an
onomatopoetic word), sounds or cries expressing joy, or the expression of joy by any sound or cry MBh.
R. Mcar. Bâlar.
kilakilaaya * =Nom. P. Â. {-yati}, {-yate}, to raise sounds expressing joy Bhathth. vii, 102 Kârand.; to cry,
give a shriek Kârand. [284, 2]
kilaatha * =m. inspissated milk Hariv. (v.l. {kilAda}) Sus'r. Bhpr.; ({I}) f. id. L.
kila * =1 m. play, trifling L. \\2 ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis) indeed, verily, assuredly RV.
AV. &c.; (or of explanation) namely S'Br. &c.; `" so said "' `" so reported "', pretendedly VarBriS. Kâd.;
({kila} is preceded by the word on which it lays stress, and occurs very rarely at the beginning of a
sentence or verse [R. iv, 14, 14 Pañcat. lxxxix, 4]; according to native lexicographers {kila} may be used in
communicating intelligence, and may imply `" probably "', `" possibly "', `" agreement "', `" dislike "', `"
falsehood "', `" inaccuracy "', and `" reason. "')
kim = what* = is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. {num}, {an}, sometimes
translatable by `" whether? "' but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a question
(e.g. {kiM vyAdhA vane 'smin saMcaranti}, `" do hunters roam about in this wood? "' In an interrogation
the verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after {kim} Pân. 8-1, 44). To
this sense may be referred the {kim} expressing inferiority, deficiency, &c. at the beginning of
compounds (e.g. {kiM-rAjan}, what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pân. 2-1, 64; v, 4, 70); also the {kim}
prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g. {kim-adhI7te}, he reads badly Pân. 8-1, 44 Kâs'.)
{kim-uta}, or {kim-uta-vA} or {kim-athavA-uta}, whether-or-or R. S'ak. Bhartri. &c. (cf. {uta4}.) \\= is
very frequently connected with other particles, as follows: {ki4m aGga4}, wherefore then? RV.; {atha
kim} see {a4tha}; {kim api}, somewhat, to a considerable extent, rather, much more, still further S'ak.
Megh. &c.; {kim iti}, why? S'ak. Kum. Pañcat. &c.; {kim-iva}, what for? S'is'. xvi, 31; {ki4m-u} or
{ki4m-uta4} how much more? how much less? RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; {kiM kila}, what a pity! (expressing
dissatisfaction) Pân. 3-3, 146; {kiM-ca}, moreover, further Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; what more (expressing
impatience) S'ak.; {kiM-cana} (originally {-ca na}, negative = `" in no way "'), to a certain degree, a little
Kathâs.; (with a negation) in no way, not at all MBh. i, 6132; {kiM-cid}, somewhat, a little MBh. R. &c.;
{kiM tarhi}, how then? but, however Pân. 2-2, 4 Pat.; iv, 1, 163, Kas'.; {kiM-tu}, but, however,
nevertheless (bearing the same relation to {tu} that {kiM-ca} bears to {ca}) MBh. R. &c.; {kiM-nu},
whether indeed? (a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone) MBh. R. &c.; how much more? how much
less? Bhag. i, 35; {kiM nu khalu}, how possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) S'ak.; {kim punar}, how
much more? how much less? R. Bhag. ix, 33 &c.; however Bâlar.; but ib.; {kiM vA}, whether? or
whether? S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; or (often a mere particle of interrogation); {ki4M svid}, why? Kathâs. xxvi,
75; a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone RV. MBh. Kathâs.
kiinaara* = m. (perhaps = {kInA4za}) a cultivator of the soil [`" a vile man "' Sây.] RV. x, 106, 10.
kiinaas'a* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.;
Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of Râkshasa L.;
(mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiikatha * = m. N. of a son of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sankatha BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse (perhaps
originally a horse of the Kîkathas) L.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the Âryan race RV. iii,
53, 14 BhP.; (mfn.), poor L.; avaricious L.
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found in wood
L.
kiinaasha* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.;
Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of Râkshasa L.;
(mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiñchana = any
kiñchit.h = a few, very little, something, nothing, whatever, anything, some, at all.
kintu = but
kiriithin * mfn. decorated with a diadem MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of Indra MBh. i, 1525; xiii, 765; of Arjuna
MBh. Bhag. Pañcat.; of Nara [according to the Comm.] MBh. i; of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573;
of an attendant of S'iva Comm. on Kum. vii, 95.
kiraNa = ray
kiriTi + {i} n. the fruit of the marshy date tree (Phoenix paludosa) L.
kiriiTin.h = Arjuna
kitava *= m. (g. {zauNDA7di} [also {vyAghrA7di}, but not in Kâs'. and Ganar.]) a gamester, gambler RV.
VS. AV. &c.; a cheat, fraudulent man BhP. viii, 20, 3 Megh. Amar.; (also ifc. e.g. {yAjJika-k-} Pân. 2-1, 53
Kâs'.); (= {matta}) a crazy person L.; thorn-apple (cf. {dhUrta} and {unmatta}) L.; a kind of perfume
(commonly Rocana) Bhpr.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}, {utkarA7di}, {azvA7di}; ({As}) m. N. of a people
MBh. ii, 1832; ({I}) f. a female gambler Âs'vGri.
kiithaavapanna* = mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen Kapishthh. MânS'r. (cf. {keza-
kITA7vapatita}.)
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found in wood
L.
kiñcit = SB: anything, something, sometimes, somewhat, slightly, very little, some.; (na-):nothing
kiNva* = [{as} m. L] n. ferment, drug or seed used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of spirits
from sugar, bassia, &c. Âp. Mn. viii, 326 Sus'r. (cf. {taNDula-k-}); ({am}) n. sin Un. i, 150.
kishora = son
kishorii = daughter
kîrti * = f. (Pân. 3-3, 97; fr. 2. {kR}) mention, making mention of, speech, report RV. x, 54, 1 AV. S'Br. &c.;
good report, fame, renown, glory AV. S'Br. TUp. Mn. &c. [285, 2]; Fame (personified as daughter of
Daksha and wife of Dharma) MBh. Hariv. VP.; (in music) a particular measure or time; extension,
expansion L.; lustre L.; = {prasAda} (favour) or {prAsAda} (a palace) L.; (fr. 1. {kRR}), dirt L.; N. of one
of the Mâtriikâs (or personified divine energies of Kriishna) L.; ({is}) m. N. of a son of Dharma-netra VP.
kiyat * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ki} Pa1n2. 5-2, 40 ; vi, 3, 90), how great? how large? how far? how much? of what
extent? of what qualities? RV. AV. &c. (Ved. loc. %{ki4yAti} with following %{A4}, how long ago? since
what time? RV. i, 113, 10 ; ii, 30, 1 ; %{kiyaty@adhvani}, at what distance? how far off? MBh. xiv, 766 ;
%{kiyad@etad}, of what importance is this to (gen.) Katha1s. iii, 49 ; %{tena@kiyAn@arthah}, what
profit arises from that? BhP. ; %{kiyac@ciram} ind. how long? Katha1s. ; %{kiyac@cireNa}, in how long
a time? how soon? S3ak. ; %{kiyad@dUre}, how far? Pan5cat. lii, 4 ; %{kiyad@rodimi}, what is the use
of my weeping? Ka1d. ; %{kiyad@asubhis}, what is the use of living? BhP. i, 13, 22) ; little, small,
unimportant, of small value (often in comp., e.g. %{kiyad-vakra}, a little bent Comm. on Ya1jn5. ;
%{kiyad@api}, how large or how far soever Pan5cat. ; %{yA4vat@ki4yac@ca}, how large or how much
soever, of what qualities soever AV. viii, 7, 13 S3Br.) ; (%{ki4yat}) ind. how far? how much? how? RV.
AV. S3Br. ; a little Pan5cat. Hit.
klaibyaM = impotence
klama m. fatigue , exhaustion , languor , weariness MBh. S3ak. iii , 18 Sus3r. BhP. ; (ifc. Mn. &c. ; f. %{A} MBh.
Nal.)
klinna = wet
klaibya* = n. impotence TS. ii Sus3r. Hit.; unmanliness, weakness, timidity, cowardice MBh. R. BhP. Hit.;
weakness (as of a lotus leaf) Ragh. xii, 86; the neuter gender W.
kledayanti = moistens
kles'aH = trouble * = m. pain, affliction, distress, pain from disease, anguish S'vetUp. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; (in Yoga phil. five Kles'as are named, viz. {a-vidyA}, `" ignorance "', {asmi-tA}, egotism "', {rAga}, `"
desire "', {dveSa}, `" aversion "', and {abhiniveza}, tenacity of mundane existence "' Yogas. Prab. Sarvad.;
the Buddhists reckon ten, viz. three of the body [murder, theft, adultery], four of speech [lying, slander,
abuse, unprofitable conversation], three of the mind [covetousness, malice, scepticism] Buddh. Sarvad.);
wrath, anger L.; worldly occupation, care, trouble (= {vyavasAya}) L.
ko.api = whosoever
ko.ahaM = who am I
koTi * = f. the curved end of a bow or of claws, &c., end or top of anything, edge or point (of a sword),
horns or cusps (of the moon) MBh. &c.; the highest point, eminence, excellence Pañcat. Ratna7v.
Sarvad.; `" a point or side in an argument or disputation "', (if there are two) `" alternative "' see {-dvaya}
below; the highest number in the older system of numbers (viz. a Krore or ten millions) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; the complement of an arc to 90 degrees; the perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle Sûryas.;
Medicago esculenta L.
kona = an angle
kopa = anger
kopita = angered
kos'a * = m. (n. L.; in class. literature {koza}, or {koSa}; fr. {kuz} or {kuS}?, related to {kukSi4} and
{koSTha}?), a cask, vessel for holding liquids, (metaphorically) cloud RV. AV. Sus'r.; a pail, bucket RV.; a
drinking-vessel, cup L.; a box, cupboard, drawer, trunk RV. vi, 47, 23 AV. xix, 72, 1 S'Br.; the interior or
inner part of a carriage RV.; (ifc.) MBh. viii, 1733; a sheath, scabbard, &c. MBh. R. VarBriS.; a case,
covering, cover AV. ChUp. MundUp. TUp. PârGri. BhP.; store-room, store, provisions Mn. MBh. &c.; a
treasury, apartment where money or plate is kept, treasure, accumulated wealth (gold or silver, wrought
or unwrought, as plate, jewellery, &c.) ib.; (in surg.) a kind of bandage Sus'r.; a dictionary, lexicon or
vocabulary; a poetical collection, collection of sentences &c. Kâvya7d. i, 13 Sâh.; a bud, flower-cup,
seed-vessel (cf. {bIja-}) R. Ragh. BhP. Dhûrtas.; the sheath or integument of a plant, pod, nut-shell
MârkP.; a nutmeg L.; the inner part of the fruit of Artocarpus integrifolia and of similar fruits L.; the
cocoon of a silk-worm Yâjñ. iii, 147 Veda7ntas.; the membrane covering an egg (in the womb) Sus'r.
VarBri. MârkP.; the vulva L.; a testicle or the scrotum Sus'r. VarBriS.; the penis W.; an egg L.; (in
Veda7nta phil.) a term for the three sheaths or succession of cases which make up the various frames of
the body enveloping the soul (these are, 1. the {Ananda-maya k-} or `" sheath of pleasure "', forming the
{kAraNa-zarIra} or `" causal frame "'; 2. the {vijJAna-maya} or {buddhi-m-} or {mano-m-} or
{prA7Na-m- k-}, `" the sheath of intellect or will or life "', forming the {sUkSma-zarIra} or `" subtile
frame "'; 3. the {anna-m- k-}, `" the sheath of nourishment "', forming the {sthUla-zarIra} or `" gross
frame "') Veda7ntas.; (ifc.) a ball or globe (e.g. {sUtra-}, a ball of thread L.; {netra-}, the eye-ball R. iii, 79,
28); the water used at an ordeal or judicial trial (the defendant drinks thrice of it after some idol has
been washed in it) Yâjñ. ii, 95; an oath Râjat. v, 325; a cup used in the ratification of a treaty of peace
({-zaM-pA}, to drink from that cup) Râjat. vii, 8; 75; 460 and 493; viii, 283; N. of a conjunction of planets
VarBriS.; of the 2nd astrological mansion, Var Yogay.; (with Buddh.) of a collection of Gâthâ verses
Kârand. Hcar.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 34; of a courtesan HParis'. viii, 8; ({I}) f. `" a bud "' see
{arka-}; a seedvessel L.; the beard of corn L.; a shoe, sandal L.; a kind of perfume Gal.; an iron
ploughshare ib.; [cf. {ko4kkos}.]
krama * m. a step AV. x, 5, 25 ff. TS. iii MBh. &c.; going, proceeding, course (cf. {kAla-k-}) Mriicch.
Pañcat. Mâlatîm. Hit.; the way R. ii, 25, 2; a position taken (by an animal &c.) before making a spring or
attacking Pañcat. Bhathth. ii, 9; the foot MBh. iii, 14316; uninterrupted or regular progress, order, series,
regular arrangement, succession (e.g. {varNa-krameNa}, `" in the order of the castes "' Mn. viii, 24 and
ix, 85) AV. viii, 9, 10 RPrât. xv, 5 KâtyS'r. R. &c.; hereditary descent Yâjñ. ii, 119; method, manner (e.g.
{yena krameNa}, in which manner R. ii, 26, 20; {tad-anusaraNa-krameNa}, so as to go on following him
Hit.); diet Car. vi, 13; custom, rule sanctioned by tradition MârkP. xxiii, 112; ({kramaM} 1. {kR}, `" to
follow that rule "') Nyâyam.; occasion, cause (with gen. or ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 380 Hit.; `" progressing step
by step "', a peculiar manner or method of reading and writing Vedic texts (so called because the reading
proceeds from the 1st member, either word or letter, to the 2nd, then the 2nd is repeated and connected
with the 3rd, the 3rd repeated and connected with the 4 h, and so on; this manner of reading in relation
to words is called {pada-} [TPrât. ii, 12], in relation to conjunct consonants {varNa-} [ib.]) Prât.; the
words or letters themselves when combined or arranged in the said manner ib.; (in dram.) attainment of
the object desired (or accord. to others `" noticing of any one's affection "') Das'ar. i, 36 f. Sâh. Pratâpar.;
(in rhet.) a kind of simile (in which the comparisons exhibited correspond to each other in regular
succession) Vâm. iv, 3, 17; power, strength L.; ({eNa}, {At}) instr. abl. ind. in regular course, gradually, by
degrees R. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; according to order or rank or series Mn. Ragh. &c.
kraamati = to cross
krandas * = {as} n. battle-cry RV. viii, 38, 1; ({asI}) du. two contending armies shouting defiance [`"
heaven and earth "' Sây.] RV. ii, 12, 8; vi, 25, 4; x, 121, 6.
krandana * = m. `" crier "', a cat L.; ({am}) n. crying out, calling; mutual daring or defiance, challenging
L.; lamenting, weeping Pañcat. Hit.
krau.nchapati = kArtikeya
krauJNcha = a heron
kri = to do
krichchhara = difficult
kri4dara * =n. a store-room VS. xxix, 1 (Nir. iii, 20); m. id. Un. v, 41.
kridhu4 * =mfn. shortened, mutilated, small, deficient RV. iv, 5, 14 VS. xxiii, 28; (superl. {kradhiSTha}
and compar. {kradhIyas}) Kâthh.
kridhu4-ka4rNa * =mfn. having short ears (as a sort of imp) AV. xi, 9, 7 and 10, 7; hearing badly RV. x, 27,
5.
krid-anta * =m. a word ending with a Kriit affix (such a word would be called by Pân. simply {kRt}).
kriiDati = plays
kriiDaa = play
kriita* = mfn. bought, purchased S'Br. Mn. &c.; purchased from his natural parents (as a son; one of the
twelve kinds of sons acknowledged by the ancient Hindû law) Mn. ix, 160; won by (instr.) S'ak. iii (v.l.);
ifc. (with the purchase-price; f. {I}) Pân. 4-1, 50; vi, 2, 151; (f. also {A}) Siddh.; ({a4s}) m. N. of a man
MaitrS. iv, 2, 6; ({As}) m. pl. a sort of despised caste W.; ({am}) n. a bargain Comm. on Yâjñ. ii, 6.
kricchra*= diffculty, hardship causing trouble or pain, painful, attended with pain or labour; being in a
difficult or painful situation; bad, evil, wicked, miserably, painfully, with difficulty, trouble, labour,
hardship, calamity, pain, danger, the difficulties of living in a forest;, in difficulties, in a miserable
situation, danger of life; bodily mortification, austerity, penance; a particular kind of religious penance;
with difficulty, with great exertion, painfully, hardly, scarcely
krimi * = or {kri4mi} m. (fr. {kram} Un.), a worm, insect VS. TS. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.; `" a spider "' (see
{-tantu-jAla}); a silk-worm L.; a shieldlouse L.; an ant L.; lac (red dye caused by insects) L.; N. of a son
(of Us'înara Hariv. 1676 ff.; of Bhajamâna Hariv. 2002); of an Asura (brother of Râvana) L.; of a
Nâga-râja Buddh. L.; ({is}) f. N. of the wife of Us'înara and mother of Kriimi Hariv. 1675 and VP. (v.l.
{kRmI}); N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 17; [cf. Lith. {kirminis}, {kirmele}; Russ. {c8ervj}; Hib. {cruimh};
Cambro-Brit. {pryv}; Goth. {vaurms}; Lat. {vermi-s} for {quermi-s}.]
krintana * = n. cutting, cutting off, dividing BhP. iii, 30, 28 and vi, 2, 46 (cf. %{tantu-}, %{ziraH-}.)
kripaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.) inclined
to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from tears AV. xi, 8,
28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper, niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.;
a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh. Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n.
wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv, 185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably,
pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.)
kripaNa * = 12 Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire RV. x, 74, 3.
kripaaNa * = 1m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of scissors,
dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaH = Krpa
kripa* = m. N. of a man (described as a friend of Indra) RV. viii, 3, 12 and 4, 2; m. and ({I}) f. N. of the
son and daughter of the sage S'aradvat (who performed severe penance; the jealous Indra therefore sent
a nymph to tempt him, but without success; however, twin sons were born to the sage in a clump of
grass [{zara-stambe}], who were found by king S'ântanu and out of pity [{kRpA}] taken home and
reared; the daughter, Kriipî, married Drona, and had by him a son called As'vatthâman; the son, Kriipa,
became one of the council at Hastinâpura, and is sometimes called Gautama, sometimes S'âradvata;
according to Hariv. and VP., Kriipa and Kriipî were only distant descendants of S'aradvat; according to
others, Kriipa = Vyâsa or = a son of Kriishna) MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. see s.v. below.
kripaa* = f. (g. {bhidA7di}) pity, tenderness, compassion (with gen. or loc.; {kRpAM-kR}, to pity [with
loc.] Nal. xvii R.) MBh. &c.; N. of a river (v.l. {rUpA}) VP.
kRpaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.) inclined
to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from tears AV. xi, 8,
28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper, niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.;
a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh. Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n.
wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv, 185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably,
pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.) \\ kRpaNa Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire
kRpaaNa* m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of scissors,
dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaNaaH = misers
kripayaa = please
kripaa = compassion
krish * = 1 cl. 1. P. {ka4rSati}, rarely Â. {-te} (perf. {cakarSa}, 2. sg. {-Sitha} Pân. 7-2, 62 Kâs'.; fut.
{karkSyati} or {krakSy-}; {kRSiSy-} DivyA7v. xvii; {karSTA} or {kraSTA} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâs'.; aor.
{akRkSat} [or {akArkSIt}] or {akrAkSIt}, iii, 1, 44 Vârtt. 7; inf. {kraSTum}), to draw, draw to one's self,
drag, pull, drag away, tear RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; to lead or conduct (as an army) MBh.; to bend (a bow) Ragh.
v, 50; to draw into one's power, become master of, overpower Mn. ii, 215 MBh. iv, 20 R. Pañcat.; to
obtain Mn. iii, 66; to take away anything (acc.) from any one (acc.) Vop. v, 8; to draw or make furrows,
plough RV. viii, 22, 6 Lâthy. v, 1, 4 Vait. (Â.) R. iii, 4, 12 BhP. (ind. p. {kRSTvA}): cl. 6. P. Â. {kRSa4ti},
{-te} (p. {kRSa4t}), to draw or make furrows, plough RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; Â. to obtain by ploughing AV.
xii, 2, 16; to travel over MBh. iii, 16021: Caus. {karSayati}, to draw, drag RV. x, 119, 11 (aor. 1. sg.
{acikRSam}) R. Mriicch.; to draw or tear out MBh. iii, 2307; to pull to and fro, cause pain, torture,
torment Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to plough "' see {karSita}: Intens. (pr. p. and Subj. 3. sg. {ca4rkRSat}; impf. 3.
pl. {acarkRSur}) to plough RV. AV.; {carIkRSyate} or Ved. {karIk-}, to plough repeatedly Pân. 7-4, 64; [cf.
Lith. {karszu}, {pleszau}; Russ. {c8eshu}; Lat. {verro}, {vello}; Goth. {falh}.]
krisha = weak
krishhi = plowing
krishNa-saara* = mf({I})n. chiefly black, black and white (as the eye), spotted black Nal. R. Vikr. Hcat.
&c.; m. (with or without {mRga}) the spotted antelope Mn. ii, 23 S'ak. Megh. &c.; Dalbergia Sissoo L.;
Euphorbia antiquorum L.; Acacia Catechu L.; ({A}) f. Dalbergia Sissoo L.; Euphorbia antiquorum L.; the
eyeball Nyâyad.; {-mukha} n. N. of a particular position of the hand PSarv.
krita = Done*=1 mfn. done, made, accomplished, performed RV. AV. &c.; prepared, made ready ib.;
obtained, gained, acquired, placed at hand AV. iii, 24, 5; well done, proper, good S'Br. iv; cultivated Mn. x,
114; appointed (as a duty) Yâjñ. ii, 186; relating or referring to Yâjñ. ii, 210; m. N. of one of the Vis've
Devâs MBh. xiii, 4356; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ix, 24, 45; of a son of Sannati and pupil of
Hiranya-nâbha Hariv. 1080 BhP. xii, 6, 80; of a son of Kriita-ratha and father of Vibudha VP.; of a son of
Jaya and father of Haryavana BhP. ix, 17, 17; of a son of Cyavana and father of Upari-cara VâyuP.; ({am})
n. (with {saha} or with instr.) `" done with "', away with, enough of, no need of, &c. (e.g. {kRtaM
saMdehena}, away with doubt S'ak.; {k- parihAsena}, enough of joking ib.); the past tense AitBr. v, 1;
({a4m}) n. deed, work, action RV. AV. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; service done, kind action, benefit (cf. {kRta-jJa}
and {-ghna}) MBh. v, 1692 Pañcat.; magic, sorcery SâmavBr.; consequence, result L.; aim Vop. i, 2; stake
at a game RV. AV.; prize or booty gained in battle ib.; N. of the die or of the side of a die marked with four
points or dots (this is the lucky or winning die) VS. xxx, 18 TS. S'Br. &c.; (also the collective N. of the four
dice in opposition to the fifth die called {kali} Comm. on VS. x, 28); (hence) the number `" four "'
VarBriS. Sûryas.; N. of the first of the four ages of the world (also called {satya} or `" the golden age "',
comprehending together with the morning and evening dawn 4800 years of men [Mn. MBh. Hariv.] or
according to the later conception [BhP. &c. Comm. on Mn. i, 69] 4800 years of the gods or 1, 728, 000
years of men); ({e}) loc. ind. on account of, for the sake of, for (with gen. or ifc. e.g. {mama kRte} or
{mat-kRte}, on my account, for me) Yâjñ. i, 216 MBh. R. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. id. MBh. R. i, 76, 6 and vi,
85, 10.\\*=2 mfn. injured, killed L. (cf. 2. {kIrNa}.) f. an abyss RV. ii, 35, 5.\\mfn. brought down,
humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R. &c.; low, base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside,
dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartr2. ii, 30 (v.l. %{-ti}); %{-prajJa} (MBh.),
%{-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritaM = done
ókrita*= mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R. &c.; low, base,
wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartri. ii, 30 (v.l.
{-ti}); {-prajJa} (MBh.), {-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritaGYa = Grateful
kritaGYataa = gratitude
kriti = Direction
kritya = Deed
kritsnaM = whole
kritsnasya = all-inclusive
kriya = action
kriya* = m. (borrowed fr. Gk.$.) the sign &99331[320,3] Aries VarBri. i, iii, x, xvii; Ganit. Horâs'.
kriyaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with (in comp.), business, act,
action, undertaking, activity, work, labour. KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; bodily action, exercise of the limbs L.;
(in Gr.) action (as the general idea expressed by any verb), verb Kâs'. on Pân. 1-3, 1 &c. (according to later
grammarians a verb is of two kinds, {sakarma-kriyA}, `" active "', and {akarma-k-}, `" intransitive "'); a
noun of action W.; a literary work Vikr.; medical treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see
{sama-kriya-tva} and {viSama-k-}) Sus'r.; a religious rite or ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; with {caramA}, `" the last ceremony "', rites performed immediately after death, obsequies,
purificatory rites (as ablution &c.) MBh. iv, 834 R. vi, 96, 10; religious action, worship BhP. vii, 14, 39
RâmatUp.; Religious Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. i, 2578
Hariv. 12452 BhP.; or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu BhP.); judicial investigation (by
human means, as by witnesses, documents, &c., or by superhuman means, as by various ordeals) Comm.
on Yâjñ.; atonement L.; disquisition L.; study L.; means, expedient L.
kriyate = is done
kriyaaH = performances
kriyaayoga* = m. the connection with an action or verb APrât. Pân. 1-1, 14 Kâr.; the employment of
expedients or instruments MBh. iii, 69 Sus'r.; the practical form of the Yoga philosophy (union with the
deity by due performance of the duties of every day life, active devotion) Yogas. ii, 1 BhP. iv, 13, 3; N. of
wk.; {-sAra} m. a section of the PadmaP.
kriiNaati = to buy
kruura = cruel
kruuraan.h = mischievous
krodha = anger
krodhaM = anger
kshaatra* = mf({I})n. (fr. {kSatra4}), belonging or relating or peculiar to the second caste Mn. vii, 87
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. the dignity of a ruler or governor MBh. iii, 5097 and xiii, 3026 R. ii f. v.
ksha* = 1 (fr. 1. or 2. {kSi}) see {dyukSa4}; m. a field L.; the protector or cultivator of a field, peasant L.
\\2 mfn. (fr. 4. {kSi}) see {tuvikSa4}; m. destruction, loss L.; destruction of the world L.; lightning L.; a
demon or Rakshas L.; the fourth incarnation of Vishnu (as the manlion or nara-sinha) L.
kshaa* = f. (derived fr. some forms of 2. {kSa4m}) the earth, ground Naigh. i, 1 Nir. ii, 2 Sây. \\ = see 1.
{kSam}
kshaanti * =f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance, indulgence
Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; N.
of a river VP.
kshaanta * =1 mfn. (g. {priyA7di}) borne, endured ({soDha}) L.; pardoned MBh. Pañcat.; (Pân. 3-2, 188
Kâr.) enduring, patient Mn. v, 158 Yâjñ. R. Ragh. (compar. {-tara}); m. (g. {utkarA7di}) N. of a man g.
{azvA7di}; of a hunter Hariv. 1206; of S'iva (cf. {kSama}); ({A}) f. `" the patient one "', the earth L.;
({am}) n. patience, indulgence R. i, 34, 32 and 33.
kshaantiH = tolerance
kshaara = salty
kshaatraM = of a ksatriya
kshamaa = forgivance
kshamii = forgiving
kshana = to invite
kshana = quick, a quick measure of time =* kshaNa = 1 m. any instantaneous point of time, instant,
twinkling of an eye, moment Nal. S3ak. Ragh. &c.; a moment regarded as a measure of time (equal to
thirty Kala1s or four minutes L.; or (in astron.) to 48 minutes VarBr2S. &c.; or 4/5 or 24/35 seconds BhP.
iii, 11, 7 and 8); a leisure moment, vacant time, leisure (e.g. %{kSaNaM-kR}, to have leisure for, wait
patiently for MBh.; cf. %{kRta-kSaNa}); a fit or suitable moment, opportunity (%{kSaNaM-kR}, to give
an opportunity. MBh. iv, 666; cf. %{datta-kSaNa} and %{labdha-kS-}); a festival Megh. Das3. BhP. iii, 3,
21; a certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon, change of the moon, &c.) Sarvad.; dependence L.; the
centre, middle L.; (%{am}) n. an instant, moment Bhartr2. (= Subh.); (%{am}.) acc. ind. for an instant R.
vi, 92, 35 BrahmaP. Vet. &c. [325,1]; in a moment Ragh. xii, 36 S3a1ntis3. (cf. %{tat-kSaNam}); (%{eNa})
instr. ind. in a moment Nal. R. &c.; (%{At}) abl. ind. after an instant, immediately, at once Mn. R. S3ak.
&c.; %{tataH@kSaNAt} (= %{tat-kSaNAt} q.v.), immediately upon that Katha1s.; %{kSaNAt-kSaNAt}, in
this moment - in that moment Ra1jat. viii, 898; (%{eSu}) loc. ind. immediately, at once R. vi, 55, 19;
%{kSaNe@kSaNe}, every instant, every moment Ra1jat. v, 165 and 337.\\2 %{-Natu}, %{-Nana}, &c. see
%{kSan}.\\2 m. killing (= ma1ran2a) Gal.
kshaanti * = f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance, indulgence
Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; N.
of a river VP.
kshantiH = tolerance
kshantR * = mfn. one who pardons or bears patiently MBh. xiii, 4873.
kshaNaviikshita = glance
kshatra * = n. (1. {kSi}?; g. {ardharcA7di}) sg. and pl. dominion, supremacy, power, might (whether
human or supernatural, especially applied to the power of Varuna-Mitra and Indra) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. ii;
xi; sg. and pl. government, governing body RV. AV. VS. x, 17 TBr. ii; the military or reigning order (the
members of which in the earliest times, as represented by the Vedic hymns, were generally called
Râjanya, not Kshatriya; afterwards, when the difference between Brahman and Kshatra or the priestly
and civil authorities became more distinct, applied to the second or reigning or military caste) VS. AV.
TS. &c. [325, 2]; a member of the military or second order or caste, warrior Mn. MBh. &c. (fancifully
derived fr. {kSatAt tra} fr. {trai} i.e. `" a preserver from injury "' Ragh. ii, 53); the rank of a member of
the reigning or military order, authority of the second caste AitBr. viii, 5 S'Br. xiii, 1, 5, 2 BhP. iii, ix;
wealth Naigh. ii, 10; water, i, 12; the body L.; Tabernaemontana coronaria (v.l. {chattra}) L.; ({I}) f. a
woman of the second caste L.
kshatta: person born from a male sudra with a ksatriya female: For instance, a brâhmana begets an
ambastha of a vaisya woman, a parasava or a nisada of a sudra woman. A kshatriya begets an ugra of a
sudra woman, a suta of a brâhmana woman. A vaisya begets a magadha of a kshatriya woman, a
vaidehaka of a brâhmana woman. A sudra begets an ayogava of a vaisya woman, a ksatta of a kshatriya
woman and a chandala of a brâhmana woman.
kshauma * mf({I})n. (fr. {kSumA}; = {kSoma} Un. i, 138), made of linen, linen Lâthy. Gobh. PârGri. &c.;
covered with linen W.; prepared from linseed (as oil) Sus'r.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. = {aTTa} (an airy room on
the top of a house, apartment on the roof, back of an edifice, fortified place in front of a building,
building of a particular form W.; cf. {kSoma}) L.; ({I}) f. flax (Linum usitatissimum) L.; ({am}) n. linen
cloth or garment KâtyS'r. Gaut. Mn. &c. (also = {dukUla} L.); linseed Sus'r.; the flower of flax L.
kshaura* = mfn. (fr. {kSura4}), performed with a razor (with {karman}, `" shaving "') VarBriS. iic, 12;
({as}), m.= {-mantra} Sây. on TS. i; ({I}) f. a razor W.; ({am}) n. shaving the head, shaving in general
({-raM} 1. {kR}, to shave Hit.; {-raM}, Caus. 1. {kR}, to have one's self shaved Hit.) Cân.
kshaudra * m. (fr. {kSudra} and {-drA}), Michelia Campaka MBh. iii, 11569; N. of a mixed caste (son of a
Vaideha and a Mâgadhî) MBh. xiii, 2584; ({am}) n. smallness, minuteness g. {pRthvAdi}; honey, species
of honey L.; water L.; N. of a Sûtra of the SV.
kshayaM = destruction
kshayaNa* = 1 mfn. habitable [? m. `" a place with tranquil water "' Comm.] VS. xvi, 43; ({kSa4yaNa})
TS. iv; ({kSeNa4}) MaitrS.; m. a bay, harbour Comm. on RPrât.; ({am}) n. a dwelling place Nir. vi, 6.
kshayaNa* = 2 mfn. ifc. `" destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing "' see {arAya-}, {asura-},
{pizAca-}, {bhrAtRvya-}, {yAtudhAna-}, {sadAnvA-} and {sapatna-kSa4yaNa}.
kshaya* = 1 m. `" dominion "' Sây. (on RV. vii, 46, 2).
kshaya* = 2 mfn. dwelling, residing RV. iii, 2, 13; viii, 64, 4; m. an abode, dwelling-place, seat, house (cf.
{uru-} and {su-kSa4ya}, {rAtha-}, {divikSaya4}) RV. VS. v, 38 TS. Pân. MBh. R. BhP.; the house of Yama
(cf. {yama-kS-}, {vaivasvata-kS-}); abode in Yama's dominion Comm. on R. (ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 11; (=
{kSiti4}) family, race RV. i, 123, 1.
kshaya* = 3 m. (Pân. 6-1, 201) loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction, decay, wasting or wearing
away (often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; fall (as of prices, opposed to {vRddhi} e.g. {kSayo vRddhiz ca
paNyAnAm}, `" the fall and rise in the price of commodities "') Yâjñ. ii, 258; removal W.; end,
termination (e.g. {nidrA-kS-}, the end of sleep R. vi, 105, 14; {dina-kSaye}, at the end of day MBh. i, 699
R. iv, 3, 10; {jIvita-kSaye}, at the end of life Das'.; {AyuSaH kS-} id. Ragh.; {kSayaM} {gam}, {yA}, {i}, or
{upai}, to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an end, perish Nal. R. Sus'r. VarBriS.
Das'. Amar. Hit.; {kSayaMnI}, to destroy R. v, 36, 51); consumption, phthisis pulmonalis Sus'r. Hcat.;
sickness in general L.; the destruction of the universe Pañcat.; (in alg.) a negative quantity, minus
Âryabh.; = {-mAsa} Jyot.; = {kSayA7ha} Ganit.; N. of a prince VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a Yogini Hcat.; ({am}) n.
N. of the last year in the sixty years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. [328,2]
kshemaM = protection
kshema * mf({A})n. (2. {kSi}) habitable; giving rest or ease or security MBh. R.; at ease, prosperous, safe
W.; m. basis, foundation VS. xviii, 7 AV. iii, 12, 1 and iv, 1, 4 S'Br. xiii KapS. i, 46; residing, resting, abiding
at ease RV. x AV. xiii, 1, 27; iii; viii; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (Ved. only m.; g. {ardharcA7di}), safety,
tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable state, weal, happiness RV. AV. VS.
Mn. MBh. &c. ({kSe4ma} & {yo4ga} [or {pra-yu4j}], rest and exertion, enjoying and acquiring RV. VS.
xxx, 14 PârGri. MBh. xiii, 3081; cf. {kSema-yoga} and {yoga-kS-}; {kSemaM te}, `" peace or security may
be to thee "' [this is also the polite address to a Vais'ya, asking him whether his property is secure Mn. ii,
127], S'ântis'. ii, 18); final emancipation L.; m. a kind of perfume (= {caNDA}) L.; Ease or Prosperity
(personified as a son of Dharma and S'ânti VP.; as a son of Titikshâ BhP. iv, 1, 51); N. of a prince MBh. i,
2701 DivyA7v. xviii; of a son of S'uci and father of Su-vrata BhP. ix, 22, 46; N. of a kind of college
({maTha}) Râjat. vi, 186; ({eNa}) instr. ind. at ease; in security, safely R. Mriicch. Pañcat. BhP.; (ifc. with
{yathA} R. ii, 54, 4); ({ais}) instr. pl. ind. id. MBh. xiii, 1519; ({A}) f. a kind of perfume (= {kASTha-
guggula}, or {coraka} Comm.) VarBriS. iii; N. of Durgâ L.; of another deity (= {kSemaM-karI}) DevîP.; of
an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; ({am}) n. N. of one of the seven Varshas in Jambû-dvîpa BhP. v, 20, 3.
kshe4ma-vat * = mfn. attended with tranquillity and security, prosperous Pân. Siddh.; ({An}) m. N. of a
prince VP.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Buddh.; of a locality.
kshemataraM = better
kSepaNa * = n. the act of throwing , casting , letting fly or go (a bow-string) Nir. ii , 28 MBh. iv , 352 and
1400 ; throwing away (in boxing) VP. v , 20 , 54 ; sending , directing W. ; sending away MBh. iii , 13272 ;
passing away or spending time (v.l. %{kSapaNa}) ; `" omitting "' , for 1. %{kSapaNa} Mn. iv , 119 ; sling
BhP. iii , 19 , 18 ; x , 11 , 38 ; (%{I}) f. id. R. vi , 7 , 24 ; an oar L. ; a kind of net L.
kshetra = fieldk* = n. (2. {kSi}) landed property, land, soil ({kSe4trasya pa4ti}, `" lord of the soil "'N. of a
kind of tutelary deity RV. AV. ii, 8, 5; also {kSe4trasya pa4tnI}, `" mistress of the soil "', and
{kSe4trANAm pa4ti}, `" the lord of the soil "'N. of tutelary deities AV. ii, 12, 1 VS. xvi, 18); `" soil of merit
"', a Buddha or any holy person DivyA7v.; a field (e.g. {-traM-kR}, `" to cultivate a field "' Mn. Yâjñ. ii,
158; cf. {sasya-kS-}) RV. &c.; place, region, country RV. AV. iii, 28, 3 TS. vii Sus'r. Megh. Vet.; a house L.;
a town L.; department, sphere of action MBh. xiv, 126 R. &c.; place of origin, place where anything is
found Yogas. ii, 4 Sus'r. BhP. viii, 12, 33; a sacred spot or district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares &c.;
often ifc.) BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground, portion of space, superficies (e.g. {sv-alpa-kS-}, of a
small circuit Yâjñ. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane figure (as a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any
figure considered as having geometrical dimensions Gol.; a diagram W.; a planetary orbit Ganit.; a
zodiacal sign Sûryas.; an astrological mansion VarBriS. VarBri. i, xi; (in chiromancy) certain portions
marked out on the palm VarBriS. lxviii, 1; `" fertile soil "', the fertile womb, wife Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 127 MBh. R.
S'ak. BhP.; the body (considered as the field of the indwelling soul) Yâjñ. iii, 178 Bhag. xiii, 1 and 2 Kum.
vi, 77; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {a-vyakta} (q.v.) Tattvas.; ({I4}) f. only dat. {-triyai4} for {-triyA4t} (AV. ii, 10,
1) TBr. ii, 5, 6, 1; [cf. {a4-kS-}, {anya-} and {kuru-kSetra4}, {karma-kS-}, {deva-kS-}, {dharma-kS-},
{raNa-kS-}, {siddha-kS-}, {su-kS-}, {sure7zvarI-kS-}; cf. also Goth. {haithi}, Them. {haithjo}; Germ.
{Heide}.]
kSi *= 1 cl. 1. P. %{kSa4yati} (2. du. %{kSa4-yathas} or %{kSay-} , 2. pl. %{kSa4yathA} ; Subj. 1.
%{kSa4yat} or %{kSayat} RV. vi , 23 , 10 and vii , 20 , 6 ; x , 106 , 7 ; pr. p. %{kSa4yat}) , to possess , have
power over , rule , govern , be master of (gen.) RV. ; [cf. Gk. &101454[327 ,3] \\ cl. 2. 6. P. %{kSe4ti} ,
%{kSiya4ti} ; (3. du. %{kSita4s} , 3. pl. %{kSiyanti} ; Subj. 2. sg. %{kSayat} , 2. sg. %{kSa4yas} , 3. du.
%{kSayatas} , 1. pl. %{kSa4yAma} ; pr. p. %{kSiya4t} ; aor. Subj. %{kSeSat} ; fut. p. %{kSeSya4t}) , to
abide , stay , dwell , reside (used especially of an undisturbed or secret residence) RV. ; to remain , be
quiet AV. S3Br. ; to inhabit TBr. iii ; to go , move (%{kSi4yati}) Naigh. ii , 14 Dha1tup.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg.
%{kSaya4yA} ; Subj. %{kSepayat}) to make a person live quietly RV. iii , 46 , 2 and v , 9 , 7 ; [cf. Gk. $.]
\\3 f. abode L. ; going , moving L. \\4 cl. 1. P. %{kSayati} (only once R. iv , 6 , 14) cl. 5. P. %{kSiNoti}
(S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ; 1. sg. %{kSiNo4mi} VS. for %{-NA4mi} of AV.) cl. 9. P. %{kSiNA4ti} (3. pl.
%{kSiNa4nti} ; perf. 3. du. %{cikSiyatur} Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 6-4 , 77 and vii , 4 , 10) , to destroy , corrupt ,
ruin , make an end of (acc.) , kill , injure RV. AV. &c.: Pass. %{kSIya4te} (AV. xii , 5 , 45 ; 3. pl.
%{kSI4yante} RV. i , 62 , 12 ; aor. Subj. %{kSeSTa} [AV. iv , 34 , 8] or %{kSAyi} TBr. i ; Cond.
%{akSeSyata} S3Br. viii) , to be diminished , decrease , wane (as the moon) , waste away , perish RV. AV.
S3Br. &c. ; to pass (said of the night) Katha1s.: Caus. P. %{kSapayati} (fut. %{-yiSyati}) , rarely A1. %{-te}
(MBh. i , 1838 Das3.) , very rarely %{kSayayati} (MBh. v , 2134 ed. Calc.) , to destroy , ruin , make an end
of (acc.) , finish MBh. R. &c. ; to weaken Mn. v , 157 MBh. i , 1658 Kum. v , 29 ; to pass (as the night or
time , %{kSapAm} , %{-pAs} , %{kAlam}) Pan5cat. Ka1d. S3a1rn3gP. ; [cf. $ $ , &c.] \\ 5 f. destruction ,
waste , loss L.\\ = 4. %{kSi} (derived fr. %{kSINa4} , %{-kSI4ya}) Dha1tup. xxxi , 35 (v.l.)
kshiiba (or %{kSIva}) mf(%{A})n. (pf. p. Pass. %{kSIb} Pa1n2. 8-2 , 55) excited , drunk , intoxicated
MBh. R. Bhartr2. BhP. &c.
kshiti = earth
kship = (root) to throw * = 1 cl. 6. P. %{kSipa4ti} A1. %{kSipate} (MBh. &c.; cl. 4. P. %{kSipyati}, only
Bhat2t2.; Subj. %{kSipa4t}; perf. %{cikSepa} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{cikSipe}; fut. 2nd %{kSepsyati} MBh.
&c.; ep. also %{-te}; inf. %{kSeptum}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to throw, cast, send, despatch AV. ix, 1,
10 and 20 Mn. MBh. (Pass. pr. p. %{kSipyat}, i, 1126) &c.; to move hastily (the arms or legs) Mr2icch.
BhP. x, 36, 14; to throw a glance (as the eye) Bhartr2. i, 94; to strike or hit (with a weapon) RV. i, 182, 1-3;
to put or place anything on or in (loc.), pour on, scatter, fix or attach to (loc.) Ya1jn5. i, 230 Bhag.
Mr2icch. &c.; to direct (the thoughts) upon (loc.) Sarvad.; to throw away, cast away, get rid of Bhartr2. ii,
69 Katha1s.; to lay (the blame) on (loc.) Hit.; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse Mn. MBh. &c.;
`" to disdain "' i.e. to excel, beat, outvie BhP. iv, 8, 24 and 15, 17; to strike down, ruin, destroy BhP. vi, 1,
14 BrahmaP.; (A1. `" to destroy one another, go to ruin "' Pot. 3. pl. %{kSiperan} MBh. iii, 1094); to pass
or while away (the time or night, %{kAlam}, %{kSapAm}) Katha1s. lv, 154; xcii, 84; to lose (time,
%{kAlam}; cf. %{kAlakSepa}) R. vii, 80, 14; to skip or pass over (a day, %{dinam}.) Car. vi, 3; (in math.)
to add Gol.: Caus. P. %{kSepayati}, to cause to cast or throw into (%{antar}) Katha1s. xiii, 160; to throw
into R. ii, 76, 16; to cause to descend into (loc.) Katha1s. lxxv, 121; to pass or while away (the night,
%{kSapAm}) ib. lvi, 75; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{cikSipas}) to hurt, injure RV. x, 16, 1 (cf. Subj. %{kSepayat}
s.v. 2. %{kSi}); [cf. Lat. {sipo}, {dissipo}, for {xipo}.]\\2 %{pas} f. pl. (only used in nom.; the instr. is
formed fr. %{kSi4pA} RV. ix, 59, 57) `" the movable ones "', the fingers RV. iii, v, ix (Naigh. ii, 5). [329,1]
kshipaami = I put
kshipa* = mfn. `" throwing, casting "' see %{giri-kS-}; m. a thrower W.; (%{A}) f. throwing, sending,
casting g. %{-bhidA7di}; (for %{kSapA4}) night Comm. on L.; (%{kSi4pA}) f. only instr. pl. %{-pAbhis}
see 2. %{kSi4p}.
kshipaNi* = f. `" moving speedily "', gallop [NBD.] RV. iv, 40, 4; a missile weapon Un2.; a kind of net L.;
= %{mantra} L.; = %{adhvaryu} L.; an oar Comm. on L. (also %{-NI} f. ib.)
kshipaNu* = m. `" an archer "', or (%{u4}) n. `" a missile weapon "' RV. iv, 58, 6; (%{us}) m. air, wind
Un2. iii,
kSipaNyu* = mfn. diffusive, what may be sent or scattered, fragrant L.; (%{us}) m. the body L.; spring
Un2. iii, 51 Sch.
kshipraM = soon
kshii = to dimnish
kshiina* =mfn. diminished, wasted, expended, lost, destroyed, worn away, waning (as the moon) S'Br.
MundUp. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; weakened, injured, broken, torn, emaciated, feeble Mn. vii, 166 Sus'r. Kâs'. on
Pân. 6-4, 61 & viii, 2, 46 &c.; delicate, slender S'ak. Gît. iv, 21 Naish. vii, 81; poor, miserable Pañcat. iv, 16
and 32; ({am}) n. N. of a disease of the pudenda muliebria Gal.
kshiira = milk
kshiti4 * = 2 f. an abode, dwelling, habitation, house (cf. also {uru-} and {su-kSiti4}, {dhruva4}.) RV.;
(Naigh. i, 1) the earth, soil of the earth Mn. MBh. R. &c.; the number `" one "' Bijag.; ({a4yas}) f.
settlements, colonies, races of men, nations (of which five are named; cf. {kRSTi4}) RV.; (said of the
families of the gods) iii, 20, 4; estates Râjat. v, 109 (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSiti4}, {dhAraya4t-}, {dhruva4-},
{bhava-}, {raNa-}, {samara-}.)
kshi4ti * = 3 f. wane, perishing, ruin, destruction AV.; the period of the destruction of the universe, end
kshIyamaaNa* = mfn. (Pass. p.) perishing, wasting away, decaying BhP. v, 22, 9 Hit. (cf. {a4}.)
kshiyaa* = f.. (g. {bhidA7di}) loss, waste, destruction L.; offence against the customs Pân. 8-1, 60 and ii,
104.
kshnana = to annihilate
kshouti = to sneeze
kshobhaM = disturbance
kSobha* = m. shaking, agitation, disturbance, tossing, trembling, emotion MBh. R. Ragh. Vikr. Megh.
&c.; (in dram.) an emotion that is the cause of any harsh speeches or reproaches Sa1h. 471 and 480 (cf.
%{bala-kS-}.)
kshudraM = petty
kshudh = hunger
kshudhaa = hunger
kshudhaarta = hungry
kshud* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kSo4dati}, to strike against, shake RV. vii, 85, 1 (Naigh. ii, 14); Â. to move, be agitated
or shaken RV. v, 58, 6: cl. 7. P. Â. {kSuNatti}, {kSuntte} (impf. {akSuNat}; aor. 3. pl. {akSautsur}; fut.
{kSotsyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to stamp or trample upon Bhathth.: Caus. {kSodayati} (impf.
{a4kSodayat}), to shake or agitate by stamping RV. iv, 19, 4; to crush, pound, pulverise Sus'r.; (Nom. P.
fr. {kSudra4}) to reduce, diminish Bhathth. xviii, 26; [cf. Gk. $, $ for $, $, $ &102340[330, 2] $ Lith.
{skausti}?]
kshudhita 8 = mfn. hungered Pa1n2. 7-2, 52 ; (g. %{tArakA7di}) hungry ChUp. MBh. R. Sus3r. Ragh.
kshudra V*= petty, * = mf({A})n. (compar. {kSodIyas}, superl. {-diSTha}, qq.vv.) minute, diminutive,
tiny, very small, little, trifling AV. VS. xiv, 30 TBr. iii S'Br. ChUp. AitUp. Yâjñ. &c.; mean, low, vile Mn. vii,
27 Yâjñ. i, 309 MBh. &c.; wicked (said in joke) Mâlav.; niggardly, avaricious L.; cruel L.; poor, indigent L.;
m. a small particle of rice L. [330, 3]; = {-roga} (q.v.) Sus'r.; = {-panasa} (q.v.) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 4-3, 119) a
kind of bee Bhpr.; a fly, gnat L.; a base or despicable woman Pân. 4-1, 131; a maimed or crippled woman
ib. Pat.; a whore, harlot L.; a dancing girl L.; a quarrelsome woman L.; N. of several plants (Solanum
Jacquini, also another variety of Solanum, Oxalis pusilla, Coix barbata, Nardostachys Jathâ-mânsî) L.;
({a4m}) n. a particle of dust, flour, meal RV. i, 129, 6 and viii, 49, 4; [cf. Lith. {kUdikis}, `" an infant "';
Pers. $ {kUdak}, `" small a boy. "']
kSullaka * = mf({A})n. (Naigh. iii, 2) little, small AV. ii, 32, 5 TS. S'Br. i BhP.; low, vile L.; poor, indigent
L.; wicked, malicious, abandoned L.; hard L.; youngest L.; pained, distressed L.; m. a small shell L.; N. of
a prince VP. (v.l. {kSulika}); ({am}) n. a sort of play or game (= {muSTi-dyUta}) L.
kuumanas* = mfn. (1. {ku}) Ved. wicked-minded Pân. 6-3, 133 Kâs'.
ku * =1 a pronom. base appearing in {ku4tas}, {ku4tra}, {kuvi4d}, {ku4ha}, {kva4}, and as a prefix
implying deterioration, depreciation, deficiency, want, littleness, hindrance, reproach, contempt, guilt;
originally perhaps {ku} signified `" how (strange!) "'; as a separate word {ku} occurs only in the
lengthened form 3. {kU4} q.v. \\ =2 f. the earth Âryabh. VarBriS. VarBri. BhP. vi, 1, 42; the ground or
base of a triangle or other plane figure, Comm on Âryabh.; the number `" one. "'
kU * = 1 or {ku} cl. 2. P. {kauti} (Ved. {kavIti} Pân. 7-3, 95), or cl. 1. Â. {kavate} (Dhâtup. xxii, 54), or cl.
6. {kuvate} (ib. xxviii, 108), or cl. 9. P. Â. {kU8nAti}, {kU8nAte} (perf. 3. pl. {cukuvur} Bhathth.), to
sound, make any noise, cry out, moan, cry (as a bird), coo, hum (as a bee) &c. Bhathth.: cl. 1. {ka4vate},
to move Naigh. ii, 14: Intens. Â. {kokUyate} (Nir. Pân.) P. Â. {kokavIti} and {cokUyate} (Pân. 7-4, 63
Kâs'.), to cry aloud Bhathth.; [cf. Gk. $.] &92760[299, 1] \\2 ind. (= {kva4}) where? RV. v, 74, 1. \\3 {Us}
f. a female Pis'âca or goblin L.
kuhaka * = 1 m. (Un2. ii, 38) a cheat, rogue, juggler MBh. BhP. Ka1m. ; an impostor A1p. ; a kind of frog
Sus3r. ; N. of a Na1ga prince BhP. ; (%{am}) n. juggling, deception, trickery Hit. BhP. &c. ; (%{A}) f. id.
MBh. v, 5461.//2 ind. onomat. from the cry of a cock, &c., only in comp.
kuja = Mars
kujadoshha = Affliction caused by Mars occupying the 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th or 12th houses. There are some
more details and it is best to learn more about this before delineating marital relationships
kula * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) a herd, troop, flock, assemblage, multitude, number, &c. (of quadrupeds, birds,
insects, &c., or of inanimate objects e.g. {go-kula}, a herd of cows R. &c.; {mahiSIk-}, a herd of female
buffaloes Riitus.; {ali-k-}, a swarm of bees S'is'. Gît. &c.; {alaka-k-}, a multitude of curls BhP.); a race,
family, community, tribe, caste, set, company (e.g. {brAhmaNa-k-}, the caste of the Brâhmans BhP.;
{padAtInAM kula}, infantry Râjat. v, 247); (ifc. with a gen. sg.) a lot, gang (e.g. {caurasya-k-}, a gang of
thieves) Pân. 6-3, 21 Kâs'.; the residence of a family, seat of a community, inhabited country (as much
ground as can be ploughed by two ploughs each drawn by six bulls Comm. on Mn. vii, 119) [294, 3]; a
house, abode MBh.; a noble or eminent family or race Mn. MBh. &c.; high station (in comp. `" chief,
principal "' cf. {kula-giri}, &c.); the body L.; the front, forepart W.; a blue stone L.; (with S'âktas) N. of
S'akti and of the rites observed in her worship (cf. {kaula}); = {kula-nakSatra} q.v. Tantras.; m. the chief
of a corporation or guild L.; = {kula-vAra} q.v. Tantras.; N. of a man R. vii, 43, 2; ({A}) f. `" a principal
day "'N. of the 4th and 8th and 12th and 14th day in a {pakSa}, or half-month Tantras.; ({I}) f. a wife's
elder sister L.; the plant Solanum Jacquini or Solanum longum L.
kU4la * = n. a declivity, slope RV. viii, 47, 11; a shore, bank S'Br. xiv Nir. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pân. 6-2, 121; 129 &
135; f. {A} MBh. xiv, 1163); a heap, mound, tope Car.; a pond or pool L.; the rear of an army L.; N. of a
locality g. {dhUmA7di}; [cf. {aja-kUlA}, {anu-kUla}, {ut-k-} &c.; cf. also Hib. {cul}, `" custody, guard,
defence, back part of anything "'; {col}, `" an impediment "'; Lat. {collis}?]
kulaM = family
kulaani = lineages
kuNDa = starting place of kundalini* n. [{as} m. L.], a bowlshaped vessel, basin, bowl, pitcher, pot,
water-pot KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a vessel for coals R. v, 10, 16 &c.; a round hole in the ground (for receiving
and preserving water or fire cf. {agni-kuNDa}), pit, well, spring or basin of water (especially consecrated
to some holy purpose or person) MBh. R. &c.; m. an adulterine, son of a woman by another man than
her husband while the husband is alive Mn. iii, 174; (see. {gola} and {-golaka} below); N. of S'iva MBh.
xii, 10358; of a Nâga MBh. i, 4828; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh. i, 4550; ({A}) f. ( {kuND})
mutilation Pân. 3-3, 103 Kâs'.; N. of Durgâ L.; ({I}) f. (Pân. 4-1, 42) a bowl, pitcher, pot Hcat. Prasannar.;
({ami}) n. ifc. a clump (e.g. {darbha-k-}, a clump of Darbha grass) Pân. 6-2, 136; a particular measure L.;
N. of certain mystical figures; a particular appearance of the moon (surrounded by a circle) VarBriS. iv,
15.
kunda *m. (Un. iv, 101) a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens) MBh. &c.; fragrant
oleander (Nerium odorum, {karavIra}) L.; Olibanum (the resin of the plant Boswellia thurifera) L.; a
turner's lathe L.; one of Kubera's nine treasures (N. of a {guhyaka} Gal.) L.; the number `" nine "' W.; N.
of Vishnu MBh. xiii. 7036; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 10; ({am}) n. the jasmine flower.
kuNDalinii = a coiled female snake, the latent energy at the base of the spine
ku.njaraH = (Masc.nom.S)elephant
kukkuTa = rooster
kulaaya * = n. (in later language also {as} m. Pañcat. &c.) a woven texture, web, nest (of a bird), case or
investing integument, receptacle, home AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; the body as the dwellingplace of the soul AV.
S'Br. xiv BhP.; the kennel or resting-place of a dog Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 4; a place, spot in general L.; (with
{agneH} Vait.; or with {indrA7gnyoH} TândyaBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.) N. of a particular Eka7ha (cf.
{aindrA7gna-k-}.)
kumaaraH = boy
kumaarii = (f) girl, young* = f. of {-ra4} q.v.; (mfn.) desirous of a daughter Pân. 1-4, 3 Pat
kumbhaka = holding the breath:* = m. ifc. a pot Kathâs.; a measure (of grain, &c.) Jyot.; the prominence
on the upper part of an elephant's forehead MBh. xii, 4280; ({as}, {am}) m. n. stopping the breath by
shutting the mouth and closing the nostrils with the fingers of the right hand (a religious exercise) BhP.
Veda7ntas. Sarvad. &c.; m. the base of a column Buddh.; N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2577;
({ikA}) f. a small pot or pitcher Kathâs. vi, 41; the plant Myrica sapida Bhpr.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes
L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; a small shrub (= {droNapuSpI}) L.; a disease of the eyes (= {kumbhIkA}); N.
of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2633.
kumuda * = n. [{as} m. L.], `" exciting what joy "', the esculent white water-lily (Nymphaea esculenta)
AV. iv, 34, 5 Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; the red lotus (Nymphaea rubra) L.; m. camphor Bhpr.; (in music) N. of a
Dhruvaka; N. of a particular comet VarBriS.; of a Nâga MBh. Ragh.; of an attendant of Skanda [MBh. ix,
2558] or of Vishnu [BhP.]; of the elephant of the south-west or southern quarter L.; of a Daitya L.; of a
son of Gada by Briihatî Hariv. 9193; of a confidant of king Unmatta7vanti Râjat.; of a monkey-hero MBh.
R.; of a poet; of a pupil of Pathya BhP. xii, 7, 2; of a mountain BhP. VP.; of one of the smaller Dvîpas VP.;
({A}) f. a form of Durgâ BhP. x, 2, 12 MatsyaP.; the plant Gmelina arborea L.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes
L.; the plant Desmodium gangeticum L.; the plant Grislea tomentosa L.; another plant (commonly
Kathphala) L.; ({I}) f. the plant Kathphala (Myrica sapida); ({am}) n. camphor L.; silver L.
kuNthha* = * = mfn. (g. {kaDArA7di}) blunt, dull MBh. i, 1178 R. &c.; stupid, indolent, lazy, foolish
kuntibhojaH = Kuntibhoja
kupitaM = angry
kuranga = deer
kuru = do
kurushhva = do
kuryaaM = I perform
kuryaat.h = must do
kurvantu = may do
kurvaaNaH = performing
kurvaan.h = doing
kus'a * = m. grass S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; (the Brâhmanas commonly call it {darbha4}); the
sacred grass used at certain religious ceremonies (Poa cynosuroides, a grass with long pointed stalks)
Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a rope (made of Kus'a grass) used for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole
L.; N. of a son of Vasu Uparicara Hariv. 1806; of the founder of Kus'athalî SkandaP.; of a son of
Balâka7s'va (grandson of Balâka, father of Kus'âmba or Kus'a-nâbha) R. BhP. ix, 19, 4; of a son of
Suhotra (cf. {kAza}) BhP.; of a son of Vidarbha ib.; of a son of Râma (cf. {kuzIlava}) Hariv. 822 BhP.
Ragh. xvi, 72; of and son of Lava (king of Kas'mira) Râjat. i, 88; one of the great Dvîpas or divisions of
the universe (surrounded by the sea of liquified butter) BhP. v, 1, 32 VP. [297, 1]; ({A}) f. (Pân. 8-3, 46) a
small pin or piece of wood (used as a mark in recitation) Lâthy. ii, 6, 1 and 4; a cord (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; a
horse's bridle (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; N. of a plant (commonly Madhu-karkathikâ) L.; ({I4}) f. ( = {kuzA}) a
small pin (used as a mark in recitation and consisting of wood [MaitrS. iv] or of metal [TBr. i S'Br. iii]; a
ploughshare L.; a pod of cotton L.; ({am}) n. water; (mfn.) wicked, depraved L.; mad, inebriate L.
kushalaM = welfare
kusIda* = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ku} and %{sad}?; cf. %{kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; (%{am}) n. any loan or
thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pa1n2. &c.;
red sandal wood L.; (%{as}, %{A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kus'ala * =mf({A})n. (ganas {sidhmA7di}, {zreNy-Adi}, and {zramaNA7di}) right, proper, suitable, good
(e.g. {kuzalaM} {man}, to consider good, approve AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.); well, healthy, in good condition,
prosperous R. &c.; fit for, competent, able, skilful, clever, conversant with (loc. [Pân. 2-3, 40 ChUp. Mn.
&c.] gen. [Pân. 2-3, 40 Yâjñ. ii, 181] inf. [MBh.], or in comp. [gana {zauNDA7di}; Gaut Mn. &c.]); ({As})
m. pl.N. of a people MBh. vi, 359; N. of the Brâhmans in Kus'advîpa BhP. v, 20, 16; m. N. of S'iva; of a
prince VP.; of a grammarian (author of the Pañjikâ-pradîpa); ({A}) f. N. of a woman g. {bAhv-Adi}; ({I})
f. the plant Oxalis Corniculata (= {azmantaka}) L.; the plant {kSudrA7mlikA} L.; ({am}) n. welfare,
well-being, prosperous condition, happiness TUp. Gaut. Âp. MBh. &c. [{kuzalam-pracch}, to ask after
another's welfare, to say `" how do you do? "' Mn. MBh. &c.; {kuzalaM te} (optionally with dat. Pân. 2-3,
73), `" hail to thee! "' (used as a salutation, especially in greeting a Brâhman) MBh. &c.]; benevolence R.
ii, 34, 22; virtue L.; cleverness, competence, ability Pañcat.; N. of a Varsha governed by Kus'ala VP.;
({am}) ind. well, in a proper manner, properly ChUp.; (in comp.) g. {vispaSTA7di}; happily, cheerfully,
(with {As}, `" to be well "') BhP.; ({ena}) ind. in due order Gobh. (also in comp. {kuzala-}).
kushmâNDa * = m. (cf. {kUSm-}) a kind of pumpkin-gourd (Beninkasa cerifera) MBh. xiii, 4364
({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.) Sus'r.; = {bhrUNA7ntara} (a state of the womb in gestation W.) L.; false conception
(?); ({am}) n. N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. TÂr. ({kUzm-}) MBh. xiii, 6236 ff. ({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.);
({As}) m. pl. a class of demons (or of demi-gods attached to S'iva; cf. {kumbhA7NDa}) BhP. x VP.
({kUSm-}) Kathâs.; m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560 (v.l. {kUSm-}); ({I}) f. the gourd
Beninkasa Cerifera L.; N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. (see {kUSm-}) L.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10245 (v.l.
{kUSm-}).
kusiida* = mfn. (fr. 1. {ku} and {sad}?; cf. {kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; ({am}) n. any loan or thing
lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pân. &c.; red
sandal wood L.; ({as}, {A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kusuma = flower * = (fr. {kus} Un.; g. {ardharcA7di}), a flower, blossom Mn. xi, 70 R. &c. (ifc. f. {A})
Mâlav. & Ratnâv. [298, 2]; N. of the shorter sections of Deves'vara's Kavi-kalpa-latâ (the longer chapters
being called {stabaka}); fruit L.; the menstrual discharge L.; a particular disease of the eyes L.; m. a form
of fire Hariv. 10465; N. of an attendant of the sixth Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; N. of a prince
Buddh.
kusumaakaraH = spring
kusumita = blooming
kuTumba = family
kuTumbaka = family
kutha * = {as} or {am} m. n. a house, family (cf. {kuTi}) RV. i, 46, 4 [?= {kRta} Nir. v, 24]; a water-pot,
pitcher L.; m. a fort, stronghold L.; a hammer, mallet for breaking small stones, ax L.; a tree L.; a
mountain L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di} and {kurv-Adi} [also RV. i, 46, 4, accord. to Gmn.]; ({I}) f. g.
{gaurA7di} (Ganar. 47).
kuta * = m. N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the sun (identified with the god of the ocean) L.
kutra = where
kutsya = despicable
kuuTasthaM = unchanging
kuurdati = to jump
kuurmaH = tortoise
kuushmâNDa * = v.l. for {kuSm-} q.v.; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ; ({I}) f. id. (see {kuSm-}); ({yas}) f. pl.N. of
the verses VS. xx, 14-16 (spoken in a certain rite for penance or expiation) Yâjñ. iii, 304; ({am}, {Ani}) n.
sg. and pl. id. Gaut. Mn. viii, 106.
kuutha * = n. the bone of the forehead with its projections or prominences, horn RV. x, 102, 4 AV. S'Br.
AitBr.; a kind of vessel or implement Kaus'. 16; ({as}, {am}) m. n. any prominence or projection (e.g.
{aMsa-k-}, {akSi-k-}, qq. vv.); summit, peak or summit of a mountain MBh. &c.; summit, head i.e. the
highest, most excellent, first BhP. ii, 9, 19; a heap, multitude (e.g. {abhra-k-}, a multitude of clouds)
MBh. R. BhP.; part of a plough, ploughshare, body of a plough L.; an iron mallet MBh. xvi, 4, 6; a trap for
catching deer, concealed weapon (as a dagger in a wooden case, sword-stick, &c.) R. Pañcat.; ({as} L.;
{am}) m. n. illusion, fraud, trick, untruth, falsehood L.; a puzzling question, enigma BhP. vi, 5, 10 and 29;
m. a kind of hall (= {maNDapa}) Hcat.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 8 and 16; a subdivision
of Graha-yuddha Sûryas.; a mystical N. of the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.; N. of Agastya (cf. {kuTaja}) L.; of
an enemy of Vishnu R. BhP. x; ({as}, {am}) m. n. uniform substance (as the etherial element, &c.) L.; a
water-jar Hcar.; a kind of plant L.; ({as}, {I}) mf. a house, dwelling (cf. {kuTa} and {kuTI}) L.; ({kUta4})
mf({A4})n. not horned or cornuted (as an animal with incomplete continuations of the bone of the
forehead) AV. xii, 4, 3 TS. i Kâthh. &c.; false, untrue, deceitful Mn. Yâjñ. Kathâs. &c.; base (as coins) Yâjñ.
ii, 241; m. an ox whose horns are broken L.; ({am}) n. counterfeited objects (of a merchant) VarBri. xiv,
3.
kva = where
kvathati = to boil
laabha = acquirement, acquisition* = m. meeting with, finding Mn. Katha1s. ; obtaining, getting,
attaining, acquisition, gain, profit Mn. MBh. &c. ; capture, conquest Hariv. VarBr2S. ; apprehension,
perception, knowledge S3am2k. Sa1h. BhP. ; enjoying MW. ; N. of the 11th astrological house or lunar
mansion VarBr2S. (also %{-sthAna}, Cat)
laabhaM = gain
laaghava = sweetness, kindness, lightness n. (fr. {laghu}) * = swiftness, rapidity, speed MBh. R.; alacrity,
versatility, dexterity, skill MBh. Kâv. &c.; lightness (also of heart), ease, relief Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r.; levity,
thoughtlessness, inconsiderateness, rashness R. Kathâs.; insignificance, unimportance, smallness R.
Mâlav. MârkP.; (in prosody) shortness of a vowel or syllable (opp. to {gaurava}), Ping.; shortness of
expression, brevity, conciseness Sarvad. Kâty. Sch.; lack of weight or consequence, derogation of dignity,
slight, disrespect MBh. Kâv. &c.
laakshaNa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSaNa}) relating to or acquainted with characteristic signs or marks APrât.
Sch.
laakshmaNa * = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSmaNa}) relating to the plant Lakshmanâ Vâgbh.; a patr. fr.
{lakSmaNa} Sanskârak.
laal.h = to pamper
laalasa* =mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of {las}) eagerly longing for, ardently desirous of, delighting or absorbed
in, devoted or totally given up to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tA} f.); m. and ({A}) f. longing or
ardent desire, fond attachment or devotion to (loc.) Bhartri. Bâlar. (L. also `" regret, sorrow; asking,
soliciting; the longing of a pregnant woman; dalliance "'); ({A}) f. a kind of metre Ping. Sch.
laava* =1 {lAvaka} &c. see p. 905, col, 2. \\2 {lAvaka} w.r. for {lAba}, {lAbaka}. \\* = mf({I})n. (ifc.)
cutting, cutting off, plucking, reaping, gathering Ragh. Sâh.; cutting to pieces, destroying, killing Bhathth.
laavaNa =* mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{lavaNa}) saline, salt, salted, cooked or dressed with salt Hariv. Sus3r.; m.
N. of the salt sea which surrounds Jambudvi1pa L.
labdha* = m mfn. taken, seized, caught, met with, found &c.; got at, arrived (as a moment) Kathâs.;
obtained (as a quotient in division) Col. (cf. {labdhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a partic. heroine L.; a woman whose
husband or lover is faithless W.
labdhaM = gained
labdhaa = regained
labhante = do achieve
labhasva = gain
labhe = I obtain
labhet.h = gains
labhya = Easy
laghuH = light
laghutvaM = lightness
laghutaa * = f. quickness, promptness, agility, dexterity MBh. Ma1rkP.; lightness, ease, facility Sus3r.
R2itus.; feeling of ease, fñfeeling of bodily freshness Ka1ran2d2.; prosodial shortness VarBr2S.;
smallness, littleness, meanness, insignificance MBh. Ra1jat. S3is3.; light-mindedness, thoughtlessness,
levity, wantonness R.; want of rank or dignity, humbleness, disregard, disrespect Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c.
lajjaa = modesty\\* = f. shame, modesty, bashfulness, embarrassment (also Shame personified as the
wife of Dharma and mother of Vinaya) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the sensitive plant, Mimosa Pudica L.
lajja* =m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants Vop.; ({A}) f. see below.
laJja* = m. (only L.) a foot, a tail; = {kaccha}; = {paGgu}; ({A}) f. (only L.) an adulteress; sleep; a
current; N. of Lakshmî.
lakshaNa* = mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly Veda7ntas.; m. Ardea Sibirica L.; N. of a man Râjat.
(often confounded with, {lakSmaNa}); ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) a mark, sign, symbol, token,
characteristic, attribute, quality (ifc. = `" marked or characterized by "', `" possessed of "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
a stroke, line (esp. those drawn on the sacrificial ground) S'Br. GriS'rS.; a lucky mark, favourable sign
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a symptom or indication of disease, Cat; a sexual organ MBh. xiii, 2303; a spoon
(?) DivyA7v; accurate description, definition, illustration Mn. Sarvad. Sus'r.; settled rate, fixed tariff Mn.
viii, 406; a designation, appellation, name (ifc. = `" named "', `" called "') Mn. MBh. Kâv.; a form, species,
kind, sort (ifc.= `" taking the form of "', `" appearing as "') Mn. S'ank. BhP.; the act of aiming at, aim,
goal, scope, object (ifc. = `" concerning "', `" relating to "', `" coming within the scope of "') APrât. Yâjñ.
MBh. BhP.; reference, quotation Pân. 1-4, 84; effect, operation, influence ib. i, 1, 62 &c.; cause, occasion,
opportunity R. Das'.; observation, sight, seeing W.
lakshaNA* = f. aiming at, aim, object, view Hariv.; indication, elliptical expression, use of a word for
another word with a cognate meaning (as of `" head "' for `" intellect "'), indirect or figurative sense of a
word (one of its three Arthas; the other two being {abhidhA} or proper sense, and {vyaJjanA} or
suggestive sñsense; with {sA7ropA}, the placing of a word in its figurative sense in apposition to another
in its proper sñsense) Sâh. Kpr. Bhâshâp. &c. [892, 2]; the female of the Ardea Sibirica (= {lakSmaNA})
Sus'r.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.
laksh * = cl. 1. Â. {lakSate}, to perceive, observe BhP. Kathâs.; (P. {-ti}), to recognise MBh.; cl. 10. P. Â.
(Dhâtup. xxxii, 5; xxxiii, 23; rather Nom. fr. {lakSa} below) {lakSayati}, {-te} (aor. {alalakSat}, {-ta}; inf.
{lakSayitum}; ind. p. {lakSayitvA}, {-lakSya}), to mark, sign MBh.; to characterize, define (in Comms.);
to indicate, designate indirectly S'ank. Kpr. Sâh. Sarvad.; to aim, it (as to aim an arrow at any object),
direct towards, have in view, mean Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 37 &c.; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc.
with or without {iva}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; to suppose of any one (acc.) that he will &c. (oratio recta with
{iti}) MBh. iii, 10375; to know, understand, recognise by (instr.) or as (acc.) or that &c. (oratio recta with
{iti}) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; to notice, perceive, observe, see, view MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {lakSyate}, to
be marked &c.; to be meant or intended Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 14 &c.; to be named or called (with double
nom.) BhP.; to be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without {iva}) MBh. Kâv. &c.:
Desid. see {lilakSayiSita}.
lakshaka * = mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically or by metonymy Sâh.; N. of
two men Râjat.; n. a lac, one hundred thousand Pañcar.
lakshmaNa * = mf({A4})n. having marks or signs or characteristics TS.; endowed with auspicious signs
or marks, lucky, fortunate L.; m. Ardea Sibirica Âpast.; N. of a Vâsishthha g. {zubhrA7di}; of a son of
Das'a-ratha by his wife Su-mitrâ (he was younger brother and companion of Râma during his travels and
adventures; LñLakshmana4 and S'atru-ghna were both sons of Su-mitrâ, but LñLakshmana4 alone is
usually called Saumitri; he so attached himself to Râma as to be called RñRâma's second self; whereas
S'atru-ghna attached himself to Bharata) R. Pur. &c.; N. of various authors and other persons (also with
{AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {dvivedin}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {zAstrin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; ({A}) f. the
female of the Ardea Sibirica MBh.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; a kind of potherb Car.; N. of various other
plants (Hemionitis Cordifolia; Uraria Lagopodioides; = {putra-kandA} and a white-flowering
Kanthaka7ri). L.; N. of a wife of Kriishna Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Dur-yodhana (carried off by
Sâmbha, a son of Kriishna) BhP.; of an Apsaras Hariv.; of a Buddhist Devî Kâlac.; of the mother of the
8th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; n. a mark, sign, token MBh. R. &c. (often v.l. {lakSaNa}), a name
L.
lakshmaNo = laksshmaNaH
lakshmii = wealth
lakSya * mfn. to be marked or characterized or defined, Kap. Sch.; to be indicated, indirectly denoted or
expressed Sâh. Veda7ntas.; (to be) kept in view or observed VarBriS. Kathâs.; to be regarded as or taken
for (nom.) S'is'. Hit.; to be recognised or known, recognisable by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kâlid. Dhûrtas.;
observable, perceptible, visible MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a magical formula or spell recited over weapons
R.; n. an object aimed at, prize MBh. R. Kâm.; (exceptionally also n. with m. as v.l.) an aim, butt, mark,
goal Up. Gaut. MBh. &c. ({lakSyaM-labh}, to attain an object, have success; {lakSyam-bandh} with loc.,
`" to fix or direct the aim at "', with {AkAze} = {AkAze lakSam-bandh} see under {lakSa}) [893, 2]; the
thing defined (opp. to {lakSaNa}) A.; an indirect or secondary meaning (that derived from {lakSaNA},
q.v.) Kpr.; a pretence, sham, disguise Ragh. Kâm. (cf. {-supta}); a lac or one hundred thousand Râjat.; an
example, illustration (?) Sâh.; often v.l. or w.r. for {lakSa} and {lakSman}.
lalaama mf(%{I})n. having a mark or spot on the forehead , marked with paint &c. (as cattle) AV. TS. ;
having any mark or sign MBh. ; beautiful , charming L. ; eminent , best of its kind (f. %{A}) L. ; m. n.
ornament , decoration , embellishment MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{I}) f. N. of a female demon AV. ; a kind of
ornament for the ears L. ; n. (only L.) a coloured mark on the forehead of a horse or bull ; a sectarial
mark ; any mark or sign or token ; a line , row ; a flag , banner ; a tail ; a horse ; = %{prabhAva}.
lampaTa * = mf({A})n. covetous, greedy, lustful, desirous of or addicted to (loc. or comp.) Inscr. Kâv.
Pur.; m. a libertine, lecher, dissolute person, w.; ({A}) f. a partic. personification L.
la.ngh.h = to climb
lasatbhiH = glowing
lasiikaa* = f. watery humour in the body, lymph, serrum &c. Car. Bhpr.; the juice of the sugar-cane L.; a
tendon, muscle L.
lasitaM = beautified
lata = creeper
laukika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {loka}) worldly, terrestrial, belonging to or occurring in ordinary life, common,
usual, customary, temporal, not sacred (as opp. to {vaidika}, {ArSa}, {zAstrIya} [909, 3]; {laukiheSu}
ind. = {loke} `" in ordinary or popular speech "', opp. to {vaidikeSu} Nir.) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
belonging to the world of(ct. {brahma-l-}); m. common or ordinary men (as opp. to `" the learned,
initiated "' &c.) S'ank. Sarvad.; men familiar with the ways of the world, men of the world Uttarar.; men
in general, people, mankind MBh.; n. anything occurring in the world, general custom, usage S'ak.
MârkP.; a persoñs ordinary occupation BhP.
lava = Piece * = m. (1. {lU}) the act of cutting, reaping (of corn), mowing, plucking or gathering (of
flowers &c.), Das. Nalo7d.; that which is cut or shorn off, a shorn fleece, wool, hair Mn. Ragh.; anything
cut off, a section, fragment, piece, particle, bit, little piece ({am} ind. a little; {lavam api}, even a little)
MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {padAti-l-}); a minute division of time, the 60th of a twinkling, half a second, a
moment (accord. to others 1/4000 or 1/5400 or 1/20250 of a Muhûrta) ib.; (in astron.) a degree Gol.; (in
alg.) the numerator of a fraction Col.; the space of 2 Kâshthhâs L.; loss, destruction L.; sport L. (cf.
{lala}); Perdix Chinensis W.; N. of a son of Râmacandra and Sîtâ (he and his twin-brother Kus'a were
brought up by the sage Vâlmîki and taught by him to repeat his Râmâyana at assemblies; cf. {kuzI-lava})
R. Ragh. Uttarar. Pur.; of a king of Kas'mîra (father of Kus'a) Râjat.; n. (only L.) nutmeg; cloves; the root
of Andropogon Muricatus; a little (cf. m.).
lavana=* mfn. one who cuts &c., a cutter, reaper g. %{nandy-Adi}; (%{I}) f. Anona Reticulata L.; n. the
act of cutting, reaping, mowing &c. Ka1tyS3r.; an implement for cutting, sickle, knife &c. Kaus3. (see
%{darbha-l-}).
lavaNa=*mf(%{A})n. (derivation doubtful) saline, salt, briny, brinish S3Br. &c. &c. (%{-NaM@kRtvA}, or
%{kRtya} g. %{sAkSA7di}); tasteful, graceful, handsome, beautiful W.; m. saltness, saline taste W.; the
sea of salt water (in MBh. vi, 236 &c. one of the seven oceans which surround the Dvi1pas in concentric
belts) IW. 420; N. of a hell VP. (v.l. %{savana}); of a Ra1kshasa or Daitya MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a king
belonging to the family of Haris3candra Cat.; of a son of Ra1ma (= %{lava} q.v.) S3atr.; of a river L.; =
%{bala} and %{asthi-deva} L.; (%{A}) f. lustre, grace, beauty L. (cf. %{lAvaNya}); Cardiospermum
Halicacabum L.; N. of a river Ma1lati1m.; (%{I}) f. (g. %{gaurA7di}) N. of various rivers L.; n. (according
to some also m. and %{A} f.) salt (esp. seasalt, rock or fossil salt; but also factitious salt or salt obtained
from saline earth) AV. &c. &c.; oversalted food L.; lustre, beauty, charm, grace (ifc. see, %{nir-l-} and
%{lava-NA7kara}); a partic. mode of fighting (prob. w.r. for %{lambana}) Hariv.
lavanga = clove
lavana = mineral
lekhya * = 2 mfn. to be scratched or scraped or scarified Sus'r.; to be written or transcribed Yâjñ. MârkP.;
to be drawn or painted Yâjñ.; to be portrayed, painted BhP.; to be written down or numbered among
(loc.) Kâvya7d.; favourable to the gods (said of Vishnu) Vishn. (Sch.); n. the act or the art of writing,
Mbh. R.; copying, transcribing VarBriS.; delineation, drawing, painting ib.; a writing, letter, manuscript
Kâm. Kathâs. Sâh.; (in law) any written document (esp. a written accusation or defence) Vishn. Yâjñ. (cf.
IW. 293); an inscription MBh. xiii, 6330; ({gaNanA-}) a catalogue, list of Ragh.; a painted figure BhP.
lekhaani = writings
lepa = smearing
lihanta: * licking
likh.h = to write
likhati = wrote
likhitavaan.h = wrote
liilaa * = f. (derivation doubtful) play, sport, diversion, amusement, pastime MBh. Kâv. &c.; mere sport
or play, child's play, ease or facility in doing anything ib.; mere appearance, semblance, pretence,
disguise, sham Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (ibc. sportively, easily, in sport, as a mere joke [903, 3]; also = {lIlayA}
ind. for mere diversion, feignedly); grace, charm, beauty, elegance, lovelniess Kâlid. Kathâs. Râjat.; (in
rhet.) a maideñs playful imitation of her lover, Dalar. Sâh. Pratâp.; a kind of metre (4 times $) Col.; N. of
a Yogini HParis'.
limpanti = do affect
lin´ga*= n. (once m. in Nr2isUp.; ifc. f. %{A}, %{I} only in %{viSNu-liGgI}; prob. fr. %{lag}; cf. %{lakSa},
%{lakSaNa}) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge, emblem, characteristic (ifc. = %{tal-liGga}, `" having
anything for a mark or sign "') Up. MBh. &c.; any assumed or false badge or mark, guise, disguise MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; a proof, evidence Kan2. Ka1tyS3r. Sarvad.; a sign of guilt, corpus delicti Ya1jn5. Sch.; the sign
of gender or sex, organ of generation Mn. Hariv. Pur. &c.; the male organ or Phallus (esp. that of S3iva
worshipped in the form of a stone or marble column which generally rises out of a %{yoni}, q.v., and is
set up in temples dedicated to S3iva; formerly 12 principal S3iva-lin3gas existed, of which the best
known are Soma-na1tha in Gnjara1t, Maha1-ka1la at Ujjayini1, Vis3ve7s3vara at Benares &c.; but the
number of Lin3gas in India is estimated at 30 millions IW. 322 n. RTL. 78, 1; 90) MBh. R. &c.; gender (in
gram.; cf. %{puM-l-}), Prst. Pa1n2.; the image of a god, an idol VarBr2S.; (in logic) = %{vyApya}, the
invariable mark which proves the existence of anything in an object (as in the proposition `" there is fire
because there is smoke "', smoke is the %{liGga}; cf. IW. 62); inference, conclusion, reason (cf.
%{kAvya-l-}); = %{lingazarIra} (in Vedanta); anything having an origin and therefore liable to be
destroyed again Kap.; = %{AkAza} Ka1ran2d2.; (in Sa1m2khya) = %{prakRti} or %{pradhAna}, `" the
eternal procreative germ "' L. [902,1]; = %{vyakta} L.; cf. RTL. 30; = %{prAtipadika}, the crude base or
uninflected stem of a noun (shortened into %{li}) Vop. Sch.; (in rhet.) an indication (word that serves to
fix the meaning of another word; e.g. in the passage %{kupito@makara-dhvajaH} the word %{kupita}
restricts the meaning of %{makara-dhvaja} to `" Ka1ma "') = %{linga-purANa} BhP.; the order of the
religious student W.; a symptom, mark of disease W.
lingaM = gender
lingaanaaM = genders
lingaani = genders
lingaiH = symptoms
lip = to smear
lipyate = is affected
lobha* = m. perplexity, confusion (see {a-l-}); impatience, eager desire for or longing after (gen. loc. or
comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; covetousness, cupidity, avarice (personified as a son of Pushthi or of Dambha and
Mâyâ) ib.
lobha = greed
lobhaM = greed
lobhaH = greed
lobhaviraha = greedless
lochana = eye
lochanam.h = eyes
loha = iron
loka = this world * = m. (connected with {roka}; in the oldest texts {loka} is generally preceded by {u},
which accord. to the Padap. = the particle 3. {u}; but {u} may be a prefixed vowel and {uloka4}, a
collateral dialectic form of {loka}; accord. to others {u-loka} is abridged from {uru-} or {ava-loka}), free
or open space, room, place, scope, free motion RV. AV. Br. ÂS'vS'r. (acc. with {kR} or {dA} or {anu-} {nI},
to make room grant freedom "'; {loke} with gen. `" instead of "'); intermediate space Kaus'.; a tract,
region, district, country, province S'Br.; the wide space or world (either `" the universe "' or, any division
of it "', esp. `" the sky or heaven "'; 3 Lokas are commonly enumerated, viz. heaven, earth, and the
atmosphere or lower regions; sometimes only the first two; but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz.
Bhû-lñloka, the earth; Bhuvar-lñloka "' the space between the earth and sun inhabited by Munis, Siddhas
&c.; Svar-lñloka, Indra's heaven above the sun or between it and the polar star; Mahar-lñloka, a region
above the polar star and inhabited by Bhriigo and other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower
worlds; Janar-lñloka, inhabited by Brahmâ's son Sanat-kumâra &c.; Tapar-lñloka, inhñinhabited by
deified Vairâgins; Satya-lñloka or Brahma-lñloka, abode of Brahmâ, translation to which exempts from
rebirth [906, 2]; elsewhere these 7 worlds are described as earth, sky, heaven, middle region, place of
re-births, mansion of the blest, and abode of truth; sometimes 14 worlds are mentioned, viz. the 7 above,
and 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below the earth- A-tala, Vi-tñtala, Su-tñtala,
Rasâtñtala, Talâtñtala, Mahâ-tñtala, and Pâtâla; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1; 435, 1) AV. &c. &c.; N. of the
number `" seven "' (cf. above) VarBriS. Sch.; the earth or world of human beings &c. Mn. MBh. &c.
({aya4M loka4H}, this world "'; {asau4} or {pa4ro loka4H}, that or the other world "'; loke or {iha}
{loke}, `" here on earth "', opp. to {para-tra}, {para-loke} &c.; {kRtsne} {loke}, `" on the whole earth "');
(also pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind, folk, people (sometimes opp. to `" king "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; (pl.) men (as opp. to `" women "') Vet. Hit.; a company, community (of ten ifc. to form collectives)
Kâv. Vas. Kathâs. &c.; ordinary life, worldly affairs, common practice or usage GriS. Nir. Mn. &c. ({loke}
either `" in ordinary life "', `" in worldly matters "'; or, in common language, in popular speech "', as opp.
to {vede}, {chandasi}); the faculty of seeing, sight (only in {ca4kSur-l-} q.v.); {lokAnAM sAmanI} du. and
{lokAnAM vratAni} pl.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. [Cf. Lat. {lûsus}, originally, a clearing of a forest "'; Lith.
{lau4kas}, a field.]
lokaayatika* = m. id. Sank.on BriÂrUp. and Pras'nUp. &c.; (perhaps) a man experienced in the ways of
the world MBh. Hariv.; {-pakSa-nirAsa} m. N. of wk.
lokaH = world
lokaM = world;people
lokayaatraa* f. the business and traffic of men, worldly affairs, conduct of men, ordinary actions Mn.
MBh. Kâv. &c.; worldly existence, career in life Mâlav.; support of life Hit.
lokaan.h = to heaven
lola = swinging
lolupa * = mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of 1. {lup}) very destructive, destroying MW.; (prob. corrupted fr.
{lolubha}) very desirous or eager or covetous, ardently longing for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({A}) f.
eager desire, appetite, longing for (loc.) MBh.; N. of a Yoginî Hcat.
lolupatva * = n. eager desire or longing for (comp.), greediness, cupidity, lust, Kâv Pur. Sus'r.
loshhTa = clay
loshhTra = pebbles
lupta = stopped
lubdhaH = greedy
maa = Do not
maaDa* = m. measure, weight, quantity W.; Caryota Urens L. (also {maDA-druma}; cf. {madya-d-}).
maada * = m. (2. {mad}) drunkenness, exhilaration, delight. passion, stupor L.; fighting war Sây. (cf.
{gandha-} and {sadha-m-}).
maadana* = mfn. exhilarating, delighting RV.; maddening. intoxicating Sus'r.; m. the god of love L.;
Vanguiera Spinosa L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({I}) f. N. of two plants (= {mAkandI} and {vijayA}) L.; n.
intoxication, exhilaration L.; `" stupefier "'N. of a mythicâ weapon. R. (v.l. {madana}).
maadhurya = Sweetness
maadhyama* = mfn. (fr. {madhyama}) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied to the
composers of the middle portion of the Riig-veda i.e. of books ii-vii) S'ânkhBr. GriS. Pat.; middleborn W.;
m. pl. N. of a race Pravar.
maagadha4 * = mf({I})n. relating to or born in or living in or customary among the Magadhas or the
Magadha country AV.Paris'. Lalit. &c.; m. a king of the MñMagadha MBh. Hariv.; N. of a mixed caste AV.
&c. &c. (accord to Mn. x, 11 the son of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father; he is the professional bard
or panegyrist of a king, often associated with {suta} and {bandin} MBh. Kâv. &c.; accord. to others one
who informs a Râja of what occurs in bazaars; also an unmarried womañs son who lives by running
messages or who cleans wells or dirty clothes &c.; also opprobrious N. of a tribe still numerous in
GujarSt, and called the Bhâts W.); white cumin L.; N. of one of the seven sages in the 14th Manv-antara
Hariv.; of a son of Yadu ib.; (pl.) N. of a people (= {magadhAH}) AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; of the warrior-caste
in S'âka-dvi0pa VP.; of a dynasty ib.; ({A}) f. a princess of the Magadhas PadmaP.; long pepper L.; ({I}) f.
a princess of the MñMagadhas MBh. R.; the daughter of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father MBh.; a
female bard Kâd.; (with or scil. {bhASA}), the language of the MñMagadhas (one of the Prakriit dialects)
Sâh. &c. (cf. {ardha-m-}); Jasminum Auriculatum L.; a kind of spice Sus'r. (long pepper; white cumin;
anise; dill; a species of cardamoms grown in Gujarat. L.); refined sugar L.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of
a river (= {zoNA}) R.
maahaa * = f. a cow L. (cf. {mahA}, {mahI}, {mAheyI}). \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {mahA}, in comp.
maahaatmyaM = glories
maahaatmya * = n. (fr. %{mahA7tman}) magnanimity, highmindedness MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; exalted state or
position, majesty, dignity ib. ; the peculiar efficacy or virtue of any divinity or sacred shrine &c. W. (cf.
RTL. 433) ; a work giving an account of the merits of any holy place or object W. (cf. %{devI-m-} &c.)
maahaaraajika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {mahA-rAja}) attached or devoted to the reigning prince Pân. 4-2, 35.
maakha * =(prob.) n. (fr. {mabha}) any relationship based upon an oblation offered in common Hariv.
(v.l. {maukha}).
maala = a wreath
maalaa = Garland
maalikaa = Garland
maalya = garlands: * =m. patr. PañcavBr. (also pl. Sanskârak.); ({A}) f. Trigonella, Corniculata L.; n. a
wreath, garland, chaplet GriS'rS. Up. Mn. &c.; a flower L.; mfn. relating to a garland W.
maaM = me
maam.h = me
maamakaM = from Me
maamikaaM = My
maan * = cl. 1. 10. P. {mAnati}, {mAnayati}, to honour, respect Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36 (cf. {man}, of which
{mAnayati} is the Caus.)
maanda * = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {mand}) `" gladdening "'N. of water in partic. formularies VS. TS. Kâthh. \\2
mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the process of
correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. = {mAndya} g.
{pRthv-Adi}.
maaNikya = perl
maanda * = 2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the
process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. = {mAndya} g.
{pRthv-Adi}.
maa.ngalika = auspicious
maana =1: Respect * = m. ( {man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf. {Atma-m-}); purpose,
wish, design AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 6 evil
feelings Dharmas. 67; or one of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also n.) consideration, regard,
respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of honour, anger or indignation excited by jealousy
(esp. in women), caprice, sulking Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of the father of Agastya (perhaps also of
AñAgastya himself Pân. the family of Mâna) RV.; (in astron.) N. of the tenth house VarBriS. (W. also a
blockhead [809, 2]; an agent; a barbarian "').
maana = 2: *= m. (3. {mA}) a building, house, dwelling RV.; an altar Âpast.; ({mAna4}) a preparation,
decoction(?) RV. x, 144, 5; ({I}) f. measure (see {tiryan-m-}); a partic. measure "' (= 2 Añjalis) L.; n.
measuring. meting out KâtyS'r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard RV. &c. &c.; dimension,
size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see {zata4-m-}); a partic. measure or weight
(= {kRSNata} or {raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS'r. 100 Mânas= 5 Palas or Panas); form,
appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S'is'.; (in phil.) proof. demonstration, means of proof (=
{pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanana* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) honouring , serving as a token of respect Nir. ; n. and (%{A}) f. paying
honour , showing respect MBh. Ka1v. &c.
maanasa* = mf(%{I} , once %{A})n. (fr. %{ma4nas}) belonging to the mind or spirit , mental , spiritual
(opp. to %{zArirA} , corporeal) VS. &c. &c. ; expressed only in the mind , performed in thought i.e. silent ,
tacit (as a hymn or prayer) S3rS. Mn. MBh. ; conceived or present in the mind , conceivable , imaginable
R. ; relating to or dwelling on the lake Ma1nasa (see n. below) BhP. ; m. a form of Vishn2u VP. ; N. of a
serpent-demon MBh. ; of a son of Vapush-mat Ma1rkP. ; pl. a partic. class of deceased ancestors
(regarded as sons of Vasisht2ha) Cat. ; a class of ascetics Ra1matUp. ; N. of the Vais3yas in S3kadvi1pa
MBh. ; of the worlds of the Soma-pa Hariv. ; (%{I}) f. (with %{pUja}) mental or spiritual devotion (opp.
to %{mUrti-p-} , adoration of images) RTL. 524 ; N. of a Kim2-nari1 Ka1ran2d2. ; of a Vidya1-devi1 L. ; n.
(ifc. f. %{A}) the mental powers , mind , spirit , heart , soul (= %{manas} g. %{prajJA7di}) Kat2hUp.
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (in law) tacit or implied consent W. ; a kind of salt Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; the 25th mansion
from that under which one is born VarYogay. ; (with or scil "' %{saras} , or %{tIrtha}) N. of a sacred like
and place of pilgrimage on mount Kaila1sa (the native place of the wild geese , which migrate to it every
year at the breeding season) MBh. Ka1v. Pur. ; N. of wk. on S3ilpa or art.
maanava = human
maanavaH = a man
maanasa = mind
maanmatha: *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manmatha}) relating to or concerning love, produced by love, filled
with love &c. Ka1v.; belonging to the god of lñlove Vcar.
maantra * = mf(%{I})n, (fr. %{mantra}) proper or peculiar to Vedic or magical texts MW.
maanushhaM = human
maanya* = mfn. to be respected or honoured, worthy of honour, respectable, venerable Mn. MBh. &c.;
({mAnya4}) m. patr. fr. 1. {mA4na} RV. i, 163, 14, &c.; N. of Maitrâvaruni (author of RV.viii, 67) RAnukr.
maanyamaana* = m. (fr. %{manyamAna} see %{man}) the proud one RV. vii, 18, 20 (lit. `" the son of
the proud "' Sa1y. `" the son of Manyma1na "').
maarakata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {marakata}) belonging to an emerald, having any of the properties or
qualities of an eñemerald, coloured like an eñemerald MBh. Kâv. Pur.; m. (with {dhAtu}) an emerald
MBh.
maardavaM = gentleness
maarjana = cleaning
maarjaara = cat
maarsha * m. (cf. {mAriSa}) an honourable man, respectable person Buddh.; Amaranthus Oleraceus
Bhpr.
maartya * = n. (fr. {martya}) the corporeal part (of man), mortality BhP.
maaruta = wind
maarutaH = wind
maasa = month
maasa* = m. (or n. Siddh.) the moon (see {pUrNa-m-}); a month or the 12th part of the Hindû year
(there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, {saura}; the natural, {sAvana}; the stellar, {nAkSatra}, and
the lunar, {cA7ndra}; the latter, which is the most usual and consists of 30 Tithis, being itself of two
kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon cf. IW. 179; for the names of the months see ib. 173 n. 3)
RV. &c. &c. ({mAsam}, for a month; {mAsam ekam}, for one month; {mAsena}, in the course of a
month; {mAse}, in a mñmonth = after the lapse of a mñmonth); a symbolical N. for the number `"
twelve "' Sûryas.
maasha* = m. (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a bean RV. &c. &c. (sg. the plant; pl. the fruit; in later times =
Phaseolus Radiatus, a valued kind of pulse having seeds marked with black and grey spots); a partic.
weight of gold (= 5 Kriishnalas= 1/10 Suvârna; the weight in common use is said to be about 17 grains
troy) Mn. Yâjñ.; a cutaneous eruption resembling beans L.; a fool, blockhead L.; N. of a man g.
{bAhv-Adi}; pl. (with or scil. {akRSTAH}) `" wild beans "'N. of a Riishi-gans (the children of S'u-rabhi, to
whom RV. ix, 86, 1-10 is ascribed) RAnukr. R. Hariv.; ({I}) f. see below.
maasI= relating to the black, to soot, darkening, the dark moon a new moon
maasaanaaM = of months
maata = mother
maata* = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see pp. 806 and 807) formed, made, composed (?) RV. v, 45, 6 (others, `"
fr. {man} "', others, {mAtA}, mother "'; cf. {deva-mAta}).
maata* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 804, col. 2; for 3. under 2. {mAtR}, p. 807, col. 2) metron. fr. {mati4}; ({I4}) f.
in {vA4n mAtI} TS. ({mAtyA4} VS. MaitrS.; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85 Vârtt. 1 Pat.)
maata* = (for 1. and 2. see pp. 804 and 806) ifc. after a proper N. = {mAtR} Pân. 6-1, 14 Pat.
maata.nga = Matang
maataraM = (fem.acc.Sing.)mother
maataa = mother
maati * =f. measure, accurate knowledge L.; a partic. part of the body L.
maatra * = m. a Bra1hman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat. ; (%{A}) f. see s.v. ; n. an element,
elementary matter BhP. ; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of
height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. %{aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth
Pan5cat. ; %{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib. ; %{kroza}. %{mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos
Hit. [804,3] ; %{mAsa-mAtre}, in a month La1t2y. ; %{zata-mAtram}, a hundred in number Katha1s.) ;
the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing
but, entirely, only (e.g. %{rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S3a1n3khSr. ; %{bhaya-m-}, all that
may be called danger, any danger VarBr2S. ; %{rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn. ; %{zabda-
mAtreNa}, only by a sound S3ak.) ; mf(%{A} and %{I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high
or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf. %{aGguSTha-}, %{tAla-}, %{bAhu-}, %{yava-},
%{tavan-}, %{etavan} mñmany) ; Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf. %{prA7Na-
yAsrika-m-}) ; amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals ; cf. %{tri-m-}) ; being nothing but,
simply or merely (cf. %{padAti-}, %{manuSya-m-} ; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g.
%{jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn. ; %{kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed Ka1tyS3r. ; %{bhukta-mAtre},
maatraa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
(%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.) ; unit of measure, foot VarBr2S. ; unit of time,
moment Sus3r. Sa1rn3gS. (= %{nimeSa} VP. ; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.) ; metrical unit, a
mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel
contains 2 Ma1tra1s, and a prolated vowel 3) Pra1t. ; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pan5cat. ; (only
once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= %{mAtra}) Hariv. 7125 ; right or correct measure, order RV.
ChUp. ; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S3Br. &c. &c. (%{ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight
measure, moderately Das3. Sus3r. ; %{AyAm} ind. a little Gan2ar. ; %{rAje7ti@kiyatI@mAtrA}, of what
account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pan5cat. ; %{kA@mAtrA@samudrasya}, what is the importance
of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib. ; an element (5 in number) BhP. ; matter, the material
world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP. ; materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance,
livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a mirror Vishn2. ; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Ka1d. ; the upper
or horizontal limb of the Na1gari1 characters W.
maatratA* = f. (ifc.) the being as much as, no more nor less than anything S'ankar.
maatraka* = (ifc.) = {mAtra} MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({ikA}) f. = {mAtrA}, a prosodial instant RPrât. (cf.
{mAtrika}).
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an element,
elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of
height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth
Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit.
[804,3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in number Kathâs.); the full or
simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but,
entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called
danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound
S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far
or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing
(only) as much as or no more than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after
numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. =
scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed
KâtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maatrA* = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c. ({bhUyasyA
mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment Sus'r. SârngS.
(= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e.
the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated
vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything
(= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom,
trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a
little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA
samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in
number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household,
furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maatri = mother
maatra = only
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an element,
elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of
height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth
Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit.
[804, 3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in number Kathâs.); the full or
simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but,
entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called
danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound
S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far
or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing
(only) as much as or no more than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after
numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. =
scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed
KâtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maa4traa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment
Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial
instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a
prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of
anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle,
atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.;
{AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle
Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.;
an element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property,
goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror
Vishn.; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maaya * = mfn. (3. {mA}) measuring (see {dhAnya-m-}); creating illusions (said of Vishnu) MBh.; ({A})
f. see below.
maayaa * = f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language); illusion,
unreality, deception, fraud, trick, sorcery, witchcraft magic RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or illusory image,
phantom, apparition ib. (esp. ibc= false, unreal, illusory; cf. comp.); duplicity (with Buddhists one of the
24 minor evil passions) Dharmas. 69 (in phil.) Illusion (identified in the Sânkhya with Prakriiti or
Pradhâna and in that system, as well as in the Veda7nta, regarded as the source of the visible universe)
IW. 83; 108; (with S'aivas) one of the 4 Pâs'as or snares which entangle the soul Sarvad. MW.; (with
Vaishnavas) one of the 9 S'aktis or energies of Vishnu L.; Illusion personified (sometimes identified with
Durgâ, sometimes regarded as a daughter of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nikriiti and mother of Mriityu, or as a
daughter of Adharma) Pur.; compassion, sympathy L.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; N. of the mother of
Gautama Buddha MWB. 24; of Lakshmî W.; of a city Cat.; of 2 metres Col.; du. ({mAye indrasya}) N. of 2
Sâmans ArshBr.
maayaavaada* = m. the doctrine affirming the world to be illusion (applied to the doctrine of the
machchittaH = in consciousness of Me
mad.hbhaktaH = My devotee
madhyama* = mf({A})n. (superl. of {ma4dhya}) middle (used like Lat. {medius} e.g. {madhyaime
gulme}, `" in the midst of the troop "') MBh. R.; being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate,
central RV. &c. &c.; middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), Venis.; of a middle kind or size or quality,
middling, moderate TS. &c. &c.; standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral MBh. Kâv.
&c.; (in astron.) mean (cf. {madhya}) Sûryas.; relating to the meridian ib.; m. the middlemost prince
(whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) Mn. vii, 155; the middle
character in plays IW. 473; the midland country (= {madhya-deza}) L.; (in music) the 4th or 5th note
Sangît.; the middlemost of the 3 scales ib.; a partic. Râga ib.; (in gram.) the 2nd person (= {-puruSa})
Pân.; the governor of a province L.; a kind of antelope L.; N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.; pl. a class of
gods S'ânkhSr.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.; m. n. the middle of the body, waist
MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. the womb TBr.; the middle finger Kaus'. Sus'r.; midnight L.; a girl arrived at puberty
L.; the pericarp of a lotus L.; a central blossom W.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ
Sangît.; n. the middle APrât.; mediocrity, defectiveness, S'riingâr.; N. of the 12th (14th) Kânda of the
S'Br.; (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point Sûryas.
mada = Intoxication * = m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c.; (du. wite
{madasya}N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.); ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.; (ifc. f. {A}) sexual desire or
enjoyment, wantonness, lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}), pride,
arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink,
spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,; honey Ragh.; the fluid or juice that exudes from a rutting
elephant's temples MBh. Kâv. &c.; semen virile L.; musk L.; any beautiful object L.; a river L.; N. of the
7th astrol. mansion Var.; Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a monster created by Cyavana) MBh.;
N. of a son of Brahmâ VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a servant of S'iva BhP.; ({I}) f. any agricultural
implement (as a plough &c.) L.; n. N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
madaM = illusion
madana = manmatha (god of Love)* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
kind of embrace L.; the season of spring L.; a bee L.; (?) bees-wax (see {paTTikA}); Vanguiera Spinosa
Sus'r.; a thorn-apple and various other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia Catechu &c.) L.; a bird L.;
(in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var.; N. of various men and
authors (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {sarasvatI} &c.; cf. below) Râjat. Inscr. Cat.; ({A}) f. any
intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; musk L.; N. of a plant (= {atimukta}) L.; the
civet-cat L.; n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.; (scil. {astra})N. of a mythical weapon R. (v.l.
{mAdana}); bees-wax L.; mfn. = {mandra4} Nir.
madiiya = Mine
madbhaavaM = My nature
madbhaavaaH = born of Me
madbhaavaaya = to My nature
madya = liqour
madyaajii = My worshiper
madhu = Sweet * = mf({U8} or {vI})n. (gen. n. Ved. {ma4dhvas}, {ma4dhos}, or {ma4dhunas}; instr.
{ma4dhvA}; dat. {ma4dhune}; loc. {ma4dhau}) sweet, delicious, pleasant, charming, delightful RV. TS.;
bitter or pungent L.; m. N. of the first month of the year (= Caitra, March-April) S'Br. &c. &c.; the season
of spring Var. Kâlid.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Jonesia Asoka L.; liquorice L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of two Asuras
(the one killed by Vishnu, the other by S'atru-ghna) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of one of the 7 sages under Manu
Câkshusha MârkP.; of a son of the third Manu Hariv.; of various princes (of a son of Vriisha, of
Deva-kshatra, of Bindu-mat, of Arjuna Kârtavirya) Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Bhaththa-nârâyana, Kshitti7s
of a teacher (= {madhva} or {ananda-tIrtha}) Col.; of a mountain MârkP.; (pl.) the race of Madhu (= the
Yâdavas or Mâthuras) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({u}) f. a partic. plant (= {jIvA} or {jIvantI}) L.; n. anything
sweet (esp. if liquid), mead &c. RV. AV. TBr.; Soma (also {somyam madhu}) RV.; honey (said to possess
intoxicating qualities and to be of 8 kinds; {madhuno leha} m. licker of honey a bee W.) RV. &c. &c.;
milk or anything produced from milk (as butter, ghee &c.) RV. VS. GriS'rS.; the juice or nectar of flowers,
any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor Kâv. Var. Sâh. [779, 3]; sugar L.; water L.; pyrites
Bhpr.; N. of a Brâhmana S'Br.; a kind of metre Col. [Cf. Gk., $, $, Slav. {medu8}; Lith. &236803[779, 3]
{midu4s}, {medu4s}; Germ, {meth}; Eng. {mead}.]
madhukara = bee
madhukarii = bee
madhumehaH = diabetes
madhura = sweet
madhuraM = sweet
madhuratva = sweetness
madhusphiitaa = sweet
madhya = middle
madhyaM = middle
madhyama = medium
madhye = among, in
magadha * = m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behâr (pl. the people of that country) AV. &c. &c.; a
minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.; ({A}) f. the town of the MñMagadhas L.; long
pepper Sus'r.
maha * = 1 mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.; m. (cf. {makha}, {magha}) a feast, festival MBh.;
the festival of spring S'is'. Hariv. Var. [794, 2]; a partic. Eka7ha S'ânkhS'r.; a sacrifice L.; a buffalo L.;
light, lustre, brilliance L.; ({A}) f. a cow L.; Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.; n. pl. great deeds RV.
maha * = 2 in comp. for {mahA} before {R} and before {r} for {R}.
mahaa * = in comp. for {mahat} (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for {mahat} as an independent
word in acc. sg. {mahA4m} = {mahAntam}).
mahaa = Big
mahaabhaaga * = mf({A})n. one to whom a grñgreat portion or lot has fallen, highly fortunate, eminent
in the highest degree, illustrious, highly distinguished (mostly of persons and frequently in address) Mn.
MBh. Hariv. &c.; virtuous in a high degree, pure, holy W.; m. grñgreat luck, prosperity MW.; N. of a king
VP.; ({A}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî in Maha7laya Cat.; {-tA} f. (W.) or {-tva} n. (MW.) high excellence,
grñgreat good fortune, exalted station or merit; the possessing of the 8 cardinal virtues.
mahaabaahuH = mighty-armed
mahaadhaatu* = m. `" great metal or element "', gold L.; lymph L.; N. of S'iva MBh. (= {meru-parvata}
Nîlak.)
mahaakalpa* = m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh. ; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{divya-bhUSaNa} Sch.)
mahaan.h = great
mahaashanaH = all-devouring
mahaatattva * = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see {mahat});
({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W. // mahatattvam * = n. `" the great principle "', Intellect (see
above) BhPn. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sa1m2khya Tattvas; see %{mahat});
(%{A}) f. N. of one of Durga1's attendants W.
mahaatman* = (%{-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble nature,
high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c. ; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pan5cat. ; eminent, mighty,
powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pan5cat. Sus3r. ; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of the universe
MaitrUp. Mn. ; the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP. ; (scil. %{gaNa})N. of a class of deceased
ancestors Ma1rkP. ; of a son of Dhi1-mat VP. ; %{-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "', highly gifted, very wise
Ka1m. ; %{-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW. ; n. w.r. for %{mAhAtmya} (q.v.) PadmaP. Das3.
mahaatala* = n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth inhabited by the Nâgas &c.
(see {pAtAla}) ÂrunUp. Pur. &c. (IW. 431 n. 1).
mahaatithi* = f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh
mahaatman* = ({-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble nature,
high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c.; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pañcat.; eminent, mighty, powerful,
distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Sus'r.; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of the universe MaitrUp. Mn.;
the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP.; (scil. {gaNa})N. of a class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a son
of Dhî-mat VP.; {-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "', highly gifted, very wise Kâm.; {-tmya} mfn.
magnanimous MW.; n. w.r. for {mAhAtmya} (q.v.) PadmaP. Das'.
mahaayuga * = n. a grñgreat Yuga or YñYuga of the gods (= 4 Yugas of mortals or the aggregate of the
Kriita, Tretâ, Dvâpara and Kali Yugas = 4, 320, 000 years; a day and a night of Brahmâ comprise 2, 000
Mahâ-yugas) Sûryas. (IW. 178).
mahaatattva* = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see {mahat});
({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W.
mahataa = great
mahati = in a great
mahatiiM = great
mahaapadma* = m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Lîl.; m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of
Kubera Cat. L.; (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nâga L.; of one of the 8 tñtreasure
connected with the Padmini magical art MârkP.; of a hell DivyA7v. (one of the 8 cold hells Dharmas.
122); a kind of serpent Sus'r.; N. of a Nâga dwelling in the Mahâ-padma treasure mentioned above Hariv.
VP. &c.; of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth MBh. R. (IW. 432); of Nanda Pur.;
of a son of NñNanda Buddh.; of a Dânava Hariv.; a Kin-nara or attendant on Kubera MW.; a species of
esculent root L.; n. a white lotus flower L.; the figure of a whñwhite lñlotus flñflower Kathâs. MârkP.
RâmatUp.; a partic. compound of oil Car.; N. of a city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.; m. or n. (?)
N. of a Kâvya; {-pati} m. `" proprietor of millions "'N. of Nanda BhP.; {-saras} or {-salila} n. N. of a lake
Râjat.
mahaaraajika* = m. N. of Vishnu MBh.; {-deva} pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class of gods (the inhabitants
of the lowest heaven) MWB. 206. 2
mahar* = ind. (for {mahas}) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other (supposed to
be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.; Veda7ntas; cf. IW. 55 n. 2).
maharshi* = m. a great Riishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were created by
Manu Svâyambhuva, viz. Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas, Vasishthha, Bhriigu,
Nârada, also called the 10 Prajâpatis, q.v.; some restrict the number to 7, and some add Daksha, Dharma,
Gautama, Kanva, Vâlmîki, Vyâsa, Manu, Vibhândaka &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 206 n. 1); N. of S'iva S'ivag.;
of Buddha L.; of a poet Cat.
mahaaviira = Mahavir
mahi *V= the land, the earth, the planets, the glory
mahi * = 1 mfn. (only nom. acc. sg. n.) = {maha4t}, great RV. AV. VS.; ind. greatly, very, exceedingly,
much ib. S'ânkhS'r.; m. n. greatness BhP.; m. = {mahat}, intellect ib.; f. = 1. {mahI4} the earth L. (in
comp. not always separable from 1. {mahi4n} q.v.)
mahii * = 1 f. (cf. 2. {ma4h}), the great world "', the earth (cf. {urvI}, {pRthivI}) RV. &c. &c. (in later
language also = ground, soil, land, country); earth (as a substance) Mn. vii, 70; the base of a triangle or
other plane figure Col.; space RV. iii, 56, 2; v, 44, 6 &c.; a host, army ib. iii, 1, 12; vii, 93, 5 &c.; a cow RV.
VS. (Naigh. ii, 11); du. heaven and earth RV. i, 80, 11; 159, 1 &c. (Naigh. iii, 30); pl. waters, streams RV. ii.
11, 2; v, 45, 3 &c.; Hingtsha Repens L.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of a divine being (associated with Idâ and
Sarasvatî RV. i, 13, 9 Sây.; cf. Naigh. i, 11); of a river MBh. Hariv.; of the number `" one "' Ganit.
mahimaa = Glory
mahimaanaM = glories
mahimnaH = of greatness
mahisha = he - buffalo
mahishhaH = demon
mahiipate = O King
mahIya *= Nom. A1. %{-ya4te} , to be joyous or happy RV. &c. &c. ; to prosper TUp. ; to be exalted , rise
high R. ; to be highly esteemed or honoured Ka1v. (also pr. p. Pass. %{mahIyyamAna} Bhat2t2.)
mahIyaa *= f. joyousness , happiness , exultation (dat. %{-yai4}) RV. TS. ; N. of a partic. verse A1pS3r.
Sch.
mahIyas *= mfn. greater , mightier , stronger (or , very great , vñvery mighty &c. "') Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(with %{hAsa} m. very loud laughter ; with %{kula} n. a very noble family).
mahodadhi = ocean
mahyam.h = Mine
maitraH = friendly
maitrii = friendship
majjana * = m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.; of one of Siva's attendants L.; n. sinking
(esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; (with {niraye}), sinking into
hell MBh.; drowning, overwhelming ib.; = {majjan}, marrow L.
makara = crocodile
makaara* = m. the letter or sound {ma} S'ânkhBr. AV.Paris' &c.; {-paJcaka} n. = {paJca-makAra} W.;
makara* = m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin &c.;
regarded as the emblem of Kâma-deva [cf. {mokara-ketana} &c. below] or as a symbol of the 9th Arhat of
the present Avasarpinî; represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS. &c. &c.; a partic.
species of insect or other small animal Sus'r.; N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) Sûryas. Var.
&c.; the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.; an army of troops in the form of a MñMa4kara Mn. vii,
187; an ear-ring shaped like a MñMa4kara BhP. (cf. {makara-kuNDala}); the hands folded in the form of
a MñMa4kara Cat.; one of the 9 treasures of Kubera L.; one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminî
MârkP.; a partic. magical spell recited over weapons R.; N. of a mountain BhP.; ({I}) f. the female of the
sea-monster MñMa4kara Pañcat.; N. of a river MBh.
makaraH = crocodile
makha * mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous, active,
restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity
RV. S'ânkhGri.; a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N. of a mythical being
(esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf. also comp.)
ma.ntrasya = mantra's
ma.nda = Dull
maNDa* = m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus3r.; the thick part of
milk, cream, S3veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. %{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `"
foam or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of potherb; a frog (cf.
%{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Ma1shas); (%{A}) f. the emblic
myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see %{nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf(%{A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or
comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull,
faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak i.e.
tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish Kat2hUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy,
miserable (L. = %{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Ma1lav.; bad, wicked Ma1rkP.; drunken,
addicted to intoxication L.; = %{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's
course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Su1ryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow elephant
L. (cf. %{mandra}, %{bhadra-manda}, %{mRga-manda}); the end of the world (= %{pralaya}) L.; (%{A})
f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 Cat.; (scil. %{saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction
L.; (in music) N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed
with Takra L.; (%{am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also %{manda} ibc., and
%{mandam@mandam}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
Ka1m. ; a partic. attitude in shooting L. ; a district , arrondissement , territory , province , country (often
at the end of modern names e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris3. MBh. &c. ; a surrounding district
or neighbouring state , the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain
political and diplomatic relations ; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated)
Mn. (esp. vii , 154 &c.) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; a multitude , group , band , collection , whole body , society ,
company Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a division or book of the R2ig-veda (of which there are 10 , according
to the authorship of the hymns ; these are divided into 85 Anuva1kas or lessons , and these agan into
1017 , or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 Su7ktas or hymns ; the other more mechanical division ,
is into Asht2akas , Adhya1yas and Vargas q.v.) RPra1t. Br2ih. &c. ; m. a dog L. ; a kind of snake L. ; (%{I})
f. Panicum Dactylon L. ; Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr. ; n. Unguis Odoratus L. ; a partic. oblation or
sacrifice L.
ma.ndira = temple
mangalavaara = Tuesday
maNi = gem * = pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal; a magnet, loadstone p.; glans
penis; N. of the jewel-lotus prayer; clitoris
maNigaNaaH = pearls
maNDala = circle
maNDita = shining
maNDuka = a frog
makha4-vat *= ({makha4-}) mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain {magha4vat} q.v.) S'Br.;
a sacrificer
manu * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man, mankind RV.
VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus are called
%{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the representative man and
father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious
ceremonies, and associated with the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in the AitBr. described as dividing his
possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called
Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is
numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even
identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and
sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world
through successive Antaras or long periods of time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called
Sva1yambhuva as sprung from %{svayam-bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of
secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 Praja1patis or Maharshis, of whom the
first was %{marIci}, Light; to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-
saMhitA}, and two ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites; he is
also called Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of Pra-cetas; the next 5
Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th Manu,
called %{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the progenitor of the
present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from
a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12
A1dityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called
Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1, and as father of Ila1 who married Budha, son of
the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373;
the 8th Manu or first of the future Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-
sa1varn2i; the 12th Rudra-sñsa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-sñsa1varn2i; the 14th Bhautya or Indra-
sñsa1varn2i); thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra})
Ra1matUp. Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an
astronomer Cat.; (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14
Manus) Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth.
{manna}; Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the
mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, {mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]
makha4 *= 1 mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous,
active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or
festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N. of a
mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf. also comp.)
makshikaa = bee
malana* = m. a tent L.; ({A}) f. the long cucumber L.; n. crushing, grinding L. (= {mardana}; cf. {pari-
mala})
malena = by dust
man * cl. 8. 4. Â. (Dhâtup. xxx, 9; xxv, 67) {manute4}, {ma4nyate} (ep. also {-ti}; 3. pl. {manvate4} RV.;
pf. {mene} Br. &c.; {mamnA4the}, {-nA4ts} RV.; aor. {a4mata}, {a4manmahi} Subj. {manAmahe},
{mananta}, p. {manAna4} q.v. RV.; {maMsi}, {amaMsta} Subj. {maMsate} Prec. {maMsISTa}, 1. pers. m.
c. {masIya} ib.; {mAMsta} AV., {-stAdm} TÂr.; {mandhvam} Br.; {amaniSTa} Gr.; fut. {maMsyate} Br.,
{-ti} MBh.; {manta}, {manitA} Gr.; {maniSyate} RV.; inf. {mantum} MBh. &c., {ma4ntave}, {-tavai} RV.,
{ma4ntos} Br.; ind. p. {matvA4} Up. &c.; {manitvA} Gr.; {-matya} Br. &c.; {-manya} MBh. &c.), to think,
believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture RV. &c. &c. ({manye}, I think, methinks, is in later language often
inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction; cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 4-1, 106); to regard or
consider any one or anything (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}, or adv., often in {-vat}; in later
language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pân. 2-3, 17], e g. {rAjyaM tRNaya} {manye}, `" I value
empire at a straw "' i.e. I make light of it = {laghu} {man}, and opp. to {bahu}, or {sAdhu} {man}, to
think much or well of. praise, approve) ib.; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for
(nom.; also with {iva}) ib.; to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kâv. &c.; to agree or be of the same
opinion with (acc.) MBh.; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with {nau}, disdain), hope or
wish for (acc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.; to think of (in prayer &c., either `" to remember, meditate on "', or `"
mention, declare "', or `" excogitate, invent "') RV. AV.; to perceive, observe, leam, know, understand,
comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c.; to offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36)
{mAnayati} (ep. also {-te}; aor. {amImanat}; Pass. {mAnyate}), to honour, esteem, value highly (also
with {uru}, {bahu} and {sAdhu}) AV. &c. &c.; (Â.) {stavibhe} Dhâtup. xxxiii, 35; {garvake} ib. Vop.:
Desid. (Dhâtup. xxiii, 3) {mImAMsate} (rarely {-ti}; {amImAMsiSThAs} S'Br.; {mInAMsya4te} AV.;
{mimaMsate}, {mimaniSate} Gr.), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c.; to cali in
question, doubt (`" with regard to "' loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. {mimAmiSate} Gr.: Intens. {manmanyate},
{manmanti} ib. [Cf. Zd. {man}; Gk. $, $, &237786[783, 1] Lat. {meminisse}, {monere}; Slav. and Lith.
{mine4ti}; Goth. {ga-munan}; Germ, {meinen}; Eng. {mean}.]
man.h = to think
mana = Mind
manaH = heart
manana = Reflection// mfn. thoughtful , careful RV. ; n. thinking , reflection , meditation , thought ,
intelligence , understanding (esp. intrinsic knowledge or science , as one of the faculties connected with
the senses Nir. viii , 6 = %{manman}) Hariv. S3am2k. Sarvad. (%{-nA4} ind. thoughtfully , deliberately
RV.) ; homage , reverence Sa1y. on RV. i , 165 , 4.
manavaH = Manus
manas.h = mind
maNDa * = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus'r.; the thick part of
milk, cream, S'veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. {dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `" foam
or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of potherb; a frog (cf.
{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Mâshas); ({A}) f. the emblic myrobalan
tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see {nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf({A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.),
apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as
light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak i.e. tolerant,
indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish KathhUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. =
{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Mâlav.; bad, wicked MârkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication
L.; = {-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's course or (according to
some) its anomalistic motion Sûryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow elephant L. (cf. {mandra}, {bhadra-
manda}, {mRga-manda}); the end of the world (= {pralaya}) L.; ({A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of
Dâkshâyanî Cat.; (scil. {saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangît.; n.
the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra L.; ({am}) ind. slowly, tardily,
gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also {manda} ibc., and {mandam mandam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
maNDala* = mf({A})n. circular, round VarBriS.; n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}, and f. {I} g. {ganrA7di}) a
disk (esp. of the sun or moon); anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular; cf.
{maNDalaka}); a circle (instr. `" in a circle "'; also `" the charmed cñcircle of a conjuror "'), globe, orb,
ring, circumference, ball, wheel S'Br. &c. &c.; the path or orbit of a heavenly body Sûryas.; a halo round
the sun or moon VarBriS.; a ball for playing MBh.; a circular bandage (in surgery) Sus'r.; (also n. pl.) a
sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.; a round mole or mark (caused by a
finger-nail &c.) on the body Lâthy. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a circular array of troops MBh. Kâm.; a partic. attitude
in shooting L.; a district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of modern names
e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the
circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic
relations; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; a multitude, group, band, collection, whole body, society, company Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
division or book of the Riig-veda (of which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns; these
are divided into 85 Anuvâkas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into
1028 Su7ktas or hymns; the other more mechanical division, is into Ashthakas, Adhyâyas and Vargas
q.v.) RPrât. Briih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a kind of snake L.; ({I}) f. Panicum Dactylon L.; Cocculus Cordifolius
Bhpr.; n. Unguis Odoratus L.; a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
mandi = A mathematical point that arises every day a certain number of hours after sunset. Used in
Electional Astrology or Muhurtha
mandira = abode* = n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house, palace, temple, town,
camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kâv. &c. [788,3]; a stable for horses L. (cf. {mandurA}); the body L.; m.
the sea L.; the hollow or back of the knee L.; N. of a Gandharva L.
maNDita mfn. adorned , decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11 Gan2sdhipas L.
mangala = auspicious * =maGgala n. (accord. to Un. v, 70 fr. {maGg}) happiness, felicity, welfare, bliss
(also pl.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a good omen, a
prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn ceremony on important
occasions &c.; cf. mfn. below) Kaus'. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a good old custom PârGri. Mn.; a good work MBh.
BhP.; (in music) a partic. composition Sangît.; N. of the capital of Udyâna Buddh.; m. N. of Agni
Griihyâs.; of the planet Mars L.; of a king belonging to the race of Manu Cat.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a poet
Cat.; of a chief of the Câlukyas ib.; the smell of jasmine L.; ({A}) f. the white- and blue-flowering Dûrvâ
grass L.; a sort of Karañja L.; turmeric L.; a faithful wife L.; N. of Umâ Hcat.; of Dakshsyani (as
worshipped in Gayâ) Cat.; of the mother of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; ({I}) f. g.
{gaurA7di}; mf({A})n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.; having the scent of jasmine L.
mangalaM = auspiciousness
maaniindha* = m. N. of an astronomer (v.l. {mAnindha}; cf. {maNittha}). mAnin* = 1 mfn. (fr. {man} or
fr. 1. {mAna}) thinking, being of opinion KathhUp.; high-minded, haughty, proud towards ({pratI}) or of
({-tas}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; highly honoured or esteemed ib.; (ifc.) thinking (esp. one's self) to be or have,
appearing as or passing for (see {darzanIya-}, {paNDita-m-} &c.); highly esteeming or honouring (see f.);
m. Marsilia Dentata L.; ({inI}) f. a disdainful or sulky woman Kâv.; (ifc.) the wife of (see {madhu-
mAninI} lit. `" highly esteeming her husband "'); Aglaia Odorata L.; a kind of metre W. (prob. w.r. for
{mAlinI}); N. of an Apsaras VP.; of a daughter of Vidûrastha and wife of Râjya-vardhana MârkP.
maNDita* = mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11 Gan2sdhipas
L.
maniishitaa* = wisdom
manomani = samadhi
manoratha = wish
manohara = beautiful
mantavyaH = is to be considered
manthin* = mfn. shaking, agitating Bhathth.; paining, afflicting W.; m. Soma-juice with meal mixed in it
by stirring RV. TS. Br. S'rS.; semen virile (cf. {Urdhva-m-}); ({inI}) f. a butter-vat L.; N. of one of the
Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
mantra = spel * = m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}), `" instrument of thought "', speech, sacred text or speech, a
prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.; a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which
contains the texts called %{Rc} or %{yajus} or %{sAman} (q.v.) as opp. to the Bra1hmana and Upanishad
portion (see IW. 5 &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. &c. [786,1]; a sacred formula addressed to any individual deity (e.g.
%{om} %{zivAya} %{namaH}) RTL. 61; a mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified),
incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times employed by the S3a1ktas to acquire superhuman
powers; the primary Mantras being held to be 70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable
RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) A1s3vS3r. Mn. Katha1s. Sus3r.; cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice,
plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c.; N. of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of S3iva MBh.; (in astrol.) the fifth mansion
VarYogay.
manmatha= god of love, Cupid*= m. (either an intens. form fr. %{math}, or fr. %{man} = %{manas} +
%{matha}, `" agitating "'; cf. %{mandeha} and %{mandhAtR}) love or the god of love, amorous passion
or desire (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; Feronia Elephantum L.; the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years "' cycle
of Jupiter VarBr2S.; N. of a physician and various other men Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 ib.
manmayaa = fully in Me
manushhya = man
manya* = mfn. (only ifc.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 83; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self to be, passing for, appearing
as (see {kAlim-}, {dhanyam-}, {naram-m} &c.)
ma4nyaa* = f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius) AV. VS.
Sus'r.; m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.
manyante = think
manye = think
manyeta = thinks
manyu * = m. (L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.; high spirit or temper,
ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c.; rage, fury, wrath, anger, indignation ib. (also personified, esp. as Agni
or Kâma or as a Rudra; {manyuM} {kR}, with loc. or acc. with {prati}, `" to vent one's anger on, be angry
with "'); grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kâv. &c.; sacrifice Nalac.; N. of a king (son of Vitatha)
BhP.; (with {tApasa})N. of the author of RV. x, 83; 84; (with {vAsiSTha})N. of the author of RV. ix, 97,
10-12. {-ta4s} ind. from anger, in a rage AV.
mama = mine
mamaapi = even my
maunaM = silence
mauni = silent
maraNa = death
maraNaM = death
mariichi = rays
mariichiH = Marici
martya * = mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kaus'.; m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c.; the world
of mortals, the earth L.; ({A}) f. dying, death (see {putra-martyA}); n. that which is mortal, the body BhP.
maru = desert
marut* = m. pl. (prob. the `" flashing or shining ones "'; cf. {marIci} and Gk. $) the storm-gods (Indra's
&239948[790,2] companions and sometimes e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = {devAH}, the gods or deities in general;
said in the Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Priis'ni q.v., or the children of heaven or of ocean; and
described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts, as having iron teeth and
roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in golden cars drawn by ruddy horses sometimes
called Priishatîh q.v.; they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods of the middle sphere, and in RV.
viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number; in the later literature they are the children of Diti,
either seven or seven times seven in number, and are sometimes said to be led by Mâtaris'van) RV. &c.
&c.; the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Râjat.
(cf. comp.); wind, air, breath (also applied to the five winds in the body) Kâv. Pur. &c.; a species of plant
Bhpr.; = {Rtvij} Naigh. iii, 18; gold ib. i, 2; beauty ib. iii, 7; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the prince
Briihad-ratha MaitrUp.; f. Trigonella Corniculata L.; n. a kind of fragrant substance (= {granthi-parNa})
L.
marut.h = wind
marutta * = (= {marud-datta} accord. to Pat. on Pân. 1-4, 58. 59 Vârtt. 4) m. N. of various kings Br.
S'ânkhS'r. &c.; wind, a gale (?) W.
martya = mortal
mata= Opinion* = mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c.; regarded or
considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c.; thought fit or right, approved Yâjñ. Kâv.
Kâm.; honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with gen. Pân. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kâm.; desired, intended R.;
m. N. of a son of S'ambara Hariv. (v.l. {mana}); n. a thought, idea, opinion, sentiment, view, belief.
doctrine MBh. Kâv. &c.; intention, design, purpose, wish MBh. BhP.; commendation, approbation,
sanction L.; knowledge W.; agallochum L.
mataM = injunctions
mataa = is considered
mati * = (in S'Br. also {ma4ti}) f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.; thought,
design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc. dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c.
({matyA} ind. wittingly, knowingly, purposely; {matiM} {kR} or {dhA} or {dhR} or {A-dhA} or
{samA-dhA} or {A-sthA} or {sam-A-sthA}, with loc. dat. acc. with {prati}, or {artham} ifc., to set the
heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; {matim} with Caus. of {ni-vRt} and abl. of a verbal
noun, to give up the idea of; {Ahita-mati} ifc. -having resolved upon; {vinivRtta-mati} with abl. = having
desisted from); opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({matyA} ind. at
will; ifc., `" under the idea of "' e.g. {vyAghra-m-}, `" under the idea of its being a tiger "'); the mind,
perception, understanding, intelligence, sense, judgment S'Br. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" that which is
sensible "', intelligent, mindful, applied to Aditi, Indra and Agni); esteem, respect, regard Kir.; memory,
remembrance L.; Opinion personified (and identified with Subala7tmajâ as one of the mothers of the
five sons of Pându, or regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh.
Hariv. Prab.; a kind of vegetable or pot-herb L.; m. N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. {mens}; Angl. Sax.
{ge-mynd}; Eng. {mind}.]
matiM = intellect
matirmama = my opinion
matkarma = My work
matkuNa = bed-bug
matparaM = subordinate to Me
matparaayaNaH = devoted to Me
matprasaadaat.h = by My mercy
matri = mother
matsthaani = in Me
matsya = a fish
maththa * = m. a kind of drum Sam2gi1t. (cf. %{maDDu}) ; a kind of dance ib. (also %{-nRtya} n.)
matta * = &c. see p. 77 , col. 3\\ . excited with joy , overjoyed , delighted , drunk , intoxicated (lit. and
fig.) AV. &c. &c. ; excited by sexual passion or desire , in rut , ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c. ;
furious , mad , insane ib. ; m. a buffalo L. ; the Indian cuckoo L. ; a drunkard L. ; a ruttish or furious
elephant L. ; a madman L. ; a thorn-apple L. ; N. of a Ra1kshasa R. ; (%{A}) f. any intoxicating drink ,
spirituous or vinous liquor L. ; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat. {mattus} , drunk].
mattaH = (VB) beyond Me; from me, than me* = mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk,
intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant)
MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad, insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a drunkard L.; a ruttish or
furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.; (%{A}) f. any intoxicating
drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat. {mattus}, drunk].
maula * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{mUla}) derived from roots (as poison) Hcar. ; handed down from antiquity
, ancient (as acustom) MBh. ; holding office from previous generations , hereditary (as a minister or
warrior) Mn. MBh. &c. ; aboriginal , indigenous Mn. viii , 62 ; 259 ; m. an hereditary minister (holding
his office from father and grandfather) Ragh. Das3. ; pl. aboriginal inhabitants who have emigrated L. ;
(with %{pArthivAH}) = %{mUlaprakR-tayaH} Ka1m.
mauna* = m. (fr. {muni}) a patr. Âs'vS'r.; pl. N. of a dynasty VP.; ({I}) f. N. of the 15th day in the dark
half of the month Phâlguna (when a partic. form of ablution is performed in silence) Col.; n. the office or
position of a Muni or holy sage S'Br. MBh. [837, 1]; silence, taciturnity ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c. ({maunaM}
with {kR}, or {vi-dhA} or {sam-A-car}, to observe silence, hold one's tongue).
maya * = 1 m. (3. {mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in magic,
astronomy and military science) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of an
astronomer and a poet) Cat.; ({A}) f. medical treatment L. \\ = 2 m. (prob. fr. 2. {mA}) a horse VS.; a
camel L.; a mule L.; ({I}) f. a mare Lâthy. Sch. [789, 2] \\3 m. (1. {mI}) hurting, injuring W.
mayaH = full of
mayaM = full of/completely filled V* possessing, consisting, fully engaged in, pervaded by, made of, sum
total
mayas * n. (prob. fr. 3. {mA}) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.
maye: V*: consists of, made of, in the form of, situated in, full of, filled with,. affected by
mayi = in myself
mayuura = a peacock
me = mine
megha = cloud
medas* = n. fat, marrow, lymph (as one of the 7 Dhâtus, q.v.; its proper seat is said to be the abdomen)
RV. &c. &c.; excessive fatness, corpulence S'ârngS.; a mystical term for the letter {v} Up.
medhayaa = (fem.instr.S)intellect
medhaavii = intelligent
mekhala* =m. or n. a girdle, belt R.; m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {mekala}); ({A}) f. see
below
mekhalaa* = f. a girdle, belt, zone (as worm by men or women, but esp. that worn by the men of the first
three classes; accord. to Mn. ii, 42 that of a Brâhman ought to be of {muJja} [accord. to ii, 169 =
{yajJo7pavIta} q.v.]; that of a Kshatriya, of {mUrvA}; that of a Vais'ya, of {zaNa} or hemp, I.W. p. 240)
AV. &c; &c.; the girth of a horse Kathâs.; a band or fillet L.; (ifc. f. {A}) anything girding or surrounding
(cf. {sAgara-m-}); investiture with the girdle and the ceremony connected with it VarBriS.; a sword-belt,
baldric L.; a sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt L.; the cords or lines drawn round an altar (on the
four sides of the hole or receptacle in which the sacrificial fire is deposited) BhP.; the hips (as the place
of the girdle) L.; the slope of a mountain (cf. {netamba}) Kâlid.; a partic. part of the fire-receptacle Hcat.;
Hemionitis Cordifolia L.; N. of the river Narma-dâ (prob. w.r. for {mekalA}) L.; of a place (?) Vâs.,
Introd.; of various women Viddh. Kathâs.
meruH = Meru
mesha * = m. (2. {miS}) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a fleece or anything woollen)
RV. &c. &c.; the sign of the zodiac Aries or the first arc of 30 degrees in a circle Sûryas. Var. BhP.; a
species of plant Sus'r.; N. of a partic. demon L. (cf. {nejam-}); ({A}) f. small cardamoms L.; ({I}) f. (cf.
{me4zI}) a ewe RV. VS. Kaus'.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.
miiDhvas * = mf(%{u4Si})n. (declined like a pf. p.; nom, %{mIDhvan} voc. %{mIDhvas} dat.
%{mIDhu4Se-} or %{mILhu4Se} &c.), bestowing richly, bountiful, liberal R. V. &c. &c.; (%{uSI}) f. N. of
Devi1 (the wife of I1s3a1na) A1pGr2.
misha :*. rivalry, emulation L.; the son of a Kshatriya and a low woman L.; n. false appearance, fraud,
deceit ({miSeNa} or {miSAt} or {-tas} or ifc. under the pretext of) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.
mita4 *fixed, set up, founded, established RV. AV. SânkhS'r.; firm, strong (see comp.); cast, thrown,
scattered W.
mita * = measured, meted out, measured or limited by i.e. equal to (instr. or comp.) Sûryas. VarBriS.
BhP.; containing a partic. measure i.e. measuring, consisting of (acc.) RPrât.; Bharthr. (v.l.); measured,
moderate, scanty, frugal, little, short, brief. Inscr. Mn. Kâv. &c.; measured i.e. investigated, known (see.
{loka}); m. N. of a divine being (associated with Sammita) Yâjñ.; of a Riishi in the third Manv-antara VP.
mitra = (neut) friend *= 1 m. (orig. %{mit-tra}, fr. %{mith} or %{mid}; cf. %{medin}) a friend,
companion, associate RV. AV. (in later language mostly n.); N. of an A1ditya (generally invoked together
with Varun2a cf. %{mitrA-v-}, and often associated with Aryaman q.v.; Mitra is extolled alone in RV. iii,
59, and there described as calling men to activity, sustaining earth and sky and beholding all creatures
with unwinking eye; in later times he is considered as the deity of the constellation Anura1dha1, and
father of Utsarga) RV. &c. &c.; the sun Ka1v. &c. (cf. comp.); N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha
and various other men Pur.; of the third Muhu1rta L.; du. = %{mitra4-varuNa} RV.; (%{A}),f. N. of an
Apsaras MBh. (B. %{citrA}); of the mother of Maitreya and Maitreyi1 S3am2k. on ChUp. BhP.; of the
mother of S3atru-ghna (= %{su-mitrA}) L. (W. %{I}); n. friendship RV.; a friend, companion (cf. m.
above) TS. &c, &c.; (with %{aurasa}) a friend connected by blood-relationship Hit.; an ally (a prince
whose territory adjoins that of an immediate neighbour who is called %{ari}, enemy. Mn. vii, 158 &c., in
this meaning also applied to planets VarBr2S.); a companion to = resemblance of (gen.; ifc. =
resembling, like) Ba1lar. Vcar.; N. of the god Mitra (enumerated among the 10 fires) MBh.; a partic.
mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. for %{bhinna}).
mitrataa* = f. friendship ({-tam samprA7ptaH}, one whd has become a friend) MBh. Pañcat. &c.;
equalness, likeness with (comp) Vcar.
mitradhita* = ({mitra4-}) n. (RV.) or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or n. (VS. S'Br.) a
covenant or contract of friendship.
mitrabheda* = m. separation of frñfriend, breach of friendship MBh. Kâm. &c.; N. of the first book of the
Pañca-tantra.
mithyaachaaraH = pretender
mimaaM = this
mis'raM = mixed;* = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. a Iost {miz} cf. under {mikS}) mixed, mingled, blended,
combined RV. &c. &c. ({vacAMsi mizrA} 1. {kR} A. {-kRNute}, to mingle words, talk together RV. x, 93, 1)
[818, 1]; manifold, diverse, various TS. &c. &c.; mixed or connected or furnished with, accompanied by
(instr. with or without {samam} gen. or comp.; rarely {mizra} ibc. cf. {mizra-vAta}) VS. &c. &c.; pl. (ifc.
after honorific epithets = &c.; e.g. {Arya-mizrAH}, respectable or honourable people &c.; often also in sg.
ifc. and rarely ibc. with proper names by way of respect cf. {kRSNa-}, {madhu-m} and comp. below);
mixing, adulterating: (cf. {dhAnyam-}); m. a kind of elephant L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; N.
of various authors and other men (also abbreviation for some names ending in {mizra} e.g. for Madana-,
Mitra-, Vâcaspati-mñis'ra) Cat.; n. principal and interest Lalit. (cf. {-dhana}); a species of radish L.
mishrayati = to mix
mihira = sun
mleccha* = m. a foreigner, barbarian, non-Aryan, man of an outcast race, any person who does not speak
Sanskriit and does not conform to the usual Hindû institutions S'Br. &c. &c. ({I} f.); a person who lives
by agriculture or by making weapons L.; a wicked or bad man, sinner L.; ignorance of Sanskriit,
barbarism Nyâyam. Sch.; n. copper L.; vermilion L.
mogha* = (or {mogha4} MaitrS.) mf({A})n. (1. {muh}) vain, fruitlets, useless, unsuccessful, unprofitable
(ibc. and {am} ind. in vain, uselessly, without cause) RV. &c. &c.; left, abandoned MBh.; idle ib.; m. a
fence, hedge L.; ({A}) f. Bignonia Suaveolens L.; Embelia Ribes L.
moghaM = uselessly
moha = temptation* = m. (1. {muh}; ifc. f. {A}) loss of consciousness, bewilderment, perplexity,
distraction, infatuation, delusion, error, folly AV. &c. &c. ({moham-brU}, to say anything that leads to
error; {mohaM-yA}, to fall into error; {mohAt} ind. through folly or ignorance); fainting, stupefaction, a
swoon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) darkness or delusion of mind (preventing the discernment of truth and
leading men to believe in the reality of worldly objects); (with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three
roots of vice Dharmas. 139); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy (= {mohana}) Cat.; wonder,
amazement L.; Infatuation personified (as the offspring of Brahmâ) VP.
mohaM = infatuation
mohaH = illusion
mohaat.h = by illusion
mohitaM = deluded
mohiniiM = bewildering
mriyate = dies
mriDa * mfn. showing compassion or mercy, gracious Kâthh. Âs'vGri.; m. N. of Agni at the Pûrna7huti
Griihyâs.; of S'iva S'ivag.; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Pârvati L.
mriga = animal* = m. (prob. `" ranger "', `" rover "') a forest animal or wild beast, game of any kind,
(esp.) a deer, fawn, gazelle, antelope, stag, musk-deer RV. &c. &c.; the deer or antelope in the moon (i.e.
the spots on the disk supposed to resemble those of an antelope as well as a hare); the dñdisk or
antñantelope in the sky (either the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras or the sign of the zodiac Capricorn; also in
general the 10th arc of 30 degrees in a circle) Sûryas. VarBriS. &c.; an elephant with partic. marks
(accord. to L. `" one the secondary marks of whose body are small "') R. Var.; a large soaring bird RV. i,
182, 7 &c.; N. of a demon or Vriitra in the form of a deer slain by Indra ib. i, 80, 7 &c.; of a celestial being
(occupying a partic. place in an astrol. house divided into 81 compartments) VarBriS. Hcat.; of a partic.
class of men whose conduct in coitus resembles that of the roebuck L.; of the district in S'aka-dvîpa
inhabited principally by Brâhdvipa themselves VP. (v.l. {maga}); of a horse of the Moou VP.; musk (=
{mRga-nAbhi} or {-mada}) VarBriS.; a partic. Aja-pâia sacrifice L.; search, seeking, asking, requesting L.;
({A}) f. = {mRga-vIthI} L.; ({I}) f. a female deer or antelope, doe Hariv. R. &c.; N. of the mythical
progenitress of antelopes MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. class of women L.; a kind of metre Col.; a partic. gait of a
dancing girl Sangît.; demoniacal possession, epilepsy L.
mriga-trishhNikaa = mirage
mrigaaNaaM = of animals
mrigya* = mfn. to be hunted after or sought for or found out Kâv. Pur.; to be striven after or aimed at
({a-m-}). Kum.; to be investigated, questionable, uncertain Vâm.
mriNaala = soft
mriSTa* = mfn. (for 2. see p. 831, col. 1.) washed, cleansed, polished, clean, pure (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.
&c.; smeared, besmeared with (instr.) R. Naish.; prepared, dressed, savoury, dainty R. Hariv. Var. (cf.
{miSTa}); sweet, pleasant, agreeable MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. pepper L.
mrishaa* ind. in vain, uselessly, to no purpose RV. &c. &c.; wrongly, fabely, feignedly, lyingly AV. &c. &c.
(with {kR}, to feign; with {jJA} or {man}, to consider false or untrue; {mRSai9va} {tat}, that is wrong;
{varanIyam mRSA budhaiH}, untruthfulness is to be avoided by the wise); `" Untruth "' personified as
the wife of A-dharma BhP.
mrita = Dead
mritaM = dead
mrittikaa = mud
mrityu = of death
mrityuM = death
mrityuH = death
mrityuu = death
mrida.nga = drum
mridanga = Drum
mriduu = soft
mucuTI * f. a pair of forceps Vâgbh.; (also {-Ti}) a closed hand, fist L.; snapping the fingers L.
mudhaa* = ind. ( {muh}) in vain, uselessly, to no purpose MBh. Kâv. &c.; falsely, wrongly, Bhaflri. (v.l.)
mudita = delight
mudraa = a seal, postures especially with hands and face * = f. (fr. {mudra} see above) a seal or any
instrument used for sealing or stamping, a seal-ring, signet-ring (cf. {aGguli-m-}), any ring MBh. Kâv.
&c.; type for printing or instrument for lithographing L.; the stamp or impression made by a seal &c.; any
stamp or print or mark or impression MBh. Kâv. &c.; a stamped coin, piece of money, rupee, cash, medal
L.; an image, sign, badge, token (esp. a token or mark of divine attributes impressed upon the body) Kâv.
Pur. Râjat.; authorization, a pass, passport (as given by a seal) Mudr.; shutting, closing (as of the eyes or
lips gen. or comp.) Kâv.; a lock, stopper, bung Amar. Bhpr.; a mystery Cat.; N. of partic. positions or
intertwinings of the fingers (24 in number, commonly practised in religious worship, and supposed to
possess an occult meaning and magical efficacy Das'. Sarvad. Kârand. RTL. 204; 406); a partic. branch of
education (`" reckoning by the fingers "') DivyA7v.; parched or fried grain (as used in the S'âkta or
Tântrik ceremonial) RTL. 192; (in rhet.) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their
right names Kuval.; (in music) a dance accordant with tradition Sangît.
mugdha* = gone astray, lost, perplexed, bewildered, foolish, ignorant, silly, inexperienced, simple,
innocent, artless, attractive or charming (from youthfulness), lovely, beautiful, tender, young, a young
and beautiful female
mukta = liberated
muktaM = liberated
muktaH = released
muktiM = salvation/freedom
muktvaa = quitting
mukha = mouth
mukhaM = mouth
mukhaani = faces
mukhya * = mf({A})n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face AV. &c. &c.; being at
the head or at the beginning, first, principal, chief, eminent (ifc. = the first or best or chief among, rarely
= {mukha} or {Adi} q.v.) TS. &c. &c.; m. a leader, guide Kâm.; N. of a tutelary deity (presiding over one of
the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an astrological house) VarBriS. Hcat.; pl. a class of gods under Manu
Sâvarni Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of the residence of Varuna VP.; n. an essential rite W.; reading or teaching the
Vedas ib.; the month reckoned from new moon to new moon ib.; moustache Gal.
muNDaM = head
muniH = a sage
muneH = sage
mura * = 1 n. encompassing, surrounding L.; ({A}) f. see 2. {mura}. \\2 m. N. of a Daitya slain by
Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. {muru}); ({A}) f. a species of fragrant plant (named after the Daitya)
Bhpr.; said to be the N. of the wife of Nanda and mother of Caudragupta VP.; n. see under 1, {mura}.
muralii = flute
muraari = the enemy of `Mura' (Lord Krishna)murAri * = m. `" enemy of Mura "'N. of Kriishna or
Vishnu Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; N. of the author of the Mura7ri-nâthaka or Anargha-râghava; of a Sch. on the
Kâtantra grammar and other authors &c. (also with {pA7Thaka}, {bhaTTa}, {mizra} &c.) Cat.; {-gupta}
m. N. of a disciple of Caitanya Cat.; {-nATaka} n. Mura7ri's drama i.e. Anargha-râghava ({-vyAkhyA}, f.
and {-vyAkhyA-pUrNa-sarasvatI} f. N. of Comms, on it); {-mizrIya} n. N. of wk.; {-vljaya} n. N. of a
drama by Kriishna-kavi (son of Nrii-sinha); {-zrI-pati} m. (with {sAvabhauma}) N. of an author Cat.
murchhaa = mind-fainting
muru * = m. N. of a country MBh.; of a Daitya (= {mura}) MBh. (C. {maru}) Hariv. VP.; a species of plant
(in explanation of {maurvI}) PârGri. Sch.; a kind of iron L.; ({U}) f. (in music) a kind of dance Sangît.
mushita* = mfn. stolen, robbed, carried off RV. &c. &c.; plundered, stripped, naked S'Br. GriS.; bereft or
deprived of, free from (acc. ) RV.; removed, destroyed, annihilated Ratna7v. Kathâs.; blinded, obscured
MBh.; seized, ravished, captivated, enraptured MBh. Kâv. &c.; surpassed, excelled Kâvya7d.; deceived,
cheated Ratna7v. BhP.; made fun of Râjat.
musala = pestle* = m. n. (often spelt {muzala} or {muSala}; cf. Un. i, 108 Sch.) a pestle, (esp.) a wooden
pestle used for cleaning rice AV. &c, &c.; a mace, club Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {cakra-m-}); the clapper of a bell
Kathâs.; a partic. surgical instrument Sus'r.; a partic. constellation VarBriS.; the 22nd astron. Yoga or
division of the mooñs path MW.; m. N. of a son of Vis'âmitra MBh.; ({I}) f. Curculigo Orclnoides L.;
Salvinia Cucullata L.; a house-lizard L.; an alligator L.
muslima = Muslim
muhurmuhuH = repeatedly
muuka = dumb
muuDhaa = fools
muuDha * = mfn. stupefied, bewildered, perplexed, confused, uncertain or at a loss about (loc. or comp.)
AV. &c.&c.; stupid, foolish, dull, silly, simple Mn. MBh. &c.; swooned, indolent L.; gone astray or adrift
As'vGri.; driven out of its course (as a ship) R.; wrong, out of the right place (as the fetus in delivery)
Sus'r.; not to be ascertained, not clear, indistinct Âpast. R.; perplexing, confounding VP.; m. a fool, dolt
MBh. Kâv. &c.; pl. (in Sânkhya) N. of the elements Tattvas.; n. confusion of mind Sarvad.
muulaani = roots
muula = Also spelt Moola. The nineteenth nakshatra\\* = n. (or m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} or {I};
prob. for 3. {mU4ra} see above) "' firmly fixed "', a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or
lowest part or bottom of anything) RV. &c. &c. ({mUlaM} {kR} or {bandh}, to take or strike root); a
radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum Campanulatum, of long pepper, and of Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus) L.; the edge (of the horizon) Megh.; immediate neighbourhood ({mama mUtam}
= to my side) R.; basis, foundation, cause, origin, commencement, beginning ({mUlAd Arabhya} or {A}
{mUlAt}, from the begñbeginning; {mUlAt}, from the bottom, thoroughly; {mUlaM} {kramataz ca},
right through from beginning DivyA7v.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in,
based upon, derived from); a chief or principal city ib.; capital (as opp. to `" interest "') SâmavBr. Prab.;
an original text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) R. Kathâs. Sus'r.; a king's original or proper
territory Mn. vii, 184; a temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner Mn. viii, 202; an old or hereditary
servant, a native inhabitant MW.; the square root Sûryas.; a partic. position of the fingers (= {mUta-
bandha}) Pañcar.; a copse, thicket L.; also m. and ({A}) f. N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar mansion AV. &c.
&c.; m. herbs for horses, food DivyA7v.; N. of Sadâ-s'iva Cat.; ({A}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; ({I}) f. a
species of small house-lizard L.; mfn. original, first Cat.; = {nija}, own, proper, peculiar L.
muulaja* = mfn. `" rñroot-born "', growing from a rñroot L.; formed at the roots of trees MBh.; m. a
plant growing from a rñroot (as a lotus) W.; n. green ginger L.
muulaM = rooted
muulatas* = ind. on the root, on the lower side TBr. Kaus'. &c.; {A} mñmagical, from the rñroot upwards
Riitus.; from the beginning Kathâs.
muulatrikona = Root trine. Specially favourable sign positions for planets. Almost as good as Exaltation
muulatva* = n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a fñfoundation ({tan-
mUlatvAt} {prajAnAM rAjA skandhaH}, `" the king is the stem of his subjects through their being his
root "'; {veda-mUlatva}, `" the fact that the Veda is the original source of all knowledge "'; {zAstra-m-}, `"
the being founded upon the S'âstras "') Kâm. (cf. {tan-m-}). [826,3]
muura4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (either = {mUDha} or fr. {mRR}) dull, stupid, foolish RV. PañcavBr. \\= 2 mfn.
(fr. 1. {mU} = {mIv}) rushing, impetuous (said of Indra's horses) RV. iii 43, 6 (Sây. = {mAraka}). \\ = 3
n. (prob. also fr. 1. {mU} and meaning `" something firm and fixed "' cf. Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) = {mUla},
a root AV. i, 28, 3.
muurkha = fool* = mf({A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced in (loc.) Kathâs.; =
{gayatrI-rahita} or {sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartri.; Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N.
of a poet Cat.
muurtayaH = forms
muurti = idol* = f. any solid body or material form, (pl. material elements, solid particles; ifc. =
consisting or formed of) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; embodiment, manifestation, incarnation, personification
TBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (esp. of S'iva Hcat.); anything which has definite shape or limits (in phil. as mind and
the 4 elements earth, air, fire, water, but not {AkAza}, ether IW. 52 n. 1), a person, form, figure,
appearance MBh. Kâv. &c.; an image, idol, statue Kâv.; beauty Pañcat.; N. of the first astrological house
VarBriS.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi under the 10th Manu ib.; of
a son of Vasishthha VP.
muurdhan.h = head
muurkha * = mf(%{A4})n. stupid , foolish , silly , dull TS. Mn. &c. ; inexperienced in (loc.) Katha1s. ; =
%{gayatrI-rahita} or %{sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L. ; m. a fool , blockhead Bhartr2. ; Phaseolus Radiatus L.
; N. of a poet Cat.
naabhiM = navel
naabha * ifc. (mfn.) = {nAbhi}, nave, navel, central point (cf. {abja-nAbha}, {vajra-n-}, {su-n-} &c.); m. N.
of S'iva MBh.; of a son of S'ruta and father of Sindhudvîpa BhP.
naabhasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {nabhas}) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky Var.; (with {yoga}) N. of
certain constellations ib. (according to Bhaththo7pala 2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3 Âs'raya-, 2 Dala-, 20
Âkriiti- and 7 Sankhyâ-yogas).
naada = Sound
naaDa* = n. (fr. {naDa}) = {nAla}, a hollow stalk L.; ({A}) f. N. of a partic. verse Vait.
naada* = m. ( {nad}) a loud sound, roaring, bellowing, crying RV. &c. &c.; any sound or tone Prât. R. &c.
(= {zabda} L.); (in the Yoga) the nasal sound repressented by a semicircle and used as an abbreviation in
mystical words BhP.; a praiser (= {stotR}) Naigh. iii, 16.
naaga = snake
naagaphaNii = cactus
naagendra = elephant
naa4husha* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {na4huSa}) neighbouring, kindred; m. neighbour, kinsman RV. \\* = 2 m.
(fr. {na4huSa}) patron. of Yayâti MBh. R &c. N. of a serpent-demon VâyuP.
naakshatra* = mf({I})n. relating to the Nakshatras, starry, sidereal Lâthy. Var. &c.; m. astronomer,
astrologer MBh.; n. a month computed by the mooñs passage through the 27 mansions, or of 30 days of
60 Ghathîs each W.
naama = Name
naaman.h = name
naamayati = to bend
naanaa = many * = 1 ind. (Pân. 5-2, 27; g. {svarAdi}) differently, variously, distinctly, separately, (often
used as an adj. = various, different, distinct from [with instr. e.g. {vizvaM na} {nAnA} {zambhunA}, `"
the Universe is not distinct from S'ñS'ambhunâ "' Vop.; rarely mfn. e.g. {nArISu nAnAsu} Pañcar.] esp. in
comp.; cf. below) RV. &c. &c.; {-vinA}, without (with instr. abl. or acc.) Pân. 2-3, 32.
naanaatva * =n. difference , variety , manifoldness Br. MBh. &c. ; %{-vAda-tattva} n. N. of wk.
naanaavidhaani = variegated
naantaM = no end
naaradaH = Narada
naara4 * = relating to or proceeding from men, human, mortal Mn. Kâv.; spiritual (?) W.; m. a man TÂr.
(v.l.); (pl.) water (also sg. n. and {A} f. L.) Mn. i, 10 (prob. invented to explain {nArAyaNa}); =
{nArAyaNa} L.; a calf L.; ({I}) f. see {nArI}; n. a multitude of men L.; dry ginger L.
naa4ra * = ka mf({I})n. (fr. {naraka}) relating to hell, hellish, infernal; (with {loka4}) m. hell AV. (also
{nAraka4} m. VS.); m. inhabitant of hell Pur.
naaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. {na4ra} q.v.) the son of the original Man (with whom he is generally
associated e.g. Mn. i, 10; he is identified with Brahmâ ib. 11 with Vishnu or Kriishna TÂr. MBh. &c.; the
Apsaras Urvas'î is said to have sprung from his thigh Hariv. 4601; elsewhere he is regarded as a Kas'yapa
or Angirasa, also as chief of the Sâdhyas, and with Jainas as the 8th of the 9 black Vâsudevas); the
Purusha-hymn (Ry. x, 90, said to have been composed by NñNârâyana4) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; (as synonym of
Vishnu) N. of the 2nd month (reckoning from Mârgas'îrsha) Var.; a mystical N. of the letter {A} Up.; N.
of a son of Ajâ-mila BhP.; of a son of Bhu-mitra or Bhûmi-mitra (a prince of the dynasty of the
Kanvlyanas) Pur.; of a son of Nara-hari Kshiti7s'.; of sev. men, authors and commentators (also with
{AcArya}. {kavi}, {gArgya}, {cakra-cUDAmaNi}, {daiva-vid}, {dharmA7dhikArin}, {paNDina}, {paNDita},
{dharmA7dkikAriG} {paNDitA7cArya}, {parivrAj}, {bhaTTa} [cf. below, and {bhaTTa-n-}],
{bhaTTA7cArya}, {bhaTTA7raDa}, {bhAratI}, {bhiSaj}, {muni}, {yati}, {yatI7vara}, {rAya}, {vandya},
{vAdI7zvara}, {vidyA-vinoda}, {vaiSNava-muni}, {zarman}, {sarasvatI}, {sarva-jJa}, {sArvabhauma});
mf({I})n. relating or belonging to Nârâyana or Kriishna MBh. &c. (m. pl. the warriors of KñKriishna, iv,
147); n. (with {kSetra}) N. of the ground on the banks of the Ganges for a distance of 4 cubits from he
water L.; (with {cUrNa}) a partic. medicinal powder Bhpr.; (with {taila}) a medic. oil expressed from
various plants ib. [537, 1]; ({I}) f. see s.v.
naarikela = coconut
naarii = female
naariiNaaM = of women
naath = lord
naatha = Protector
naasha = destruction
naashaH = loss
naashanam.h = destroyer
naashayati = destroys
naashayaami = dispel
naashitaM = is destroyed
naashha = destruction
naasikaa = nose
naava * = 1 m. ( -4. {nu}) a shout of joy or triumph RV. \\ 2 = {nau}, a boat, a ship (in comp. f.
{ardha-n-}, {dvi-n-} Pân. 5-4, 99, 100); ({A4}) f. id. RV. i, 97, 8.
naava = a boat
naaya* = m. ( %{nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10 ; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sa1y. ; cf. %{azva-}, %{go-}) ; guidance,
direction L. ; policy, means, expedient Bhat2t2. Sch.
naayaka * =m. a guide, leader, chief, lord, principal MBh. Kâv. &c. (with or scil. {sainyasya}, a general,
commander; ifc. f. {akA} cf. a. {nAyaka}); a husband BhP.; (in dram.) the lover or hero; the central gem
of a necklace (implying also `" a general "' cf. {nAyakAya} and {mahA-nAyaka}); a paradigm or example
(in gram.); N. of Gautama Buddha Buddh.; of a Brâhman Râjat.; of an author (also {bhaTTa-n-}) Cat.; m.
or n. a kind of musk L. (cf. {nAyikA-cUrNa}); ({ikA}) f. see {nAyikA}; {-tva} n. leadership R.
naayakaaH = captains
Na * = 1: no, it is not so "' Bâdar. ii, 1, 35 Sarvad. ii, 15 \\2 m. knowledge L.; certainty, ascertainment L.;
ornament L.; a water-house L.; = {nirvRti} (invented for the etymology of {kriSNa}, ) MBh. v, 70, 5 Sch.;
a bad man L.; N. of S'iva or of a Buddh. deity L.; the sound of negation L.; gift L.
na * =or not-but * =1 the dental nasal (found at the beginning of words and before or after dental
consonants as well as between vowels; subject to conversion into $ Pân. 8-4, 1-39). = 1. * = 2 ind. not, no,
nor, neither RV. ({nA}, x, 34, 8) &c. &c. (as well in simple negation as in wishing, requesting and
commanding, except in prohibition before an Impv. or an augmentless aor. [cf. a. {mA}]; in successive
sentences or clauses either simply repeated e.g. Mn.iv, 34; or strengthened by another particle, esp. at
the second place or further on in the sentence e.g. by {u} [cf. {no7}], {uta4}, {api}, {cA7pi}, {vA}, {vA7pi}
or {atha vA} RV. i, 170, 1; 151, 9 Nal. iii, 24, &c.; it may even be replaced by {ca}, {vA}, {api ca}, {api vA},
&c. alone, as Mn.ii, 98 Nal.i, 14, &c.; often joined with other particles, beside those mentioned above esp.
with a following {tu}, {tv eva}, {tv eva tu}, {ce7d} q.v., {khalu} q.v., {ha} [cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 8-1, 31]
&c.; before round or collective numbers and after any numeral in the instr. or abl. it expresses deficiency
e.g. {ekayA na viMzati}, not 20 by 1 i.e. 19 S'Br.; {paJcabhir na catvAri zatAni}, 395 ib.; with another {na}
or an {a} priv. it generally forms a strong affirmation [cf. Vâm. v, 1, 9] e.g. {ne7yaM na vakSyati}, she will
most certainly declare S'ak. iii, 9; {nA7daNDyo 'sti}, he must certainly be punished Mn. viii, 335; it may
also, like {a}, form compounds Vâm. v, 2, 13 [cf. below]); that not, lest, for fear lest (with Pot.) MBh. R.
Das'. &c.; like, as, as it were (only in Veda and later artificial language, e.g. {gauro na tRSitaH piba}, drink
like [lit. `" not "' i.e. `" although not being "'] a thirsty deer; in this sense it does not coalesce metrically
with a following vowel). [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &161835[523, 1] {ne8-}; Angl. Sax. {ne}, `" not "'; Eng. {no}, &c.]
-2. na \\3 (L.) mfn. thin, spare; vacant, empty; identical; unvexed, unbroken; m. band, fetter; jewel, pearl;
war; gift; welfare; N. of Buddha; N. of Gane7s'a; = {prastuta}; = {dviraNDa} (?); ({A}) f. the navel; a
musical instrument; knowledge.
na = not
nabha * = the sky* = m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah}
`" connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana Car.; N.
of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of
the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib. VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha)
and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun
W.
nabha * m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah} `" connecting
"', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana Car.; N. of a son of
Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th
Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib. VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and
father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabhasa* = mfn. vapoury, misty AV.; m. sky, atmosphere L.; the rainy season L.; the ocean L.; N. of a
Rishi of the 10th Manv-antara Hariv.; of a Dânava ib. (v.l. {rabhasa} and {razmisa}); of a son of Nala, Vp.
nabhastala = sky
Nactan' = 'nigth
naDa* = or m. (L. also n.) a species of reed, Arundo Tibialis or Karka RV. AV. S'Br.
nada* = m. a roarer, bellower, thunderer, crier, neigher &c. (as a cloud, horse, bull, met. a man, i, 179, 4)
RV.; N. of RV. viii, 58, 2 (beginning with {nadam}) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a river (if thought of as male ifc. ind.
{-nadam}; cf. {nadI}) Mn. MBh. &c.; = {naDa}, reed RV. i, 32, 8; ({I}) f. see {nadI4}.
naga = the vital air that causes burping* = m. `" not moving "' (cf. {a4-ga}), a mountain (ifc. f. {A}; cf.
{sa-naga}) AV.&c. &c.; the number 7 (because of the 7 principal mountains; cf. {kula-giri}) Sûryas.; any
tree or plant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a serpent L.; the sun L.
naH = by us
nah* = 1 cl. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 57) %{na4hyati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{-nahet} MBh.; %{nahyur} AitBr.; p.
A1. %{na4hyamAna} [also with pass. meaning] RV. &c.; pf. %{nanAha}, %{nehe}; fut. %{natsyati},
%{naddhA} Siddh. [cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 34]; aor, %{anAtsIt}, Bhst2t2.; %{anaddha} Vop.; ind. p. %{naddhvA}
Gr.; %{-na4hya} Br. &c.; inf. %{-naddhum} Ka1v.) to bind, tie, fasten, bind on or round or together; (A1.)
to put on (as armour &c.), arm one's self. RV. &c. &c.: Pass. %{nahyate}, p. %{-hyamAna} (see above):
Caus. %{nAhayati} (aor. %{anInahat} Gr.) to cause to bind together BhavP.: Desid. %{ninatsati}, %{-te}
Gr.: Intens. %{nAnahyate}, %{nAnaddhi}. ib. [Prob. for %{nagh}; cf. Lat. {nectere}, Germ. {Nestel}
(?).]\\2 (only in %{na4dbihyas} RV. x, 60, 6; but cf. %{akSA-na4h}) a bond, tie.
nahusha * = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu and
author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayâti;
he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41
MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a son of Ambarisha and father of
Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
nahusha* = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu and
author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayâti;
he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41
MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a son of Ambarisha and father of
Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
naiva = never is it so
naisargikabala = Natural strength and a part of Shad Bala or Six strength calculation method of planetary
weighting
naiHzreyasa* = mf({i})n. leading to happiness or future beatitude Mn. ({-sika}, xii, 88) MBh.; n. N. of a
wood in the world of Vishnu BhP.
naiHsargika* = mfn. cast off, put off DivyA7v.; N. of partic. transgressions punished with the
confiscation of something belonging to the transgressor Buddh.
naishthhika* = (or {naiH-}; see 2. {ni-SThA}) mf({i})n. forming the end, final, last MBh. Hariv. Ragh.;
definitive, fixed, firm MBh. R. Yâjñ.; highest, perfect, complete MBh. Kâv. Pur. ({-sundara} mfn.
perfectly beautiful Kum. v, 62); completely versed in or familiar with (comp.) Var.; belonging to the
character or office of a perpetual student W.; m. a perpetual religious student or Brâhman who observes
the vow of chastity Râjat. BhP.
naishthhikiiM = unflinching
nakra = a crocodile
nakha = nail
nakshatra = A division of the Zodiac into 27 parts. There were originally 28 parts but one seems to have
been dropped. Each Division is ruled by a planet and is further divided into Padas or quarters. The
nakshatra contains 9 navaa.nshas and forms the base position for lunar Dasha systems\\* = n. (m. only
RV. vi, 67, 6; prob. fr. {nakS} cf. {nakS dyAm}, i, 33, 14 &c.) a star or any heavenly body; also applied to
the sun; n. sg. sometimes collectively `" the stars "' e.g. vii. 86, 1 RV. &c. &c.; an asterism or constellation
through which the moon passes, a lunar mansion AV. &c. &c. (27, later 28, viz. S'ravishthhâ or
Dhanishthhâ, S'ata-bhishaj, Pûrva-bhâdrapâda, Uttara-bhñbhâdrapâda, Revatî, As'vinî, Bharanî, Kriittikâ,
Rohinî or Brâhmî, Mriiga-s'iras or Âgrahâyanî, Ârdrâ, Punarvasû or Yâmakau, Pushya or Sidhya,
Âs'leshâ, Maghâ, Pûrva-phalgunî, Uttara-phñphalgunî, Hasta, Citrâ, Svâtî, Vis'âkhâ or Râdhâ, Anurâdhâ,
Jyeshthha, Mûla, Pûrva7shâdhâ, Uttara7shñâdhâ, Abhijit, S'ravana; according to VarBriS. Revatî, Uttara-
phalgunî, Uttara-bhâdrapâda and Uttara7shâdha are called {dhruvANi}, fixed; in the Vedas the
Nakshatras are considered as abodes of the gods or of pious persons after death Sây. on RV. i, 50, 2; later
as wives of the moon and daughters of Daksha MBh. Hariv. &c.; according to Jainas the sun, moon,
Grahas, Nakshatras and Târâs form the Jyotishkas); a pearl L.
nalinii = lotus
nam.h = to salute
namaH = a salute
namati = to bow
namaskaara = Salutation
namaami = I bow
namo = salutation
nanaa * = f. fam. expression for `" mother "' RV. ix, 112, 3 (cf. 2. {tata4}); = {vAc} Naigh. i, 11.
nanu = really
nandaH = nanda
nandati = revels
nandana = child
napu.nsakaM = neuter
nara = Man a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero VarBriS. iv,
31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial Sûryas. (cf.
{-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa}); the primeval Man or eternal
Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with Nârâyana, `" son of the prñprimeval man "' [529,
1]; both are considered either as gods or sages and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in
ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being
identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of
myth. beings allied to the Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a
sñson of Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and
fñfather of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the Moon
L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
naraH = a man
naraka = hell * = (Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished from
{pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many different
hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the
Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.;
of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l.
{anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat.
narakasya = of hell
narake = in hell
naraiH = by men
nara * m. (cf. {nR}) a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero
VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial
Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa}); the primeval
Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with Nârâyana, `" son of the
prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages and accordingly called {devau},
{RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of
Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv.
Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu
Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of
Su-dhriiti and fñfather of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.;
of Bhâradvâja (author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses
of the Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
narka = Hell
Naraka* =(Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished from
{pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many different
hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the
Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.;
of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l.
{anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat
nashtha* = mfn. lost, disappeared, perished, destroyed, lost sight of invisible; escaped (also {-vat} mfn.
MBh.), run away from (abl.), fled (impers. with instr. of subj. Ratn. ii. 3) RV. &c. &c.; spoiled, damaged,
corrupted, wasted, unsuccessful, fruitless, in vain Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; deprived of(instr.) R. i, 14, 18 (in
comp. =, without "', `" -less "', `" un- "'; see below); one who has lost a lawsuit Mriicch. ix, 4.
nasta* = m. the nose L.; ({A}) f. a hole bored through the septum of the nñnose L.; n. a sternutatory,
snuff L.
nashvara = Temporary
nashhTa = Destroyed or missing birth data. A method of calculating the Chart when one has missing
data
nashhTaH = scattered
nas'vara* = mf({I})n. perishing, perishahle, transitory Kâv. Pur. &c.; destructive, mischievous W.
nartana = Dance
nathi = Actress
nata = Bowed
nayana = eye
nayanaM = eyes
nava* = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {nu4}) new, fresh, recent, young, modern (opp. to {sana}, {purANa}) RV.
&c. &c. (often in comp. with a subst. e.g. {navA7nna} cf. Pân. 2-1, 49; or with a pp. in the sense of `"
newly, just, lately "' e.g. {navo7dita}, below); m. a young monk, a novice Buddh.; a crow L.; a
red-flowered Punar-navâ L.; N. of a son of Us'înara and Navâ Hariv.; of a son of Viloman VP.; ({A}) f. N.
of a woman (see above) Hariv.; n. new grain, Kaus. [Cf. Zd. {nava}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. &164066[530, 3]
{novus}; Lith. {nau4jas}; Slav. {no8vu8}; Goth. {niujis}; Angl. S. {ni7we}; HGerm. {niuwi}; {niuwe},
{neu}; Eng. {new}.]\\2 m. (2. {su}) praise, celebration L. \\ = 3 m. (5. {nu}) sneezing Car.\\ = 4 in
{tri-Nava} q.v. &c. in comp. = {-van}. [531, 2]\\
navaM = a boat
navaa.nsha = A Varga. The Ninth divisional harmonic. Used with the Rashi, Chandra and bhaava charts
to determine a basic delineation. Used for reading the delineations of the Spouse
nau = us
naukaa = Boat
nava
naya* = m. (1. {nI})leading (of an army) R.; conduct, behaviour, (esp.) prudent cñconduct or
bñbehaviour, good management, polity, civil and military government MBh. Kâv. &c.; wisdom, prudence,
reason ({naya} ibc. or {nayeSu}, in a prudent manner MBh.) R. BhP.; plan, design MBh. Pañc. Kathâs.;
leading thought, maxim, principle, system, method, doctrine R. Sâh. Bhâshâp. Sarvad.; a kind of game
and a sort of dice or men for playing it L.; N. of a son of Dharma and Kriyâ Pur.; of a son of 13th Manu
Hariv.; guide, conductor L.; mfn. fit, right, proper L.
naaya* = m. ( {nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sây.; cf. {azva-}, {go-}); guidance, direction
L.; policy, means, expedient Bhathth. Sch.
ne = not
neti = not so
netra = eye
netraM = eyes
neyaM = is to be lead/taken
ni = down * =1 ind. down, back, in, into, within (except AV. x, 8, 7 always prefixed either to verbs or to
nouns; in the latter case it has also the meaning of negation or privation [cf. `" down-hearted "' =
heartless]; sometimes w.r. for {nis}); it may also express {kSepa}, {dAna}, {upa-rama}, {A-zraya},
{mokSa} &c. L. [Cf. Zd. {ni}; Gk. $; Slav. {ni-zu}; &166432[538, 3] Germ, {ni-dar}, {ni-der}, {nieder};
Angl. Sax. {ni-ther}, Eng. {ne-ther}, {be-neath}.]
ni+vid.h = to tell
ni+vrit.h = to go away
nibha* = mf({A})n. ( {bhA}) resembling, like, similar (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (sometimes pleonast. after adj.
e.g. {cAru-nibhA7nana}, `" handsome-faced "' Hariv., or comp. with a synonym e.g. {naga-nibho7pama},
`" mountain-like "' MBh.; {padma-pattrA7bha-nibha}, `" like a lotus-leaf "' ib.); m. or n. appearance,
pretext (only ifc. instr. Das'.; abl. Kathâs.).
nibaddhaH = conditioned
nibadhnanti = bind
nibadhnaati = binds
nibadh{}nanti = do bind
nibandhaaya = for bondage, crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction, annihilation ib.
nibiDa * = or {ni-viDa} mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {biDa} = {bila}, a hole; cf. {ni-khila}) without spaces or
interstices, close, compact, thick, dense, firm MBh. Kâv. &c. full of abounding in (instr. or comp.) Hariv.
S'ak. vii, 11 (v.l. for {ni-cita}); low Kâd.; crooked-nosed Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'.; m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi,
460; n. crooked-nosedness Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'
nidraa = sleep * = f. sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth RV. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the budding state of a flower
(hence {-drAM-tyaj}, to bloom) S'ârngP.; a mystic. N. of the letter {bh} Up.; {-kara} mfn. making sleepy
Hariv. Sus'r.; {-kSaNa} m. or n. a moment of sleep BhP.; {--gama} ({-drA7g-}), approach or time of
sñsleep, S'ântis'.; {-caura} m. stealer of sñsleep Mriicch.; {--tura} ({-drA7t-}) mfn. sleepy, languid Cat.;
{-daridra} mfn. suffering from want of sleep Vcar.; m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-daridrI-kR}, to deprive of
sñsleep Kpr.; {-druh} (mfn. nom. {dhruk} Pân. 8-2, 37; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 88), disturbing sñsleep; {--ntarita}
({-drA7nt-}). mfn. asleep Pañc.; {--ndha} ({-drA7n-}) mfn. blind with sleep, dead asleep, fast asleep
MBh.; {-bhaGga} m. rousing from sñsleep, awaking W.; {--bhibhUta} ({-drA7bh-}) mfn. subdued by
sñsleep, sleeping Sus'r.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting in sñsleep Hariv.; {-yoga} m. a state of such deep
meditation as to resemble sleep ib. (cf. {yoganidrA}); m light sleep, doze L.; {--lasa} ({-drA7l-})
mf({A})n. slothful from drowsiness, fast asleep Hit.; {--lasya} ({-drA7l-}) n. sleepiness, long sleeping
MBh. Var.; {-vaza} mfn. overpowered by sleep Vet.; {-vRkSa} m. `" sleep-plant "', darkness L.;
{-saMjanana} n. `" producing sñsleep "', phlegm, the phlegmatic humour L.
nidhanaM = destruction
nidha4na* = (for 1. see col. 2) n. (m. only Hariv. 4846; g. {ardharcA7di}) settling down, residence or place
of rñresidence, domicile, receptacle AV. Sus'r. BhP.; conclusion, end, death, destruction, loss,
annihilation Mn. Var. MBh. &c.; (in music) the concluding passage of a Sâman which is sung in chorus;
any finile AV. TS. Br. &c.; N. of the 8th mansion Var.; race, family L.; m. the head of a family W.; ({A}) f.
pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas Kaus'.; {-kAma} n. N. of sev. Sâmans TândBr. Lâthy.; {-kArin} mfn.
causing death, destroying W.; {-kriyA} f. a funeral ceremony Hariv.; {-pati} m. lord of the end or of
destruction TÂr.; {-bhUta} mfn. (in music) forming a finale Lâthy.; {-vat} ({-dha4na-}) mfn. having a
finale VS. TândBr. &c.; {-sUtra} n. {-sUtra-vRtti} f. N. of wks.; {-no7ttama} m. N. of S'iva R. 2.
nidhAna* = n. putting or laying down, depositing, keeping, preserving KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; laying aside (cf.
{daNDa-n-}); placing (the sacrificial fire) KâtyS'r.; place for depositing anything, receptacle (rarely m.;
ifc. f. {I}; cf. {garbha-n-}) RV. &c. &c.; a place of cessation or rest W.; anything laid up, a store, hoard,
treasure (esp. the tñtreasure or Kubera) Mn. Mriicch. Ragh. &c. ({-tA} f. Jâtakam.); ({I}) f. N. of a
formula TBr. ÂpS'r.; mfn. containing anything (gen.) in itself TÂr.; {-kumbha} m. a pot or jar containing
a treasure Sâh.; {-nI-kR}, to pile up Hcar.; {-ne7za} m. `" lord of treasure "', a Yaksha S'atr.
nigama * =m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S'rS.; the place or passage
(esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage Nir.; the root (as
the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda or the Vedic text Hariv.
Pân. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the
words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine, instruction in, art of (comp.) Bâlar.; certainty,
assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place Âpast. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or
company of merchants (ifc. f. {A}) R. Das'.; = {pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; {-kalpa-
druma} m. {-kalpa-latA} f. {-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.; {-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.;
{-tattvasAra} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-latA} f. {-sAra} m. N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above)
S'rS.; {-mA7khya-koza} and {-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
nigachchhati = attains
nigaDa* = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) and n. (fr. {gaD} = {gal}?) an iron chain for the feet, (csp.) the heel
chains for an elephant or a noose for catching the feet and throwing an animal down, any fetter or
shackle Hariv. Kâv. &c.; N. of a teacher ({-kSveDana} n. N. of wk.); mfn. bound or fettered on the feet
Mn. iv. 210.
nigada* = m. reciting, audible recitation, a prayer or sacrificial formula recited aloud Br. S'rS. &c.;
mention, mentioning Bâdar.; speech, discourse W.; N. of wk.; m. or n. a partic. potion Car.; {-vyAkhyAta}
mfn. explained i.e. clear by mere mentioning Nir.
nigama* = m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S3rS.; the place or passage
(esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage Nir.; the root (as
the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda or the Vedic text Hariv.
Pa1n2. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept,
the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine, instruction in, art of (comp.) Ba1lar.; certainty,
assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place A1past. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or
company of merchants (ifc. f. %{A}) R. Das3.; = %{pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; %{-kalpa-
druma} m. %{-kalpa-latA} f. %{-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.;
%{-tattvasAra} m. %{-pariziSTa} n. %{-latA} f. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. place of insertion
(cf. above) S3rS.; %{-mA7khya-koza} and %{-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
niguuDhaa = cast in
nigrihNaami = withhold
nigrahaM = subduing
MBh. R. &c.; suppression of an illness i.e. healing, cure Sus'r.; confinement, imprisonment, any
punishment or chastisement Mn. MBh. R. Pañc. &c. ({vadhanigt-}, pain of death Kathâs.); reprimand,
blame L.; aversion, ill-will, dislike, disgust L.; anything for catching hold of. a handle (ifc. f. {A}) Sus'r.; a
place or occasion for being caught hold of, (esp. in Nyâya phil.) an occasion for refutation, a weak point
in an argument or fault in a syllogism (cf. {-sthAna}) [546, 2]; a boundary, limit L.; N. of S'iva and
VishnuKriishna MBh.; {-sAdhana} and {-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. (in phil.) the position of
being unfit to carry on an argument from impossibility of agreeing about first principles; {-sthAna-
sUtra-TIkA} f. {-hA7STaka} n. N. of wks
niguuDha* = mfn. concealed, hidden, secret, obscure (lit. and fig.) RV. ({ni4-gULha}) &c. &c.; ({am}) ind.
privately, secretly Kathâs.; {-kArya} mfn. secret in operation MW.; {-cArin} mfn. walking concealed or in
disguise Mn. ix, 260; {-tara} mfn. well cñconcealed or hidden Pañc.; {-nizcaya} mfn. whose design is
cñconcealed MBh.; {-roman} mfn. having cñconcealed hair Sus'r.; {-DhA7rtha} mfn. having a hidden or
mysterious sense, abstruse, occult; {-DhA7rtha-dI}, {pikA} and {-DhA7rtha-maJjUSikA} f. N. of wks.
nihataaH = killed
nihatya = by killing
nihan.h = destroy
niH = without
niHsheshha = remainderless
niHzreNi* = f. = {ni-zreNI} L.; the wild date tree L.; {-NikA} f. a ladder Dharmas'arm.; a kind of grass L.;
{-Ni-puSpaka} m. a species of thorn-apple L.
niHzreyasa* = mf({I})n. `" having no better "', best, most excellent MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of Siva L.; n. the
best i.e. ultimate bliss, final beatitude, or knowledge that brings it KaushUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; belief, faith
L.; apprehension, conception L. {-kara} mfn. conferring final happiness or emancipation W. [539,1]
niHsprihaH = desireless
nii = to take
niica* = mf({A})n. ({ni} +2. {aJc}) low, not high, short, dwarfish Mn. MBh. &c.; deep, depressed (navel)
Pañc.; short (hair, nails) Sus'r.; deep, lowered (voice) Prât.; low, vile, inferior (socially or morally), base,
mean (as a man or action or thought) Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of perfume (= {coraka}) L.; n. (in
astrol.) the lowest point of a planet (= $), the 7th house from the culminating point Var. (cf. 2. {ny-aJc}).
niichaM = low
niichabhanga = neechabhanga Raja Yoga. A combination whereby a debilitated planet by virtue of its
placement and association of relevant planets can reverse and bestow great wealth and power
niila = (adj) blue * = ({A} or {I}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 42 Vârtt. Vâm. v, 2, 48)n. of a dark colour, (esp.)
dñdark-blue or dñdark-green or black RV. &c. &c.; dyed with indigo Pân. 4-2, 2 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; m. the
sapphire L. (with {maNi} R. iii, 58, 26); the Indian fig-tree (= {vaTa}) L.; = {nIla-vRkSa} L.; a species of
bird the blue or hill Maina L.; an ox or bull of a dark colour L.; one of the 9 Nidhis or divine treasures of
Kubera L.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}; of the prince of Mâhishmatî MBh.; of a son of Yadu Hariv.; of a son
of Aja-mîdha BhP.; of a son of Bhuvana-râja Râjat.; of an historian of Kas'mîra ib.; of sev. authors (also
{-bhaTTa}) Cat.; N. of Mañjus'rî L.; of a Nâga MBh. Râjat.; of one of the monkey-chiefs attending on
Râma (said to be a son of Agni) MBh. R. &c.; the mountain Nîla or the blue mñmountain (immediately
north of Ila7vriita or the central division; cf. {nIlA7dri}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. the indigo plant
(Indigofera Tinctoria) L. (cf. {nIlI}); a species of Boerhavia with blue blossoms L.; black cumin L.; a
species of blue fly L.; (du.) the two arteries in front of the neck L.; a black and blue mark on the skin L.;
N. of a goddess W.; (in music) of a Râgini (personified as wife of Mallâra); of a river MBh. (v.l. {nAlA});
({I}) f. the indigo plant or dye Mn. Var. Sus'r. &c. Blyxa Octandra. L.; a species of blue fly L.; a kind of
disease L.; N. of the wife of Aja-mîdha MBh. Hariv. (v.l. {nalinI} and {nIlinI}); n. dark (the colour),
darkness TS. KaushUp.; any dark substance S'Br. ChUp.; = {tAlI-pattra} and {tAlI7za} L.; indigo Yâjñ. iii.
38; black salt L.; blue vitriol L.; antimony L.; poison L.; a partic. position in dancing L.; a kind of metre
Col.
niilaaya* = Nom. P. Â. {-yati} and {-te}, to begin to become blue or dark-coloured Kâd. (cf. Pân. 3-1, 13
niita = take * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see 4. %{nI7}) led, guided, brought &c. RV. &c. &c.; gained, obtained W.;
well-behaved, correct, modest ib.; n. wealth, corn, grain L.; = %{nava-nIta} A1pS3r.\\mfn. entered, gone
or come to (%{mRtyorantikam}) RV. AV.\\%{nIti} &c. see %{nI}
niitiH = morality
niire = water
niivara * = m. ( {nI}?; cf. Un. iii.) a trader; an inhabitant; a beggar; mud; n. water L.
niivaa4ra * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wild rice (sg. the plant; pl. the grains) VS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of a river
MBh. VP. (v.l. {ni-v-}).
nikaH = rays
nikaaya *= (1. %{ci}) a heap , an assemblage , a group , class , association (esp. of persons who perform
the same duties) Mn. MBh. &c. ; congregation , school Buddh. ; collection (of Buddh. Su1tras , there are 5
MWB. 62 , 63) ; habitation , dwelling , hiding-place R. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3 , 41) ; the body S3vetUp. ; the air ,
wind VS. xv , 5 (Mahidh.) ; aim , mark L. ; the Supreme Being L.
nikhila * V expansive, * complete, all, whole, entire Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [545, 3]; ({ena}) ind. completely,
totally MBh. R. &c. (cf. {a-kh-}).
nikR * 1. P.Â. {-karoti}, {-kurute}, (dat. inf. {ni4-kartave} RV. viii, 78, 5), to bring down, humiliate,
subdue, overcome RV. AV. VS. S'Br.: Desid. {-cikIrskati}, to wish to overcome AV.
nikrit * 1. P. Â. {-kRntati}, {-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop off, cut through or or to
pieces, massacre KâtyS'r. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; Â. {-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.) TS. S'Br.:
Caus. {-kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down SânkhS'r.
nikritta * mfn. cut off, cut up MBh. R.; {-mUla} mfn. cut up by the roots Sus'
nikRntana * = mf({I})n. cutting down or off, destroying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of a hell MârkP.; n. cutting,
cutting off (hair, the neck &c.) KâtyS'r. MBh.; massacring, destruction (of enemies) MBh.; an instrument
for cutting (cf. {nakha-})
nikrishhTa = inferior
nikRS * =1. P. {-karSati}, to draw or drag down TS. S'Br.; {-kRSati}, to plough in ({phalaM kSetreSu})
AV.Paipp.: Pass. {-kRSyate}, to be borne down by the stream of a river MBh. i, 3616.,
nikRSTa * =mfn. debased, vile, low, despised, outcast MBh. Kâv. &c.; near n. nearness Kathâs. Sus'r.;
{-bhUta} mfn. appearing low or small in comparison with (gen.) MBh.; {-TA7zaya} mfn. base-minded
({-ya-tA} f.) Das'.; {-TI-} {kR}, to surpass, excel Kâv. ii, 37 Sch.; {-TpA7dhi} mfn. having something
inferior as a condition ({-dhitA} f.) Veda7ntas.
nikrand * =cl. 1. P. {-krandati}, (aor. {ny-akrandIt}), to cry from above (as a bird on a tree) Nir. ix, 4:
Caus. {-krandayati}, to cause to roar RV. x, 102, 5.
nikram * =P. {-krAmati}, (aor. {nyakramIt}), to put down the feet, tread down (acc.) RV.; to enter (loc.)
AV. TS.
nikramaNa * =n. putting down the feet, footstep, footfall RV. AV. TS.
nikrID * =Caus. {-krIDayati} to cease or finish (playing) ShadvBr. (Sch. = {vi-} {ram}).
nikshipati = to throw in
nilaya* = m. rest, resting-place (cf. {a-nil-}); hiding- or dwelling-place, den, lair, nest; house, residence,
abode (often ifc. [f. {A}] = living in, inhabiting, inhabited by) MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; {-sundara} m. N. of a
man Cat. 2.
nimajjati = to drown
nimittaani = causes
nimishhan.h = closing
nimitta* n. (possibly connected with {ni-mA} above) a butt, mark, target MBh.; sign, omen Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c. (cf. {dur-n-}); cause, motive, ground, reason Up. Kap. Var. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (in all oblique
cases = because of, on account of cf. Pân. 2-3, 23 Pat.; mfn. ifc. caused or occasioned by; {-ttaMyA}, to be
the cause of anything Kâd.); (in phil.) instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to {upA7dAna}, the operative
or material cause) Veda7ntas. Bhâshâp.; = {Agantu}; {deha}; {Adeza}; {parvan} L.
nimiilita = closed
nimba = neem
ninaada = sound
nind.h = to condemn
nindaa = in defamation
niNya* = mfn. (fr. %{ni} ; cf. %{ni-Ni4k}) interior, hidden, concealed, mysterious RV. ; n. a secret,
mystery ib. ; (%{a4m}) ind. secretly, mysteriously ib.
niraalamba = unsupported
nipaatanIya*= mfn. to be caused to fall; (with {daNDa} m. `" punishment must be inflicted) "' Sâh.
nipatana*= n. falling down, falling, descending MBh. Hariv.; ({garbhiNyAgarbhasya}) the lying-in of a
pregnant woman VarBriS. li, 35; flying MBh.
nipaata*= m. falling down, descending, alighting (lit. and fig.), falling from (abl.) into or upon (comp.),
rushing upon, attacking (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; decay, destruction, ruin, death ib.; (from the Caus.)
casting, hurling, discharging Kum. iii, 15; accidental occurrence or mention Nir. Âs'vS'r.; (in gram.)
irregular form, irregularity, exception (cf. {para-}, {pUrva-}); a particle (all adverbs including
conjunctions and interjections) Nir. Prât. Pân. 1-4, 56; {-tva} n. the state of being a particle MW.;
{-pratIkAra} m. the repelling of assaults ib.; {-tA7vyayo7pasarga} m. pl. N. of wk.
nipaatana*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) throwing down, killing, destroying, knocking out (an eye) MBh. [549, 3]; n.
causing to descend or fall, throwing down, letting drop or sink Mn. Yâjñ. R. (cf. {daNDa-n-}); putting on,
applying (as a knife), touching with (comp.) Sus'r.; overthrowing, destroying, killing Mn. MBh.; (in
gram.) accidental mention or use of a word, putting down as an irregularity; an irregular form or
exception Prât. Pân. Sch. Vop.; = {ni-patana}, falling down (of a fire-brand) Yâjñ. i, 145; alighting (said of
a bird) Pañc. ii. 57.niraaloka*= mfn. not looking about R. ; deprived of light, dark or blind MBh.
Ma1lati1m. Ka1m. ; ifc. looking at, investigating, scrutinizing (cf. %{Atma-n-}) MBh
nipuNa* = mf({A})n. (said to be from a {puN}), clever, adroit, skilful, sharp, acute Mn. MBh. Sus'r. Kâv.
&c.; skilled in, conversant with, capable of (mostly comp. [cf. Pân. 2-1, 31 and g. {zauNDA7di}]; but also
infin. [Kâv.] loc. [Var.] gen. [Vop. v, 29] or instr. [Pân. 2-1, 31]); kind or friendly towards (loc. or {prati}
Pân. 2-3, 43); delicate, tender Jâtakam.; perfect, complete, absolute (as purity, devotion &c.) Mn. BhP.;
({am}) ind. in a clever or delicate manner MBh. Kâv.; completely, perfectly, absolutely, exactly, precisely
R. (also {nipuNa} ibc. Pân. 6-2, 24, and {-Nena} MBh. BhP.)
niraaya * = mfn. having or yielding no income, profitless W. ; %{-vyaya-vat} m. having neither income
nor expenditure, an idler who lives from hand to mouth W. -1.
nirabhibhava* =mfn. not subject to humiliation or disgrace Bhartr2.; not to be surpassed MW.
nirabhisaMdhAna* =n. absence of design, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-saMdhin} mfn. free from egoistic
designs Sam2k.
nirantara mf(%{A})n. having no interval (in space or time) , close , compact , dense , uninterrupted ,
perpetual , constant (%{-tA} f.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; faithful true Pan5c. ; abounding in , full of (comp.) R.
Sa1h. ; not other or different , identical MBh. R. &c. ; not hidden from view W. ; (%{am}) ind. closely ,
tightly , firmly , R2it. Sus3r. ; constantly , continually MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; immediately , at once Ka1m. Vet. ;
%{-grihavAsin} mfn. living in the next house Kull. ; %{-payodharA} f. having closely contiguous breasts
(clouds) Mr2icch.v , 15 %{-vizeSa} mfn. (pl.) being without difference in regard to (loc.) , being treated
alike MBh. ; %{-zarIra} mfn. one whose body is densely transfixed with (arrows) R. ; %{-rA7bhyAsa} m.
constant repetition or study , diligent exercise or practice Prab. ; %{-rA7tkaNThA} f. continual longing for
Ratn. ; %{-ro7dbhinna} mfn. densely sprouted ib.
nirapeksha* = mf({A})n. regardless of. indifferent to, independent of (loc. or comp.); desireless, careless,
indifferent, disinterested Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-ka} BhP.); ({am}) ind. regardlessly, accidentally
MBh. Das'.; ({A}) f. (R.) {-tA} f. (Kathâs.), {-tva} n. (RâmatUp.) disregard, indifference, independence;
{-kSita} mfn. regardless Prab.; disregarded Das'.; {-kSin} mfn. indifferent, independent MBh.; {-kSya}
mfn. not to be regarded Bhartri.
nirarthakaM = needlessly
nirasta = removed
nirasta* = (R. also {-asita}) mfn. cast out or off, expelled, banished, rejected, removed, refuted, destroyed
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; shot off (as an arrow) L.; spit out, vomited L.; pronounced hurriedly or dropped in
pronouncing ({a-n-} ChUp. ii, 22, 3) [553,2]; n. dropping or leaving out (considered a fault in
pronunciation) Pat.; {-bheda} mfn. having all difference removed, identical MW.; {-rAga} mfn. one who
has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to religious penance ib.; {-saMkhya} mfn.
innumerable (lit. refusing calculation) Dhananj.; {-sukho7daya} mf({A})n. hopelessly unfortunate (lit.
whose fortune has given up rising) Amar.
nirataH = engaged
nirata* = mfn. pleased, satisfied, delighting in, attached or devoted to, quite intent upon, deeply engaged
in or occupied with (loc. instr. or comp.) Mn. Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.
niraya * = m. (either fr. %{nis} + %{i} = egression, sc. from earthly life, or fr. %{nir} + %{aya} `" without
happiness "') Niraya or Hell (personified as a child of fear and death BhP.) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nirbhara = dependent
nirbhrta= nirbhaata:*nirbhAta mfn. shone or shining forth, appeared, arisen MBh. Kâv. &c.
nirbhartsita * = mfn. threatened, menaced, reviled, abused Kathâs. Pur.; {-vat} mfn. Pañc.
nirbhata * nirbhaTa mfn. hard, firm L. (v. r. {nirvaha}, perhaps w.r. for {nibhaTa} = {ni-bhRta} q.v.)
nirbhinna * = mfn. broken asunder , budded , blossomed ; divided , separated , disunited ; pierced ,
penetrated ; found out , betrayed Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; %{-tanu} mfn. having the body pierced through or
transfixed MW.
nirdaalana = Destruction
nirdeshaH = indication
nirdoshhaM = flawless
nirdhana = poor
nirdhuuta = cleansed
nirgama* = came out; going forth, setting out, departure Var. R. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Veda7ntas.;
disappearing, vanishing, cessation, end MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.; exit, issue, outlet R. Pañc.; a door L.;
export-place (of goods).
nirguNa* mf({A})n. having no cord or string, Kiv.; having no good qualities or virtues, bad, worthless,
vicious MBh. R. &c.; devoid of all qualities or properties Up. MBh. &c.; having no epithet, KatyS'r. Sch.;
(said of the Supreme Being) W.; {-ka} mfn. having no qualities RâmatUp.; {-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-tA} f.
{-tva} n. absence of qualities or properties; want of good qñqualities, wickedness, viciousness MBh. Kâv.
Pur.; {-NA7masa} mfn. of bad or vicious mind Kâv.; {-NA7tmaka} mfn. having no qñqualities MBh.
nirlipta = unstainedness
nirmaa = to create
nirmama* = mf({A})n. unselfish, disinterested, (esp.) free from all worldly connections MBh. R. &c.;
regardless of, indifferent to (loc.) ib.; m. (with Jainas) N. of 15th Arhat of the future Ut-sarpinî; N. of
S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f. (Ksv.), 1. {-tva} n. (Pur.) complete unselfishness or indifference (see {ni4s}); 2.
{-tva} mfn. free from selfishness, indifferent Kull.
nirmala = clear
nirmalaM = purified
nirmita = made * = ({ni4r-}) mfn. constructed, built, fashioned, formed, created, made by (instr. or
comp.) out of (abl. instr. or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; (law) fixed, settled Mn. ix, 46; (ceremony)
performed, celebrated R. (B) i, 14, 42; (sacrificial animal) put apart, separated, isolated (= {nir-UDha})
Âs'vS'r.; m. pl. (with Buddhists) a class of deities Lalit.
nirmukti* = ({ni4r-}) f. liberation, deliverance from (abl. or comp.), Av. Kathâs. or {dAna} Sch. on BhP. x,
17, 18.
nirmuulana = uprootment
nirmUla* = mfn. rootless (as a tree) MBh.; baseless, unfounded BhP.; eradicated W.; {-la-tA} f.
rootlessness, baselessness Prab.; {-lana} m. an uprooter, Damayantîk.; n. uprooting, extirpating Bhartri.;
{-laya}, Nom P. {-yati}, to uproot, eradicate, annihilate Kâd.
nirudhya = confining
nirukta* n= mfn. ( {vac}) uttered, pronounced, expressed, explained, defined Br. Up. MBh. &c.; declared
for (nom.) MBh.; explicitly mentioned or enjoined Âs'vGri.; containing the name of a god (as a verse)
S'ânkhBr.; distinct, loud (opp. to {upA7Mzu}) S'Br.; interpreted i.e. become manifest, fulfilled,
accomplished (as a word) MBh. ix, 1316; n. explanation or etymological interpretation of a word ChUp.
viii, 3, 3 MBh. i, 266 &c.; N. of sev. wks., esp. of a Comm. on the Nighanthus by Yâska.
nirupita A* relative to * = nirUpita mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed, discovered, ascertained,
determined, defined Kâv. Pur. &c.; appointed, elected, chosen BhP. Pañc.; pointed against, shot off BhP.;
n. the state of having been discussed or ascertained Hcat.
niruuha* = 2 m. ({nir-} 2. {Uh}) logic, disputation W.; certainty, ascertainment ib.; mfn. = {niz-cita} L. 2
niruudhha * = (cf. {nir-UDha}, p. 540, col. 3) mfn. grown up BhP.; conventional, accepted (as a word or
its meaning, opp. to {yaugika} q.v.) Dâyabh. Sarvad.; m. (in rhet.) the force or application of words
according to their natural or received meanings W.; (in logic) the inherence of any property in the term
implying it (as of redness in the word `" red "' &c.) ib.; {-mUla} mfn. firmly rooted BhP.; {-lakSaNA} f.
(in rhet.) the secondary use of a word which is based not on the particular intention of the speaker but
on its accepted and popular usage.
niruudhha * = mfn. drawn out, put aside, separate Gaut.; purged Car. Sus'r.; eviscerated (cf. comp.);
{-pazupaddhati} f. N. of wk.; {-pazu-bandha} m. `" the offering of an eviscerated animal "' or `" separate
offñoffering of an añanimal "'N. of one of the regular Havir-yajñas Gaut. &c. ({-dha-prayoga}, {-dha-
maitrAvaruNa-prayoga}, {-dha-hautra-prayoga} m. N. of wks.); {-ziras} ({ni4r-}) mfn. with the head laid
apart S'Br.
nirvaNa* = m. or n. a country without forests L.; mfn. = {-vana}; ({-Ne}) ind. in the open country Pân. vi,
2, 178; viii, 4, 5 Kâs'.
nirvana* = mfn. having no wood, being out of a wñwood or in the open country MBh. v, 863 (cf.
{-vaNa}).
nirvaaNa* = mfn. blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire), set (as the sun), calmed, quieted,
tamed (cf. {a-nirv-}), dead, deceased (lit. having the fire of life extinguished), lost, disappeared MBh.
Kâv. &c.; immersed, plunged L.; immovable L.; {-bhUyiSTha} mfn. nearly extinguished), or vanished
Kum. ii, 53; n. blowing out, extinction, cessation, setting, vanishing, disappearance ({-NaM-kR}, to make
away with anything i.e. not to keep one's promise); extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, death or
final emancipation from matter and re-union with the Supreme Spirit MBh. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists and
Jainas) absolute extinction or annihilation (= {zUnya} L.) of individual existence or of all desires and
passions MWB. 137139 &c.; perfect calm or repose or happiness, highest bliss or beatitude MBh. Kâv.
&c.; N. of an Upanishad; instructing in sciences L.; bathing of an elephant L.; the post to which an
elephant is tied Gal.; offering oblations (for 1. {nir-vApaNa} ?) L.; {-kara} m. `" causing extinction of all
sense of individuality "', a partic. Samâdhi Kârand.; {-kANDa} m. or n. N. of wk.; {-tantra} see {bRhan-
nirvANat-} and {mahA-n-}; {-da} mfn. bestowing final beatitude MBh.; {-dazaka} n. N. of wk.; {-dIkSita}
m. N. of a grammarian Cat.; {-dhAtu} m. the region of Nirvâna Vajracch. Kârand.; {-purANa} n. offering
oblations to the dead Râjat.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-priyA} f. N. of a Gandharvî Kârand.;
{-maNDapa} m. N. of a temple, Skandap.; {-mantra} n. N. of a mystical formula Cat.; {-maya} mf({I})n.
full of bliss VP.; {-mastaka} m. liberation, deliverance W.; {-yoga-paTala-stotra} and {-yogo7ttara} n. N.
of wks.; {-ruci} m. pl. `" delighting in final beatitude "'N. of a class of deities under the 11th Manu BhP.
(cf. {nirmANa-rati}); {-lakSaNa} mfn. having complete bliss as its characteristic mark MW.; {-SaTka} n.
N. of a Stotra; {-saMcodana} m. a partic. Samâdhi, Kârand.; {-sUtra} n. N. of partic. Buddh. Sûtras;
{-No7paniSad} f. N. of an Upanishad.
nirvaira* = n. absence of enmity, Bh. (also {-riNa} Tarkas.); mfn. free from enmity, peaceable, amicable
Var. MBh. &c.; ({am}) ind. peaceably, without enmity R.; m. N. of a hunter Hariv.; {-tA} f. concord MBh.
Hariv.
nirvartaka* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) bringing about, accomplishing, performing, finishing Sank. Pat.; v.l. for
{niv-}
nirvartya* = mfn. to be brought about or accomplished or effected ({-tva} n.) Das'ar. Râjat. Sank.; to be
uttered or pronounced VPrât. Sch.
nirvikalpa * = mfn. (or %{-pana} L.) not admitting an alternative, free from change or differences, Tejob.
Up. Veda7ntas.; admitting no doubt, not wavering Bhartr2. (%{am}) ind. without hesitation or reflection
Pan5c.; %{-vAda} and %{-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
nirvinna* = mfn. (wrongly {-vinna}; cf. Pân. 8-4, 29 Vârtt. 1 Pat.) despondent, depressed, sorrowful,
afraid, loathing, disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kathâs.; pur. &c.; abused, degraded,
humble W.; known, certain ib.; {-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek, resigned Bhag.
nirvyalIka* = mfn. not causing pain, (either = ) not offending, harmless (as a word) BhP.; (or =) easy,
hearty, willingly done (as a gift) MBh.; not feeling pain or uneasiness, willing, ready, sincere,
undissembling MBh. R. &c.; %{-kena@cetasA} or %{hRdA}, with a willing or easy heart or mind MBh.;
(%{-kam} or %{-ka-tas}) ind. sincerely, willingly BhP.
nirvrita * = mfn. satisfied, happy, tranquil, at ease, at rest Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; extinguished, terminated,
ceased, Ven. vi, 1 MârkP.; emancipated W.; n. a house W.
niryaata * gone out or forth, issued, &c.; laid aside (as money) MBh.; completely familiar or conversant
with (loc. or comp.) Lalit. (v. l. {nir-jAta}).
niryaataka * =mfn. bearing away, carrying off, removing (ifc.; cf. %{preta-}, %{mRta-}).
niryaatana * =, n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit, replacing anything lost, payment
of a debt (with gen. or comp.; cf. %{vaira-}) Hariv. R. &c.; gift, donation L.; revenge, killing, slaughter L.
niSeva *= practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; ({A}) f. exercising, practice, service BhP.; use,
employment ib.; worship, adoration ib.
nishaa = Night
nishita = sharpened
nishiitha = night
nis'cala* = mf({A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable, unchangeable MBh. Kâv. &c.;
({A}) f. the earth L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.; {-la-kara} and, {-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of authors;
{-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed, firm, Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishchaya = determination
nishchayaM = certainty
nishchayaH = in certainty
nishchalatattvaM = tranquillity/imperturbability
nishchalaa = unmoved
nis'cita = determined, ascertained* = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain
opinion, determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc., {artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.;
ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up. MBh. (superl. {-tama}) R. &c.; ({am}) ind. decidedly,
positively Kâv. Kathâs. Pañc.; n. certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.;
{-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging rightly (compar. {-tara}) R.
(B.)
nishchitaM = confidently
nishchitya = ascertaining
nishkoshhayati = to peel
nishna *= mfn. clever , skilful , versed or experienced in (comp.) Bhat2t2. (cf. %{ni-zna} , %{nadI-Sna} ,
and next)
nishthhaa = faith
nishthhaa* = ( {sthA}; aor {ny-aSThAt} pf. {ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. {ny-atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.)
nishthha* = mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for {niH} + {stha}) being in or on, situated on, grounded or
resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent on, devoted to ib. (cf.
{dharma-}, {satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Bâlar. v, 51; {-loka} m. pl. dependent people i.e.
servants Râjat. vii, 114. 1.
nishthhaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness, attachment, devotion,
application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; decision about (gen.)
Râjat.; decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. Âp.; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point Mn.
Âp. MBh. &c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; asking,
begging L.; trouble, distress L.; (in gram.) N. of the p.p. affixes {ta} and {tavat}; (in dram.) the end or
catastrophe W.; {-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit.; {-nta}
({-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l. {diSTA7nta}); {-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr.;
{-vat} mfn. perfect, complete, consummate R.; {-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute,
Mâlatim. 2.
nishthhiivati = to spit
nishphala* = mf({A})n. bearing no fruit, fruitless, barren, resultless, successless, useless, vain Mn. MBh.
Var. Kâv. &c.; seedless, impotent W.; ({A}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation (also {I}, v.l.
{niS-kalA}) L.; a species of Momordica L.; {-tva} n. unfruitfulness, uselessness Mriicch. iv, 9; {-laya}
Nom. P. {-yati}, to render fruitless Kull.; {-lI} {kR}, to make fruitless, neglect Mriicch.; v.l. for {niS-kulI-}
{kR} VarBriS. Iv, 29.
nishpiiDayati = to squeeze
nishkaama* = ({ni4S-}) mfn. desireless, disinterested, unselfish S'Br. Mn. &c.; {-cArin} mfn. acting
without interest or selfishness MârkP.
nishNAta* = mfn. deeply versed in, skilful, clever, learned (with loc. or ifc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; agreed upon
Yâjñ. Mâlatîm.; {-tva} n. skill in, familiarity with ({prati}) Kull. x, 85.
nissangatvaM = aloneness/non-attachment/detachment
nita = to bend
nitaram * = nd. ({ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone, S'ânkh. Br.; completely,
wholly, entirely; by all means, at all events; especially, in a high degree Kâv. Pur.; explicitly Kull.
nitya = always
nityaM = daily/always
nityaH = eternal
nityatvaM = constancy
nityam.h = ever
nityashaH = regularly
nityaaH = in eternity
nivartaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. turning back , flying (%{a-niv-}) Hariv. ; causing to cease , abolishing ,
removing MBh. Sam2k. (%{-tva} n.) ; desisting from , stopping , ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV. ; n. turning back , returning , turning the back i.e. retreating ,
fleeing AV. MBh. &c. (%{mRtyuM@kRtvA@nivartanam} , making retreat equivalent to death i.e.
desisting from fighting only in death MBh. vi , vii ; w.r. %{kRtvA@mRtyu-niv-}) ; ceasing , not
happening or occurring , being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c. ; desisting or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.
; desisting from work , inactivity (opp. to %{pra-vartana}) Ka1m. ; causing to return , bringing back (esp.
the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Ka1v. ; turning back (the hair) Ka1tyS3r. ; a means
of returning RV. AV. ; averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas. ; reforming , repenting W. ; a
measure of land (20 rods or 200 cubits or 40 ,000 Hastas square) Hcat. ; %{-stUpa} m. N. of a Stu1pa
erected at the spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivartituM = to cease
nivasati = lives/dwells
nirvaachana = (m ?) election
nirvaapayati = to douse
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects S'Br. Up.
MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a despairingly
insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nis'cala * = mf(%{A})n. motionless , immovable , fixed , steady , invariable , unchangeable MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; (%{A}) f. the earth L. ; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L. ; %{-la-kara} and , %{-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of
authors ; %{-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed , firm , Ardea Nivea L. ; a rock , mountain L.
nishthhaa* = ( %{sthA} ; aor %{ny-aSThAt} pf. %{ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. %{ny-atiSThipat}) to fix
in (loc.) S3Br. ; to give forth, emit, yield HParis3.// =f. (ifc. f. %{A}) state, condition, position Bhag. ;
firmness, steadiness, attachment, devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge of
(loc.) MBh. Ka1v. Pur. ; decision about (gen.) Ra1jat. ; decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. A1p. ;
completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point Mn. A1p. MBh. &c. [563,2] ; conclusion, end,
termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; asking, begging L. ; trouble, distress L. ; (in
gram.) N. of the p.p. affixes %{ta} and %{tavat} ; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W. ; %{-gata} mfn.
gone to or attaining perfection ; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. ; %{-nta} (%{-ThA7nta}) m. end,
conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l. %{diSTA7nta}) ; %{-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr. ; %{-vat} mfn.
perfect, complete, consummate R. ; %{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Ma1latim.
2.//(Padap. %{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.
nishthha* =mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for %{niH} + %{stha}) being in or on, situated on, grounded
or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; intent on, devoted to ib.
(cf. %{dharma-}, %{satya-}) ; conducive to, effecting (dat.) Ba1lar. v, 51 ; %{-loka} m. pl. dependent
people i.e. servants Ra1jat. vii, 114. 1.
nivedana* = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known, publishing,
announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or introduction of one's self)
MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a
person of a neglected duty Sâh.
nivedayiSu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c.
nivedin* = mfn. knowing, aware of (comp.) Mâlatîm.; communicating, reporting MBh. R.; offering,
presenting BhP.
nirvisheshha = Ordinary
nirvedaM = callousness
nivahena = by carrying
nivaasa = residence* = m. clothing, dress (ifc. = prec.) Hariv. * = m. living, dwelling, residing, passing the
night; dwelling-place, abode, house, habitation, night-quarters MBh. R. &c.; {-bhavana} n. sleeping-room
Kathâs.; {-bhUmi} f. place of residence S'ârngP.; {-bhUya} n. habitation or inhabiting W.; {-racanA} f. an
edifice Mriicch. iii, 23; {-rAjan} m. the king of the country in which one dwells Yâjñ. iii, 25; {-vRkSa} m.
`" dwelling tree "', a tree on which a bird has its nest Vikr. v, 4/5.
nivaasaH = living
ni-vaara * =m. covering, protection or a protector RV. viii, 93, 15 (Sây. `" a preventer, obstructer "'); ({A})
f. a virgin, unmarried girl Pân. 3-3, 48 Sch. (fr. {ni} + {vara}, `" having no husband "' W.)
ni-óvaara * =m. keeping off, hindering, impediment (cf. {dur-niv-}); ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l.
{nIv-}).
nivad * = Caus. Â. {-vAdayate}, to make resound (as a drum &c.) MBh. [559, 1]
nivadh * = (aor. {-avadhIt}), to strike down, kill MBh. R. &c.; to fix in, hurl down upon (loc.) RV. iv, 41, 4.
nivaha = flow
nivah * = P. Â. {-vahati}, {-te}, to lead down, lead or bring to (dat. or loc.) RV. S'Br.; to flow MBh. xii,
10318; to carry, support (see below): Caus. {-vAhayati} (Pass. {vAhyate}), to set in motion Hariv.
nivartaka* = mf({ikA})n. turning back, flying ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to cease, abolishing, removing
MBh. Sank. ({-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping, ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning the back i.e. retreating,
fleeing AV. MBh. &c. ({mRtyuM kRtvA nivartanam}, making retreat equivalent to death i.e. desisting
from fighting only in death MBh. vi, vii; w.r. {kRtvA mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing, not happening or occurring,
being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.; desisting from work,
inactivity (opp. to {pra-vartana}) Kâm.; causing to return, bringing back (esp. the shooting off and
bringing back of weapons) MBh. Kâv.; turning back (the hair) KâtyS'r.; a means of returning RV. AV.;
averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; reforming, repenting W.; a measure of land (20 rods or
200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square) Hcat.; {-stUpa} m. N. of a Stûpa erected at the spot where the
charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivartanIya* = mfn. to be brought back Mâlav. v, 14/15 (w.r. {nir-v-}); to be prevented or hindered MBh.
nivartita* = mfn. turned or brought back, averted, prevented, given up, abandoned, suppressed, removed
MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-pUrva} mfn. one who has turned away before MW.; {-tA7khilA7hAra} mfn. one who
has abstained from all food BhP.
nivartin* = mfn. turning back, retreating, fleeing (mostly {a-niv-} q.v.); abstaining from (comp.) MBh.;
allowing or causing to return ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; w.r. for {nir-v-} q.v.
nivartya* = mfn. to be turned back (see {dur-niv-}); annulled, declared to be invalid Pat.
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects S'Br. Up.
MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a despairingly
insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nivrita* ({ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560, 1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (=
{ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivRt* = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.; rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-vartet}
MBh. Hariv.; impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf. %{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.; %{-vartsyan}
Bhat2t2.; aor. %{-avRtat} ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to return from (abl.) to
(acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to return into life, revive, be born again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn
away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid of (abl.) ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to leave off
(%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished S3Br.), cease, end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br.
Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong to (abl.); to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y. Mn. MBh.; to be
ineffective or useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for which
there are no words) TUp.; to pass over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon (loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus.
%{-vartayati}, %{-te} (A1. Pot. %{-vartayIta} A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let
sink (the head) TBr.; to turn back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return AV.
&c. &c.; to turn away, avert or keep back from (abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress,
withhold, refuse, deny; to annul, remove, destroy Mn. MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform,
accomplish (a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to desist from (abl.) MBh. R.
nivRtti* = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.; ceasing, cessation, disappearance
S3rS. Up. MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from
(abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87 (w.r. %{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to %{pra-
vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an example Sa1h.; suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule)
Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition Ra1matUp.; denial, refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
nivedana * = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known, publishing,
announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or introduction of one's self)
MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a
person of a neglected duty Sâh.
nivedayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c
niveshaya = apply
nives'ya * = mfn. to be founded (as a town) Hariv.; to be married (as a man) MBh.; w.r. for {nirv-} (see
{nir-viz}).
niyaama * = m. = {niyama} Pân. 3-3, 63; a sailor, boatman (cf. next and {nir-yAma})
nyaasa * = putting down or in , placing , fixing , inserting , applying , impressing , drawing , painting ,
writing down MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{akSara-} , %{khura-} , %{caraNa-} , %{nakha-} , %{pada-}. ,
%{pAda-}. , %{bIja-} , %{rekhA-}) ; putting away , taking off , laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das3. BhP. (cf.
%{deha-} , %{zarIra-} , %{zastra-}) ; abandoning , resigning Up. Bhag. BhP. ; depositing , intrusting ,
delivering ; any deposit or pledge Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; written or literal text (cf. %{yathA-nyAsam})
Pat. ; lowering (the voice) RPra1t. ; (in music) the final tone ; bringing forward , introducing (cf.
%{arthA7ntara}.) ; consigning or intrusting anything to the mind W. ; mental appropriation or
assignment of various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c. ; N. of sev. wks. , (esp.) of a
Comm. on Ka1s3. ; %{-kAra} or %{-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on Ka1s3. called Nya1sa i.e.
Jine7ndra-buddhi ; %{-khaNDa} m. or n. %{-khaNDana} n. %{-tilaka} m. or n. %{-tUlikA} f. %{-dazaka}
n. N. of wks. [572,2] ; %{-dhAraka} or %{-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn. ; %{-prakaraNa} n. N. of
wk. ; %{-bhUta} mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh. ; %{-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit ib. ;
%{-viMzati} f. %{-vidyA-darpaNa} m. %{-vidyA-vilAsa} m. %{-vidhAna} n. %{-vizeSa} m. %{-zataka} n.
N. of wks. ; %{-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP. ; %{-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk. ; %{-sA7pahnava}
m. repudiation of a dñdeposit MW. ; %{-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
niyantaa = controller
niyam * P. {-yacchati}, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (loc.) [552, 1]; (Â.) to stop (intrans.), stay,
remain RV.; to keep back, refuse; (Â.) to fail, be wanting ib.; to fasten, tie to (loc.), bind up (hair &c.) ib.
&c. &c.; to hold over, extend ({zarma}) AV.; to hold downwards (the hand) TS.; to bring near, procure,
bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts &c.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; to hold in, keep down, restrain, control,
govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense &c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to suppress or conceal
(one's nature) Mn. x, 59; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to {sRj}) BhP.; to restrict (food &c.; cf. below); to fix
upon, settle, determine, establish Sarvad. Kathâs. BhP. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 66; (in gram.) to lower,
pronounce low i.e. with the Anudâtta RPrât.: Caus. {-yamayati}, to restrain, curb, check, suppress,
restrict MBh. Kâv. &c.
niyamaM = regulations
niyamya = regulating
niyama * = m. restraining, checking, holding back, preventing, controlling Mn. MBh. &c.; keeping down,
lowering (as the voice) RPrât.; limitation, restriction ({ena} ind. with restrictions i.e. under certain
conditions Car.); reduction or restriction to (with loc. or {prati}), determination, definition GriS'rS. Prât.
MBh. Râjat.; any fixed rule or law, necessity, obligation ({ena} and {At} ind. as a rule, necessarily,
invariably, surely) Var. R. Sus'r. &c.; agreement, contract, promise, vow R. Kathâs.; any act of voluntary
penance or meritorious piety (esp. a lesser vow or minor observance dependent on external conditions
and not so obligatory as {yama} q.v.) TÂr. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a partic. process applied to minerals (esp.
to quicksilver w.r. {-yAma}) Cat.; (in rhet.) a common-place, any conventional expression or usual
comparison; (in Mîm. phil.) a rule or precept (laying down or specifying something otherwise optional);
restraint of the mind (the 2nd of the 8 steps of meditation in Yoga); performing five positive duties
MWB. 239; N. of Vishnu MBh.; Necessity or Law personified as a son of Dharma and Dhriiti Pur.;
{-dharma} m. a law prescribing restraints Mn. ii, 3; {-niSThA} f. rigid observance of prescribed rites
MW.; {-pattra} n. a written agreement or stipulation ib. [552, 2]; {-para} mfn. observing fixed rules;
relating to or corroborative of a rule W.; {-pAla} m. `" observer of vows "'N. of a sage (from whom the
Nepalese derive the N. Nepâl); {-bhaGga} m. breach of a stipulation or contract MW.; {-laGghana} n.
trangression of a fixed rule or obligation, Kâp.; {-vat} mfn. practising religious observances MBh.; ({I}) f.
a woman in her monthly courses Sus'r.; {-sthiti} f. state of selfrestraint, ascetism L.; {-hetu} m. a
regulating cause Sarvad.; {-yamA7nanda} m. another N. of Nimba7rka Cat.; {-yamo7pamA} f. a simile
which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else Kâv. ii, 19.
niyamya * = mfn. to be restrained &c. ib.; to be (or being) limited or restricted or defined S'ank.
niyata = Discipline
niyataM = always
niyatasya = prescribed
niyataaH = controlled
niyata * {ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to (loc.) RV.; put together (hands) R.; restrained,
checked, curbed, suppressed, restricted, controlled Mn. MBh. &c.; limited in number Ratna7v. iii, 3;
connected with, dependent on (loc.) Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii, 70, 5; disciplined,
self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant, steady, quite concentrated upon or devoted to (loc.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; fixed, established, settled, sure, regular, invariable, positive, definite GriS'rS. Mn. MBh.
&c.; customary, usual (cf. {a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.) pronounced with the Anudâtta RPrât.; m. N.
of the Sandhi of {As} before sonants ib.; ({am}) ind. always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably, surely; n.
pl. (in Sânkhya) the organs of sense; {-kAla} mfn. limited in time, temporary Kâs'. on Pân. 1-4, 44;
{-bhojana} mfn. abstemious in food, temperate R.; {-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind or spirit W.;
{-maithuna} mfn. abstaining from cohabitation R.; {-vAc} mfn. limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15;
{-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as to case, standing always in the same case Pân. 1-2, 44 Sch.; {-viSayavartin}
mfn. steadily abiding in one's own sphere MW.; {-vrata} mfn. constant in the observance of vows,
regular in observances, pious, religious MBh.; {-yatA7Jjali} mfn. putting the joined hands to the
forehead R.; {-yatA7tman} mfn. self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; {-yatA7nupUrvya} mfn. limited as
to the order of words Nir. i, 15; {-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of attaining an object by
overcoming a partic. obstacle Sâh.; {-yatA7zin} mfn. = {-ta-bhojana} Yâjñ.; {-yatA7hAra} mfn. id. Mn.
({zva-mAMsa-n-}, eating only dog's flesh R.); {-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions subdued or
restrained Mn. MBh. &c.
niyojitaH = engaged
no = nor
nri = man
nrisha.nsa = wicked
nrishhu = in men
nu = of course* = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} + {u}), ind.
now, still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pân.
3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no means
"', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that surely not "' [567, 2]; often also
{gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or,
never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = -cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays
stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle, and is then often connected with
{khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân.
8-2, 98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in
the second place and further replaced by {svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.)
[Cf. 1. {na4va}, {nU4tana}, {nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu},
{nun}; Angl.Sax. {nu}, {nû}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} + {u}), ind. now, still,
just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 121 Sch.
(often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no means "', {na4kir
nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that surely not "' [567, 2]; often also {gha nu},
{ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or, never,
never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = -cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays stress
upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle, and is then often connected with {khalu} RV.
&c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2, 98 Kâs'.]
where {nu} is either always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second
place and further replaced by {svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1.
{na4va}, {nU4tana}, {nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun};
Angl.Sax. {nu}, {nû}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 2 m. a weapon L.; time L. * = 3 cl. 1. Â. {navate} ({nauti} with {apa}), to go Naigh. ii, 14: Caus.
{nAvayati}, to move from the place, remove ShadvBr. * = 4 or {nU} cl. 2. 6. P. (Dhât. xxiv, 26; xxviii, 104)
{nauti}, {nuvati}, (pres. also {na4vate}, {-ti} RV. &c.; p. P. {nuva4t}, {na4vat} Â. {na4vamAna} RV.; pf.
{nunAva} Kâv.; aor. {a4nUnot}, {a4nUSi}, {-Sata}, {anaviSTa} RV.; {anauSit}, {anAvit}, {anuvIt} Gr.; fut.
{naviSyati}, {nuv-}; {navitA}, {nuv-} ib.; ind. p. {-nutya}, {-nAvam} Br.; inf. {lavitum} v.l. {nuv-}
Bhathth.), to sound, shout, exult; praise, commend RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {nUyate} MBh. &c.: Caus.
{nAvayati} aor. {anUnavat} Gr.: Desid. {nunUSati} ib.; Desid. of Caus. {nunAvayiSati} ib.: Intens.
{no4navIti}, {nonumas} (impf. {anonavur} Subj. {na4vInot}; pf. {no4nAva}, {nonuvur} RV.;
{nonUyate}, {nonoti} Gr.), to sound loudly, roar, thunder RV. * = 5 m. praise, eulogium L. * = 6 Caus.
{nAvayati}, to cause to be drawn into the nose Car. (cf. 3 {nava}). * = 7 (ifc.) = {nau}, a ship BhP.
nuda * = mfn. pushing , impelling , driving away , removing Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ifc. or with acc.)
nunna = nutta = *nutta pushed or driven away AV.; despatched, sent, ordered W.; m. N. of a plant ib
nuta = praised
nuunaM = (really) *, otherwise; ind. now, at present, just, immediately, at once; for the future; now
then, therefore; (esp. in later lang.) certainly, assuredly, indeed, when indeed?, where indeed?
nyaasa *= m. putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying, impressing, drawing, painting,
writing down MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {akSara-}, {khura-}, {caraNa-}, {nakha-}, {pada-}., {pAda-}., {bIja-},
{rekhA-}); putting away, taking off, laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das'. BhP. (cf. {deha-}, {zarIra-}, {zastra-});
abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.; depositing, intrusting, delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; written or literal text (cf. {yathA-nyAsam}) Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPrât.; (in music) the
final tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf. {arthA7ntara}.); consigning or intrusting anything to the
mind W.; mental appropriation or assignment of various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205
&c.; N. of sev. wks., (esp.) of a Comm. on Kâs'.; {-kAra} or {-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on Kâs'.
called Nyâsa i.e. Jine7ndra-buddhi; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-khaNDana} n. {-tilaka} m. or n. {-tUlikA} f.
{-dazaka} n. N. of wks. [572, 2]; {-dhAraka} or {-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; {-prakaraNa} n. N.
of wk.; {-bhUta} mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; {-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit ib.;
{-viMzati} f. {-vidyA-darpaNa} m. {-vidyA-vilAsa} m. {-vidhAna} n. {-vizeSa} m. {-zataka} n. N. of wks.;
{-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.; {-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-sA7pahnava} m. repudiation of a
dñdeposit MW.; {-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
nyaasad *= P. {-sIdati} (pf. {-sasAda} ind. p. {-sadya}), to sit down near or in or upon (loc. or acc.) RV.
nyaaya = justice * m. (fr. 4. {ni}) that into which a thing goes back i.e. an original type, standard, method,
rule, (esp.) a general or universal rule, model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit manner or way,
fitness, propriety TS. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ({nyAyena} and {-yAt} ind. either `" in the right manner,
regularly, duly "', or ifc. `" after the manner of, by way of "'); a lawsuit, legal proceeding, judicial
nyaayika* = n. logic
nyas *= P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the earth)
AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant ({prarohAn},
shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or insert in,
turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv. &c. (with {citre}, `" to
place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "', receive with reverence; with
{manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on the road "', give up); to bring
forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
nyaasin *= mfn. one who has abandoned all worldly concerns ib.
nyaya* = m. (fr. 4. {nI7}) going off, destruction, loss, waste Pân. 3-3, 37 Sch. L.
nyaayyaM = right
nyaasaM = renunciation
nyas * = P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the earth)
AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant ({prarohAn},
shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or insert in,
turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv. &c. (with {citre}, `" to
place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "', receive with reverence; with
{manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on the road "', give up); to bring
forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
ogha* = m. (ifc. f. {A}); ({vah}) flood, stream, rapid flow of water MBh. Megh. S'ak. &c.; heap or quantity,
flock, multitude, abundance MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; quick time (in music) L.; uninterrupted tradition L.;
instruction L. (cf. {augha}.)
om * (see also AUM and pranava) = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be
derived from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by
`" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in this sense compared with Amen; it is placed at the commencement of
most Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears
profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer; it is also
regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!]; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic
monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual
efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds %{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of
which it consists; in later times %{om} is the mystic name for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the
union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the
three Vedas; %{om} is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in
later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists place %{om} at the beginning of their
%{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}];
according to T. %{om} may be used in the following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre},
%{anumatau}, %{apA7kRtau}, %{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi}; with
preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2.
6-1, 95.)
omkaara * = (%{oM-k-}) m. the sacred and mystical syllable %{om}, the exclamation %{om},
pronouncing the syllable %{om} Mn. ii, 75; 81 Katha1s. Bhag. &c., (cf. %{vijayoMkAra}, %{kRtoMkAra})
[236,1]; a beginning, prosperous or auspicious beginning of (e.g. a science) Ba1lar.; N. of a Lin3ga;
(%{A}) f. a Buddhist S3akti or female personification of divine energy L.; %{-grantha} m. N. of wk. of
Na1ra1yan2a; %{-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha; %{-pITha} n. N. of a place; %{-bhaTTa} m. N. of a man.
ojasaa = by My energy
oja* = mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, &c. in a series) RPrât. Sûryas. VarBriS.; m. N. of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; = {o4jas} L.
o4jas* = {as} n. ({vaj}, or {uj}; cf. {ugra}), bodily strength, vigour, energy, ability, power RV. AV. TS.
AitBr. MBh. &c.; vitality (the principle of vital warmth and action throughout the body) Sus'r. &c.; (in
rhet.) elaborate style (abounding with compounds); vigorous or emphatic expression Sâh. Vâm.; water
L.; light, splendour, lustre L.; manifestation, appearance L.; support L.; ({As}) m. N. of a Yaksha BhP.;
[cf. Zd. {avjanh}, `" power "'; Gk. $, $, $; Lat. {vige1re}, {augere}, {augur}, &73513[235, 2] {augus-tus},
{auxilium}; Goth. {aukan}, Eng. {eke}.]
ojasvat* = mfn. vigorous, powerful, strong, energetic RV. viii, 76, 5 AV. viii, 5, 4; 16 VS.
ojasvin* = mfn. id. TS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya VP. ({ojasvi}) {-tA} f. an
energetic or emphatic manner of expression or style Sâh.
ojAya* = Nom. Â. {ojAyate} (p. {ojAya4mAna}) to exhibit strength or energy, make effort RV. i, 140, 6; ii,
12, 11; iii, 32, 11 Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 11 Bhathth.
oka* = m. (%{uc} Comm. on Un2. iv, 215), a house, refuge, asylum (cf. %{an-oka-zAyin}); a bird L.; =
%{vRSala} T.; conjunction of heavenly bodies L.
okasa= inhabitant
om * = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141 ; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be derived from %{A} BRD.), a
word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and
in this sense compared with Amen ; it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu1 works, and as a
sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end
of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer ; it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious
salutation [Hail!] ; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is there set
forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual efficacy being attributed not
only to the whole word but also to the three sounds %{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists ; in later
times %{om} is the mystic name for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a
(Vishn2u), %{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1) ; it may also be typical of the three Vedas ; %{om} is usually
called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in later times %{oMkAra}) VS.
S3Br. ChUp. &c. ; (Buddhists place %{om} at the beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical
formulary in six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}] ; according to T. %{om} may be used in
the following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau}, %{apA7kRtau},
%{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi} ; with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o}
of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)
paa = to bless
paada = foot * = m. (ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl. sometimes
added to proper names or titles in token of respect e.g. {deva-pAdAH}, `" the king's majesty "' Pañc. [617,
2]; {nArAyaNap-}, `" the venerable NñNârâyana "' Sâh.; {pAdaiH} ind. on foot [said of several persons].
R.; {-dayoH} and {-de-pat}, to fall at a persoñs [gen.] feet Kâv. Hit); the foot or leg of an inanimate
object, column, pillar AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; a wheel S'is'. xii, 21; a foot as a measure (= 12 Angulas) S'Br.
S'rS. MârkP.; the foot or root of a tree Var.; the foot or a hill at the fñfoot of a mountain MBh. Kâv. &c.;
the bottom ({dRteh pAdAt}, `" from the bñbottom of a bag "' v.l. {pAtrAt}) MBh. v, 1047; a ray or beam of
light (considered as the fñfoot of a heavenly body) ib.; a quarter, a fourth Part (the fñfourth of a
quadruped being one out of 4) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for [gen.]
Sus'r.); the quadrant (of a circle) Âryabh. Sch.; a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br.
S'rS. Prât. &c.; the caesura of a verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a
bñbook consisting of 4 parts, as the Adhyâyas of Pânini's grammar).
paadau = feet
paahi = protect
paaka * = 1 mfn. (either fr. 1. {pA+ka}, `" drinking, sucking, or fr. 2. {pac}, `" ripening, growing "') very
young GriS.; simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. Âs'vS'r.; m. the young of an animal (see
{uluka-}, {kapata-}); a child, infant L.; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. {-trA4} ind. in simplicity,
in a simple or honest way RV.
paaka* = 2 m. (2. {pac}; ifc. f. {I}) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans "' and intrans.) S'rS. Mn. MBh.
&c. [614, 1]; burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib.; any cooked or dressed food BhP.; digestion,
assimilation of food Sus'r.; ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KâtyS'r. Mn. Var. Sus'r.;
inflammation, suppuration Sus'r.; an abscess, ulcer ib.; ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L.;
maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kâv. &c.;
development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MârkP.; any act
having consequences. BhP.; the domestic fire L.; a cooking utensil L.; general panic or revolution in a
country W. (in comp. 2. {pAka} is not always separable from 1. {pAka}).
paakSa* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pakSa}) belonging to a half month; relating to a side or party W.
paala * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv.; a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yâjñ. MBh.; protector
of the earth, king. prince BhP.; (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as `" recipient "' ?) L.; N. of a serpent-demon
of the race of Vâsuki MBh.; of a prince Cat.; (with {bhatTa}) N. of an author ib.; ({I}) f. a herdsmañs wife
MBh. v, 3608; an oblong pond (as `" receptacle "' of water?) Var. (cf. {pAli}).
paannaga * = mf({I})n. (fr. {panna-ga}) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky Hariv.
paaNi = hands
paaNDitya = wisdom
paana = drinking
paantha = traveller
paartha* = 1 m. (fr. {pRthi}) patr. of Tânva RAnukr.; n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Priithi Vainya
and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Râja-sûya sacrifice) Br. KâtyS'rS.; of sev. Sâmans Br.
Lâthy. \\ =2 m. (fr. {pRthA}) metron. of Yudhi-shthhira or Bhîma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of the last; pl. the
5 sons of Pânu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381 n. 4); N. of a king of Kas'rriira (son of Pangu) and of another man
Râjat.; Terminalia Arjuna L.\\* =3 m.= {pArthiva}, a prince, king L. \\* =4 or {pArthona} m. (in astron.)
= $ as (the Virgo of the zodiac).
paapaM = sin
paapaaH = sinners
paapiiyaan.h = sinner
paapiiyas *= mfn. worse , worse off , lower , poorer , more or most wicked or miserable TS. &c. &c. ; m. a
villain , rascal Mn. R. &c. ; (with Buddhists) %{mAraH@pApIyAn} , the evil spirit , the devil Lalit.
paapena = by sin
paapebhyaH = of sinners
paapaiH = sin
paarakya mfn. = %{parakIya} , belonging to another or a stranger , alien (opp. to %{sva}) , hostile Mn.
MBh. &c. ; m. an enemy Hit.
paaraM = limit; * = 1 mfn. (fr. {pR}; in some meanings also fr. {pRR}) bringing across RV. v, 31, 8; n.
(rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit
of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. ({dUre4 pAre4}, at the farthest ends RV.;
{pAraM-gam} &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out [as a promise], study or
learn thoroughly [as a science] MBh. R. &c.; {paraM-nI}, to bring to a close, Yaljñ.); a kind of Tushthi
(s.v.), Sânkhyas. Sch.; m. crossing (see {duS-} and {su-}); quicksilver L.; a partic. personification
SâmavBr. Gaut.; N. of a sage MârkP.; of a son of Priithu-shena (Rucira7s'va) and father of Nîpa Hariv.; of
a sñson of Samara and fñfather of Priithu ib.; of a son of Anga, and fñfather of Divi-ratha VP.; (pl.) of a
class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pâriyâtra mountains
or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a milk-pail S'is'.; any cup or
drinking vessel Vcar. Râjat.; pollen L.; a rope for tying an elephant's feet L.; a quantity of water or a town
({pUra} or {pura}) L.; a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac.\\* = 2 (for 1. see p. 619), Vriiddhi form
of {para} in comp.\\* = 3 m.= {pAla}, a guardian, keeper (see {brahma-dvAra-p-}).
paarameshthha * =m. (fr. {parame-SThin}) patr. of Narada MBh.; {-SThya} mfn. relating or belonging to
or coming from the supreme god (Brahmâ) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; relating to a king, royal (cf. below); m.
patr. of Nârada MBh. (v.l. {-STha}); n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur.; pl. the royal
insignia BhP.
paaraMpaarika = traditional
paarata* = m. (cf. 2. {pArada}) quicksilver Kathâs. xxxvii, 232; pl. N. of a people Var. (also {-taka} v.l. in
VP.)
paaraayaNa * = n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPra1t A1past.; (esp.) reading a
Pura1n2a or causing it to be read W.; the whole, totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pa1n2. 3-2, 130 Sch.; (esp.)
complete text, cñcausing collection of (cf. %{dkAtu-pñperusing@nAma-p-}); N. of a gram. wk. (abridged
fr. %{dhAtu-p-}); (%{I}) f. (L.) action; meditation; light; N. of the goddess Sarasvati1; %{-Na-krama} m.
%{-Na-mAhAtmya} n. %{-Navidhi} m. N. of wk.; %{-Nika} mfn. one who goes through or studies Pa1n2.
5-i, 72; m. a lecturer, reader of the Pura1n2as W.; a pupil, scholar W.; PlN. of a partic. school of
grammarians Cat.; %{-NIya} n. N. of a grammar.
paarushhyaM = harshness
paarthaH = Arjuna
paarshva = the side1 * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of the
ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side = nearness,
proximity (with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at the side, near
[opp. to %{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a curved knife S3Br. ;
a side of any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ; (only n.) a multitude of ribs,
the thorax W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a
four-horse chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L. ; m. the side horse on a chariot
MBh. ; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1
and of his servant ; (du.) heaven and earth L. ; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} fr. 1. {parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs),
side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen.
or ifc.; {ayaH}, on both sides; {am}, aside, towards; {e}, at the side, near [opp. to {dura-tas}]; {At}, away,
from; by means of, through) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a curved knife S'Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve
or circumference of a wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622, 2]; the extremity of the
fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L.; a
fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist
teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpinî and of his servant; (du.) heaven
and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paashaNDa * mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a Jaina,
Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paarshada* = m. (fr. {parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Sus'r.
(pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.); a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar.; n. a
text-book received by any partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prâtis'âkhyas) Nir. i, 17; N. of wk.
paarthiva* = mf({I} or {A}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. {pRthivI} f. of {pRthu}) earthen, earthy,
earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c.; (from m. below) fit for
kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv.; m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV.; a lord of the earth,
king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.; an earthen vessel L.; a partic. Agni Griihyâs.; the 19th (or 53rd) year
in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var.; (pl.) N. of a family belonging to the Kaus'likas Hariv.; ({I}) f. `"
earth-born "'N. of Sîtâ Ragh.; of Lakshmî L.; (with {zAnti}) N. of wk.; n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV.;
an earthy substance Hariv. (v.l. {-thavi}) Sus'r.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.
paarvaNa * = :mf({I})n. (fr. {parvan}) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes of the
moon (such as at new or full moon); increasing, waxing, full (as the moon; {parvaNau zazi-divAkarau},
mñmoon and sun at the time of full mñmoon Ragh. xi, 82) GriS'rS. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. a halfmonth (=
{pakSa}) Jyot.; oblations offered at new and full moon GriS.
paashaM = rope/ties
paas'aNDa* = mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a Jaina,
Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paas'a * = m. (once n. ifc. f. {A}; fr. 3. {paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and
fig.) RV. &c. &c.; (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas) anything that
binds or fetters the soul i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89); selvage, edge, border (of
anything woven), S'rGriS.; a die, dice MBh.; (in astrol.) a partic. constellation; (ifc. it expresses either
contempt e.g. {chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or 0admiration e.g. {karNa-p-}, `" a beautiful ear "'; after
a word signifying, hair "' abundance, quantity e.g. {keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair "'); ({I}) f. a rope, fetter
Sis'. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. {pAzI}).
paaTa* =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L. \\m. ( {paT}) breadth, expanse,
extension L.; (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by
such an intersection Col.; = {vAdya-tUrA7tkara} Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch.; ({A4}) f. a species of plant AV.
Kaus'. (cf. {pAThA}); regular order, series, succession W.; ({I}) f. see {pATI}. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see under 3.
{pA}) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh.; throwing one's self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall,
downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c. e.g., {gRha-}, fall of a house; {parvata-}, fall from
a mountain; {bhU-}, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; alighting, descending or causing to descend,
casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat.; a stroke (of a sword
&c.) Kathâs.; application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kâvya7d.; casting or directing (a look or glance of
the eyes) Ragh.; decay of the body ({deha-pAta}), death Kathâs. Bâdar.; (with {garbhasya}) fall of the
fetus, miscarriage Sus'r.; an attack, incursion Var.; a cass, possibility, S'ankhBr.; happening, occurrence,
appearance Prab. Kathâs. Das'ar.; a fault, error, mistake Sûryas.; the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW.
179); a malignant aspect ib.; N. of Râhu L.; pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib.
paataka* = mfn. causing to fall (see {garbha-}); n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}), `" that which causes to fall or
sink "', sin, crime, loss of caste GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.
pata * = m. flying, falling (cf. g. {pacA7di} and {jvalA7di}). \\ pata * = 2 mfn. well fed (= {puSTa}) L.
paatha* = m. = {patha} g. {jvalA7di}; fire L.; the sun L.; n. water L.; N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
paathha* = m. ( {paTh}) recitation, recital Kâv.; reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts) S'iksh. &c.; a
partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Sanhitâ, Pada, Krama, Jathâ and
Ghana RTL. 409); the text of a book, SrS. MBh.; the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch.; = {dhAtu-pA7Tha}
Vop.; ({A}) f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.
paathaka* = m. a splitter, divider Hariv.; (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village; a shore, bank;
a flight of steps leading to the water; a kind of musical instrument; a long span (= {mahA-kiSku})
[615,1]; expense or loss of capital or stock; throwing dice; ({ikA}) f. see {dina-pATikA}.
paathava* = m. (fr. {paTu}) a son or deseendant or pupil of Pathu S'Br. Pravar. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 119 Sch.);
mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W.; n. sharpness, intensity Sus'r. Tattvas.; skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kâv.
Râjat. Hit.; quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathâs.; health L.
paathhyakrama = syllabus
paataala = nether-world
paatra = vessel
paavaka = gold
paavakaH = fire
paavana* = mf({I})n. purifying, purificatory; pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c.; living on wind Nîlak.; m. a partic.
fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185; fire L.; incense L.; a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L.; a Siddha (s.v.)
L.; N. of Vyâsa L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; ({I}) f. Terminalia Chebula
L.; holy basil L.; a cow L.; N. of a river MBh. R.; the Ganges or the goddess Gangâ W.; n. the act or a
means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh. &c.; penance, atonement L.; watee
L.; cow-dung L.; the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made) L.; Costus Speciosus L.; a
sectarial mark L.; = {adhyAsa} L.
paavanaani = purifying
paavita* = mfn. (fr. {pU}, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &
pachaami = I digest
pada = step * = pada n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride; a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV.
&c. &c. ({padena}, on foot; {pade pade}, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion; {trINi padAni
viSNoH}, the three steps or footprints of Vishnu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky; cf. RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr.
i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some `" the space between the eyebrows "'; sg. {viSNoH
padam}N. of a locality; {padaM-dA}, {padAt padaM-gam} or {cal}, to make a step move on; {padaM-kR},
with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter; with {mUrdhni}, to set the foot upon the head of [gen.] i.e.
overcome; with {citte} or {hRdaye}, to take possession of any one's heart or mind; with loc. or {prati}, to
have dealings with {padaM ni-dhA} with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon; with
{padavyAm}, to set the foot on a persoñs [gen. or ibc.] track, to emulate or equal; {padam ni-bandh} with
loc., to enter or engage in); a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathâs. Pur.; a footing, standpoint; position
rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. ({padam A-tan}, to spread or extend one's position; {padAt
padam bhrAmayitvA}, having caused to wander from place to place); a business affair, matter, object or
cause of (gen. or comp.) Kâv. Pañc. &c.; a pretext L.; a part, portion, division (cf. {dvi-}, {tri-}); a square
on a chess-board R.; a plot of ground Inscr.; the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers "' breadth,
or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KâtyS'r.; a ray of light (m. L.); a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a
stanza RV. &c. &c.; a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before
some Taddhitas Pân. 1-4, 14 &c. [583, 2]; = {pada-pATha} Prât.; common N. of the P. and Â. Cat.; any one
in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; a period in an arithmetical progression Col.; a square
root Sûryas.; a quadrant ib.; protection L. [Cf. Gk. $; &179282[583, 2] Lat. {peda}; {op-pidum} for
{op-pedum}.]
padavii *= m. (nom. %{s}) a leader , guide , forerunner RV. AV. (cf. %{-vAya}) [583,3] ; f. (nom. %{vI})
a road , path , way , track , reach , range ; acc. with %{gam} , %{yA} &c. , to go the way of (cf. under
%{artha-padavI} , %{ghana-} , %{pavana-} , %{mokSa-} , %{yauvana-} , %{sAdhu-} , %{smaraNa-} ,
%{hAsya-} ; %{padam-dhA} or %{ni-dhA@padavyAm} [comp. or gen.] , to tread in the footsteps of a
person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; station , situation , place , site R. Pan5c. ; %{--vI4ya} n.
footsteps , track RV. x , 71 , 3 (if not acc. for %{vya4m}).paddhati * = (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a
way, path, course, line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of a class
of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating
to them) and of sev. wks.; a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or
occupation in comps. serving as proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and
S3u1dra names). L.; %{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa}
n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
paddhati (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "' , a way , path , course , line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g.
%{bahv-Adi}) ; sign , token Ja1takam. ; N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for
partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks. ; a family N. or title (or
rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names e.g.
%{-gupta} , %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names). L. ; %{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m.
%{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA} , f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
padma = lotus
padmaakshaM = lotus-eyed
padhashala = school
pakvaM = ripe
paksha = (m) political party, fortnight * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) a wing, opinion (in one passage n.)
RV. &c. &c.; a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat.; a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow
(cf. %{gArdhra-p-}); the fin of a fish (cf. %{nis-tvak-p-}); the shoulder; the flank or side or the half of
anything RV. &c. &c.; the side or wing of a building AV. [573,3]; the wing or flank of an army MBh.
Hariv.; the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called %{pUrva} or
%{apUryamANa}, later %{zukla} or %{zuddha}; the other half %{apara} or %{apa-kSIyamANa}, later
%{kRSNa} or %{tAmisra}; each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called %{prathamA},
%{dvitIyA} &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. MBh. Var. &c.; a side, party, faction; multitude, number, troop, set, class of
beings; partisan, adherent, follower, friend (%{zatru-} `" the enemy's side "' or `" a partisan of the enemy
"'; %{mahA-}, `" one who has many adherents "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; side i.e. position, place, stead (%{-kSe}
ifc. instead of or by way of) ib.; quantity (see %{keza-}); one of two cases or one side of an argument, an
alternative (%{-kSe}, `" on the other hand "', with %{atra}, `" in this case "', %{pakSA7ntare}, `" in the
other case "') Pa1n2. Sch.; a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position
advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. %{pUrva-}, %{uttara-}); an action or lawsuit Ya1jn5. Sch.;
(in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bha1sha1p.; any supposition or view,
motion, idea, opinion (%{mukhyaH@pakSaH}, `" an excellent idea "' S3ak. Sch.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the sun
Sa1y. on RV. iii, 53, 16; N. of sev. men VP.; (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a
primary division; the wall of a house or any wall L.; an army L.; favour L.; contradiction, rejoinder L.; the
ash-pit of a fire-place L.; a royal elephant L.; a limb or member of the body L.; the feathers of the tail of a
peacock, a tail L.; proximity, neighbourhood L.; a bracelet L.; purity, perfection L.; mfn. = %{pAcaka},
%{bAdhaka} Sa1y. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. {fahs}; Angl.Sax. {feax}.]
pakshabala = Strength based on the Lunar phases. Used in Shad Bala calculations
pakshi = bird
pakshiNaaaM = of birds
pakshma = eyelid
pallava*: a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kâd. Bâlar. Râjat.; spreading, expansion L. (cf. below); strength L. (=
{bala}; v.l. = {vana}, a wood); red lac ({alakta}) L.; a bracelet L.; sexual love L.; unsteadiness L.; m. a
partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat.; a libertine, catamine L.; a species of fish L.; pl. N. of a
people MBh. Pur. (v.l. for {pahlava}); of a race of princes Inscr.
pala = Moment* = m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L.; = {pAla} g. {jvalA7di}; n. a partic.
weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulâ (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. &c.; a partic. fluid measure Nir.
xiv, 7 KâtyS'r. Sch.; a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghathî) Ganit.; flesh, meat Yâjñ. Sus'r. [Cf. Lat.
{palea}; Fr. {paille}, Lith. {pelai}.]
palitaM = ripened(grey)
paNava * m. (prob. fr. {pra-Nava}) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh.
Kâv. (also {A} f. L.); a kind of metre Col. (v.l. {pan-}); N. of a prince VP.
paNa = Play
pañcan * = pl. (said to be fr. 1. %{pac} , to spread out the hand with its five fingers ; nom. acc.
%{pa4Jca} AV. v , 15 , 5 %{paJca4}] ; instr. %{-ca4bhis} ; dat. abl. %{-ca4bhyas} ; loc. %{-ca4su} [Class.
also , %{-cabhis} , %{-cabhya4s} , %{-casu4} cf. Pa1n2. 6-1 , 179 &c.] ; gen. %{-cAnA4m}) five RV. &c. &c.
(cf. under %{indriya} , %{kRSTi} , %{carSaNi} , %{jana} , %{bhUta} , %{mAtra} , %{yajJa} , %{svasR}
&c.) ; sg. N. of Katha1s. xiv. [Cf. Zd. {pan5can} ; Gk. $ , Aeol. $ ; Lat. {quinque} ; Lith. &177787[578 ,2]
{penki4} ; Goth. {fimf} ; Germ. {fu10nf} ; Angl. Sax. {fif} ; Eng. {five}.]
128 paJcat mfn. consisting of five Pa1n2. 5-1 , 60.
pañcataa * = f. five foldness , fivefold state or amount Mn. viii , 151 ; an aggregate or a collection of 5
things (esp.) the 5 elements , viz. earth , air , fire , water and %{akAza} ether , and dissolution into them
i.e. death (%{-tAm} with %{gam} , %{yA} &c. , to die , with %{upa-nI} , to kill) Ka1v. Sus3r. Pur.
panchaanga = Fivefold method of forecasting. Also the name of a Vedic Astrological Almanac. It is based
upon Vara, nakshatra, Tithi, karaNa and Yoga
pañcha = five
pa.nchatva.ngaM = to die
paNDita* mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant
with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher,
philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman changed into an
antelope Hariv.; incense L.
paNDitaM = learned
paNDita* = mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant
with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher,
philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman changed into an
antelope Hariv.; incense L.
pa.ngu = cripple
pa.nka = mud
panka = mud
pannaga * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) `" creeping low "', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparn. MBh. &c.; Cerasus
Puddum L.; ({I}) f. see below; {-kesara} m. Mesua Roxburghii L.; {-nAzana} m. `" sñserpent-killer "'N. of
Garuda Hariv.; {-purI} f. the city of the sñserpent-demons L.; {-bhojana} m. `" sñserpent-eater "'N. of
Garuda MBh.; {-maya} mf({I})n. formed or consisting of sñserpent Hariv.; {-rAja} m. sñserpent-king
MBh.; {--gA7ri} m. `" serpent-foe "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; of a teacher (v.l. {-gAni}) VP.; {--gA7zana} m. =
{-gabhojana} L.; {-ge7ndra} and {--gezvara} m. `" sñserpent king "' MBh.
panthaH = wayfarer?
pa.nthaa = way
para = other* = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {pR}; abl. sg. m. n. {pa4rasmAt}, {-rAt}; loc. {pa4rasmin}, {-re}; nom. pl.
m. {pa4re}, {-rAs}, {-rAsas}; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite,
ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme; previous (in time), former;
ancient, past; later, future, next; following, succeeding, subsequent; final, last; exceeding (in number or
degree), more than; better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief
(in the compar. meanings [where also {-tara}], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc.; exceptionally {paraM zatam},
more than a hundred lit. `" an excessive hñhundred, a hñhundred with a surplus "' R. [586, 2]; {parAH
koTayaH} Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c.; strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib.; other than, different from
(abl.) Prab.; left, remaining Kathâs.; concerned or anxious for (loc.) R.; m. another (different from one's
self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c.; a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g.
{ta-para}, having {t} as the fñfollowing lñletter, followed by {t}) RPrât. Pân.; (scil. {graha}) a subsidiary
Soma-graha TS.; N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Âthnâra Br.; of another king MBh.; of a son of
Samara Hariv.; (sc. {prAsAda}) of the palace of Mitravindâ ib.; m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being,
the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur.; ({A}) f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathâs.; a species of plant L.; N. of a
sound in the first of its 4 stages L.; a partic. measure of time Sây.; N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {pArA},
{veNA}, {veNNA}); of a goddess (cf. s.v.) n. remotest distance MBh.; highest point or degree ib.; final
beatitude L. (also {-taram} and {parAt para-taram}); the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of
Brahmâ) VP.; N. of partic. Sâmans Kâthh.; any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. {A}] having as
the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving
for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.); the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word
Jaim. Kull.; (in logic) genus; existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W.; ({am}) ind.
afterwards, later; (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. {paraM vijJAnAt}, beyond human knowledge;
{astam-ayAt p-}, after sunset; {mattaH p-}, after me; {ataH p-} or {param ataH}, after this, farther on,
hereafter, next; {itaH p-}, henceforward, from now; {tataH p-} or {tataz ca p-}, after that, thereupon;
{nA7smAt p-} [for {mA7sm-p-}], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kâv. &c.; in a high degree, excessively,
greatly, completely ib.; rather, most willingly, by all means ib.; I will, so be it DivyA7v.; at the most, at the
utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib.; but, however, otherwise ({paraM tu} or {paraM kiM tu}
id.; {yadi p-}, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; {na-p-}, not-but; {na pñparaM-api}, not only-but also;
{pñparaM na-api na}, not only not-but not even; {na pñparaM-yAvat}, not only-but even) ib.;
({pa4reNa}) ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c.; thereupon, afterwards, later than, after
(with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c.; ({pare4}) ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kâv. [Cf.
Zd. {para}; Gk. $; Lat. {peren-die}; Goth. &180201[586, 2] {fai4rra}; Germ. {fern}; Eng. {far} and
{fore}.]
paraa* = (for 1. see col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. {per}; it occurs only in {-taram} and
{-vat}, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs; it is prob. akin to {para}, {paras}, {pra}.)
paraanta* = m. `" the last end "', death ({-kAla} m. time of dñdeath) MundUp.; `" living at the remotest
distance "'N. of a people MBh.
pa4ra-bhaava * =m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. {-bhUta}).
paraa-bhava4 * =m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R.; overthrow, defeat, humiliation,
mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in
Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. {parAvasu}); {-pada} n. an object of contempt MW.
paraM = better
param, tato * = afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4; [cf. $,$],
parama * = mf(%{A})n. (superl. of %{pa4ra}) most distant , remotest , extreme , last RV. &c. &c. ; chief ,
highest , primary , most prominent or conspicuous ; best , most excellent , worst (%{-meNa@cetasA} ,
with all the heart ; %{-ma-kaNThena} , `" with all the throat "' , roaring , speaking aloud) ib. ; (with abl.)
superior or inferior to , better or worse than MBh. R. ; m. N. of 2 authors Cat. ; n. highest point , extreme
limit (%{catur-viMzati-p-} , at the utmost 24) MBh. &c. ; chief part or matter or object (ifc. f. %{A} =
consisting chiefly of , completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
(%{am}) ind. yes , very well ; (also %{parama-} in comp. ; see below) very much , excessively , excellently
, in the highest degree MBh. Ka1v. &c.
// paarama Vr2iddhi form of %{parama} in comp.
paraMparaa = tradition
parataH = superior
parataa* = f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhâshâp.
Râjat.
paraspara * = (fr. nom. sg. m. of %{para} + %{para}; cf. %{anyo'nya}) mf(%{A})n. mutual, each other's
Bhat2t2.; pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420; (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. %{-am}, %{eNa},
%{At}, %{asya}) ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually,
reciprocally Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; so also ibc. (cf. below); rarely ifc. e.g. %{avijJAta-parasparaiH}, `" not
knowing each other "' Ragh. xvii, 51.
parataraM = superior
parataraH = later
paramaM = supreme
paramaH = perfect
paramaa = greatest
paramaaNu * = m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Ya1jn5.
Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. %{bhRtya-p-}) ; the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur. ; n. 1/8 of a
Ma1tra1 VPra1t. ; %{-kAraNa-vAda} m. the atomistic system of the Vais3eshikas , Sam2k. ; %{-tA} f.
infinite minuteness , the state of an atom Ragh. BhP. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting merely of atoms
BhP. ; %{-Nv-aGgaka} m. `" subtle-bodied "'N. of Vishn2u L. 1.
paramesha = God
parameshthhin * mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c.; m. N. of any supreme
being, of Agni AV.; of Prajâ-pati ib. &c.; a son of PrñPrajâ-pati Br.; of Brahmâ MBh.; of S'iva ib.; of Vishnu
Ragh.; of Garuda MBh.; of Manu Cakshus MârkP.; (with Jainas) = {-SThi} L.; the teacher of the
tñteacher of any one's tñteacher L.; a kind of Virâj RPrât.; a kind of ammonite L.; N. of a son of
Aja-mîdha MBh.; of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur.; du. Vishnu and S'rî BhP.; ({nI}) f. Ruta
Graveolens L. [589, 1]
parameshthhi * = m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas S'atr.; {-tA} f. supremacy, superiority TândBr.
parame-shthha * =mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pân. 8-3, 97; m. N. of Brahma or any
supreme deity W.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre L.
paraardha* = m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KathhUp. MBh.; mn. the highest number
(100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c.; the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmâ's
life Pur.; (as mfn. w.r. for {-dhya}.)
parastaat.h = transcendental
paraspara = mutually
parasparaM = mutually
parasya = to others
paraaga* m. (prob. for %{apa-r-}), the pollen of a flower Ka1v. Pur. &c.; dust Ragh. iv, 30; fragrant
powder used after bathing L.; sandal L.; an eclipse of the sun or moon L.; fame, celebrity L.;
independence L.; N. of a mountain L.
paraaM = transcendental
paraakrama = valor
paraakramaaNaaM = of valients
paraaNi = superior
paraayaNa* = n. (for 2. see p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief
matter, essence, summary (%{-NaM-kR}, to do one's utmost) S3Br. Up. MBh. &c.; (in medic.) a universal
medicine, panacea Car.; a religious order or division W.; (ifc.; f. %{A}) making anything one's chief
object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or
possessed by (%{-tA} f. Das3.) Mn. MBh. &c.; mf(%{A})n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367
(Ni1lak.); principal, being the chief object or final aim ib.; dependent on (gen.) R.; leading or conducive
to (gen.) MBh.; m. N. of a pupil of Ya1jn5avalkya Va1yuP.; %{-vat} mfn. occupying the principal point,
most elevated MBh.\\ 2 n. (%{parA} + %{i}) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last
resort RV. AV. S3Br. (cf. 1. %{parA7yaNa}, p. 587).
paraayaNaaH = so inclined
paraashara = Maharishi Parashar(a). One of the Fathers of Vedic Astrology. Author of the text which is
the basis for the most commonly used Astrological System in India
paras'u * = m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter; (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c.; N. of a
king MBh.; w.r. for {parzu} q.v. [Cf. Gk. $, &181040[589, 2] &c.]
pari = sufficiently
pari * = round, around, about, round about; fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also {parI}] to
express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c.; as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV.;
against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90; also at the beginning of a comp.
mfn.; cf. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vârtt. 4 Pat. and {pary-adhyayana}); beyond, more than AV.; to the share of (with
{as}, or {bhU}, to fall to a persoñs lot) Pân. 1-4, 90; successively, severally (e.g. {vRkSam pari siJcati}, he
waters tree after tree) ib.; (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. S'Br. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 93); outside of,
except Pân. 1-4, 88 Kâs'. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5; also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib.
ii, 1, 12); after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read {parisaMvatsarAt}); in consequence or
on account or for the sake of RV. AV.; according to (esp. {dha4rmaNas pa4ri}, according to ordinance or
in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. {pairi}; Gk. $.] &181611[591, 2]
parI * =2 ({pari-i}) P. {pary-eti} (Impv. {parI7hi} MBh.; Pot. {pa4rtyAm} TS.; impf. {paryait} S'Br.; pf.
{pa4rI7yAya} TS.; fut. {pary-etA} ChUp.; ind. p. {parI7tya} PârGri.; {pary-AyaM} Br.; inf. {pa4ry-etave}
RV.), to go about, move in a circle; (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround,
include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c.; to run against or into, reach, attain AV. S'Br. ChUp.; (with or sc.
{manasA}) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Â. {pa4rI7yate}, to move round or in a circle RV.
pari+aT.h = to tour
paribhava* = m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-pada} n. an object or
occasion of contempt Kâlid. Hit.; {-vidhi} m. humiliation, S'riingâr.; {-vA7zpada} n. = {-va-pada} Vikr.
MârkP.
paricchada * = m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; paraphernalia, external
appendage, insignia of royalty R.; goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c.; retinue,
train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {-cchad} S'ânkhS'r. MBh. Hariv. &c.
paricchanna * = mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c.
paricchad * = ( {chad}), Caus. {-cchAdayati} (ind. p. {-cchAdya}), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc.
parichaya = familiarity
paricharya = service
parichakshate = is called
parichintayan.h = thinking of
paridahyate = is burning
paridevanaa = lamentation
parigraha = hoarding
parigrihIta* = mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV.; surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced
TS. S3Br. MBh. &c.; seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed,
obeyed Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; opposed, checked W.; m. g. %{AcitA7di}.
parigrihya* = ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; considering
regarding W.; %{-vat} (%{-gri4hya-}) mfn. containing the word %{parigRhya} TS. 2.
parigrihya* = mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W.; (%{A}) f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi
or sacrificial mound Kaus3.; a married woman L.
parigiiyamaana = singing
parihri = to abandon
parikaraH = attempt
pariklishhTaM = grudgingly
parikhaa* = f. (once ibc. %{-kha} BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied
to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a village in the North country g.
%{palady-Adi} (iv, 2, 110) ; %{-sthita} mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250 ; %{-khI-kRta} mfn.
made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30.
parikhaNDaya* =Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make small, break, conquer Ba1lar. Bhat2t2. [592,3]
parikheda* =m. (ifc. f. %{A}) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikhedita* =mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Ka1v. BhP.
parikhid* =P. %{-khidyati}, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. %{-khedayati}, to
trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c.
parikhyA* =P. %{-khyAti} (Subj. %{-khyatam}, %{-khyan} RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c.
&c. ; to observe, regard, consider MBh. R. ; to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. %{-khyAyate}, to be
perceived ChUp.
parikhyA* =f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number S3a1n3khS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. ; (in phil.)
exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim.
Kull. on Mn. iii, 45 ; (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sa1h.
parikhyAna* =n. enumeration, total, a number MBh. ; exclusive specification BhP. ; a correct judgment.
proper estimate Ya1jn5. iii, 158.
parikhyAta* =mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.) ; called, named ; celebrated, famous MBh. R.
pariikshate = to examine
pariikshaa = test * = f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds (see 2.
%{divya}) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of wk.; %{-kSama} mfn. standing the test Sarvad.; %{-tattva} n.
%{-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-kSA7rtha} mfn. wishing to try or test A1past.
pariikshaka * = mfn. trying, examining W.; m. a prover, examiner, judge Ra1jat. Pan5c.
parimlaana* = mfn. faded, withered Kâv. BhP.; exhausted, languid MBh. [599, 3]; become thinner,
emaciated Car.; disappeared, gone Vâm. iv, 3, 8; n. change of countenance by fear or grief W.; soil, stain
ib.
parimris' * = P. Â. {-mRzati}, {-te} (pf. {-mamarza}; 3. pl. [RV.] {-mAmRzuH}; aor. {-amRkSat}; ind. p.
{-mRzya}), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c.; to examine, consider, inquire into ib.; to observe, discover
BhP.: Pass. {-mRzyate} (with {pavanais}), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Sus'r.; to be considered
MBh.: Intens. {-marmRzat}, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV.
paripaalana = Protection
paripaalanaM = observance/governance
pariplu* = m Â. {-plavate} (ind. p. {-plutya} MBh.; {-plUya} Pân. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about
or through Br. &c. &c.; to revolve, move in a circle S'Br.; to move restlessly, go astray Br.; to hasten
forward or near MBh.: Caus. {-plAvayati} (ind. p. {-plAvya}), to bathe, water MBh.
paripluta* = mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh.; flooded, immersed, overwhelmed
or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. a spring, jump Var.; ({A}) f. spirituous liquor L.
paripuurNa = full
pariprachchh.h = to enquire
parisarpaNa* = n. crawling upon (comp.) Mr2icch.; running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly
changing one's place A1s3vS3r. R. Mr2icch. BhP.; a kind of disease (= %{-sarpaNa}) Sus3r.
parisamapyate = end
paris'ankanIya* =mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. `" distrust must
be felt "') Ka1v. Pur.
paris'ankita* = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur.; suspected,
questionable MBh.; believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.; thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishaJj * = ( {saJj}) P. {-Sajati} Pân. 8-3, 63 Sch.; Â. {-sajjate}, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached
or devoted to MBh.: Desid. {-SiSaGkSati} Pân. 8-3, 64 Sch.
parishaNDa * = m. or n. a partic. part of a house L.; ({A}) f. a valley (?) DivyA7v, (v.l. {-khaNDa}).
parishushhyati = is drying up
pariishtha * = m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib.
paris'rama * = m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kâv. &c.; {mA7paha}
mfn. relieving weariness MW.
paris'rita * = mfn. standing round MBh. ; surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Katha1s. BhP. ; w.r. for
%{-zruta} MBh. ; n. (%{pa4ri-}) = %{pa4ri-vRta} n. (see under %{pari-} 1. %{vR}) TS. Br. S3rGr2S.
parIta * = mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh.; past, elapsed, expired R.; surrounded,
encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; = %{viparI7ta},
inverted MBh.; w.r. for %{parItta} ib.; m. pl. N. of a people VP.; %{-ta-tA} f. the being surrounded or
filled L.; %{-tin} mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Sus3r.
paritan* = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-nute} (aor. %{-atanat}; ind. p. %{-tatya}), to stretch round, embrace,
surround RV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
paritoshha = satisfaction
parityakta = deprived of
parityaj.h = to sacrifice
parityajya = abandoning
parityaagaH = renunciation
parityaagii = renouncer
paritraatri * = mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc
parivartaka* = mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathâs. MârkP.; bringing to an end, concluding
(gen. or comp.) MBh.; m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another
meaning of a word Vâm. iv, 1, 6; (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh. exchange, barter Vas.;
N. of a son of Duh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP.; ({ikA}) f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Sus'r.
parivartana = Exchange of two signs* = mf({I})n. causing to turn round; ({I}) f. (with {vidyA}) N. of a
partic. magical art Kathâs.; n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kâv.
Sus'r. Pañc. BhP.; rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kâlid.; revolution, end of a period of time MBh.
Hariv.; barter, exchange Kathâs. Pañc. Mriicch.; cutting or clipping the hair S'Br.; protecting, defending
Nalac.; = {pre7raNa} TBr. Sch.; inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W.; requital,
return ib.
pari-varta* = m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sûryas.; a period or lapse or expiration of time
(esp. of a Yuga q.v.) MBh. R. &c.; (with {lokAnAm}) the end of the world R.; a year L.; moving to and fro,
stirring Prasannar.; turning back, flight L.; change, exchange, barter (also {parI-v-}) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
requital, return W.; an abode, spot, place Hariv.; a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit.; N. of a son of
Doh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP. [601,3]; of the Kûrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishnu (also {parI-v-}) L.
pariveshhTri = attendent parIvarta* = m. exchange, barter Hit. (v.l.); N. of the Kûrma or 2nd incarnation
of Vishnu L. (cf. {pari-v-}). {-vartam} ind. ( {vRt}) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TândBr.
parivraajaka = wanderer
parivraaja* = (Âpast.) m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has
renounced the world).
parivritta * = mfn. (also %{-ka} g. %{RzyA7di}) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; lasting, remaining S3ak. vii, 34 (v.l.) ; passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv. ; = %{pari-
vRta}, covered, surrounded L. ; retreated, returned W. ; exchanged ib. ; n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v.l.
%{-tti}) Ma1lati1m. ; an embrace MW. ; %{-tejas} mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP. ; %{-nctra}
mfn. rolling the eyes R. ; %{-phalA} f. N. of a plant Gal. ; %{-bhAgya} mfn. whose fortune has changed or
is gone Ma1lati1m. ; %{-ttA7rdha-mukha} mf(%{I})n. having the face half turned round Vikr.
parjanyaH = rain
parjanya * = m. ( {pRc}, or {pRj} ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [606, 2]; rain Bhag. iii, 14; rain
personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c.; N. of one of the 12 Âdityas Hariv.;
of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv.; of a Riishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MârkP.; of a
Prajâ-pati (father of Hiranya-roman) VP.; ({-nyA} or {-nI}) f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf.
Goth. {fairguni}; Icel {fi"rgyn}; Lith. {perku4nas}.]
paryanta * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.
(ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind.
entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end to
the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.;
extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
paryaaNii * =paryANI * =( {nI}) P. {-Nayati} (but Impv. {pary-A7nayata} MBh. i, 5446), to lead round
S'Br. GriS. MBh.; to lead or bring forward RV. MBh.
parye (%{-A-i}) P. %{-ai9ti} (ind. p. %{e4tya}) , to roam about AitBr. ; to go round , circumambulate
(acc.) S3Br. ; to come back , return ChUp.
paroksha * = ({-ro4-}) mf({A})n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible
AV. &c. &c.; past, completed (in a partic. sense cf. below and Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 115); (ibc.) in an invisible
or imperceptible manner (cf. below); ({am}) ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or
without the knowledge of (instr.; later gen. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; ({eNa}) ind. out of sight, secretly,
mysteriously Br. Up.; ({At}) ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [589,2]; ({e}) ind. behind
the back of (gen.) Mriicch. Pañc. &c.; one's self not being present Pân. 3-2, 115; m. an ascetic L.; N. of a
son of Anu BhP.; ({A}) f. (sc. {vRtti}) a past or completed action APrât.; (sc. {vibhakti}) a termination of
the perfect tense Kât.; N. of a river VP.; {-kAma} ({-kSa4-}) mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious S'Br.;
{-kRta} mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1;
{-jit} mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP.; {-tA} f. (MBh.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) invisibility,
imperceptibility; {-pRSTha} m. a partic. Priishthhya S'rS.; {-priya} mfn. = {-kAma} AitBr.; {-bandhu}
({paro7kSa-}) mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS.; {-buddhi} mfn. regarding as something distant,
indifferent to, Jâtakam.; {-bhoga} m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence
W.; {-manmatha} mfn. inexperienced in love S'ak.; {-vRtti} mfn. living out of sight Kâm.; formed in an
obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch.; {-kSA7rtha} mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning; n. an
absent or invisible object Hit.
paarzva * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the
ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side = nearness, proximity
(with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at the side, near [opp. to
%{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a curved knife S3Br. ; a side of
any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ; (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax
W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse
chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L. ; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh. ; N. of
an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his
servant ; (du.) heaven and earth L. ; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paroksham V* = without being seen; SB 4.29.54; unknown; SB 4.29.59; indirectly; SB 5.14.11;without the
knowledge of the demigods; SB 6.9.3; privately; SB 10.21.3; confidential; SB 11.21.29-30; indirect
explanation; SB 11.21.35; invisible; CC Adi 4.176
parNa = leaf
parva-kAla * =m. a periodic change of the moon R. MârkP.; the time at which the moon at its
conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var.; {-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; {-rAzi} m. time
for festivals Jyot.
parva-nAdI * =f. `" moment of the Parvan "', moment of opposition or conjunction MW.
paryanka = a bed* m. (also {paly-} Pân. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kâv.
&c. (also {-kikA} f. Kâd.; {-kI-kRta} mfn. turned into a couch Gît.); a partic. mode of sitting on the
ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below); a
cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L.; N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L.
paryanta * = circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.
(ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind.
entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end to
the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.;
extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-anta4 * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv.
&c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am})
ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end
to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.;
extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-Antam * =ind. (prob.) w.r. for {pary-antam}, as far as, up to (comp.) Âpast.
paryantaM = including
paryaaptaM = limited
paryushhitaM = decomposed
parvata = mountain
parvaNa * =m. N. of a demon MBh.; ({I}) f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv.; a species of
pot-herb (= {parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Sandhi of the eye Sus'r. (also
{-NI8kA}); ifc. = {parvan}, a knot BhP.
pashchaat.h = later
pashu = animal
pas'upati * = m. `" lord of animals "' (or `" lñlord of a servant named Pas'u "' or `" lñlord of the soul "'
RTL. 89)N. of the later Rudra-S'iva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, S'arva,
Ugra, Rudra, Mahâ-deva, Îs'âna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as
manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c.; of Agni "' TS. S'Br.; of S'iva MBh. &c. (according to one legend
every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere {pazu} or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the
Asura Tri-pura); of a lexicographer; of a Scholiast &c.; {-dhara} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-nagara} n. `" S'iva's
town "'N. of Kâs'î or Benares ib.; {-nAtha} m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W.; {-purANa} n. (prob.) =
S'ivaP.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-zAsTra} n. the sacred book of the Pâs'upatas revealed by S'iva
Col.; {-tI7zvara-nAhAtmya} and {-ty-askTaka} n. N. of wks.
pas'yat* = mf({antI})n. seeing, beholding &c.; ({antI}) f. a harlot L.; N. of a partic. sound L.
pas'yatohara* = mfn. stealing before a persoñs eyes Pân. 6-3, 21 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
pas'ya* = mf({A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 137).
pas'yati = sees
pas'yan.h = seeing
pas'yanti = see
pas'yaama = we see
pas'yaami = I see
pas'yet.h = see
pataga = Bird
patangaaH = moths
patatrin.h = bird
patana = falling
pataye = husband
path.h = to read
pathanaM = reading
pathaami = read
pat.h = to fall
patha * = m. (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf.
{marut-}, {vAta-}); a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yâjñ. Kâd.; monastic habit Kârand.; a kind of bird
Lalit.; Buchanania Latifolia L.; = {puras-kRta} L.; ({I}) f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a
garment Bâlar. Hcar.; the curtain of a stage L. (cf. {apaTI}); n. a thatch or roof (= {paTala}) L.
patha* = * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kâv. &c. (generally ifc. for {pathin}; cf. Pân. 5-4,
74).
pathaha * m. (rarely n. or f. î) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with {dA}, or Caus. of {dA} or
{bhram}, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kâv. &c. [579, 2]; m. beginning L.; hurting
L.
pathaka* = m. cotton-cloth L.; a camp, encampment L.; the half of a village L. (v.l. for {pAT-}).
pathaaka* = m. a bird Un. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. {paiT-}); ({A}) f. a flag, banner L. (cf. {patAkA}).
path.h = road
pataaka* = m. (`" flying "'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for {-kA}) AdbhBr.; a partic. position of
the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SârngP. (cf. {tri-p-}); ({A}) f. see next.
pataakaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-kAM-labh} or {hR},
`" to win the palm "' Das'. Vcar.) [581,2]; a flag-staff L.; a partic. high number MBh. (= {mahA-padma}
Nîlak.); (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Das'ar.; good fortune, auspiciousness L.; N. of wk.
pathika = traveller
pathya = suitable
pati = husband
pathi*= f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. {paTI} under {paTa}); = {vAguli} L.; a species of plant L.
pa4ti*= 1 m. (cf. 1. {vat}; when uncompounded and meaning `" husband "' instr. {pa4tya}; dat. {pa4tye};
gen. abl. {pa4tyur}; loc. {pa4tyau}; but when meaning `" lord, master "', and ifc. regularly inflected with
exceptions; cf. Pân. 1-4, 8; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c.; a husband ib.
(in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. {duhitR-p-} or {-tuH-p-} Pân. 6-3, 24; when mfn. f. =
m. e.g. {-jIvat-patyA tvayA} R. ii, 24, 8, or {patikA} e.g. {pramIta-patikA} Mn. ix, 68); one of the 2 entities
(with {pAzupata4s}) RTL. 89; a root L.; f. a female possessor, mistress Pân. 4-1, 33 Sch.; a wife
({vRddha-p-} = {-patnI}, the wñwife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. $, `" husband "'; &178937[582, 1]
Lat. {potis}, {pos-sum} for {potis-sum}; Lith. {patis}, `" husband "'; Goth. ({bruth-}) {faths}, `"
bridegroom "']
pathya* = mfn. `" belonging to the way "', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig. ; esp.
said of diet in a medical sense) Ya1jn5. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; containing elements or leading forms, regular,
normal La1t2y. Nid. ; m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L. ; N. of a teacher of AV. ; (%{A4}) f. a path, way,
road (with %{reva4tI}, `" the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS.
Br. ; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L. ; N. of sev. metres Nid. Col. ; N. of a woman
Katha1s. ; n. a species of salt L.
patni = wife
patnii = wife
patra = leaf
patraM = a leaf
paTTa * = m. (fr. {pattra}?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh.; (esp.) a copper plate for
inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. {tAmra-}); the flat or level surface of anything (cf. {lalATa-}, {zilA-})
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Sus'r.; a frontlet, turban (5
kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the {prasAda-paTTas}, or turban of honour [579,
3]; cf. VarBriS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kâv. Râjat. (ifc. f. {A}); cloth (= {paTa}); coloured or fine cloth,
woven silk (= {kauzeya}) Kâv. Pañc. (cf. {cIna-p-}, {paTTA7Mzuka} &c.); an upper or outer garment
Bhathth.; a place where 4 roads meet (= {catuS-patha}) L.; Corchorus Olitorius W.; = {vidUSaka} Gal.;
N. of sev. men Râjat.; ({I}) f. a forehead ornament L.; a horse's food-receptacle (= {tAla-sAraka}) L.; a
species of Lodhra L.; a city, town (cf. {-nivasana}).
paulastya = ravaNa
pauNDraka* = m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr.; a prince or (pl.) the people of the
Paundras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur.; N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a
Vais'ya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44;
n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark
patyuH = Lord's
pautraaH = grandsons
pautraan.h = grandsons
paurushhaM = ability
paurva* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {pUrva}) relating or belonging to the past; relating to the east, eastern W.
pavana * = m. `" purifier "', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. {A}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; vital air,
breath Sus'r. Sarvad.; the regent of the Nakshatra Svâti and the north-west region Var.; N. of the number
5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib.; a householder's sacred fire Hâr.; a species of grass L.; N. of a son of Manu
Uttama BhP.; of a mountain ib.; of a country in Bharata-kshetra W.; ({I}) f. a broom L.; the wild
citron-tree L. (v.l. {pacanI}); N. of a river VP.; n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L.; a potter's kiln,
S'riingâr.; n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. Âs'vGri.; blowing Kan.; water L.;
mfn. clean, pure L.
pavana = breeze
pavanaH = air/breath
pavitratva* = n. id. Uttarar. Hcat.; the being a means of purification Kâthh. TândBr.
pavitraka* = m. a small sieve or strainer KâtyS'r. (see also under {pavitra}); m. Poa Cynosuroides L.;
Artemisia Indica L.; Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L.
pavitraya* = Nom. P {-yati}, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathâs. S'atr. Pañcad.
pavitra* = n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw,
for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c.; Kus'a grass (esp. two KñKus'a leaves for holding
offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (ifc. also {ko} see
{sa-pavitraka}), a ring of KñKus'a grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W.; a purifying
prayer or Mantra Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8; 31, 6 &c.;
melted butter L.; honey L.; water L.; rain or rubbing ({varSaNa} or {gharSaNa}) L.; copper L.; the vessel
in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. {-ka} MârkP.); the Brâhmanical cord (cf. {-trA7ropaNs}); N. of
Vishnu (also {pñpresented pavintrANAm}) MBh. (cf RTL. 106); of S'iva ib.; (with {AdityAnAm} and
{devAnAm}) N. of Sâmans ArshBr.; a kind of metre Col.; m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to
the Râjasûya TândBr. Sch. S'rS.; Sesamum Indicum L.; Nageia Putranjiva L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of
an Ângirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67; 73; 83; 107) RAnukr.; (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the
14th Manv-antara, Pur; ({A}) f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L.; of sev.
rivers MBh. Pur.; the 12th day of the light half of S'ravana (a festival in honour of Vishnu) W.; mf({A})n.
purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c.
pavitraM = sanctified
paaya *= water
payas.h = water
payas * = n. (1. {pI}) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain; semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power,
strength RV. &c. &c.; a species of Andropogon Bhpr.; N. of a Sâman S'rS.; of a Virâj RPrât.; night Naigh. i,
7.
payoda = cloud (one who gives water)1 =* mf(%{A})n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv. ; yielding water (as a
cloud) Subh. ; m. a cloud Ka1lid. Var. &c. (%{-suhRd} m. `" friend of clouds "', a peacock Sa1h.) ; N. of a
son of Yadu Hariv. ; (%{A}) f. N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh.
payodhara = cloud
peSa * = pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. {zilA-p-}); m. the act of pounding or grinding or crushing
S'is'. (cf. {piSTa-p-}).
pes'a* =m. ( {piz}) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5; vii, 34, 11; ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf.
{puru-} and {su-}; g. {gaurA7di} and {sidhmA7di}); ({I}) f. see below.
pes'ala * = mf({A})n. (g. {sidhmA7di}) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr.; beautiful,
charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.; soft, tender, delicate, Kalid.; expert, skilful, clever Bhartri.;
fraudulent, crafty L.; ({am}) ind. tenderly, delicately Kathâs.; m. N. of Vishnu, V.; n. charm, grace,
beauty, loveliness BhP.
phaalguna * = mf({I4})n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgunî S'Br. S'rS.; born under the NñNakshatra
PhñPhalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34 (v.l.); m. (with or scil. {mAsa}) the month during which the full moon stands
in the NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî (February-March) Mn. MBh.; N. of Arjuna (= {phalguna}) MBh.
Hariv.; Terminalia Arjuna (= {nadI-ja}) L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. a species of grass used as a substitute for
the Soma plant (and also called {arjunAnI}) S'Br. TBr. Âs'vS'r. [718, 2]; N. of a place of pilgrimage BhP.
phaNin.h = snake
phala = fruit
phalaM = results
phalaani = results
phalgu* = mf({U84}, or {vI})n. reddish, red TS.; small, minute, feeble, weak, pithless, unsubstantial,
insignificant, worthless, unprofitable, useless VS. &c. &c.; f. Ficus Oppositifolia L.; a red powder usually
of the root of wild ginger (coloured with sappan wood and thrown over one another by the Hindûs at the
Holî festival; cf. {phalgU7tsava}) W.; the spring season L.; (scil. {vAc}) a falsehood lie L.; N. of a river
flowing Past Gayâ MBh. Hariv.; du. (in astrol.) N. of a Nakshatra.
phalguna * = mf({I})n. reddish, red VS. TS.; born under the Nakshatra Phalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34; m. N. of a
man ({-svAmin} m. a temple built by PhñPhalgunî) Râjat.; the month Phâlguna L.; N. of Arjuna L.; ({I})
f. see below.
phalaiH = results
piidita = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib.;
covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.;
({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
pikaH = cuckoo
piDaa = pain
piNDa = morsel of food * =. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob, button,
clod, lump, piece (cf. {ayaH-}., {mAMsa-} &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS.
S'Br. &c. &c.; a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful; (esp.) a ball of rice or flour &c. offered to
the Pitriis or deceased ancestors, a S'râddha oblation (RTL. 293; 298-310) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; food,
daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kâv. &c.; any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily
frame Ragh. S'ank. Vajracch.; the calf of the leg Mâlatîm. v, 16; the flower of a China rose L.; a portico or
partic. part of a house L.; power, force, an army L.; m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated
above the collar-bone MBh.; (du.) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L.; the embryo in an
early stage of gestation L.; a partic. kind of incense Var. (`" myrrh "' or `" olibanum "' L.); meat, flesh L.;
alms Mâlatîm. (cf. {-pAta} below); Vangueriya Spinosa L.; quantity, collection L.; (in arithm.) sum, total
amount; (in astron.) a sine expressed in numbers; (in music) a sound, tone; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; n.
(L.) iron; steel; fresh butter; ({A}) f. a kind of musk L.; ({I}) f. see 1. {piNDI}.
pis'aaca * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness for flesh
[{piza} for {pizita}] or from their yellowish appearance; they were perhaps originally a personification of
the ignis fatuus; they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Râkshasas see also Mn. xii, 44; in
later times they are the children of Krodhâ cf. IW. 276); a fiend, ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish
being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. `" a devil of a - "' Kâd.); N. of a Rakshas R.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and
mother of the Pis'âcas VP.; ({I}) f. a female PñPis'âcas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.); excessive
fondness for (ifc.; e.g. {Ayudha-p-}, eñexcessive fñfondness for fighting) Bâlar. Anarghar.; a species of
Valerian L.; N. of a Yogini Hcat.
pitaraH = fathers
pitaa = father
pitaamahaaH = grandfathers
pitaamahaan.h = grandfathers
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench, GriS'.
MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp. of an idol)
Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of various temples
(erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of
Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in geom.) the complement of a
segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a minister of Kansa Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter
pitri = father
pitrin.h = fathers
pidadhaati = to close
pipaasaa = thirst
pipaasita = thirsty
pipiilikaa = ant
pib.h = to drink
piiDana = harrasment
piiDayaa = by torture
piitha (Yoga encyclopedia) * ("seat") is sometimes used synonymously for *âsana. The term can also
refer to a sacred site (*tîrtha), such as a temple, or a special locus of spiritual energy (*shakti) within the
*body, corresponding to a *cakra. For instance, the *Laghu-Yoga-Vâsishtha (VI.2.100f.) speaks of the
thirty-six tîrthas in the body in which *God should be worshiped.\\Moreover, in one of its several
classification systems, *Shaiva *Tantrism employs the term pâtha to denote a certain type of scripture
(see *âgama), analogous to the categories of *âmnâya and *srota. There are four such pîthas, namely
vidyâ-, mantra-, mudrâ-, and mandala-pîtha. While the scriptures of a particular class deal chiefly with
the subject matter indicated by the name of their category (such as *mantras or *mandalas), each
scripture covers all the important *Tantric principles.
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench, GriS'.
MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp. of an idol)
Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of various temples
(erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of
Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in geom.) the complement of a
segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a minister of Kansa Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter L. \\* = 2 m.
id. (see {go-p-}).
piiDA* = f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage ({ayA} ind. with pain i.e.
unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c.; devastation (cf. {pIDana}) W.; restriction, limitation KâtyS'r. Sch.;
obscuration, eclipse (of a planet cf. {graha-p-}) Var.; pity, compassion L.; a chaplet or garland for the
head L. (cf. {ApIDa}); Pinus Longifolia L.; a basket L.; w.r. for {pITha}.
piiDita = Distress. Usually caused by Combust position of planet* = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh.
&c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste
W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.;
harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
piita = yellow
piitaM = yellow
pluta * = mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled
with (instr. or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mâtrâs
(q.v.) Prât. Pân. 1-2, 27 esp. S'rS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [715, 3]; flown R.; leaped,
leaping MBh. Hariv.; n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv.; leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar.; capering (one
of a horse's paces) L.
praacurya * = n. (fr. {-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Bâdar. Râjat. Pañcat.; amplitude, prolixity
TPrât. Sch.; prevalence, currency S'ank. Râjat.; ({eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MârkP.; in detail
BhP.
pra+chal.h = to agitate
praajña* = mf({A} and {I}) (fr. {jJA}) intellectual (opp. to {zArIra}, {taijasa}) S'Br. Nir. MândUp.;
intelligent, wise, clever KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kâv. &c.; intelligence
dependent on individuality Veda7ntas.; a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L.; ({A}) f.
intelligence, understanding L.; ({I}) f. the wife of a learned man L.; {-kathA} f. a story about a wise man
MW.; {-tA} f. (Mis.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) wisdom, learning, intelligence; {-bhUta-nAtha}, m.N. of a
poet Cat.; {-mAna} m. respect for learned men W.; {-mAnin} (S'ank.), {-m-mAniG} (Kathâs.), {-vAdika}
(MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise.
praaha = told
praakritaH = materialistic
praalamba* = mf({I})n. hanging down R.; m. a kind of pearl ornament L.; the female breast L.; a species
of gourd L.; n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also {-baka}, n. and {-bikA} f. L.)
praamaaNyaM = proof
praaN.h = life
praaNa = Soul * = 2 m. (ifc. f. %{A}; for 1. see under %{prA}, p. 701) the breath of life, breath, respiration
spirit vitality; pl. life RV. &c. &c. (%{prA7NAn} with %{muc} or %{hA} or %{pari-} %{tyaj}, `" to resign or
quit life "'; with %{rakS}, `" to save lñlife "'; with %{ni-han}, `" to destroy lñlife "';
%{tvam@me@prA7NaH} "', thou art to me as dear as lñlife "'; often ifc.; cf. %{pati-}, %{mA7na-pr-}); a
vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{apA7na} and %{vyAna} AitBr. TUp. Sus3r.; usually
5, viz. the preceding with %{sam-Ana} and, %{yd-Ana} S3Br. MBh. Sus3r. &c. cf. MWB. 242; or with the
other vital organs 6 S3Br.; or 7 AV. Br. Mun2d2Up.; or 9 AV. TS. Br.; or 10 S3Br.; pl. the 5 organs of
vitality or sensation, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{vAc}, %{cakSus}, %{zrotra}, %{manas}, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i;
or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. S3rS. Mn. iv, 143); air inhaled, wind AV. S3Br. [705,2]; breath (as
a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (%{sarvaprA7Nena} or %{-prA7NaiH}, `" with all
one's strength "' or, all one's heart "'; cf. %{yathA-prA7Nam}); a breath (as a measure of time, or the
tñtime requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vina1d2ika1) Var. Aryabh. VP.; N. of a
Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahma1's month) Pur.; (in Sa1m2khya) the spirit (= %{puruSa})
Tattvas.; (in Veda7nts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Veda7ntas. RTL. 35 (cf.
%{prANA7tman}); poetical inspiration W.; myrrh L.; a N. of the letter %{y} Up.; of a Sa1man Ta1n2d2Br.
(%{vasiSThasya@prA7NA7pA7nau} A1rshBr.); of Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u RTL. 106; of a Vasu BhP.; of a
son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv.; of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; of a son of Dha1tr2i Pur.; of a son of Vidha1tr2i
BhP.; of a R2ishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.
prANA * = m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins
Dharmas.)
praaNaayana* = n. (for 2. see below) an organ of sense BhP.\\praaNaayana* = 2 m. (for 1. see under
{prA7Na}) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. {naDA7di}).
praaNeshvara = husband
praap *= (%{pra-Ap}) P. A1. %{prA7pnoti} (irreg. Pot. %{prA7peyam}) , to attain to ; reach , arrive at ,
meet with , find AV. &c. &c. ; to obtain , receive (also as a husband or wife) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to incur (a
fine) Mn. viii , 225 ; to suffer (capital punishment) ib. 364 ; (with %{dizaH}) to flee in all directions
Bhat2t2. ; to extend , stretch , reach to (%{A}) Pa1n2. 5-2 , 8 ; to be present or at hand AV. ; (in gram.) to
pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a rule) , be in force , obtain (also Pass.) Ka1s3.:
Caus. %{prA7payati} , %{-te} (ind. p. %{prA7payya} , or %{prA7pya} Pa1n2. 6-4 , 57 Sch.) , to cause to
reach or attain (2 acc.) , advance , promote , further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c. ; A1. TBr. MBh.) ; to lead or bring
to (dat.) VP. ; to impart , communicate , announce , relate Mn. MBh. &c. ; to meet with , obtain R.: Desid.
%{pre7psati} , to try to attain , strive to reach S3Br.
praap.h = to obtain
praapta = occurred
praaptaM = received
praaptaH = achieving
praaptiH = achievement
praapnuyaat.h = he attains
praapnuvanti = achieve
praapya = achieving
praapyate = is achieved
praaraMbhaaH = (Masc.nom.S)beginning
praarabhate = begins
praarthanaa = Prayer
praasaada = palace * = m. (for {pra-s-} lit. `" sitting forward "', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place; cf.
Pân. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace S'ânkhS'r. Mn.; the top-story of a lofty
building Kâd.; a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
(with Buddhists) the monks "' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426.
praataH = morning
praataHkaala = morning
praati* = f. filling (= {pUrti}) L.; the span of the thumb and forefinger. L. \\2 (for 1. see under {prA}),
Vriiddhi or lengthened form of 1. {prati} in comp. In the following derivatives formed with 2. {prAti}
only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses
(leaving the preposition {prati}, which is lenghened to {prAti} in the derivatives, to be supplied). [706, 3]
praatipada* = mf({I}) n. (fr. {-pad}) forming the commencement S'ânkhS'r.; m. N. of a man S'atr.
praavara * =m. (for 1. see under 3. {prA}. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. {mahI-pr-}) L.
praavAra * m. id. MBh. Kâm. Mriicch. (also {-ka}); N. of a district (= {-varaka}) MBh.; mfn. found in
outer garments or cloaks Kâv.; {-karNa} m. `" Cloak-Ear "'N. of an owl MBh.; {-kITa} m. `" clothes-insect
"' = {kuNa} L.; a louse W.; {-rika} m. a maker of cloaks R.; {-rIya} P. {-yati}, to use as a clñcloaks Pân.
3-1, 10 Sch.
praavraajya* = n. (fr. {-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. {-vrajya}) MârkP.
praavrit *= (%{prA} m. c. for %{pra}), Caus. %{-vartayati}, to produce, create MBh. Hariv.
praavrita *= mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; put on (as a garment)
Hcar. Katha1s. Hit. ; filled with (instr.) R. ; m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L. ; n. covering, concealing Gaut.
; (%{A}) f. a veil, mantle Shad2vBr.
praavrithkaala* = m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat.; {-vaha} mf({A})n. (a river) flowing only in the rainy
season MârkP.
praavriti *= f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L. ; (with S3aivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4
consequences of Ma1ya1) Sarvad.
praaya * = m. (fr. {pra} + {aya}; 5. {i}) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8; course, race AV. iv,
25, 2; departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce
compliance with a demand; acc. with {As}, {upa-As}, {upa-viz}, {upa-i}, {A-sthA}, {sam-A-sthA}, or {kR},
to renounce life, sit down and fast to death; with Caus. of {kR}, to force any one [acc.] to seek death
through starvation) MBh. Kâv. &c.; anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority,
general rule (often ifc., with f. {A} = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or
abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using; near, like, resembling; mostly, well-nigh,
almost, as it were; cf. {Arya-}, {jita-}, {jJAti-}, {tRNa-}, {daNDa-}, {duHkha-}, {siddhi-pr-} &c.; also {-tA}
f.) S'Br. Lâthy. Mn. MBh. &c.; a stage of life, age L.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}.
praayaNa* = mfn. going forth, going VS.; n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up.; the course
or path of life MBh. BhP.; going for protection, taking refuge BhP.; departure from life, death, voluntary
dñdeparture ({-NaM-kR}, to court dñdeparture) Mn. ix, 323; a kind of food prepared with milk Pur.
praayas* = 1 ind. (for 2. see below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh. Ka1v. &c.
; in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh. ; abundantly, largely W.
praayas'citta n. (%{prA4yaz-} ; `" predominant thought "' or `" thought of death "' cf. Pa1n2. 6-1 , 157
Sch.) atonement , expiation , amends , satisfaction S3Br. Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. (v , 1086 as m.) &c. ; N. of
sev. wks. ; mfn. relating to atonement or expiation , expiatory Shad2vBr. ; %{-kadamba} m. or n.
%{-kamalA7kara} m. %{-kalpataru} m. %{-kANDa} m. or n. %{-kArikA} f. %{-kautUhala} n.
%{-kaumudI} f. %{-krama} m. %{-khaNDa} m. or n. %{-grantha} m. %{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m.
%{-tattva} n. %{-taraMga} (?) m. %{-dIpikA} f. %{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-nirNaya} m. %{-paddhati} f.
%{-parAzara} m. or n. %{-pArijAta} m. %{-prakaraNa} n. %{-prakAza} m. %{-pratyAmnAya} m.
%{-pradIpa} m. %{-pradIpikA} f. %{-prayoga} m. %{-bhASya} n. %{-maJjarI} f. %{-manohara} m.
%{-mayUkha} m. %{-mAdhavIya} n. %{-mArtaNDa} m. %{-muktA7valI} f. %{-muktA7valI-prakAza} m.
%{-ratna} n. %{-ratna-mAlA} f. %{-rahasya} n. %{-vAridhi} n. %{-vidhAna} n. %{-vidhi} m.
%{-vinirNaya} m. %{-viveka} m. %{-viveko7ddyota} m. %{-vyavasthA-saMkSepa} m. %{-zakti} f.
%{-zata-dvayI} f. (or %{-zata-dvayI-prA7yazcitta} n.) , %{-zekhara} m. %{-zrauta-sUtra} , n.
%{-saMkalpa} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-samuccaya} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-kaumudI} f. %{-sAra-
saMgraha} m. %{-sArA7vali} f. %{-sudhAnidhi} m. %{-subodhinI} [708,2] ; f. %{-sUtra} n. %{-setu} m.
%{-sthAna} n. %{-hemA7dri} m. %{-ttA7NDa-bilA} f. %{-ttA7di-godAna} n. %{-ttA7di-saMgraha} m.
%{-ttA7dhikAra} m. %{-ttA7dhyAya} m. %{-ttA7dhyAya-bhASya} n. %{-ttA7parA7rka} m. N. of wks. ;
%{-ttA7huti} f. an expiatory sacrifice Br. A1s3vS3r. ; %{-tte7ndu-zekhara} m. and %{-ra-sAra-saMgraha}
m. N. of wks. ; %{-tte7STi}. f. = %{-ttA7huti} Gr2S3rS. ; %{-tte7STi-candrikA} f. %{-tto7ddyota} m.
%{-ttau9gha-sAra} m. N. of wks.
praayeNa * = ind. mostly, generally, as a rule S3rS. Mn. R. &c.; most probably, likely Hit. (cf.
%{prA7yazas} and 1. %{prA7yas}).
pra-bhava4 * = mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production, source, origin, cause of
existence (as father or mother, also `" the Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. {A}, springing or
rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= {pra-bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sâdhya
Hariv.; of Vishnu A.; of sev. men HParis'.; N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.;
pra-bhaava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. ({-veNa},
{-vAt} and {-vatas} ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [684, 3]; supernatural power Kâlid.;
splendour, beauty MBh. R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriyâ Cat.;
N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MârkP.; {-ja} mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W.; {-tva}
n. power, strength Kâm.; {-vat} mfn. powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathâs.
prabhavati = is manifest
prabhavasya = of borned
prabhavaan.h = born of
prabhavishhNu = developing
prabhavaiH = born of
prabhaa = light
prabhaasa* = M. `" splendour "', `" beauty "'N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a being attendant on Skanda ib.; of a
deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas L.; of a son of a minister of
Candraprabha king of Madra Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a race of Riishis MBh.; m. or n. N. of a celebrated place
of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvârakâ MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-kSetra} n. {-kSetra-
tIrtha} n. {-deza} m.); {-kSetra-tIrtha-yAtrA7nukrama} m. {-kSetra-mAhAtmya} n. {-khaNDa} m. or n.
and {-se7zvara-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wks. [684,2]
prabhaata = morning
prabhaavaH = influence
prabhaashheta = speaks
pra-bhU * = P. {-bhavati} (rarely Â. {-te}; Ved. inf. {-bhUSa4Ni}), to come forth, spring up, arise or
originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur S'Br. &c. &c.; to be before, surpass (with
{pRSTham}, `" to be greater or more than the back can carry "', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become
or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. {prabhavati-tarAm}, `" has more power
"' Vikr. v, 18); to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen. loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be equal
to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib.; to be a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; to be able to (inf.)
Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br.; to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus.
{-bhAvayati}, to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater
number of vessels) Br.; to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish,
nurture ib. MBh. &c.; (as Nom. fr. {-bhAva} below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.)
MBh. R.; to recognise R.: Desid. of Caus. {-bibhAvayiSati}, to wish to increase or extend AitBr.
pra-bhu4 * = mfn. (Ved. also {U4} f. {vI}) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c.; more
powerful than (abl.) MBh.; having power over (gen.) VP.; able, capable, having power to (loc. inf. or
comp.) Kâv.; a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; constant, eternal L.; m. a master, lord, king (also
applied to gods e.g. to Sûrya and Agni RV.; to Prajâ-pati Mn.; to Brahmâ ChUp.; to Indra R.; to S'iva
MBh.; to Vishnu L.); the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142; a sound, word L.; quicksilver L.; N. of a deity
under the 8th Manu MârkP.; of a son of Kardama Hariv.; of a son of S'uka and Pîvarî ib.; of a son of
Bhaga and Siddhi BhP.; of a poet Cat.; of sev. other men HParis'.; ({-bhvI} f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.);
{-kathA} f. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yâjñ. (v.l.) Kathâs.; power over (loc.) S'ak.;
possession of (comp.) Ragh.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Ratna7v.; {-tva} n. lordship,
sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; prevalence (instr. `" for the
most part "') Sus'r.; {-tvabodhi} f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kârand.; {-tvA7kSepa} m. (in
rhet.) an objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kâvya7d. ii, 138; {-deva} m. N. of a Yoga
teacher Cat.; ({I}) f. (with {lATI}) N. of a poetess ib.; {-bhakta} mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog)
Cân.; m. a good horse L.; {-bhakti} f. loyalty, faithfulness MW.; {-liGga-caritra} n. {-liGga-lIlA} f.
{-vaMza} m. N. of wks.; {-zabda-zeSa} mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh.
pra-óbhU * = = {-bhu} (cf. above); {-tva} n. sufficiency KâtyS'r. (cf. {prabhu-tva}); {-vasu} ({-bhU4-}
Padap. {-bhu4-}) mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV.; m. N. of a descendant of
Angiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36; ix, 35, 36
prabhriti = from
prabho = Oh Lord
pracaNDa* = mf({A})n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful,
formidable MBh. Kâv. &c.; great, large, hot, burning, sharp (see comp. below); m. a species of oleander
with white flowers L.; N. of a Dânava Kathâs.; of a goblin MârkP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî and Su-nandâ ib.;
({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ with white flowers L.; a form or S'akti of Durgâ Cat.
pracar * = P. %{-carati} (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c.
&c.; to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c.; to roam, wander Prab. BhP.; to circulate, be or become current
(as a story) R. Var.; to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object or of
the means employed) AV. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP.;
to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c.; to come off, take place BhP.: Caus.
%{-cArayati}, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv.; to make public W.
pracal * = P. %{-calati} (rarely A1. %{-te}), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c.; to stir,
move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pan5cat.; to start, spring up from (a seat) R.; to swerve,
deviate from (abl.) MBh.; to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib. BhP.:
Caus. %{-calayati}, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Ka1v.; to remove from (abl.) Sus3r.; %{-cAlayati}, to
cause to shake or tremble R.; to stir up, stir round Pan5cat.
pracala * = mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.; what goes well or widely W.; current,
circulating, customary ib.; %{-kAJcana-kuNDala} mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings R2itus.;
%{-dAsa} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{-latA-bhuja} mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that
tremble) Prab.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{--calA7Gga} mfn. having tremulous limbs MBh.
pracaraNa* = n. going to graze Cat.; proceeding with, beginning, undertaking S3rS. Ba1lar.; circulating,
being current W.; employing, using MW.; (%{I4}) f. (sc. %{sruc}) a wooden ladle employed for want of a
better at a sacrifice S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
pracura * = mf({A})n. much, many, abundant (opp. to {alpa}); plenteous, plentiful, frequent; (ifc.)
abounding in, filled with MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a thief A.
prachura = many
pracuurN * =P. {-cUrNayati} (only aor. {prA7cucUrNat}), to crush, grind to dust Bhathth.
pradadhmatuH = sounded
pradaaH = causing
pradhaana = giving * =n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything
KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of; [often also ifc. (f. {A}) e.g. {indra-
pradhAna}, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir.; {prayoga-p-}, (the art of
dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mâlav.]; `" the Originator "', primary germ,
original source of the visible or material universe (in Sânkhya = {prakRti} q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c.; primary or
unevolved matter or nature Sarvad.; supreme or universal soul L.; intellect, understanding L.; the first
companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.) L.; an elephant-driver (also m.) L.; (in
gram.) the principal member of a compound (opp. to {upasarjana} q.v.); mf({A})n. chief, main, principal,
most important; pre-eminent in (instr.); better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of an
ancient king MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522).
pradhana * =n. (cf. {dha4na}) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest itself
RV. &c. &c.; the best of one's goods, valuables Nâr.; tearing, bursting &c. (= {dAraNa}) L.; m. N. of a man;
pl. his descendants BrahmaP.
pradishhTaM = indicated
pradiiptaM = blazing
pradesha = Territory
pradvishhantaH = blaspheming
pradyumna * =m. `" the pre-eminently mighty one "'N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of Kriishna
and Rukminî, or as a son of Sankarshana and then identified with Sanat-kumâra) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
pleasant (= {kAma}) Subh.; the intellect (= {manas}) S'ank.; N. of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; of a
king Kathâs.; of sev. authors and teachers Cat.; of a mountain Râjat.; of a river ib.
pradhaana = important
praghasa* = m. ( {ghas}) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pân. 2-4, 37; 38); N. of a Râkshasa MBh.;
of a monkey follower of Râma R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
praGyaa = intellect
praGYaaM = intelligence
praharaNa = arms
praharati = to knock
prahasan.h = smiling
prahaasa * m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kâv.; derision, irony Pân. 1-4, 106 &c.; appearance, display
Venis.; splendour, of colours Jâtakam.; an actor, dancer L.; N. of S'iva L. (cf. {-hasa}); of an attendant of
S'ñS'iva MBh.; of a Nâga ib.; of a minister of Varuna R.; of a Tirtha (w.r. for {-bhAsa}?) L.; n. (with
{bharad-vAjasya}) N. of a Sâman (w.r. for {prAsAha}) L.
prahri = to hit
prahrishhyati = is rejoicing
prahrishhyet.h = rejoices
prahlaadaH = Prahlada
prajahaati = gives up
prajahi = curb
prajaaH = generations
prajaanaati = knows
prajaanaami = do I know
prajaapati = Lord of created beingsprajApati\\({-jA-}) m. `" lord of creatures "'N. of Savitrii, Soma, Agni,
Indra &c. RV. AV.; a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Sus'r. BhP. [658,3];
lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities [RV. (only x,
21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to Vishnu, S'iva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c.,
and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmâ, viz. Marîci, Atri,
Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishthha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, Nârada [Mn.i, 34; cf. IW. 206
n. 1], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3); a father L.; a king, prince L.; a
son-in-law L.; N. of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; the planet Mars, a partic.
star, $ Aurigae Sûryas.; (in astrol.) = 2. {kAla-nara} q.v.; a species of insect L.; N. of sev. men and authors
Cat.; ({I}) f. a matron, lady DivyA7v.; N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamî,
the first woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit.; {-grihIta} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. seized by Prajâ-pati VS.;
{-carita} n. N. of wk.; {-citi4} f. PñPrajâ-pati's layer S'Br.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Pat.; {-nivAsinI} f. N. of
a Gandharvî Kârand.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the PñPrajâ-pati "'N. of Brahmâ BhP.; of Daksha ib.;
{-bhakSita} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. eaten by PñPrajâ-pati VS.; {-mukha} ({jA4-p-}) mfn. having PñPrajâ-pati as
head or chief S'Br.; {-yajJa} m. `" sacrifice to PñPrajâ-pati "', the procreation of children enjoined by law
VP.; {-loka4} m. PñPrajâ-pati's world (situated between the sphere of Brahmâ and that of the
Gandharvas) S'Br.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man L.; {-sRSTa} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. created by PñPrajâ-pati AV.
S'Br.; {-smRti} f. N. of wk.; {-hRdaya} n. `" PñPrajâ-pati's heart "'N. of a Sâman S'rS. (also {prajA4pater-
hR4d-} S'Br. TS.)
prajña* = 1 mfn. = {pra-jJu} L.\\ prajña* =2 mf({A})n. (for 1. see above) wise, prudent MândUp.; (ifc.)
knowing, conversant with (cf. {nikRti-}, {pathi-}); ({A}) f. see col. 2; {-tA} ({-jJa4-}) f. knowledge. S'Br.
prajñaa* = P. {-jAnAti}, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish, know
about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kâv. &c.:, Caus.
{-jJA8payati}, to show or point out (the way) S'Br.; to summon, invite Lalit. 2.
prajñaa* = f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment S'Br. &c. &c.; device, design S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; a clever or sensible woman W.; Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence,
Sarasvatî L.; a partic. S'akti or energy Hcat.; (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three
fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126; 128; the energy of Âdi-buddha (through the union with whom the latter
produced all things) MWB. 204.
praji *= P. %{-jayati} , to , win , conquer AV. &c. &c. prajJaka* = see {akRta-prajJaka}.
prajñaata* = mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known, public,
common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c.
prajñaati* = ({pra4-}) f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way S'Br. TândBr.
prajñaaditya* = ({-jJA7d-}) m. `" sun of wñwisdom "'N. applied to a very clever man Râjat.
prajval * = P. {-jvalati} (ep. also Â. {-te}), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame or
flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-jvA8layati}, to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame
GriS'rS. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain DivyA7v.
prakaroti = do
prakaala = Armageddon
prakaashaM = illumination
prakaashaH = manifest
prakaashakaM = illuminating
prakaashate = to shine
prakaashana = Publication
prakaashayati = discloses
prakampa* = mfn. trembling R.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c.
MBh. Kâv. &c.
prakIrtita *= mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Ya1jn5. ; named, called
Mn. Pan5c. ; approved, praised, celebrated Ya1jn5. Pan5c
prakopa *= m. effervescence , excitement , raging (of diseases , war &c.) Var. Ra1jat. ; tumult ,
insurrection Hit. ; violent anger , rage , fury , wrath , ire Mn. MBh. &c. ; (in med.) excess ,
superabundance , vitiation Sus3r.
prakriti = Nature* = f. `" making or placing before or at first "', the original or natural form or condition
of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to {vi-kRti} q.v.) Prât. Nir. Jaim. MBh.; cause original
source Mn. MBh. S'ak. &c.; origin, extraction Mriicch.; nature, character, constitution, temper,
disposition MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c. (ibc. and {-tyA} ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prât. S'rS.
Mn. &c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp. in ritual) S'rS.; (in the Sânkhya phil.)
the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3
constituent essences or Gunas called {sattva}, {rajas} and {tamas}), Nature (distinguished from
{puruSa}, Spirit as Mâyâ is dñdistinguished from Brahman in the Veda7ntas); pl. the 8 producers or
primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi} or {mahat}, {ahaM-
kAra}, and the 5 {tan-mAtras} or subtle elements; rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c.; (in mythol.) a
goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the S'akti or
personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmî, Durgâ &c.; also considered as identical with the
Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv.; (in polit.)
pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c.; the subjects of a king,
citizens, artisans &c. ib.; the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually
enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294; 295); the various
sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the {madhyama}, {vijigISu}, {udAsIna} and {zatru}; to
which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the {mitra}, {arimitra}, {mitra-mitra}, {arimitra-mitra},
{pArSNi-graha}, {Akranda}, {pArSNigrAhA7sAra}, {AkrandA7sAsa}; each of these 12 kings has 5
Prakriitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the total number of
Prakriitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155; 157 Kull.; (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a word, base,
root, an uninflected word Sâh. Pân. Sch. Vop.; N. of 2 classes of metres Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient
multiplier ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of
generation W.; (with {tritIyA}) the third nature, a eunuch MBh.; matter, affair Lalit.; the male or female
organ of generation L.; a woman or womankind L.; a mother L.; an animal L.; N. of a woman Buddh.; N.
of wk.
prakritiM = nature
prakritiH = nature
prakritii = Nature
prakrityaa = by nature
prakshaalayati = to wash
prakopa = aggravation
pralamba* = mf({A})n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KâtyS'r. Sch. MBh.
Hariv. R.; bending the upper part of the body forward MBh.; prominent MW.; slow, dilatory W. [689,3];
m. hanging on or from, depending L.; a branch L.; a shoot of the vine-palm L.; a cucumber Bhpr.; a
garland of flowers worn round the neck W.; a kind of necklace of pearls L.; the female breast L.; tin (?)
W.; N. of a Daitya slain by Balarâma or Kriishna MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; of a mountain R.; ({A} f. N. of
a Râkshasî Buddh.); {-keza} mfn. one whose hair hangs down VP.; {-ghna} m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N.
of Bala-râma and of Kriishna L.; {-tA} f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kâd.; {-nAsika} mfn. one
who has a prominent nose A.; {-bAhu} mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. ({-tA}
f. one of the 32 signs of perfection Dharmas. 83); m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-bhid} m. `" crusher of
Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma L.; {-bhuja} mfn. one whose arms hang down L.; m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara
Kathâs.; {-mathana} (Hariv.), {-han} (MBh.), {-hantR} (L.) m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma
and of Kriishna; {-bA7NDa} m. a man with pendent testicles Vet.; {-bo7jjvala-cAru-ghoNa} mfn. having a
prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh.; {-bo7dara} m. `" having a pendent belly "'N. of a prince
of the Kin-naras Kârand.; of a fabulous mountain ib.
pralapan.h = talking
pralayaH = annihilation
praliiyate = is annihilated
pramada m. joy , pleasure , delight MBh. Katha1s. ; mfn. wanton , dissolute Ragh. (also %{-daka} Nir.) ;
mad , intoxicated L. ; m. the thorn-apple L. ; the ankle L. ; N. of a Da1nava Hariv. ; of a son of Vasisht2ha
and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP. ; (%{A} f. see below) ; %{-kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
; %{-kAnana} n. = %{-dA-k-} L. ; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pan5cat. ; %{-vana} n. =
%{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman , any woman Mn. MBh. &c. ; the sign of the zodiac
Virgo L. ; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col. ; %{-kAnana} n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the
gynaeceum L. ; %{-jana} m. womankind , the female sex R. Var. ; %{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of
metre Col. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R. ; (%{-na-pAlikA} f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal
pleasure-garden Ma1lav.) ; %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-}) n. the gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramaa A1. %{-mimIte} (Ved. inf. %{pra-me4} ; Pass. %{-mIyate}) , to measure , mete out , estimate
AV. S3rS. MBh. ; to form , create , make ready , arrange RV. MBh. ; to form a correct notion of (acc.) ,
understand , know MaitrUp. Hariv. Hit.: Caus. %{-mApayati} , to cause correct knowledge , afford proof
or authority MW. 1.\\ 2 f. basis , foundation AV. ; measure , scale RV. ; right measure , true knowledge ,
correct notion Prab. Kap. Tarkas. IW. 59 &c. ; a kind of metre RPra1t. ; %{-tva} n. accuracy of perception
Bha1sha1p. ; %{-tva-cihna} n. N. of wk.
pramaada* =m. intoxication RV. MBh. ; madness, insanity L. ; negligence, carelessness about (abl. or
comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c. ; an error, mistake W. ; a partic. high number L. ; %{-cArin} mfn. acting in a
careless manner Ka1ran2d2. ; %{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k. ; %{-vat} mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.
pramaaNa * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) measure, scale, standard; measure of any kind (as size, extent,
circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KâtyS'r. KathhUp. Mn. &c. (instr.
`" on an average "' Jyot.); prosodical length (of a vowel) Pân. 1-1, 50 Sch.; measure in music MBh.
(Nîlak.); accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Sangît.; measure of physical
strength S'ak. (cf. comp. below); the first term in a rule of three sum Col.; the measure of a square i.e. a
side of it S'ulbas.; principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col.; right measure, standard, authority GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c. ({pramANam bhavatI}, `" your ladyship is the authority or must judge "' Nal.; in this sense also
m. and f. sg. and pl. e.g. {vedAH pramANAH}, `" the Vedas are authorities "' MBh.; {strI pramANI
yeSAm}, `" they whose authority is a woman Pân. Sch.); a means of acquiring Pramâ or certain
knowledge (6 in the Veda7nta, viz. {pratyakSa}, perception by the senses; {anumAna}, inference;
{upamAna}, analogy or comparison; {zabda} or {Apta-vacana}, verbal authority, revelation;
{an-upalabdhi} or {abhAva-pratyakSa}, non-perception or negative proof; {arthA7patti}, inference from
circumstances; the Nyâya admits only 4, excluding the last two; the Sânkhya only 3, viz. {pratyakSa},
{anumAna} and {zabda}; other schools increase the number to 9 by adding {sambhava}, equivalence;
{aitihya}, tradition or fallible testimony; and {ceSTA}, gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.); any proof or testimony or
evidence Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a correct notion, right perception (= {pramA}) Tarkas.; oneness, unity L.;
= {nitya} L.; m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on the bank of the Ganges MBh.; ({I}) f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre
Col.
pramaaNatas* = ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137; according to proof or authority. W.
pramaaNaM = example
pramaathi = agitating
pramaathiini = agitating
pramaada = indifference
pramaadaH = madness
pramaade = in madness
pramaatha * = m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv.; rape (cf. {draupadI-pr-});
subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of one of the
attendants of Skanda ib.; of a Dânaya Kathâs.; pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on S'iva Hariv. (cf.
{pramatha}).
pramada* = m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s. ; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also %{-daka} Nir.) ;
mad, intoxicated L. ; m. the thorn-apple L. ; the ankle L. ; N. of a Da1nava Hariv. ; of a son of Vasisht2ha
and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP. ; (%{A} f. see below) ; %{-kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
; %{-kAnana} n. = %{-dA-k-} L. ; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pan5cat. ; %{-vana} n. =
%{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa* =f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c. ; the sign of the zodiac
Virgo L. ; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col. ; %{-kAnana} n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the
gynaeceum L. ; %{-jana} m. womankind, the female sex R. Var. ; %{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of
metre Col. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R. ; (%{-na-pAlikA} f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal
pleasure-garden Ma1lav.) ; %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-}) n. the gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramatha * = m. `" Tormentor "'N. of a class of demons attending on S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238);
of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; a horse L.; ({A}) f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L.; N. of the wife of
Kshupa and mother of Vîra MârkP.; pain, affliction W.; {-nAtha} (Kâd.), {-pati} (L.) m. `" lord of the
Pramathas "' N. of S'iva [685, 2]; {-prathama} m. `" first of the PñPramathas "'N. of Bhriingirithi Bâlar.;
{-thA7dhipa} m. `" ruler of the PñPramathas "'N. of S'iva VarBriS.; of Gane7s'a L.; {-thA7laya} m. `"
abode of torment "', hell L.
pramatta * = mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat.; drunken, intoxicated S'ak.; mad,
insane W.; inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; indulging
in (loc.) MBh. R.; blundering, a blunderer W.; {-gIta} mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat.;
{-citta} mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kâm.; {-tA} f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental
inactivity ({a-pram-}) Râjat.; {-rajju} f. (?) Kaus'.; 1. {-vat} mfn. inattentive, careless ({a-pram-}) MBh.;
2. {-vat} ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW.; {-zramaNa} n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the
14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.
pramukhataH = in front of
pramudita = joyous
pramukha * = mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R.; first, foremost, chief, principal, most
excellent Hit.; (generally ifc.; f. %{A}) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied
by or with [cf. %{prIti-p-}; %{vasiSThap-}] MBh. Ka1v.; honourable, respectable L.; m. a chief,
respectable man, sage W.; a heap, multitude L.; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; n. the mouth MW.;
commencement (of a chapter) Br2A1rUp. S3am2k.; time being, the present, the same time Prata1p.; (ibc.
or %{e} ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v.; (with
%{kR}) to cause to go before or precede R.
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S'ânkhBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP.;
bent towards, offered respectfully Mâlav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.;
skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sây.; of a Paris'. of SV.; {-kAya} mfn. having the body
bent down SaddhP.; {-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mâlav. i,
1; {-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; {-ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.;
{-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); {-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn.
one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNava = another name for AUM * (see also under om) = (or {pra4-N-}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) the mystical or
sacred syllable {om} VS. TS. S'Br. Mn. (ifc. also {-ka}) &c. ({-tva} n. RâmatUp.); a kind of small drum or
tabor = (and prob. w.r. for) {paNana} L.; {-kalpa} m. {-darpaNa} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-vyAkhyA} f.
{-vA7rcana-candRkA} f. {-vA7rtha-nirNaya} m. {-vA7rtha-prakAzikA-vyAkhyAna} n. {-vo7paniSad} f. N.
of wks.
pranaya* = m. a leader Pân. 3-1, 142 ({jyotiSAm} Nir. ii, 14); guidance, conduct MBh.; manifestation,
display Mriicch.; setting forth (an argument) Jâtakam.; affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment,
friendship, favour (ibc.; {At}, {ena} and {-yo7pe7tam} ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; desire, longing for (loc.; {anyathA}, `" for something else "') ib.; an entreaty, request,
solicitation R. Vikr.; reverence, obeisance L.; final beatitude L.; {-kalaha} m. a quarrel of lovers, mere
wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kâd. Pañcat.; {-kupita} mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh.;
{-kopa} m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW.; {-pezala} mfn. soft through
affection R.; {-prakarSa} m. excess of affñaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathâs.; {-bhaGga} m.
breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur.; {-madhura} mfn. sweet through affection Bhartri.;
{-maya} mf({I})n. full of confidence Jâtakam.; {-mAna} m. `" love-pride "', the jealousy of lñlove W.;
{-vacana} n. a declaration of lñlove or affection Megh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious,
frank, open, confident Kâlid.; attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib.; desirous of. longing for
(loc.) S'is'.; (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bâlar.; {-virhAta} = {-vihata} A.; {-vimukha} mf({I})n. averse
from love or friendship Megh.; {-vihati} f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W.; {-spRz} mfn. exciting
love, affectionate Mâlatîm.; {-yA7parAdha} m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence
Amar.; {-yA7pahArin} mfn. taking with cñconfidence or without shyness MW.; {-yA7mRta-paJcAzaka} n.
N. of wk.; {-yI-kR}, to attach closely Vcar.; {-yI-bhU}, to become attached or affectionate Sus'r.;
{-yo7nmukha} mf({I})n. expectant through love Mâlav.; {-yA7pe7ta} mfn. possessing candour, frank,
open MârkP.
praNayana* = n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching S'rS. MBh. &c.; means or vessel for
bringing or fetching (cf. {agni-}); showing, betraying (ct. {zraddhA-}); (with {daNDasya} or {daNDa}.),
applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yâjñ.; establishing, founding (of a school) BhP.;
execution, performance, practice MBh. Kâv.; bringing forward, adducing L.; composing, writing L.;
satisfying, satiating R.
praNashyaami = am lost
praNashhTaH = dispelled
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S3a1n3khBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted reverentially
BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Ma1lav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh.
R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sa1y.; of a Paris3. of SV.; %{-kAya} mfn. having
the body bent down SaddhP.; %{-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered
Ma1lav. i, 1; %{-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; %{-ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined,
stooping W.; %{-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); %{-tA7zeSa-
sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNidhaana = dedication
praNihita * = mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Sus3r.; put down, deposited Ba1lar. BhP.; outstretched,
stretched forth Megh. Sa1h.; directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartr2. BhP.; delivered,
committed, entrusted to (dat.) Ba1lar.; contained in (comp.) BhP.; sent out (as a spy) MBh.; found out,
discovered ib.; ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54; one who has his thoughts concentrated on one point,
intent upon (loc.) R. Bhat2t2.; obtained, acquired W.; prudent, cautious, wary ib.; resolved, determined
ib.; agreed to or admitted ib.; %{-dhI} (Bhartr2.), %{-tA7tman} (A1past.) mfn. having the mind fixed
upon (loc. or comp.); %{-te7SaNa} mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv.
prapad* =1 2. Â. {-padyate} (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down (at a
persoñs feet) MBh.; to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc., rarely loc.) AV.
&c. &c.; to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c.; to fall upon, attack, assail RV. AV.; to
come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with an adv. in {sAt}), to
become e.g. {sarpasAt pra-pad}, to becñbecome a serpent Bhatt.; to obtain, gain ({patini}, `" as husband
"'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib.; to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) Râjat.; to undertake, commence, begin,
do MBh. Kâv.; to form (a judgment) MBh.; to assume (a form) Kathâs.; to enjoy (pleasure) R.; to take to
(dat.) Hariv.; to come on, approach, appear AV. R. Hariv.; to take effect, succeed MBh.; to turn out
({anyathA}, `" differently "' i.e. without any effect or consequence) Hariv.; to admit (a claim) R.: Caus.
{-pAdayati}, {-te}, to cause to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. {pi4tsati}, to wish to enter
S'Br.; Â. {-pitsate} (cf. Pân. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Das'. \\ =2 f. away AitBr.; N. of
partic. sacred texts Br. GriS'rS.
prapada* n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes ({ais} ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c.
prapadana* = n. entering, entrance into (comp.) Âs'vGri. Vait.; access, approach S'Br. ChUp.
prapadam* = ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are divided,
without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of syllables and between
these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word {pa-padye}) AitBr.
prapadyate = surrenders
prapadyante = surrender
prapadye = surrender
prapanna * = mfn. arrived at , come to (%{zaraNam} , for protection) , got into (any condition) ChUp.
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (with %{pAdau}) fallen at a person's feet R. ; suppliant (cf. comp.) ; approached ,
appeared , happened , occurred R. ; acknowledged (as a claim) Ya1jn5. ; provided with (instr.) S3ak. 1 , 1 ;
effecting , producing W. ; poor , distressed ib. ; %{-gati-dIpikA} f. %{-dina-caryA} f. %{-duSTA7riSTa-
zAnti} f. %{-pArijAta} m. N. of wks. ; %{-pAla} m. `" protector of suppliants "'N. of Kr2ishn2a MBh. ;
%{-mAlikA} f. %{-lakSaNa} n. N. of wks. ; %{-nnA7mRta} n. `" nectar for suppliants "'N. of a legendary
biography of Ra1ma7nuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.) ; %{-nnA7rti-hara} mf(%{I})n. relieving the distress of
suppliants MW.
prapannaM = surrendered
prapashyaami = I see
pra+sha.ns.h = to praise
prashaanta = unagitated
prashaantasya = who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mind
pras'naM = question * = 1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). * =2 m. ( {prach})
a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.; judicial
inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-}, {deva-},
{daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c. &c. ({praznam} {pra-brU}
"', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A} {gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a
question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari}, the point at issue is before thy father "'); a
task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prashvaasa = expiration
prasaadana* = mf({I})n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. {ambu} - {p-}, {toya-p-} &c.); calming, soothing,
cheering R. Sus'r. BhP.; m. a royal tent L.; ({A}) f. service, worship L.; n. clearing, rendering clear
({netra-p-} `" administering soothing remedies to the eyes "') Sus'r.; calming. soothing, cheering,
gratifying (cf. {zruti-p-}), rendering gracious, propitiating ({tvatprasdanAt} `" for the sake of propitiating
thee "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; boiled rice L.; w.r. for {pra-sAdhan} Hariv. Mâlav.
prasaada * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. {ambu-p-}), UP. Kâlid. &c.
(Nom. P. {-sAdati}, to be clear or bright. S'atr.) [697, 1]; clearness of style, perspicuity Pratâp. Kâvya7d.
Sâh.; brightness (of the face) Ragh.; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KathhUp. Sus'r.
Yogas.; serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Sus'r. Ragh. &c.; graciousness, kindness, kind
behaviour, favour, aid, meditation ({-dAt} ind. through the kindness or by the favour of; {-daM} {kR}, to
be gracious; cf. {duS-p-}, {drik-p-}) Gobh. MBh. Kâv. &c.; Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and
Maitrî BhP.; clarified liquor, a decoction Car.; settlings, a residuum ib.; free gift, gratuity Ratna7v.; a
propitiatory offering or gift (of food = {p--dravya}, {prasAdA7nna}) L.; the food presented to an idol, or
the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use)
RTL. 69; 145 &c.; approbation W.; well-being, welfare W.; N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyâ-kaumudi;
{-cintaka} w.r. for {-vittaka} Bâlar.; {-dAna} n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by
a superior MW.; {-paTTa} m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var.; {-paTTaka} n. a
written edict of favour, Lokapr.; {-parAGmukha} mf({I}) not caring for any one's favour Amar.;
withdrawing fñfavour from any one (gen.) Pañcat.; {-pAtra} n. an object of fñfavour Das'.; {-puraga} mfn.
inclined to fñfavour, favourably inclined MârkP.; {-pratilabdha} m. N. of a son of Mâra Lalit.; {-bhAj}
mfn. being in favour, Sâmkhyas. Sch.; {-bhUmi} f. an object of fñfavour, favourite Hcar.; {-mAlA} f. N. of
wk.; {-vat} mfn. pleased, delighted; gracious, favourable L. ({-vatI-samAdhi} m. a partic. Samâdhi
Buddh.); {-vitta} mf({A})n. (Kâd. Kathâs. Râjat. Bâlar.) or {-vittaka} mfn. (Kathâs.) rich in favour, being
in high fñfavour with any one (gen. or comp.); m. and favourite, darling; {-SaT-zlokI} f. {-stava} m. N. of
2 Stotras; {-su-mukha} mf({I})n. inclined to favour (others `" having a clear or serene face "') Mâlav.
Ragh.; {-stha} mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious; happy W.; {-sAdA7ntara} n. another (mark of)
favour MW.; {sAdA7nna} n. see {-sAda} above; {-sAdI-} {kR}, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow
graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kâd. Râjat. &c.
prasaktaaH = attached
prasanna * = mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinct, perspicuous MBh. Ka1m.;
true, right, plain, correct, just Ma1lav. Ma1lati1m.; placid, tranquil R. Var. A1p.; soothed, pleased;
gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc. gen., or acc. aod %{prati}), favourable (as stars &c.);
gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. N. of a prince Hemac.; (%{A}) f.
propitiating, pleasing W.; spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat.; %{-kalpa} mfn. almost quiet, tolerably
calm Pan5cat.; %{-gAtr-tA}. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas.
84; %{-caNDikA} f. N. of a drama; %{-candra} m. N. of a prince HParis3.; %{-jala} mfn. containing clear
water R.; %{-tarka} mfn. conjecturing right Ma1lav.; %{-tA} f. brightness, clearness, purity Sus3r.;
clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat.; complacence, good humour Ka1v. Ra1jat. VP.; %{-tva} n.
clearness, purity MBh. Ragh.; %{-pAda} m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti; %{-prA7ya} mfn. rather
plain or correct, Ma1latim.; %{-mukha} mfn. `" placid-countenanced "', looking pleased, smiling W.;
%{-rasa} mfn. clear-juiced Kpr.; %{-rAghava} n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva; %{-veGkaTe7zva-
mAhAmya} n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyo7ttara-Pura1n2a; %{-salila} mfn. %{-jala} MBh.;
%{-sannA7tman} mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp.; %{-sanne7rA} f. spirituous liquor made of
rice L.
prasannaa = is pleased
prasannena = happily
prasabhaM = by force
prasaadhayati = to comb
prasaarayati = to spread
prasakta* = mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied
with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; clinging to the world, mundane BhP.; being in love, enamoured MBh.
Ka1v.; (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v.l. %{pra-yukta}); resulting, following, applicable Ka1s3.
Katha1s. Sarvad.; continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Ka1v. &c.; used, employed W.; got, obtained
ib.; opened, expanded ib.; contiguous, near A.; (%{-sakta4}), w.t for %{-satta4} AV.; ibc. and(%{am}) ind.
continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Ka1v.; %{-dhI} or %{-hRdaya} mfn. with heart or mind intent
upon or occupied with (comp.) Var.; %{-tA7zrumukha} mf(%{I})n. having the face wet with tears R.
pras'ama* = m. calmness, tranquillity "' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh.
Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a son of Ânaka-dundisbhi and S'ânti-deva BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.;
{-M-kara} mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R.; {-rati-sUsra} n. N. of wk.;
{-sthita} mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh.; {-mA7yana} mfn. walking in tranquillity BhP.
pras'aMsaa* = f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly conditions
Dharmas. 61) S'Br. &c. &c. (cf. {aprastuta-p-}, {strI-p-}; w.r. {-zaMzA}); {-nAman} n. an expression of
praise Nir.; {mukhara} mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly ({-rA7nana}, mfn. `" one whose mouth is
lñloud wñwith prñpraise "', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Râjat.; {--lApa} ({-sA7l-}) m. applause,
acclamation Das'.; {-vacana} n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh.; {--vali} ({-sA7v-}) f. a poem of praise,
panegyric Bâlar.; {-zaMso7pamA} f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior
Kâvya7d. [695,1]
prasiddhaka* = m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kriitti-ratha) R.
prasiddhi* = f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm. BhP.; proof, argument Kathâs.;
general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kâv. Kathâs.; {-mat} mfn. universally
known, famous Kathâs.; {viruddha-tA} f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sâh. (=
{khyAti-v-}); {-hata} mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr.
prasiddha * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-}); arranged, adomed (as
hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.;
%{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.),
%{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.
prasidh* = 2. P. Â. {-sedhati}, {-te}, to drive on RV. TândBr. Lâthy. \\3. P. {-sidhyati}, (rarely Â. {te}), to
be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c.; to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97; to be explained or
made clear Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 122.
prasiida = be pleased * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-}); arranged,
adomed (as hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic.
measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW.;
%{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.
prasîidati * = thus becomes fully satisfied; SB 1.2.19\\ becomes reconciled; SB 2.1.19\\ become satisfied;
SB 3.9.12\\ becomes very pleased; SB 3.13.48\\ becomes happy; SB 3.14.47\\ becomes fully satisfied; SB
4.20.9\\ is pleased; SB 5.2.15\\ actually becomes happy; SB 6.2.32\\is pleased; SB 6.19.1\\ become fully
satisfied; SB 7.11.7\\ is in favor; SB 8.21.24\\ is spiritually satisfied; SB 11.20.22\\ becomes satisfied; SB
prasi* = 1. (only Â. pf. {siSye}, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Râjat.
prasic* = P. {-siJcati}, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,; to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv.; to fill (a vessel)
KaushUp.: Pass. {-sicyate}, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Sus'r.; to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.:
Caus. {-secayati}, to pour into (loc.) Yâjñ.
prasikta* = mfn. poured out Uttarar. Sus'r.; (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh.
prasita* = mfn. (for 2. see below) bound, fastened W.; diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to,
engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh.; lasting, continuous
SaddhP. 1.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 2. see below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sây.); a ligament,
binding, fetter L.
prasita* = 2 mfn. (2. {si}; cf. {pra-si} above) darting along RV.; n. pus, matter L. 2.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 1. see above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV.; a throw, cast, shot,
missile VS. TBr.; stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV.; succession, duration VS.; dominion, power,
authority, influence RV.
prasritaa = extended
prastotR * = m. N. of the assistant of the Udgâtrii (who chants the Prastâva) Br. S'rS. MBh. &c.;
{-prayoga} m. {-sAman} n. N. of wks.
pra-óstobha * =m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with {rajer} {aGgirasasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans
ÂrshBr.
prazna * =1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). \\* =2 m. ( {prach}) a question,
demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.; judicial inquiry or
examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-}, {deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a
subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c. &c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a
controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A} {gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question
before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari}, the point at issue is before thy father "'); a task or
lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prasupta * = mfn. fallen into sleep , fast asleep , sleeping , slumbering Mn. MBh. &c. ; closed (said of
flowers) Ka1lid. ; having slept Hit. ; asleep i.e. insensible Sus3r. ; quiet , inactive , latent BhP. ; %{-tA} f. =
next Sus3r.
prasvaapana * = mf(%{I})n. causing sleep MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-nI@dazA} f. condition of sñsleep
Ma1rkP.) ; n. the act of sending to sñsleep R.
prata = Quality
prati = towards * = 1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nñnouns, sometimes
{pratI}; for 2. see p, 664) towards, near to; against, in opposition to; back, again, in return; down upon,
upon, on; before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. {prati-candra}); or it forms
Avyayibhâvas of different kinds (cf. {prati-kSaNam}, {prati-graham}, {praty-agni} &c.; rarely ifc. e.g.
{sUpaprati}, a little broth Pân. 2-1, 9); or as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards,
against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. {zabdam p-}, in the dirñdirection of the sound R.; {agnim pr-},
against the fire Mn.; also {praty-agni} ind. Pân. 6-2, 33 Sch.; {ripum pr-}, agñagainst the enemy Mn.;
{AtmAnam pr-}, to one's self Ratna7v.); opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. {rodasI pr-}, befñbefore
heaven and earth RV.); in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. {indram pr-}, in
comparñcomparison with lñlittle RV.; {sahasrANi pr-}, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib.; also
with abl. or {-tas}; cf. Pân. 1-4, 92; ii, 3, 11); in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. {yUpam pr-}, near
the sacrificial post AitBr.; {gaGgAm pr-}, at or on the Ganges R.; {etat pr-}, at this point TS.; {Ayodhanam
pr-}, on the field of battle MBh.); at the time of, about, through, for (e.g. {phAlgunam pr-}, about the
month PhñPhâlguna Mn.; {ciram pr-}, for a long time MBh.; {bhRzam pr-}, often, repeatedly Car.); or
used distributively (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every, severally (e.g. {yajJam pr-}, at
every sacrifice Yâjñ.; {yajJaM yajJam pr-} TS.; {varSam pr-}, every year, anually Pañcat.; in this sense
often comp.; cf. above); in favour of, for (Pân. 1-4, 90; e.g. {pANDavAn pr-}, in favour of the PñPân.
MBh.) [661, 3]; on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pân. ib. e.g. {sImAm pr-}, concñconcerning a
boundary Mn.; {gautamam pr-}, with regñregard to GñGanges R.); conformably or according to (e.g.
{mAm pr-}, accñaccording to me, i.e. in my opinion Mâlav.; cf. {mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti}, `" it
seems to me like a forest "' Hit.; {na bubhukSitam prati bhAti kiM cit}, `" to a hungry man nothing is of
any account "' Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 2); as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider "'; cf. Vikr. iv, 69);
or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pân. 1-4, 92 Sch.); with
abl. or {-tas} see above; with abl. or gen. (?) to express, `" about "', `" at the time of "' (only {prñprati
vastoH} "', at daybreak "' RV.); as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. {paiti}; Gk. $,
$, $.] &202234[661, 3]
pratii* = 1 in comp. for {prati} (cf. Pân. 6-3, 122 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)\\2 ({prati-i}) P. {praty-eti}, to go towards or
against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c.; to come back, return ib.; to resort or apply to RV. AV.
S'Br.; to fall to a persoñs (dat.) lot or share AitBr.; to receive, accept MBh.; (also Pass.) to admit,
recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GriS'rS. Nir. R. &c.; to trust, believe (with gen.)
Kathâs.: Pass. {pratI7yate}, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kâv. S'ank. Hit. (p. {-yamAna},
known, understood, implicit Pân. Sâh.): Caus. {praty-Ayayati} (Pass. {praty-Ayyate}), to lead towards i.e.
cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) Kâlid.; to make clear,
prove S'ank. Sâh.: Desid. {pratI7SiSati}, to wish or try to understand Pân. 2-4, 47 Sch.
pratibuddha * = (%{pra4ti-}) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c.; one who has
attained to perfect knowledge S3Br. (cf. MWB. 98 n.); illuminated, enlightened BhP.; observed,
recognized ib.; known, celebrated W.; made prosperous or great ib.; %{-vastu} mfn. understanding the
real nature of things BhP.; %{-ddhA7tman} mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW.
pratIcIna * = mfn. turned towards, going or coming tñtowards RV.; (%{-cI4na}) mfn. turned away from,
turning the back RV.; being behind, coming from bñbehind AV.; turning westward, western TS. Br.;
subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr.; (%{am}) ind. back to one's self TBr.; backwards, behind TS. TBr.
Ka1t2h. BhP.
pratIkSa*= mf(%{A})n. looking backward (see %{apr-}); (also %{-kSaka} R.) looking forward to, waiting
for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having regard to (ifc.) Hariv.; (%{A4}) f. expectation TBr.
Kat2hUp.; consideration, attention, respect, veneration A1past. MBh. R.
pratIta * = mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known ({zyAmaiti}, `" by the name of SñS'ank "') Nir. Mn.
MBh. &c.; convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KathhUp. MBh. Hit.;
satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c.; respectful L.; past, gone L.; clever, wise L.; m. N. of a
divinity enumerated among the Vis've Devâs. MBh.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-tA7kSarA} f. N.
of a Comm. on the Mita7ksharâ; {-tA7tman} mfn. confident, resolute MBh.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. having a
recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a prince VP.
pratijaaniihi = declare
pratijJaa* f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kâv. &c.; a statement,
assertion, declaration, affirmation ib.; (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved,
the first member or {avyaya} of the fivemembered Nyâya syllogism IW. 61; (in law) a plaint, complaint,
indictment, prosecution Yâjñ.
pratijaane = I promise
pratiloma = going against the grain* = mf({A})n. against the hair or grain (opp. to {anu-l-}), contrary to
the natural course or order, reverse, inverted; adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant; low, vile S'Br.
RPrât. S'rS. &c.; left, not right W.; contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the
father) ib.; (ibc. and {a4m} ind.) against the hair, agñagainst the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS.
Br. Âs'vS'r. &c.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {upakA7di}; ({A}) f. a partic. incantation (to be
recited from the end to the beginning) Kathâs.; n. any disagreeable or injurious act; ({ena}) ind. in an
unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cân.; {-ja} mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a
Kshatriya father and Brâhmanî mother, or of a Vais'ya fñfather and Kshatriyâ mñman or BñBrâhmanî
mñman, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband; cf. Mn. x, 16) W.; {-tas} ind. in
consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68; invertedly, in inverted order or series Yâjñ. MBh.
Pañcat.; {-rUpa} mfn. inverted KaushUp.; {-mA7nuloma} mfn. speaking against or for anything; (ibc.
and {am} ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural oñorder or cñcourse Mn. Yâjñ.; {-ma-tas}
ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R.
pratimaa = (f) statue, image; perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce;
that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed \\* = m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS.; ({A4}) f. an
image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c.; a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1; 241);
reflection (in comp. after a word meaning `" moon "' cf. below); measure, extent (cf. below); N. of a
metre RPrât.; the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also {-ma} m.) L. (ifc. like, similar,
resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c.; having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as e.g. {tri-nalva-pr-}, 3
Nalvas long Hariv.; {-ma-tA} f. {-tva} n. reflection, image, shadow W.); {-gata} mfn. present in an idol (as
a deity) Ragh.; {-candra} m. `" reflection-moon "', image of the mñmoon Ragh.; {-dAna} n. {-dravyA7di-
vacana} n. N. of wks.; {-paricAraka} m. an attendant upon an idol (= {devala}) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1);
{-pUjA} f. worship of images MWB. 464; {-pratiSThA} f. (and {-thA-vidhi}, m.), {-rodanA7di-
prA7yazcitta-vidhi} m. {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wks.; {vizeSa} m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW.;
{-zazA7Gka} m. = {-candra} Ragh.; {-sampro7kSaNa} n. N. of wk.; {-me7ndu} m. = {-mAcandra} Râjat.
pratIpa* = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{prati+ap} ; cf. %{anUpa} , %{dvIpa} , %{samIpa}) , `" against the stream "' ,
`" agñagainst the grain "' , going in an opposite direction , meeting , encountering , adverse , contrary ,
opposite , reverse MBh. R. Ragh. &c. ; inverted , out of order Sus3r. Var. ; displeasing , disagreeable Mn.
MBh. R. Hariv. ; resisting , refractory , cross , obstinate ; impeding , hindering BhP. MBh. R. &c.
backward , retrograde ; turned away , averted W. ; m. an adversary , opponent BhP. ; N. of a prince , the
father of S3a1m2tanu and grandfather of Bhi1shma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c. ; n. (in rhet.) inverse
comparison (e.g. `" the lotus resembles thine eyes "' , instead of the usual comparison `" thine eñeyes
resemble the lñlotus ; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Prata1p. Sa1h. Kpr. ; N. of a gram. wk. ; (%{a4m})
ind. against the stream , backwards ; against RV. &c. &c. ; in return Ba1lar. ; in inverted order Mn. ;
refractorily (with %{gam} , to resist S3ak. ; with %{abhy-upa-gam} , to go against , oppose R.).
pratipad* Â. {-padyate} (ep. fut. also {-patsyati}), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch,
attain VS. &c. &c.; to walk, wander, roam ChUp.; to come back to (acc.), return MBh.; to happen, occur,
take place PârGri. MBh.; to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self.
S'Br. &c. &c.; to receive back, recover AitBr. S'ak.; to restore to favour Ragh.; to undertake, begin (acc. dat.
or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or
behave towards or against (loc. gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R.; to make, render MBh.; to fall to a persoñs
(acc.) lot or share, PârGr.; to let a person (dat.) have anything Âpast.; to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183;
to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c.; to
deem, consider, regard S'ank. Sâh.; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. {tathA}, or {tathe7ti}),
acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kâv. &c.; to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV.
Br.; to answer ChUp. (also with {uttaram} R.): Caus. {-pAdayati}, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to
partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc. dat. or gen.) Kaus'. Mn. MBh. &c.; to give in
marriage Âpast.; to spend. ib.; to present with (instr.) Kârand.; to put in, appoint to (loc.) R.; to produce,
cause, effect MBh. R. &c.; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c.;
to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (v.l. {-vadasi} for {-pAdayasi}): Desid. {-pitsate} (Pân. 7-4,
54), to wish to attain S'ank.; to wish to know Bhâm.: Desid. of Caus. {-pipAdayiSati}, to wish or intend to
explain or analyze S'ank.
pratipad* = f. access, ingress. entrance VS. S'Br.; the path to be walked, the right path L.; beginning,
commencement TS. TBr.; an introductory verse or stanza Br. S'rS.; (also {-padA} or {-padI}) the first day
of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the mooñs wane) AgP. L.; understanding, intelligence L.; taste for anything
Jâtakam.; rank, consequence W.; a kettle-drum ib.; {-paccandra} m. the moon on the first day, the new
moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh.; {-pat-tUrya} n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. {-patti-paTaha}) L.;
{-pan-maya} mfn. obedient, willing Jâtakam.
pratipadyate = attains
pratipada* = n. N. of an Upa7nga; ({am}) ind. (also {-da} ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at every
place, everywhere Kâv.; at every word, word by word Sarvad.; literally, expressly (Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt.1; vi,
2, 26 Sch.); each, singly R. (= {pratyekam} Sch.); {-da-tva} n. walking step by step Kâthh.
pratisaMkram * = A1. %{-kramate} , to go back again , come to an end BhP.: Caus. %{-krAmayati} , to
cause to go back or return ib.
pratisaMkrama * = m. re-absorption , dissolution (m.c. also %{-krAma}) ib. ; (ifc. f. %{A}) impression
Sarvad.
pratishhThaapya = placing
pratishhThitaM = situated
pratishhThitaa = fixed
pratyaJc (pratyak) *= mfn. (nom. %{pratya4G}. %{pratI4cI} , %{pratIcI4} [and %{pratyaJcI} Vop.]
[675,1] ; %{pratya4k}) turned towards , facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS. ; coming (opp. to %{arvAJc} , `" going "')
RV. ; being or coming from behind , turning the back , averted , moving in an opposite direction ib. Br.
Ka1tyS3r. ; westward , western , occidental , to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c. ; turned back or
inward , inner , interior Prab. BhP. Veda7ntas. ; equal to , a match for (acc.) AV. ; past , gone L. ; m. the
individual soul Prab. vi , 4/5 ; (%{pratI4cI}) f. (with or scil. %{diz}) the west AV. &c. &c. ; N. of a river
BhP. ; (%{pratya4k}) ind. backwards , in an opposite direction RV. AV. ; behind (abl.) Ka1tyS3r. ; down
(opp. to %{Urdhvam}) Kat2hUp. ; westward , to the west of (abl.) S3rS. MBh. BhP. ; inwardly , within
BhP. Veda7ntas. ; in former times L.
pratyavaayaH = diminution
prathama = first
prathita = renowned
prathitaH = celebrated
prauDha *= mfn. (fr. %{pra} + %{UDha} , %{vah}) raised or lifted up (see %{-pAda}) ; grown up ,
fullgrown Hariv. Ka1v. Ra1jat. ; mature , middle-aged (as a woman ; in Subh. %{bAlA} , %{taruNI} ,
%{prau9Dha} and %{vRddhA} are distinguished ; cf. f. below) ; married W. ; luxuriant (as a plant)
Bhartr2. Ka1vya7d. ; large , great , mighty , strong Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; violent , impetuous (as love)
Prab. Ra1jat. ; thick , dense (as darkness) Ma1lati1m. ; full (as the moon) W. ; (ifc.) filled with , full of
(see %{mRdu-pr-}) ; proud , arrogant , confident , bold , audacious , impudent (esp. said of a woman)
Ka1v. BhP. ; controverted W. ; m. (in music) N. of one of the Ru1pakas ; (with S3a1ktas) N. of one of the
7 Ulla1sas ; n. (with %{brAhmaNa}) = %{tANDya-brAhmaNa} Sa1y. ; (%{A}) f. a married woman from 30
to 55 years of age W. ; a violent or impetuous woman (described as a Na1yika1 who stands in no awe of
her lover or husband) W.
pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering Âs'vS'r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning Nir.; talk, report, rumour,
popular saying or belief MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-dAya}, in order to spread the rumour Kathâs.; {-dena},
according to rñrumour, as the saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kâv.;
mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhathth.; (ifc.) passing one's self off as R.; (in
gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a specified fñform or cñcase) Prât.; ({A}) f. anything
belonging to (comp.) Vait.
pravadataaM = of arguments
pravadanti = say
pravara* =1 mf({A})n. (fr. {pra} + {vara} or fr. {pra} 2. {vR}; for 2. and 3. see p. 693) most excellent,
chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest (son) MBh.; better than (abl.) BhP.; greater (opp. to {sama}, `"
equal "', and {nyUna}, `" smaller "') Var.; (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv.; m. a black variety of
Phaseolus Mungo L.; Opuntia Dillenii L.; N. of a messenger of the gods and friend of Indra Hariv.; of a
Dânava ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (which falls into the Godâvarî and is celebrated for the sweetness of its
water) MBh. VP.; n. aloe wood Bhpr.; a partic. high number Buddh. //3 m. a call, summons (esp. of a
Brâhman to priestly functions) AitBr.; an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of
ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's
progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Riishis being then added)
Br. S'rS.; a family, race L.; an ancestor KâtyS'r. Sch. ({I} f. Pat.); {-kANDa} m. or n. a chapter about a
series of ancestors Cat.; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-darpaNa} m. {-dIpikA} f. {-nirNaya}, m. {-maJjarI} f.
{-ratna} n. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. having a series of ancestors L.; {-rA7dhyAya} m. {-re-kRta-zAnti} f. N.
of wks. 2.
pravartate = act
pravarta * = m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. `" an ear-ring "'; cf: {pra-vRtta}); engaging in,
undertaking W.; excitement, stimulus ib.
pravaalaaH = twigs
pravaaha = current
praves'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc. gen. with or without
{antar}, or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc.with {kR}, to make one's entrance, enter); entrance on the stage
Hariv. Malav.; the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var.; coming or setting in (of night) L.;
the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a persoñs house or hand Pañcat.; interfering with another's business,
obtrusiveness Kathâs.; the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pân. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sâh.; employment,
use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr.; income, revenue, tax, toll (cf. {-bhAgika}); intentness on an
object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W.; manner, method Lalit.; a place of entrance, door
MBh. Kâv. &c.; the syringe of an injection pipe Sus'r.; {-bhAgika} m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of
taxes Râjat.
praves'ita *= mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in , introduced MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; thrown
into (any condition , as sleep &c.) Ragh. ; appointed , installed BhP. ; (%{A}) f. impregnated , pregnant
(%{dArakam} "' , with a boy "') DivyA7v. ; n. causing to appear on the stage BhP.
pravibhaktaM = divided
pravilas* = m P. {-lasati}, to shine forth brightly BhP.; to appear in full strength or vigour Gît. Sch.
pravilI* = Â. or Pass. {-lIyate}, ({-ti}), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MundUp. MBh. &c.:
Caus. {-lApayati}, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) S'ank. BhP. Sch.; to dissolve, melt
(trans.) Sus'r.
pravish.h = to enter
pravisha = enter
pravishanti = enter
praviSTa * = mfn. entered R. Ragh. ; one who has entered or gone or come into , being in or among (loc. ,
acc. or comp. ; cf. %{madhya-prav-}) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. `" one who has entered the stage "') ; sunk (as
an eye) Sus3r. ; appeared or begun (as an age) Vet. ; one who has entered upon or undertaken , occupied
with , intent upon , engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Ra1jat. ; initiated into (acc.) Prab. ; agreeing with
(loc.) MBh. ; made use of. invested (as money) Ya1jn5. Ra1jat. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of Paippala1di
and Kaus3ika Hariv. (prob. w.r. for %{zraviSThA}).
pravistaram.h = extensively
praviiNa = expert
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br.
Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with
Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from
(abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk
MBh. HParis'.
pravrajya * = n. going abroad, migration MBh. ; (%{A}) f. id. ib. ; going forth from home (first rite of a
layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77 ; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious
mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the order of a relñreligious
mñmendicant MBh. Var. ; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future relñreligious
mñmendicants are born Var. ; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who has renounced his
order Ya1jn5.
prAvrAjya
n. (fr. %{-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. %{-vrajya}) Ma1rkP.
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br.
Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with
Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from
(abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk
MBh. HParis'.
pravrajita* = mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 38; run away (said of horses) MBh.; (also
with {vanam}) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a
monk Mn. MBh. HParis'.; m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. a female ascetic
or a nun Yâjñ. Var. Kâd. Sâh.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; another plant ({muNDIrI}) L.; n. the life of a
religious mendicant MBh.
pravrajya* = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; ({A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of a
layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious
mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the order of a relñreligious
mñmendicant MBh. Var.; {-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future relñreligious mñmendicants
are born Var.; {jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who has renounced his order Yâjñ.
pravridh.h = to grow fast pravridh * = P. %{-vardhati}, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22 ; A1. %{-vardhate}
(rarely P. %{-ti}), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
%{-vardhayati}, %{-te}, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c. ; to raise, exalt, cause to
thrive Hariv. ; to rear, cherish, bring up Katha1s.
pravriddha * = mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great,
numerous RV. &c. &c. ; swollen, heaving R. Ka1lid. ; risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong
MBh. Var. ; (also with %{vayasA}) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Katha1s. ; expanded, diffused W. ;
full, deep (as a sigh) ib. ; haughty, arrogant MW. ; w.r. for %{pra-vRtta}, %{-viddha}, %{-buddha}.
pravriddhaH = great
pravriddhaaH = developed
pravriddhe = developed
pravrih* = P. Â. {-vRhati}, {-te}, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up.; (Â) to draw
towards one's self. attract S'Br.
pravrij* = P. Â. {-vRNakti}, {-vRGkte}, (Ved. inf. {-vR4je}), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br.; to
place in or on the fire, heat ib.; to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KâtyS'r.
pravrit * = A1. %{-vartate}, (ep. also P. %{-ti}), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or
going ChUp. MBh. &c. ; to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c. ; to proceed (%{vartmanA}, or
%{-ni}, on a path ; %{apathena}, on a wrong path) Ka1v. Katha1s. ; to come forth, issue, originate, arise,
be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c. ; to commence, begin to (inf.), set about,
engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat. loc., or %{artham} ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to proceed
against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [693,3] ; to debauch (%{anyo@'nyam}, `" one another "') MBh.
; to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's self
towards, deal with (loc.) ib. ; to hold good, prevail ib. ; to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad. ; to be,
exist Ma1rkP. ; to serve for, conduce to (dat., or %{artham} ifc.) Sarvad. ; to mean, be used in the sense of
(loc.) ib. ; to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or roll,
set in motion RV. &c. &c. ; to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS. ; to send Prab. ; to set on foot, circulate,
diffuse, divulge MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to introduce, appoint, instal ib. ; to produce, create, accomplish, devise,
invent, perform, do, make ib. (with %{setum} to erect a dam ; with %{vyayakarma}, to effect expenditure
; with %{loka-yAtrAm}, to transact the business of life ; with %{kathAm}, to relate a story) ; to exhibit,
show, display R. BhP. ; to undertake, begin Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c. ; to use, employ Bhat2t2. ; to induce any
one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Katha1s. ; to proceed against (loc.) MBh.
pravrita *= mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP. ; %{-homa} m. an oblation offered on the
appointment of a priest, S3rS. ; %{-mIya} mfn. relating to it S3a1n3khBr. ; %{-tA7huti} f. = %{-tahoma}
ib. Vait.
pravritta* = mfn. rotund, globular S'ânkhBr.; driven up (as a carriage) ChUp.; circulated (as a book)
Pañcat.; set out from ({-tas}), going to, bound for (acc. loc. inf., or {artham} ifc.; {dakSiNena}, `"
southwards "'; with {pathA} "', proceeding on a path "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; issued from (abl.), come forth,
resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c.; come back, returned MBh.;
commenced, begun MBh. Kâv. &c.; (also {-vat} mfn. ) having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathâs.;
purposing or going to, bent upon (dat. loc., or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.; engaged in, occupied with,
devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; hurting, injuring, offending MBh.; acting, proceeding, dealing
with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; existing Âpast.; who or what has become (with nom.) R.; (with {karman} n.
action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [694,1]; w.r. for {pra-cRtta} and
{pra-nRtta}; ({-vRtta4}) m. = {-varta}, a round ornament S'Br.; ({A} f. N. of a female demon MârkP.);
{-karman} n. any act leading to a future birth W.; {-cakra} mfn. `" whose chariot wheels run on
unimpeded "', having universal power ({-kra-tA} f.) Yâjñ.; {-tva} n. the having happened or occurred
Jaim.; {-pAnIya} mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh.; {-pAraNa} n. a partic. religious observance or
ceremony S'ak. (v.l.); {-vAc} mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh.; {-samprahAra} mfn. one who has
begun the fight ({-ra-tva} n.) Kathâs.; {-ttA7zin} m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh.
pravrittaH = engaged
pravritti* = f. moving onwards, advance, progress GriS'rS. MBh. Sus'r.; coming forth, appearance,
manifestation S'vetUp. Kâlid. Râjat.; rise, source, origin. MBh.; activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap.
Sânkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyâya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63); active life (as opp. to {ni-vRtti} [q.v.]
and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and
accomplishment of the object) W.; giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency
towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Râjat. Hit. Sâh.; application, use, employment Mn.
MBh. MârkP.; conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c.; the applicability or validity of a rule KâtyS'r.
Pân. Sch.; currency, continuance, prevalence ib.; fate, lot, destiny R.; news, tidings, intelligence of (gen.
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; cognition (with {viSaya-vatI}, `" a sensuous cñcognition "') Yogas.; the
exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47); N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy
place L.; (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (w.r. for {pra-kRti}?); {-jJa}, m. `" knowing the news "', an
emissary, agent. spy L.; {-jJo4na} n. {-vijJAna} Sarvad.; {-nimitta} n. the reason for the use of any term
in the particular significations which it bears MW.; {-nivRtti-mat} mfn. connected with activity and
inactivity BhP.; {paro4Gmukha} mf({I})n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr.; {-pratyaya} m. a belief in or
conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh.; {-mat} mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy.;
{mArga} m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the
rites and works of religion MW.; {-vacana} mfn. (a word) expressing activity Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 51;
{-vijJAna} n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh.; {-tty-aGga} n. N. of wk.
pravrittiM = mission
pravrittiH = activity
praavrittika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {-vRtti}) corresponding to a former mode of action KâtyS'r. Sch.; (ifc.) well
acquainted with Hariv.
pravyathita = perturbed
pravyathitaM = perturbed
pravyathitaaH = perturbed
prayaa * =prayA to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc., also with
{accha}, or {prati}, or loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kâv. &c.; to part, go asunder, be
dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib.; to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (acc.)
ib.; to proceed i.e. behave Bhartri. (v.l.); to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. {-yApayati}, to
cause to set out S'Br. (cf. Pân. 8-4, 29; 30 Sch.): Desid. {-yiyAsati}, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid.
{-yiyAsayati}, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhathth.
prayachchhati = offers
prayata * mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV.; placed upon (loc.) RV.; offered, presented, given,
granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c.; piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with
loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Âpast. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful,
prudent KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a holy or pious person W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. purity, holiness MBh.;
{-dakSiNa} ({pra4y-}) mfn. one who has made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV.;
{-parigraha-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW.; {-mAnasa} mfn. pious-minded,
devout, ascetic MBh.; {-tA7tman} or {-tA7tma-vat} mfn. id. Mn. R.
prayatna = excertion
prayantu = may go
prayaaNa = of death
prayaasa* = m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS.
Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688,1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active,
energetic W.
prayaati = goes
prayaanti = they go
prayaaNa* = n. (Kâs'. on Pân. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress,
journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with {gardabhena}, `" riding on an ass "' Pañcat.); departure, death
(cf. {prA7Na-pray-}); onset, beginning, commencement Kâthh. S'Br.; {-kAla} m. time of departure, death
Bhag.; {-paTaha} m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar.; {-purI} f. N. of a town ({-rI-mAhAtmya} n. N.
of wk.); {-bhaGga} m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a halt Pañcat.; {-vicAra} m. N. of wk.;
{-NA7rha} mfn. deserving death W.
prayaantu = may go to
prayojana * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end
Pra1t. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{prayojanena}, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh.; %{-na-vazAt} id.
Pan5cat.; %{kena@-nena}, from what cause or motive ? Prab.; %{kasmai@-nAya}, %{kasmAt@-nAt},
%{kasya@-nasya} and %{kasmin@-ne} id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; %{-nam@ati-kram}, to neglect an
opportunity MBh.; profit, use or need of, necessity for Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c. (with instr.,
%{taruNA@kim@prayojanam}, what is the use of the tree? Kuval.;
%{bhavatv@etaiH@kusumaiH@prayojanam}, let these flowers be used S3ak.; with gen. or dat. Ka1s3.
on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; ii, 3, 72); means of attaining Mn. vii, 100; (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in
question IW. 64; %{-vat} mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R.;
serviceable, useful Sus3r. (%{-ttva} n. Sarvad.); having a cause, caused, produced W.
prayoga = practice
prayu.njaano = combined
prayuktaH = impelled
prayujyate = is used
prayujyet.h = is used
prayAsa* = exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS. Kâv.
&c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688, 1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic
W.
preraNa* = n. driving out; see {pazu-pr-}; (also {A} f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction,
command, impelling to ({prati} or comp.) Naish. Kathâs. Râjat. Hit.; activity, action Yâjñ. Megh.; the
sense of the causal verb Vop.
prepsuH = desiring
preshh.h = to send
preshhaNaM = posting
preshhaNaani = postings
preshhayet.h = present
pre4shthha * mfn. (superl. fr. {priya}) dearest, most beloved or desired RV.; (in address) KathhUp. BhP.;
very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1; m. a lover, husband BhP.; ({A}) f. a mistress, wife L.; a leg L.
pretya = after death * = ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter
(opp. to {iha}) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often
ifc. cf. {dharma-pre7kSa}, {mukha-pr-}); a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sñsight or vñview) BhP.; a
public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17;
circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Râjat.; the branch of a tree L.
pricchaa* = f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Ka1v. ; an inquiry into the future
VarBr2S.
prithak * = ind. ( %{pRth} or %{prath} + %{aJc}) widely apart , separately , differently , singly ,
severally , one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c. ; (as a prep. with gen. or instr. ; cf. Pa1n2. 2-3 , 32)
apart or separately or differently from L. ; (with abl.) without Prab. ; except , save Bhat2t2.
prithu * = mf({vI4} or {u})n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large; great, important; ample,
abundant; copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. ({u} ind.); prolix, detailed Var.; smart, clever,
dexterous L.; m. a partic. measure of length (= {pRtha}) L.; fire L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of the Vis've
Devâs VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv.; of a Vriishni and son of Citraka ib.; of a
son of Citra-ratha BhP.; of a descendant of Ikshvâku (son of An-aranya and father of Tri-s'anku) R.; of a
son of Para Hariv.; of a son of Prastâra VP.; of a son of Rucaka BhP.; of a son of one of the Manus Hariv.;
of one of the Saptarshis ib.; of a son of Vathe7s'vara (father of Vis'âkha-datta) Cat.; of a son of Vena
MWB. 423; of a monkey R.; ({u}) f. Nigella Indica L.; = {hiGgu-pattrI} L.; opium L.; ({vI}) f. see below.
[Cf. Gk. $; Germ. {platt}; Eng. {plate}.]
priya = dear
priyaMvada * = mf({A})n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind
of bird R.; N. of a Gandharva Ragh.; of a poet Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; N. of a woman S'ak. Das'.;
{-da-ka} m. N. of a man Mudr.
priyakRt * mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R.; m. a friend, benefactor W.; {-tama} mfn. doing that which
pleases most MW.
priyaH = dear
priyakarman * mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kâm.; n. the action of a lover BhP.
priyatva * n. the being dear, bñbeing beloved MBh. R.; the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Sus'r. [710, 2
priyadhAma * ({priya4-}) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1.
priyataraH = dearer
priyaaH = palatable
priiti = and satisfaction * = f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or
ifc.; with ind. p., `" joy at having done anything "') Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; friendly disposition, kindness,
favour, grace, amity (with %{samam} or ifc.), affection, love (with gen. loc., or ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy or
gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Ka1ma-deva) Hariv.
Pur. Katha1s.; N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L.; N. of the 13th Kala1 of the
moon Cat.; a symbolical expression for the sound %{dh} Ra1matUp.; (%{yA}) ind. in a state of joyful
excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Katha1s.; in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.
priitiH = pleasure
prokshaNa*= n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS.
&c. &c.; a vessel for holy water Hariv. (v.l. {-NI}); immolation of victims L. ({-vidhi} m. N. of wk.); ({I}) f.
see below.
prokta = said
proktaM = is called
proktaH = spoken
proktavaan.h = instructed
proktaaH = spoken
proktaani = said
prochyamaanaM = as described by Me
protaM = is strung
plavate = to swim
prichchhati = inquires/asks/minds
prichchhaami = ask
pRthak * = ind. ( {pRth} or {prath} + {aJc}) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by
one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or
differently from L.; (with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhathth.
pR4thak-tva * = n. id. S'ânkhS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68); ({ena}) ind. singly, one by one MBh.; {-tas}
(S'ânkhS'r.) and {-zas} (Nyâyam. Sch.), separately, singly.
pR4thak-pada * = mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words ({-tva} n.) Vâm.
prithaktvena = in duality
prithag.hvidhaan.h = different
prithiviiM = Earth
prithiviipate = O King
prithvii = earth
prishthha * = n. (prob. fr. %{pra-stha}, `" standing forth prominently "'; ifc. f. %{A}) the back (as the
prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (%{pRSThena-yA}, with
gen., to ride on; %{-Thena-vah}, to carry on the back; %{-ThaM-dA}, to give the back, make a low
obeisance; %{-The} ind. behind or from behind); the upper side, surface, top, height ib. (with %{diva4H},
or %{nA4kasya}, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven; cf. %{ghRta-p-}); the flat roof of a house (cf.
%{gRha-p-}, %{harmya-p-}); a page of a book MW.; N. of partic. arrangement of Sa1mans (employed at
the midday libation and formed from the Ratham2tara, Br2ihat, Vairu1pa, Vaira1ja, S3a1kvara, and
Raivata SñS3alkvara) TS. Br. S3rS.; N. of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
puchchha = tail
pujaarii = priest
pumaan.h = a person
pumanujA* = f. `" born after a male child "', having an elder brother Pân. 3-2, 100 Kâs'. (cf.
{puMsA7nuja}).
pum-artha* = m. the aim of man ({-tA} f.) TBr. Sch.; ({am}) ind. for the sake of the soul KapS.
pum-Akhya* = mfn. designated as male or masculine Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch.; ({A}) f. a name or designation for
male beings L. Pân. 4-1, 48 Sch.
puMguNajantu jIva* = m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas.
puMs * = 1 cl. 10. %{puMsayati} , to crush , grind Dha1tup. xxxii , 94 (Nom. fr. next?).
2 puMs 2 m. (the strong cases from %{pumAns} [cf. Pa1n2. 7-1 , 89] ; sg. nom. %{pu4mAn} ; voc.
%{pu4mas} or %{pu4man} ; acc. %{pu4mAMsam} ; du. nom. %{pu4mAMsau} ; pl. nom.
%{pu4mAMsas} [irreg. %{puMsas} MBh. iii , 13825] ; the weak from %{puMs} [e.g. sg. instr.
%{puMsA4} ; loc. %{puMsi4} acc. pl. %{puMsa4s}] , which loses its %{s} before consonants [e.g. instr.
pl. %{pum-bhi4s} ; loc. pl. %{puMsu4}] ; for %{puMs} , ibc see Pa1n2. 8-3 , 6) a man , a male being RV.
&c. &c. ; (in gram.) a masculine (word) S3Br. Pa1n2. Vop. ; a human being MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a servant ,
attendant BhP. ; the soul , spirit , spirit of man (= %{puruSa} ; with %{para} or %{parama} , the Supreme
Spirit , Soul of the Universe , Vishn2u) KapS. Tattvas. Sa1m2khyak. MBh. Pur. Katha1s.
puMvat * = ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kâv.; like or in or with the masculine
gender S'rS. Pân. Vop. ({-vad-vidhAna} n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)
puNDarIka* = n. ( {puN} [?]; cf. Un. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus; ifc. expressive of
beauty cf. g. {vyAghrA7di}) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to S'ikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515); a white
umbrella L.; a kind of drug L.; (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead S'atr.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh.; m. a kind of
sacrifice MBh.; a species of rice Sus'r.; a kind of fragrant mango L.; Artemisia Indica L.; a variety of the
sugar-cane L.; a tiger L.; a kind of bird L.; a kind of serpent L.; a kind of leprosy L.; fever in an elephant
L.; white (the colour) L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of the elephant of the south-east quarter Ragh.; of an
ancient king MBh.; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv.; of a Brâhman renowned for filial piety, and
afterwards worshipped as the god Vithhobl RTL. 263; (with Jainas) of a Gana-dhara S'atr.; of a hermit
(son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kâd.; of a poet Cat.; of a mountain S'atr.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras
MBh.; of a daughter of Vasishthha (wife of Pra7na or Pându) VP.; of a river in Krau9ñca-dvipa ib.
pu.nDariika = lotus
pungava (puMgava0)m. (ifc. f. {A}) a bull Lâthy. Hariv.; a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf.
{kuru-p-}, {gaja-p-} &c.); a kind of drug L.; {-ketu} m. `" marked by a bull "'N. of S'iva Kum.
pu.nlingaM = masculine
pu.nsaH = of a person
pu.nstriilinge = masculine
punar * = ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with 1. %{gam}, %{yA}, to go back or
away; with %{dA}, to give back, restore; with %{bhU}, to turn round; with %{as} and dat., to fall back
upon); again, once more (also with %{bhUyas}) ib. (with %{bhU}, to exist again, be renewed, become a
wife again, re= marry); again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly %{pu4naH@p-} which with %{na} =
nevermore); further, moreover, besides ib. (also %{punar@aparam}; %{Adau-punar-pazcAt}, at first-
then-later); however, still, nevertheless MBh. Ka1v. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding
%{atha@vA}, %{api@vA}, or %{vA} alone; %{punar@api}, even again, on the other hand, also;
%{kadA@p-}, at any time, ever; %{kim@p-}, how much more or less? however; %{pñpreceding-p-},
now-now; at one time - at another time).
punarjanma = rebirth
puñja* = m. (mostly ifc.; f. {A}) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.
puNya = purification acquired by virtuous deeds; auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good, right,
virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred; ni. N. of a poet Cat.; of another man Buddh.; m. or n. N. of a
lake MBh.; ({A}) f. holy basil L.; Physalis Flexuosa L.; N. of a daughter of Kratu and Sannati VP.; n. (ifc. f.
{A}) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act, moral or religious merit MBh. Kâv. &c.;
a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order to retain her husband's affections and to
obtain a son; also {-ka}) MBh. Hariv.; a brick trough for watering cattle W.
puNyaH = original
puNyaaH = righteous
puraa4 * = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c. &c.; in a
previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with
{sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning Bhartri. (opp. to
{pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.) Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in
earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before; securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut.
[cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by
{tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
pura * = (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large
buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [635, 3]; if it extends for
half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller
cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum
MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story
L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the
Asuras Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation
Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the
Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin,
bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a
stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town
TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nâtha or Kriishna IW.
244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of
mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of which add the word {purI} to
their names) W.
puura * = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf. {kAma-}); m.
the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of
water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r. &c. [642, 1]; a cake R. (cf.
{ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa});
the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium L.;
mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. {pUrikA} below).
pura* = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.\\ (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress,
castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than
one Kos in length [635,3]; if it extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a
{karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode,
residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or
Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a
species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for
{puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa})
Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of
another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of
perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for
the worship of Jagan-nâtha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the
body BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the
members of which add the word {purI} to their names) W.
puraa = formerly* = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c.
&c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time
(also with {sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning Bhartri.
(opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.) Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep.,
mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before; securely from; except, beside; (with
pres.= fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with {na} or {na} and {yAvat}
[followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
puraaNa* = mf({I} or {A})n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered, worn out,
opp. to {nUtana}, {nava}) RV. &c. &c.; m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Panas of cowries) Mn. viii,
136 (also n. L.); N. of a Riishi Kâthh.; pl. the ancients MW.; n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient tale
or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c.; N. of a class of sacred works (supposed to have been
compiled by the poet Vyâsa and to treat of 5 topics [cf. {paJca-lakSaNa}]; the chief Purânas are 18,
grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Râjasa exalting Brahmâ [e.g. the Brahma, Brahma7nda, Brahmavaivarta,
Mârkandeya, Bhavishya, Vâmana]; 2. Sâttvika exalting Vishnu [e.g. the Vishnu, Bhâgavata, Nâradiya,
Garuda, Padma, Varâha]; 3. Tâmasa exalting Siva [e.g. the S'iva, Linga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the
Vâyu, Matsya, Kûrma]; by some the PñPadma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups; cf. IW. 509
&c.); N. of wk. (containing an index of the contents of a number of PñPadma and some other wks.)
puraaNaaH = Purana
puraka = inhalation
purataH = in front
purandhrii = wife
purNatva = perfection
purohita = priest
puroga * = mf({A})n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc. preceded or accompanied by)
MBh. Kâv. &c.
purohita* = ({puro-}.) mfn. placed foremost or in front, charged, commissioned, appointed; m. one
holding a charge or commission, an agent; (esp.) a family priest, a domestic chaplain RV. &c. &c. (RTL.
352 &c.); {-karman} n. N. of 3rd Paris'. of AV.; {-tva} n. the rank of a Purohita MBh.
purujit.h = Purujit
purusha = man* = m. (m. c. also {pU4r-}; prob. fr. {pRR} and connected with {puru}, {pUru} ifc. f. {A},
rarely {I}; cf. Pân. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c.; a person,
({pumAn puruSaH}, a male person S'ânkhGri. Mn.; {daNDaHp-}, punishment personified Mn.; esp.
grammatical pers.; with {prathama}, {madhyama}, {uttama} = the 3rd, 2nd, 1st pers. Nir. Pân.), an
officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {tat-p-}); a friend L.; a follower of the Sânkhya
Philosophy (?) L.; a member or representative of a race or generation TS. Br. Mn. &c.; the height or
measure of a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Angulas) S'Br. S'ulbas. Var.; the pupil of the eye S'Br.; (also with
{nArAyaNa}) the primaeval man as the soul and original source of the universe (described in the
Purusba-su7kta q.v.) RV. S'Br. &c.; the personal and animating principle in men and other beings, the
soul or spirit AV. &c. &c.; the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (sometimes with {para}, {parama},
or {uttama}; also identified with Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva and Durgâ) VS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in Sânkbya) the
Spirit as passive and a spectator of the Prakriiti or creative force IW. 82 &c.; the, `" spirit "' or fragrant
exhalation of plants RV. x, 51, 8; (with {sapta}) N. of the divine or active principles from the minute
portions of which the universe was formed Mn. i, 19; N. of a Pâda in the Mahsnâmnî verses Lâthy.; of the
Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac Jyot.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP.; of one of the
18 attendants of the sun L.; pl. men, people (cf. above); N. of the Brâhmans of Krauñca-dvipa BhP.; (with
{paJca}) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous persons born under partic. constellations, Var;
Rottleria Tinctoria L.; Clerodendrum Phlomoides L.; ({I}) f. a woman, female RV. &c. &c.; m. or n. =
{puruSaka} m. n. S'is'. v, 56 Sch.; n. (!) N. of mount Meru L.
purushhaM = to a person
purushhaH = person
purushhasya = of a man
purushatA * =({-Sa4-}) f. manhood, manliness; ind. (as instr.) after the manner of men, among men RV.
[637, 2]
purusha-tejas
purushatva * =n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur.; {-tva4-tA} ind. after the manner of men RV.
purushapazu * =m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP.; a man as a sacrificial victim BhP.; the soul
compared with animal IW. 85; a human animal, man W.
puru * = much, many, abundant (only {purU8}, {-rU4Ni}, {-rUNAm} and sev. cases of f. {pUrvI}; in later
language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ({-ru84}. much, often, very [also with a compar. or superl.]; with {simA},
everywhere; with {tira4s}, far off, from afar; {purA7ru4}, far and wide; {puru4 vi4zva}, one and all, every
RV.); m. the pollen of a flower L.; heaven, paradise L.; (cf. {pUru}) N. of a prince (the son of Yayâti and
S'armishthhâ and sixth monarch of the lunar race) MBh. S'ak.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devâ
BhP.; of a son of Madhu VP.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha and Nadvalâ Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. {paru}; Gk. $;
Goth. {filu}; Angl. Sax. {ftolu}; Germ. {viel}.] &194957[636, 2]
pushkala = a lot1 * = mf(%{A})n. (cf. %{puSka}) much , many , numerous , copious , abundant MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; rich , magnificent , full , complete , strong , powerful , excellent , best AV. &c. &c. ; loud ,
resonant , resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur. ; purified L. ; m. (v.l. %{-kara}) a kind of drum MBh. ; (in music)
a Partic. stringed instrument ; N. of S3iva S3ivag. ; of a son of Varun2a L. ; of an Asura Hariv. ; of a
R2ishi Cat. ; of a son of Bharata R. ; of a Buddha Lalit. ; of a Tirtha (rather n.) L. ; pl. N. of , people
Ma1rkP. ; of the military caste in Kus3advipa VP. ; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di} ; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bowl of a
spoon Gr2ihya1s. (v.l. %{-kara}) ; a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kun5cis = 64 handfuls) A1pS3r. Sch.
; a partic. weight of gold Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of
mount Meru L.
pushhTiH = nourishment
pushthi * = (or {puSTi}, esp. RV.) f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth, increase,
thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c.; breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle; also with
{pazoH}) RV. TS. S'Br.; development, fulness, completeness Sâh.; N. of a partic. ceremony performed for
the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv.
Pur. [639, 2]; of the mother of Lobha MârkP.; of a dñdaughter of Dhruva VP.; of a dñdaughter of
Paurnamâsa ib.; of a S'akti Hcat.; one of the 16 Mâtriikâs or divine mothers L.; of a Kalâ of the moon
BrahmaP.; of a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wñwife of Gane7s'a BrahmaP.; of a form of Dakshâyanî MatsyaP.; of
a form of Sarasvatî W.; Physalis Flexuosa L.
pushhNaami = am nourishing
pushpamitra* = m. (v.l. {puSya-m-}) N. of a king (according to the Brâhmanical account, a general of the
last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of
Pushyadharman) Mâlav. Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167 n. 2); of another king VP.; {-sabhA} f. the court of king
PñPushyadharman Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 7 Pat.
pushhpa = flower
pushhpaM = a flower
pushhpitaaM = flowery
pustaka = book
pushya* = n. nourishment (pl.) Car.; the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything (cf. Gk.
&196071[640,2] $; Lat. {flos}) RV.; ({puSyA}) m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but see {nakSatra}) lunar
asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c.; (= {-yoga}), the conjunction of the moon with
Pushya Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the month Pausha VP.; of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W.; of one of the 24
mythical Buddhas MWB. 136 n. 1; of various princes VP.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; ({puSyA4}) f. a
species of plant AV.; the asterism Pushya L.
puT * = cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 74) {puTati}, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr.; to rub together with
(instr. ib.); cl. 1. P. {poTati}, to grind, pound Dhâtup. ix, 38 (v.l. for {muT}); cl. 10. P. {puTayati}, to be in
contact with, xxxv, 58 {poTayati}, to speak or to shine ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}), xxxiii, 80; to
grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop.; to be small, xxxii, 24 (v.l. for {puTT}).
put * = or {pud} (a word invented to explain {putra} or {put-tra} see Mn. ix, 138, and cf. Nir. ii, 11), hell
or a partic. hell (to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kâv. and C. [632, 3]
pUt * = ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. w.r. for {phUt}, {phut} q.v.
putra = son * = m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. 2. {puS}; traditionally said to be a comp. {put-tra}, `"
preserving from the hell called Put "' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an animal;
cf. Pân. 8-1, 15 Sch.; ifc. it forms diminutives cf. {dRSat-p-} and {zilA-p-}; voc. sg. du. pl. often used to
address young persons, my son, my children &c. "'; du. `" two sons "' or, a son and a daughter "'; cf. Pân.
1-2, 68); a species of small venomous animal (= {putraka}) Cat.; (in astrol.) N. of the fifth house Var.; N.
of a son of Brahmishthha Ragh.; of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c.; ({I}) f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c.; a
doll or puppet (see {dAru-putrI}); ifc. used to form diminutives (see {asi-putrI}); a species of plant L.; N.
of Pârvati L. [Cf. Zd. {puthra}; Gk. $ and Lat. {puer} (?).] &193862[632, 3]
putraH = son
putrakritakaan.h = as a son
putraaH = sons
putraan.h = sons
putrau = 2 sons of
puurta * = mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur.; ({iSTaz ca pUrtaz ca dharmau} =
{iSTApUrta} q.v. MârkP.); covered, concealed L.; n. fulfilling, fulfilment; granting, rewarding, a reward,
merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brâhman, digging a well &c.) RV.
&c. &c.; keeping, guarding L.; N. of wk. (also {-kamabA7kara}); {-dharma} (w.r. {pUrNa-dh-}) m. a
meritorious work (cf. {pUrta}) MârkP.; {-prakAza} m. {mAlA} f. {-to4ddyota} m. N. of wks.
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant, rich
Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a treaty),
Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.) perfectly familiar with
Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious
(said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.); uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able
L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic.
measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th
Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of
an authoress of Mantras Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12;
the cipher or figure o Ganit.
puuj.h = to worship
puujana = worship
puujayati = to worship
puujaaM = Worship
puujaanaM = worship
puujita = worshiped
puujyaH = worshipable
puujyate = is worshipped
puuta = purified
puuti = bad-smelling
puur.h = to fill
puura = flood* = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf.
{kAma-}); m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a
large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r. &c.
[642,1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the cleansing of a
wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a kind of
incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. {pUrikA}
below).
puuraka* = inhaling breath*= mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen.; cf. Pân. 2-3,
70 Kâs'.) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. flood, stream, effusion BhP.; (in arithm.) the multiplier; a ball of meal
offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitriis L. (also pinda m. Kull. on Mn. v, 85); closing the
right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and then closing the left nostril
and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL. 402; the citron tree L.; ({ikA}) f. a sort
of cake MBh. Yâjñ. ({-kA7pUpa}) Bhpr. &c.
puuraNa* = mf({I})n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KâtyS'r. S'ank. Hariv.; drawing (a
bow) MW.; m. `" completer "'N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from {dvitIya} upwards Pân. 2-2, 11
&c.; a dam, bridge L.; the sea L.; a medicinal oil or embrocation L.; N. of a man Âs'vS'r.; (with the patr.
{vaizvAmitra})N. of the author of RV. x, 160; ({I}) f. an ordinal number in the feminine gender Pân. v, 4,
116 &c.; Bonibax Heptaphyllum L.; (du.) the cross threads in weaving cloth, warp Râjat.; N. of Durgâ
MW.; of one of the two wives of the popular deity Ayenâr RTL. 219 ({pU4r-}) n. the act or filling or filling
up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c. &c.; fulfilling, satisfying Mâlav.; furnishing, equipping Var.; (with
{dhanuSaH}) drawing or bending a bow to the full MBh. R.; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying
with food; (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sûryas.; (in arithm.)
multiplication; rain L.; a sort of cake Bhpr.; Cyperus Rotundus L.; the cross threads in weiving cloth,
warp L.
puurayati = to pour
puurushhaH = a man
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant, rich
Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a treaty),
Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.) perfectly familiar with
Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious
(said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.); uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able
L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic.
measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th
Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of
an authoress of Mantras Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12;
the cipher or figure o Ganit.
puuru4 * = m. (orig.= {puru}, and connected with {puruSa}, {pUrvSa}) a man, people. RV.; N. of a tribe
(associated with the Yadus, Turvas'as, Druhyus) ib.; of a class of demons S'Br.; of an ancient prince (the
son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ) MBh. S'ak. Pur. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 165 Vârtt. 3 Pat.) [643, 1]; of a descendant
of Atri and author of RV. v, 16; 17 RAnukr.; of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ Hariv.; of a son of Jahnu BhP.
puurva = previous; pUrva mf({A})n. (connected with {purA}, {puras}, {pra}, and declined like a pron.
when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and
nom. pl. m.; see Pân. 1-1, 27; 34; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c.; eastern, to the
east of (abl.) ib.; former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.) ib. ({gaja-pUrva},
preceding the number `" eight "' i.e. seven, the seventh S'rutab.; {mAsena p-}, or {mAsa-p-}, earlier by a
month Pân. 2-1, 31; ifc. often = formerly or before e.g. {strI-p-}, fñformerly a wife; {ADhya-p-},
fñformerly wealthy; esp. after a pp. e.g. {kRta-p-}, done before, {dRSTa-p-}, seen bñbefore; ifc. also
preceded or accompanied by, attended with e.g. {smita-pUrvA-vAk}, speech accompanied by smiles;
sometimes not translatable e.g. {mRdu-pUrvA vAk}, kind speech); ancient, old, customary, traditional
RV. &c. &c.; first (in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to {uttara}; with {dama} or {sAhasa} `" the lowest fine
"') Mn. viii, 120 &c.; (with {vayas}) `" first age "', youth MBh.; foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before
(abl.) Mn. MBh. Pân.; m. an ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c.; an elder
brother R.; N. of a prince BhP.; ({A}) f. (with or sc. {diz}) the east MBh. R.; N. of a country to the east of
Madhya-des'a L.; of the Nakshatras Pûrva-phalgunt, Pûrva7shâdhâ and Pûrvabhadrapadâ collectively
Var.; n. the fore part S'ak. ii, 4 (cf. Pân. 2-2, 1); a partic. high number (applied to a period of years)
Buddh.; N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L.; N. of a Tantra Cat.; an
ancient tradition W.; ({am}) ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously
(sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. e.g. {pUrva-kArin}, active before, {pUrvo7kta}, said
bñbefore; also ifc. in the sense of `" with "' e.g. {prIti-pUrvam}, with love; {mati-pUrvam} with intention,
intentionally; {mRdu-pUrva-bhAS}, to speak kindly; cf. above; also with an ind. p. e.g. {pUrva-bhojam},
or {-bhuktvA}, having eaten bñbefore Pân. 3-4, 24; {adya-p-}, until now, hitherto; pñpreviously {-tataH},
first-then; {pUrva-pazcAt}, previously-afterwards; {pUrva-upari}, previously-subsequently; {pUrva-
adhUnA} or {adya}, formerly-now); ({eNa}) ind. in front, before; eastward, to the east of (opp. to
{apareNa}, with gen. or acc.; cf. Pân. 5-3, 35 Sch.) S'Br. &c. &c.; (with {tataH}) `" to the east of that "'
MBh.
puurvaaNi = before
puurvataraM = in ancient times * = ({pU4rva-}) mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c.; ({am})
ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R.
puurve = before
puushhaa = a god?
puuya* = m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound S'Br. &c. &c.
raadhana * = n. (only L.), propitiating, conciliating; pleasure, satisfaction [876, 3]; obtaining, acquisition;
the means or instrument of accomplishing anything ({-dravya} n. = {pAcala}); ({A}) f. speech L.; ({I}) f.
worship A.
raa4dhas * = n. favour, kindness, bounty, a gift of affection, any gift RV. AV.; munificence, liberality ib.;
accomplishment of one's wishes, success BhP.; striving to accomplish or gain ib.; wealth, power ib.
raaga = Anger * = m. (fr. {raJj}; ifc. {A}, or {I}) the act of colouring or dyeing (cf. {mUrdhaja-r-}); colour,
hue, tint, dye, (esp.) red colour, redness MBh. Kâv. &c.; inflammation Car.; any feeling or passion, (esp.)
love, affection or sympathy for, vehement desire of, interest or joy or delight in (loc. or comp.) Up. Mn.
MBh. &c.; loveliness, beauty (esp. of voice or song) S'ak. Pañcat.; a musical note, harmony, melody (in
the later system a partic. musical mode or order of sound or formula; Bharata enumerates 6, viz.
{bhairava}, {kauzika}, {hindola}, {dIpaka}, {zrI-rAga}, and {megha}, each mode exciting some affection;
other writers give other names; sometimes 7 or 26 Râgas are mentioned; they are personified, and each
of the 6 chief Râgas is wedded to 5 or 6 consorts called Râginîs; their union gives rise to many other
musical modes) Bhar. Sangît. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.; nasalization, Rprât.; a partic. process in the preparation
of quicksilver Sarvad.; seasoning, condiment Car.; a prince, king L.; the sun L.; the moon L.; ({A}) f.
Eleusine Coracana (a sort of grain, commonly called Râggy, and much cultivated in the south of India)
L.; N. of the second daughter of Angiras MBh.; ({I}) f. Eleusine Coracana L.
rAghavendra* = m. `" RñRâghavas-chief. N. of various authors and others (also with {AcArya}, {muni},
{yati}, {zatA7vadhAna}, and {sarasvatI}) Cat.; {-stotra-vyAkhyA}, f.; {-drIya} n. N. of wks.
rAghava* = m. (fr. {raghu}) a descendant of Raghu patr. of Aja, of Das'a-ratha, and (esp.) of Râma-candra
(du. {rAghavau} = Râma and Lakshmana) R. Ragh. &c.; N. of various authors and others (also with
{AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {paJcA7nana-bhaTTA7cArya}, {cakravartin}, {rAya} &c.) Cat.; of a serpent-demon
L.; the ses, ocean L.; a species of large fish L.
raaja * = m. (ifc.) = 1. {rAjan}, a king, sovereign, chief or best of its kind MBh. Kâv. &c.
raajan.h = king
raajaha.nsa = swan
raajiiv = lotus
raajiiva = lotus
raajya = Kingdom;* = mfn. kingly, princely, royal TBr.; n. (also {rA4jya} or {rAjyA}) royalty, kingship,
sovereignty, empire (`" over "' loc. or comp.; `" of "' gen. or comp.; acc. with {kR} or Caus. of {kR} or with
{upa-As} or {vi-dhA}, to exercise government, rule, govern) AV. &c. &c.; kingdom, country, realm (=
{rASTra}) ib. 1.
raajyaM = kingdom
raakaa * = f. (Un. iii, 40) the goddess presiding over the actual day of full moon (or regarded as the Full
Mooñs consort; Anumati is supposed to preside over the previous day) Jyot. (cf. IW. 158); the day of full
moon, full moon RV. &c. &c.; N. of a daughter of Angiras and Smriiti Pur.; of a daughter of Angiras and
S'raddhâ ib.; of the wife of Dhâtrii and mother of Prâtrii ib.; of a Râkshasî (the mother of Khara and
S'ûrpa-nakhâ) MBh.; of a daughter of Su-mâlin R.; of a river BhP.; itch, scab L.; a girl in whom
menstruation has begun L. [871, 3]
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour, grace,
gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated with Bhaga;
{indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raatra = night
raatri = night
raatriM = night
raatriH = night
raatrikritaM = night-done
raakshasa = demon
raakshasiiM = demonic
raama * = mf({A4})n. (prob. `" causing rest "', and in most meanings fr. {ram}) dark, dark-coloured,
black (cf. {rAtri}) AV. TÂr. ({rAmaH zakuniH}. a black bird, crow KâthhGri. Vishn.); white (?) L.;
pleasing, pleasant, charming, lovely, beautiful MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of deer Car.; a horse L.; a lover
VarBriS.; pleasure, joy, delight BhP.; N. of Varuna. L.; N. of various mythical personages (in Veda two
Râmas are mentioned with the patr. Mârgaveya and Aupatasvini; another RñRâmas with the patr.
Jâmadagnya [cf. below] is the supposed author of RV. x, 110; in later times three RñRâmas are
celebrated, viz. 1. Paras'u-râma [q.v.], who forms the 6th Avatâra of Vishnu and is sometimes called
Jâmadagnya, as son of the sage Jamad-agni by Renukâ, and sometimes Bhârgava, as descended from
Bhriigu; 2. Râma-candra [see below]; 3. Bala-râma [q.v.], `" the strong Râma "', also called Hala7yudha
and regarded as elder brother of Kriishna [RTL. 112] accord. to Jainas a Râma is enumerated among the
9 white Balas; and in VP. a RñRâmas is mentioned among the 7 Riishis of the 8th Manv-antara) RV. &c
&c. N. of a king of Malla-pura Cat.; of a king of S'riinga-vera and patron of Nâge7s'a ib.; of various
authors and teachers (also with {AcArya}, {upA7dhyAya}, {kavi}, {cakra-vartin}, {jyotir-vid}, {jyau-}
{tiSaka}, {tarka-vAg-Iza}, {dIkSita}, {daiva-jJa}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {bhaTTA7cArya}, {vAjapeyin},
{zarman}, {zAstrin}, {saMyamin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; N. of the number `" three "' (on account of the 3
Râmas) Hcat. ({rAmasya iSuH}, a kind of cane = {rAmakaNDa} L.); pl. N. of a people VP.; ({A4}) f. a
beautiful woman, any young and charming woman, mistress, wife, any woman KathhUp. MBh. &c. (for
comp. see p. 878); a dark woman i.e. a woman of low origin TS. TÂr.; N. of various plants (Jonesia Asoka;
Aloe Perfoliata; Asa Foetida &c.) L. vermilion L.; red earth L.; a kind of pigment (= {gorocanA}) L.; a
river L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; N. of an Apsaras L. Sch.; of a daughter
of Kumbha7nda Hariv.; of the mother of the ninth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpinî L.; ({I4}) f. darkness,
night RV.; n. id. ib.; the leaf of Laurus Cassia L.; Chenopodium Album L.; = {kuSTha} L.
raamaanuja * = m. `" younger brother of Râma "' (this title would be applicable to Kriishna as born after
Bala-râma of the same father); N. of a celebrated Vaishnava reformer (founder of a particular Vedantic
school which taught the doctrine of {viziSTA7dvaita} or qualified non-duality i.e. that the human spirit is
separate and different from the one Supreme Spirit though dependent on it and ultimately to be united
with it; he lived at Kâñcîpuram and S'rî-rangam in the South of India, in the 12th century, and is believed
by his followers to have been an incarnation of S'esha; he is also called Râma7nujâcârya and Yati-râja; n.
or {jam matam}, Râma4nuja's doctrine) RTL. 119, 448 &c.; (with {dIkskita}) N. of another author Cat.;
{-guru paramparA} f. {-grantha} m. {-campU} f. {-carita} n. {-caritra} n. {-daNDaka} m. or n. {-darzana}
n. N. of wks.; m. N. of an author Cat.; {-divyacaritra} n. {-bhASya-gAmbhIrya} n. {-matakhaNDana} n.
{mata-dhvaMsana} n. {-mauktika} n. {-vaMzA7vali} f. {-vijaya},m., {-zataka-TIkA} f. {-siddhA7nta-
padavI} f. {-siddhA7nta-vijaya} m. {-siddhA7nta-saMgraha} m. {su-prabhAta} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.
[878,2]; {-svAmin} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-jA7rAdhana-vidhi} m. {-jA7STo7ttara} n. {-jIya} n. {-jIya-
siddhA7nta} m. N. of wks.
raamaM = rAma
raamaH = Rama
raamakavachaM = rAma-armour
raamakrishhNasya = of Ramakrishna
raamacha.ndra = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraH = rAma
raamacha.ndram.h = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraaya = to rAmachandra
raamanaama = the name of rAma (uttering of the word `rAma' only once is
raamabalopetaaM = that which has been attained through rAma'a strength, power
raamasya = rAmaa's
raamaaya = to rAma
raame = in RAma
raamo = rAma
raaNa* = m. n. (2. {raN}) murmuring L.; n. a leaf. L.; a peacock's tail L. (cf. {rAja-rANaka}); ({A}) f.
(prob.) N. of a goddess.
raasa * = m. uproar, noise, din L.; N. of a partic. rustic dance practised by cowherds, (esp.) the dance
practised by Kriishna and the Gopîs Hariv. Pur. Gît. &c. (cf. {rAsaka}) [879, 3]; any sport or play L.; a
legend (?), in {narmadA-sundarI-r-} (q.v.); = {bhASA-zRGkhalaka}
raashTra = nation
raasabha * = (1. {rAs}), the brayer "', an ass, jackass, donkey RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) f. a she-ass MBh. Pañcat.
raata * = mfn. given, presented, bestowed RV. &c. &c. (often ifc.; cf. {asmad-}, {deva-}, {brahma-r-}. &c.);
m. N. of a teacher Ping. Sch.
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour, grace,
gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated with Bhaga;
{indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raavaNa = a demon king from Lanka who abducted the wife of Rama
raaya* = m. (at the beginning or end of a proper N. used as a title of honour = {rAjan}, of which it is a
corruption) a king, prince; N. of a son of Purû-ravas W. (prob. w.r. for {raya}).
rabhasa * = mf({A})n. (fr. prec.) impetuous, violent, rapid, fierce, wild RV. &c. &c.; (ifc.) eager for,
desirous of Kâlid.; strong, powerful (said of the Soma) RV.; shining, glaring ib.; m. impetuosity,
vehemence, hurry, haste, speed, zeal, passion, eager desire for (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {A} f. L.;
{rabhasa} ibc.; {at} and {ena} ind. violently, impetuously, eagerly, quickly); joy, pleasure Gît.; regret,
sorrow W.; poison L.; N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons R.; of a Dânava (v.l. {razmisa});
of a king (son of Rambha) BhP.; of a Râkshasa L.; of a lexicographer (also called {rabhasa-pAla}) Cat.; of
a monkey R.
rach.h = to form
radaM = ?
raghukulatilakaM = the mark (e.g. one on the forehead) of the Raghu family
raghunandana = Rama
rahas * n. (for 1. see p. 859, col. 3) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude, privacy, secrecy,
retirement (%{rahas}, %{-si} and %{-ssu} ind. privately, in secret) Mn. MBh. &c. ; a secret, mystery,
mystical truth Ka1v. Pur. ; sexual intercourse, copulation L.
rahasyaM = mystery
raja * = m. (g. {pacA7di}) = {rajas}, dust (cf. {nI-}, {vi-r-}); the pollen of flowers, Prasanga7bh.; the
menstrual excretion (also n.) L.; emotion, affection L.: the quality of passion Un. iv, 216 Sch.; N. of one
of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king (son of Viraja) VP.
rajani = night
rajanii = night
rajasa = mobility
raksh.h = to protcet
rakshaNa = protection
rakshaa = protection
rakshya = protection
rakta * = mf({A})n. coloured, dyed, painted Br. GriS'rS. Mn. &c. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 1); reddened, red, crimson
S'ânkhGri. MBh. Kâv. &c. (said of 5 or 7 parts of the body which ought to be red MBh. iv, 253 VarBriS.
lxviii, 84); `" coloured or modified by nasalization "', nasalized (said of a vowel) RPrât. (cf. {raGga});
excited, affected with passion or love, impassioned, enamoured, charmed with (instr.), attached or
devoted to, fond of (loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; beloved, dear, lovely, pleasant, sweet Kâv.; fond of
play, engaging in pastime, sporting L.; m. red colour L.; safflower L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; N. of
S'iva MBh.; of the planet Mars VarBriS. Sch.; ({A}) f. lac (= {lAkSA}) Sus'r.; Abrus Precatorius (or its
seeds as a measure or weight, = {raktikA}) Car.; Rubia Munjista L.; Echinops Echinatus L.; N. of one of
the 7 tongues of fire L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangît.; n. blood Mn. Hariv. &c.; a partic. disease of the
eyes, Hcat; the menstrual fluid L.; copper L.; vermilion L.; cinnabar L.; saffron L.; the fruit of Flacourtia
Cataphracta L.; = {padmaka} L.
raksha * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (%{A} f. see p. 860) guarding , watching , protecting , serving ; a watcher ,
keeper Suparn2. MBh. &c. (mostly ifc. ; cf. %{kSetra-} , %{go-} , %{cakra-r-} &c.) \\ akSa 2 in comp. for
%{rakSas}.
rakshA f. the act of protecting or guarding , protection , care , preservation , security Mn. MBh. &c. ; a
guard , watch , sentinel Mr2icch. Ka1m. ; any preservative , (esp.) a sort of bracelet or amulet , any
mysterious token used as a charm BhP. Sus3r. ; a tutelary divinity (cf. %{mahA-r-}) ; ashes (used as a
preservative) L. ; (%{A} or %{I}) f. a piece of thread or silk bound round the wrist on partic. occasions
(esp. on the full moon of S3ra1van2a , either as an amulet and preservative against misfortune , or as a
symbol of mutual dependence , or as a mark of respect) MW.
rakta = red
raktaH = attached
rambhaaphala = plantain
ramaa * = f. of {rama} q.v.; a wife, mistress W.; N. of Lakshmî, the Goddess of Fortune Bhartri. BhP.;
good luck, fortune, splendour, opulence Cân.; splendour, pomp Bhâm. [868, 2]; N. of the 11th day in the
dark half of the month Kârttika Cat.; of the syllable {zRRm} (also {rama}) Sarvad.; of a daughter of
S'as'i-dhvaja and wife of Kalki KalkiP.
rama * = mfn. pleasing, delighting, rejoicing (only ifc.; cf. {mano-r-}); dear, beloved W.; m. (only L.) joy;
a lover, husband, spouse; Kâma-deva, the god of love; the red-flowering As'oka; ({A}) f. see s.v.
ramate = delights
rame = Oh! ramA (Shiva tells this shloka to his consort PArvati
raMhas * = n. speed, quickness, velocity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; eagerness, impetuosity BhP.; m. N. of S3iva
(Vehemence personified) MBh.; of Vishn2u Hariv.
raMhasa* = (ifc.) = %{raMhas} (e.g. %{mano-mArutar-}, having the swiftness of thought or of the wind
Hariv.)
ra.nj..h = to entertain
raNa = battle
raNa* = 1 m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy RV. VS. AV.; (also n.) battle (as an object of delight), war,
combat, fight, conflict RV. &c. &c.\\ =2 m. (for 1. see p. 863, col. 3) sound, noise L.; the quill or bow of a
lute (= {koNa}) L. - 2.\\ =3 m. going, motion L.
rañjana * = mf(%{I})n. colouring, dyeing (%{-tva} n.) Sarvad. ; (ifc.) pleasing, charming, rejoicing,
delighting Gi1t. (cf. %{jana-raJjanI}) ; conciliating, befriending MW. ; m. Saccharum Munja L. ; (%{I}) f.
prob. friendly salutation Buddh. ; the indigo plant L. ; Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L. ; turmeric L. ; saffron
L. ; a kind of fragrant perfume L. ; red arsenic L. ; (in music) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t. ; n. the act of
colouring or dyeing Va1gbh. ; colour, dye, paint R. ; (in gram.) nasalization VPra1t. Sch. ; the act of
pleasing, delighting, conciliating, giving pleasure MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a partic. game L. ; red sandalwood L. ;
cinnabar L.
rañjaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. colouring, dyeing S3a1rn3gS. ; exciting passion or love, charming, pleasing Cat.
; m. a colourist, dyer, painter Mn. iv, 216 [863,3] ; an inciter of affection &c., stimulus W. ; the red
powder on the capsules of the Rottleria Tinctoria L. ; biliary humour on which vision depends W. ;
(%{akI}) f. a female colourer or dyer Cat. ; n. cinnabar L. ; vermilion L.
rarijana = Entourage
rasa = enjoyment, interest * rasa = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the sap or juice of plants, Juice of fruit, any liquid or
fluid, the best or finest or prime part of anything, essence, marrow RV. &c. &c.; water, liquor, drink MBh.
Kâv. &c.; juice of the sugar-cane, syrup Sus'r.; any mixture, draught, elixir, potion R. BhP.; melted butter
L.; (with or scil. {gavAm}) milk MBh.; (with or scil. {viSasya}) poison Das'. Râjat. [869, 3]; nectar L.;
soup, broth L.; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body, serum, (esp.) the primary juice called
chyle (formed from the food and changed by the bile into blood) ib.; mercury, quicksilver (sometimes
regarded as a kind of quintessence of the human body, else where as the seminal fluid of S'iva) Sarvad.;
semen virile RV. i, 105, 2; myrrh L.; any mineral or metallic salt Cat.; a metal or mineral in a state of
fusion (cf. {upa-}, {mahA-r-}); gold L.; Vanguieria Spinosa L.; a species of amaranth L.; green onion L.;
resin L.; = {amRta} L.; taste, flavour (as the principal quality of fluids, of which there are 6 original
kinds, viz. {madhura}, sweet; {amla}, sour; {lavaNa}, salt; {kaTuka}, pungent; {tikta}, bitter; and
{kaSAya}, astringent; sometimes 63 varieties are distinguished, viz. beside the 6 original ones, 15
mixtures of 2, 20 of 3, 15 of 4, 6 of 5, and 1 of 6 flavours) S'Br. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" six "' VarBriS.
S'rutab.; any object of taste, condiment, sauce, spice, seasoning MBh. Kâv. &c.; the tongue (as the organ
of taste) BhP.; taste or inclination or fondness for (loc. with or scil. {upari}, or comp.), love, affection,
desire MBh. Kâv. &c.; charm pleasure, delight ib.; (in rhet.) the taste or character of a work, the feeling or
sentiment prevailing in it (from 8 to 10 Rasas are generally enumerated, viz. {zRGgAra}, love; {vIra},
heroism; {bIbhatsa}, disgust; {raudra}, anger or fury; {hAsya}, mirth; {bhayAnaka}, terror; {karuNa},
pity; {adbhuta}, wonder; {zAnta}, tranquillity or contentment; {vAtsalya}, paternal fondness; the last or
last two are sometimes omitted; cf. under {bhAva}) Bhar. Das'ar. Kâvya7d. &c.; the prevailing sentiment
in human character Uttarar. Râjat.; (with Vaishnavas) disposition of the heart or mind, religious
sentiment (there are 5 Rasas or Ratis forming the 5 degrees of {bhakti} q.v., viz. {zAnti}, {dAsya},
{sAkhya}, {vAtsalya}, and {mAdhurya}) W.; a kind of metre Ping.; N. of the sacred syllable, `" Om, `"
S'ânkhGri.; the son of a Nishâda and a S'anakî L.; ({A}) f. see s.v.
rasaa * = f. moisture, humidity RV.; N. of a river ib.; a mythical stream supposed to flow round the earth
and the atmosphere ib. (Nir. xi, 23); the lower world, hell MBh. Pur. (cf. {-tala}); the earth, ground, soil
Kâv.; the tongue L.; N. of various plants (Clypea Hernandifolia; Boswellia Thurifera; Panicum Italicum; a
vine or grape; = {kAkolI}) L.
rasanaM = tongue
rasaayanashaastram.h = chemistry
rasaala = mango
rasika * = mf(%{A})n. tasteful, elegant Bhartr2.; having a discriminating taste, aesthetic Ka1v. Katha1s.;
having a taste for or a sense of, fond of, devoted to, delighting in (loc. or comp.) ib. Ra1jat. Sa1h.;
sentimental W.; fanciful MW.; lustful ib.; m. a man full of taste or feeling (cf. %{a-r-}); a libertine W.;
Ardea Sibirica L.; a horse L.; an elephant L.; unboiled juice of sugar-cane L.; (%{A}) f. see below.\\
rasikA *= f. an emotional wife (cf. comp.); the juice of sugar-cane, molasses L.; curds with sugar and
spice L.; chyle L.; the tongue L.; a woman's girdle L. (cf. %{razanA}).
rasyaaH = juicy
rata = engaged in* mfn. pleased, amused, gratified BhP.; delighting in, intent upon, fond or enamoured
of, devoted or attached or addicted or disposed to (loc. instr. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; (ifc.) having sexual
intercourse with BhP.; loved, beloved MW.; ({A}) f. N. of the mother of Day MBh.; n. pleasure,
enjoyment, (esp.) enjoyment of love, sexual union, copulation Kâv. Var. &c.; the private parts L.
rataaH = engaged
ratha = chariot* = 1 m. (4. {R}) `" goer "', a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled war-chariot (lighter and
swifter than the {anas} q.v.), any vehicle or equipage or carriage (applied also to the vehicles of the
gods), waggon, cart RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A}); a warrior, hero, champion MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; the body L.; a
limb, member, part L.; Calamus Rotang L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.; = {pauruSa} L.; ({I}) f. a small
carriage or waggon, cart S'is'. \\ 2 m. ( {ram}) pleasure, joy, delight (cf. {mano-ratha}); affection, love (cf.
ne
rati * = f. rest, repose VS. S'ânkhGri.; pleasure, enjoyment, delight in, fondness for (loc. or comp.; {ratim}
with {Ap}, {labh}, {upa-labh}, {adhi-gam}, {vidkR} or {bandh} and loc., `" to find pleasure in "') Up. Mn.
MBh. &c.; the pleasure of love, sexual passion or union, amorous enjoyment (often personified as one of
the two wives of Kâma-deva, together with Prîti q.v.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the pudenda L.; = {rati-gRha},
pleasure-house VarBriS.; N. of the sixth Kala of the Moon Cat.; of an Apsaras MBh.; of the wife of Vibhu
(mother of Prithhu-shena) BhP.; of a magical incantation recited over weapons R.; of the letter {n} Up.;
of a metre Col.
rathyaa = ?
raudra = the sentiment of violence, wrath, rage * = or %{raudra4} mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (fr. %{rudra})
relating or belonging to or coming from Rudra or the Rudras, Rudra-like, violent, impetuous, fierce, wild
(%{am} ind.) RV. &c. &c.; bringing or betokening misfortune, inauspicious R. Var.; m. a descendant of
Rudra MBh.; a worshipper of Rudra W.; (pl., or sg. with %{gaNa}) a class of evil spirits Hariv.; (scil.
%{rasa}) the sentiment of wrath or fury Sa1h. Prata1p.; N. of Yama L.; the cold season of the year, winter
L.; a partic. Ketu VarBr2S.; N. of the 54th year of the Jupiter cycle of 60 years ib.; (pl.) N. of a people
MBh.; (also n.) heat, warmth, sunshine L.; (also n. and %{I} f.) N. of the Nakshatra A1rdra1 when under
Rudra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. N. of Gauri1 L.; one of the 9 Samidhs Gr2ihya1s.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; (in
music.) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; a partic. Mu1rchana1 ib.; a species of creeper L.; N. of the Comms. on
the Tattva-cinta1man2i-di1dhiti and the Nya1ya-siddha7nta-mukta7vali1 by Rudra Bhat2t2a7ca1rya;
(with %{megha-mAlA} and %{zAnti}) of two older wks.; n. savageness, fierceness, formidableness
Katha1s. Sus3r.; N. of a Lin3ga Cat.; of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
ravi = a name of Sun; ravi m. (accord. to Un. iv, 138 Sch. fr. 1. {ru}) a partic. form of the sun (sometimes
regarded as one of the 12 Âdityas; hence {ravi} is also a N. of the number `" twelve "') Var. Hariv. &c.; the
sun (in general) or the sun-god, Mn. MBh. &c.; = {ravidina}, Sunday Inscr.; Calotropis Gigantea L.; a
mountain L.; N. of a Sauvîraka MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of the author of a Comm. on the
Kâvya-prakâs'a Cat.; of the author of the Horâprakâs'a ib.; the right canal for the passage of the vital air
(?) W.
ravivaara = Sunday
raya* = m. ( {rI}) the stream of a river, current MBh. Kâv. &c. [868, 3]; quick motion, speed, swiftness
({eNa} and {At} ind. quickly, immediately, straightway) Kâv. Pur.; course (cf. {saMvatsarar-});
impetuosity, vehemence, ardour, zeal, S'is. BhP.; N. of a son of Purû-ravas BhP.; of another king Cat.
recaka= outbreathing* = exhaling btrbh}), clever, skilful, inventive, prudent (said of Indra, Agni, and the
Âdityas RV.; also of property or wealth RV. iv, 37, 5; viii, 93, 34; of an arrow AV. i, 2, 3); ({us}) m. an
artist, one who works in iron, a smith, builder (of carriages &c.)N. of three semi-divine beings (Riibhu,
Vâja, and Vibhvan, the name of the first being applied to all of them; thought by some to represent the
three seasons of the year [Ludwig RV. vol. iii, p. 187], and celebrated for their skill as artists; they are
supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the horses of Indra, the carriage of
the As'vins, and the miraculous cow of Briihaspati; they made their parents young, and performed other
wonderful works [Sv-apas]; they are supposed to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the
twelve intercalary days of the winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya]; after which
they recommence working; when the gods heard of their skill, they sent Agni to them with the one cup
of their rival Tvashthrii, the artificer of the gods, bidding the Riibhus construct four cups from it; when
they had successfully executed this task, the gods received the Riibhus amongst themselves and allowed
them to partake of their sacrifices &c.; cf. Kaegi RV. p. 53 f.) RV. AV. &c.; they appear generally as
accompanying Indra, especially at the evening sacrifice; in later mythology Riibhu is a son of Brahman
VP.; a deity L.; ({avas}) m. a class of deities; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {labor}; Goth. &70848[226, 2] {arb-aiths};
rekhaa = line
reta = semen
rii * = 1 or %{ri} (cf. %{li}) cl. 9. P. (Dha1tup. xxxi , 30) %{riNA4ti} cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi , 29)
%{rI4yate} (%{riNIte} RV. Br. Gr2S3rS. ; %{riyati} Dha1tup. xxviii , 111 ; impf. %{ariNvan} MaitrS. ;
Gr.pf. %{rirAya} , %{rirye} ; aor. %{araiSIt} , %{areSTa} ; fut. %{retA} ; %{reSyati} , %{-te} ; inf.
%{retum}) , to release , set free , let go RV. ; to sever , detach from (abl.) ib. ; to yield , bestow AV. ; (A1.)
to be shattered or dissolved , melt , become fluid , drop , flow RV.: Caus. %{repayati} (aor. %{arIripat})
Gr.: Desid. %{rirISati} , %{-te} ib.: Intens , %{rerIyate} , %{rerayIti} ib.
rica* = ifc. = 2. {R4c}, verse, sacred verse (cf. {tryRca}, &c.); m. N. of a king VP.
riddhi* f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth, abundance VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. &c.
(personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.); accomplishment, perfection, supernatural power BhP. Lalit.
&c.; magic; a kind of medicinal plant Bhpr. Car.; N. of Pârvatî L.; of Lakshmî L.
riitaM = truth
riitiH = procedure/practice/custom
riNa = debt
ritaM = truth
rita * =mf(%{A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able, brave,
honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.; enlightened,
luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a son of Vijaya VP.;
(%{am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or pious action or custom, divine
law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are generally more to be accepted than
those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS. S3Br. &c. [223,3]; truth in general,
righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pan5cat. &c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the
right means of a Bra1hman's obtaining a livelihood as opposed to agriculture, which is %{anRta}) Mn. iv,
4 ff.; promise, oath, vow Ta1n2d2yaBr. La1t2y.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence
enumerated among the sacred objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun
L.; wealth L.; (%{a4m}) ind. right, duly, properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; (%{Rtam} %{i}, to go the
right way, be pious or virtuous RV.); (%{e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to
usage or right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritu = season
riddhaM = prosperous
riddham.h = enriched
riksha (RkSa)* =1 mfn. (etym. doubtful) bald, bare TS. MaitrS.\\= 2 mfn. (2. %{RS} Un2. iii, 66; 67;
probably fr. %{Rz}), hurting, pernicious RV. viii, 24, 27; m. a bear (as a ravenous beast) RV. v, 56, 3 VS.
xxiv, 36 Mn. Sus3r. &c.; a species of ape Katha1s.; Bignonia Indica L.; N. of several men RV. viii, 68, 15
MBh. &c.; of a mountain VP. MBh.; (ifc.) the best or most excellent L.; (%{As}) m. pl. the seven stars, the
Pleiades, the seven R2ishis RV. i, 24, 10 S3Br. ii TA1r.; (%{A}) f. N. of a wife of Ajami1d2ha MBh. i; of a
woman in the retinue of Skanda MBh. ix; (%{I}) f. a female bear MBh. R. Katha1s.; m. and (%{am}) n. a
star, constellation, lunar mansion Mn. MBh. R. &c.; (%{am}) n. the twelfth part of the ecliptic; the
particular star under which a person happens to be born VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ursus};
Lith. {loky-s} for &70306[224,3] {olkys}.]\\ = 3 mfn. cut, pierced L.
ringati = to crawl
ripavaH = enemies
ripu = Enemy
ripuH = enemy
rishi* = m. (2. {RS} Comm. on Un. iv, 119; {RSati jJAnena saMsAra-pAram} T.; perhaps fr. an obsolete
{RS} for {dRz}, `" to see ? "' cf. {RSi-kRt}), a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet or sage, any person
who alone or with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech or song of a sacred character (e.g. the
ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rebha, Agastya, Kus'ika, Vasishthha, Vy-as'va) RV. AV. VS. &c.; the
Riishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages or saints, occupying the same position in
India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in
the early mythical system, as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, &c. AV. x, 10, 26 S'Br. AitBr. KâtySr. Mn.
&c.; they are the authors or rather seers of the Vedic hymns i.e. according to orthodox Hindû ideas they
are the inspired personages to whom these hymns were revealed, and such an expression as `" the Riishi
says "' is equivalent to `" so it stands in the sacred text "' [227,1]; seven Riishis, {sapta RSayaH}, or
{saptaRSayaH} or {saptarSayaH}, are often mentioned in the Brâhmanas and later works as typical
representatives of the character and spirit of the pre-historic or mythical period; in S'Br. xiv, 5, 2, 6 their
names are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvâja, Vis'vâ-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishthha, Kas'yapa, and
Atri; in MBh. xii, Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishthha are given as the names of the
Riishis of the first Manvantara, and they are also called Prajâpatis or patriarchs; the names of the Riishis
of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff.; afterwards three other names are
added, viz. Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, and Nârada, these ten being created by Manu Svâyambhuva for
the production of all other beings including gods and men Âs'vS'r. MBh. VP. &c.; in astron. the seven
Riishis form the constellation of `" the Great Bear RV. x, 82, 2 AV. vi, 40, 1 S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.;
(metaphorically the seven Riishis may stand for the seven senses or the seven vital airs of the body VS.
xxxiv S'Br. xiv KâtyS'r.); a saint or sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;
sometimes three orders of these are enumerated, viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, and Râjarshis; sometimes
seven, four others being added, viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, S'rutarshis, and Kândarshis) Mn. iv, 94; xi,
236 S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the seventh of the eight degrees of Brâhmans Hcat.; a hymn or Mantra composed by
a Riishi; the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat.; a symbolical expression for the number seven; the moon; an
imaginary circle; a ray of light L.; the fish Cyprinus Rishi L.; [cf. Hib. {arsan}, `" a sage, a man old in
wisdom "'; {arrach}, `" old, ancient, aged. "'],
rishtha *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) torn off , broken , injured RV. AV.// 2 riSTa 2 mfn. hurt , injured
wounded (cf. %{a4riSTa} and 1. %{riSTa}) ; failed , miscarried S3Br. ; m. a sword L. (cf. %{riSTi}) ;
Sapindus Detergens L. (cf. %{a-riSTa}) ; N. of a Daitya Hariv. ; of a king MBh. ; of a son of Manu Ma1rkP.
[881,2] ; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of the Apsarases ib. (prob. w.r. for %{a-riSTA}) ; n. misfortune ,
calamity VarBr2S. Sch. ; a bad omen Sus3r. ; good luck , fortune L.
rita *= {A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able, brave, honest
RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.; enlightened,
luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a son of Vijaya VP.;
({am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or pious action or custom, divine law,
faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are generally more to be accepted than those
of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c. [223, 3]; truth in general, righteousness,
right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pañcat. &c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a
Brâhmañs obtaining a livelihood as opposed to agriculture, which is {anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath,
vow TândyaBr. Lâthy.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the
sacred objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; ({a4m})
ind. right, duly, properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; ({Rtam} {i}, to go the right way, be pious or virtuous
RV.); ({e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly,
sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritasad* = mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works (as
men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works (as
men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritaashah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7 mfn. seated or dwelling in
truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)
ritastubh* = m. `" praising properly or duly "'N. of a Riishi RV. i, 112, 20.
ritaspati* = (voc. {Rtaspate}) m. lord of pious works (as sacrifice &c. [224, 1]; N. of Vâyu) RV. viii, 26, 21.
ritaspris'* = mfn. connected with pious works or worship RV. v, 67, 4 (N. of the Âdityas); i, 2, 80; iv, 50, 3
(N. of Mitra-varuna); (touching water Sây.)
ritASah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7
ritu * = m. (Un2. i, 72) any settled point of time, fixed time, time appointed for any action (esp. for
sacrifices and other regular worship), right or fit time RV. AV. VS.; an epoch, period (esp. a division or
part of the year), season (the number of the divisions of the year is in ancient times, three, five, six,
seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four; in later time six seasons are enumerated, viz. Vasanta, `" spring
"'; Gri1shma, `" the hot season "'; Varsha1s (f. nom. pl.), `" the rainy season "' S3arad, `" autumn "';
Hemanta, `" winter "'; and S3is3ira, `" the cool season "'; the seasons are not unfrequently personified,
addressed in Mantras, and worshipped by libations) RV. AV. VS. &c. MBh. Mn. &c.; symbolical
expression for the number six VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; the menstrual discharge (in women), the time after
the courses (favourable for procreation; according to Bhpr. sixteen days after their appearance) Sus3r.
MBh. Mn. &c.; sexual union at the above time Mn. ix, 93 MBh.; fixed order, order, rule [BRD.] RV. i, 162,
19; light, splendour L.; a particular mineral L.; N. of a R2ishi; of the twelfth Manu.
rohiNii * = f. (f. of {rohita}, `" red "', below; also f. of {rohin} above) a red cow or [later] any cow
(represented as a daughter of Surabhi and mother of cattle, esp. of Kâma-dhenu, `" cow of plenty "'; in
the Veda, Rohinî may perhaps also mean `" a red mare "') RV. &c. &c.; N. of the ninth Nakshatra or lunar
asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in this sense it may optionally have the accent on the last
syllable; it is personified as a daughter of Daksha, and as the favourite wife of the Moon, called `" the
Red one "' from the colour of the star Aldebaran or principal star in the constellation which contains 5
stars, prob. $, $, $, $, $, Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled vehicle or sometimes by a temple or fish; it is
exceptionally pl., and in TS. and TBr. there are 2 Nakshatras of this name; it may also be used as an adj.
and mean `" born under the Nakshatra Rohinî "' Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1); lightning L.; a young girl (in
whom menstruation has just commenced; others `" a girl nine years of age "') Griihyâs. Pañcat.; N. of
various plants Sus'r. Bhpr. (= Helleborus Niger; Acacia Arabica; Gmelina Arborea &c. L.); inflammation
of the throat (of various kinds) Sus'r.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Mûrchanâ ib.; a kind of
steel L.; N. of two wives of Vasudeva and the mother of Bala-râma MBh. Pur.; of a wife of Kriishna
Hariv.; of the wife of Mahâ-deva Pur.; of a daughter of Hiranya-kas'ipu MBh.; of one of the 16
Vidyâ-devîs L.; of a river VP.
roga = disease
rocana* = mf({I} or {A})n. bright, shining, radiant AV. Br. GriS. MBh. Hariv.; giving pleasure or
satisfaction, pleasant, charming, lovely Bhathth. BhP.; sharpening or stimulating the appetite, stomachic
Sus'r. [889,1]; m. N. of various plants (Andersonia Rohitika; Alangium Hexapetalum; the pomegranate
tree &c.) L.; apartic. yellow pigment (v.l. for {rocanA}) MBh. (C.); a stomachic W.; N. of a demon
presiding over a partic. disease Hariv.; of one of the 5 arrows of the god of love (`" exciter "') Cat.; of a
son of Vishnu by Dakshinâ BhP.; of Indra under Manu Svârocisha ib.; of one of the Vis've Devâh VP.; of a
mountain MârkP.; ({A4}) and ({I}) f. see below; n. light, brightness, (esp.) the bright sky, firmament,
luminous sphere (of which there are said to be three; cf. under {rajas}) RV. AV. Br. (in this sense
sometimes {A}, f.); pl. lights, stars AV.; (ifc.) the causing a desire for BhP.; ({ruci-ruce r-}) N. of a Sâman
ÂrshBr.
rocanaa* =1 f. the bright sky or luminous sphere (= {rocana}, m.) AV. TBr.; a partic. yellow pigment
(commonly called {go-rocanA}) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Sus'r.; a handsome woman L.; a red lotusflower L.;
bamboo manna or Tabâshîr L.; dark S'âlmali L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.
rocis* =n. light, lustre, brightness RV. &c. &c.; grace, loveliness BhP.
rociSmat* =mfn. (fr. %{rocis} + %{mat}) possessing or giving light Hariv.; m. N. of a son of Manu
Sva1rocisha BhP.
rociSNu* =mfn. shining, bright, brilliant, splendid, gay VS. &c. &c.; giving an appetite, stomachic Sus3r.
roditi = to cry
rodhaka* = mfn. stopping, holding back, restraining, shutting up, besieging, blockading Kâv.
rodhas* = n. a bank, embankment, dam, mound, wall, shore RV. &c. &c.; a mountain slope R. Hariv.; the
steep wall or bank (of a cloud) Kathâs.; the brink (of a well) BhP.; the flank, side, a womañs hips BhP.
(cf. {taTa}).
rodhasvat* = ({ro4dhas-}) mfn. having high banks RV.; ({atI}) f. N. of a river BhP.
rodhana* = 2 mf({I})n. (for 1. see above, col. 1) obstructing, impeding, being an obstacle or hindrance
W.; m. the planet Mercury L.; ({A}) f. a dam, bank, wall (= {rodhas}) RV. ii, 13, 10; ({ro4-}) n. shutting
up, confinement RV. BhP.; stopping, restraining, checking, preventing, impeding Kâv. Pur.
rodha* = (ifc.) sprouting, growing &c. (cf. 2. {ava-rodha} and {nyag-r-}); m. growing, ascending, moving
upwards (cf. next).
rodha* = 2 m. (for 1. see above, col. 1) the act of stopping, checking, obstructing, impeding; suppressing,
preventing, confining, surrounding, investing, besieging, blockading MBh. Kâv. &c.; obstruction of the
bowels, costiveness Car.; attacking, making war upon (gen.) R.; a dam, bank, shore Râjat. Sus'r. (cf.
{rodhas}); an arrow L.; a partic. hell VP.; N. of a man g. {zivA7di}.
ru = light
rud.h = to cry
rudantikA* = and f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.
rudita* = mfn. wept, lamented MBh. Kâv. &c. weeping, crying, lamenting ib.; wet with tears MBh.; n.
weeping, crying, lamentation Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.
ruddha * = mfn. obstructed , checked , stopped , suppressed , kept back , withheld RV. &c. &c. ; shut ,
closed , covered MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; invested , besieged , blockaded R. Pan5cat. ; secured , held , taken
possession of Ka1v. BhP. ; obstructed in its effect , ineffectual (as a spell) Sarvad. ; (%{A}) f. a siege W. ;
(prob.) n. N. of a town Cat.
rud.hdhvaa = checking
rudra = a form of Shiva\\* = mfn. (prob.) crying, howling, roaring, dreadful, terrific, terrible, horrible
(applied to the As'vins, Agni, Indra, Mitra, Varuna, and the {spa4zaH}) RV. AV. (accord. to others `" red,
shining, glittering "', fr. a {rud} or {rudh} connected with {rudhira}; others `" strong, having or
bestowing strength or power "', fr. a {rud} = {vRd}, {vRdh}; native authorities give also the following
meanings, `" driving away evil "'; `" running about and roaring "', fr. {ru} + {dra} = 2. {dru}; `"
praiseworthy, to be praised "'; `" a praiser, worshipper "' = {stotR} Naigh. iii, 16); m. `" Roarer or Howler
"'N. of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the Rudras and Maruts (in the Veda he is closely
connected with Indra and still more with Agni, the god of fire, which, as a destroying agent, rages and
crackles like the roaring storm, and also with Kâla or Time the all-consumer, with whom he is afterwards
identified; though generally represented as a destroying deity, whose terrible shafts bring death or
disease on men and cattle, he has also the epithet {ziva}, `" benevolent "' or `" auspicious "', and is even
supposed to possess healing powers from his chasing away vapours and purifying the atmosphere; in the
later mythology the word {ziva}, which does not occur as a {name} in the Veda, was employed, first as an
euphemistic epithet and then as a real name for Rudra, who lost his special connection with storms and
developed into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle; while a new class of beings,
described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called Rudras, took the place of the original
Rudras or Maruts: in VP. i, 7, Rudra is said to have sprung from Brahmâ's forehead, and to have
afterwards separated himself into a figure half male and half female, the former portion separating again
into the 11 Rudras, hence these later Rudras are sometimes regarded as inferior manifestations of S'iva,
and most of their names, which are variously given in the different Purânas, are also names of S'iva
[883, 2]; those of the VâyuP. are Ajai9kapad, Ahir-budhnya, Hara, Nirriita, Îs'vara, Bhuvana, Angâraka,
Ardha-ketu, Mriityu, Sarpa, Kapâlin; accord. to others the Rudras are represented as children of Kas'yapa
and Surabhi or of Brahmâ and Surabhi or of Bhûta and Su-rûpâ; accord. to VP. i, 8, Rudra is one of the 8
forms of S'iva; elsewhere he is reckoned among the Dik-pâlas as regent of the north-east quarter) RV.
&c. &c. (cf. RTL. 75 &c.); N. of the number `" eleven "' (from the 11 Rudras) VarBriS.; the eleventh Cat.;
(in astrol.) N. of the first Muhûrta; (in music) of a kind of stringed instrument (cf. {rudrI} and {rudra-
vINA}); of the letter {e} Up.; of various men Kathâs. Râjat.; of various teachers and authors (also with
{AcArya}, {kavi}, {bhaTTa}, {zarman}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a king Buddh.; du. (incorrect acc. to Vâm. v, 2,
1) Rudra and Rudrâni (cf. also {bhavA-r-} and {somA-rudra}); pl. the Rudras or sons of Rudra
(sometimes identified with or distinguished from the Maruts who are 11 or 33 in number) RV. &c. &c.;
an abbreviated N. for the texts or hymns addressed to Rudra GriS'rS. Gaut. Vas. (cf. {rudra-japa}); of a
people (v.l. {puNDra}) VP.; ({A}) f. a species of creeping plant L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva VâyuP.; of a
daughter of Raudrâs'va (v.l. {bhadrA}) VP.; pl. a hundred heatmaking suns "' rays L.; ({I}) f. a kind of
lute or guitar L. (cf. m. and {rudra-vINA}).
rudraaksha* = m. `" RñRudra-eyed "', Elaeocarpus Ganitrus or its berry (used for rosaries) W. (cf. RTL.
67, 82); a rosary (gender doubtful) Râjat.; N. of an Upanishad (gender dñdoubtful); {-kalpa} m.
{-dhAraNa} n. {-parI7kSA} f. N. of wks.; {-mAlA} (Hcar.) or {-mAlikA} (Kâd.) f. a rosary; {-mAhAtmya}
n. {-ya-varNana} n. N. of wks.; {-valaya} m. or n. (?) a rosary Kâd.; {-So7paniSad} (f. N. of an Upanishad.
rudhira = blood
rupaM = beauty
rush* = 1 (cf. %{ruz}) cl. 1. 4. P. (Dha1tup. , xvii , 42 ; xxvi , 120) %{roSati} or %{ruSyati} (rarely %{-te} ,
and %{ruSati} , cf. %{ruSat} ; Gr. also pf. %{ruroSa} ; aor. %{aruSat} or %{aroSIt} ; fut. %{roSitA} ,
%{roSTA} ; %{roSiSyati} ; inf. %{roSitum} or %{roSTum} ; ind. p. %{ruSya} MBh.) , to hurt , injure , kill
(%{hiMsAyAm}) Dha1tup. ; (cl. 1.) to be hurt or offended by , take offence (acc.) RV. viii , 99 , 4 ; to
displease , be disagreeable to (gen.) ib. viii , 4 , 8 AitBr. iv , 10 (cf. %{ruSat} and 1. %{ruzat}) ; (cl. 4.) to be
vexed or cross , be angry with (gen.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. (or cl. 10. Dha1tup. xxxii , 131) %{roSayati} ,
%{-te} (aor. %{arUruSat} ; Pass. %{roSyate}) , to vex , annoy , displease , irritate , exasperate MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; to be furious or angry DivyA7v.: Desid. %{ruruSiSati} , %{ruroSiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{roruSyate} ,
%{roroSTi} ib. [Cf. Gk. $ &c.] &268111[885 ,1]
rush* = 2 f. (nom. %{ruT} Siddh.) anger , westh , rage , fury , passion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
rukma * m. `" what is bright or radiant "', an ornament of gold, golden chain or disc RV. AV. (here n.) VS.
Br. S'rS.; Mesua Roxburghii L.; the thorn-apple L.; N. of a son of Rucaka BhP.; n. gold L.; iron L.; a kind
of collyrium L.
ruksha = dry
ruuksha4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {rUS}; cf. 2. {rukSa}) rough, dry, arid, dreary S'Br. &c. &c.; emaciated,
thin Sus'r.; rough to the taste, astringent MBh. Sus'r.; not greasy or oily (as food or medicine) Kathâs.
Sus'r.; hard, harsh, unkind, cruel (as a person or speech) MBh. Kâv. &c.; unpleasant, disagreeable, not
soft (to the sight, smell &c.) ib.; dismal (as a house) Pañcat.; soiled, smeared, dirtied R. Mudr.; having
the smell of an elephant in rut L.; m. hardness, harshness L.; the smell of the rut of an elephant L.; a
kind of grass (= {varaka}) L.; ({A}) f. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L.; n. a good kind of iron L.; the
thick part of curds L.
ruusha * rUSa m. bitter and sour taste L.; mf({A})n. bitter and sour L. (cf. {rUkSa}).
ruupaM = beaut
ruupasya = form
ruupaaNi = forms
ruupeNa = form
sa = he
saa = that is
saaDesaati = Saturñs transit of the lunar 12, 1, 2 houses. It lasts about 7 1\/2 years and is regarded as
problematic for the Native by some Jyotishi. If the sarvaashhTakavarga of the signs in 12th, 1st and 2nd
from the Moon have more than 30 points this relieves a lot of the above malefic side-effects. One should
also judge the whole chart and see whether there is real malevolence to this transit
saadhakaM = means
saadhana = instrument * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.;
effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit)
Katha1s.; denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157
(having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see %{mantra-s-});
propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}), the act of mastering, overpowering,
subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.;
subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.;
bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh. &c.;
establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a
syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or
instrument or implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.;
a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare,
military forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.;
means of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods,
commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.;
(in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action
itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining,
procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit, result
Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (=
%{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug,
medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation,
worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties
[esp. said of mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going
quickly; going after, following.).
saadhaaraNa *= mf(%{I} or %{A})n. `" having or resting on the same support or basis "' , belonging or
applicable to many or all , general , common to all , universal , common to (gen. dat. instr. with and
without %{saha} , or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; like , equal or similar to (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Ka1lid. ;
behaving alike Dhu1rtas. ; having something of two opposite properties , occupying a middle position ,
mean (between two extremes e.g. `" neither too dry nor too wet "' , `" neither too cool nor too hot "')
Sus3r. Ka1m. VarBr2S. ; (in logic) belonging to more than the one instance alleged (one of the three
divisions of the fallacy called %{anaikAntika} q.v.) ; generic W. ; m. N. of the 44th (or 18th) year of
Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S. ; (%{I}) f. a key L. ; a twig of bamboo (perhaps used as a bolt) MW. ;
m. or n. (?) N. of a Nya1ya wk. by Ga1da-dhara ; (%{am}) n. something in common , a league or alliance
with (comp.) Subh. ; a common rule or one generally applicable W. ; a generic property , a character
common to all the individuals of a species or to all the species of a genus &c. ib. ; (%{am}) ind.
commonly , generally L.
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A} ; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa}) consternation, perturbation, alarm,
terror, fear of (gen. or comp. ; %{-saM-gam}, to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (in dram.) false
alarm, sudden fright, panic (one of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h
saadhayet.h = achieves
saadhu = good man * f. {sAdhvI3} straight, right, good, excellent, virtuous. -- m. a good or honest man; f.
{sAdhvI} a. faithful or excellent wife; n. the good or right, as adv. well, right; bravo!
saadhuH = a saint
saadhya * =mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable, amenable MBh. R. &c.; to
be summoned or conjured up L.; to be set to rights, to be treated or healed or cured Sus'r. MBh. Kathâs.;
to be formed (grammatically) Vop.; to be cultivated or perfected Kâv.; to be accomplished or fulfilled or
brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable Mn. MBh. &c.; being effected or
brought about, taking place Kâs'.; to be prepared or cooked Car.; to be inferred or concluded Sarvad.
Bhâshâp. Kpr.; to be proved or demonstrated Ragh. Sâh.; to be found out by calculation VarBriS. Ganit.;
to be killed or destroyed MW.; relating to the Sâdhyas (see below) MBh. BhP.; m. (pl.) `" they that are to
be propitiated "'N. of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the {gaNa-devatA} q.v., sometimes
mentioned in the Veda [see RV. x, 90, 16]; in the S'Br. their world is said to be above the sphere of the
gods; according to Yâska [Nir. xii, 41] their locality is the Bhuvarloka or middle region between the earth
and sun; in Mn. i, 22, the Sâdhyas are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely
refined, and in iii, 195, as children of the Soma-sads, sons of Virâj; in the Purânas they are sons of
Sâdhyâ, and their number is variously twelve or seventeen; in the later mythology they seem to be
superseded by the Siddhas see {siddha}; and their names are Manas, Mantrii, Pra7na, Nara, Pâna,
Vinirbhaya, Naya, Dansa, Nârâyana, Vriisha, Prabhu) RV. &c. &c.; the god of love L.; N. of a Vedic Riishi,
IndSt.; of the 21st astronomical Yoga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma or Manu
(regarded as the mother of the Sâdhyas) Hariv. Pur.; ({am}) n. accomplishment, perfection W.; an object
to be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate ib.; (in logic) the major term in a
syllogism ib.; silver L.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.
saadhayitR * = mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer Nir.
saadhana * =mf({I} or {A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.; effective, efficient,
productive of (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; procuring Kâv.; conjuring up (a spirit) Kathâs.; denoting,
designating, expressive of (comp.) Pân. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having the patr.
{bhauvana}) Anukr.; ({A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see {mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship,
adoration L.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pañcat.; subdueing
by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Kathâs.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus'r.
MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das'.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment,
fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument,
demonstration Yâjñ. Sâh. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v,
10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or utensil or
apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up
a spirit (or deity) Kâlac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg.
and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Râjat.; conflict, battle S'is'.; means of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod
"' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general)
L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or agent (as
expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready, preparation (of
food, poison &c.) Kathâs. MârkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Kâv. BhP.; finding out by
calculation, computation Ganit.; fruit, result Pañcat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed
between the root and terminations (= {vIharaNa} q.v.) Pân. 8-4, 30 Vârtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material,
substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude;
conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of
their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out,
proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy, opulent
R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.
saadhana * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.; effective,
efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.;
denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having the
patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see %{mantra-s-}); propitiation,
worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}), the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir.
Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a
disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about,
carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth,
proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a
conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement
or utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or
conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of
an army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or punishing (as `"
a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or
source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the
instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing,
making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition
Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix
or suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt.
1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance,
self-mortification, attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing
metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a
funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhya * = mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed , conquerable , amenable MBh. R. &c. ;
to be summoned or conjured up L. ; to be set to rights , to be treated or healed or cured Sus3r. MBh.
Katha1s. ; to be formed (grammatically) Vop. ; to be cultivated or perfected Ka1v. ; to be accomplished or
fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained , practicable , feasible , attainable Mn. MBh. &c. ; being
effected or brought about , taking place Ka1s3. ; to be prepared or cooked Car. ; to be inferred or
concluded Sarvad. Bha1sha1p. Kpr. ; to be proved or demonstrated Ragh. Sa1h. ; to be found out by
calculation VarBr2S. Gan2it. ; to be killed or destroyed MW. ; relating to the Sa1dhyas (see below) MBh.
BhP. ; m. (pl.) `" they that are to be propitiated "'N. of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the
%{gaNa-devatA} q.v. , sometimes mentioned in the Veda [see RV. x , 90 , 16] ; in the S3Br. their world is
said to be above the sphere of the gods ; according to Ya1ska [Nir. xii , 41] their locality is the Bhuvarloka
or middle region between the earth and sun ; in Mn. i , 22 , the Sa1dhyas are described as created after
the gods with natures exquisitely refined , and in iii , 195 , as children of the Soma-sads , sons of Vira1j ;
in the Pura1n2as they are sons of Sa1dhya1 , and their number is variously twelve or seventeen ; in the
later mythology they seem to be superseded by the Siddhas see %{siddha} ; and their names are Manas ,
Mantr2i , Pra7n2a , Nara , Pa1na , Vinirbhaya , Naya , Dan6sa , Na1ra1yan2a , Vr2isha , Prabhu) RV. &c.
&c. ; the god of love L. ; N. of a Vedic R2ishi , IndSt. ; of the 21st astronomical Yoga L. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma or Manu (regarded as the mother of the Sa1dhyas) Hariv. Pur. ;
(%{am}) n. accomplishment , perfection W. ; an object to be accomplished , thing to be proved or
established , matter in debate ib. ; (in logic) the major term in a syllogism ib. ; silver L. ; N. of a Sa1man
ArshBr.
saahasa = adventure
saahitya = literature
s'aakra *= mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh. VarBriS.
Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ (presided over by
Indra) VarBriS.
saakaM = with
saakhya * = n. association, party RV. KâtyS'r.; friendship (prob. w.r. for {sakhya}) L.; mfn. {-sAkheya}
KâtyS'r. [1198, 2]
saakshin* = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness, witness (in law) of or to
(gen. loc., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the object or to that
which is external to the mind, AshthâvS.; cf. {sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also pl.) Sanskârak.
saaksha* = mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) furnished with a yoke (of oxen) Kaus'. \\sAkSa* = 2 mfn. (fr. 7.
{sa} + {akSa}) having the seeds (of which rosaries are made), having rosary MW. \\sAkSa* = 3 (fr. 7.
{sa} + {akSa}), having eyes (only in abl.; see next).
saakshaat.h = directly * = ind. (abl. of %{sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Ka1v.
Katha1s. Sarvad. ; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198,1] ; in person,
in bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.
saala *= 1 m. (often incorrectly written for 1. {zAla}) the S'âl tree; a wall, fence &c.; for these and other
meanings and compounds such as {salagrAma} &c., see 1. {zAla}; ({A}) f. see next.
saalamba = supported
saaman * =1 n. (fr. 1. {sA} = 1. {san}) acquisition, possession, property, wealth, abundance RV. VS. \\
saaman * = 2 n. (m. only in TBr.; prob. connected with {sAntv}; accord. to some fr. 1. {sA}; cf. 3.
{sAman}) calming, tranquillizing, (esp.) kind or gentle words for winning an adversary, conciliation,
negotiation (one of the 4 Upa7yas or means of success against an enemy, the other 3 being {dAna},
{bheda}, and {daNDa}, qq. vv.; ibc. or instr. sg. and pl., `" by friendly means or in a friendly way,
willingly, voluntarily "') TBr. &c. &c.
saaman * =3 n. (of doubtful derivation; accord. to Un. iv, 152 fr. {so} = 2. {sA}, as `" destroying sin "'; in
Nir. vii, 12 apparently connected with {sammita}; by others derived fr. 1. {san}, {sA}, {sAntv}, and
perhaps not to be separated fr. 1. and 2. {sAman}) a metrical hymn or song of praise, (esp.) a partic. kind
of sacred text or verse called a Sâman (intended to be chanted, and forming, with {Rc}, {yajus},
{chandas}, one of the 4 kinds of Vedic composition mentioned first in RV. x, 90, 9) RV. &c. &c.; any song
or tune (sacred or profane, also the hum of bees) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the faculty of uttering sounds (?) TBr.
(Sch.)
saamarthyaM = ability
saamarsha* = mfn. having impatience or anger, impatient, indignant, wrathful, enraged at (prati) Kâv.
Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) ind. angrily Mriicch.
saamaajika = social
saamaanya = common
saamaasikasya = of compounds
saamaya* = 1 (Nom. fr. {sAman} or fr. artificial {sAm}; for 2. {sA7maya} see col. 3) cl. 10. P. {sAmayati}
(aor. {asasAmat} or {asISamat}), to conciliate, appease, pacify. tranquillize Dhâtup. xxxv, 27.
saamaya* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) connected with or suffering from disease S'ank.
saamba* = 1 m. (also written {zAmba}) N. of a son of Kriishna and Jâmbavatî (in consequence of the
curse of some holy sages who had been deceived by a female disguise which he had assumed, he was
condemned to produce offspring in the shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of the race of
Vriishni and Andhaka; he is said to have been instructed by Nârada in the worship of the sun, and by
Vyâsa in the ritual of the Magi) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (also with {zAstrin}) N. of various authors and
teachers Cat.; n. = {-purANa} ib.\\2 mfn. attended by Ambâ (q.v.), Kâsikh.
saaMhita* = mf({I})n. relating to the Sanhitâ, found in the SñSanhitâ text or based upon it &c. Prât. Pân.
Sch.
saMyuta* = mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh.; put together, joined or connected with
(instr. with and without {saha}, or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; increased hy, added to (instr. or comp.) VarBriS.
Râjat.; (ifc.) being in conjunction with VarBriS.; consisting of. containing (instr. or comp.) R.; (ifc.)
relating to, implying ({praI7Sya-s-}, `" implying service "') Mn. ii, 32; accumulated (v.l. for {sam-bhRta})
S'ak. iv, 120/121
saamye = in equanimity
saamyena = generally
saakshaat * = ind. (abl. of {sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Kâv. Kathâs. Sarvad.;
before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198, 1]; in person, in bodily form,
personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Kâv. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.
saaMvartaka * = mfn. (fr. {saM-vartaka} = {saMvarta}) relating to or appearing at the dissolution of the
universe (as fire, the sun &c.) R. BhP.
saaMvatsara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {saM-vatsara}) yearly, annual, perennial, lasting or occupying year (with
{bhRti}, f. `" annual wages "') S'rS. MBh. BhP.; m. an astrologer, almanac-maker MBh. Kâv. &c.; a lunar
month L.; black rice L.; (with {dIkSita}) N. of an author Cat.; ({I}) f. a funeral ceremony performed a
year after a persoñs death L.
saanu * = m. n. (accord. to Un. i, 3 fr. {san}; collateral form 3. {snu}) a summit, ridge, surface, top of a
mountain, (in later language generally) mountain-ridge, table-land RV. &c. &c. (L. also, a sprout; a forest;
road; gale of wind; sage, learned man; the sun "').
s'aanti * = f. tranquillity, peace, quiet, peace or calmness of mind, absence of passion, averting of pain
({zAnti}! {zAnti}! {zAnti}! may the three kinds of pain be averted!), indifference to objects of pleasure or
pain KathhUp. MBh. &c.; alleviation (of evil or pain), cessation, abatement, extinction (of fire &c.) AV.
&c. &c.; a pause, breach, interruption Hcat.; any expiatory or propitiatory rite for averting evil or calamity
Br. &c. (cf. RTL. 346); peace, welfare, prosperity, good fortune, ease, comfort, happiness, bliss MBh. R.
&c.; destruction, end, eternal rest, death Kâv. Kathâs. BhP.; = {zAnti-kalpa} BhP.; Tranquillity &c.
personified (as a daughter of S'raddhâ, as the wife of Atharvan, as the daughter of Daksha and wife of
Dharma) Hariv. Prab. Pur.; m. N. of a son of Indra MBh.; of Indra in the tenth Manv-antara Pur.; of a
Tushita (son of Vishnu and Dakshinâ) ib.; of a son of Kriishna and Kâlindî ib.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son
of Angiras ib.; of a disciple of Bhûti MârkP.; of a son of Nîla and father of Su-s'ânti VP.; (with Jainas) of
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban, interdiction (acc.
with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter a curse on any one "',
with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
s'aa4pa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances RV. AV.
saapatna * = mfn. (fr, {sa-patna}, or {sapatnI}) coming or derived from a rival AV.; based on rivalry (as
enmity) MBh.; born of a rival or cowife; m. (with or without {bhrAtR}, `" a half-brother on the mother's
side "') R.; (pl.) the children of different wives of the same husband MBh.
saapatnya* mf({A})n. based on rivalry (as enmity) Kâm.; born from a rival or fellow-wife R.; m. a
half-brother ib.; a rival, enemy L.; n. enmity or rivalry among wives of the same husband S'is'.;
relationship of children born from different wives of the same husband R.
saapatnaka * = n. rivalry among the wives of the same husband MBh.; rivalry in general, enmity ib.
Bâlar.
saara * = 1 (fr. {sR}) m. course, motion (see {pUrva-s-}); stretching out, extension Kâlac.; mfn. driving
away, destroying Bâlar. ii, 60/61
saara * = 2 m. n. (ifc. f. {A}; perhaps to be connected with 1. {sAra} above; prob. fr. a lost root meaning.
`" to be strong "') the core or pith or solid interior of anything RV. &c. &c.; firmness, strength power,
energy AV. &c. &c.; the substance or essence or marrow or cream or heart or essential part of anything,
best part, quintessence (ifc. = `" chiefly consisting of or depending on &c. "' [cf. {para}] e.g.
{dharma-sAraM jagat}, `" the world chiefly depends on justice "'; {tUSNIM-sAra} mfn. `" chiefly silent "';
{sArat sAram}, `" the very best "') AitBr. &c. &c.; the real meaning, main point MW.; a compendium,
summary, epitome (often ifc. in titles of books); a chiefingredient or constituent part of the body
(causing the peculiarities of temperament; reckoned to be 7, viz. {sattva}, {zukra}, {majjan}, {asthi},
{medas}, {mAMsa}, {rakta}) Sus'r. VarBriS.; any ingredient Sus'r.; nectar R. BhP.; cream, curds L.; worth,
value ({eNa}, `" in consideration of. "', according to "') Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; wealth, property, goods, riches Kâv.
Pur. Râjat.; (in rhet.) a kind of climax ({uttaro7ttaram utkarSaH}) Sâh. Kpr.; resin used as a perfume
Sus'r. SârngS.; water Vâs.; dung Kriishis.; the matter formed in a boil or ulcer, pus MW.; impure
carbonate of soda ib.; a confederate prince, ally VarBriS.; (= 1. {zAra}) a piece at chess or backgammon
&c.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant( = {kriSNa-trivRtA}) L.; Kus'a grass L.; ({I}) f. see under {sAri} and {sArI}
(next p.); mf({A})n. hard, firm solid strong MBh. Râv. &c.; precious, valuable Das'.; good, sound, best,
excellent BhP. Pañcar.; sound (as an argument, thoroughly proved) W.; full of (instr.) VarBriS.; motley,
speckled (= {zAra}) Sus'r. Kâd.
sAroha 8 = mf(%{A})n. having elevation, elevated to (loc.) R. ; together with a horseman ib.
grades of Mukti or beatitude = {sarUpa-tA}, {sAlokya}) BhP.; (in dram.) a mistake caused by the mutual
resemblance of two persons (as in Venis. vs Yudhi-shthhira takes Bhîma for Duryodhana and injures
him) Bhar. Sâh.; mf({A})n. seasonable, fit, proper, suitable Lalit.
saa7svaadana* = n. (scil. {sthAna}; with Jainas) N. of the second of the 14 stages towards supreme bliss
Cat.
s'aatha*= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or gown Vas.
Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata4* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble, slender,
emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW.
s'aata* = 2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r.
saat * = 1 a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the thing
expressed by that word (see {agni-}, {bhasma-sAt} &c.) \\ * = 2 a Sautra root meaning `" to give pleasure
"' Pân. Vop. \\ 3 n. N. of Brahman L.
saati * = 1 f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property RV.; a gift, oblation L.; N. of a
teacher (having the patr. {auSTrAkSi}) Cat. \\ 2 f. end, destruction L.; violent pain ib. \\3 (for 1. and 2.
see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping. \\ 3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping
saath * = cl. 10. P. {sATayati}, to make visible or manifest Dhâtup. xxxv, 84.
saatmataa* = (%{sA7tma4-}) f. community of essence or nature with (gen. instr., or comp.) S3Br. MBh. ;
absorption into the essence (of Brahma1) MW.
saatvata *sAtvata f({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or
Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N. of
Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or
worshipper of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L., `" the
son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a Kshatriya "') Mn. x,
43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saattvikaaH = in goodness
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is truth S'Br.;
n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshB
saatvata * = mf({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or Kriishna
&c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N. of Kriishna,
Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or worshipper of
Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L., `" the son of an
outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a
son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is truth S'Br.;
n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saava m. (fr. 3. %{su}) a Soma libation (cf. %{prAtaH-} and %{sahasra-s-}) RV.
saavadhaana = attentions * =mf(%{A})n. having attention, attentive, heedful, careful Bhartr2. HParis3.;
intent upon doing anything (inf.) Uttamac.; (%{am}) ind. attentively, cautiously S3ak.
saavana * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{savana} , p. : 190) relating to or determining the three daily Soma libations i.e.
corresponding to the solar time (day , month , year) VarBr2S. Sch. ; m. an institutor of a sacrifice or
employer of priests at a sacrifice (= %{yajamAna}) L. ; the conclusion of a sacrifice or the ceremonies by
which it is terminated L. ; N. of Varun2a L. ; n. scil. (%{mAna}) the correct solar time Nida1nas.
saayaM = evening
sabala * =({sa4-}) mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c.; together with strength or power L.; accompanied by
a force or army. MBh. R.; together with Bala (Kriishna's eldest brother) BhP.; m. N. of a son of Manu
Bhautya Hariv.; of a son of Vasishthha (and one of the 7 Riishis) MârkP.; of one of the 7 Riishis under
Manu S'âvarna ib.; {-tA} f. (S'ânkhBr.), {-tva} n. (S'is'.) power, strength; {-vAhana} mfn. with an army
and followers Yâjñ. Sch.; {-siMha} m. N. of a king Inscr.; {-lAt-kAram} ind. with force, forcibly S'ak.;
{-lA7nuga} mfn. followed by an army MBh. R.; = {sa-balavAhana} MW.
sabhaajita * = mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c.; praised, celebrated BhP.
sabhya * = mfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit for an assembly or court,
suitable to good society, courteous, polite, refined, civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as speech) AV. &c. &c.;
being at the court of (gen.) Va1s., Introd.; m. an assistant at an assembly or council, (esp.) an assessor,
judge Mn. MBh. &c.; the keeper of a gambling. house W.; a person of honourable parentage ib.; N. of one
of the five sacred fires (see %{paJcA7gni}) Ka1tyS3r. Mn. iii, 100, 185 Kull.
sachetaaH = in my consciousness
sadhana * =n. (i.e.7. {sa} + {dh-}) common property S'Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy, opulent R.
VarBriS.; together with riches Kathâs.; {-tA} f. wealthiness Prasang.
sadaa = always
sadaasaa * mfn. (nom.pl. {-sAH}) alwñalways gaining (superl. {-tama}) RV.; alwñalways subsisting
abundantly ib.
sadaiva = always
sadasya * = m. `" present in the sacrificial enclosure, an assessor, spectator, member of an assembly (at a
sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties accord. to the Kushîtakins, are
merely to look on and correct mistakes) TS. Br. GriS'rS. MBh. BhP.; a person belonging to a learned
court-circle Jâtakam.
sadaya = compassionate
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy, opulent
R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.
sadrishaM = accordingly
sadrishaH = like
sadris' * = mfn. (nom. {sadR4G} or {sadRk}; n. pl. {sadRMzi}) = {sadRkSa} (with instr. or ifc.) RV. &c.
&c.; fit, proper, just, right MW.
sadris'a* = mf({I}, once in R. {A})n. like, resembling, similar to (gen. instr., loc "', or comp.) or in (instr.
loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (accord. to Pat. on Pân. 6-2, 11 Vârtt. 2 also compounded with a gen. e.g.
{dAsyAH-s-}, {vRSalyAH-s-}); conformable, suitable, fit, proper, right, worthy MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({am}) ind.
suitably, well Uttarar.
sadyaH = instantly
sadyah = immediately
sadyas * = ind. (fr. 7. {sa+dyu}; cf. {sadi4vas}) on the same day, in the very moment (either `" at once "',
`" immediately "' or `" just "', `" recently "') RV. &c. &c.; daily, every day RV. AV. AitBr. MBh.
sah* =1 cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xx, 22) %{sa4hate} (Ved. and ep. also %{-ti} and exceptionally %{sAhati},
once in MBh. 1. sg. %{sahyAmi}; p. %{sa4hat} %{sa4hamAna} [q.v.]; pf. %{sche}, %{sasAha}; Ved. also
%{sasA8he4} and %{sAsAhat}; %{sAsa4hat}; %{sAsahISTA4H}, {sAsahyAma}3{sAsahyA4ma}; p.
%{sehAna4}, %{sAsahAna4}, %{sA8sahva4s} and %{sAhva4s} [q.v.]; aor. %{asAkSi}, %{sAkSi},
%{sAkSate} RV.; %{sAkSIt} GopBr.; %{sakSati} AV.; %{sakSat}, %{sA4kSAma} RV.; Impv. %{sakSi},
%{sA8kSva} ib.; p. %{sa4kSat} ib.; %{a4sahisTa} RV.; Prec. %{sahyAs}, %{sAhyA4ma} ib.; %{sAkSIya}.
AV.; %{sA4hiSIma4hi} RV.; fut. %{soDhA} MBh. &c.; %{sahitA} Gr.; %{sakSyati} MBh., %{-te} Br.;
%{sAkSye} [?] AV.; %{-sahiSyati}, %{-te} MBh.; Cond. %{asahisyat} ib.; inf %{sa4hadhyai} RV. Ka1t2h.;
%{sA4Dhyai} MaitrS.; %{soDhum}, %{sahitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{soDhvA} A1pS3r. Sch.; %{sAdhvA},
%{sahitvA} Gr.; %{sa4hya} RV. &c.; %{sa4ham} Br.), to prevail, be victorious; to overcome, vanquish,
conquer, defeat (enemies), gain, win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhat2t2.; to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr.
S3Br. [1193,1]; to master, suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c.; to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) ib.; to
bear up against, resist, with. stand AV. &c. &c.; to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with %{na},
`" to grudge "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag.; to spare
any one Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; to let pass, approve anything Sarvad.; (with %{kalam}, %{kala-kSepam} &c.)
to bide or wait patiently for the right time Ka1v. Katha1s.: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sAhayati} (aor.
%{asISahat}), to forbear Dha1tup. xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. %{sisAhayiSati} Pa1n2. 8-3, 62?: Desid.
%{sI4kSate} (p. %{sI4kSat}; accord. to Pa1n2. 8-3, 61, also %{sisahiSa}), to wish to overcome RV. TS.:
Intens. %{sAsaSyate}, %{sAsoDhi} (cf %{sA8sahi4} Gr. [Cf. %{sahas} and $ for $; $, $.]
sah* = 2 (strong form %{sAh}) mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc.; see %{abhimAti-SA4h} &c.)
sah* = 3 cl. 4. P. %{sahyati}, to satisfy, delight Dha1tup. xxvi, 20; to be pleased ib.; to bear, endure (cf. 1.
%{sah}) ib.
saha = With * = mf(%{A})n. powerful, mighty RV.; (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing MBh.; bearing,
enduring, withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; causing, effecting,
stimulating, exerting S3is3.; able to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Ka1lid. S3is3. Katha1s.; m. the month
Ma1rgas3i1rsha (see %{sahas}) VS. S3Br. Car.; a partic. Agni MBh.; a species of plant AV.; N. of a son of
Manu Hariv.; of a son of Pra7n2a and U1sjasvati1 BhP.; of a son of Dhr2itara1shi7ra MBh.; of a son of
Kr2ishn2a and Ma1dri1 BhP.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; (with Buddhists) N. of a division of the world (with
%{loka-dhAtu}, `" the world inhabited by men "') Ka1ran2d2.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. = Aloe
Perfoliata, %{daNDo7patA}, %{rAsnA} &c.) VarBr2S. Sus3r.; Unguis Odoratus L.; n. = %{bala} L.; kind of
salt L. 1.\\2 ind. (prob. fr. 7. %{sa+dhA}, which in Veda may become %{dha}; cf. 1. %{sadha}) together
with, along with, with (with %{grah} and %{A-dA}, `" to take with one "'; with %{dA}, to give to take
away with one "'; with %{kRtvA} and acc., `" taking with one, `" in the company of "'; often as a prep.
governing instr. case, but generally placed after the governed word e.g. %{tena@saha}, `" along with him
"' [1193,3]; exceptionally with abl. e.g. %{aizvaryAt@saha}, `" with sovereignty "' Ca1n2. 104); in
common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used as a prefix in comp., expressing `"
community of action "', e.g. %{sahA7dhyayana} q.v.; or forming adjectives expressing `" the companion
of an action "', e.g. %{saha-cara} q.v.); at the same time or simultaneously with (prefixed to adverbs of
time e.g. %{saha-pUrvA7hNam} q.v.; rarely ifc. e.g. %{vainateya-s-}, `" with Vainateya "' Hariv.) RV. &c.
&c.; m. a companion L.; (%{A}) f. a female companion BhP.
saha.nsha = Special positions or points signifying important events in life. They are somewhat similar to
Arabic parts
sahadevaH = Sahadeva
sahanau = together us
sahasaa = (adv) hastily, perforce * (instr. of {sahas}), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly,
precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner,
inconsiderately (with instr. `" together with
sahasrapaat.h = thousand-footed
sahasrashaH = thousands
sahasrashiirshhaa = thousand-headed
sahasraakshaH = thousand-eyed
sahasreNa = by thousand
sahitaM = with
saH = He
s'aila * mf({I})n. (fr. {zilA}) made of stone, stony, rocky MBh. Hariv. &c.; stone-like, rigid (with {Asana}
n. a partic. manner of sitting) Cat.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a rock, crag, hill, mountain (there are seven [or, accord,
to some, eight] mythical mountain ranges separating the divisions of the earth, viz. {niSadha}, {hema-
kUTa}, {nIla}, {zveta}, {zRngin}, {mAlyavat}, {gandha-mAdana} VP.) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the number `"
seven "' Ganit.; a dike MW.; ({A}) f. N. of a nun DivyA7v.; ({I}) f. see below; n. (only L.) benzoin or
storax; bitumen; a sort of collyrium.
sainya * = mfn. belonging to or proceeding from an army MBh. Hariv.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a soldier (pl. `"
troops "') R.; an army MBh. Râjat.; a sentinel, guard L.; n. a body of troops, army MBh. R. &c.; a camp
VarBriS.
sakalaani = all
sakaasha = company
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV. AV. TBr.
Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen "' Ganit.;
Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.
s'aakra * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh. VarBriS.
Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ (presided over by
Indra) VarBriS.
sakta = attached
saktaM = attached
saktaH = attached/engrossed/absorbed
saktah = capable of
sakti * f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or perseverance in, occupation with
(loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathâs. (cf. {a-pras-} and {ati-pras-}); occurrence, practicability ({-timpra} {yA},
`" to be practicable "') Râjat.; (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability (of a rule) RPrât. Sch.; connection,
association W.; inference, conclusion ib.; a topic of conversation ib.; acquisition ib.
sakti * f. connexion, entwinement (of creepers) Kir.; clinging or adhering to (loc. or comp.), attachment,
addiction (esp. to worldly objects) S'is'. Râjat. Sarvad.
s'a4kti * =or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'
s'akti4 * =f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-},
`" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according to the
capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's
strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c. &c.; effectiveness or
efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts, {prabhutva}, personal
pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf. Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or
active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under
various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti goddesses are enumerated, as follow,
Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute
Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine,
viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri, Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others
reckon fifty different forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti,
Tushthi, Pushthâ, Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra
besides Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî,
Dîrgha-ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî, Jvâlâ-
mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to the
Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or white, and the other {sita}
or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included Lakshmî,
Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature, Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf.
RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by the S'âkta sect either actually or
symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word (defined in the Nyâya as {padasya
padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in
Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most
effective word of a sacred text or magic formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a
poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance, gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g.
{bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars
and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N.
of a Muni or sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and
was devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti
is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere the patr.
Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'amala * = n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h. Kaus3. BhP.; feces, ordure L
s'auca * = m. (fr. %{zuci}) N. of a man (also called A1hneya) TA1r.; n. cleanness, purity, purification (esp.
from defilement caused by the death of a relation) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; purity of mind, integrity,
honesty (esp. in money-matters) MBh. R. &c.; (with Buddhists) self-purification (both external and
internal) MWB. 240; evacuation of excrement MW.
sakhaa = friend
sakhi = friend
sakhiin.h = friends
sakhya * = n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and without {samam}, {saha} &c.),
fellowship, community RV. &c. &c.
saMroha * = m. growing over TS. ; curing, healing Sus3r. ; growing up, bursting forth or into view,
appearance BhP.
salila = water
sha *= (only L.; for 3. {Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m. loss, destruction; loss of
knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness, final emancipation; heaven, paradise; sleep; a
learned man, teacher; a nipple; = {kaca}; = {mAnava}; = {sarva}; = {garbhavimocana}; n. the embryo;
(accord.to some) patience, endurance.
sam* = 1 or {stam} cl. 1. P. {samati} or {stamati}, to be disturbed (accord. to some `" to be undisturbed
"'; cf. {zam}) Dhâtup. xix, 82; cl. 10. P. {samayati} or {stamayati}, to be agitated or disturbed Vop.
sam* = 2 ind. (connected with 7. {sa} and 2. {sama}, and opp. to 3. {vi} q.v.) with, together with, along
with, together, altogether (used as a preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, like Gk. $,
&348389[1152, 1] Lat. {con}, and expressing `" conjunction "', `" union "', `" thoroughness "', `" intensity
"', `" completeness "' e.g. {saMyuj}, `" to join together "'; {saM-dhA}, `" to place together "'; {saM-dhi}, `"
placing together "'; {saM-tap}, `" to consume utterly by burning "'; {sam-uccheda}, `" destroying
altogether, complete destruction "'; in Ved. the verb connected with it has sometimes to be supplied, e.g.
{A4po agni4m yaza4saH sa4M hi4 pUrvI4ih}, `" for many glorious waters surrounded Agni "'; it is
sometimes prefixed to nouns in the sense of 2. {sama}, `" same "'; cf. {samartha}) RV. &c. &c.
samaarabdha * = mfn. taken in hand, undertaken, begun (also, begun to be built "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one
who has begun or commenced MBh.; happened, occurred R.; %{-tara} mfn. more frequent Nida1nas.
samaarabh* =A1. %{-rabhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence (with acc.
or inf.; ind. p. %{-rabhya} with acc.= `" begining from "') TS. &c. &c.; to try to get near to or propitiate
MBh.
samaahva * = m. calling out, mutual calling, challenge, defiance W.; ({I}) f. id. ib.; ({A}) f. a partic. plant
(= {go-jihvA}). L.; mfn. (fr. {sam} + {AhvA}) bearing the same name S'is'.
samaaH = like
samaagataaH = assembled
samaachara = do perfectly
samaacharan.h = practicing
samaaja = Society
samaadhaatuM = to fix
samaadhaaya = fixing
samaadhii = state where the aspirant is one with the object of his meditation
samaahaara* = m. seizing, taking hold of. Griihyâs.; aggregation, summing up, sum, totality, collection,
assemblage, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in gram.) conjunction or connecting of words or sentences (as by
the particle {ca}) Sank. Prât. Sch. Pân. Sch.; compounding of words, a compound (esp. applied to a
Dvamdva whose last member is in the neuter gender [e.g. {ahi-nakulam}, `" a snake and an ichneumon
"'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate; see {trilokI}). Pân.; = {pratyAhAra} Vop (cf. IW. 169 n.
1); withdrawal (of the senses from the world) Kâm.; contraction, abridgment L.; -varma m. N. of the
diphthongs {ai} and {au} Pat,
samaahartuM = in destroying
samaahrita * = mfn. brought together , collected , fetched MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; gathered , assembled , met
Hariv. Ragh. BhP. ; taken together , contracted , combined , all Ka1s3. Katha1s. ; drawn (as a bowstring)
Kathals. ; related , told BhP. ; accepted , received , taken W.
samaahriti * = f. taking together , collecting (= %{saMgraha}) L. ; withdrawal (of the senses) from (abl.)
L.
samaakhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn. MBh. R.; to relate fully,
report, communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kâv. &c.
samaakhyaa* = f. name, appellation Nir. Kan. BhP.; explanation, interpretation Sarvad.; report, fame,
celebrity L.; {-bhakSa} m. drinking the Soma while mentioning by name (the partic. receptacles for
holding it) Âs'vS'r. Sch.
samâs'ritya V= resorting to
samaasataH = in summary
samaasena = in summary
samaarambhaaH = attempts
samaaroha = programme
samaavishhTaH = absorbed
samaavritaH = covered
samaayaa* = P. {-yAti}, to come together, meet MBh. Kâv. &c.; to come near, approach, come from (abl.)
or to (acc. or loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib.; to elapse, pass away MBh.; to fall upon, get into any state or
condition (acc.) Pañcat. Râjat.
sama = Equal
samachittaH = equal-minded/equanimity
samachittatvaM = equilibrium
samada = furious
samaadatta *= mfn. taken away, taken hold of, seized, received BhP.
samadhigachchhati = attains
samagra mf(%{A4})n. (see 2. %{sam}) all , entire , whole , complete , each , every (ibc. = `" fully "' , `"
entirely "' ; n. `" all , everything "') AV.&c. &c. ; fully provided with (instr. or comp.) Ma1lav. Ka1vya7d. ;
one who has everything or wants nothing MBh. R.
samagraM = in total
samagraan.h = all
samaH = equipoised
samakhaata* = n. a cavity having the figure of a regular solid with equal sides, a parallel epipedon,
cylinder &c. Col.
samam * = 1 &c. see 2. {sama}, p. 1152. \\2 Â. {-amate}, to ask eagerly, solicit, win over RV.; to fix or
settle firmly ib.; to ally or connect one's self with AV.
samaM = in equanimity
samanta * = mf(%{A})n. `" having the ends together "' , contiguous , neighbouring , adjacent RV. AV.
Pan5cavBr. ; `" being on every side "' , universal , whole , entire , all (%{sa4mantam} ind. , in contiguity
or conjunction with "' , `" together with "' ; %{samanta4m} , or %{-tAt} or %{-ta-tas} ind. on all sides ,
around "' , or , wholly , completely "' ; %{-tena} ind. `" all round "' ; with %{na} = `" nowhere "') AV. &c.
&c. ; (%{A}) f. (pl.) neighbour. hood S3Br. ; N. of a grammar Col. ; n. (also with %{agneH} ,
%{varuNasya} , or %{vasiSThasya}) N. of various Samans Br. ; n. or m. (?) N. of a country Buddh.
samantaat.h = everywhere
samapada * = m. `" holding the feet even "' , a partic. posture in sexual union L. ; an attitude in
shooting ib.
samapaada * = n. `" holding the feet even "' , a partic. posture in dancing Sam2gi1t. ; a posture in
shooting L.
samanvi * = P. %{-eti} , to go together after , follow MW. ; to infer or ensue as a consequence ib.
samau = in suspension
samanvitaH = qualified* = mfn. connected or associated with, completely possessed of, fully endowed
with, possessing, full of (instr. or comp.) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; corresponding or answering to (comp.)
R.
samara = war
samarpaNa * = n. the act of placing or throwing upon S'Br.; delivering or handing completely over,
consigning, presenting, imparting, bestowing (cf. {Atma-s-}) R. Kathâs. BhP.; making known,
communicating S'ank. Sarvad.; (in dram.) angry invective between personages in a play (one of the 7
scenes which constitute a Bhânikâ q.v.) Sâh.
samarpaNarpayitR * =mfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv.
sam-arpaNóarpita * =mfn. thrown or hurled at &c. &c. (see Caus.); placed or fixed in or on, made over or
consigned to (loc. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; restored Hit.; filled with Lalit.; {-vat} mfn. one who has
consigned or delivered over MW.
sam-arpaka * =mfn. (fr. Caus.) furnishing, yielding ({-tA} f.) S'ank. Sarvad.
samasta = all
samastaM = entire
samataa = equilibrium
samatitya = transcending
samatvaM = equanimity
samatva* = n. equality with (instr. or gen.) KâtyS'r. VS. Prât. VarBri. &c.; equanimity HYog.; uniform
conduct towards (loc. or comp.) Bhag. BhP.; equableness, normal condition Sus'r.
samavadhaana* = n. the being brought together, meeting , Kusum. Sarvad. Buddh. ; great attention MW.
; preparation ib.
samavetaaH = assembled
samavetaan.h = assembled
samaya = time, pact, agreement, bet* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting or a place of meeting
AV. S'Br.; intercourse with (instr.) Mn. x, 53; coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact,
covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms ({ena}
or {At} or {-tas}, according to agreement, conditionally "'; {tena samayena}, `" in consequence of this
agreement "'; {samayaM} acc. with {kR}, `" to make an agreement or engagement "', `" agree with any
one [instr. with or without {saha}] "', `" settle "', stipulate "'; with {samvad} id.; with {dA}, to propose an
agreement, offer terms "'; with {brU} or {vac} or {abhi-dhA}, to state the terms of an agrñagreement, `"
make a promise; with {grah} or {prati-pad}, `" to enter into an agrñagreement "', `" make or accept
conditions of an agrñagreement "'; with {pAl}, or {rakS} or {pari-rahS} &c., `" to keep an agrñagreement
"', `" keep one's word "'; with {tyaj} or {bhid} or {vy-abhi-car} &c., `" to break an agrñagreement "'; abl.
with {bhraMz} id.; loc. with {sthA}, `" to keep an engagement, `" keep one's word "'; acc. with Caus. of
{sthA} or of {ni-viz} `" to fix or settle terms "', `" impose conditions "') TS. &c. &c.; convention,
conventional rule or usage, established custom, law, rule, practice, observance MBh. R. BhP.; order,
direction, precept, doctrine Nir. MBh. S'ank. Sarvad.; (in rhet.) the conventional meaning or scope of a
word, Kusum.; appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything (gen. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 68),
opportunity, occasion, time, season (ifc. or ibe. or {e} ind., `" at the appointed time or at the right
moment or in good time for "', or `" at the time of "', `" when there is "'; {tena samayena}, `" at that time
"') MBh. Kâv. &c.; juncture, circumstances, case ({iha samaye}, under these circumstances "', `" in this
case "') Pañcat. Hit.; an ordeal Vishn.; sign, hint, indication W.; demonstrated conclusion ib.; limit,
boundary ib.; solemn address, harangue, speech, declaration Vishn.; (in gram.) a Vedic passage which is
the repetition of another one RPrât.; (in dram.) end of trouble or distress Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of a son
of Dharma VP.; (with S'âktas) N. of the author of a Mantra Cat.
sambhrama * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) whirling round, haste, hurry, flurry, confusion, agitation, bustling;
activity, eagerness, zeal ({At} and {ena}, `" excitedly, hurriedly "'; acc. with {kR} or {gam}, and dat., to
get into a flurry about, show great eagerness or zeal "'; with {tyaj} or {vi-muc}, `" to compose one's self
"') MBh. Kâv. &c.; awe, deference, respect Kâv. Kathâs.; error, mistake, delusion (ifc. =, feigning or
seeming to be "') Râjat. Kathâs.; grace, beauty (v.l. for {vi-bhrama}) Bhartri.; N. of a class of beings
attending on S'iva Cat.; mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the eyes) BhP.; {-jvalita} mfn. excited by
flurry MW.; {-bhRt} mfn. possessing bewilderment, embarrassed, agitited ib.
saMcita * mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated S'Br. &c. &c.; dense, thick (as
a wood) R.; fitted or provided with, full of (comp.) MBh.; impeded, obstructed VarBriS.; frequently
practised or exhibited MBh.; {-karman} n. the rites to be performed after arranging the sacrificial fire
S'rS.
saM+tri = to cross
sambandhinaH = relatives
sambhava = birth* = (or {sa4m-bhava}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) being or coming together, meeting, union,
intercourse (esp. sexual intñintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh.; finding room in, being contained in (ifc.=
`" contained in "') MBh. Sus'r.; birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from (abl.; ifc. = `"
arisen or produced from, made of, grown in "') Mn. MBh. &c.; cause, reason, occasion (ifc.= `" caused or
occasioned by "') ib.; being brought about, occurrence, appearance (ifc. = `" occurring "' or `" appearing
in "') ib.; being, existence S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; capacity, ability, possibility (ifc. `" made possible by "';
{ena}, `" according to possibility "', `" as possible "') MBh. MârkP. Sâh.; (in rhet.) a possible case Kuval.;
(in phil.) equivalence (regarded as one of the Pramânas q.v.; illustrated by the equivalence between one
shilling and pence) MW.; agreement, conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing received) W.;
compatibility, adequacy ib.; acquaintance, intimacy ib.; loss, destruction ib.; (with Buddhists) N. of a
world SaddhP.; N. of a prince, VF.; of the third Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; mf({A})n. existing,
being Pañcar.; {-kANDa} m. n. N. of a Pauranic wk.; {-parirnan} n. `" the section about the origin (of the
gods) "', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh.
sambhavaM = born of
sambhavaH = production
sambhavaaH = produced of
sambhavaan.h = produced of
sambhavaami = I do incarnate
sambhRta* = mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated, concentrated RV. &c. &c.;
provided, stored, laden, filled, covered, furnished or endowed with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) AV. &c.
&c.; carried, borne (in the womb) MBh.; well maintained or nourished RV. R.; honoured, respected BhP.;
produced, effected, caused, made, prepared S'Br. Kâlid. Sus'r.; loud, shrill (as a sound) MBh. vii, 3911;
{-kratu} mfn. one in whom all knowledge is concentrated, intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV.; {-tama}
mfn. fully concentrated S'ânkhS'r.; {-bala} mfn. one who has assembled an army Râjat.; {-zrI} ({sa4m-})
mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated, lovely, charming AV. Megh.; {-zruta} mfn. possessed of
knowledge, learned, wise Râjat.; {-sambhAra} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has brought together all requisite
materials, quite ready or prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP.; {-sneha} mfn. full of love for (loc.)
Megh.; {-tA7Gga} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one whose body is well nourished or fed TBr.; (ifc.) one whose limbs
are covered with MBh. (B. {sam-vRt-}); {-ta4rtha} mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh.;
{-tA7zva} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has well-fed horses RV.; {-tau9Sadha} mfn. one who has collected
many drugs MBh.
saMcAra* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or riding, any motion MBh. Kâv.
&c.; transit, passage ib.; the passage or entrance of the sun into a new sign MW.; passing over, transition,
transference to (comp.) Yâjñ.; transmission (of disease), contagion W.; course, path, way (also fig. = `"
mode, manner "') MBh. Hariv.; track (of wild animals) S'ak. Sch.; course of life, career Sâh.; a partic. class
of spies L.; difficult progress, difficulty, distress W.; leading, guiding ib.; inciting, impelling ib.; a gem
supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib.; = {huM-kAra} ChUp.; [w.r. for {saM-cara}, {saM-sAra}, and
{sac-cAra}]; {-jIvin} m. (prob.) a tramp, vagabond L.; {-patha} m. a walk, walking-place Hariv.; (in dram.)
a female attendant on a king (= {yavanI}) Bhar.; {-pUta} mfn. purified by the course or passage (of
anything) MW.; {-vyAdhi} m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L.
saMdes'ita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh.
same = in equanimity
sametaM = come together with * = come together, assembled, joined, united Mn. MBh. &c.; connected or
united or furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; encountered, come into collision
with (instr.) MBh.; come near or to, got into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat.; {-mAya} mfn. affected
by or possessing illusions MW.
saMgAh* = Â. {-gAhate} (only aor. {sam-agAhiSTa}), to plunge into, enter, go into (acc.) Bhathth.
saMgai* = P. {-gAyati}, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in chorus, chant S'Br. &e. &c.:
Pass. {-gIyate}, to be sung or praised in chorus BhP.
saMga* = m. (for {saGga} see {saJj}) `" coming together "', conflict, war RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17).
saMgara* = 1 m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c.; conflict, combat, fight, battle with
(instr.) or for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a bargain, transaction of sale L.; knowledge L.; {-kskama} mfn. fit for
combat or war Kâm.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in combat or war R.
saMgara* = 2 m. swallowing up, devouring MW.; n. poison L.; misfortune, calamity L.; n. the S'amî fruit
L.
saMgava* = m. (fr. {sam} and {go}) the time when grazing cows are collected for milking or when they
are together with their calves (the second of the five divisions of the day, three Muhûrtas after
Prâtastana q.v.) RV. AV. Br. S'rS.
saMgam* = Â. {-gacchate} (rarely P. {-ti}, and accord. to Pân. 1-3, 29 only with an object; pf. {-jagme};
Vedic forms &c. {-gamemahi}, {-gamAmahai}, {-ajagmiran}, {-agata} [3. sg.], {-aganmahi}, {-agasmahi},
or {-agaMsmahi}, {-gmiSIya}, {-gasISTa} or {-gaMsISTa}, {-gaMsyate} &c.; cf. 1. {gam} and Pân. 1-2, 13;
vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile
manner), join or unite with (instr. with and without {saha} or {sA7rdham}) RV. &c. &c.; to unite sexually
with (acc.) Bhathth.; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kathâs. Veda7ntas.; to go to or towards,
meet (acc.) BhP.; to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV.; to undergo or get into any state or
condition, become (e.g. with {vizrambham}, `" to become trustful, confide "') BhP.; (P.) to partake of
(instr.) RV.; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die Lâthy.; (P.) to visit (acc.) Pân. 1-3, 29 Sch.: Caus.
{-gamayati} (ind. p. {-gamayya}), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or
present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of thing) AV. &c. &c.; to lead any one to (two acc.) Hit., Introd.; to
deliver or hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give MBh. Ragh.; to connect, construe (words) Sâh.; to
cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nîlak.): Desid. {-jigaMsate}, to wish to meet with
(instr.). Pat.; {-jigAMsati}, to wish to attain to (acc.) ib.
saMgamaka*= mfn. leading to, showing the way Nîlak. on Hariv. 8992.
saMgamita*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib.; {-vat} mfn. one who has brought together or
united Das'.
saMgavavelA*= f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking.
saMgavinI*= f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sây.)
sAMgamiSNu*= mfn. (fr. {saM-g-}) a kind of sand (or expressive of some quality belonging to it) TBr.
saMgama*= m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting (in a friendly or hostile
manner), union, intercourse or association with (instr. with and without {saha} gen., or comp.) RV. &c.
&c.; connection or contact with (instr. or comp.; with {anarthena}, `" coming to harm "', `" injury "') R.
Kâm.; sexual union L.; confluence (of two rivers as of the Ganges and the Jumnâ, or of a river, at its
mouth, with the ocean; such confluences are always held sacred RTL. 347) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; conjunction
(of planets) VarBriS.; harmony, adaptation W.; point of intersection Gol.; an uninterrupted series of
(comp.) RPrât.; acquirement of (gen.) Pañcat.; {-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {-zrI-jJ-}) Buddh.;
{-tantra-rAja}N. of wk.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-maNi} m. a jewel effecting union (of lovers)
Vikr.; {-zrI-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {saMgama-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-sAdhvasa} n. perturbation in regard
to sexual union Mâlav.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-mA7ditya} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-me7za} n.
N. of a Linga Kâs'îKh.; {-me7zvara} m. a surname of Vis'va-nâtha (the author of the Vrata-râja) Cat.; N.
of a Linga Kâs'îKh.; ({-ra-mAhAtmya} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man ib.)
saMgamana*= mf({I})n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV.; m. N. of Yama (q.v.) MW.; n. coming
together, coming into contact with, meeting with (comp.) AV. TBr.; partaking of (instr) MBh.
saMgata* = mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c.; allied with, friendly to
(instr. or comp.) Gaut. Râjat.; fitted together, apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit for (comp.)
Kâv. Kathâs.; contracted, shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W.; m. (scil. {saMdhi})
an alliance or peace based on mutual friendship Kâm. Hit.; N. of a king (belonging to the Maurya
dynasty) Pur.; ({am}) n. coming together, meeting with (instr. loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
frequent meeting, intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or intimacy with (instr. gen., or comp.)
KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; addiction or devotion to (gen.) Kâvya7d.; agreement MBh.; {-gAtra} mfn.
having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh.; {-saMdhi} m. a friendly alliance (see above) MW.;
{-tA7rtha} mfn. containing a fit or proper meaning KâtyS'r.
saMgati* = f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; going or resorting to (loc.) Cân.
Hit.; association, intercourse, society, company (with instr. with and without {saha} or {samam}; loc.
gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a league, alliance Cân.; sexual union L.; meeting or coming to pass
accidentally, chance, accident ({-tyA}, ind. `" by chance, haply "') MBh. R. &c.; adaptation, fitness,
appropriateness, applicability Kathâs. Sarvad.; connection with, relation to (instr. or comp.) Kâvya7d.;
becoming acquainted, knowledge L.; questioning for further information W.; (in the Pûrva-mîmânsâ)
one of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikarana Sarvad.; {-prakAza} m. {-mAlA} f. {-lakSaNa} n.
{-vAda} m. {-vicAra}, m.; ({-ty}) {-anumiti} f. {-anumiti-vAda} m. N. of wks. [1128, 3]
sAMgatika*= mfn. (fr. {saM-gati}) relating to society, social, associating W.; m. a new comer, visitor,
guest, acquaintance Vishn. Mn.; one who comes to transact business MW.
saMgatha* = m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr.; conflict, war Naigh.; ({A}) f. confluence MW.
samgati = company
samgavarjitaH = freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental speculation
samGYitaH = is called
samGYaiH = named
samgiita = music
samgraha = collection* = m. holding together, seizing, grasping, taking, reception, obtainment MBh. Kâv.
&c.; taking (in the sense of eating or drinking food, medicine &c.) Ragh. Bhartri.; the fetching back of
discharged weapons by magical means MBh. Hariv.; bringing together, assembling (of men) R. Ragh.
Sinha7s.; collecting, gathering, conglomeration, accumulation (as of stores) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in phil.)
agglomeration (= {saMyoga} q.v.) MW.; a place where anything is kept, a store-room, receptacle BhP.;
complete enumeration or collection, sum, amount, totality ({eNa}, `" completely "', `" entirely "') Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; drawing together, making narrower, narrowing, tightening, making thin or slender, the thin
part of anything Car. Vâgbh. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome,
abridgment, short statement ({eNa} or {At}, `" shortly "', `" summarily "', `" in few words "') KathhUp.
MBh. &c.; inclusion, comprehension, Kusum. Kull.; check, restraint, control ib. Vet.; keeping, guarding,
protection Mn. MBh. &c.; a guardian, ruler, manager, arranger R. BhP.; obstruction, constipation (see
{-grahanI}); attracting, winning, favouring, kind treatment, propitiation, entertaining, entertainment
Mn. MBh. &c.; taking to wife, marriage (see {dAra-s-}); perception, notion Kap. BhP.; mention,
mentioning L.; elevation, loftiness L.; velocity L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of various wks. (esp. of a gram. wk. in
100,000 S'lokas by Vyâdi; also often in comp.); {-kAra} m. the composer or author of the Sangraha;
{-grantha} m. N. of wk.; {-grahaNI} f. a partic. form of diarrhoea (alternating with constipation) Bhpr.;
{-cUDAmaNi} m. {-parvan} n. (IW. 370 n. 1), {-prakAzikA}, f. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rAmA7yaNa} n. N. of
wks.; {-vat} mfn. provided with a short summary of a subject Cat.; {-vastu} n. an element of popularity
DivyA7v.; {-vivaraNa} n. {-vaidyanAthIya} n. N. of wks.; {-zloka} m. a verse recapitulating what has been
explained before (in prose intermixed with Sûtras).
saM-graaha* = m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W.; the fist or clenching the fist L. (cf. Pân.
3-3, 36 Sch.); the handle of a shield L.
samgraheNa = in summary
samgraamaM = fighting
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together, contiguous,
coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122, 3]; accompanied
or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii, 165; become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Kâv. &c.; strong-limbed,
athletic MBh.; strong, intensive VarBriS.; (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of a partic. tone
and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed W.; n. a partic. position in dancing, Sanigît.; {-kulIna}
mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or related ÂpS'r. Sch.; {-jAnu} or {-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed
L.; {-tala} m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together W.; {-tA} f. close contact or
union S'is'.; {-tva} n. id. Pañcat. (v.l.); complexity. compactness, close combination W.; {-pucchi} ind.
with contracted tail g. {dvidaNDy-Adi}; {-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; {-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn.
one on whose face the brows are contracted ib.; {-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape, strong,
intensive VarBriS.; {vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "', singing a duet MârkP.;
{-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R.; {-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very
close to each other MW.; {-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ({-tva}, n.) Gobh. Sch.;
{-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus'r.; in close contiguity (as hills) MBh.; {-tA7Jjoli} mfn.;
joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a king (son of
Nikumbha) Hariv.; {-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for {saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in, {akSara-s-}) Sâh.; N. of a partic.
hell Mn. iv, 89; of one of S'iva's attendants L.
samh = being so
samharate = winds up
saMhata* = mfn. struck together , closely joined or united with (instr.) , keeping together , contiguous ,
coherent , combined , compacted , forming one mass or body A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,3] ;
accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii , 165 ; become solid , compact , firm , hard MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
strong-limbed , athletic MBh. ; strong , intensive VarBr2S. ; (prob.) complex , composite , compound
(said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh. ; struck , hurt , wounded , killed W. ; n. a partic. position in
dancing , Sam2igi1t. ; %{-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or related A1pS3r. Sch. ;
%{-jAnu} or %{-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L. ; %{-tala} m. the two hands joined with the open palms
brought together W. ; %{-tA} f. close contact or union S3is3. ; %{-tva} n. id. Pan5cat. (v.l.) ; complexity.
compactness , close combination W. ; %{-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g. %{dvidaNDy-Adi} ;
%{-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh. ; %{-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on whose face the brows are
contracted ib. ; %{-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape , strong , intensive VarBr2S. ; %{vAk-kala}
mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "' , singing a duet Ma1rkP. ; %{-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has
round and firm thighs R. ; %{-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other MW. ;
%{-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand (%{-tva} , n.) Gobh. Sch. ; %{-tA7Gga} mfn.
strong-limbed , well-knit Sus3r. ; in close contiguity (as hills) MBh. ; %{-tA7Jjoli} mfn. ; joining the
hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv. ; %{-tA7zva} m. N. of a king (son of Nikumbha)
Hariv. ; %{-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for %{saM-ghAta} , which is often v.l.) conciseness (in , %{akSara-s-}) Sa1h. ; N. of a
partic. hell Mn. iv , 89 ; of one of S3iva's attendants L.
saMhita* = mfn. (1. {dhA}) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c.; fixed, settled AitBr.; composed of
(comp.) ib.; placed together ({pArzva-s-}, `" placed side by side "') Lâthy.; uninterrupted (as a series of
words) RPrât.; joined or connected or endowed or furnished with, abounding in, possessed of,
accompanied by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; agreeing with, conformable to ({dharma-s-}, `" in accordance
with justice "') R.; relating to, concerning (comp.) ib.; connected with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh.;
being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib.; ({-ta4}) mfn. mixed in colour, variegated VS. TS.; ({A}) f. see
next; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saMhitaa* = f. conjunction, connection, union TUp.; (in gram.) the junction or combination of letters
according to euphonic rules (= {saMdhi}, but sometimes considered rather as the state preparatory to
the actual junction than the junction itself Prât.; a text treated according to euphonic rules (esp. the real
continuous text of the Vedas as formed out of the Padas or separate words by proper phonetic changes
[according to various schools; cf. IW. 152]: beside the Sanhitâs of the Riig-, Sâma-, and Atharvaveda
there is the Vâjasaneyi-SñSanhitâs belonging to the White Yajur-veda, and five other Sanhitâs belonging
to the black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirîya-SñSanhitâ, the Sanhita of the Âtreyas [known only by its
Anukramanî], the SñSanhitâ of the Kathhas, the Kapishthhala-Kathha-SñSanhitâ, and the SñSanhitâ of
the Maitrâyaniyas or Maitrâyanî-SñSanhitâ) Nir. Prât. &c.; any methodically arranged collection of texts
or verses (e.g. the Râma7yana, the various law-books, the medical works of Caraka and S'ârngadhara, the
complete system of natural astrology &c. [cf. {bRhat-s-}]; there is also a Sanhitâ of the Purânas said to
have been compiled by Vyâsa, the substance of which is supposed to be represented by the Vishnu-
purâna) MBh. VarBriS. Pur. &c.; science L.; the force which holds together and supports the universe (a
term applied to the Supreme Being accord. to some) MW.; N. of various wks.
saMhRta * = mfn. drawn or brought together &c. ; interrupted (in %{a-s-}) Uttarar. ; %{-busam} ind.
after the chaff has been got in g. %{tiSThadgu-prabhRti} ; %{-yavam} ind. after the barley has been got
in ib.
samiddhaH = blazing
samiikaraNa = equation
samiira = breeze
samiiksh.h = to examine
samiiksha* n. complete investigation "'N. of the Sâmkhya system of philosophy L.; ({A}) f. thorough or
close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dat., within the range of any one's [gen.] sight "') Âpast.; desire
or wish to see MBh.; a glance BhP.; view, opinion in regard to (with {prati}) MBh.; deep insight,
understanding, intellect BhP.; investigation, search W.; the Mîmânsâ philosophy or any work examining
or explaining Vedic ritual ib.; essential nature or truth or principle (= {tattva} q.v.) ib. [1165,1]; effort ib.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the crackling of flame L.; ({I})
f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkath* = P. {-kathayati}, to relate or narrate fully, tell, speak about (acc.), converse MBh. BhP.
saMkalpa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or heart, (esp.) will,
volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or determination or decision or wish for (with loc. dat., or
ifc.), sentiment, conviction, persuasion; (ibc. often = `" intentionally "', `" purposely "', `" on purpose "',
`" according to will "', &c.; acc. with {kR}, `" to form a resolution, make up one's mind "') AV. &c. &c.;
idea or expectation of any advantage W.; a solemn vow or determination to perform any ritual
observance, declaration of purpose (e.g. a declaration by a widow of her intention to burn herself with
her deceased husband) W.; the Will personified (as a son of San-kalpâ and Brahmâ) Hariv. MârkP.; ({A})
f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and mother of Sankalpa) Hariv.; of Manu's wife Hariv.
saMkA* = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight RV. TBr.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the crackling of flame L.; ({I})
f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkarshana * = n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP. ; a means of joining or uniting BhP. ; drawing
together, contracting W. ; making rows, ploughing ib. [1126,2] ; m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-ra1ma (also
called Hala7yudha [q.v.], the elder brother of Kr2ishn2a ; he was drawn from the womb of Devaki1 and
transferred to that of Rohin2i1 ; among Vaishn2avas he is considered as the second of the four forms of
Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad. ; N. of the father of Ni1la7sura Cat. ; (also with %{sUri}) of
various authors ib. ; %{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m. N. of an appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra ;
%{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP. ; %{-vidyA} f. the art of drawing a child from the
womb of one woman and transferring it to that of another (applied to Baladeva cf. above) Prab. ;
%{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat ; %{-sUtra-vicAra} m. N. of wk. ; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a
Ti1rtha Cat.
saMkhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
estimate by (instr.) MBh.; Â. (only aor. {saM-akhyata}) to appear along with, be connected with, belong
to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus. {-khyApayati}, to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.) TS. S'Br.
saMkhya* = mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pân. 3-2, 7 Sch. (ifc.; cf. {go-s-}); m. N.
of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. see below; n. conflict, battle, war (only in loc.; cf. Naigh. ii, 17) MBh. Kâv. Râjat.;
{-tA} f. {-tva} n. numerableness, numeration MW.
saMkhyaa* = f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = `" numbered or reckoned
among "') R. Ragh. Râjat.; a number, sum, total (ifc. `" amounting to "') S'Br. &c. &c.; a numeral Prât.
Pân. &c.; (in gram.) number (as expressed by case terminations or personal tñterminations) Kâs'. on
Pân. 2-3, 1; deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect MBh. Kâv.; name, appellation (=
{AkhyA}) R.; a partic. high number Buddh.; manner MW.; (in geom.) a gnomon (for ascertaining the
points of the compass), RâmRâs.
sAMkhya* = mfn. (fr. {saM-khyA}) numeral, relating to number W.; relating to number (in gram as
expressed by the case-terminations &c.) Pat.; rational, or discriminative W.; m.one who calculates or
discriminates well, (esp.) an adherent of the Sânkhya doctrine CûlUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a man Car.; patr.
of the Vedic Riishi Atri Anukr.; N. of S'iva MBh.; n. (accord. to some also m.) N. of one of the three great
divisions of Hindû philosophy (ascribed to the sage Kapila [q.v.], and so called either from,
discriminating "', in general, or, more probably, from `" reckoning up "' or `" enumerating "' twenty-five
Tattvas [see {tattva}] or true entities [twenty-three of which are evolved out of Prakriiti `" the
primordial Essence "' or `" first-Producer "', viz. Buddhi, Ahankâra, the five Tan-mâtras, the five
Mahâ-bhûtas and Manas; the twenty-fifth being Purusha or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is
neither a Producer nor Production [see {vikAra}], but wholly distinct from the twenty-four other Tattvas.
and is multitudinous, each separate Purusha by its union with Prakriiti causing a separate creation out
of Prakriiti, the object of the philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the Purusha or Spirit from
the fetters caused by that creation; the Yoga [q.v.] branch of the Saqikhya recognizes a Supreme Spirit
dominating each separate Purusha; the Tantras identify Prakriiti with the wives of the gods, esp. with the
wife of S'iva; the oldest systematic exposition of the SñSânkhya seems to have been by an author called
Pañca-s'ikha [the germ, however, being found in the Shashthi-tantra, of which only scanty fragments are
extant]; the original Sûtras were superseded by the SñSânkhya-kârikâ of Îs'vara-kriishna, the oldest
manual on the SñSânkhya system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century
A.D., while the SñSânkhya-sûtras or SñS'iva-pravacana and Tattva-samâsa, ascribed to the sage Kapila,
are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps a little later) S'vetUp.
MBh. &c. IW. 73 &c. RTL.
saMkrama* = m. going or coming together VS.; progress, course, (esp.) transition, passage or
transference to (loc.), Kusum.; the passage of the sun or a planet through the zodiacal signs Yâjñ.
VarBriS. &c.; the falling or shooting of stars Mriicch.; the meeting of two words in the Krama text
(caused by omitting those between) VPrât.; a bridge or steps leading down to water Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of
one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king of the Vidyâ-dharas (the son of Vasu) Kathâs.; m. or n. (?) a
particular high number Buddh.; m. n. difficult passage or progress (as over rocks or torrents or
inaccessible passes) L.; a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or of obtaining any object
Das'.; n. du. (with {indrasya} or {vasiSThasya}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.; {-dvAdazA7ha} m. a partic.
form of the Dvâdas'a7ha (q.v.) KâtyS'r.; {-yajJa} m. a kind of sacrifice Vait.
sammata * mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to,
concurred in, approved by (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) agreeing with BhP.; thought, supposed,
considered or regarded as (nom.) R.; thought highly of, esteemed, renowned, celebrated, highly
honoured by (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; allowed, authorized (see {a-sammata}); m. N. of a son of Manu
Sâvarna Hariv.; (pl.) of a school Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Marutta Hariv.; of a treatise on the
Dhâtu-pâthha; ({am}) n. opinion, impression ({e} or {ena} with gen., `" in the opinion of. "' `" under the
idea of "') MBh.; consent, assent, approval, acquiescence, concurrence ({e}, `" with the consent or
approval of "') MW.
saMmishraNaM = mixed
sammis'ra* = mf(%{A})n. commingled , mixed together , joined , connected , furnished or endowed with
(instr. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.
sammita* = mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP.; measuring. so much, just so much (no more nor
less) MBh. BhP.; of the same measure or extent, equal, like, same (in length, height, number, value &c.),
corresponding to, resembling, passing for (instr., rarely gen.; or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; reaching up to
(comp.) S3Br. A1s3vS3r.; symmetrical (?) Pan5car.; consisting of. furnished or provided with (instr. or
comp.) MBh. Pan5car.; destined for (comp.) MBh.; v, 2462 (B. %{saMdhita}); (%{am}) ind. perpetually,
incessantly Ka1ran2d2. (prob. w.r. for %{samitam}); m. N. of a mythical being Ya1jn5.; of a son of
Vasisht2ha VP.; (%{am}) n. distance (%{e} ifc. = `" at a distance from "') VarBr2S.; %{-tva} n. (in rhet.)
universal analogy Prata1p.; %{-varNA} f. N. of a Commentary.
sammugdha * = mfn. gone astray (see %{a-s-}) ; perplexed , bewildered , stupefied Uttarar. ; not clearly
understood Ni1lak. ; (%{am}) ind. furtively Gi1t. [1181,1]
sammukha * = mf(%{I} rarely %{A}) n. facing , fronting , confronting , being face to face or in front of
or opposite to (gen. or ifc. or ibc.) , present , before the eyes S3Br. &c. &c. ; being about to begin or at the
beginning of (comp.) Hariv. ; directed or turned towards S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; inclined or favourable to (gen.
or comp.) , propitious Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; intent upon (loc. or comp.) S3atr. Katha1s. ; adapted to
circumstances , fit , suitable Lalit. ; with the mouth or face A1pS3r. ; (%{am}) ind. towards , near to
(%{atmanaH} , `" one's self "') ; opposite , in front or in presence of (gen.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{e}) ind.
opposite , before , face to face , in front or in presence or in the beginning of (gen. or comp. ; with
%{bhU} , `" to oppose , resist "' ; with %{sthA} , to look any one in the face "') ib.
samnyaasa = of renunciation
samnyaasaM = renunciation
samnyaasanaat.h = by renunciation
samnyaasasya = of renunciation
samnyaasii = renouncer
saMnyAsin * = mfn. laying aside , giving up , abandoning , renouncing , Asht2a1vS. ; abstaining from
food Bhat2t2. ; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs , an ascetic , devotee (who has renounced
all earthly concerns and devotes himself , to meditation and the study of the A1ran2yakas or
Upanishadas , a Bra1hman in the fourth A1s3rama [q.v.] or stage of his life , a religious mendicant ; cf.
RTL. 53 , 55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur. ; (%{-si})%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. abandonment of worldly concerns ,
retirement from the world MW. ; %{-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP. ; %{saMdhyA} f.
%{-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.
saMnyas* = P. {-asyati} (rarely {-asati}), to, throw down together, place or put or lay together S'Br.; to
impose, put or lay upon, intrust or commit to (gen. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to put or lay down, deposit
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to lay aside, give up, abandon, resign (esp. the world i.e. become an ascetic or Sannyâsin)
Mn. MBh. &c.
saMnyasana* = n. throwing down, laying aside, giving up, resignation, renunciation of worldly concerns
Bhag.
saMnyasta* = mfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted MBh. Kâv. &c.;
encamped R.; deposited, intrusted, consigned ib.; {-deha} mfn. one who has given up his body MW.;
{-zastra} mfn. one who has laid aside his weapons Ragh.
saMnyaasa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting or throwing down, laying aside, resignation, abandonment of (gen.
or comp.) MBh. R. Sarvad.; renunciation of the world, profession of asceticism Mn. MBh. &c.; abstinence
from food L.; giving up the body, sudden death W.; complete exhaustion Sus'r.; deposit, trust R. Mriicch.;
compact, agreement Kathâs.; stake, wager MBh.; Indian spikenard L.; {-karma-kArikA} f. N. of wk.;
{-grahaNa} n. assuming or practising asceticism Pañcar.; {-grahaNa-paddhati} f. {-grahaNa-ratnamAlA}
f. {-grAhyapaddhati} f. {-dIpikA} f. {-dharma-saMgraha} m. {-nirNaya} m. {-pada-maJjarI} f. {-paddhati}
f. N. of wks.; {-pallI}, F. (for {-si-p-}?) an ascetic's hut L.; {-bheda-nirNaya} m. {-rIti} f. N. of wks.; {-vat}
mfn. connected with asceticism L.; {-vidhi}, m.; {-sA7zrama-vicAra} m. {-sA7hnika} n. {-so7paniSad} f.
N. of wks.
saMnyaasin* = mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, AshthâvS.; abstaining from food
Bhathth.; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs, an ascetic, devotee (who has renounced all
earthly concerns and devotes himself, to meditation and the study of the Âranyakas or Upanishadas, a
Brâhman in the fourth Âs'rama [q.v.] or stage of his life, a religious mendicant; cf. RTL. 53, 55 &c.) Up.
MBh. Pur.; ({-si}){-tA} f. {-tva} n. abandonment of worldly concerns, retirement from the world MW.;
{-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {saMdhyA} f. {-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.
saaMnyaasika* = mfn. (fr. {sam-nyAsa}) forming the original or correct text Pat. on iii, 2, 107, Vartt. 2;
m. a Brâhman in the fourth stage of his life, religious mendicant L.
sampaadana = editting
sampat.h = assets
sampatti = prosperity
sampat *= to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter, meet any one (acc.), meet
with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; to fly along, fly to, hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.) AitBr. MBh. &c.;
to fly or fall down, alight on (loc.) MBh.; to go or roam about R. VarBriS.; to come to pass, take place,
happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. {-pAtayati}, to cause to fly or fall, throw or hurl down R. BhP.
sampad *: to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to
become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with,
obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.)
ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into (nom.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to,
sampa4d *: success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a condition or
requisite of success &c. BhP.; concord, agreement, stipulation, bargain TS. Âs'vS'r.; equalization of
similar things S'ank.; attainment, acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage, benefit, blessing
VarBriS. Sarvad. Pur.; turning into, growing, becoming S'ank.; being, existence
sampad* = Â. {-padyate} (in some forms also P.; ind. p. {-pAdam} q.v.), to fall or happen well, turn out
well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or complete (as a number),
amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or
acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought
forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to,
produce (dat.) Pañcat. Vârtt. on Pân. 2-3, 13; (with adv. in {sAt}) to become thoroughly Pân. 5-4, 53; to
fall into a Persoñs, power ib. 54; (with adv. in {tra}) to fall to a persoñs share ib. 55; to produce a partic.
sound (as that expressed by an onomatopoetic word in {A}) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. {-pAdayati} (rarely {-te}),
to cause to succeed, cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with {zuzrUSAm} and gen.,
`" to obey "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; to make full, complete S'Br. BhP.; to transform, make or turn into (acc.)
Kathâs.; to provide or furnish with (instr.; with {kriyayA}, to charge or entrust a person with a business
"') S'Br. MBh. [1172, 1] SaddhP.; to afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to attain, obtain,
acquire AV. R. &c.; to ponder on, deliberate MBh.; to consent, agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of Caus.
{-pipAdayiSati} (see {sam-pipAdayiSA} &c., col, 2): Intens. {-panIpadyate}, to fit well Sarvad.
sampadaM = assets
sampadyate = he attains
sampanna = endowed with * = mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect, excellent
(ifc. or with loc. = `" perfectly acquainted or conversant with "') AV. &c. &c.; of perfect or correct flavour,
palatable, dainty Âs'vGri. MBh. R.; endowed or furnished with, possessed of (instr. adv. in {-tas}, or
comp. also with transposition of the members; cf. below) S'Br. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) become, turned into R.;
m. N. of S'iva MBh.; ({am}) n. dainty food, a delicacy MBh. xiii, 4567; {-krama} m. a partic. Samâdhi
Buddh.; {-kskIrA} f. giving good milk (superl. {-ra-tamA}) Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 41; {-M-kAram} ind. making
dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26; {-tama} mfn. most complete or perfect, AitAr.; {-tara} mfn. more or most
dainty or delicate R.; {-tA} f. the being endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Das'.; {-danta} mfn.
possessing teeth Âs'vGri.; {-pAnIya} mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pân. 1-2, 52; {-rUpa} mfn. of perfect form,
complete MW.; dainty, delicate ib.
samparka = contact
sampashyan.h = considering
samplava* = m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a dense
mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin BhP.; noise,
tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; end, close
of (comp.) BhP.
sampradis' *= P. %{-dizati} , to point out or indicate fully , appoint , designate MBh. BhP.
samprakiirtitaH = is declared
sampramatta * = mfn. ( {mad}) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv.; very careless,
thoughtless, neglectful MBh. [1175, 3]; very fond of (inf.) ib. viii, 3509 (B. {sam-pra-vRtta}).
samprapad * = A1. %{-padyate} (in some forms also P.) , to go towards or enter together , approach ,
enter (acc.) AitBr. BhP. ; to set out (on a journey acc.) Hariv. ; to betake one's self or have recourse to
(acc.) MBh. Hariv. BhP. ; to succeed , be accomplished Pan5cat. ; to become , be turned into (%{-sAt})
Bhat2t2. ; to set about , begin MW.
samprapad.h = to become
sampras'na *= m. asking, inquiring about (comp.), inquiry, question (%{-prazno} "' %{tra@na@vidyate},
`" there is here no question, it is a matter of course "') RV. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; courteous inquiry MW. ; a
refuge, asylum (Ved.) ib.
sampraapta * = mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c.; one who has reached or attained,
arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) extending to Sus'r.; come, become, appeared,
arrived (as a period of time) Mn. MBh. &c.; sprung or descended from ({-tas}) Mn. ix, 141; {-yauvana}
mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh.; {-vidya} mfn. one who has
acquired all knowledge ib.
samprekshya = looking
sampuurNa = full
saMpraapnoti = attains
saMrambha * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of grasping or taking hold of. MBh. iv, 1056 (C.); vehemence,
impetuosity, agitation, flurry MBh. Kâv. &c.; excitement, zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm, ardent desire for
or to (inf, or comp.) Kâv. Râjat.; anger, fury, wrath against (loc. or {upari} with gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
angriness (i.e.) inflammation or irritation of a sore or wound Sus'r.; pride, arrogance W.; intensity, high
degree (ibc.= `" intensely "') Kâv. Kathâs.; the brunt (of battle) Râjat.; beginning (= {A-rambha}) MW.;
{-tAmra} mf. red with fury ib.; {-dRz} mfn. having inflamed or angry eyes, Bhp.; {-paruSa} mfn. harsh
from rage, intensely or exceedingly harsh or rough W.; {-rasa} mfn. having angry or impetuous feelings
ib.; {-rUkSa} mfn. exceedingly harsh or cruel Vikr. iii, 20; {-vat} mfn. wrathful, angry Harav.; {-vega} m.
the vilence or impetuosity. of wrath MW.
samriddha = with full * = mfn. accomplished, succeeded, fulfilled, perfect, very successful or prosperous
or flourishing, fortunate AV. Br. ChUp. MBh. R.; full-grown (as trees) MBh.; complete, whole, entire ib.;
fully furnished or abundantly endowed with (instr. abl., or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; rich, wealthy ib.
Kathâs.; plenteous, abundant, much Ratna7v.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; {-tejas} mfn. endowed
with splendour or strength R.; {-yazas} mfn. rich in fame, renowned, celebrated MW.; {-vega} mfn.
increasing in speed, excessively swift Bhag.; {-ddhA7rtha} mfn. having increased substance or wealth,
increasing in resources R. [1171,2]
samriddhaM = flourishing
saMruddha * = mfn. stopped completely , detained , obstructed , hindered &c. ; surrounded by (comp.)
Mn. BhP. ; held , closed Katha1s. ; invested , besieged R. ; covered , concealed , obscured MBh. R. ;
stopped up , filled with R. Katha1s. BhP. ; withheld , refused Nir. ; %{-ceSTa} mfn. one whose motion is
impeded Ragh. ; %{-prajanana} mfn. one who is hindered from having offspring Nir. v , 2.
saMsaarasAra * =m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhûrtas.
samsarga = company
samsaaraH = world/family
samsaare = world
saMsevaa* = f. visiting, frequenting BhP.; use, employment ib.; attendance, reverence, worship ib.; (ifc.)
inclination to, predilection for Râjat.
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success Gobh. MBh. &c.; perfect
state, beatitude, final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the Iast consequence or result BhP.; fixed or settled
opinion, the last or decisive word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or quality "'; `" a passionate or
intoxicated woman "').
sams'aya = doubt* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) lying down to rest or sleep L.; uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation,
doubt in or of (loc., acc. with {prati}, or comp; {saMzayaH}, with Pot., `" there is doubt whether "'; {na}
{s-}, {nA7sti s-}, {nA7tra s-}, {na hi s-}, {nA7sty atra-s-} &c., `" there is no doubt "', `" without doubt "')
Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; a doubtful matter Car.; (in Nyâya) doubt about the point to be discussed (one of
the 16 categories) IW. 64; difficulty, danger, risk of or in or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.;
{-kara} mf({I})n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.) S'is'.; {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-pUrva-pakSa-
rahasya} n. {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-rahasya} n. N. of Nyâya wks.; {-gata} mfn. fallen into danger S'ak.;
{-ccheda} m. the solution of doubt ({-dya} mfn. relating to it) Ragh.; {-cchedin} mfn. clearing all doubt,
decisive S'ak.; {-tattva-nirUpaNa} n. {-pakSatA-rahasya} n. {-pakSatA-vAda}, m. {-parI7kSA} f. {-vAda}
m. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.; {-sama} m. (in Nyâya) one of the 24 Jâtis or self-confuting replies
Nyâyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW. 64); {-sama-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-stha} mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful
W.; {-yA7kSepa} m. `" removal of doubt "', a partic. figure of speech Kâvya7d. ii, 163; 164; {-yA7tmaka}
mfn. consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain Pañcat.; {-yA7tman} mfn. having a doubtful mind, a sceptic
Bhag. Sarvad.; {-yA7numiti} f. {-yA7numiti-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-yA7panna} mfn. beset with doubt,
dubious ({-mAnasa} mfn. irresolute in mind) W.; {-yA7vaha} mfn. causing danger, dangerous to (gen. or
comp.) MBh.; {-yo7cchedin} mfn. resolving doubts Hit., Introd.; {-yo7pamA} f. a comparison expressed
in the form of a doubt Kâvya7d. ii, 26; {yo7pe7ta} mfn. possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain
MW.
sams'ayaM = doubts
sams'ayaH = doubt
samshuddhiH = purification
samsiddhiM = in perfection
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment , perfection , success Gobh. MBh. &c. ; perfect
state , beatitude , final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur. ; the Iast consequence or result BhP. ; fixed or
settled opinion , the last or decisive word R. (L. also= `" nature "' ; `" natural state or quality "' ; `" a
passionate or intoxicated woman "').
saMskaara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting together, forming well, making perfect, accomplishment,
embellishment adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food),
refining (of metals), polishing (of gems), rearing (of animals or plants) GriS'rS. MBh. Kâv., &c.; cleansing
the body, toilet, attire Hariv.; forming the mind, training, education R. Ragh.; correction (also in an
astronomical sense Sûryas.), correct formation or use of a word Nir. Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of
pronunciation or expression) MBh. R. &c.; making sacred, hallowing, consecration Mn. MBh. &c.; a
sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and
leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn.
ii, 27, viz. 1. {garbhA7dhAna}, 2. {puM-savana}, 3. {sImanto7nnayana}, 4. {jAta-karman}, 5.
{nAmakarman}, 6. {niSkramaNa}, 7. {anna-prA7zana}, 8. {cUDA-karman}, 9. {upanayana}, 10.
{kezA7nta}, 11. {samAvartana}, 12. {vivAha}, qq. vv.; accord. to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Sanskâras)
GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188; 192 &c. RTL. 353) [1120, 3]; the ceremony performed on a dead body (i.e.
cremation) R.; any purificatory ceremony W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection,
impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the
Vais'eshikas, including {bhAvanA}, the faculty of reproductive imagination "') Kan. Sarvad. (IW. 69); (pl.,
with Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world,
regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold chain
of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas) Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone MW.
saMskrita * = (or {sa4M-skRta}) mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed, perfected
Lalit.; made ready, prepared, completed, finished RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food) MBh. R. BhP.;
purified, consecrated, sanctified, hallowed, initiated S'Br. &c. &c.; refined, adorned, ornamented,
polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as the Sanskriit language as opp,
to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a man of one of the three classes who has been sanctified by the
purificatory rites W.; a Iearned man MW.; a word formed according to accurate rules, a regular
derivation ib.; ({a4m}) n. making ready, preparation or a prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; a
sacred usage or custom MW.; the Sanskriit language (cf. above) S'iksh. Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; {-tva} n. the
being prepared or made ready &c. Jaim.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of wk.; {-maya} mf({I}) u. consisting of
Sanskriit, Kâs'ikh.; {-mAlA} f. {-ratna-mAlA} f. {-vAkya-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. one who
has perfected or elaborated or finished MW.; {-tA7tman} m. one who has received the purificatory rites
Mn. x, 110; a sage W.; {-to7kti} f. refined or polished language, a Sanskriit word or expression Hit. [1121,
1]
saMskriti * f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c.; formation AitBr.; hallowing,
consecration BhP.; determination, effort L.; m. N. of Krishna MBh. (B. {saM-skRta}); of a king VP. (v.l.
{saM-kRti}).
saMsRti * = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world (%{-cakra} n. and %{-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle
of mundane existence), Asht2ivS. BhP.
saMstu* = 1. P. {-stauti}, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6; to praise all at once, ÂivS'r.; to praise
properly or well, laud, celebrate MBh.; kâv. &c.
saMstR* = (or - {stRR}) P.Â. {-striNoti}, {-stRNute}; {-stRNAti}, {-stRNIte} (ep. also {-starati}), to
spread out (side by side), extend TS. S'Br.; to strew over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Sus'r.; to spread, make
even, level Kaus'.
saMsthAna* = mfn. standing together MW.; like, resembling W.; applied to Vishnu MBh.; m. (pl.) N. of a
people ib.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding in (comp.) Hit. (cf. {dUra-s-}); standing still or firm (in a
battle) Gaut.; being, existence, life MBh. S'ank. BhP.; abiding by, strict adherence or obedience to
(comp.) Kâm.; abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; a public place (in a town) Mn.
MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (often with {rUpa}) MBh. R. &c.; beauty, splendour MBh.; the
symptom of a disease Sus'r.; nature, state, condition BhP.; an aggregate, whole, totality BhP.;
termination, conclusion MaitrS.; end, death L.; formation L.; vicinty, neighbourhood L.; {-cArin} w.r. for
{sa-sthAsnu-c-}; {-bhukti} f. (with {kAlasya}) the passage through various periods of time BhP.; {-vat}
saMsthita* = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" lying "' or `" sitting "') Yâjñ.; one who has stood or held out (in
fight) MârkP.; placed, resting, lying, sitting, being in or on ({upari} loc., or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
abiding, remaining, left standing (for a long time, as food; with {tathai9va}, remaining in the same
condition "') Yâjñ. VarBriS. Ragh.; lasting, enduring MBh.; imminent, future Hariv.; shaped, formed (cf.
{duH-} and {su-s-}), appearing in a partic. shape or form, formed like, resembling (often ifc.; with
{navadhA}, `" ninefold "'; with {masI-rUpeNa}, `" appearing in the form of black ink "') MBh. Kâv. &c.;
being in a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to, intent upon (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.;
founded or based upon (loc.) MBh.; directed to wards, fixed upon (comp.) BhP.; relating to, concerning
(loc. or comp.) Kâm. MârkP.; skilled in, acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; started, set out for
(dat. or {abhimukham}) R.; frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371; finished, concluded, completed, ready
Br. S'rS.; perished, died (n. impers.) Mn. MBh. BhP.; near or contiguous to W.; heaped, collected ib.; n.
conduct Cat.; form, shape MBh.; {-yaju4s} n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation connected
with it Br.; {-vat} mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf.; pl. [with {sukhena}] `" they lived happily together "') Pañcat.;
{-homa} m. a final sacrifice, S'rS
saMsthiti* = f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,1];
standing or sitting on (loc.) Yâjñ. i, 139; duration, continuance in the same state or condition Hariv.
Kâm.; constancy, perseverance Hariv. BhP.; being bent upon, attaching importance to (loc.) Mn. ix, 14;
existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MârkP.; form, shape ib.; established order Kâm. VâyuP.; nature,
condition, quality, property Yâjñ. MBh. Pur.; conclusion, completion (of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait.; end,
death Pur.; obstruction of the bowels, constipation Sus'r.; heap, accumulation W.; restraint ib.
saMsthaa*= saMsthA 1. {-tiSThate} (Pân. 1-3, 22; ep. and m. c. also P. {-tiSThati}; Ved. inf. {-sthAtos}
ÂpS'r.), to stand together, hold together (pf. p. du. {-tasthAne4}, said of heaven and earth) RV.; to come
or stay near (loc.) ib. VS. S'Br.; to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV.; to stand still, remain, stay,
abide (lit. and fig.; with {vAkye}, to obey "') MBh. R. &c.; to be accomplished or completed (esp. applied
to rites) Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. BhP.; to prosper, succeed, get on well MBh.; to come to an end, perish, be
lost, die MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to become, be turned into or assume the form of (acc.) Lalit.: Caus
{-sthApayati} (subj. aor. {tiSTipaH} S'Br.), to cause to stand up or firm, raise on their legs again (fallen
horses) MBh.; to raise up, restore (dethroned kings) ib.; to confirm, encourage, comfort ({AtmAnam}, or
{hRdayam}, one's self "' i.e. `" take heart again "') Kâv. Pañcat.; to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kaus'.
MBh. &c.; to put or add to ({uparI}) Yâjñ.; to build (a town) Hariv.; to heap, store up (goods) VarBriS.; to
found, establish, fix, settle, introduce, set a foot MBh. R. Râjat.; to cause to stand still, stop, restrain,
suppress (breath, semen &c.) AitBr.; to accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kaus'. MBh.; to
put to death, kill S'Br. MBh.; to perform the last office for i.e. to burn, cremate (a dead body) S'ânkhBr.;
to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid. of Caus. {-sthApayiSati}, to wish to finish or conclude
S'ânkhBr.
saMstha* = mf({A})n. standing together, standing or staying or resting or being in or on, contained in
(loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in or with, belonging to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; based or
resting or dependent on (loc.) MBh.; partaking or possessed of (comp.) MBh. Pañcat.; existing, lasting
for a time (comp.) Vet.; ended, perished, dead L.; ({saM-stha4}) m. presence (only loc. `" in the presence
or midst of. "' with {cid}, `" by one's mere presence "') RV.; a spy, secret emissary (cf. {saMsthA} below)
L.; a dweller, resident, inhabitant W.; a fellow-countryman, neighbour ib.; ({A4}) f. see next.
saMsthaa4 * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh.; shape, form, manifestation,
appearance (ifc. `" appearing as "') Up. MBh. &c.; established order, standard, rule, direction (acc. with
{kR} or Caus. of {sthA}, to establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self "'; with {vyati-kram} or
{paribhid}, `" to transgress or break an established rule or obligation "') MBh. R. &c.; quality, property,
nature Kâv. Pur.; conclusion, termination, completion TS. S'Br. &c. [1121, 3]; end, death Pur.; destruction
of the world (= {pralaya}, said to be of four kinds, viz. {naimittika}, {prAkRtika}, {nitya}, {Atyantika})
ib.; a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a sacrifice (the Jyotih-shthoma, Havir-
yajña, and Pâka-yaiña consist of seven such forms) S'rS.; killing ({pazu-s-}, `" killing of the sacrificial
animal "') BhP.; cremation (of a body; also {pre7ta-s-}) ib.; (prob.) = {zrAddha} MârkP.; a spy or secret
emissary in a king's own country (= {cara} m. prob. a group of five spies consisting of a {vaNij} "',
merchant "', {bhikSu}, `" mendicant "', {chAttra} "', pupil "', {lingin} "', one who falsely wears the mark of
a twice-born "', and {kRSIvala}, `" husbandman "' cf. {paJca-varga}, and Mn. vii, 154 Kull.) Kâm.;
continuation in the right way L.; occupation, business, profession W.; an assembly ib.; a royal ordinance
ib.; {-kRta} mfn. settled, determined Hariv.; {--gAra} ({-thA7g-}) m. n. a meeting-house Lalit.; {-japa} m.
a closing prayer Âs'vS'r.; {-tva} n. the being a form or shape BhP.; {-paddhati} f. N. of wk.; {--vayava-vat}
({-thA7v-}) mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP.
saMstuta * = mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv. R. Pur.;
counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. KâtyS'r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or
comp.) Âpast. Kathâs. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Kâv. VarBriS. Râjat.; {-tva} n. the being praised
together ChUp.; {-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together, associated in hymns MW.
samsthaapanaarthaaya = to reestablish
samsmritya = remembering
samskrit.h = Sanskrit
samskrita = refined
samskriti = culture
saMsri* = P. {-sarati} (in. c. also {-te}), to flow together with. (instr.) RV. ix, 97, 45; to go about, wander
or walk or roam through MBh. Kâv. &c.; to walk or pass through (a succession of states), undergo
transmigration, enter or pass into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be diffused or spread into (acc.) MBh.; to come
forth BhP.: Caus. {-sArayati}, to cause to pass through a succession of states or to undergo
transmigration Mn. BhP.; to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii, 7878; to put off, defer ib. v, 1004; to
use, employ ib. xii, 11,932.
saMsriti* = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world ({-cakra} n. and {-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle of
mundane existence), AshthivS. BhP.
saMsrishtha* = mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7; brought forth or born together (as a litter
of animals) VS.; associated or connected together (as partners or brothers who combine their property
after division), Ma. Yâjñ.; united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in (instr.) VS. S'Br. R. &c.;
nearly related or acquainted friendly, familiar MBh. R. Hariv.; affected with (comp.) Sus'r.; connected
with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv.; mixed, of various kinds, both good and bad in quality &c. S'Br. Car.;
accomplished, performed (cf. {-maithuna}); cleared through vomiting &c. L.; cleanly dressed W.; created
MW.; m. N. of a fabulous mountain Kârand.; ({am}) n. near relationship, friendship, intimacy ({-taM}
{car}, with loc., `" to enter on intimate relations with "') AitBr. MBh.; {-karman} mfn. denoting mixed or
various actions Nir.; {-ji4t} mfn. victorious in contest RV.; {tva} n. commixture, union, association Sank.;
(in law) voluntary reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers with each
other, after partition of the family property) Dâyabh.; {-dhaya4} mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with
(the cow) TBr.; {-bhAva} m. near relationship, friendship R.; {-maithuna} mf({A})n. one who has
performed sexual intercourse Yâjñ.; {-rUpa} mfn. mixed in form or kind, adulterated W.; {-homa} m. a
common oblation (to Agni and Sûrya) TBr.
saMsrishthi* = ({sa4M-}) f. union, combination, association, intercourse MaitrS.; living together in one
family W.; collection, collecting, assembling ib.; (in rhet.) the association of two distinct metaphors in
close proximity in one sentence (cf. {saMkara}) Vâm. Sâh.
saMsrishthin* = m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition of the family inheritance,
again live together, annulling the previous partition) Gaut. Yâjñ. &c.; a co-partner, co-parcener W.
samstabhya = by steadying
saMstuta *= mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv. R. Pur.;
counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or
comp.) A1past. Katha1s. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.; %{-tva} n. the being
praised together ChUp.; %{-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together, associated in
hymns MW.
saMstuti*=f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP.; figuritive mode of expression A1past. [1121,2]
saMsUcita* = mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pan5cat.; informed, told, apprised MW.;
reproved ib.
samudbhava * = (ifc. f. {A}) existence, production, origin (ifc. either `" arisen or produced from "' or `"
being the source of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; coming to life again, revival MBh.; N. of Agni at the Vrata7des'a
Griihyâs.
samuhe = in group
samudbhavaH = born of
samudbhavaan.h = produced of
samudIraNa *= n. setting in motion or getting into motion Ma1rkP. ; raising the voice , uttering
pronouncing , reciting W.
samudra = sea
samudyata *= mfn. raised up , lifted up MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; offered , presented R. Ma1rkP. ; intended ,
prepared , begun ib. ; ready or eager for action , prepared to or about to (inf. or dat.) , engaged in (loc.) R.
BhP. Katha1s. ; ready to march against (%{prati}) MBh. vi , 5166.
samutpanna = arisen
samunnati = prosperity
samupaci * = P. {-cinoti}, to heap up, gather Nâg.: Pass. {-cIyate}, to grow up, increase Sus'r.
samupacita * = mfn. collected, heaped W.; abundant Ratna7v.; thick Car.; {-jala} mfn. having
accumulated waters (as the ocean) MW.
samupajan * = Â. {-jAyate}, to arise, spring up, take place Kâv.; to be born again MBh.: Caus. {-janayati},
to generate, cause, produce Riitus.
samupajJA * = P. Â. {-jAnAti}, {-janite}, to ascertain fully, find out MBh.; to perceive, learn W.
samupasthita = present
samupasthitaM = present
samupadhA * = P. Â. {-dadhAti}, {-dhatte}, to put together, construct, create, produce MW. [1169, 2]
samupapad * = Â. {-padyate}, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished MBh.; to meet with
(acc.), experience ib.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, to bring about, make ready, prepare. R.
samupavrit.h = Thus
saMvatsara* = m. (rarely n.; cf. {pari-v-}) a full year, a year (having 12 [TS.] or 13 [VS.] months or 360
days [S'Br. AitBr. Sus'r.]; {am}, `" for a year; {eNa} `" after or in course of a yñyear "'; {e} or {asya}, after
or within a yñyear "') RV. &c. &c.; a year of the Vikrama era (see above; {varSa} is used for the {zaka})
the first in a cycle of five or six years TS. PârGri. VarBriS. BhP.; the Year personified (having the new and
full moon for eyes and presiding over the seasons) TS. Pur.; N. of S'iva MBh.
saMvartaka * mfn. (cf. {sAM-v-}) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world) NriisUp. MBh.
&c.; m. the world-destroying fire (pl. `" the fires of hell "'), Grihyâs. BhP.; submarine fire (= {bADava})
L.; (scil. {gaNa}) a group or class of world-destroying clouds VP.; the end or dissolution of the universe
R. Hariv.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; N. of Baladeva (q.v.) L.; of a serpent-demon MBh.; of an ancient sage
(= {saM-varta}) VarBriS.; of a mountain Col.; ({ikA}) f. a young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kâd.; n.
Bala-deva's ploughshare Hariv.; {-kA7gni} m. the world-destroying fire MW.; {-kA7bhra} n. pl. the clouds
at the destruction of the world, Nâga7n.; {-kin} m. N. of Bala-deva (cf. above) L.
saMves'a * = m. approaching near to , entrance TS. Br. ; lying down , sleeping Ragh. ; dreaming , a dream
W. ; a kind of sexual union L. ; a bedchamber BhP. ; a chair , seat , stool L. ; %{-pati} (%{-za4-}) m. the
lord of rest or sleep or sexual union (Agni) VS. A1s3vS3r.
saMvida:* =mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in {a-s-}) S'Br.; n. (?) stipulation, agreement MBh.
viii, 4512.
saMvidhA * = P.A1. %{-dadhAti} , %{-dhatte} , to dispose , arrange , settle , fix , determine , prescribe
MBh. R. Sus3r. ; to direct , order Hariv. ; to carry on , conduct , manage , attend to , mind Mn. MBh. &c. ;
to use , employ R. ; to make use of. act or proceed with (instr.) Pan5cat. ; (with %{mAnasam}) to keep
the mind fixed or composed , be in good spirits Bhartr2. ; to make , render (two acc.) Naish. ; to set , put ,
lay , place MBh.: Pass. %{-dhIyate} , to be disposed or arranged &c. MBh.: Caus. %{-dhApayati} , to cause
to dispose or manage Ka1d.
saMviz * = P. %{vizati} , (ep. also A1. %{-te}) , to approach near to , associate or attach one's self to (acc.
or instr.) RV. VS. ; to enter together , enter into (acc. , rarely loc.) Kaus3. MBh. &c. ; to merge one's self
into (acc.) MBh. ; to lie down , rest , repose in or upon (loc. or %{upari} ifc.) , sleep with (instr. with and
without %{saha} , or dat.) S3Br. &c. &c. ; to cohabit , have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Mn. Ya1jn5.
Ma1rkP. ; to sit down with (acc.) Hariv. ; to engage in , have to do with (acc.) BhP.: Caus. %{-vczayati} , to
cause to lie together or down or on Ya1jn5. Sch. ; to place or lay together or on , bring to (loc.) Kaus3.
MBh. &c.
samyaJc * = mfn. (fr. %{sami} = 2. %{sam} + 2. %{aJc} cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 93 ; nom. %{samya4n},
%{samIcI4}, or %{samI4cI}, %{samya4k}) going i, long with or together, turned together or in one
direction, combined, united (acc. with %{dhA}, to unite or provide with "' [acc. or dat. of pers. and instr.
or acc. of thing]), entire, whole, complete, all (%{samyaJcaH} %{sarve}, `" all together "') RV. Br.
S3a1n3khS3r. ; turned towards each other, facing one another RV. VS. Br. ; lying in one direction,
forming one line (as foot steps) S3Br. ; correct, accurate, proper, true, right BhP. ; uniform, same,
identical W. ; pleasant, agreeable ib. ; (%{I4cI}) f. praise, eulogy L. ; a doe Un2. iv, 92 Sch. ; N. of a divine
female TBr. ; of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv. ; (%{a4k}) ind. in one or the same direction, in the same way, at
the same time, together (with %{sthA}, `" to associate with "') RV. MBh. ; in one line, straight (opp. to
%{akSNayA}, `" obliquely "') S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; completely, wholly, thoroughly, by all means (with %{na},
by no means, not at all "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; correctly, truly, properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well,
duly (with %{kR}, `" to make good [a promise] "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. ; distinctly, clearly MW.
samyak.h = proper
saMyam* = P. {-yacchati} (rarely Â.), to hold together, hold in, hold fast, restrain, curb, suppress, control,
govern, guide (horses, the senses, passions) RV. &c. &c.; to tie up, bind together (hair or a garment)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to put together, heap up (Â. `" for one's self "') Pân. 1-3, 75 Sch.; to shut up, close (a door)
Bhag.; to press close to or against Sus'r.; to present with, give to (Â. with instr. of person, when the action
is permitted P. with dat., when the action is not permitted) Pân. 1-3, 35: Caus. {-yamayati} (cf.
{-yamita}), to cause to restrain &c.; to bind up (the hair) Venis.
samyaggraahayitvaa = well+captured
saMyaava: m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made up into an oblong form
with sugar and spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [1112, 2]
saMyama * = m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the senses, self-control Mn. MBh.
&c.; tying up (the hair) Sâh.; binding, fettering VarBriS.; closing (of the eyes) MârkP.; concentration of
mind (comprising the performance of Dhâranâ, Dhyâna, and Samâdhi, or the last three stages in Yoga)
Yogas. Sarvad.; effort, exertion ({A4}, with great difficulty "') MBh.; suppression i.e. destruction (of the
world) Pur.; N. of a son of Dhûmra7ksha (and father of Kriis'a7s'va) BhP.; {-dhana} mfn. rich in
self-restraint MBh.; {-puNya-tIrtha} mfn. having restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage MBh.; {-vat}
mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious, economical Kathâs.; {-mAgni} m. the fire of abstinence Bhag.;
{-mA7mbhas} n. the flood of water at the end of the world BhP.
saMyamana * = mf(%{I})n. id. MBh. Pur. ; bringing to rest RV. ; (%{I}) f. N. of the city or residence of
Yama (fabled to be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP. ; n. the act of curbing or checking or restraining
VP. ; self-control KaushUp. ; binding together, tying up Vikr. Sa1h. ; drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.)
S3ak. ; confinement, fetter Mr2icch. ; Yama's residence (cf. above) Ba1dar.
saMyuga* = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh. ; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf.
Naigh. ii, 17) ; %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh. ;
%{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.//2 = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle
(with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "') S3is3.
san * = cl. 1. P., 8. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xiii, 21; xxx, 2) {sa4nati}, {-te} or {sano4ti}, {sanute} (Â. rare and only
in non-conjugational tenses; pf. {sasA4na} RV.; p. {sasava4s} ib. f. {sasanu4SI} Br.; {sasanivas} or
{senivas} Gr.; {sene} ib.; aor. {asAniSam} [Subj. {saniSat} Â. {saniSAsmahe}, {sa4niSanta}] RV.; Impv.
{sa4niSantu} SV.; {seSam}, {set} MaitrS. Br.; {asAta} Gr.; Prec. {sanyAt}, {sAyAt} ib.; fut. {sanitA} ib.;
{saniSya4ti} RV. Br.; inf. {sanitum} Gr.), to gain, acquire, obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. S'rS.;
to gain for another, procure, bestow, give, distribute RV.; (Â.) to be successful, be granted or fulfilled ib.:
Pass. {sanyate} or {sAyate} Pân. 6-4, 43: Caus. {sAnayati} (aor. {asISaNat}) Gr.: Desid. of Caus.
{sisAnayiSati}. ib.: Desid. {sisaniSati} (Gr.) or {si4SAsati} (? {sISatI} AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire or
obtain RV. TS. AV.; to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens. {saMsanyate}, {sAsAyate}, {saMsanti}
(Gr.), to gain or acquire repeatedly (only 3. pl. {saniSNata} RV. i, 131, 5). \\2 in %{go-Sa4n} q.v.\\3 (in
gram.) a technical term for the syllable %{sa} or sign of the desiderative.\\4 N. of an era (current in
Bengal and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL ; 433.
sana * = 2 mf({A})n. (derivation doubtful; for 1. see p. 1140, col. 3) old, ancient ({am} ind. "' of old,
formerly "') RV. AV.; lasting long BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi (one of the four or seven spiritual sons of
Brahmâ; cf. {sanaka}) MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Lat. {senex}, {senior}; Lith. {se4nas}; Goth. {sinista}.]
sana * 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in {ahaM-sana} and {su-SaNa}, qq. vv.);
presenting, offering BhP.
sana * =3 m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L.; Bignonia Suaveolens or Terminalia Tomentosa (cf. 2.
{asana}) L.
sanaatana = ancient
sanaatanaaH = eternal
sanaatana * mf({I}, m.c.also {A})n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, primeval, ancient S'Br. &c.
&c.; m. N. of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu Bhathth.; of S'iva L.; a guest of deceased ancestors, one who must
always be fed whenever he attends S'râddhas L.; N. of a Riishi (in MBh. and later `" a mind-born son of
Brahmâ "') TS. &c. &c.; of a king Buddh.; (with {zarman} and {go-svAmin}) of two authors Cat.; pl. N. of
partic. worlds Hariv.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Cat. [1141, 2]; of Lakshmî or Sarasvatî L.
sañchaya = collection
sañchayaan.h = accumulation
sañchhinna = cut
sañjanayan.h = increasing
sañjaya = O Sanjaya
sañjayati = binds
sañjaayate = develops
sa.nchaya = collection
sandarbha = reference
sa.ndhaanaM = combination?
sangama = to meet
sanga (saGga) * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) sticking, clinging to, touch, contact with (loc. or comp.) TS. &c.
&c.; relation to, association or intercourse with (gen. instr. with and without %{saha} loc., or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; addiction or devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish attachment or affection,
desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c.; (with %{atreH}) N. of a Sa1man Br.\\or %{saGga} mfn. having
limbs or a body Katha1s.; together with the limbs AV. S3Br.; with all its An3gas or supplements
Ka1tyS3r.; complete, entire MBh.; concluded, finished Uttarar.
sangaH = attachment
sangaNaka = computer
sangiita = music
sangena = by association
sanghaTita = united
sankalpa = determination
sanketa = indication
sanna* = mfn. set down VS. S'Br. S'rS.; sitting at i.e. occupied with (comp.) Hariv.; sunk down in (loc.)
BhP.; depressed, low (in spirits), languid, exhausted, decayed, perished, lost, dead AV. &c. &c.; shrunk,
contracted (see comp.); resting, motionless (see ib.); weak, low (see ib.); (= {prasanna}), appeased,
satisfied (see {sannI-kRta}); m. Buchanania Latifolia L.; (prob.) n. destruction, loss (see {sanna-da}).
sannibhaani = as if
sanniyamya = controlling
sannimitta* = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; ({am}) ind. for a gñgood
cñcause Hit.; ({e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.
sannivaasa* = mfn. (for {saM-n-} see {saM-ni-} 5. {vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishnu) MBh.
sannivishhTaH = situated
santata = repeated
santapta = burning
santya* mfn. bestowing gifts, bountiful (only voc. in addressing Agni; accord. to others fr. {sat} = `"
benevolent, kind "') RV
santaapa = harrasment
santushhTa = satisfied
santosha = satisfaction
santoshha = satisfaction
sa.nyata = controlled
sa.nyuktaaH = engaged
sa.nyogaM = connection
sa.nvaadaM = conversation
sa.nvigna = distressed
sa.nvrittaH = settled
s'apa * = m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g.
{azvA7di}.
sapatnaan.h = enemies
sapatna * m. (fr. 1. {sa-pa4tnI} below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c.
sapatnI * 1 f. (once in R. {-tni}) a woman who has the same husband with another woman (Pân. 4-1, 35)
or whose husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c.
saptavarga = Seven Vargas a sequence of varga or harmonic charts. Consists of Rashi, Hora, Drekkana,
navaa.nsha, dvaadasha.nsha, tri.nshaa.nsha and Saptaa.nsha
saptaa.nsha = A varga. The harmonic Seventh Division. Used for delineations of Children and
Grandchildren and one's creative projections
saphala = fruitful
sara* = mf({A})n. (fr. {sR}) fluid, liquid VS.; cathartic, purgative, laxative Sus'r. Vâgbh.; (ifc. f. {I} Pân.
3-2, 18) going, moving &c. (cf. {anu-}, {abhi-}, {puraH-s-}); m. going, motion L.; a cord, string (cf.
{prati-}, {maNi-}, {muktA-maNi-}, and {mauktika-s-}); a short vowel (in prosody) Col.; salt L.; N. of
Vâyu or the wind L.; a waterfall L.; often v.l. or w.r. for {zara} (also in comp. {sara-ja} &c. for {zara ja}
&c.); ({A4}) f. moving or wandering about Gal.; a brook AV. TS.; a cascade, waterfall L.; Paederia Foetida
L.; ({I}) f. a cascade (cf. {sari}) L.; n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in comp. for {saras}) Un. iv, 188 Sch.;
milk L.
sarati = (1 pp) to go
saras.h = lake
sarasa = Excellent
sarira *= n. (cf. {salila}) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr.; = {bahu} Naigh. iii, 1; the universe (=
{loka} or {tri-loka}) VS. Sch.
sarpa = snake
sarpaaNaaM = of serpents
sarva = all
sarvaM = all
sarvaH = all
sarvagataM = all-pervading
sarvagataH = all-pervading
sarvatra = everywhere
sarvatragaM = all-pervading
sarvashaH = all
sarvasya = of everyone
sarvaharaH = all-devouring
sarvaaH = all
sarvaaNi = all
sarve = all
sarvebhyaH = of all
sarveshhaaM = all
sarvaiH = all
sasvadha* = m. pl. `" having the Svadha (q.v.), a partic. class of deceased ancestors MW.
sa-svara* = mfn. sounding, having the same sound with (instr. or comp.) Prât.; having accent,
accentuated IndSt.; ({am}) ind. loudly VP.
sasva4r* = ind. (of unknown derivation), secretly RV. (cf. Nalgh. iii, 25).
sasya = grain
sat* = mf({satI4})n. (pr. p. of 1. {as}) being, existing, occurring, happening, being present ({sato me}, `"
when I was present "'; often connected with other participles or with an adverb e.g. {nAmni kRte sati}, `"
when the name has been given "'; {tathA sati}, `" if it be so "'; also ibc., where sometimes = `" possessed
of "' cf. {sat-kalpavRkSa}) RV. &c. &c.; abiding in (loc.) MBh.; belonging to (gen.) S'Br.; living MundUp.;
lasting, enduring Kâv. RV. &c. &c.; real, actual, as any one or anything ought to be, true, good, right ({tan
na sat}, `" that is not right "'), beautiful, wise, venerable, honest (often in comp. see below) RV. &c. &c.;
m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures RV. &c.; a good or wise man, a sage MBh. R.; good or honest or wise or
respectable people Mn. MBh. &c.; ({I4}) f. see {sati4} below; ({sat}) n. that which really is, entity or
existence, essence, the true being or really existent (in the Veda7nta, `" the self-existent or Universal
Spirit, Brahma "') RV. &c. &c.; that which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth ib.; water
Naigh. i, 12; (in gram.) the terminations of the present participle Pân. 3-2, 127 &c.; ({sat}) ind. (cf.
{sat-kR} &c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. {sens} in &343162[1134, 2] {absens}, {pra-sens};
{sons}, `" guilty "', orig. `" the real doer "'; Lith. {sâs}, {e4sas}; Slav. {sy}, {sas8ta}.]
saT * =cl. 1. P. %{saTati}, to be a part of Dha1tup. ix, 26: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sATayati} (see %{sAT}).
satata = always
satataM = always
sataanana * =m. Aegle Marinelos L.; ({A}) f. `" hundredfaced "'N. of a goddess Cat.
sataazva * =mfn. numbering a hñhundred horses ({saha4sraM zatA7zvam}, a thousand cattle with a
hñhundred horses) RV. S'rS. Vait.; {-ratha} n. sg. a hñhundred cattle and a car with horses KâtyS'r.;
{-vijaya} m. N. of part of wk.
saTaMkaara * =mfn. (fr., 7. {sa} + {T-}) having notoriety or fame, famous MW.
sataasat * =({-tA7satI4}) n. du. (= {sad-asatI}, formed in analogy to {sutA7sute4}) the true and the false
TBr.
sati = being
satI4 * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (= {bhavatI}, sometimes
= `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the faithful wñwife
[popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar. {satI-tarA}, {sati-t-}
or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.; a
fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ
(sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva], and
sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the
funeral pyre of her husband) Pur. Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of
modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.
satii = Sati * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (= {bhavatI},
sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the faithful
wñwife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar. {satI-tarA},
{sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.;
a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or
Umâ (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva],
and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on
the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur. Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of
modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.
satkaara = respect
sattama * = (%{sa4t-}) mfn. very good or right, the best, first, chief of (gen. or comp.) Br. S3a1n3khS3r.
ChUp. &c.; most virtuous W.; very venerable or respectable ib.; %{-tA} f. the first rank of all BhP.
sattva * = inner strengthn. being, existence, entity, reality, `" the existence of a Supreme Being "'; true
essence, nature, disposition of mind, character; spiritual essence, spirit, mind; vital breath, life,
consciousness, strength of character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage, selfcommand, good
sense, wisdom, magnanimity MBh. R. &c.; the quality of purity or goodness (regarded in the Sânkhya
phil. as the highest of the three Gunas r constituents of Prakriiti because it renders a person true,
honest, wise &c., and a thing pure, clean; material or elementary substance, entity, matter, a thing
satvara* mf({A})n. having or making haste, speedy, expeditious, quick ({am} and compar. {-taram} ind.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. quickness, hastiness, speed ib.; {-racanam} ind. quickly, immediately, at
once Gît.
satya = Truth * = mf({A})n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest, truthful, faithful, pure, virtuous,
good. successful, effectual, valid ({satyaM-kR}, `" to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil "') RV. &c. &c.; m.
the uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmâ and heaven of truth; see {loka}) L.; N.
of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.) Pur.; the As'vattha tree L.; N. of Vishnu L.; of Râma-candra L.; of a supernatural
being Gaut. VarBriS. Hcat.; of a deity presiding over the Nândî-mukha S'râddha L.; of one of the Vis've
Devâh Cat.; of a Vyâsa Cat.; of a son of Havir-dhâna BhP.; of a son of Vitatya MBh.; of one of the 7
Riishis in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; (with {AcArya}) N. of an astronomer (author of the
Horâ-s'âstra) VarBriS.; pl. N. of a class of gods in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. speaking the
truth, sincerity, veracity W.; a partic. S'akti Pañcar.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; of S'itâ L.; of Satyavatî (mother of
Vyâsa) L.; = {satya-bhAmA} MBh. Hariv. S'is'.; of the family deity of the Kutsas and Atharvans Cat.; of a
daughter of Dharma (and wife of S'an-yu) MBh.; of the mother of Satya (= {tuSita}) VP.; of the wife of
Manthu (and mother of Bhauvana) BhP.; of a daughter of Nagna-jit (and wife of Kriishna) ib.; ({am}) n.
truth, reality ({satyena}, `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" really "'; {ka4smAt sa4tyAt}, `" for what reason, how
is it that? "' {te4na satye4na}, `" for that reason, so truly "'; {yathA-tena} [or {evaM}] {satyena}, `" as-so
truly "'; with Buddhists truth is of two kinds, viz. {saMvRti-} and {paramA7rtha-satyam}, `" truth by
general consent "' and `" self-evident truth "' Dharmas. 95; for the four fundamental truths of Buddhists
see MWB. 43; 56) RV. &c. &c.; speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity KenUp. Mn. R. &c.; a solemn
asseveration, vow, promise, oath ({satyaM cikIrSamANa}, `" wishing to fulfil one's promise or keep
one's word "') AV. &c. &c.; demonstrated conclusion, dogma W.; the quality of goodness or purity or
knowledge MW.; the first of the four Yugas or ages (= 1. {-kRta4} q.v.) L.; a partic. mythical weapon R.;
the uppermost of the 7 Lokas (see under m.) Veda7ntas. BhP.; one of the 7 Vyâhriitis L.; partic. Satya-
formula Âs'vS'r.; = {udaka}, water Naigh. i, 12; (also with {prajApateH}) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. S'rS.;
({a4m}) ind. (g. {cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) truly, indeed, certainly, verily, necessarily, yes, very well
({satyam-tu}, {kiM tu}, {tathA7pi}, `" it is true - but, yet, however "'; {yat sasyam}, `" indeed, certainly "')
RV. &c. &c. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. $.]
satyaM = Truth
satyasya = of truth
sakshii = witness
satvat * satvat m. pl.N. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf. {sAtvata}) Br. KaushUp. MBh.
Hariv.; of a son of Madhu Hariv.
saubha * = m. (also written {zaubha}) N. of the aerial city of Hari-s'candra (q.v.) MBh. BhP.; of a town of
the S'alvas MBh.; a king of the Saubhas ib.; pl. N. of a people ib.
sauci* = m. = next L.
saucika* = m. (fr. {sUci}) one who lives by his needle, a tailor (in the caste system he is the son of a
S'aundika and a Kaivartî) Kull. on Mn. iv, 214.
saubhaagyavatii = Mrs
saubhaga * - mfn. (fr. {subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the tree Su-bhaga Car.; m. N.
of a son of Briihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment RV.;
loveliness, grace, beauty BhP.
sauHrida // sauhrida= friendship * = mfn. relating to or coming from a friend R. ; m. a friend Pan5cat. ;
pl. N. of a people MBh. ; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) affection, friendship for or with (loc. or %{saha} or comp.) MBh.
R. &c. ; liking for, fondness of (comp.) Ja1takam.
saumana* = n. (fr. {su-mana}, or {-nas}); m. or ({A}) f. a flower, blossom Sus'r.; a partic. mythical
weapon
saumya* = (once in AV. {sau4mya}) mf({I4} later {A}; once in RV. {sau4myA})n. relating or belonging to
Soma (the juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god), connected or dealing with Soma, having his nature or
qualities &c. RV. &c. &c.; cool and moist (opp. to {agneya}, `" hot and dry "') Br. Hariv. Sus'r.; northern
({ena}, `" to the north "') Hariv. VarBriS.; `" resembling the moon "', placid, gentle, mild ({saumya} voc.
= `" O gentle Sir! "' `" O good Sir! "' `" O excellent man! "' as the proper mode of addressing a Brâhman
Mn. ii, 125) S'Br. &c.&c.; auspicious (said of birds, planets &c.; esp. of the Nakshatras Mriiga-s'iras, Citrâ,
Anurâdhâ, and Revatî) R. VarBriS. Hariv. S'ârngS.; happy, pleasant, cheerful MW.; m. a Soma sacrifice L.;
an adherent, worshipper BhP.; a Brâhman L.; patr. of Budha or the planet Mercury VarBriS.; of the Vedic
Riishi Budha (author of RV. x, 1) RAnukr.; the left hand Hcat.; Ficus Glomerata L.; the fifteenth cubit
({aratni}) from the bottom or the third from the top of the sacrificial post L.; (in anat.) the blood before
it becomes red, serum W.; the gastric juice MW.; the month Mârgas'îrsha Hcat.; N. of the 43rd (or 17th)
year in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; (pl.) the people of Soma S'ânkhGri.; a partic. class of
deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 199; m. n. a partic. penance (see {-kRcchra}) Yâjñ. GârudaP.; N. of a Dvîpa of
the earth or of Bharatavarsha Pur.; of the 7th astrol. Yuga Jyot.; ({yA}) f. N. of various plants (Abrus
Precatorius; Glycine Debilis; Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.; a pearl L.; the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras Hariv.; N. of
the five stars in Orioñs head (also called {ilvala} q.v.) W.; a species of the Âryâ metre Col.; N. of Durgâ
Cat.; ({I}) f. moonshine MBh.; ({am}) n. the nature or condition of Soma AV.; gentleness MBh. Pañcat.
the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras (presided over by the Moon) MaitrUp. Hariv. (accord. to Nîlak. `" Wednesday
"'); the left eye L.; the middle of the hand L.; N. of the fifth Muhûrta Cat.; (scil. {adbhuta}) a partic. kind
of omen or prodigy (occurring in the Diva or sky) MW.
saurata: mfn. (fr. {su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual enjoyment ib.; m. mild wind L.
saurabha = fragrance
sautraamaNI * =f. a partic. sacrifice in honour of Indra ({su-trAman}; described as the 6th or 7th; of the
7 Havir-yajña-sansthâs q.v.; in the S'Br. it is said that every one consecrated by the Sautrâmani enters
among the gods and is born {sarva-tanUH} i.e. with his entire body; {-tva4} n. S'Br.) AV. VS. Br. S'rS.
BhP.; N. of wk. by Deva-bhadra.
s'auri m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.; of
Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for
{sauri}).
sauvarNa = golden
sava * = 1 m. (fr. 3. %{su}) pressing out the juice of the Soma plant RV. S3Br. S3a1n3khS3r. ; pouring it
out L. ; the moon L. ; n. the juice or honey of flowers L.\\ 2 m. (fr. 1. %{sU}) one who sets in motion or
impels , an instigator , stimulator , commander VS. S3Br. ; m. the sun (cf. %{savitR}) L. ; setting in
motion , vivification , instigation , impulse , command , order (esp. applied to the activity of Savitr2i ; dat.
%{savA4ya} , for setting in motion "') RV. AV. VS. TBr. ; N. of partic. initiatory rites , inauguration ,
consecration Br. ; a kind of sacrifice Kaus3. ; any sacrifice MBh. ; a year (?) BhP. (see %{bahu-s-}).\\ 3 m.
(fr. 2. %{sU}) offspring , progeny L.
savana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice (performed at the three periods of
the day ; cf. %{tri-SavaNa} ; %{prAtaH-}. , %{mAdhyaMdina-} and %{tRtIya-s-}) RV. &c. &c. ; the pressed
out Soma-juice and its libation , a Soma festival , any oblation or sacrificial rite ib. ; (with %{puMsaH}) =
%{puMsavana} Ya1jn5. i , 11 (pl.) the three periods of day (morning , noon , and evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP.
[1190,2] ; time (in general) BhP. ; bathing , ablution , religious bathing (performed at mñmorning ,
nñnoon , and evñevening) Kir \\ n. (for 1. see col. 1 ; for see p. 1191 , col. 2 ; for %{sa-vana} see col. 3)
instigation , order , command (cf. %{satya4-s-}) RV. MaitrUp.\\ mf(%{A})n. (fur %{savana} see col. 1
&c.) together with woods MBh. \\ 3 n. (fr. %{su} or %{sU} ; for 1. 2 see 1190 , cols. 1. 2 for %{sa-vana} ,
p. 1190 , col. 3) fire BhP. ; a kind of hell VP. ; N. of a son of Bhr2igu MBh. ; of a son of Vasisht2ha (one of
the seven Rishsis under Manu Rohita) VP. ; of a son of Manu Svayambhuva Hariv. ; of a son of
Priya-vrata (v.l. %{savala}) Pur.
savana* = mf({A})n. (fur {savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh.
savyasaachin.h = O Savyasaci
s'ayitavya * =mfn. to be lain or slept Pañcar. Kathâs. (n. impers.; {mayA-hutavahe-zayitavyam}, `" it
must be lain down by me in the fire "' Vâs.)
s'ayita * = mfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the plant Cordia Myxa W.; n. the place
where any one has lain or slept Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 68.
sayujya * = mfn. (fr. prec.) closely united with MW. ; %{tA} f. intimate union or junction ib.
saayujya * = n. (fr. %{sa-yuj}) intimate union , communion with (gen. loc. instr. , or comp.) ;
identification , absorption (into the divine Essence ; this is one of the four grades or states of Mukti cf.
%{sAlokya} RTL.41) Ka1t2h. Br. MBh. &c. ; likeness , similarity W.
s'aayi-taa * f. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (ifc.) MBh. Kathâs.
sehe - deriv of sehana = * saasahaaNa mfn. (for %{sa-s-}) overcoming , conquering RV.
setu = a bridge* mfn. (fr. 1. {si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond, fetter ib.; a ridge
of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any raised piece of ground separating fields (serving
as a boundary or as a passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Râma's bridge (see {setubandha}) BhP.; a
landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a help to the understanding of
a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of various commentaries) Cat.; an established institution,
fixed rule MW.; the Pranava or sacred syllable Om (which is said to be {mantrANAM setuH}) KâlP.;
Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= {varaNa}, {varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of Druhyu and brother of
setuba.ndhanaM = bridging
sev.h = to serve
sevanIya 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) to be followed or practised Bhartr2. ; to be served or waited upon or
honoured Hariv. BhP.// 1 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) to be sewn or stitched together MW.
sevaa = service
sevita * = mfn. dwelt in , visited , frequented , followed , served &c. (see %{sev}) ; furnished or endowed
with , abounding in (comp.) R. ; n. = 1. %{sevi} L.
sevitavya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) to be frequented or inhabited Hariv. ; to be followed or practised
TUp. Mn. &c. ; to be tended or taken care of Ca1n2. Mr2icch.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) to be sewn Nir.
sevya * = to be resorted to or frequented or inhabited by (gen.) Hariv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; to be followed (as
a path) Râjat.; to be approached Cân.; to be waited upon or served or obeyed, a master (as opp. to `" a
servant "') R. Kâlid. &c.; to be honoured, honourable Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be enjoyed carnally Subh.; to be
practised or used or employed MBh. R. &c.; to be studied Cat.; to be kept or hoarded Hit.; to be taken
care of or guarded W.; m. the As'vattha tree, Ficus Religiosa L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; a sparrow L.;
an intoxicating drink made from the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia L.; ({A}) f. the parasitical plant
Vandâ L.; Emblic Myrobolam L.; a kind of wild grain or rice L.; ({am}) n. the root of Andropogon
Muricatus Sus'r.; red sandal-wood L.; sea-salt L.; the thick middle part of curds L.; water L.
sevitvaM = aspiring
s'aabda * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zabda}) sonorous, sounding W.; relating to sound (as opp. to {Artha} q.v.)
Sâh.; based on sounds, expressed in words oral, verbal, (esp.) resting on or enjoined by sacred sound (i.e.
on the Veda; with {brahman}. n. = `" the Veda "') S'Br. &c.; nominal (as inflection) W.; m. a philologist,
grammarian RPrât.; pl. a partic. sect Hcar.; ({I}) f. Sarasvatî (as goddess of speech and eloquence) W.
shaakha = branch
shaakhaM = branches
shaakhaaH = branches
s'aala* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}) being in a house &c. S'Br. ({a4m} ind. `" at home "' ib.); m. (also
written {sAla}), an enclosure, court, fence, rampart, wall Inscr. Kâv.; the S'âl tree, Vatica Robusta (a
valuable timber tree) MBh. Kâv. &c.; Artocarpus Locucha L.; any tree L.; a kind of fish, Ophiocephalus
Wrahl Vâs.; N. of a son of Vriika BhP.; of king S'âli-vâhana L.; of a river W.; ({A}) f. see below; n. (ifc.) =
{zAlA} (col. 2).
s'aalaa* = f. (ifc. also {zAla} n.) a house, mansion, building, hall, large room, apartment, shed, workshop,
stable AV. &c. &c. [cf. Germ. {saal}; Eng. {hall}]; a large branch (cf. {zAkhA}) L.; a kind of metre (cf.
{zAlinI}).
s'aala* = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 1) = {zala} g. {jval-Adi}; m. n. (also written {sAla}) g. {ardharcA7di}.
s'aama* = mfn. (1. {zam}) appeasing, curing, having curative properties MW.
s'aamaa* = f. (prob.) a kind of plant (used for curing leprosy) AV. i, 24, 4 (Paipp. {zyAmA})
s'aambara * mf({I4})n. relating or belonging or peculiar to S'ambara RV. Hariv. &c.; coming from the
deer called S'ñS'ambara Bhpr.; ({I}) f. jugglery, sorcery, illusion (as practised by the Daitya S'ñS'ambara)
Naish.; a sorceress W.; n. the fight with S'ñS'ambara RV.; a kind of sandal L. (cf. {zAbara}).
s'aaMkara * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.; relating to or derived
from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f.
see below; n. the Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaaNDhya* n. (fr. {SaNDha}) the state of being a eunuch, impotence Car. (printed {zAThya}).
shaa.ntiH = peace
shaantaH = peaceful
shaanti = calmness
shaantiM = peace
s'aarva * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zarva}) relating or belonging or sacred to or derived from S'iva Kâv. Kathâs.
(with {diz} f. the east VarBriS.)
shaashvataH = permanent
shaashvataaH = eternal
shaashvatiiH = many
shaastra = science
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction, advice,
good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock
or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority
(applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the
word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively
to whole departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole
body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a
poetical work or poetry in general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic
compositions; {alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general),
scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
shabda = Word
shabdaM = sound
s'abda m. (in DhyânabUp. also n. ifc. f. {A} perhaps connected with 3. {zap} cf. also 2. {zap}) sound,
noise, voice, tone, note ({zabdaM} {kR}, to utter a sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound is supposed to
be sevenfold [MBh. xii, 6858] or eight. fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh. xiv, 1418] [1052, 3]; in the
Mîmânsâ it is taught to be eternal); a word ({zabdena}, by word, explicitly, expressly) ib. Kâs'. on Pân.
2-3, 19; speech, language BhP.; the right word, correct expression (opp. to {apa-zabda}) Pat.; the sacred
syllable Om, AmriitUp.; (in gram.) a declinable word or a word-termination, affix Pân. Sch.; a name,
appellation, title Mn. MBh. &c. ({tacchabdAt} "', because it is so-called "' KâtyS'r.); a technical term
TPrât.; verbal communication or testimony, oral tradition, verbal authority or evidence (as one of the
Pramânas q.v. ) Nyâyas. Sarvad.
shaD.hvarga = The Six Harmonic Charts: Rashi, Hora, dreshhkaaNa, navaa.nsha, dvadasha.nsha and
tri.nsha.nsha
s'ad* = 1 (only occurring in the forms {zAzadu4H}, {zAzadmahe}, {zAzadre4}, and {zA4zadAna}), to
distinguish one's self. be eminent or superior, prevail, triumph RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $, $, &318197[1051,2] $,
$], \\2 cl. 1. 6. Â. (Dhâtup. xx, 25; xxviii, 134) {zIyate} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 78; P. in non-conjugational tenses, i,
3. 60; pf. {zazada}, {zeduH} Br.; fut. {zatsyati} AV.; aor. {azadat} Gr.; fut. {zattA} ib. [1051,3]; inf.
{zattum} ib.), to fall, fall off or out AV. Br. Bhathth.: Caus. {zAdayati}, to impel, drive on (cattle) Pân. 7-3,
42; {zAta4yati}, {-te} (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or asunder, hew or cut off, knock out AV. &c. &c.;
to fell, throw down, slay, kill MBh. Hariv. R.; to disperse, dispel, remove, destroy Gobh. S'is'. Sus'r.:
Desid. {zizatsati} Gr.: Intens. {zAzadyate}, {zAzatti} ib. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. {cedo}.]
shaibyaH = Saibya
shaila = shell
shakunta = crane
shakta = strong
shaktaaH = capable
s'a4kti: or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-},
`" according to ability "'
s'akti4: f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `"
according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according to the
capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's
strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c. &c.; effectiveness or
efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts, {prabhutva}, personal
pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf. Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or
active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under
various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti goddesses are enumerated, as follow,
Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute
Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine,
viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri, Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others
reckon fifty different forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti,
Tushthi, Pushthâ, Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra
besides Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî,
Dîrgha-ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî, Jvâlâ-
mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to the
Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or white, and the other {sita}
or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included Lakshmî,
Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature, Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf.
RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by the S'âkta sect either actually or
symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word (defined in the Nyâya as {padasya
padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in
Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most
effective word of a sacred text or magic formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a
poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance, gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g.
{bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars
and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N.
of a Muni or sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and
was devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti
is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere the patr.
Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'akti = strength
s'aktimat * = mfn. possessed of ability , powerful , mighty , able to (inf. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ;
possessing a competence , one who has gained a fortune MW. ; possessed of or united with his Sakti or
energy (as a god) Katha1s. ; armed with a spear or lance Hariv. ; m. N. of a mountain (prob. w.r. for
%{zukti-mat}) MBh. ; (%{atI}) f. N. of a woman , Kathis. ; (%{-mat}) %{-tva} n. power , might Ragh.
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV. AV. TBr.
Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen "' Ganit.;
Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.
shaknomi = am I able
shakya = possible
shakyaM = is able
shakyaH = practical
shalabha = a locust
s'ala* = mfn. (connection with above very doubtful) = {dravaNa-samartha} Nir. Sch.; m. a staff TBr.; a
dart, spear L.; a kind of animal Pañcar. (accord. to L. `" a camel "' or `" an ass "'); = {kSetrabhid} L.; =
{vidhi} L.; N. of Bhriingi (one of S'iva's attendants) L.; of Brahmâ W.; of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son
of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Soma-datta ib.; of a son of Parîkshit ib.; of a son of S'una-hotra Hariv.;
m. or n. the quill of a porcupine L.; a partic. measure of length (cf. $-, {paJcaz-}. &c.); ({I}) f. see below.
s'aalva * m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `" relating to the
S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies of Vishnu; cf.
{zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the fruit of the S'âlva
plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aamitra * =mfn. (fr. %{zamitR}) relating to the official who cuts up the sacrificial victim (see
%{-karman}) BhP.; m. (scil. %{agni}) the fire for cooking the sacrificial flesh Gr2S3rS. [1065,3]; n. the
place for the above fire S3rS.; any place of immolation, shambles Vait. Mr2icch.; = next MBh.
s'aaMtanu* = m. N. of the father of Bhîshma (in older language {za4Mtanu} q.v.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; a
partic. inferior kind of grain Sus'r
s'aaMkara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.; relating to or derived from
or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see
below; n. the Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
s'aanta* = 1 mfn. (perhaps always w.r. for 1. {zAta} q.v.) = {zAnita} L.; thin, slender Hariv. R. (Sch.)\\2
mfn. (fr. 1. {zam}) appeased, pacified, tranquil, calm, free from passions, undisturbed Up. MBh. &c.; soft,
pliant Hariv.; gentle, mild, friendly, kind, auspicious (in augury; opp. to {dIpta}) AV. &c. &c.; abated,
subsided, ceased, stopped, extinguished, averted ({zAntam} or {dhik zAntam} or {zAntam pApam}, may
evil or sin be averted! may God forfend! Heaven forbid! not so!) S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; rendered
ineffective, innoxious, harmless (said of weapons) MBh. R.; come to an end, gone to rest, deceased,
departed, dead, died out ib. Ragh. Râjat.; purified, cleansed W.; m. an ascetic whose passions are subdued
W.; tranquillity, contentment (as one of the Rasas q.v.); N. of a son of Day MBh.; of a son of Manu
Tâmasa MârkP.; of a son of S'ambara Hariv.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a son of Âpa VP.; of a
Devaputra Lalit.; ({A}) f. (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; Emblica Officinalis L.; Prosopis Spicigera and
another species L.; a kind of Dûrvâ grass L.; a partic. drug (= {reNukA}) L.; N. of a daughter of
Das'a-ratha (adopted daughter of Loma-pâda or Roma-pâda and wife of Riishya-s'riinga) MBh. Hariv. R.;
(with Jainas) of a goddess who executes the orders of the 7th Arhat L.; of a S'akti MW.; n. tranquillity,
peace of mind BhP.; N. of a Varsha in Jambu-dvîpa ib.; N. of a Tîrtha W.
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban, interdiction (acc.
with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter a curse on any one "',
with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
saaMyuga * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "') S3is3.
s'am * = 1 cl. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xxvi, 92), {zA4myati} (rarely {-te}, and ep. also {zanati}, {-te}; Ved.
{zamyati}, {zimyati}, and cl. 9. {zamnAti} [Naigh. ii, 9], {zamnISe}, {zamnIthAs} Impv. {zamnISva},
{zamISva}, {zamiSva}, {zamIdhvam}; pf. {zazAma}, {zemuH} Br. &c.; {zazame4} Subj. {zaza4mate} RV.;
p. {zazamAna4} [q.v.]; aor. {a4zamiSThAs} RV.; {azamat} Br. [cf. pres.]; Prec. {zamyAt} Gr.; fut.
{zamizA}, {zamiSyati} ib.; ind. p. {zamitvA}, {zAntvA}, {zA8mam} ib.), to toil at, fatigue or exert one's
self (esp. in performing ritual acts) RV. TBr.; to prepare, arrange VS.; to become tired, finish, stop, come
to an end, rest, be quiet or calm or satisfied or contented TS. S'Br. &c.; to cease, be allayed or
extinguished MBh. Kâv. &c.; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put an end to, hurt, injure, destroy Kâthh.: Pass.
{zamyate} (aor. {azami}) Pân. 7-3, 34: Caus. {zama4yati} (m. c. also {zAmayati}; aor. {azIzamat}; Pass.
{zAmyate}), to appease, allay, alleviate, pacify, calm, soothe, settle RV. &c. &c.; to put to an end or to
death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup. press TS. &c. &c.; to leave off, desist MBh.; to conquer,
subdue Kâlid. Bhathth.: Desid. {zizamiSati} Gr.: Intens. {zaMzamIti} (Bâlar.), {zaMzamyate}, {zaMzanti}
(Gr.), to be entirely appeased or extinguished (pf. {zaMzamAM cakruH} Bhathth.). [Cf. Gk. $],
&318859[1053, 3]
s'a4m * = 2 ind. (g. {cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) auspiciously, fortunately, happily, well (frequently used in
the Veda, rarely in later language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent phrase {za4M
yo4H} or {za4M ca yo4z ca}, `" happiness and welfare "', sometimes joined with the verbs {bhU}, as,
{kR}, {dAvah}, {yA}, sometimes occurring without any verb; with dat. or gen. [cf. Pân. 2-3, 73 Sch.]; in
some cases corresponding to an adj. e.g. {zaM tad asmai}, that is pleasant to him) RV. &c. &c.
s'ama = Tranqulity * = zama m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity, quietude or quietism, absence of
passion, abstraction from eternal objects through intense meditation ({zamaM} {kR}, `" to calm one's
self "', be tranquil "') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace, peace with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.; Quietism or Tranquillity
(personified as a son of Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.; tranquillization, pacification, allayment,
alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kâv. &c.; absence of sexual passion or excitement, impotence
TândBr.; alleviation or cure of disease, convalescence W.; final happiness, emancipation from all the
illusions of existence L.; indifference, apathy Râjat.; the hand (cf. {zaya}) L.; imprecation, malediction
(w.r. for {zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the Nandi-vegas MBh.; of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of
Dharma-sûtra BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a divine female, PârGth.; ({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i, 32, 15;
33, 15.
shamanaM = subsiding
s'ambhala* m. (also written {sambhala}) N. of a town (situated between the Rathaprâ and Ganges, and
indentified by some with sambhal in Moradâbâd; the town or district of S'ambhala is fabled to be the
place where Kalki, the last incarnation of Vishnu, is to appear in the family of a Brâhman named Vishnu-
yas'as) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zamphalI} and {zambhalI}).
s'ambhalagrAma* = m. the town S'ambhala MBh. Hariv. Pur. (also {-grAmaka}); {-mAhAtmya} (or
{zambhala-m-}) n. `" glory of S'ambhala "'N. of part of the SkandaP.
s'ambara * m. N. of a demon (in RV. often mentioned with Sushna, Arbuda, Pipru &c.; he is the chief
enemy of Divo-dâsa Atithigva, for whose deliverance he was thrown down a mountain and slain by
Indra; in epic and later poetry he is also a foe of the god of love) RV. &c. &c.; a cloud Naigh. i, 10; a
weapon Sây. on RV. i, 112, 14; war, fight L.; a kind of deer Vâs. Bhpr.; a fish or a kind of fish L.;
Terminalia Arunja L.; Symplocos Racemosa L.; a mountain in general or a partic. mountain L.; best,
excellent L.; = {citraka} L.; N. of of a Jina L.; of a king Vâs. (v.l. for {zambaraNa} and {saM-varaNa}); of a
juggler (also called {zambarasiddhi}) Ratna7v.; ({I}) f. Salvinia Cucullata L. Croton Polyandrum L.; =
{mAyA}, sorcery, magic (prob. w.r. for {zAmbarI}) L.; n. water Naigh. i, 12 (but Sâh. censures the use of
{zambara} in this sense); power, might Naigh.ii, 9; sorcery, magic Kathâs. (printed {saM-vara}); any vow
or a partic. vow (with Buddhists) L.; wealth L.; = {citra} L.; (pl.) the fastnesses of S'ambara RV.
s'ambala* = m. n. (also -written {sambala}, or {saM-vala} q.v.) provender or provisions for a journey,
stock for travelling Kâv. Kârand.; `" a bank, shore "' or "' a race, family "' ({kUla} or {kula}) L.; envy,
jealousy L.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zambhalI} and {zamphalI}).
s'ambhu * = mfn. being or existing for happiness or welfare, granting or causing happiness, beneficent,
benevolent, helpful, kind RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; m. N. of S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c.; of Brahmâ MBh. Hariv.; of a
partic. Agni MBh.; of Vishnu L.; of a son of Vishnu MBh.; of Indra in the 10th Manvantara BhP.; of one
of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a king of the Daityas R.; of an Arhat L.; of a Siddha L.; of a king
MBh. (v.l. {zanku}); of a son of S'uka Hariv.; of a son of Ambarîsha BhP.; (also with {bhaTTa}) of various
authors and other men Cat.; a kind of Asclepias L.; a kind of metre Col.; f. N. of the wife of Dhruva Hariv.
VP.
s'ambhU4 * =mfn. (= {zambhu4} above) beneficent, kind RV.; m. N. of an author of Tântric prayers Cat.
s'aMkara* = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra or S'iva
VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a serpentdemon L.; of
a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1;
also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka}, &c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM}
above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.;
({I}) f. see p. 1055.
s'amitR* = mfn. one who keeps his mind calm, Raj.; (%{-tR4}) m. a killer, slaughterer, cutter up (of a
slaughtered victim), preparer, dresser RV. Br. MBh.
s'aMtanu* = ({za4M-}) mfn. wholesome for the body or the person ({-tva4} n.) TS.; m. (also written
{zAMtanu}) N. of an ancient king with the patr. Kauravya (he was fourteenth descendant of Kuru, son of
Pratîpa and younger brother of Devâpi, and usurped the sovereignty whilst the latter became a hermit;
he married Gangâ and S'atya-vati; by the former he had a son named Bhîshma, and by the latter
Citra7ngada and Vicitravirya cf. IW. 375) RV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; (with {cakra-vartin}) N. of an author (son
of Uddharana, of the Tomara race) Cat.; {-tanUja} m. `" son of S'antanu "'N. of Bhîshma, S'is. xv, 20.
samplava* m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a dense
mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin BhP.; noise,
tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; end, close
of (comp.) BhP.
s'ami* = n. labour, toil, work, effort RV. AV.; f. a legume, pod (v.l. {zimi}) L.; the S'amî tree (see below);
m. N. of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Us'inara BhP.
s'amii* = f. (cf. {za4mi}) effort, labour, toil RV. VS.; ({zamI4}) the S'amî tree, Prosopis Spicigera or
(accord. to others) Mimosa Suma (possessing a very tough hard wood supposed to contain fire cf. Mn.
viii, 247 Ragh. iii, 9; it was employed to kindle the sacred fire, and a legend relates that Purû-ravas
generated primeval fire by the friction of two branches of the Samî and As'vattha trees) AV. &c. [1054,2];
a legume, pod (cf. {-jAti}); a partic. measure (see {catuh-z-}) = {valgulI} or {vAgnji} L.
s'aMkara * = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra or S'iva
VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a serpentdemon L.; of
a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1;
also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka}, &c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM}
above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.;
({I}) f. see p. 1055.
sannimitta * = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; (%{am}) ind. for a
gñgood cñcause Hit.; (%{e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.
sannivAsa * = mfn. (for %{saM-n-} see %{saM-ni-} 5. %{vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishn2u) MBh.
shani = Saturn
shanivaara = Saturday
shanaiH = slowly
shankaa = doubt// saMkA * = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight
shankhaM = conchshell
shankhaaH = conchshells
shankhaan.h = conchshells
shankhau = conchshells
s'anakais* = ind. (dimin. of {zanais}) quietly, softly, gently, by degrees, in every case that arises, with
alternations, alternately RV. &c. &c.
s'anna* = mfn. fallen, decayed, withered &c. ({-mala} mfn. Nir. xi, 8); n. offal (see {haviSya-z-}).
s'anaistarAm* = ind. more (or very) quietly, softly &c. AitBr. Âs'vS'r.
sha.nkara = Shankara
sha.nkaa = fear
s'añk * = zaGk = cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. iv, 12) {sa4G kate} (ep. also P.; aor. 2. sg. {azaGkIs}, {azaGkiSTa},
{zaGkiSThAs}, {zaGkithAs} MBh. &c. inf. {zaGkitum} ib.; ind. p.; {-zaGkya} ib.; Gr. also pf. {zazaGke}
fut. {zaGkitA}, {zaGkiSyate}), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (abl.), fear, dread, suspect,
distrust (acc.) Br. MBh.; to be in doubt or un certain about (acc.), hesitate MBh. Kâv. &c.; to think
probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two acc.), suppose to be ({zaGke}, `" l think "', I suppose "', `"
it seems to me "') ib.; (in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a doubt or objection: Pass.
{zaGkyate} (aor. {azaGki}), to be feared or doubted &c.: Caus. {zaGkayati}, to cause to fear or doubt,
render anxious about (loc.) Mâlav.
s'añkita* = mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl. gen., or comp.), anxious
about (loc. or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; assuming, supposing Râjat.; feared, apprehended R.
S'ântis'.; doubted, doubtful, uncertain Mn. Mriicch. &c.; weak, unsteady W.
s'añkin * =mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, suspicious, distrustful as (comp. e.g.
{kAka-s-}, `" distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Kathâs.; assuming, supposing, suspecting, imagining Ragh.
Hit.; full of apprehension or danger Pañcat.
s'añkya* = mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impers.; superl. {-tama}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be
assumed or expected or anticipated Das'. Râjat.
s'añkila * = m. (prob. w.r. for {zankhila}; cf. {zaGkha}) a conch-shell suspended on the ear of an elephant
L.
sha.nsa = praise
s'apa * =m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g.
{azvA7di}.
s'ataghnI * = f. (cf. {-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a missile, supposed by some to be a
sort of fire-arms or rocket, but described by the Comm. on the Mahâbhârata as a stone or cylindrical
piece of wood studded with iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a deadly disease of the throat Sus'r.
S'ârngS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia Glabra L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of S'iva (m.) MW.; {-pAza-
zakti-mat} mfn. having a S'ata-ghnî and a noose and a spear MBh. xiii, 17, 134 (but {zata-ghnI} may also
be, separate).
saMyuga * = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf.
Naigh. ii, 17); %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh.;
%{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.
shara = Arrow
sharaNa = Refuge
sharaNaM = resort/surrender
sharaNaarthii = Refugee
sharaNyau = the refuge, people who are worthy of giving asylum, protection to
sharad.h = autumn
s'ariira = body (neut) * = n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. {A}; either fr. {zri} and orig. = `" suport or supporter "'
cf. 2. {zaraNa} and Mn. i, 7; or accord. to others, fr. {zRR}, and orig. = `" that which is easily destroyed or
dissolved "') the body, bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones) RV. &c. &c.; any solid body
(opp. to {udaka} &c.) MBh. VarBriS. Pañcat.; one's body i.e. one's own person Mn. xi, 229; bodily
strength MW.; a dead body ib.
s'aariira * =mf({I})n. (fr. {zarIra}) bodily, corporeal, relating or belonging to or being in or produced
from or connected with the body (with {daNDa} m. corporal punishment) S'Br. &c. &c.; made of bone
Sus'r.; n. bodily constitution MBh. VarBriS.; (in med.) the science of the body and its parts, anatomy
Sus'r. Car.; the feces, excrement Mn. xi, 202; the embodied soul or spirit W.; = {vRSa} (?) L.
shariiraM = body
shariiraaNi = bodies
s'araja * = mfn. born in a clump of reeds Pân. 6-3, 16; m. = {-janman} L.; n. produced from sour cream "',
butter L
s'araNa * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1057, col. 1) one of the arrows of Kâma-dev Cat.; n. falling asunder,
bursting, falling in Vop.; killing, slaying L.; what slays or injures MW. \\2 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}; for 1.
see p. 1056) protecting, guarding, defending RV. AV.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a poet Gît. (cf.
{-deva}); of a king Buddh.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of various plants &c. (prob. w.r. for {saraNA}, {-NI} q.v.); n.
(Ifc f. {A}), shelter, place of shelter or refuge or rest, hut, house, habitation, abode, lair (of an animal),
home, asylum RV. &c. &c.; refuge, protection, refuge with ({zaraNaM} {gam} or {yA} or {i} &c., `" to go
to any one for protection, seek refuge with "' [acc. or gen.]; often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; water L.; (with
{indrasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.2.
s'araNi * = 1 f. (for 2. see under 2. {zaraNa}) refractoriness, obstinacy RV. AV. (others `" hurt, injury,
offence "').
sharma = grace
s'arva * = m. (fr. {zu4ru}) N. of a god who kills people with arrows (mentioned together with Bhava and
other names of Rudra-S'iva); N. of the god S'iva (often in the later language; esp. in the form
Kshitimûrti; du. S'arva and S'arvâni cf. Vâm. v, 2, 21) AV. &c. &c.; of one of the 11 Rudras VP.; of Vishnu
MW.; of a son of Dhanusha VP.; of a poet Sadukt.; pl. N. of a people MârkP. (w.r. {sarva}); ({A}) f. N. of
Umâ BhP.
s'asta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under %{zas}) recited repeated RV. ; praised , commended , approved MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; auspicious (cf. %{a4-z-}) AV. Ra1jat. ; beautiful R. ; happy , fortunate Katha1s. ; n. praise ,
eulogy RV. ; happiness , excellence W.\\ 2 zasta 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 1044 , col. 1) cut down ,
slaughtered , killed MBh. iii , 1638.
s'a4stra * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or
wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be
of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'astra * = (see also saastra) 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited
either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii
and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting,
recitation S'ânkhBr
s'ata* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or
{eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred + twenty, 120;
{zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-
trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM},
{trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred, exceeding 100 "'; the counted object
is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam
pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely
{zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV.
i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in
comp. of the following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large
number (in comp. as {zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat.
{centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'atha* mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob.
w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
shasha = rabbit
shashaanka = moon
shashi = moon
s'as'vat *: mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to
the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly,
always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and again, constantly)
RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no
s'as'vata4*: mf({I})n. (fr. {zazvat}) eternal, constant, perpetual, all ({zA4zvatIbhyaH sa4mAbhyaH},
{zAzvatIH samAH}, or {zAzvatam}, for evermore, incessantly, eternally) VS. &c. &c.; about to happen,
future MW.; m. N. of S'iva L.; of Vyâsa L.; of a son of S'ruta (and father of Su-dhanvan) VP.; of a poet and
various other writers (esp. of a lexicographer, author of the Aneka7rtha-samuccaya); ({I}) f. the earth L.;
n. continuity, eternity MBh.; heaven, ether W.
shashhTyaa.nsha = A varga. The 60th Harmonic Chart. Used in cases of delineation of twins
s'astra * = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either audibly or
inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as
an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation
S'ânkhBr\\2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or
wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be
of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra * = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction, advice,
good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock
or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority
(applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the
word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively
to whole departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole
body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a
poetical work or poetry in general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic
compositions; {alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general),
scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
shastra = weapon
shastraM = weapon
shastraaNi = weapons
s'astra* = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either audibly or
inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as
an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr
s'astra* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or
wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be
of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction, advice,
good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock
or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority
(applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the
word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively
to whole departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole
body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a
poetical work or poetry in general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic
compositions; {alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general),
scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
s'as'vat * = mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to
the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly,
always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and again, constantly)
RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no
sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly, indeed Br.
s'atha *= mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob.
w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'ata *=n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or
{eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred + twenty, 120;
{zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-
trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM},
{trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred, exceeding 100 "'; the counted object
is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam
pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely
{zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV.
i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in
comp. of the following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large
number (in comp. as {zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat.
{centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'aatha *= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or gown
Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata * = mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble, slender,
emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW. \\2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of
nails, hair &c.) Sus'r. \\3 n. joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright, happy W. \\4 Vriiddhi
form of {zata}, in comp. \\mfn. see 1. {zAta}, p. 1063, col. 3.
s'athha* = * = mf({A})n. false, deceitful, frauduIent, malignant, wicked Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a cheat,
rogue (esp. a false husband or lover, who pretends affection for one female while his heart is fixed on
another; one of the four classes into which husbands are divided) W.; a, fool, blockhead ib.; an idler ib.; a
mediator, umpire L.; the thorn-apple L.; white mustard seed L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a son of
Vasu-deva Hariv. (v.l. {gada} and {suta}); ({I}) f. w.r. for {zaTI} Car.; n. saffron L.; Tabernaemontana
Coronaria L.; steel L.; tin L.
s'athhatva * =n. (Sâh.) roguery, depravity, malice, wickedness ({-tA7caraNa} n. wicked or roguish
conduct MW.)
shaTha = Rogue
shaThaH = deceitful
shata = Hundred
shataM = a hundred
shatashaH = hundreds
shatena = hundred
shataiH = by hundreds
shatru = enemy
shatruH = enemy
shatrun.h = enemies
shatruvat.h = as an enemy
shauchaM = cleanliness
s'auNDa* = mf({A}, or {I})n. (fr. {zuNDA}) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted to drinking MBh. MârkP.;
drunk, intoxicated L.; (ifc.) passionately fond of or devoted to ({-tA} f.) MBh. R. &c.; skilled in, familiar
with BhP.; being the pride of Bâlar. x, 0/1; m. a cock L.; ({A}) f. spirituous liquor (ifc. perhaps w.r. for
{zuNDa}) R.; ({I}) f. long pepper or Piper Chaba Bhpr.; = {kaTabhI} (a tree) L.; a line of clouds L.
shauryaM = heroism
s'auri * =m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.; of
Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for
{sauri}).
shava = cadaver
shaya = Sleep
shayana = a bed
shayanaM = sleep
s'ayana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Pañcar.; n. the act of lying down or sleeping, rest, repose,
sleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (acc. with {bhaj}, {A-} {ruh}, {saM-viz} &c.,
to go to bed or to rest "'; with Caus. of {A-ruh}, `" to take to bed, have sexual intercourse with "' [acc.];
{zayanaM} {zRta} or {-ne sthita} mfn. gone to bed, being in bed) S'Br. &c. &c [1056, 1]; copulation,
sexual intercourse L.; N. of a Sâman L.
s'ayaana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a lizard, chameleon L.
s'aya * = mf({A})n. (fr. 1. {zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case or
sense; see {adhaH-z-}, {kuze-z}, {giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dhâtup. xxiv, 60 (cf. {divA-z-}); a bed,
couch (see {vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard, chameleon L.; the hand
(= {hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBriS. Naish. KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L.
(prob. w.r. for {zapa}); pl. N. of a people MBh.; ({A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. {zayyA}) RV. [Cf.
Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055, 3]
sheshha = remaining
s'esha * m. n. (fr. 2. {ziS}) remainder, that which remains or is left, leavings, residue (pl. `" all the others
"'), surplus, balance, the rest ({zeSe} loc. `" for the rest "', `" in all other cases "'; {zeSe rAtrau}, `" during
the rest of the night "'; {mama zeSam asti}, `" there remains something to happen to me "'); that which
has to be supplied (e.g. any word or words which have been omitted in a sentence; {iti zeSaH}, `" so it
was left to be supplied "', a phrase commonly used by Comm. in supplying any words necessary to
elucidate the text); that which is saved or spared or allowed to escape (nom. with {as}, or {bhU}, `" to be
spared "'; {zeSaM-kR} "', to spare "', `" allow to escape "'; {zeSam avA7p} `" to escape "') Mn. MBh. R. &c.;
remaining (used as an adj. at the end of adj. comp. [f. {A}], cf. {kathA-z-}, {kRtya-z-}) AitBr. &c. &c.;
remaining out of or from, left from (with abl. or loc. e.g. {prayAtebhyo ye zeSAH}, `" the persons left out
of those who had departed "'; but mostly ifc. after a pp. in comp. e.g. {bhukta-zeSa}, `" remaining from a
meal "', `" remnant of food "'; {hata-zeSAH}, `" those left out of the slain "', `" the survivors "' &c.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; end, issue, conclusion, finish, result RV. 77, 15; last, last-mentioned Râjat.; a supplement,
appendix Nir. iii, 13; a keepsake, token of remembrance Das'.; secondary matter, accident KâtyS'r. Sch.;
death, destruction W.; m. N. of a celebrated mythological thousand-headed serpent regarded as the
emblem of eternity (whence he is also called An-anta "', the infinite "'; in the Vishnu-Purâna he and the
serpents Vâsuki and Takshaka are described as sons of Kadru, but in one place S'esha alone is called king
of the Nâgas or snakes inhabiting Pâtâla, while elsewhere Vâsuki also is described as king of the Nagas
and Takshaka of the serpents; the thousand headed S'esha is sometimes represented as forming the
couch and canopy of Vishnu whilst sleeping during the intervals of creation, sometimes as supporting
the seven Pâtâlas with the seven regions above them and therefore the entire world [1089, 1]; he is said
to have taught astronomy to Garga; according to some legends he became incarnate in Bala-râma q.v.)
MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (RTL. 105; 112; 232 n. r); N. of one of the Prajâ-patis R. VP.; of a Muni MW.; (also
with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zAstrin} &c.) of various authors (cf. below); of one of the mythical elephants
that support the earth L.; a kind of metre L.; ({A}) f. pl. the remains of flowers or other offerings made to
an idol and afterwards distributed amongst the worshippers and attendants (sg. `" a garden made of the
remains of flowers "') MBh. R. &c.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. see above.
s'eshavat* = mfn. left alive, spared MBh.; characterized by an effect or result (sometimes applied in logic
to {a posteriori} reasoning) Nyâyas.
setu mfn. (fr. 1. %{si}) binding , who or what binds or fetters RV. ; m. a bond , fetter ib. ; a ridge of
earth , mound , bank , causeway , dike , dam , bridge , any raised piece of ground separating fields
(serving as a boundary or as a passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c. ; Ra1ma's bridge (see
%{setubandha}) BhP. ; a landmark , boundary , limit (also fig. = `" barrier , bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; a
help to the understanding of a text , an explanatory commentary (also N. of various commentaries) Cat. ;
an established institution , fixed rule MW. ; the Pran2ava or sacred syllable Om (which is said to be
%{mantrANAM@setuH}) Ka1lP. ; Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= %{varaNa} , %{varuNa}) L. ;
N. of a son of Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv. ; of a son of Babhru Pur. ; of a place MW.
sevA *= f. going or resorting to, visiting, frequenting Ca1n2. Subh.; service, attendance on (loc. gen., or
comp.; %{sevAM-kR}, with gen., `" to be in the service of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; worship, homage, reverence,
devotion to (gen. or comp.) ib.; sexual intercourse with (comp.) Hit. Subh.; addiction to, indulgence in,
practice or employment or frequent enjoyment of (comp.) Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.
sevana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of frequenting or visiting or dwelling in or resorting to (comp.)
Ka1v. Pan5cat. BhP. ; waiting upon , attendance , service Mn. MBh. &c. ; honouring , reverence , worship ,
adoration (also %{A} f.) Ka1v. VarBr2S. &c. ; sexual enjoyment , intercourse with (comp.) Mn. xi , 178 ;
devotion or addiction to , fondness for , indulgence in , practise or employment of (gen. or comp.) Mn. R.
&c\\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) the act of sewing , darning , stitching Sus3r. Vop. A1pS3r. Sch. ; a sack L. ;
(%{I}) f. a needle L. ; a seam L. ; a suture or peculiar , seam-like union of parts of the body (seven in
number , viz. five of the cranium , one of the tongue , and one of the glans penis) Br. Sus3r. ; (%{I}) f. a
kind of small jasmine L.
shevadhi* = m. (L. also n.) `" treasure-receptacle "', wealth, treasure, jewel RV. &c. &c.; treasury, an
inexhaustible quantity (of good or evil) Sinha7s.; one of the nine treasures of Kubera MW.; {-pA4} mfn.
guarding treasure RV.
shii = to sleep
s'ii4la * = n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) habit, custom, usage, natural or acquired way of living
or acting, practice, conduct, disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `" habituated "' or `"
accustomed "' or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. {guNa-}, {dAna-}, {puNya-z-} &c.)
VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character, moral conduct, integrity, morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.;
cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists {zIla} "', moral conduct "', is one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pâramitâs
[q.v.] and is threefold, viz. {sambhAra}, {kuzala-saMgrAha}, {sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral
precept (with Buddh. there are 5 fundamental precepts or rules of moral conduct cf. {paJca-zIla}) MWB.
126; form, shape, beauty W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. {zI}) L.; N. of a man Buddh.; of a
king Râjat.; ({A}) f. see below.
s'iilaa * = f. N. of the wife of Kaundinya Vâs., Introd.; (also {-bhaTTArikA}) N. of a poetess S'ârngP. Cat.
shiighraM = immediately
shiita = cold
s'ilpa * = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Katha1s. BhP. ; any manual art or craft, any handicraft
or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called %{bAhya-kalA}, `" external or
practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery, acting, dancing, music,
medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185] ; and 64 %{abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing,
and various other arts of coquetry) S3a1n3khBr. Mn. MBh. &c. ; skill in any art or craft or work of art,
ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; any act or work (also m.) BhP. ; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite
(also m.) MW. ; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. %{su-zilpa}) ; a partic. kind of S3astra or hymn (of a highly
artificial character, recited on the 6th day of the Pr2isht2hya Shad2-aha, at the Vis3vajit &c.) Br. S3rS. ; a
kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L. ; (du. with %{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; m. N. of a
teacher S3Br. ; (%{A}) f. a barber's shop L. ; (%{I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat. ; (%{zilpa4}) mfn.
s'ita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1071, col. 2) satisfied, regaled RV. viii, 23, 13.
s'ita* = 2 mfn. (for 1. and 4. see under %{zi} and %{zo}) w.r. for %{sita}, `" bright-coloured, white. "'\\3
m. N. of a son of Vis3va1mitra MBh.\\mf(%{A4})n. (fr. %{zyai}; cf. %{zIna}) cold, cool, chilly, frigid
(with ind. p. of %{kR} either %{zItaM@kRtya}, or %{kRtvA} g. %{sA7kSA7di}) RV. &c. &c.; dull,
apathetic, sluggish, indolent L.; boiled (= %{kvathita}; %{zIta} prob. w.r. for %{zRta}) L.; m. Calamus
Rotang L.; Cordia Myxa and Latifolia L.; Azadirachta Indica L.; = %{asana-parNI} and %{parpaTA} L.;
camphor L.; (%{A}) f. spirituous liquor L.; a kind of Du1rva1 grass L.; another kind of grass (=
%{zilpikA}) L.; often w.r. for %{sItA} (q.v.); n. cold, coldness, cold weather L.; cold water L.; Cassia bark
L.\\4 mfn. (for 1. &c. see p. 1069, col. 3) whetted, sharp RV. &c. &c.; thin, slender, weak, feeble L.\\see p.
1077, col. 3.
shiitala = cool
shiirsha = head
shiirshha = head
s'iila = charactern. (and m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A}) habit , custom , usage , natural or acquired
way of living or acting , practice , conduct , disposition , tendency , character , nature (often ifc. = `"
habituated "' or `" accustomed "' or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "' , `" practising "' ; cf. %{guNa-} ,
%{dAna-} , %{puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character , moral conduct , integrity ,
morality , piety , virtue Mn. MBh. &c. ; cf. IW. 208 ; (with Buddhists %{zIla} "' , moral conduct "' , is one
of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pa1ramita1s [q.v.] and is threefold , viz. %{sambhAra} , %{kuzala-
saMgrAha} , %{sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106) ; a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5
fundamental precepts or rules of moral conduct cf. %{paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126 ; form , shape , beauty W. ;
m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. %{zI}) L. ; N. of a man Buddh. ; of a king Ra1jat. ; (%{A}) f. see
below.
shiilaM = chastity
s'ilpa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Kathâs. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft
or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called {bAhya-kalA}, `" external or practical
arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery, acting, dancing, music,
medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64 {abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and
various other arts of coquetry) S'ânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in any art or craft or work of art, ingenuity,
contrivance MBh. Kâv. &c.; any act or work (also m.) BhP.; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.;
form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. {su-zilpa}); a partic. kind of S'astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character,
recited on the 6th day of the Priishthhya Shad-aha, at the Vis'vajit &c.) Br. S'rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle
(?) L.; (du. with {jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S'Br.; ({A}) f. a barber's
shop L.; ({I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; ({zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ila * = 1 m. (L. also n.; for 2. see col. 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or ears of corn (accord. to Kull. on
Mn. x, 112 {zila} = {aneka-dhAnyo7nnayana} i.e. `" gleaning more than one ear of corn at a time "', opp.
s'ilaa4 * = f. (perhaps connected with 1. {zi}) a stone, rock, crag AV. &c. &c.; red arsenic Sus'r.; camphor
L.; the lower mill-stone L.; the lower timber of a door L.; the top of the pillar supporting a house L.; a
vein, tendon (for {zira} q.v.) L. [1073, 2]; N. of a river R.; of a woman Cat.
shila = rock
shilpin.h = sculptor
s'ikha* = m. N. of a serpent-demon (mentioned together with {anu-zikha} q.v.) PañcavBr.; ({A}) f. see
below; ({I}) f. a kind of magic DivyA7v.; N. of a river VP.
s'ikhaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation; prob. connected with 1. {zi}, `" to sharpen "') a tuft or lock of hair on
the crown of the head, a crest, topknot, plume S'Br. &c. &c.; a peacock's crest or comb MBh. Hariv. &c.; a
pointed flame, any flame ib.; a ray of light Kum. Kathâs.; a sharp end, point, spike, peak, summit,
pinnacle, projection, end or point (in general) MaitrUp. Kâv. VarBriS.; the end or point or border of a
garment S'ak.; the point or tip of the foot L.; the nipple L.; a branch which takes root, any branch L.; a
fibrous root, any root L.; the plant Jussiaea Repens L.; the head or chief or best of a class L.; the fever or
excitement of love L.; a partic. part of a verse or formula (the crest of the verse compared to a king)
RâmatUp. [1070, 3]; = {zikha-vRddhi} Gaut.; N. of various metres Col.; of a river (prob. w.r. for {zikhI})
VP.
shikhi.n = peacock
shikshaNaM = of teaching
shiraH = head
shiras.h = head
shishhTatva = wisdom
shishhya = student
shishhyaH = disciple
shishhyaan.h = desciples
shishhyeNa = disciple
shishhyaiH = disciples
s'is'upaala * = m. `" child-protector "'N. of the king of the Cedis inhabiting a country in central India,
probably the same as Bundelkhand (see {cedi}; he was son of Dama-ghosha, and is also called Sunîtha;
his impiety in opposing the worship of Kriishna is described in the Sabhâ-parvan of the Mahâ-bhârata;
when Yudhi-shthira was about to perform a Râjasûya sacrifice, numerous princes attended, and
Bhishma proposed that especial honour should be paid to Kriishna, who was also present, but S'is'u-pâla
objected, and after denouncing Kriishna as a contemptible person challenged him to fight, whereupon
Kriishna struck off his head with his discus; the Vishnu-Purâna identifies this impious monarch with the
demons Hiranya-kas'ipu and Râvana; his death forms the subject of Mâgha's celebrated poem called
S'is'upâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSU} S'is'pâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSUdana}
m. destroyer of S'isu-pâlaN. of Kriishna L.; {-vadha} m. `" slaying of S'ñS'isu "'N. of a poem by Mâgha
(q.v.) on the above subject; {-vadha-parvan} n. N. of a ch. of the Mahâ-bhârata (ii, 1418-1627) on the
same subject; {-ziraz-chettR} (Pañcar.) and {-han} (W.) m. N. of Kriishna.
s'is'u * = m. (fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as a calf, puppy &c.; also applied
to young plants, and to the recently risen sun; often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight years of age W.; a
lad under sixteen ib.; a pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. {kumAra}); of a descendant of
Angiras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of a son of Sârana VP.; of a king Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.
s'is'unaaga* = m. a young snake R.; a young elephant MW.; a kind of Râkshasa or demon ib.; N. of a king
of Magadha (pl. his descendants) BhP. VP. (v.l. {-nAka}).
s'iva = the destroyer * mf({A4})n. (according to Un. i, 153, fr. 1. {zI}, `" in whom all things lie "'; perhaps
connected with {zvi} cf. {zavas}, {zizvi}) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind,
benevolent, friendly, dear ({a4m} ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. &c. &c.; happy, fortunate BhP.; m. happiness,
welfare (cf. n.) R. v, 56, 36; liberation, final emancipation L.; `" The Auspicious one "'N. of the
disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindû Trimûrti
or Triad, the other two being Brahmâ `" the creator "' and Vishnu `" the preserver "'; in the Veda the only
N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra `" the terrible god "', but in later times it became usual to give that
god the euphemistic N. S'iva `" the auspicious "' [just as the Furies were called $ `" the gracious ones "'],
and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution; in fact the preferential
worship of S'iva as developed in the Purânas and Epic poems led to his being identified with the
Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called S'aivas]; in his character of destroyer he is
sometimes called Kâla `" black "', and is then also identified with Time "', although his active destroying
function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name Kâlî, whose formidable character makes
her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices; as presiding over reproduction consequent on
destruction S'iva's symbol is the Linga [q.v.] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over
India at the present day; again one of his representations is as Ardha-nârî, `" half-female "', the other
half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle [RTL. 85]; he has three eyes, one of
which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past,
present, and future, while a mooñs crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by
months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other
serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation
of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;
on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his
head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream; his throat is dark-blue from
the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him
on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality; he holds a
{tri-zUla}, or three-pronged trident [also called Pinâka] in his hand to denote, as some think, his
combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator; he also carries a kind of
drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called Damaru: his attendants or servants are called Pramatha [qq.vv.];
they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops
called Ganas; his wife Durgâ [otherwise called Kâlî, Pârvatî, Umâ, Gaurî, Bhavânî &c.] is the chief object
of worship with the S'âktas and Tântrikas, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see {tANDava}]
and wine-drinking [1074, 2]; he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god
of love (Kâma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame
him with passion for Pârvatî whilst he was engaged in severe penance; in the exercise of his function of
Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including Brahmâ and
Vishnu, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the
use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the Rudra7ksha berries originated, it is said, from the
legend that S'iva, on his way to destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage which
became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is Kailâsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks
of the Hima7laya; he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishnu, though Vîra-bhadra and the eight
Bhairavas and Khando-bâ &c. [RTL. 266] are sometimes regarded as forms of him; he is especially
worshipped at Benares and has even more names than Vishnu, one thousand and eight being specified in
the 69th chapter of the S'iva-Purâna and in the 17th chapter of the Anus'âsana-parvan of the
Maha-bhârata, some of the most common being Mahâ-deva, S'ambhu, S'ankara, Îs'a, Îs'vara,
Mahe7s'vara, Hara; his sons are Gane7s'a and Kârttikeya) Âs'vS'r. MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL. 73; a kind of
second Siva (with S'aivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of perfection or emancipation MBh.
Sarvad.; {ziva-liGga} L.; any god L.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally {zivA} f. q.v.); sacred writings
L.; (in astron.) N. of the sixth month; a post for cows (to which they are tied or for them to rub against)
L.; bdellium L.; the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum L.; Marsilia Dentata L.; a kind of thorn-apple or
= {puNDarIka} (the tree) L.; quicksilver L. (cf. {ziva-bIja}); a partic. auspicious constellation L.; a demon
who inflicts diseases Hariv.; = {zukra} m. {kAla} m. {vasu} m. L.; the swift antelope L.; rum, spirit
distilled from molasses L.; buttermilk L.; a ruby L.; a peg L.; time L.; N. of a son of Medha7tithi MârkP.;
of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a prince and various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {bhaTTa}, {paNDita},
{yajvan}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a fraudulent person Kathâs.; (du.) the god S'iva and his wife Kir. v, 40
Pracand. i, 20 (cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1); pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur.; of a class of
Brâhmans who have attained a partic. degree of perfection like that of S'iva MBh.; ({A}) f. S'iva's wife
(also {zivI}) see {zivA} below; ({am}) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ({Aya}, {e4na} or {e4bhis}, `"
auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily "'; {zivAya gamyatAm}, `" a prosperous journey to you! "') RV.
&c. &c.; final emancipation L.; water L.; rock-salt L.; sea-salt L.; a kind of borax L.; iron L.; myrobolan L.;
Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; sandal L.; N. of a Purâna (= {ziva-purANa} or {zaiva}) Cat.; of the house
in which the Pândavas were to be burnt MârkP.; of a Varsha in Plaksha-dvîpa and in Jambu-dvîpa Pur.
s'ivaa * =. the energy of S'iva personified as his wife (known as Durgâ, Pârvatî &c.) Inscr. Kâv. Kathâs.
Pur.; final emancipation (= {mukti}) Pur.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally regarded as an animal
of bad omen) GriS. Baudh. MBh. &c. [1076, 1]; N. of various plants (accord. to L. `" Prosopis Spicigera or
Mimosa Suma; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina, Emblica Offcinalis; Jasminum Auriculatum; turmeric;
Dûrvâ grass &c. "'); the root of Piper longum L.; a kind of yellow pigment (= {-go-rocanA}) L.; a kind of
metre L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Anila MBh.; of the wife of Angiras ib.; of a
Brâhman woman ib.; of the mother of Nemi (the 22nd Arhat of the present Avasarpini) L.; of the mother
of Rudra-bhaththa Cat.; of a river MBh. Hariv. (In the following comp. not always, distinguishable from
{ziva} m. or n.)
shobha * mfn. (fr. {zubh}) bright, brilliant, handsome W.; m. N. of a man Râjat.; (pl.) of a class of gods
L.; of a class of heretics L.; lustre (in comp. for {zobhA} q.v.)
s'obhA * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) splendour, brilliance, lustre, beauty, grace, loveliness ({kA zobhA} with loc., `"
what beauty is there [in that] "' i.e. `" it has no beauty "'; {zobhAM na-kR}, `" to look bad or ugly "'; ifc.
often = `" splendid "', `" excellent "' e.g. {zaurya-zobhA}, `" splendid heroism "'; {karma-zobhA}, `" a
masterpiece "') TS. &c. &c.; distinguished merit W.; colour, hue VarBriS. Mudr.; wish, desire L.; a kind of
metre Col.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.
s'obhana * = mf({A} or {I})n. brilliant, splendid, beautiful (at end of comp. = `" beautiful by reason of "')
S'Br. Kaus'. MBh. &c.; excellent, glorious, magnificent, distinguished in or by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; (ifc.) superior to, better than BhP. propitious, auspicious VarBriS. Râjat.; virtuous, moral (see
comp.); correct, right Sarvad.; m. N. of Agni at the S'ungâ-karman Griihyâs.; of S'iva MBh.; a burnt
offering for auspicious results W.; the fifth of the astron. Yogas. L.; a planet L.; the eleventh year of
Jupiter's cycle MW.; ({A}) f. a beautiful woman (often in voc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; turmeric L.; the yellow
pigment Go-rocanâ L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.; ({am}) n. the act of adorning,
causing to look beautiful MW.; an ornament (see {karNa-z-}); anything propitious or auspicious,
welfare, prosperity R. Pur.; moral good, virtue ib. brilliance MW.; a lotus L.; tin L.; (with {kazyapasya})
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
shobheta = shine
s'ochituM = to lament
s' ocana* =mfn. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150; n. (L.) and (%{A}) f. (Ha1sy.) grief, sorrow.
s' ocanIya* = mfn. lamentable, deplorable (n. impers. `" it should be lamented "') Ka1lid. Ra1jat.
s' ocayat* =mf(%{antI})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burn or causing to grieve; (%{zoca4yantI}) f. pl. `"
inflaming "', `" afflicting "'N. of the Apsarases of the Gandharva Ka1ma TBr.
shodashaa.nsha = A Varga. The 16th Harmonic Chart. Used for deeper delineation of Fourth House
matters
shodhana = purification
s'oka: sorrow mfn. ( {zuc}) burning, hot AV.; ({zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV. S'Br.;
sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a
son of Death or of Drona and Abhimati) Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
shokaM = lamentation
s'osha* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.; m. the
act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also personified as an evil
demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît. Sch.;
Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry, draining, suction
MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'raama * = m. a temporary shed (= {maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for {zrama} R.
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil, exercise, effort
either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious
exercises and austerity; {zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble bestowed on
(loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096, 2]; N. of a son of Âpa Hariv.; of a son of
Vasu-deva BhP.
s'aalva * =m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `" relating to the
S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies of Vishnu; cf.
{zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the fruit of the S'âlva
plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aya =* mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case or
sense; see %{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60 (cf. %{divA-z-});
a bed, couch (see %{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard, chameleon L.;
the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse,
imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa}); pl. N. of a people MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf.
%{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3] //2 mfn. (fr. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding (see
%{kaGka-z-}).
s'loka* = m. (prob. connected with 1. {zru} R. i, 2, 33 gives a fanciful derivation fr. {zoka}, `" sorrow "',
the first {zloka} having been composed by Vâlmîki grieved at seeing a bird killed) sound, noise (as of the
wheels of a carriage or the grinding of stones &c.) RV.; a call or voice (of the gods) ib.; fame renown,
glory, praise, hymn of praise ib. AV. TS. Br. BhP.; a proverb, maxim MW.; a stanza, (esp.) a partic. kind of
common epic metre (also called Anu-shthubh q.v.; consisting of 4 Pâdas or quarter verses of 8 syllables
each, or 2 lines of 16 syllables each, each line allowing great liberty except in the 5th, 13th, 14th and 15th
syllables which should be unchangeable as in the following scheme, 8. 1. 8-8., the dots denoting either
long or short; but the 6th and 7th syllables should be long; or if the 6th is short the 7th should be short
also) S'Br. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'mas'aa*= f. (prob. connected with {azman}) the elevated ridge or edge of a trench or ditch or channel
for water or of a vessel RV. x, 105, 1 (but in S'Br. the m. pl. {zmazA4H} is said to mean those deceased
ancestors who consume or eat the oblations [?], and a comp. {zmazA7nna4} is formed to explain
{zmazAna})
s'mas'aana* = n. (accord. to Kir. iii, 5 for {zmazayana} above; but prob. for {azma-zayana}) an elevated
place for burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery or burial-place for the bones of cremated corpses
AV. &c. &c.; an oblation to deceased ancestors (= {pitR-medha} see above) PârGri. KâtyS'r. Sch.; =
{brahma-randhra}.
s'oka* = mfn. ( %{zuc}) burning, hot AV.; (%{zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. %{A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV. S3Br.;
sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a
son of Death or of Dron2a and Abhimati) Pur.; (%{I}) f. see below
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil, exercise,
effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily mortification,
religious exercises and austerity; %{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble
bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096,2]; N. of a son of A1pa Hariv.; of
a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'raava* m. hearing, listening MW.; N. of a son of Yuvanâs'va (and father of S'râvastaka) MBh.
s'raddhAlu * = mfn. disposed to believe or trust, faithful, trustful S'ank. BhP.; (ifc.) vehemently longing
for Râjat.; f. a pregnant woman who longs for anything L.
s'raaddha-kara * = and m. one who performs a S'râddha or offers an oblation to the Pitriis W.
shraddhaH = faith
shraddhaa = faith
shraddhaaM = faith
s'ramaNa*= mf({A} or {I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring, (esp.) following a toilsome or
menial business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked L.; m. one who performs acts of mortification or austerity,
an ascetic, monk, devotee, religious mendicant S'Br. &c. &c.; a Buddhist monk or mendicant (also applied
to Buddha himself cf. MWB. 23 &c.; also applied to a Jain ascetic now commonly called Yati) MBh. R.
&c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; ({A} or {I}), a female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman
L.; ({A}) f. a handsome woman L.; = {zabarI-bhid}, {mAMsI}, {muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion
S'ânkhS'r.
s'rava4 * = 1 mfn. (1. {zru}) sounding VS.; m. hearing ({At}, `" from hearsay "', {e}, with gen., `" within
hearing of "') MBh. Hariv.; the ear VarBriS. Kathâs.; the hypotenuse of a triangle Sûryas.
s'reyas* = mfn. (either compar. of {zrI}, or rather accord. to native authorities of {zrI-mat} or {prazasya};
cf. Gk. $) more splendid or beautiful, &333597[1102, 2] more excellent or distinguished, superior,
preferable, better, better than (with abl. or with {na} see below) RV. &c. &c.; most excellent, best MBh.
iii, 1256; propitious, well disposed to (gen.) ib. i, 3020; auspicious, fortunate, conducive to welfare or
prosperity Kâv. Hit. MârkP.; m. (in astron.) N. of the second Muhûrta; of the third month (accord. to a
partic. reckoning); (with Jainas) N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; ({zreyasI}) f. N. of
various plants (accord. to L. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; Clypea Hernandifolia; Scindapsus Officinalis;
= {rAsnA}, {ambaSThA} and {priyaGgu}) Car. Bhpr. &c.; N. of a deity of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; ({as}) n.
the better state, the better fortune or condition (sometimes used when the subject of a sentence would
seem to require the masc. form) AV. TS. Br. Kaus'.; good (as opp. to `" evil "'), welfare, bliss, fortune,
happiness KathhUp. MBh. &c.; the bliss of final emancipation, felicity (see {zreyaH-parizrAma}, col. 3);
ind. better, rather, rather than (used like {varam} [q.v.] with {na}; e.g. {zreyo mRtaM na jIvitam}, `"
better is death and not life "' or `" rather than life "', or `" death is better than life "') MBh. R. &c.; =
{dharma} L.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'reyasa * n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}). shritaaH = taking
shelter of
s'reyAMsa * = m. N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L. V* process of spiritual well-being
s'reyaskara * =({zre4yas-}) mf({I})n. making better or superior VS.; causing or securing fortune,
conducive to happiness or prosperity, salutary, wholesome Mn. MBh. &c. [1102, 3]; {-tara} mfn. more
efficacious for securing happiness Mn. xii, 84; 86; {-bhASya} n. N. of wk.
s're4yas-kAma * =mf({A})n. desirous of welfare or prosperity MBh. BhP.; {-tA} f. desirous of causing
happiness or rendering happy MBh.
s'reyasa * =n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}).
shreyaH = good
shreshhTha = best
shriiH = wealth
shrigaalaH = fox
s'riNvataH = hearing
s'riNvan.h = hearing
s'rita* = mfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or situated in or on, contained in,
connected with (loc. acc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; one who has gone or resorted to (acc.) Râjat. Kathâs.
BhP.; having attained or fallen or got into any condition (acc. or comp.; cf. {kaSTa-zr-}) ib.; having
assumed (a form) Kathâs.; gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought, occupied (as a place) Kâv.
Kathâs.; taken, chosen Râjat.; served, honoured, worshipped W.; subservient, subordinate, auxiliary
MW.
s'ru* = 1 cl. 5. P. (Dha1tup. xxii , 44) %{zRNo4ti} (Ved. and ep. also A1. %{zRNute} , and in RV. 3. sg.
%{zRNve4} , 2. sg. %{-viSe4} , 3. pl. %{-vire4} [cf. below] ; Impv. %{zRNu} , %{-NudhI84} and
%{-NuhI84} pl. %{zRNutA84} , %{-Nota} and %{-Notana} RV. ; pf. %{zuzrA4va} [once in R. with pass.
sense] , %{zuzruve} [2. sg. %{zuzrotha} , 1. pl. %{zuzruma} , in Up. also %{-mas} ; %{zuzravat} ,
%{zuzrUyA4s} RV. , p. %{zuzruva4s} q.v.] ; aor. Ved. %{a4zravam} , %{a4zrot} , 2. sg. %{zro4Si} ; Subj.
%{zra4vat} , %{-vathaH} ; [?] %{zruvam} TA1r. ; Impv. %{zrudhI84} , %{zro4tu} RV. ; %{azrauSIt} Br.
&c. ; Subj. %{zroSan} Impv. %{zroSantu} RV. [cf. %{zro4SamANa}] ; Prec. %{zrUyA4sam} AV. &c. ; fut.
%{zrotA} MBh. ; %{zroSyati} , %{-te} Br. &c. ; inf. %{zrotum} MBh. &c. ; ind. p. %{zrutvA4} RV. &c. ;
%{-zru4tya} AV. &c. ; %{zrAvam} Gr2S3rS. &c.) , to hear , listen or attend to anything (acc.) , give ear to
any one (acc. or gen.) , hear or learn anything about (acc.) or from (abl. gen. instr. , %{mukhAt} or
%{zakAzAt}) , or that anything is (two acc.) RV. &c. &c. ; to hear (from a teacher) , study , learn S3rS.
MBh. &c. ; to be attentive , be obedient , obey MBh. R. &c.: Pass. %{zrUya4te} (ep. also %{-ti} ; and in RV.
%{zRNve} &c. [cf. above] with pass. meaning ; aor. %{azrAvi} , %{zrAvi}) , to be heard or perceived or
learnt about (acc.) or from (gen. abl. or %{mukhAt} ; in later language often 3. sg. %{zrUyate} impers. `"
it is heard "' , `" one hears or learns or reads in a book "' , = `" it is said "' , `" it is written in (with loc.) "' ;
Impv. %{zrUyatAm} , `" let it be heard "' = `" listen! "') RV. &c. &c. ; to be celebrated or renowned , be
known as , pass for , be called (nom.) RV. [1101,1] ; to be heard or learnt (from a teacher) Pan5cat. ; to be
taught or stated (in a book) Sarvad. ; to be heard i.e. pronounced or employed (as a sound or word)
TPra1t. Sch.: Caus. %{zrAva4yati} (ep. also %{-te} , in RV. also %{zrava4yati} ; aor. %{azuzravi} ,
%{-vuH} RV. ; %{azuzruvat} Br. ; %{azizravat} Gr. ; Pass. %{zrAvyate} see below) , to cause to be heard
or learnt , announce , proclaim , declare RV. &c. &c. ; to cause to hear , inform , instruct , communicate ,
relate , tell (with acc. of thing , and acc. gen. , or dat. of pers. , or with instr. in sense of `" through "') Mn.
MBh. &c.: Pass. of Caus. %{zrAvyate} , to be informed of (acc.) MBh. &c.: Desid. %{zu4zrUSate} (Pa1n2.
1-3 , 57 ; ep. or m. c. also %{-ti} ; Pass. %{zuzrUSyate}) , to wish or like to hear (acc.) , desire to attend or
listen to (dat.) RV. &c. &c. ; to attend upon , serve , obey (acc. , rarely gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. of Desid.
%{zuzrUSayati} , to wait upon , be at the service of (acc.) Kull. on Mn. ii , 243: Desid. of Caus.
%{zizrAvayiSati} or %{zuzrAvayiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{zozrUyate} , %{zozravIti} , %{zozroti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $
, $ = %{zrudhi4} , $ = %{zruta4} &c. ; Lat. &333159[1101 ,1] {cluo} , {in-clutus} ; Slav. {sluti} ; Germ.
{laut} ; Eng. {loud}.]
shthhiv * =or {SThIv} cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xv, 52; xxvi, 4) {SThIvati} or {SThIvyati} (pf. {tiSTheva} Br.;
{tiSTheva} Gr.; aor. {aSThevIt} ib.; fut. {SthevitA}, {SThevtSyati} ib.; inf. {SThevitum} ib.; ind. p.
{SThevitvA} or {SThUtvA} ib.; {-SThIvya} Mn.), to spit, spit out, expectorate, spit upon (loc.) Sus'r.
VarBriS. Kathâs.: Pass. {SThIvyate} (aor. {aSThevi}) Gr.: Caus. {SThevayati} (aor. {aTiSThivat} or
{atiSThivat}) ib.; Desid. {TiSTheviSati} or {tiSTheviSati}; {TuSThyUSati} or {tuSThyUSati}) ib.: Intens.
{teSThIvyate} or {teSThIvyate} ib. [Cf. Gk., $; &336206[1111, 1] Lat. {spuo}: Lith. {spia4uju}; Goth.
{speiwan}; Germ. {spi7wan}, {speien}; Angl. Sax. {spîwan}; Eng. {spew}.]
shthhIvana * =mfn. spitting frequently, sputtering Car.; n. spitting, ejecting saliva, expectoration,
spitting upon (loc.) PârGri. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; n. saliva, spittle Mn. MBh. &c.
shriiraamacha.ndram.h = rAma
srishTa * = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in %{a-sR-}) Das3.; brought forth
produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.; engrossed by,
intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented, adorned L.; abundant,
much, many L.; ascertained W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.; a musical instrument like a stick
which produces a soft sound L.
s'riyaa * = f. (collateral form of 3. {zrI}) prosperity, happiness (personified as the wife of S'rî-dhara i.e.
Vishnu) Kâv. BhP
s'roNi * =f. (L. also m.; mostly du.; ifc. f. {I} for {zroNI-} see below) the hip and loins, buttocks RV. &c.
&c. [1103, 1]; the thighs or sides of the Vedi or of any square Baudh. S'ulbas.; a road, way L. [Cf. Lat.
{clunis}; Lith. {szlauni4s}.]
shrotraM = ears
shruta = knowledge
shrutaM = heard
shrutavaan.h = knowledgeable
s'ru4ti * = 1 f. hearing, listening ({zrutim abhinIya}, `" feigning to hear "'; {zrutiM vaco 'nugAM-kR}, `"
to listen to a speech "') S'Br. &c. &c.; the ear, organ or power of hearing Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the
diagonal of a tetragon or hypothenuse of a triangle Gol. [1101, 3]; that which is heard or perceived with
the ear, sound, noise &c. RV. AV. Prât. Kathâs. BhP.; an aggregate of sounds (whether forming a word or
any part of a word) TPrât.; rumour, report, news, intelligence, hearsay ({zrutau-sthA}, `" to be known by
hearsay "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; a saying, saw, word MBh. R. BhP.; that which has been heard or
communicated from the beginning, sacred knowledge orally transmitted by the Brâhmans from
generation to generation, the Veda (i.e. sacred eternal sounds or words as eternally heard by certain holy
sages called Riishis, and so differing from {smR4ti} or what is only remembered and handed down in
writing by human authors see Mn. ii, 10; it is properly only applied to the Mantra and Brâhmana portion
of the Vedas, although afterwards extended to the Upanishads and other Vedic works including the
Dars'anas; {iti zruteH}, `" because it is so taught in the Veda, according to a {zruti} or Vedic text "'; pl. `"
sacred texts, the Vedas "', also `" rites prescribed by the Vedas "') AitBr. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. IW. 144; (in
music) a particular division of the octave, a quarter tone or interval (twenty-two of these are
enumerated, four constituting a major tone, three a minor, and two a semitone; they are said to be
personified as nymphs) Yâjñ. S'is'. Pañcar.; a name, title Kâvya7d. ii, 331; learning, scholarship S'ak.
VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {zruta}); = {buddhi} L.; N. of a daughter of Atri and wife of Kardama VP.
s'ru4ti * = 2 f. (cf. {sruti}) course, path (?) RV. ii, 2, 7; x, 111, 3; the constellation, S'ravanâ L.
s'ubha * = mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc, {zubhe} "', fair one! "' in
addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful, good
(applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good (in moral sense),
righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yâjñ. Sch.; eminent, distinguished W.;
learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob.
w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N. of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kathâs.; of a son of
Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura})
MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre, splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma;
white Dûrvâ grass; = {priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ; an assembly of
the gods; a kind of metre; N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ; ({am}) n. anything
bright or beautiful &c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity
Kaus'. Kâv. Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of Cerasus
Puddum L
s'uddha* = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white RV. &c. &c.;
cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to rule
Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine, true, unmixed (opp. to
%{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized) S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete,
entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment) Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable,
unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.; authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp
(as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one
of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.;
of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.;
(%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shvaH = tomorrow
shvashura = father-in-law
shvashuraan.h = fathers-in-law
shvashuuraaH = fathers-in-law
shvasan.h = breathing
shvasiti = breathe
shvaana = Dog
shvaasa = Breath
shhaD.h = six
shhaN.h = six
shhad.h = to sit
shhoDasha = 16
s'ubha = good, auspicious * =zubha mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc,
{zubhe} "', fair one! "' in addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable,
fit, capable, useful, good (applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good
(in moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yâjñ. Sch.; eminent,
distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.;
a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N. of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di})
Kathâs.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} =
{vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre, splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or
Mimosa Suma; white Dûrvâ grass; = {priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ;
an assembly of the gods; a kind of metre; N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ;
({am}) n. anything bright or beautiful &c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss,
welfare, prosperity Kaus'. Kâv. Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.;
the wood of Cerasus Puddum L.
shubrataa = whiteness
shubhra = clean
s'uca = worry, * = mf({A4})n. = {zuci}, pure RV. x, 26, 6; ({A}) f. grief. sorrow BhP.
shuchi = clean
shuchiH = pure
shuchau = in a sanctified
s'uddha = pure * = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white RV. &c.
&c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to
rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine, true, unmixed (opp. to
%{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized) S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete,
entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment) Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable,
unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.; authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp
(as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one
of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.;
of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.;
(%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shuka = parrot
shuktiH = oyster
s'ukra = The planet Venus. The word means Semen or Sexual Secretions* = mf({A4})n. (fr. 1. {zuc} cf.
{zukla}) bright, resplendent RV. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; clear, pure RV. AV. VS. S'Br.; light-coloured, white RV.
AV. S'ânkhBr.; pure, spotless RV. Br.; m. N. of Agni or fire R.; of a month (Jyeshthha = May-June,
personified as the guardian of Kubera's treasure) MBh. Sus'r.; the planet Venus or its regent (regarded as
the son of Bhriigu and preceptor of the Daityas) MBh. R. &c.; clear or pure Soma RV.; (with or scil,
{graha}) a partic. Graha or receptacle for Soma VS. S'Br.; a partic. astrol. Yoga L.; a N. of the Vyâhriitis
({bhUr}, {bhuvaH}, {svar}) MW.; a kind of plant (= {citraka}) ib.; N. of a Marutvat Hariv.; of a son of
Vasishthha VP.; of the third Manu Hariv.; of one of the seven sages under Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a
son of Bhava VP.; of a son of Havir-dhâna (cf. {zukla}) VP.; (with Jainas) of a partic. Kalpa (q.v.); n.
brightness, clearness, light RV. Up. MBh. R.; (also pl.)any clear liquid (as water, Soma &c.) RV. VS.; juice,
the essence of anything Br. S'rS. (also pl.); semen virile, seed of animals (male and female), sperm RV.
&c. &c.; a morbid affection of the iris (change of colour &c. accompanied by imperfect vision; cf. {zukla})
Sus'r. S'ârngS.; a good action L.; gold, wealth L.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; of a Vedic metre RPrât.
s'ukravaara = Friday
shukla = light
s'ulka* = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) price, value, purchase-money RV.; the prize of a contest MBh.; toil, tax, duty,
customs (esp. money levied at ferries, passes, and roads) Gaut. Âpast. Mn. &c.; nuptial gift (orig. a price
given to parents for the purchase of a bride, but in later times bestowed on the wife as her own property
together with the profits of household labour, domestic utensils, ornaments &c.), dower, dowry,
marriage settlement Gaut. Vishn. Mn. &c. (cf. IW. 267); wages of prostitution Kathâs. MârkP.; w.r. for
shu.nThaH = roasted?
sisRkSA* = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.
s'uNTh* = cl. 1. P. {zuNThati}, to limp, be lame Dhâtup. ix, 56 (cf. {zuTh}); to dry, become dry
({zoSaNe}) ib. 60; cl. 10. P. {zuNThayati}, to dry, become dry ({zoSaNe}) ib. xxxii, 103.
s'uNTha* = mf({A})n. (applied to a bull or cow) TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. S'rS. (accord. to Sch. either `" white
coloured "' or `" of small stature or = {AveSTita-karNa}); a kind of grass Gobh. (v.l.); a piece of flesh or
meat L.; ({I}) f. see next.
s'uND* = cl.1. P. {zuNDati}, to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment Dhâtup. ix, 40.
s'uNDaka* = m. a military flute or fife L.; a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors L.; ({ikA}) f. the uvula
(in the throat) L.; swelling of the uvula ({gala-z-}) Vâgbh.
s'uNDAra* = m. the trunk of a young elephant Mcar.; an elephant 60 years old Gal.; a distiller or seller of
spirituous liquor L.
s'uNDika* = m. or n. (prob.) a tavern, dram-shop Pân. 4-3, 76; m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (C.
{maNDika}); ({ikA}) f. see under {zuNDaka}.
s'uNDin* = m. `" possessing spirituous liquor "', a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors
(constituting a partic. mixed caste) Cat.; `" having a proboscis "', an elephant W.
s'uNDI* = f. the swelling or enlargement of any gland (cf. {kaNTha}, and {gala-z-}; the plant
Heliotropium Indicum L.
s'unaka* = m. a young or small dog, any dog MBh.: xiii, 6070 (cf. Un. ii, 32 Sch.); N. of a Riishi MBh.; of
an Ângirasa and disciple of Pathya BhP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Ruru ib.; of a son of Riicîka R.; of a
son of Riita BhP.; of a son of Griitsa-mada Hariv.; of the slayer of Puram-jaya and father of Pradyota
BhP.; = {zaunaka} Cat.; pl. the family or race of S'unaka S'rS. (cf. {zaunaka}); ({I}) f. a bitch L.
s'unya* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zvan}) g. {gav-Adi}; n. and ({A}) f. a number of dogs or female dogs L. \\2 mfn. =
{zUnya}, empty, void L.; n. a cypher L.
s'uunya* = mf({A}) n. empty, void (with {vAjin} = `" a riderless horse "'; with {rAjya} = `" a kingless
kingdom "'), hollow, barren, desolate, deserted Br. &c. &c. [1085,2]; empty i.e. vacant (as a look or stare),
absent, absentminded, having no certain object or aim, distracted MBh. Kâv. &c.; empty i.e. possessing
nothing, wholly destitute MBh. Kathâs.; wholly alone or solitary, having no friends or companions R.
BhP.; void of, free from, destitute of (instr. or comp.), wanting, lacking Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. Sarvad.
non-existent, absent, missing Kâv. Pañcat.; vain, idle, unreal, nonsensical R. Râjat. Sarvad.; void of
results, ineffectual ({a-zUnyaM-kR}, `" to effect "', accomplish "') S'ak. Ratna7v.; free from sensitiveness
or sensation (said of the skin), insensible Bhpr.; bare, naked MW.; guileless, innocent ib.; indifferent ib.;
({A}) f. a hollow reed L.; a barren woman L.; Cactus Indicus = {malI} (for {nalI}?) L.; n. a void, vacuum,
empty or deserted place, desert ({zUnye}, in a lonely place) MBh. R. &c.; (in phil.)vacuity, nonentity,
absolute non-existence (esp. with Buddhists) IW. 83 n. 3; 105, n.4 MWB.7 n. 1; 142; N. of Brahma MW.;
(in arithm.) nought, a cypher VarBriS. Ganit. (cf. IW. 183); space, heaven, atmosphere L.; a partic.
phenomenon in the sky. L.; an earring (see next). [Cf. Gk. $, $; $. &328360[1085,2] $.]
s'us'ruu* = f. (fr. Desid. of 1. %{zru}) `" one who waits on a child "', a mother MBh. xii, 9513 (B.)
s'us'ruushaa * = f. desire or wish to hear Ka1m.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said to
be of five kinds (see %{zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; %{-para} mfn. diligent or
attentive in service Katha1s.
zuzrUSaka * = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a
religious pupil, a hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.
s'ushka* = 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk, withered, sere
RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.; mere, simple (see
{-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman}) Râjat.; n. (and m. g.
{ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.
s'us'ruushaNa* = n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage to (gen. dat. loc., or
comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.
s'us'ruushaa* = f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said to be
of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn. diligent or
attentive in service Kathâs.
s'us'ruushaka* = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a
religious pupil, a hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.
s'us'ulUka-yAtu * = ({-lU4ka-}) m. a demon in the shape of an owlet RV. vii, 104, 22.
shuura = valiant * = mfn. (prob. fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi} and connected with {zavas}, {zuna}, {zUna}) strong,
powerful, valiant, heroic, brave (cf. {-tama} and {-tara}) RV. MBh.; m. a strong or mighty or valiant man,
warrior, champion, hero, one who acts heroically towards, any one (loc.) or with regard to anything (loc.
instr., or comp.; ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; heroism (?, = or w.r. for {zaurya}) Kâv.; a lion L.; a tiger or
panther L.; a boar L.; a dog L.; a cock L.; white rice L.; lentil L.; Arthocarpus Locucha L.; Vatica Robusta
L.; N. of a Yâdava, the father of Vasu-deva and grandfather of Kriishna MBh.; of a Sauviraka ib.; of a son
of Ilina ib.; of a son of Kârtavîrya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vidûratha ib.; of a son of Deva-midhusha ib.; of
a son of Bhajamâna Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî MârkP.; of a poet Cat.; of
various other men Buddh. Râjat.; w.r. for {sUra} L.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. $ in $.]
&328609[1086, 1]
s'uuraNa * mfn. high-spirited, fiery (said of horses) RV. i, 163, 10 (= {vikrama-zIla} Sây.); m. (also
written {sUraNa}) Amorphophallus Campanulatus (the Telinga potato) Hcar. Sus'r.; Bignonia Indica L.
shuuraaH = heroes
shushruushaa = service * zuzrUSaNa * n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage to
(gen. dat. loc., or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.
shushruuSaa * f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said to be
of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn. diligent or
attentive in service Kathâs.
shushruu * mfn. desirous of hearing or learning NriisUp. Bhag. &c.; eager to obey, obedient, attentive,
serving, attending on (gen. or comp.) TBr. &c. &c.
siushka *= 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk, withered, sere
RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.; mere, simple (see
{-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman}) Râjat.; n. (and m. g.
{ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.\\2 Nom. (only mf.
{zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v.
shuunya = zero
shuunyaM = zero
shyati = to sharpen
shyaamala = dark
shyaalaaH = brothers-in-law
siddhaH = perfect
siddhaa.nsha = A Varga. The 24th Harmonic Chart. Also known as Chaturvi.nsha.nsha. Used in
delineating Spiritual Gifts
siddhaanta = thesis
siddhi= success, achievement * = 1 f. driving off, putting aside Yâjñ. \\2 f. (for 1. see p. 1215, col. 1)
accomplishment, performance, fulfilment, complete attainment (of any object), success MBh. Kâv. &c.;
the hitting of a mark (loc.) Kâm.; healing (of a disease), cure by (comp.) Yâjñ.; coming into force, validity
ib.; settlement, payment, liquidation (of a debt) Mn. viii, 47; establishment, substantiation, settlement,
demonstration, proof. indisputable conclusion, result, issue RPrât. Up. Sarvad.; decision, adjudication,
determination (of a lawsuit) W.; solution of a problem ib.; preparation, cooking, maturing, maturity ib.;
readiness W.; prosperity, personal success, fortune, good luck, advantage Mn. MBh. &c.; supreme
felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by penance &c.), final emancipation, perfection L.;
vanishing, making one's self invisible W.; a magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he
likes) ib.; the acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means or the supñsupposed faculty so
acquired (the eight usually enumerated are given in the following S'loka, {aNimA} {laghimA prA7ptiH
prAkAmyam mahimA tathA IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca tathA kAmA7vasAyitA} [1216, 3]; sometimes 26 are
added e.g. {dUra-zravaNa}, {sarvajJa-tva}, {agni-stambha} &c.) Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Sarvad.; any unusual
skill or faculty or capability (often in comp.) Pañcat. Kathâs.; skill in general, dexterity, art Car.; efficacy,
efficiency Kâv. Pañcat.; understanding, intellect W.; becoming clear or intelligible (as sounds or words)
BhP.; (in rhet.) the pointing out in the same person of various good qualities (not usually united) Sâh.;
(prob.) a work of art Râjat. iii, 381; a kind of medicinal root (= {Rddhi} or {vRddhi}) L.; (in music) a
partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Yoga (either the 16th or 19th) Col.; Success or Perfection personified MBh.
VarBriS.; N. of Durgâ Kathâs.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma Pur.; of the wife of Bhaga and
mother of Mahiman BhP.; of a friend of Danu Kathâs.; of one of the wives of Gane7s'a RTL. 215, 2; N. of
S'iva (in this sense m.) MBh.
siddhiM = powers
siddhiH = success
siddhau = in success
sidh.h = to be accomplished
sidhda = accomplished
siisa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) lead (also used as money) VS. &c. &c.; the leaden weight used by
sita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below; for 3. p. 1214, col. 2) bound, tied, fettered RV. &c. &c.; joined with,
accompanied by (instr.) Prab. Râjat. BhP.
sita* = 3 mf({A})n. (prob. formed fr. {a-sita} as {sura} fr. {asura}; for 1. and 2. {sita} see p. 1213, col. 1;
for 4. see 1. {so}) white, pale, bright, light (said of a day in the light half of a month and of the waxing
moon) MBh. Kâv. &c.; candid, pure (see {-karman}); m. white (the colour) L.; the light half of the month
from new to full moon VarBriS.; the planet Venus or its regent (= {zukra}) ib.; sugar ib.; Bauhinia
Candida L.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; ({A}) f. white sugar, refined sugar Sus'r.: Hcat.;
moonlight L.; a handsome woman.; spirituous liquor L.; N. of various plants (a species of Aparâjitâ;
white Kanthakârî; white Dûrvâ grass; Arabian jasmine &c.) Sus'r.; bamboo juice L.; N. of the Ganges (in
{sitA7sitA}, under {sitA}); one of the 8 Devis (Buddh.) Kâlac.; ({am}) n. silver L.; sandal L.; a radish L.
siitaa* = f. (less correctly written {zItA}; cf. {sIma4n}, {sIra}) a furrow, the track or line of a ploughshare
(also personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling Pomona; in RV. iv,
57, 6, Sitâ is invoked as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth; in VS. xii, 69-72, Sitâ, the
Furrow "' is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required to be drawn at the ceremony
when the above stanzas are recited; in TBr. she is called {sAvitrI}, and in PârGri. {indra-patnI}, `" the
wife of Indra "'; in epic poetry SñSitâ is the wife of Râmacandra and daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilâ,
capital of Videha, who was otherwise called Sîradhvaja; she was named Sitâ because fabled to have
sprung from a furrow made by Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted
by him to obtain progeny, whence her epithet Ayoni-jâ, `" not womb-born "'; her other common names,
Maithilî and Vaidehî, are from the place of her birth; according to one legend she was Vedavatî q.v., in
the Kriita age; accord. to others she was an incarnation of Lakshmi and of Umâ; the story of Râma's
bending the bow, which was to be the condition of the gift of Sitâ, is told in R. i, 67; Sîtâ's younger sister
Urmilâ was at the same time given to Lakshmana, and two nieces of Janaka, daughters of his brother
king Kusa-dhvaja, to Bharata and S'atrughna) RV. &c. &c. IW. 335 n. 1; 337 &c.; N. of a form of
Dâkshâyanî Cat.; of a poetess Cat.; of a river MBh. R. &c.; of the eastern branch of the four mythical
branches of the heavenly Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on mount Meru; this
branch is fabled to flow into the Varsha or Dvîpa called Bhadra7va) L.; of an Upanishad Cat.; spirituous
liquor W.
siitaayaaH = sItA's
siivyati = to sew
sikataa = salt
sikta = sprayed
siidantIya* = n. (fr. {sIdantas}, the first word of RV. viii, 21, 5) N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr
siik (zik)* = to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten; to go, move, to besprinkle;t o speak, to
shine
si.nha = lion
sita = Blank
sindhuH = ocean
sHrid.h = friend
ska.ndhau = shoulders
skanda* = m. anything which jumps or hops (in {tRNa-skanda4}, `" grasshopper "'N. of a man) RV.;
spurting, effusing, effusion, spilling, shedding (cf. {a4} and {ghraNa-sk-}); perishing, destruction Gît.;
quick-silver L.; `" Attacker "'N. of Kârttikeya (q.v., son of S'iva or of Agni; he is called god of war as leader
of S'iva's hosts against the enemies of the gods [1256,2]; he is also leader of the demons of illness that
attack children [cf. {-graha}], also god of burglars and thieves; cf. {-putra} and IW. 427 n. 1) MaitrS.
MBh. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh.; a king prince L.; a clever or learned man (cf. {skandha}) L.; the body L.; the
{jA7di} (pl. Sanskârak.)
skandaH = Kartikeya
sma = an indeclinable that changes the sentence to past tense from present tense * = {smA}, (or {Sma},
{SmA}) ind. a particle perhaps originally equivalent to `" ever "', `" always "'; and later to `" indeed "', `"
certainly "', `" verily "', `" surely "' (it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier language generally
follows a similar particle [esp. {ha}, {na}], or relative, or prep. or verb, while in later language it
frequently follows {iti}, {na} and {nA4} [cf. 1. {mA4}]; it is also joined with a pres. tense or pres.
participle to give them a past sense [e.g. {pravizanti sma}, `" they entered "']; this use of {sma} is also
found in the Brâhmanas and is extended to {veda} and {Aha} cf. Vâm. v, 2, 46) RV. &c. &c.
smaara * = m. remembrance, recollection of (comp.) TÂr.; (fr. {smara}) relating or belonging to the god
of love Naish.
smaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment MBh. Bhartri. (v.l.);
arrogance, conceit, pride in or at (comp.) Ragh. Das'. BhP.; Pride (personified as the son of Dharma and
Pushthi), Bhp.
smara * mf({A}) n. remembering, recollecting (see {jAti-smara}); m. (ifc. f. {A}) memory, remembrance,
recollection ChUp. Uttarar.; loving recollection love, (esp.) sexual love AV. &c. &c.; Kâma-deva (god of
love) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; an interpreter or explainer of the Veda (and `" the god of love "') Naish.; the 7th
astrol. mansion VarBriS.
smaran.h = thinking of
smaraami = remember
smaashana = graveyard
smita * = mfn. smiled, smiling MBh. R. &c.; expanded, blown, blossomed S'is'. Pañcat.; n. a smile, gentle
laugh ({-taM-kR}, `" to smile "') MBh. Kâv. &c.
smrita = remembered
smritaM = is considered
smritaH = is considered
smriti = of memory
smritiH = memory
smritii = memory
snaati = to bathe
snaayu = sinew
snaayuvitananaM = sprain
snigdha = affectionate; also oily, greasy * = mfn. sticky, viscous or viscid, glutinous, unctuous, slippery,
smooth MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c. ; glossy, resplendent Ka1lid. ; oily, greasy, fat Sus3r. Subh. ; treated or
cured with oily substances Car. ; adhesive, attached, affectionate, tender, friendly, attached to or fond of
(loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; soft, mild, bland, gentle (%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; lovely, agreeable, charming
Ka1lid. Uttarar. ; thick, dense (as shade) Megh. ; m. a friend L. ; Pinus Longifolia L. ; the red castor-oil
plant L. ; (scil. %{gaNDUSa}) a partic. mode of rinsing the mouth MW. ; (%{A}) f. marrow (= %{medA})
L. ; a partic. root similar to ginger L. ; (%{am}) n. viscidity, thickness, coarseness W. ; bees'-wax L. ; civet
L. ; light, lustre W.
snigdhaaH = fatty
sneha = love * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) oiliness, unctuousness, fattiness, greasiness,
lubricity, viscidity (also as one of the 24 Gunas of the Vais'eshika branch of the Nyâya phil.) Sus'r. Yâjñ.
Tarkas. Sarvad. (IW. 69); oil, grease, fat, any oleaginous substance, an unguent S'ânkhBr. &c. &c.;
smoothness, glossiness VarBriS.; blandness, tenderness, love, attachment to, fondness or affection for
(loc. gen., or comp.), friendship with ({saha}) MaitrUp. MBh. Kâv. &c.; moisture MW.; a fluid of the body
ib.; (pl.) N. of the Vais'yas in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît. Sch.;
Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry, draining, suction
MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'osha* =1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.; m. the
act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also personified as an evil
demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'osh4a* =2 m. (fr. {zU} = {zvi}; cf. {zUSa}) breath, vital energy VS. (Mahîdh
soDhuM = to tolerate
somavaara = Monday
spardha* = mfn. emulous, envious ({-tA} f.) W.; ({A}) f. see below.
spardhaa* = f. emulation, rivalry, envy, competition for or with (instr. with and without {saha} gen. loc.,
or comp.; {-dhayA}, `" in rivalry or emulation "') MBh. R. &c.; desire for (comp.) Bhartri. (v.l.)
sparshanaM = touch
sphathika * = m. crystal, quartz S'vetUp. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. alum (accord. to some also {-kI}) L.;
camphor L.
sphaathika * =mf({A} or {I})n. made of crystal, crystal-line MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. crystal MBh. R..; a kind of
sandal Âs'vGri. Paris'.
spridh* = f. contest, competition, battle, fight RV.; a rival, adversary ib.; m. a rival, enemy BhP.; mfn.
emulous, vying with (comp.) ib.; desirous of ib.
sprihaa = aspiration
spris' = to touch
spris'a * = mfn. touching, reaching to (in {sarvadvAra-sp-}) MBh.; m. touch, contact (in {duH-sp-} q.v.);
({A}) f. a kind of plant ( = {bhujaMga-ghAtinI}) L.; ({I}) f. the prickly nightshade, Solanum Jacquini L.
spris'an.h = touching
spris'tha= * mfn. touched, felt with the hand handled AV. &c. &c.; affected or afflicted or possessed by
(instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; defiled (cf. comp.); (in gram.) formed by complete contact of the organs
of utterance (applied to all consonants except semivowels [called {ISat-spRSTa}, `" formed by slight
contact "'] and except sibilants and {h}, which are called {ardha-spRSTa}, `" formed by half-contact "')
Prât. Siksh.
sphura* = mfn. id. Pañcat.; m. quiver, throb &c. (in {sa-sphura}, `" throbbing "' i.e. `" living "') Bhathth.;
= (and v.l. for) {sphara}, a shield L.
sphuraNa* = mfn. glittering, sparkling VarBriS.; n. the act of trembling, throbbing, vibration, pulsation
(also {A} f.) Dhâtup. L.; quivering or throbbing of parts of the body (as indicating good or bad luck) MW.;
springing or breaking forth, starting into view, expansion, manifestation Sâh. BhP. Sarvad.; flashing,
coruscation, twinkling, glittering Megh. Mâlatîm.
sphurat* = mfn. (pr. p. P.) trembling, shaking &c. (see root and cf. comp.)
sphurita = shining* = mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing &c. Kâv. VarBriS.
Pañcat.; struggling Vâs.; glittered, flashed (n. impers. `" it has been flashed by "') Hariv. Kâlid. BhP.;
broken forth, burst into view, suddenly arisen or appeared Kathâs. Sarvad.; plainly displayed or exhibited
S'is'.; swelled, swollen W.; ({am}) n. a tremulous or convulsive motion, quiver, throb, twitch, tremor,
convulsion Kâlid. Bhartri.; agitation or emotion of mind MW.; flash, gleam, glittering, radiance, shren
MBh. Kathâs.; sudden appearance, coming into being Râjat.
sphuurta* = mfn. (accord. to some) throbbed, throbbing MW.; suddenly risen into remembrance ib.
sphuurti* = f. quivering, throbbing, throb, palpitation, tremor, vibration Bhpr.; breaking forth visibly,
sudden appearance or display, manifestation Kâv. Râjat.; bragging, boasting Pañcad.
sphuurj* = cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. vii, 61) {sphUrjati} (only in pres.; Gr. also pf. {pusphUrja} fut. {sphUrjitA}
&c.), to rumble, roar, thunder, crash Kâv. Kathâs.; to burst forth, be displayed, appear ib. Râjat. Sâh.:
Caus. {sphUrja4yati} (aor. {apusphUrjat}), to crash, crackle AV. AitBr.: Desid. {pusphUrjiSati} Gr.:
Intens. {posphUrjyate}, {posphUrkti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $.] &383822[1271,2]
sphuurja* = m. the crashing sound of thunder, thunder-clap W.; Indra's thunderbolt ib.; sudden
outbreak (cf. {narma-sph-}); N. of a Râkshasa, BhâgP.; a kind of plant (= {sphUrjaka}) L.
sphur* = 1 (cf. {sphar}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 95) {sphura4ti} (m. c. also {-te}; p. {sphurat} and
{sphuramANa} [qq.vv.]; only in pres. base, but see {apa-sphur}; Gr. also pf. {pusphora}, {pusphure}; fut.
{sphuritA}, {sphuriSyati}; aor. {asphorIt}; Prec. {sphUryAt}; inf. {sphuritum}), to spurn RV. AV.; to dart,
bound, rebound, spring RV. MBh. Kâv.; to tremble, throb, quiver, palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the
arm S'ak.), struggle Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to flash, glitter, gleam, glisten, twinkle, sparkle MaitrUp. R. &c.; to
shine, be brilliant or distinguished Râjat. Kathâs. MârkP.; to break forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start
into view, be evident or manifest, become displayed or expanded NriisUp. MBh. &c.; to hurt, destroy
Naigh. ii, 19: Caus. {sphorayati} (aor. {apusphurat} or {apuspharat}), to stretch, draw or bend (a bow)
Bhathth. [1271,1]; to adduce an argument S'ank. Sch.; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively
Pañcad.; {sphurayati}, to fill with (inser.) Lalit.: Desid. {pusphuriSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphuryate},
{posphorti}. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sperno}; Lith. &383704[1271,1] {spi4rti}; Germ. {sporo}, {spor}, {Sporn};
Eng. {spur}, {spurn}.]
sraavaNa* = mfn. causing to flow, shedding ({rudhira-srAvaNaM-kR}, `" to shed any one's blood "')
KâtyS'r. Sus'r. Kull.
sravaNa* = n. streaming, flowing, flowing off (also pl.; cf. {azva-sr-}) R.; premature abortion VarBriS.;
sweat, perspiration L.; urine L.
sravantI* = f. (of {sravat} q.v.) flowing water, a river RV. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. i, 13); a kind of herb L.
sravana * = hearing
s'reNi f. (L. also m. ; according to Un2. iv , 51 , fr. %{zri} ; connected with %{zreTI} above) a line , row ,
range , series , succession , troop , flock , multitude , number RV. &c. &c. ; a swarm (of bees) S3is3. ; a
company of artisans following the same business , a guild or association of traders dealing in the same
articles Mn. MBh. &c. ; a bucket , wateringpot L. ; the fore or upper part of anything L. ; Sanseviera
Roxburghiana L.\\ f. a line , row &c. (= %{zreNi}) Mn. MBh. &c.
sringara = amourous
srij* =1 (cf. 1. 2. {sarj}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 121) {sRja4ti} (Ved. and ep. also {-te}, and once in AV.
{sa4rjati}; pf. {sasarja}, {sasRje4} [2. sg. accord. to Pân. 7-2, 65, {sasarjitha} and {sasraSTha}, in BhP.
once {sasarktha}]; Vedic forms are {sasRjma4he}, {-jrire}, {sasRjyAt}, {asasRgram}; p. {sasRjAna4} q.v.;
{sasRgma4he}; aor. {asrAkSIt}; {a4sRkSi}, {a4sRSTa} [Ved. also {a4sRgram} or {-ran}; {a4sarji};
{asrAk}, {asrAT}; {srAs}; {srakSat}; p. {sRjAna4} q.v.] ib. [1245,2]; fut. {sraSTA} PañcavBr.; {srakSyati},
{-te} Br. &c.; inf. {sraSTum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {sRSTvA} Br.; {-sR4jya} ib. &c.; {-sa4rgam} or {-sa4rjam}
Br.), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at (acc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to cast or let go (a measuring
line) RV.; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause to flow (rain, streams &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to utter (a sound)
Kathâs.; to turn or direct (glances) Kum.; to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly; Â. `" to speed, run,
hasten "' RV.; to release, set free ib. AV. Kaus'.; to open (a door) Kaus'.; to publish, proclaim AitBr.; to
draw out and twist (a thread), twist, wind, spin (lit. and fig.; Â. {sRjyate}, `" for one's self "'; cf. Pat. on
Pân. 3-1, 87 Vârtt. 15, and Dhâtup. xxvi, 69) TS. AV. S'Br. S'rS.; (in older language only Â.) to emit from
one's self i.e. create, procreate, produce, beget RV. &c. &c.; to procure, grant, bestow MBh. R. &c.; to use,
employ Râjat.; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) Mn. viii, 140; to hang on, fasten to
(loc.) MBh. iii, 2218 (perhaps {asRjat}, w.r. for {asajat}; see {saJj}): Pass. {sRjyate} (aor. {a4sarji}), to be
let loose or emitted or created RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {sarjayati}, {-te} (aor. {asasarjat} or {asIsRjat}), to
cause to let loose, let go, create &c. Br. &c.: Desid. {sisRkSati}, {-te}, to wish to send forth or hurl or
throw Hariv.; (Â.) to wish to produce or create Kâthh. BhP.: Intens. {sarIsRjyate}, {sarIsRSTi} &c. Gr.
srij* =2 (ifc.) letting loose, emitting, discharging MBh. Kâv. &c.; producing, creating, begetting (also with
gen.) Inscr. MBh. Râjat.
srijaami* = manifest
srijaana* mfn. let go , poured out , shed , emitted , sent forth , hurled , thrown RV.
srijati* = m. (used as, a substantive to denote the root {sRj}, `" to create "') S'is'.
srijAna* = mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV
srijati
srip (sRp)* = cl. 1 P. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 14) %{sa4rpati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; p. %{sa4rpat} [see s.v.]
and %{sarpamANa}; pf. %{sasarpa} [1. du. %{sasRpiva}] Br.; aor. %{asRpat} AV. Br.; %{asRpta} Br. &c.;
%{asArpsIt}, or %{asrApsIt} Gr.; fut. %{sarptA} or %{sraptA} ib.; %{sarpsyati} Br.; %{srapsyati} ib. &c.;
inf. %{sarpitum} MBh. &c.; %{sarptum} or %{sraptum} Gr.; %{-sR4pas} Br.; ind. p. %{sRptvA} ib.;
%{-sR4pya} AV. &c.; %{-sarpam} Br. &c.), to creep, crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously
(%{sarpata}, `" depart! "' Ra1jat.) RV. &c. &c.; to slip into (acc.) AitBr.; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and
with bended body and hand in hand (esp. from the Sadas to the Bahish-pavama1na) Br. S3rS. ChUp.:
Pass. %{sRpyate} (aor. %{asarpi}), to be crept &c. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{sarpayati} (aor. %{asIsRpat} or
%{asasarpat}, to cause to creep &c. (see %{ava-}, %{anu-pra-}, %{vi-sRp}): Desid. %{si4sRpsati} (see
%{ut-sRp}): Intens. %{sarIsRpyate} (AitA1r.), %{sarIsarpti}, p. %{sarIsRpat} (BhP.), to creep along or
hither and thither, glide about &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &375922[1245,3] %{serpere}; see also %{sarpa}.]
srishhTiH = creation
srishtha* = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in {a-sR-}) Das'.; brought forth
produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.; engrossed by,
intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented, adorned L.; abundant,
much, many L.; ascertained W.; ({A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.; a musical instrument like a stick
which produces a soft sound L.
srishhTii = World
srishhTvaa = creating
s'ruta* = mfn. heard, listened to, heard about or of, taught, mentioned, orally transmitted or
communicated from age to age S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; known, famous, celebrated RV. AV. Br. MBh.;
known as, called (nom. with {iti}) MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a son of Bhagîratha Hariv.; of a son of Kriishna
BhP.; of a son of Su-bhâshana ib.; of a son of Upagu VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Dîrghadanshthra
Kathâs.; ({am}) n. anything heard, that which has been heard (esp. from the beginning), knowledge as
heard by holy men and transmitted from generation to generation, oral tradition or revelation, sacred
knowledge (in the Pur. personified as a child of Dharma and Medhâ), the Veda AV. &c. &c.; the act of
hearing MundUp. Kâv. Kathâs.; learning or teaching, instruction ({zrutaM-kR}, `" to learn "') Âpast.;
memory, remembrance AV. i, 1, 2.
staH = is
stabdhaH = impudent * = mfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped &c.; reaching up to (loe.) S'vetUp. MBh.;
stiff, rigid, immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull ({am} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; solidified (as water) Hariv.;
puffed up, proud, arrogant ChUp. Bhag. &c.; tardy, slack, slow (?) VarBriS.; obstinate, stubborn,
hard-hearted MW.; coarse ib.
stambhaH = (m) pillar * =stambha m. (ifc. f. {A}) a post, pillar, column, stem (as of a tree; also
improperly applied to an arm) Kâthh. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; support, propping, strengthening Bhartri.;
inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance MBh. R. &c.; fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor, paralysis,
stupefaction MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming hard or solid Râjat.; stoppage, obstruction, suppression (also the
magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the forces of water, fire &c. as taught
in the Tantras) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañcar.; filling up, stuffing R.; N. of a partic. Adhyâya Pat. on Pân. 5-2, 60
Vârtt. 1; of a Riishi &c. VP. (cf. g. {kuJjA7di} and {zaunakA7di}).
stamba: a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster AV. &c. &c.; a sheaf of corn L. a bush,
thicket L. [1258, 1]; a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the Jhinthî or Barleria) L.; the post
to which an elephant is tied (wrongly inferred from {stambe-rama} q.v.) L.; a mountain L.; N. of various
men Hariv. Pur.; n. (in these senses prob. w.r. for {stambha}, m.) a post, pillar in general W.; stupidity,
insensibility W.
stana * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di} ifc. {A} or {I}; derivation doubtful, but prob. connected with {stan},
from the hollow resonance of the human breast), the female breast (either human or animal), teat, dug,
udder RV. &c. &e.; the nipple (of the female or the male breast) Sus'r.; a kind of pin or peg on a vessel
shaped like a teat S'Br.
sthaa* = 1 cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii , 30) %{ti4SThati} , %{-te} (pf. %{tasthau4} , %{tasthe} RV. &c. &c. ;
aor. %{a4sthAt} , %{a4sthita} ib. ; 3. pl. %{asthiran} RV. AV. Br. ; %{Asthat} [?] AV. ; %{asthiSi} ,
%{-Sata} Br. &c. ; Subj. %{sthAti} , %{sthA4thaH} RV. ; Prec. %{stheyAt} ib. ; %{stheSam} , %{-SuH} [?]
AV. ; %{sthAsISTa} Gr. ; fut. %{sthAtA} MBh. &c. ; %{sthAsyati} , %{-te} Br.&c. ; inf. %{sthA4tum} ib. ;
%{-tos} Br. Gr2S3rS. ; %{-sthitum} R. ; ind. p. %{sthitvA} MBh. &c. ; %{-sthA4ya} RV. &c. &c. ;
%{-sthAyam} Bhat2t2.) , to stand , stand firmly , station one's self stand upon , get upon , take up a
position on (with %{pAdAbhyAm} , `" to stand on the feet "' ; with %{jAnubhyAm} , `" to kneel "' ; with
%{agre} or %{agratas} and gen. , `" to stand or present one's self before "' ; with %{puras} and with or
without gen. , `" to stand up against an enemy &c. "') RV. &c. &c. ; to stay , remain , continue in any
condition or action (e.g. with %{kanyA} , `" to remain a girl or unmarried "' ; with %{tUSNIm} or with
%{maunena} instr. `" to remain silent "' ; with %{sukham} , `" to continue or feel well "') AV. &c. &c. ; to
remain occupied or engaged in , be intent upon , make a practice of , keep on , persevere in any act (with
loc. ; e.g. with %{rAjye} , `" to continue governing "' ; with %{zAsane} , `" to practise obedience "' ; with
%{bale} , `" to exercise power "' ; with %{sva-dharme} , `" to do one's duty "' ; with %{sva-karmaNi} , `"
to keep to one's own business "' ; with %{saMzaye} , `" to persist in doubting "' ; also with ind. p. e.g.
%{dharmam@Azritya} , `" to practise virtue "') AV. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to
`" perish "') , endure , last TS. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to be , exist , be present , be obtainable or at hand AV. &c.
&c. ; to be with or at the disposal of , belong to (dat. gen. , or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; (A1. m. c. also P. cf.
Pa1n2. 1-3 , 23 ; iv , 34) to stand by , abide by , be near to , be on the side of , adhere or submit to ,
acquiesce in , serve , obey (loc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c. ; to stand still , stay quiet , remain stationary , stop ,
halt , wait , tarry , linger , hesitate (see under %{sthitvA} below) RV. &c. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's
self (with %{samam} , `" to behave equally towards any one "' loc.) ; to be directed to or fixed on (loc.)
Hariv. Katha1s. ; to be founded or rest or depend on , be contained in (loc.) RV. AV. MBh. ; to rely on ,
confide in (loc. e.g. %{mayi@sthitvA} , `" confiding in me "') Bhat2t2. ; to stay at , resort to (acc.) R. ; to
arise from (abl. or gen.) RV. ChUp. ; to desist or cease from (abl.) Katha1s. ; to remain unnoticed (as of
no importance) , be left alone (only Impv. and Pot.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.: Pass. %{sthIyate} (aor. %{asthAyi}) ,
to be stood &c. (frequently used impers. e.g. %{mayA@sthIyatAm} , `" let it be abided by me "' i.e. `" I
must abide "') Br. &c. &c.: Caus. %{sthApayati} , %{-te} (aor. %{a4tiSThipat} ; ind. p. %{sthApayitvA}
[q.v.] and %{-sthA4pam}: Pass. %{sthApyate}) , to cause to stand , place , locate , set , lay , fix , station ,
establish , found , institute AV. &c. &c. ; to set up , erect , raise , build MBh. R. ; to cause to continue ,
make durable , strengthen , confirm MBh. R. Sus3r. &c. ; to prop up , support , maintain MBh. Hcat. ; to
affirm , assent Sa1h. Nya1yas. Sch. ; to appoint (to any office loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; to cause to be ,
constitute , make , appoint or employ as (two acc. ; with %{dhAtrIm} , `" to employ any one as a nurse "'
; with %{rakSA7rtham} , `" to appoint any one as guardian "' ; with %{sajjam} , `" to make anything
ready "' [1262,3] ; with %{su-rakSitam} , `" to keep anything well guarded "' ; with %{svIkRtya} , `" to
make anything one's own "' ; with %{parizeSam} , `" to leave anythñanything over or remaining "')
S3vetUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to fix , settle , determine , resolve Mn. MBh. &c. ; to fix in or on , lead or being
into , direct or turn towards (loc. , rarely acc. ; with %{hRdi} , `" to impress on the heart "' ; with
%{manas} , `" to fix the mind on "') AV. &c. &c. ; to introduce or initiate into , instruct in (loc. e.g. with
%{naye} , `" to instruct in a plan or system "') MBh. Katha1s. ; to make over or deliver up to (loc. or
%{haste} with gen. , `" into the hands of "') Ya1jn5. Ratna7v. Katha1s. ; to give in marriage MBh. ; to
cause to stand still , stop , arrest , check , hold , keep in , restrain (with %{baddhvA} , `" to keep bound or
imprisoned "') S3Br. &c. &c. ; to place aside , keep , save , preserve MBh. Hariv.: Desid. of Caus.
%{-sthApayiSati} (see %{saM-sthA}): Desid. %{ti4SThAsati} , to wish to stand &c. S3Br.: Intens.
%{teSThIyate} ; %{tAstheti} , %{tAsthAti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {stare} ; Lith. {sto4ti} ; Slav. {stati} ;
&381116[1262 ,3] Germ. {sta7n} , {stehen} ; Eng. {stand}.]//(or %{STha}) mf(%{A})n. (only ifc.)
standing , staying , abiding , being situated in , existing or being in or on or among (see %{agni-} ,
%{garbha-} , %{jala-} , %{naraka-} , %{rAjya-stha} &c.) ; occupied with , engaged in , devoted to
performing , practising (see %{dhyAna-} , %{yajJa-} , %{yoga-} , %{savana-stha} &c.) ; a place , ground
(ibc. = %{sthala}) L.//sthA* = (or %{SThA4}) mfn. (nom. m. n. %{sthA4s}) standing , stationary (often
ifc. = `" standing , being , existing in or on or among "' cf. %{agni-SThA} , %{RtasthA} &c.) RV.
Pan5cavBr. S3a1n3khS3r.
sthaH = situated
sthaa = to stand
sthaa(tishhThati) = to stand
sthaaNuH = unchangeable
sthaana = place, house, position * = n. (also said to be m. Siddh.) the act of standing, standing firmly,
being fixed or stationary AV. &c. &c.; position or posture of the body (in shooting &c.) R.; staying,
abiding, being in or on (loc. or comp.) Das3. Ka1m. Hariv. Sa1h.; storingplace or storage (of goods) Mn.
viii, 401; firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a charge (as opp. to %{yuddha}, `" charging "') ib. vii, 190;
state, condition (ifc. = `" being in the state of "') Up. BhP.; continued existence, continuance in the same
state (i.e. in a kind of neutral state unmarked by loss or gain), continuing as or as long as (with instr.)
MBh. R. BhP.; a state of perfect tranquillity Sarvad.; station, rank, office, appointment, dignity, degree
MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; place of standing or staying, any place, spot, locality, abode, dwelling, house, site
(%{sthAne@sthAne} or %{sthAne@sthAneSu}, `" in different places "', `" here and there "') RV. &c. &c.;
place or room, stead (%{sthAne} with gen. or ifc. `" in place of "', `" instead of "', `" in lieu of "'; %{ripu-
sthAne-vRt}, `" to act in the place of an enemy "'; %{vilocana-sthAna-gata}, `" acting the part of eyes "';
also %{sthAna} ifc. = `" taking the place of "', `" acting as "', `" representing "' or `" represented by "' e.g.
%{pitR-sth-}, `" acting as a father "' or `" represented by a fñfather "'; %{iyaG-uvaG-sthAna}, `"
reprñrepresented by %{iy} or %{uv} "' [as %{I} and %{U} Pa1n2. 1-4, 4]; in Pa1n2ini's grammar the gen.
case is often used alone, when the word %{sthAne} has to be supplied e.g. %{hanter@jaH}, `" %{ja} is to
be substituted in place of %{han} "', i, 1, 49) AitBr. Gr2S3rS. &c.; place for, receptacle of (gen.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; proper or right place (%{sthAne}, `" in the right place or at the right time, seasonably, justly "')
Pan5cavBr. &c. &c. (cf. g. %{svar-Adi}); province, region, domain, sphere (of gods or virtuous men; said
to be in one of three places, viz. `" earth "' or `" atmosphere "' or `" heaven "'; accord. to some that of
virtuous Bra1hmans is called Pra1ja1patya; of Kshatriyas, Aindra; of Vais3yas, Ma1ruta; of S3u1dras,
Ga1ndharva) Nir. VarBr2S.; the main support or strength or chief constituent of a kingdom (said to be
four, viz. `" army "', `" treasury "', `" city "', `" territory "') Mn. vii, 56; a stronghold, fortress Pan5cat.; the
place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz. %{kaNTha}, `" throat "'; %{tAlu},
`" palate "'; %{mUrdhan}, `" top of palate "'; %{danta}, `" teeth "'; %{oSTha}, `" lips "'; %{kaNTha-tAlu},
`" throat and palate "'; %{kaNTh'-oSTha}, `" throat and lips "'; %{dant'-oSTha}, `" teeth and lips "'; to
which are added %{nAsikA}, `" nose "', said to be the place of utterance of true Anusva1ra, and %{uras},
`" chest "', of Visarga) Pa1n2. 1-9 Sch. Pra1t. Sarvad.; any organ of sense (e.g. the eye) BhP.; the pitch or
key of the voice, note, tone (of which accord. to RPra1t., there are three [see %{mandra}], or accord. to
TPra1t., seven; %{vInA@cyutA@sthAnAt}, `" a lute out of tune "') S3rS. Pra1t. MBh. &c.; shape, form,
appearance (as of the moon) VarBr2S.; the part or character of an actor MW.; case, occurrence
(%{ne7daM@sthAnaM@vidyate}, `" this case does not occur "') Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. Vajracch.; occasion,
opportunity (or (gen. or comp.; %{sthAne} ind. `" occasionally "') S3rS. MBh. &c.; cause or object of (gen.
or comp. e.g. %{zulka-sthAna}, `" an object of toll "'; %{pUjA-} or %{mAnya-sth-}, `" an object of honour
"'; also applied to persons; %{sthAne} ind. `" because of "', `" on account of "') MBh. Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a
section or division (e.g. of medicine) Car. Sus3r. &c.; an astrol. mansion or its subdivision VarBr2S.; =
%{kAryo7tsarga}, S3i1l.; an open place in a town, plain, square W.; a holy place MW.; an altar ib.; N. of a
Gandharva king R.
sthaanaM = place
sthaani = situated
sthaane = rightly
sthaapayitvaa = placing
sthaavira * = n. (fr. %{sthavira}) old age (described as commencing at seventy in men and fifty in
women, and ending at ninety, after which period a man is called %{varSIyas}) La1t2y. MBh. &c. ; mfn.
(v.l. for %{sthavira}) old, senile MBh. Hit.
sthaasyati = remains
sthairyaM = steadfastness
sthavira * = mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (cf. %{sthAvara}, p. 1264) broad, thick, compact, solid, strong, powerful
RV. AV. Br. MBh. Hariv. ; old, ancient, venerable (%{-re@kAle} or %{bhAve}, `" in old age "') Br. &c. &c.
[1265,3] ; m. an old man W. ; (with Buddhists) an `" Elder "' (N. of the oldest and most venerable
Bhikshus) MWB. 184 ; 255 &c. ; N. of Brahma1 L. ; (pl.) N. of a school (also %{Arya-sth-}) Buddh. ;
(%{A}) f. an old woman MW. ; a kind of plant L. ; (%{am}) n. benzoin L.
sthira* = mf({A4}) n. firm, hard, solid, compact, strong RV. &c. &c.; fixed, immovable, motionless, still,
calm S'Br. MBh. &c.; firm, not wavering or tottering, steady R. VarBriS.; unfluctuating, durable, lasting,
permanent, changeless RV. &c. &c.; stern, relentless, hard-hearted Kum.; constant, steadfast, resolute,
persevering ({manas} or {hRdayaM sthiraM-kR}, `" to steel one's heart, take courage "' R. Kathâs.); kept
secret Vet.; faithful, trustworthy Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; firmly resolved to (inf.) MBh.; settled, ascertained,
undoubted, sure, certain Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. spell recited over weapons R.; a kind of metre
VarBriS.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of Skanda's attendants ib.; N. of a partic. astrol. Yoga MW.; of certain
zodiacal signs (viz. Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius; so called because any work done under these signs is
supposed to be lasting) ib. (L. also `" a tree; Grislea Tomentosa; a mountain; a bull; a god; the planet
Saturn; final emancipation "'); ({A}) f. a strong-minded woman MW.; the earth L.; Desmodium
Gangeticiim L.; Salmalia Malabarica L.; = {-kAkolI} L.; N. of the sound {j} Up.; ({am}) n. steadfastness,
stubbornness, resistance (acc. with {ava-tan} P. `" to loosen the resistance of [gen.] "'; Â. `" to relax one's
own resistance, yield "'; with {A-tan} Â. `" to offer resistance "') RV.
sthitaM = situated
sthitaH = situated
sthita * = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" going "', `" sitting "', or `" lying "'; {parasparaM sthitam}, `"
standing opposed to each other "'; {sthitaM tena}, `" it was stood by him "' = `" he waited "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; standing firm ({yuddhe}, `" in battle "') Hariv.; standing, staying, situated, resting or abiding or
remaining in (loc. or comp.; with {uccA7vaceSu}, `" abiding in things high and low "'; with {anityam}, `"
not remaining permanently "', `" staying only a short time "' KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; being or remaining
or keeping in any state or condition (loc., instr. abl. comp., or a noun in the same case, also ind. p. or
adv.; {vyApya sthitaH}, `" he keeps continually pervading "' S'ak. Vikr.; {upavizya sthitaH}, `" he remains
sitting "' Vikr.; {kathaM sthitA7si}, `" how did you fare? "' Vikr. [1264, 2]; {evaM sthite}, `" it being so "'
Pañc.; {puraH sthite}, `" it being imminent "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; engaged in, occupied with, intent upon,
engrossed by, devoted or addicted to (loc. or comp.), performing, protecting Mn. MBh. &c.; abiding by,
conforming to, following (loc.) ib.; being in office or charge Pañcat. Râjat.; adhering to or keeping with
(loc.) Hariv.; lasting RPrât.; firm, constant, invariable Kathâs.; settled, ascertained, decreed, established,
generally accepted S'Br. &c. &c.; fixed upon, determined S'ak.; firmly convinced or persuaded MBh.
Subh.; firmly resolved to (inf. or loc.) MBh. R. &c.; faithful to a promise or agreement L.: upright,
virtuous L.; prepared for or to (dat.) Yâjñ. Kum.; being there, existing, present, close at hand, ready
({sthito hy eSaH}, `" I myself am ready "'; {agraje sthite}, `" when the elder brother is there "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; belonging to (gen.) R.; turned or directed to, fixed upon (loc. or comp.) VarBriS. Sarvad.; resting or
depending on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.; leading or conducive to (dat.) Pañcat.; one who has desisted or ceased
Pañcad.; left over L.; (in Vedic gram.) not accompanied by {iti} (in the Pada-pâthha), standing alone
({pade sthite}, `" in the Pada text "') Prât.; ({am}) n. standing still, stopping Bhartri.; staying, remaining,
abiding R.; manner of standing ib.; perseverance on the right path ib.
sthitaan.h = standing
sthiti = position* = f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining,
abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or
{bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or remaining or being in
any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being, maintenance of life, continued existence
(the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and
the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life
MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that
which continually exists, the world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat.
Kathâs.; station, high position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled
rule, fixed decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline,
establishment of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty,
virtuous conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.;
devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction Yâjñ.
Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds (esp. of
morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R. Kâlid. Bhathth.;
standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh. Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-
place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.);
fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.;
manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or
consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.) the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the
particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitiM = situation
sthitiH = situation
sthitii = existing
sthitau = situated
sthi4ti * =f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining, abiding, stay,
residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to
make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or remaining or being in any state or
condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being, maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of
the three states of all created things, the 1st being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd
{laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.;
(in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which
continually exists, the world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.;
station, high position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment of
good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous conduct,
steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.; devotion or
addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled
practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds (esp. of morality e.g.
{sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R. Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing
still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh. Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place,
halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.);
fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.;
manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or
consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.) the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the
particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitvA * =ind. having stood or stayed or stopped or waited &c. (sometimes used alone to express, after
some time "'; {mAsaM sth-}, `" after a month "'; {ciram api sth-}, `" after a long period "' = `" sooner or
later "') RV. &c. &c.
sthira = fixed
sthiraM = firm
sthiraH = still
sthirataa = steadiness
sthirabuddhiH = self-intelligent
sthiraaM = stable
sthiraaH = enduring
sthula* = 1 n. (perhaps for {sthuDa} see prec.) a sort of long tent S'is'. \\2 see {apa-SThula} p. 53, col. 1.
sthuula* = mf({A4})n. (fr. {sthU} = {sthA} and originally identical with {sthUra}) large, thick, stout,
massive, bulky, big, huge AV. &c. &c.; coarse, gross, rough (also fig. = `" not detailed or precisely defined
"'; cf. {yathA-sth-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; dense, dull, stolid, doltish, stupid, ignorant (cf. comp.) MBh. Pañcat.;
(in phil.) gross, tangible, material (opp. to {sUkSma}, `" subtle "'; cf. {sthUla-zarIra}); m. Artocarpus
Integrifolia L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; m. n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ({A}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.;
Cucumis Utilissimus L.; large cardamoms L.; n. `" the gross body "' (= {sthUla-z-}) Up. MBh. &c.; sour
milk, curds L.; = {kUTa} L.; a heap, quantity W.; a tent (prob. for 1. {sthula}) ib.
stuta = praised
stuti = praise
stutiH = praise
stuvAna* mfn. praising (Sây. `" being praised "'). see root, col. 1
stenaH = thief
steya = robbery
stotra = hymn
stotraM = hymn
styana = sloth
straiNa* = mf({I})n. female, feminine RV. &c. &c.; relating or belonging to women, subject to or ruled by
women, being among wñwomen Kâv. BhP.; worthy of a woman L.; n. womankind, the female sex AV. &c.
&c.; the nature of wñwomen Uttarar. BhP.
stra.nsate = is slipping
striyaH = women
strI* = f. (perhaps for {sUtrI}, or {sotrI}, `" bearer of children "', fr. 2. {sU}; accord. to some connected
with Lat. {sator}; nom. {strI4}; acc. in later language also {strIm} and {strIs} pl.) a woman, female, wife
RV. &c. &c.; the female of any animal (e.g. {zAkhA-mRga-strI}, `" a female monkey "') S'Br. MBh.; a
white ant L.; the Priyangu plant L.; (in gram.) the feminine gender Nir. S'Br. &c.; a kind of metre Col.
sucira mfn. very long (ibc. , %{am} , %{Aya} , and %{ena} , `" for a very long time , a good while "' ;
%{at} , `" after a very long time "') MBh. R. &c. ; %{-zrama} m. fatigue or exertion for a very long time
BhP. ; %{-rA7yus} mfn. `" having a very long life "' , a god , divinity L. ; %{-rA7rpita} mfn. fixed or
directed for a long time Amar. ; %{-ro7tsuka} mfn. anxious or desirous for a long tñtime Katha1s. ;
%{-ro7Sita} mfn. one who has dwelt or stayed for a long tñtime R.
2 sucIrA see %{-cArA}.
su-dhita: * =({su4-}) mfn. (for {sudhita} see p. 1226, col. 1) well placed or fixed RV.; well ordered or
arranged or contrived ib. TBr.; well prepared or served, ready (as food) RV.; fixed upon, meant, intended
ib.; well-disposed, kind, benevolent ib. VS.
sudars'ana * = mf(%{A})n. easily seen by (instr.) Vop. ; good-looking , beautiful , handsome , lovely
MBh. R. &c. ; m. `" keen-sighted "' , a vulture L. ; a fish Bhpr. ; (in music) a kind of composition
Sam2gi1t. ; N. of S3iva MBh. ; of a son of Agni and Sudars3ana1 ib. ; of a Vidya1-dhara BhP. ; of a Muni
ib. ; of a Buddha Lalit. ; of a patriarch Buddh. ; of a serpent-demon ib. ; of a Cakravartin ib. ; of one of the
9 Jaina S3ukla-balas or Bala-devas L. ; of the father of the 18th Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1 L. ; of a
king of Ma1lava MBh. ; of a king of Ujjayini1 Cat. ; of a king of Pa1t2ali-putra Hit. ; of a son of
sudati = woman
sudushhkaraM = difficult
sudhaa = Nectar
sudhaakar = Moon
sugriiv
sudaama * = m. `" giving well "'N. of a cowherd attendant on Kriishna Pañcar.; pl. N. of a people (v.l. for
{su-dAsa}) R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; of a river (in the north of
India) R.
suHrid.h = affectionate
suhrd *uhRd * `" good-hearted "', kindhearted "', `" well-disposed "', a friend, ally (also said of planets;
{suhRdo janAH}, `" friends "') S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the fourth astrol. mansion VarBriS.; f. a female
friend Gobh. Kaus'.; mfn. (only ifc.) fond of, liking or devoted to Bâlar.; very similar to, closely
resembling ib.
suhridaH = well-wishers
sukara = easy
sukha = happiness
sukhaM = easily
sukhasya = of happiness
sukhinaH = happy
sukhii = happy
sukhe = in happiness
sukheshhu = in happiness
sukritasya = pious
sulabha = Easy
sumano* = (for {-manas}) in comp.; {--kasa} n. (fr {su-manas} + {okas}) the abode or world of gods (v.l.
{-nau9kasa}) Hariv.; {-jJaghoSa} m. N. of a Buddha Lalit.; {--ttarA} f. (fr. {su-manas} + {utt-}) N. of a
woman and the story about her Pân. 4-3, 87 Vârtt. 1 Pat.; {-dAman} n. a garland of flowers Mriicch.;
{-bhara} mfn. possessing or ornamented with flowers W.; {-bhirAma} mf({A})n. very captivating or
agreeable, lovely, charming R.; {-mattaka}, m.N. of a man Râjat.; f. {-maya} mf({I})n. `" consisting of
flowers "' and `" being of pious disposition "', Srikanthh.; {-mukha} m. N. of a serpentdemon MBh.;
{-rajas} n. the pollen of a flower L.; {-raJjinI} f. N. of wk.; {-latA} f. a flowering creeper Sâh.
sumanohara* = mf({A})n. very captivating or charming, beautiful MBh. Pur. [1231,1]; ({A}) f. N. of a
Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a.
sumanasya = benevolence
sumanda * = mfn. very slow or dull; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic. S3akti Pan5car.; (%{-da})%{-buddhi} mfn.
very dull-witted or much disheartened MBh.; %{-bhAj} mfn. very unfortunate ib.
sunaabha * = mfn. having a good nave or centre MBh.; (also %{-bhaka}) having a good handle R.; m. a
partic. spell recited over weapons ib.; N. of a counsellor of Varun2a MBh.; of a son of Dhr2it2a-ra1sht2ra
ib.; of a son of Garud2a ib.; of a brother of Vajra-na1bha Hariv.; of a mountain MBh. R.; (prob.) n. a
wheel, discus BhP.
sundara = beautiful
suniyamanaya = with good niyama or GYaana, also with na, ya, ma, na, ya gaNaas
sunishchitaM = definitely
supakva *= mf(%{A})n. (i.e. 5. %{su+p-}; 2. %{pac}) well-cooked or matured, thoroughly ripe (lit. and
fig.) AV. Sus3r. Pan5car.; a sort of fragrant Mango L.
supta = asleep
surata * =; mfn. sporting, playful Un. v, 14 Sch.; compassionate, tender L.; m. N. of a mendicant Buddh.;
({A}) f. a wife Hariv. (Sch.); N. of an Apsaras MBh.; ({am}) n. great joy or delight ib.; (ifc. f. {A}) amorous
or sexual pleasure or intercourse, coition Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; {-keli} f. amorous sport or dalliance Cat.;
{-krIDA} f. id. Kathâs.; {-gahvarA} f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; {-glAni} f. exhaustion from sexual
intercourse Megh.; {-janita} mfn. produced by sexual intñintercourse ib.; {-tAlI} f. a female messenger,
go-between L.; a chaplet, garland for the head L.; {-nivRtti} f. cessation of sexñsexual intñintercourse
Cat.; {-pradIpa} m. a lamp burning during sexñsexual intñintercourse Kum.; {-prabhA} f. N. of a woman
Kathâs.; {-prasaGga} m. addiction to sexñsexual intñintercourse MW.; {-prasaGgin} mfn. addicted to
sexñsexual intñintercourse Riitus.; {-priya} mfn. id. VarBriS.; N. of a woman Dhûrtas.; {-bandha} m. a
kind of coition L.; {-bheda} m. a kind of cñcoition Cat.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of a daughter of the Vidyâ-dhara
Matanga-deva and of the 16th Lambaka of the Kathâ-sarit-sâgara (called after her); {-mRdita} mfn. worn
out by sexual intñintercourse Bhartri.; {-raGgin} mfn. (for {sura-t-} see p. 1234, col. 2), delighting in or
addicted to sexual intercourse Subh.; {-varNana} n. description of sexñsexual intercourse Cat.;
{-vArarAtri} f. a night fit for sexñsexual intñintercourse Ragh.; {-vidhi} m. performance or rule or mode
of sex intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-vizeSa} m. a partic. kind of sexñsexual intñintercourse Kir.;
{-vyApArajAta-zrama} mfn. wearied by addiction to sexñsexual intñintercourse Subh.; {-sambhoga} m.
enjoyment of sexñsexual intñintercourse Vet.; {-saukhya} n. the pleasure of sexñsexual intñintercourse
ib.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in sexñsexual intñintercourse Kathâs.; {-to7tsava} m. the joy of sexual
intñintercourse Subh.; {-to7tsuka} mfn. desirous of sexñsexual intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-to7pacAra-
kuzala} mfn. skilled in sexñsexual intñintercourse ib.
suryodaya = sun-rise
sus'ruNa * = mfn. obtaining good hearing (Sây. `" very famous "') RV.
sus'loka* = (%{su4-}) mf(%{A})n. well sounding or speaking VS. TBr. &c.; of good renown, famous,
celebrated BhP.
suta = son
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m. (sg. and
pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn.
begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and daughter "') Mn.
MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A})
f. see below.
sutaa = daughter* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suurata * = mfn. (for {su-r-}) well disposed towards, compassionate, tender Un. v, 14; tranquil, calm ib.;
({A}) f. a tractable cow
suu = to produce
suuchanaa = suggestion
suutaputraH = Karna
suutra = a thread
suutre = on a thread
suuyate = manifests
suurya = sun
suyama * = mf({A})n. easy to be guided, tractable (as a horse &c.) RV. TBr.; easy to be restrained or
controlled or kept in order, well regulated RV. AV. VS.; m. pl. a partic. class of gods BhP.; ({A}) f. the
Priyangu plant L.
su-yaama4 * = mfn. binding or restraining well (as reins) RV.; m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; pl. a partic.
class of gods MB
suviruuDha = strongly
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\ 2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m. (sg. and
pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn.
begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and daughter "') Mn.
MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A})
f. see below.
sutaa * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suucaka * =mf(%{ikA})n. pointing out , indicating , showing , designating MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; pointing to
(acc.) Hariv. ; informing , betraying , treacherous Car. ; m. a denouncer , informer Mn. MBh. &c. ; (the
following only in L.) the manager or chief actor of a company ; a narrator , teacher ; the son of an
A1yogava and a Kshatriya1 ; a Buddha ; a Siddha ; demon , imp ; villain , dog ; jackal ; cat ; crow ; needle ;
balustrade , parapet ; kind of rice.
suukshma * = mf({A})n. (prob. connected with {sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small, fine, thin, narrow,
short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with {artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' ) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
acute, subtle, keen (understanding or mental operation; {am} ind.) KathhUp. R. &c.; nice, exact, precise
Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle
expression of an intended act "') Cat.; (with S'aivas) one who has attained a certain grade of
emancipation Hcat.; a mystical N. of the sound {I} Up.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of a Dânava ib. Hariv.; m. or n.
an atom, intangible matter Sânkhyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c.; the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme Soul L.;
the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = {kRtaka}, or {kaitava} L.; ({A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.; N.
of two plants (= {yUthikA} or {karuNI}) L.; of one of the 9 S'aktis of Vishnu L.; ({am}) n. the cavity or
socket of a tooth Vishn.; woven silk L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta philosophy L.
suunrita* = mf(%{A}) n. joyful , glad RV. ; friendly , kind Mn. (iii , 150) MBh. &c. ; pleasant and true (in
this sense supposed to be fr. 5. %{su} + %{Rta}) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; (%{A}) , E see below ; (%{am}) n. joy
, gladness , delight RV. AV. ; (with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging to
right conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness , joy , exultation , song of joy , glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. Pa1rGr2. ;
kindness , friendliness , kind and true speech Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1242,3] ; truth (opp. to %{an-Rta})
personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c. ; the wife of Dharma BhP. ; a daughter of Dharma and wife of
Utta1na-pa1da Hariv. VP. ; of an Apsaras L.
suuta * = 1 mfn. urged, impelled &c. (cf. 3. {sUta}, p. 1241, col. 2, 1. {suta}, and {nR-SUta}). \\2 mfn. (for
3. see p. 1241, col. 2) born, engendered (see {su-SUta}); one that has, brought forth (young) Mn.
VarBriS.; m. quicksilver S'ârngS. Sarvad.; the sun W.; ({A}) f. a woman who has given birth to a child
MW.; a young quadruped L.; w.r. for {sutA} Pañcat. iii, 192/193. \\ 3 m. (of doubtful derivation, prob. to
be connected with 1. {sU}; for 1. 2. {sUta} see pp. 1239 and 1240) a charioteer, driver, groom, equerry,
master of the horse (esp. an attendant on a king who in earlier literature is often mentioned together
with the {grAma-NI4}; in the epics also a royal herald or bard, whose business was to proclaim the
heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while he drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions,
and who had therefore to know by heart portions of the epic poems and ancient ballads; he is the son of
a Kshatriya by a Brâhmanî or of a Brâhman [accord. to S'âs'vata also of a S'ûdra] and a Kshatriyâ; the
most celebrated S'ûta was Loma-harshana who was a pupil of Vyâsa) AV. &c. &c. (IW. 510 n.); a
carpenter or wheelwright L.; N. of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; ({yA}) f. g. {krauDy-Adi}; ({I}) f. the wife
of a Sûta MW.; a female bard ib.
suutra* = n. (accord. to g. {ardhacA7di} also m.; fr. {siv}, `" to sew "', and connected with {sUci} and
{sUnA}) a thread, yarn, string, line, cord, wire AV. &c. &c.; a measuring line (cf. {-pAta}) Hariv. VarBriS.
&c.; the sacred thread or cord worn by the first three classes (cf. {yajJo7pavIta}) BhP.; a girdle ib.; a fibre
Kâlid.; a line, stroke MBh. VarBriS. Gol.; a sketch, plan Râjat.; that which like a thread runs through or
holds together everything, rule, direction BhP.; a short sentence or aphoristic rule, and any work or
manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like threads (these Sûtra works form
manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar &c.: e.g. in ritual there are first the S'rauta-su7tras,
and among them the Kalpa-su7tras, founded directly on S'ruti q.v.; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic
ceremonial, giving concise rules for the performance of every kind of sacrifice [IW. 146 &c.]; other kinds
of SñS'ruti works are the Griihya-sûtras and Sâmayâcârika or Dharma-sûtras i.e. `" rules for domestic
ceremonies and conventional customs "', sometimes called collectively Smârta-sûtras [as founded on
{smRti} or `" tradition "' see {smArta}]; these led to the later DharmaS'âstras or `" law-books "' [IW.
145]; in philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in Sûtras by its supposed
founder [IW. 60 &c.]; in Vyâkarana or grammar there are the celebrated Sûtras of Pânini in eight books,
which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, Pâs'upatas &c. the term
Sûtra is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with Jainas they form part of the
Driishthivâda) IW. 162 &c.; a kind of tree DivyA7v.
suunrita* = mf({A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.; pleasant and true (in this
sense supposed to be fr. 5. {su} + {Rta}) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}), E see below; ({am}) n. joy, gladness,
delight RV. AV.; (with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging to right
conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. PârGri.;
kindness, friendliness, kind and true speech KathhUp. MBh. &c. [1242, 3]; truth (opp. to {an-Rta})
personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and wife of
Uttâna-pâda Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
sva* = 1 mf({A4})n. own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, her own, our own, their own &c.
(referring to all three persons accord. to context, often ibc., but generally declinable like the pronominal
{sarva} e.g. {svasmai} dat. {svasmAt} abl. [optionally in abl. loc. sing. nom. pl. e.g. {taM svAd AsyAd
asRjat}, `" he created him from his own mouth "' Mn. i, 94]; and always like s'iva when used
substantively [see below]; sometimes used loosely for `" my "', `" thy "', `" his "', `" our "' [e.g. {rAjA
bhrAtaraM sva-grIham pre7SayAm-Asa}, `" the king sent his brother to his (i.e. the brother's) house "'];
in the oblique cases it is used as a reflexive pronoun = {Atman}, e.g. {svaM dUSayati}, `" he defiles
himself "'; {svaM nindanti}, `" they blame themselves "') RV. &c. &c.; m. one's self, the Ego, the human
soul W.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; a man of one's own people or tribe, a kinsman, relative, relation, friend
({svAH}, `" one's own relations "', `" one's own people "') AV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. a woman of one's own
caste MBh.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), one's self, the Ego (e.g. {svaM ca brahma ca}, `" the Ego and Brahman
"'); one's own goods, property, wealth, riches (in this sense said to be also m.) RV. &c. &c.; the second
astrological mansion VarBriS.; (in alg.) plus or the affirmative quantity W. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {se}, {sovos},
{suus}; &385055[1275,1] Goth. {sik}; Germ. {sich} &c.] (N. B. in the following comp. {oñ} own stands
for one's own).
sva* = 2 Nom. P. {svati} (pf. {svAm-Asa}) = {sva ivA7carati}, he acts like himself or his kindred Vop. xxi,
7.
svaadu = sweet
svaadhyaaya = self-study
svaadhyaaya* = m. reciting or repeating or rehearsing to oñone's self, repetition or recitation of the Veda
in a low voice to oñone's self S'Br. &c. &c.; repeating the VñVeda aloud (acc. with caus. of 1. {zru}, `" to
cause the VñVeda to be repeated aloud "') Mn. iii, 232; recitation or perusal of any sacred texts W.; the
Veda L.; a day on which sacred recitation is resumed after its suspension MW.; N. of wk.; mfn. studying
the VñVeda ({-tama}, perhaps w.r. for {svA7dhyAyi-t-}) DivyA7v.; {-dhRk} mfn. one who repeats or
recites the VñVeda Âpast.; {-brAhmaNa} n. N. of ch. in the Taittiriya7ranyaka; {-vat} mfn. (= {-dhRk})
Yâjñ. MBh. Hariv.; m. a repeater or student of the VñVeda W.; {-yAyA7rthin} m. one who seeks a
maintenance for himself during his studentship Mn.xi, 1. 2.
svaaM = of Myself
svaamin* = (Hit.) m. lion or lord among bñbird "'N. of Garuda. [574,2]\\ see p. 1284, col. 1. \\ m. (fr. 1.
{sva} + {min}) an owner, proprietor, master, lord or owner of (gen. loc., or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a chief,
commander (of an army) Vikr. Subh.; a husband, lover (du. `" husband and wife "') Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.;
a king, prince (in dram. used as a form of address = {deva}); a spiritual preceptor, learned Brâhman or
Pandit (used as a title at the end of names, esp. of natives of the Carnatic); the image or temple of a god
(often ifc.; see {zrIdhara-}, {viSNu-sv-} &c.); N. of Skanda Yâjñ. i, 293; of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Garuda
L.; of the Muni Vâtsyâyana L.; of the 11th Arhat of the past Utsarpinî L.; of various authors (also with
{mizra} and {zAstrin}; sometimes abridged from names ending in {svAmin} e.g. for {kSIra-} and
svaana m. (cf. 3. %{su} , p. 1219) sounding, making a noise , rattling (as a chariot) , Panting (as a horse)
RV. ; m. sound , noise , rattle ib. ; twang (of a bowstring) S3is3. ; N. of one of the seven guardians of
Soma VS.
svaartha = one's own ends* = m. oñone's own affair or cause, personal matter or advantage, self-interest,
oñone's own aim or object (also pl.) MaitrUp. MBh. R. &c.; oñone's own property or substance MW.; own
or original meaning Sâh. Veda7ntas. TPrât. Sch.; similar meaning (prob. for {sA7rtha}), a pleonasm MW.;
= {liGgA7rtha-vizeSa} L.; mf({A})n. directed to oñone's self egoistical ({-tA} f.) Kum. Tarkas. &c.;
adapted to (its) purpose Car.; having one's object, expressing (its) own inherent or true meaning,
havñhaving a natural or literal meaning, havñhaving a similar mñmerits (= {sA7rtha}), pleonastic MW.;
({am} or {e}) ind. on oñone's own account, for oñone's self Kâv. Kathâs. KapS. &c.; {-paNDita} mfn.
clever in oñone's own affairs MBh.; {-para} mfn. intent on oñone's own advantage, self-interested S'is'.
({-tA} f. `" selfishness "' MW.); {-parA7yaNa} mfn. id. MW.; {-prayatna} m. a self-interested project
Ratna7v.; {-bhAj} mfn. managing one's own affairs HParis'.; {-bhraMzin} mfn. ruinous to oñone's own
interests Pañcat.; {-lipsu} mfn. wishing to gain oñone's own object, self-seeking MW.; {-vighAta} m.
frustration of one's object ib.; {-sAdhaka} mfn. effective of or promoting one's own object Cân. BhP. Nir.;
{-sAdhana} n. accomplishment of one's own object or desire Mn. Râjat.; ({-na}) {-tatpara} mfn. intent
upon it Mn. iv, 196; {-siddhi} f. (= {sAdhana}) Râjat.; {-thA7numAna} n. `" inference for oñone's self "',
(in log.) a partic. process of induction MW.; {-the74t} mfn. attending to one's own affairs TS.;
{-tho7papatti} f. the gaining oñone's own object Ragh.
svaas'ishaatman * = mfn. (%{AziSA} instr. of %{Azis}) thinking only of oñone's own wishes BhP
sva = Self
svabhaava = nature, personal mental attributes, habit, existence* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) native place Vishn.;
own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature,
impulse, spontaneity; ({-vAt} or {-vena} or {-va-tas} or ibc.), from natural disposition, by nature,
naturally, by oñone's self, spontaneously) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; {-kRta} mfn. done by nature, natural
VarBriS.; {-kRpaNa} m. `" naturally mean "'N. of a Brâhman Pañcat.; {-ja} mfn. produced by natural
disposition, innate, natural R. Sâh. &c.; {-janita} mfn. id. Kâv.; {-tas} ind. see above; {-tA} f. (Jâtakam.)
or {-tva} n. (TPrât. Sch.) the state of innate disposition or nature; {-daurjanya} n. natural or innate
wickedness W.; {-dveSa} m. natural hatred L.; {-prabhava} mfn. (= {-ja} above) VarBriS.; {-bhAva} m.
natural disposition Pañcat.; {-vAda} m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by
the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties MW. [1276, 2];
{-vAdin} m. one who maintains the above doctrine ib.; {-zUra} mfn. possessing natural heroes (others,
`" valiant by nature "') Hit.; {-siddha} mfn. established by nature, natural, imiate Âs'vS'r. Bhartri.;
self-evident, obvious Kâs'.; {-vA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of Comm.; {-vo7kta} mfn. said or declared
spontaneously Yâjñ. Sch.; {-vo7kti} f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate description of
the properties (of things) Kâvya7d. Pratâp. &c.; spontaneous declaration A.; {-vo7nnata-bhAva} mfn.
high-minded by nature ({-tva} n.) Hariv.
svabhaavaH = characteristics
svachchha = pure
svadhaa* = f. (for {svadhA4} see p. 1280) self-position, self-power, inherent power (accord. to someN. of
Nature or the material Universe; {sva-dha4yA} `" by self-power "') RV.; own state or condition or nature,
habitual state, custom, rule, law RV.; ease, comfort, pleasure ({a4nu svadhA4m}, {svadhA4m a4nu} or
{svadhA4 a4nu}, {svadha4yA}, or {svadhA4bhiH}, `" according to one's habit or pleasure, spontaneously,
willingly, easily, freely, undisturbedly, wantonly, sportively "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; own place, home
({svadhe4} du. `" the two places or homes "', heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30) ib.; `" own portion or share
"', the sacrificial offering due to each god, (esp.) the food or libation, or refreshing drink (cf. 2. {su-dhA})
offered to the Pitriis or spirits of deceased ancestors (consisting of clarified butter &c. and often only a
remainder of the Havis; also applied to other oblations or libations, and personified as a daughter of
Daksha and wife of the Pitriis or of Angiras or of a Rudra or of Agni) RV. &c. &c.; ({-dha4}) ind. (with dat.
or gen.) the exclamation or benediction used on presenting (or as a substitute for) the above oblation or
libation to the gods or departed ancestors (accord. to Mn. iii, 252 the highest form of benediction at a
S'râddha; with {kR}, `" to pronounce the exclamation or benediction {sva-dhA} "'; {svadhA7stu}, `" let
there be a blessing on it "' [cf. RTL. 104, n. 1]) RV. &c. &c.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on! (with dat.;
an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc.
`" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or
Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is thought to preside over burnt-
offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of
the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svadhaa = oblation
svah= svar=*1 (= %{sur}) cl. 10. P. %{svarayati} , to find fault , blame , censure Dha1tup. xxxv , 11.// 2
(prob. = a lost %{sur} ; cf. %{svR}) cl. 1. P. %{svarati} , Caus. %{svarayati} , to shine.// svar // 4 (in
Yajur-veda also %{su4var}) ind. (used in Veda as nom acc. loc. , or gen. , in Naish. vi , 99 also as abl. ;
from the weak base %{sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. %{sU4ras} and the dat. %{sUre4} [iv , 3 , 8]) , the
sun , sunshine , light , lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2] ; bright space or sky , heaven (as distinguished from
%{div} , which is regarded as the vault above it ; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of the
gods and the Blest , in AV. also of the Asuras ; %{svaH@prayAtaH} , `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `" departed
this life "') RV. &c. &c. ; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star , the region of the
planets and constellations (regarded as the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see %{loka}] and the 3rd of the three
Vya1hr2itis [i.e. %{bhu4r@bhu4vaH@sva4H}] ; %{svar} is pronounced after %{om} and before the
Ga1yatri1 by every Bra1hman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c. ; water Naigh. i , 12 ; N. of
S3iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {sol} ; &386838[1281 ,2] Lith. {sa4ule} ; Goth. {sauil} ; Angl. Sax. {so7l}.]
svajanaM = kinsmen
svalpa = little
svalpaM = a little
svaM = own
svana *= m. (ifc. f. %{U}) sound , noise (in the older language applied to the roar of wind , thunder ,
water &c. ; in later lñlanguage to the song of birds , speech , and sound of any kind cf. Naigh. i , 11) RV.
&c. &c. ; a partic. Agni MBh. ; (%{sva4na}) , roaring water VS. TBr. ; mfn. ill-sounding L.
svapan.h = dreaming
svapna = dream
svapnaM = dreaming
svapnaH = dreaming
svapne = in dream
svar (svaha)* = 1 (= {sur}) cl. 10. P. {svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure Dhâtup. xxxv, 11. \\* =2
(prob. = a lost {sur}; cf. {svR}) cl. 1. P. {svarati}, Caus. {svarayati}, to shine.\\ * =4 (in Yajur-veda also
{su4var}) ind. (used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from the weak base
{sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. {sU4ras} and the dat. {sUre4} [iv, 3, 8]), the sun, sunshine, light, lustre
RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky, heaven (as distinguished from {div}, which is regarded as the
vault above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of the gods and the Blest, in AV. also of
the Asuras; {svaH prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `" departed this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above
the sun or between the sun and the polar star, the region of the planets and constellations (regarded as
the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see {loka}] and the 3rd of the three Vyâhriitis [i.e. {bhu4r bhu4vaH sva4H}];
{svar} is pronounced after {om} and before the Gâyatrî by every Brâhman on beginning his daily
prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water Naigh. i, 12; N. of S'iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith.
{sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl. Sax. {so7l}.]
svara = sound
svara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.; voice Mn. MBh. &c.; tone in recitation &c. (either high
or low), accent (of which there are three kinds, {udAtta}, {anudAtta} qq. vv., and {svarita}, col. 3), a note
of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated, 1. {niSAda}; 2. {RSabha}; 3.
svarloka* = m. the world of hñheaven, a partic. hñheaven, the region called Svar (cf. {bhuvar-},
{bhUr-l-}) R. Pur.; N. of mount Meru (also {-zikhara}) Das'.; m. an occupant of hñheaven, a god, one of
the Blest ({-tA} f.) BhP.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on! (with dat.;
an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc.
`" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or
Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is thought to preside over burnt-
offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of
the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svaara* = m. sound, noise (of a snorting horse) RV.; tone, accent RPrât.; the Svarita accent TPrât.; mfn.
relating to sound or accent MW.; having the Svarita accent; n. a Sâman ending with the Svarita accent
VS. PañcavBr. Lâthy.
s'van* = 1 m. (nom. sg. du. pl. {zvA}, {zvAnau}, {zvAnas}; weakest base {zun} cf. 2. {zuna} &c., p. 1082; in
some comp. {zvA} for {zva} cf. below), a dog, hound, cur RV. &c. &c.; ({zunI4}) f. a female dog. [Cf. Zd.
{spâ}; Gk. $; Lat. {canis}; Lit. {szu4}; Goth. {hunds}; Eng. {hound}; Germ. {Hund}.]\\ 2 (prob. fr. {zvi})
in {Rji4-}, {durgR4bhi-}, and {mAtari4-zvan}, qq. vv
svaruupaM = form
svarga = heaven
svargaM = to heaven
svargalokaM = heaven
svargaat.h = (Masc.abl.S)heaven
svarge = in heaven
svarna= gold
svaruupa* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) oñone's own form or shape, the fñfrom or shñshape of (gen. or comp.; with or
without {zabdasya} or {zabda-sva-r-}, `" a word itself or in its own form "' [opp. to its synonyms or
varieties]; with {nAmnAm} = `" names themselves "') MBh. Pañcat. BhP. &c. [1276, 3]; own condition,
peculiarity, character, nature ({eNa} or ibc., `" by nature "', `" in reality "' `" by itself "') RPrât. NriisUp.
Mn. &c.; peculiar aim W.; kind, sort ib.; a partic. relation (in phil. see under {sambandha}) MW.;
occurrence, event Campak. Uttamac. Sinha7s.; mfn. having oñone's own peculiar form or character MW.;
having a like nature or charñcharacter, similar, like, S'ânkhyak. (w.r. for {sa-r-}); pleasing, handsome
(for {sa-r-}) L.; wise, learned L.; m. N. of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of Su-nandâ MârkP.; of a pupil of
Caitanya W.; m. or n. N. of a place Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a place MW.; {-gata} mfn. endowed with oñone's
own form or nature, having a like character W.; {-tas} ind. in oñone's own form BhP.; according to
oñone's own fñform, analogously, similarly, identically MW.; by nature, in reality, by itself MârkP.;
({-to}, {godAna-prayogaH}N. of wk.); {-tA} f. (or {-tva} n.) the state of oñone's own form or nature
({-tayA}, `" literally "', `" in reality "') MBh. BhP. S'ak. Sch. Sâh.; the having a natural form, identity of
form or nature W.; w.r. for {su-rUpa-tA} Râjat.; {-dhArin} mfn. having one's own form MBh.;
{-nirUpaNa} n. {-nirNaya} m. {-prakAza} m. N. of wks.; {-bhAva} m. (a short word) whose essence is of
the same efficacy (as that of the full form) Mn. ii, 124; {-vat} mfn. having the form of (comp.) MBh.;
{-sambandha-rUpa} n. {-sambodhana} n. {-sambodhana-paJca-viMzati-vRtti} f. {--rUpA7khya-stotra} n.
N. of wks.; {--rUpA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; {--rUpA7nusaMdhAna} n. {--rUpA7nusaMdhAna-
stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7siddhi} f. a form of non-proof (where the quality alleged to belong to a
subject is not really proved) Tarkas.; {--rUpo7tpre7kSA} f. a kind of simile Sâh. Kuval.; {--rUpo7paniSad}
f. N. of an Upanishad.
svastha* = mf(%{A})n. self-abiding, being in oñone's self (or `" in the self "' Sarvad.), being in one's
natural state, being oñone's self uninjured, unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well, healthy (in
body and mind; often v.l. for %{su-stha}), comfortable, at ease (compar. %{-tara}) MaitrUp. &c. &c.;
relying upon one's self, confident, resolute, composed W.; self-sufficient, independent ib.; (%{am}) ind.
composedly MW.; %{-citta} mfn. sound in mind Ja1takam.; %{-tA} f. well-being, health, ease Pan5cat.
HYog.; %{-vRtta} n. medical treatment of a healthy person Car.; %{-thA7riSTa} n. a death-token in a
healthy person, As3vav.
svasti = all peace * i n. f. (nom. {svasti4}, {-ti4s}; acc. {svasti4}, {-ti4m}; instr. {svasti4}, {-tyA4}; dat.
{svasta4ye}; loc. {svastau4}; instr. {svasti4bhis}; also personified as a goddess, and sometimes as Kalâ
cf. {svasti-devI}), well-being, fortune, luck, success, prosperity RV. VS. S'Br. MBh. R. BhP.; ({i4}) ind.
well, happily, successfully (also = `" may it be well with thee! hail! health! adieu! be it! "' a term of
salutation [esp. in the beginning of letters] or of sanction or approbation) RV. &c. &c
svastirno = good to us
svasthaiH = by healthy persons (ie, healthy in minds, their minds being well
svata.ntra = Free
svayaM = herself
sviiya * = s mf({A})n. relating or belonging to one's self, own, proper, peculiar, characteristic Kâv. Pur.
&c.; m. (pl.) one's own people or kindred ib.; ({A}) f. `" one's own wife "', a wife solely attached to her
husband Sâh.
svishthi * = s f. a successful sacrifice AV. TS. Kaus'.; mfn. sacrificing well or with success MBh.
svid * = s1 ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} + {id}; cf. {kuvid}) a particle of interrogation or inquiry or doubt, often
translatable by `" do you think? "' `" perhaps "', `" pray "', `" indeed "', `" any "' (esp. used after the
interrogative {ka} and its derivatives e.g. {kaH svid eSAm brAhmaNAnAm anucAna-tamaH}, `" pray who
[or `" who do you think "'] is the most learned of these Brahmans? "' S'Br.; but also without another
interrogative e.g. {tvaM svin no yAjJavalkya brakmiSTho 'si}, `" do you think Yâjñavalkya, you are the
greatest Brâhman among us? "' ib.; also used after {uta}, {api}, {Aho}, and {utA7ho}, and disjunctively in
the first or second or both parts of a double interrogation, thus: {kiMnu-svid}; {kiMsvid-svid}; {svid-
svid}; {svid-utA7ho}; {nu-svid}; {svid-nu}; {svid-uta}; {svid-vA}; {svid-kimu}; {svid-kim-nukim};
sometimes making a preceding interrogative indefinite e.g. {kva4 svid}, `" anywhere "'; {ka4H svid}, `"
whoever "', `" any one "'; similarly with {yad} e.g. {yad svid dIyate}, `" whatever is given "' MaitrS.;
sometimes apparently a mere expletive) RV. &c. &c.
svid * = 2 cl. 1. Â. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xviii, 4; xxvi, 79) {svedate} or {svidyati} (Â. {svidyate} Yâjñ.; p.
{svidyamAna} Sus'r.; pf. {siSveda} Gr.; {siSvide} MBh.; p. {siSvidAna4} RV.; aor. {asvidat} S'is'.; fut.
{svettA}, {svetsyati} Gr.; ind. p. {-svedam} Br.), to sweat, perspire AitÂr. ChUp. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.;
({svedate}), to be anointed Dhâtup.; to be disturbed (?) ib.: Caus. {svedayati} (aor. {asiSvidat}), to cause
to sweat, treat with sudorifics Sus'r.; to foment, soften SâmavBr.: Desid. of Caus. {sisvedayiSati}, Gr.:
Desid. {sisvitSati} ib.: Intens. {seSvidyate}, {seSvetti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sûdor}, {sUdare};
&387913[1284,3] Angl. Sax. {swa7t}; Eng. {sweat}; Germ. {Schweiss}, {schwitzen}.]
sviikaroti = to accept
sviikaara* = m. making one's own, appropriation, claiming, claim BhP. Siddh.; reception Kathâs.; assent,
agreement, consent, promise Sarvad.; {-graha} m. robbery, forcible seizure Mcar.; {-pattra} n. a written
document or will disposing of one's property RTL. 531; {-rahita} mfn. devoid of assent, not agreed to W.;
{-rA7nta} mfn. ended or concluded by assent, agreed to ib.
syandane = chariot
syandin.h = oozing
syaaM = would be
syamantaka* = m. N. of a celebrated jewel (worn by Kriishna on his wrist [cf. {kaustubha}], described as
yielding daily eight loads of gold and preserving from all dangers; it is said to have been given to Satrâ-jit
[q.v.] by the Sun and transferred by him to his brother Prasena, from whom it was taken by Jâmbavat,
and after much contention appropriated by Kriishna see VishnuP. iv, 13) Hariv. Pur. Pañcar.
syUta* =mfn. sewn, stitched, woven RV. &c. &c.; sewn on HParis'.; sewn or woven together, joined,
fabricated MW.; pierced, penetrated ib.; m. a sack, coarse canvas bag L.
syUti * =f. (only L.), sewing, stitching, weaving; a bag, sack; lineage, offspring.
syUna * =m. (only L.) a sack; a ray of light; the sun; ({A}) f. a ray of light L.; a girdle L.
syUman * =n. a band, thong, bridle RV.; a suture (of the skull) AitBr.
taadita = beaten
taaDa = a mountain
taadris'a * = mf({I})n. (Pân. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = {-dR4z} S'Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c.; {yAdRza t-} [Pañcat.) or
{za-t-} [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever
taalikaa = clap
taaM = to that
taama* = m. ( {tam}) = {bhISaNa} L.; = {doSa} L.; anxiety, distress W.; ({I}) f. = {tamI}, night L. Sch.;
see also {-mi}.
taamasika = Planets that are slothful - Waning Moon, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and Mercury
taamisra * = (fr. %{tam-} and %{ta4misrA} g. %{jyotsnA7di}) mfn. (with %{pakSa}) or m. the dark half
of the month La1t2y.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813; m. `" nightwalker "', a Ra1kshasa Ragh. xv, 2; (in
Sa1m2khya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidya1) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sa1m2khyak.
Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) Ma1rkP. iii l; N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Ya1jn5. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v Ma1rkP.; cf.
%{andha-}.
taandava: dancing
taan.h = them
taani = his
taantrika* = mf({A} Sus'r. i, 3; {I})n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. ({-kI saMjJA}, `" a technical
N.); taught in the Tantras. mystical Hâr. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Sus'r. &c.; m. one completely versed in any science
or system Bhâshâp.; a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2 SS'ankar.
taaNa = to stretch
taantra* = mf({I})n. having wires ({ta4ntra}), stringed (a musical instrument) W.; regulated by a general
rule ÂpS'r. xiv, 12, 5 f.; relating to the Tantras W.; n. the music of a stringed instrument R. i, 3.
taapa = trouble * (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84);
heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain (mental or
physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the Yamunâ river "' L.)
Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}.
taapasau = (2)penance-doers
taapa* = m. (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84); heating
Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain (mental or physical),
sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109,
30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}
taapana mf(%{I})n. ifc. illuminating BhP. ii , 9 , 8 ; burning , causing pain , distressing MBh. Hariv. 9427 R. (cf.
%{indra-} , %{candra-}) ; m. the sun MBh. v , 1739 ; the hot season Npr. ; the sun-stone L. ; one of Ka1ma's arrows
L. ; n. burning Sus3r. i , 41 , 3 ; pain , torment MBh. xiii , 1098 ; (in dram.) helplessness , perplexity Sa1h. v , 91 ; N.
of a hell Ya1jn5. iii , 224 ; gold Npr. ; (%{A}) f. austerity HParis3. i , 68 ; (%{I}) f. N. of several Upanishads ; of a
river L.
42 tApana mfn. making hot , paining , tormenting MBh. R. Sus3r. ; m. N. of S3iva S3ivag. ; a partic. hell BhP. ; n.
warming , heating , turning , paining , distressing MBh. Sus3r.
taapya* = (fr. {tap}) regret DivyA7v. xviii; m. n. (fr. {-pI}) = {-pI-samudbhava} Car.vi, 18 and 24 Bhpr. v,
26, 160
taara4 * =mfn. ( {tRR}) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 S'iraUp.; (Vishnu) MBh.
xiii, 6986; high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note TândyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar.
{-tara} and superl. {-tama}) TPrât.; S'ikshâ MBh. vii Mriicch. &c.; mfn. (ft. {stR4}?) shining, radiant
Megh. Amar. Kathâs. lxxiii Sâh.; clean, clear L.; good, excellent, well flavoured L. Sch.; m. `" crossing "'
see {dus-}, {su-}; `" saving "', a mystical monosyllable (as {om}) RâmatUp. S'ikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr.;
Andropogon bicolor L.; N. of Mani-râma (author of a Comm. on Bhâm.); of a Daitya (slain by Vishnu)
Hariv.; of one of Râma's monkey generals (son of Briihas-pati, husband of Târâ) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv,
vi; pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 33; m. [n. and ({A}) f. L.] the clearness or
transparency of a pearl, clear pearl Sus'r. v, 3, 19 Gît. xi, 25; (m. n. L.) = {-rA7bhra} L.; m. n. a star L.; the
pupil of the eye L.; n. descent to a river, bank (cf. {tIra}, {tIrtha4}) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pân. 6-3, 109 Vârtt. 1;
silver BhP. iv, 6, 27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43; ({A}) f. (g. {bhidA7di}) a fixed star, asterism (cf. {stR4}) Yâjñ. iii, 172
MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Mriicch. iii, 10); the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBriS. lviii, 11 &c.; a kind of
meteor, vli, 86 and 94; (in Sânkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas.; (in music) N. of a Râga of six
notes; a kind of perfume L.; a form of Dâkshâyani (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha MatsyaP.
xiii, 46; protectress of the Griitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8; cf. RTL. p. 187); N. of a Buddh. goddess,
Vâsav, 433; of Briihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340 ff. BhP. &c.; of the wife
of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh.; of a S'akti Jain.; of a Yoginî Hcat. ii, 1, 710; of a female monkey
(daughter of Sushena, wife of Bâlin and mother of Angada) MBh. iii, 16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi.
taarkshya* = m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet {a4riSTa-nemi}
[RV. i, 89, 6; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kaus'. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol. Âs'vS'r. x, 7]
and identified with Garuda [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother [L.] or father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and
21; see also {-putra}]; mentioned with Arishtha-nemi VS. xv, 18; with Arishtha-nemi, Garuda, Aruna and
Âruni as offspring of Kas'yapa by Vinatâ MBh. i, 2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175; called a Yaksha
VP. ii, 10, 13; a Muni with the N. Arishtha-nemi MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665; xii, 10615; pl. a class of
demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Câranas R. i, 16, 9); N. of the hymn RV. x, 178
(ascribed to Târkshya Arishthanemi) Âs'vS'r. ix SânkhS'r. xi f. Lâthy. i; a horse Naigh. i, 14; a cart L.; a
bird MBh. vi, 71 Sus'r. iv, 28, 5; a snake L.; = {-prasava}, vi, 51, 19 ({-kSa} ed.); a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66;
gold L.; = {netrA7Jca keza} Npr.; S'iva; N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Âp. and Âs'v.); pl. N. of a people MBh.
ii, 1871; n. = {-ja} Sus'r. iv, 9, 45.
taata = My friend
taataH = father
taarkika* = mfn. (fr. {tarka}) related or belonging to logic W.; m. a dialectician, logician, philosopher
Gâthâsangr. Veda7ntas. &c.
taartiiya * = mfn. belonging to the 3rd (%{tRt-}) A1s3vS3r. x , 2 BhP. iii , 6 , 29 ; the 3rd , viii , 19 , 34 ;
n. a 3rd part Ka1tyS3r. iv , 7 , Paddh.
taata * = m. (cf. 1. {tata4}) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. S'ak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c.; ({tA4ta}) voc. a term of
affection addressed to a junior [S'Br. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.],
addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825; v, 5435 (C) [442, 1]; in the latter use also ({As}) voc. pl. ib.
(B); i, 6820 f.; iv, 133; [cf. $; Lat. {tata} &c.]
taavat.h = by that time(when it was over), meanwhile * taavat* = mf({atI})n. (fr. 2. {ta} Pân. 5-2, 39; vi,
3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of {yA4vat}; rarely of {ya} or
{yatho7kta} Nal.&c.) RV. &c. ({yAvatA kSaNena tAvatA}, `" after so long time, in that time "', as soon as
Râjat. v, 110); just a little Kir. ii, 48; (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with {yAvat}); ind. (correlative
of {yA4vat}) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. &c. ({tA4vat-tAvat}
S'Br. i, 8, 1, 6); so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 S'Br. i Mn. &c.; meanwhile, in the mean time (the
correlative {yAvat} being often connected with a neg. e.g. {tAvac chobhate mUrkho yAvat kiM-cin na
bhASate}, `" so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing "' Hit.; {zocayiSyAmy AtmAnaM tAvad
yAvan me prA7ptam brAhmaNyam}, `" so long I will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have
obtained the state of a Brâhman "' R. i, 64, 19) S'Br. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also
correlative of {purA} [R. i, 28, 21], of {yAvatA na}, of {yAvat} preceded by {purA} [MBh. xiii, 4556], or
without any correlative [2727 Kathâs. Hit.]); at once, now, just, first (followed by {anantaram} [Hit.],
{aparam} [Pañcat.], {api} [ib.], {idAnIm} [Hit.], {uta} [S'ak.], {ca} [Das'. Prab.], {tatas} [Mn. iv, 174
Ragh. vii, 4f.], {tad-anu} [Megh.], {tu} [Das'. vii Veda7ntas.], {pazcAt} [R. ii], {punar} [Pañcat.], {vA};
very often connected with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st
person of pr. or fut. MBh. &c.; the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [{itas tAvat}, `" just come hither "';
{mA tAvat}, `" by no means, God forbid! "'] S'ak. Mâlav. Vikr. Prab.; sometimes {arhasi} with the inf. is
used instead R. i f.); (with {na} or {a-}) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by {yAvat}, `" while "' Kathâs. xxvi,
23; {tAvan na-api na}, `" not only not-but also not "' Kâd.); very well, all right Hcar.; indeed, truly (e.g.
{dRDhas tAvad bandhaH}, `" the knot is tight I must admit "' Hit.; {gatA tAvat}, `" she is indeed gone "'
Kathâs. xviii, 241) R. &c.; already (opposed to `" how much more "' or `" how much less "') R. iv f. S'ak.;
really (= {eva}, sometimes connected with this particle e.g. {vikrayas tAvad eva saH}, `" it is really a sale
"') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c.; ({tA}) instr. ind. to that extent RPrât. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii; in that time, in
the mean time, meanwhile Das'. Kathâs. x, 24 Bharath.; ({ti}), loc ind. so far S'Br. viii, 6, 2, 8; so long, in
that time TS. ii, 4; [cf. Lat. {tantus}.]
taavaan.h = similarly
taavanta: so much
taM = him
taD * = cl, 10. {tADayati} (perf. {-DayAmAsa} Kathâs., twice {tatADa} BhP. vi f.; Pass. {tADyate}) to beat,
strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yâjñ. i MBh. &c.; to strike a
musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mriicch. v Kum. &c.; (in astron.) to obscure or eclipse partially
VarBriS. xxiv, 34; `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 126.
ta4d * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. {ta4} from which latter all the cases of this pron.
are formed except nom. sg. m. {sa4s} or {sa4} & f. {sA4}; instr. pl. {tai4s} AV. &c.; Ved. {te4bhis} RV. AV.
&c.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of {ya4} generally standing in the preceding clause e.g.
{yasya buddhiH sa balavAn}, `" of whom there is intellect he is strong "'; sometimes, for the sake of
emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with
relatives e.g. {so 'ham}, `" I that very person, I myself "' [{tasya} = {mama} Nal. xv, 10]; {tAv imau}, `"
those very two "'; {tad etad AkhyAnam}, `" that very tale "' AitBr. vii, 18; {yat tat kAraNam}, `" that very
reason which "' Mn. i, 11; {yA sA zrI}, `" that very fortune which "' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c.; ({tad}) n. this
world (cf. {idam}) R. vi, 102, 25; = Brahma see {tat-tva}; ({ta4d}) ind. there, in that place, thither, to that
spot (correlative of {ya4tra} or {ya4tas}) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 S'Br. i, x, xiv ChUp.; then, at that time, in that
case (correlative of {yadA4}, {ya4d} AV.; of {ya4tra} S'Br. xiv; of {yadi} Nal. Bhag. &c.; of {ce7d} S'ak. &c.)
RV. iv, 28, 1 AV. &c.; thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii S'Br. AitBr.; ({tad etau zlokau
bhavataH}, `" with reference to that there are these two verses "') Pras'nUp.; on that account, for that
reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of {yatas}, {yad}, {yena}, `" because "' Das'.
Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c.; now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv S'Br. AitBr.; so also,
equally, and AV. xi, xv
tad tad * = this and that, various, different (e.g. {taM taM dezaM jagAma}, `" he went to this and that
place "'; {tAsu tAsu yoniSu}, `" in different or various birth-places "' Mn. xii, 74); respective BriNârP. xiii,
88; {tenaiva tenaiva pathA}, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28
tadanantaraM = thereafter
tadaa = then
taD.h = to hit
tad.h = he/she/it
taDit * = ind. = %{-Di4tas} RV. i, 94, 7 (%{talit}) ; f. stroke (%{vadha-karman} Naigh. ii, 19) "', lightning
Nir. iii, 10f. Sus3r. &c. (ifc. %{-Dita} Vet. Introd. 20).
taijana* = mfn. coming from the plant {tejanI} Kâthh. xxi, 10 (ÂpS'r. xvii, 14).
taijasa * = mf({I})n. originating from or consisting of light ({te4jas}), bright, brilliant S'Br. xiv MândUp.
MBh. &c.; consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic Âs'vGri. Gaut. Mn. KâtyS'r. Sch.; said
of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Sus'r. i, 14; passionate Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Veda7ntas.
Sus'r. BhP.; n. metal L.; vigour W.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 7035; ix, 2723; ({I}) f. Scindapsus officinalis
Npr.; long pepper Gal.; {-sA7vartanI}, {-tinI} f. a crucible L.
taiH = by them
taila = oil
taistaiH = various
takshaka* = m. (Pân. 8-2, 29 Kâs'.) `" a cutter "' see {kASTha-}, {vRkSa-}; a carpenter L.; Vis'vakarman
L.; the Sûtra-dhâra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch.; N. of a tree L.; of a Nâga prince (cf.
{-kSa}) AV. viii, 10, 29 TândyaBr. xxv, 15 S'ânkhGri. iv, 18, 1 Kaus'. MBh. &c.; of a son of Prasena-jit BhP.
ix, 12, 8; see also {-kSa}.
tala = Bottom
tam.h = him
tama = Anger * = 1 m. (Pân. 7-3, 34 Kâs'.) = {tamas} (`" the ascending node "' VarBri. [?] Jyot.) L. Sch.;
(= {-mAla}) Xanthochymus pictorius L.; = {-makA} L.; n. (= {-mas}) darkness L.; the point of the foot L.;
({A}) f. night L.; Xanthochymus pictorius L.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 47) night S'is'. ix, 23 BhP. x,
13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45.
tama* = 2 an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives ({ka4Nva-}, &c.)
Sus'r. i, 20, 11; mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs and (in later
language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning; ind. in a high degree, much Naish. viii.
tamana* = n. the becoming breathless S'ânkhS'r. ii, 7, 7; iv KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 13; cf. {nAga-tamanI}.
tamas* = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived of the
eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f.
VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to Râhu (also m. L.)
R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sânkhya
phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one of the 3 qualities or constituents
of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness,
and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf. RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.)
RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-
s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat. {temere} &c.]
tamasa* = mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22; m. darkness Un. Sch. a well Un. vri.; n. ifc. for {-mas}, `"
darkness "' see {andha-}, {-dhA-}, {ava-}, {vi-}, {saM-}; a city Un. vri.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (falling into
the Ganges below Pratishthhâna) MBh. iii, 14231; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if.; iv, 40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16.
tamas.h = darkness
tamas * = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived of the
eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f.
VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to Râhu (also m. L.)
R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sânkhya
phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one of the 3 qualities or constituents
of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness,
and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf. RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.)
RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-
s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat. {temere} &c.]
tamasaH = to darkness
tamisra * = m. = %{-pakSa} W.; n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gi1t. xi, 12; a
dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45; anger L.; (%{A}) f. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 114) a dark night RV. ii, 27, 14
TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Ra1gh. &c.; cf. %{su-}; %{tAmisra}
tana = Body
tanayaa = daughter
tanno = he to us
tanmaatra = the five potentials or senses* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10,
15; n. merely that, only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in
number, viz. {zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser
elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA} f. the
state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation
of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.
tantuvaayaH = (m) spinner (one who spins cloth, not the bowler :)
tantra = treatises on ritual, meditation, discipline, etc* = n. (Pân. 7-2, 9 Kâs'.) a loom, v, 2, 70; the warp
RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TândyaBr. x, 5 S'Br. xiv Kaus'. MBh. i, 806 and 809; the leading or principal
or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework S'Br. xii TândyaBr.
xxiii, 19, 1 Lâthy. KâtyS'r. &c. (e.g. {kulasya t-}, `" the principal action in keeping up a family i.e.
propagation "' MBh. xiii, 48, 6; ifc. `" depending on "' cf. {Atma-}, {sva-}, {para-}, &c.); doctrine, rule,
theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBriS. i, 9;
Parâs'ara's work on astron., ii, 3; vii, 8) MBh. &c. (cf. {SaSTi-} &c.); a class of works teaching magical and
mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between S'iva and Durgâ and said to treat of 5
subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of
all objects, esp. of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by
meditation [436,2]; cf. RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBriS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Das'. Kathâs. xxiii, 63
Sarvad.; a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar.; oath or ordeal L.; N. of a Sâman (also called `" that of Virûpa "') ÂrshBr.;
an army (cf. {-trin}) BhP. x, 54, 15; ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bâlar. ii f. vi; = {rAjya-t-},
government Das'. xiii S'is'. ii, 88; ({para t-}, `" the highest authority "') Subh.; a means which leads to
two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31; a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy cf.
{-trA7vApa}; = {paricchada} L.; = {anta} L.; wealth L.; a house L.; happiness W.; ({eNa}) instr. ind. so as
to be typical or hold good KâtyS'r. xvi, xx; ({A}) f. for {-ndrA} Sus'r.; ({Is} cf. Pân. 5-4, 159 Kâs'.; {I} L.) f.
= {-ntI} Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (v.l. for {-ntI}; see also {vatsatantrI}); the wire or string of a lute
S'ânkhS'r. xvii Lâthy. iv, 1, 2 Kaus'. &c. ({-tri} R. vi, 28, 26); (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210
(v.l.); any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein Pân. 5-4, 159; the plant {-trikA} L.; a girl with peculiar
qualities L.; N. of a river L.; cf. {ku-tantrI}.
tantraya * = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5
(ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantrataa* = f. the state of anything that serves as a {tantra} Âs'vS'r. xi, 1; comprehending several rites in
one, ceremony in lieu of a number W.
tantravaaya* = m. (= {-ntu-v-}) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15; a spider L.; m. n. weaving L.
tantraya* = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5
(ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantraayin* = mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12.
tantraka* = mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pân. 5-2, 70; ifc. for {-tra}, doctrine see
{paJca-}; ({ikA}) f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7; noise in the ears S'ârngS. vii, 142; cf. {apa-}.
tantrakaara* = m. the author of any scientific treatise Mâlav. i, 8/9 Das'. xiii, 87.
tantravaarttika* = n. = {mImAnsA-t-}.
tantraavaapa* = n. sg. `" attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country "' [Das'. xiii,
92], and `" drugs and their preparation "' S'is'. ii, 88.
tantu * = m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c.; a cobweb W.; a
succession of sacrificial performances BhP.; any one propagating his family in regular succession
Ka1tyS3r. iii A1p. TUp. MBh. (cf. %{kula-}) &c.; a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17; any continuity (as of
thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Ma1lati1m.; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; = %{-nAga} L.; (g. %{gargA7di}) N.
of a man Pravar. iv, 1; cf. %{kASTha-}, %{vara-}, %{sapta4-}.
tanu = body
tanuuM = body
tanuuja = son
tanutyAga* = mfn. spending little Hit.; m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6.
tanutra* = n. `" body-guard "', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Sus'r. BhP. Tantr.; {-vat} mfn. having armour R. vi.
tanutvac* = m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78; the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66; Cassiâ Senna Npr.
tanutyaj* = mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8; = {-nU-t-} Âp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mâlav. v, 11/12
BhP.
tanUtyaj* = mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14).
tanvi = woman
taNDula * = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. S'Br. AitBr.
&c.; rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBriS.; = {-lIka} L.; m. = {-lu} L.; ({A}), f.id. L.; ({I}) f. a kind of
gourd L.; = {-lIka} L.; the plant {yava-tiktA} L.
tanmaatra* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that, only a trifle
Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz. {zabda-}, {sparza-},
{rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser elements are produced cf. RTL. p.
31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA} f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46;
{-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements,
rudimentary creation.
tap*= (cf. 1. %{pat}) cl. 4. A1. %{-pyate}, to rule Dha1tup. xxvi, 50.\\2 cl. 1. %{ta4pati} (rarely A1. ; Subj.
%{-pAti} RV. v, 79, 9 ; p. %{ta4pat} RV. &c. ; cl. 4. p. %{ta4pyat} VS. xxxix, 12 ; pf. 1. sg. %{tata4pa} RV.
vii, 104, 15 ; 3. sg. %{-tA4pa}, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c. ; p. %{tepAna4} RV. ; fut. %{tapsya4ti} Br. &c.:
%{-te} & %{tapiSyati} MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV. &c. ; to make hot or warm,
heat, shine upon ib. ; to consume or destroy by heat ib. ; to suffer pain MBh. viii, 1794 Gi1t. vii, 31 ; (with
%{pazcAt}) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15 ; to torment one's self, undergo self-mortification, practise
austerity (%{tapas}) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c. ; to cause pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17
S3Br. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. A1. %{tapya4te} (xiv ; or %{ta4py-} TBr. ii ; p. %{-pya4mAna} AV. ; %{ta4py-},
xix, 56, 5 ; cf. %{a4-} ; aor. %{atApi} RV. vii, 70, 2 ; %{atapta} Pa1n2. 3-1, 65 Ka1s3. ; pf. %{tepe} MBh. &c.
; p. %{-pAna4} S3Br. ; also P. %{tapyati}, %{-pyet}, %{atapyat}, &c. MBh. R. Katha1s. x, 4) to be heated or
burnt, become hot RV. &c. ; to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad. ; to suffer or feel pain RV.
x, 34, 10 and 95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 S3Br. xiv MBh. &c. ; to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity
(%{tapas}) AV. S3Br. TBr. Shad2vBr. S3a1n3khS3r. &c.: Caus. %{tApayati}, %{-te} (p. %{-pa4yat} AV. ;
Pass. %{-pyate} MBh. &c. ; aor. %{atItape} & [Subj.] %{tata4pate} RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ;
viii, 72, 4 Kaus3. MBh. &c. ; to consume by heat R. &c. ; to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix, 28, 2
MBh. &c. ; to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. %{tAtapyamAna}) to feel violent
pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [cf. Lat. {tepeo} &c.]\\3 mfn. `" warming one's self. "'
see %{agni-ta4p}.
tapa = to burn, shine, suffer * `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `" causing pain or trouble,
distressing "' see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-})
Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6; the hot season S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf.
{mahA-} and {su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii,
14392; Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-
vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.
tapaH = penance
tapantaM = heating
taapana * = mfn. warming , burning , shining (the sun) MBh. i , v R. vi , 79 , 57 ; causing pain or distress
RV. ii , 23 , 4 ; x , 34 , 6 AV. iv , xix ; m. (g. %{nandy-Adi}) the sun MBh. i , vi , xiii R. i , 16 , 11 Ragh. &c. ;
heat L. ; the hot season L. ; N. of a hell (cf. %{mahA-}) Mn. iv , 89 Buddh. ; N. of an Agni Hariv. 10465 ;
Agastya (cf. %{Agneya}) L. ; Semecarpus Anacardium Npr. ; = %{-cchada} (or `" a white kind of it "' Npr.)
L. ; Premna spinosa L. ; Cassia Senna Npr. ; the civet cat Gal. ; = %{-maNi} L. ; N. of a Yaksha MBh. i , 32
, 18 ; of a Rakshas R. vi ; n. (%{-na4}) the being hot , burning , heat TBr. ii , 2 , 9 , 1 f. ; pining , grieving ,
mental distress Ka1t2h. xxviii , 4 Sa1h. iii ; (%{I4}) f. heat RV. ii , 23 , 14 ; the root of Bignonia suaveolens
Npr. ; = %{-panti} DivyA7v. xxx , 317 and 409 ; a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.) ; cf. %{gopAla-} ,
%{tripu4ra} , %{rAma-}.
tapas * = warmth, heat ({paJca tapAMsi}, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot
season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv
BrahmaP.; cf. Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SânkhS'r.; pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7; religious austerity,
bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. `" sacred learning "' with
Brâhmans, `" protection of subjects "' with Kshatriyas, `" giving alms to Brâhmans "' with Vais'yas, `"
service "' with S'ûdras, and `" feeding upon herbs and roots "' with Riishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2; x
(personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, `" father of Manyu "' RAnukr.) AV. &c.; (m. L.) N. of a month intervening
between winter and spring VS. TS. i S'Br.iv Sus'r. Pân. 4-4, 128 Vârtt. 2 Pat. S'is'. vi, 63; the hot season L.
Sch.; = {-po-loka} Veda7ntas. 120; the 9th lunar mansion ({dharma}) VarBri. i, 19; ix, 1 and 4; N. of a
Kalpa period, VâvuP. i, 21, 27.
tapasi = in penance
tapoloka* = m. one of the 7 worlds (also called {tapar-l-}, situated above the {jana-l-}) ÂrunUp. BhP. ii, 5,
39 Kâs'îKh. xxii; pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2.
taptaM = executed
tapya* = mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bâdar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. ({-tva} n. abstr.); performing austerity (=
{sattva-maya} Sch.; said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10381.
tara * =1 an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. {vRtra-ta4ra}) of substantives
Sus'r. i, 20, 11; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs (see {ati-tarA4m} &c.) and (in later
language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratna7v. iii, 9 Kathâs.), intensifying their meaning; ind. with {na}, not
at all BhP. x, 46, 43.
tara = crossing over ta4ra * =2 mfn. ( {tRR}; g. {pacA7di}) carrying across or beyond, saving (?, said of
S'iva) MBh. xii, 10380; ifc. passing over or beyond W.; `" surpassing, conquering "' see {zoka-tara4} cf.
{rathaMtara4}; excelling, w.; m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yâjñ.
(ifc.) MBh. xii; ({a-} mfn. `" impassable "') Bhathth. vii, 55 (cf. {dus-}); `" excelling, conquering "' see
{duS-Ta4ra}, {su-ta4ra}, {dus-}; = {-paNya} Mn. viii, 406; a raft W.; a road L.; N. of a magical spell
(against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4; fire W.; N. of a man Râjat. vii, 809;
({I}; also {Is} L.) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 48), a boat, ship (cf. {-ri}) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv S'is'. iii, 76 (cf.
{nis-tarIka}); a clothes-basket (also {-ri}) L.; the hem of a garment (also {-ri}) L.; = {-raNi-peTaka} L.; a
club L.; for {starI} (smoke) W.
taraNe = in crossing
taranti = overcome
tarhi * = ind. (fr. {ta4d-hi4}; see {tarvan} Pân. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in that case
(correlative of {ya4d} [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], {yadA4} [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], {ya4rhi} [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], {ya4tra}
[S'Br. ii BhP. v], {yadi} [S'ak. v.l. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.], {ced} [Prab. Sâh.]; often connected with an Impv.
[S'ak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. [Pat. Kâs'. Siddh. Sâh.]) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.);
cf. {eta4r-}, {ka4r-}.
tarjana * = n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c.; (ifc.) frightening MBh. iii,
12569; derision W.; putting to shame, surpassing W.; anger W.; ({A}) f. scolding Sâh.; ({I}) f. `"
threatening finger "', the fore-finger Kathâs. xvii, 88 KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {-nikA} Hcat. ii, 1.
tarka* = m. conjecture MBh. &c.; reasoning, speculation, inquiry KathhUp. ii, 9 PârGri. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn.
xii, 106 MBh. &c.; doubt W.; system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical
system (esp. the Nyâya system, but applicable also to any of the six Dars'ana q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop.
Caran. Madhus.; the number 6 Sûryas. xii, 87; logic, confutation (esp. that kind of argument which
consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus.; wish, desire L.; supplying an ellipsis L.;
cause, motive L.; n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7; ({A}) f. reasoning, inquiry (`" = {kAGkSA} "' Sch.)
MBh. iv, 892; cf. {a-}, {ku-}, {dus-}, {rUpa-}.
ta4rpaNa * =mf({I})n. id. Sus'r. (cf. {ghrANa-}); (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18; 16, 3; n. satiety
MBh. xiv, 673; satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. {RSi-}, {pitR-}] by presenting
to them libations of water; a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad.; cf. RTL. p.
394 and 409) PârGri. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yâjñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c.; gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27;
refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pân. 2-3, 14 Kâs'. Hcat. (ifc. f. {A}); fuel L.;
(satiating i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Sus'r.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant L.
tarpara * =m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. {kapilakA7di} (Ganar. 446).
taru = Tree
taruNau = (two)youngsters
taruu = Tree
tarkeNa = (masc.instr.Sing.)logic
tarjanii = Finger
tas * =1 cl. 4. {-syati}, to fade away, perish Dhâtup. xxvi, 103; (cf. {taMs}) to cast upwards (or `" to throw
down "') ib. (Vop.); to throw Pân. 3-4, 61 Kâs'. 2.
tashtha * =mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1,
23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tasara * =(m. L.) n. ( {taMs}?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 (`" the cloth in the loom "' TBr. Sch.)
taskara * =m. (for {tat-k-} Nir. iii, 14 VPrât. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 5180
Kâm. iv, 53; cf. {a-taskara4}; ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathâs. ci, 140] Ganar. 114); Trigonella
corniculata Sus'r. iv, 37, 15; Vanguiera spinosa L.; Ardisia humilis (?) L.; the ear (derived fr. Ragh. i, 27)
W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBriS. xi, 20; ({I}) f. a passionate woman L.; a kind of Mimosa Npr.
tasthau = stood
tashtha * mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23;
cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tasmaat.h = hence* = ind. (abl. of 2. {ta4}) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of {ya4d},
{yasmAt}) AV. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c.
tasmin.h = in that
tasya = its
tasyaaM = in that
tat* =1 for {ta4d}. see col. 3. \\2 I. {tata4}. see {tan} \\ mfn. ifc. see {parI-}; cf. {purI-ta4t}.
taat* = ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4} Pân.;
vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tata * = 2 m. (cf. {tAta}) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to {nanA4}, mother)
RV. viii, 91, 5 f.; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like {tAta}] also term of affection addressed to a son
AitBr.v, 14, 3; vii, 14, 8).
tata 4 = 2 mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c.; spreading over,
extending to W.; covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 S'is'. ix, 23; protracted W.;
bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25; iv, 5, 1; spreading, wide L.; composed (a tale), i, 2455; performed (a
ceremony) RV. &c.; m. wind L.; n. any stringed instrument L.; a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables.
taa4t * ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4} Pân.;
vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tataM = pervaded
tataH = Then
tat.h = that
tath * = cl. 1. P. {-Tati}, to rumble ShadvBr. v, 7; (derived fr. {taTa}) to be raised Dhâtup.ix, 21: Caus.
{tATayati} v.l. for {tADay-}, to strike, xxxii, 43.
tathaa V*: also, so, thus as well, similarly6, then, as also, as far as, in that way, true to that, at that time,
too
tatha * = m. (exceptionally n. Das'ar. ii. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has (as it
were) sloping, sides (cf. {zroNi-}, {stana-}, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381) Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. î
Bhartri.); ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 49) id. Gît. Prab. Sâh.; cf. {a-}, {ut-}; {pura-taTI}.
tattva = an element, the twenty-four categories of thatness * = n. true or real state, truth, reality S'vetUp.
Mn. Bhag. &c.; (in phil.) a true principle (in Sânkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi},
{ahaM-kAra}, the 5 Tan-mâtras, the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas, the 11 organs including {manas}, and, lastly,
{puruSa}, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas.; 24 in number MBh. xii, 11242 Hariv.
14840 (m.); 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff.; for other numbers cf. xi, 22, 1 ff. RâmatUp.; with Mâhes'varas
and Loka7yatikas only 5 [viz. the 5 elements] are admitted Prab. ii, 18/19; with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2
or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f.; in Veda7nta phil. {tattva} is regarded as made up of {tad} and {tvam}, `" that
[art] thou "', and called {mahA-vAkya}, the great word by which the identity of the whole world with the
one eternal Brahma [{tad}] is expressed); the, number 25 Sûryas. ii; the number 24 DevibhP. S'Br. vii, 3,
1, 43 Sây.; an element or elementary property W.; the essence or substance of anything W. [433, 1]; the
being that Jaim. i, 3, 24 Sch.; = {tata-tva} L.; N. of a musical instrument L.; ({ena}) instr. ind. according
to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R.; {-kaumudI}
f. `" Tattva-moonlight "'N. of a Comm. on Sânkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20; {-candra} m. `" truthmoon "'N. of a
Comm. on Prakriyâ-kaumudî; `" Tattva-moon "'N. of a Comm. on {-kaumudI}; {-cintAmaNi} m. N. of a
philos. work by Gange7s'a; of another work Nirnayas. iii; {-jJa} mfn. ifc. knowing the truth, knowing the
true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. ({a-} neg., xii, 6623) R. &c.; m. a Brâhman Npr.;
{-jJAna} n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the true principles of phil. Sarvad.;
{-jJAnin} mfn. = {-jJa} W.; {-taraMgiNI} f. `" truth-river "'N. of wk. by Dharmasâgara; {-tas} ind.=
{-ttvena} MundUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA} f. truth, reality W.; {-tyaj} mfn. mistaking the true state
Viddh. iii, 19; {-trayamaya} mfn. consisting of the 3 realities Hcat. i, 11, 893; {-darza} m. (= {-dRz}) N. of
a Riishi under Manu Deva-sâvarni BhP. viii, 13, 32; {-darzin} mfn. = {-dRz} MBh. iii, 1149 Râmag.; m. N.
of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv. 433; of a Brâhman, 1265; {-dIpana} n. `" Tattva-light "'N. of wk.;
{-dRz} mfn. perceiving truth Veda7ntas.; {-nikaSa-grAvan} m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12;
{-nizcaya} m. `" ascertainment of truth "', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94; {-niSThatA} f. veracity
Hemac.; {-nyAsa} m. `" application of true principles "'N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishnu
(application of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr.; {-prakAza} m.
`" light of true principles "'N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii; {-prabodha-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk. by Haribhadra
II (A.D. 1.200); {-bindu} m. `" truthdrop "'N. of a philos. treatise; {-bodha} m. knowledge or
understanding of truth, xii, 46; N. of wk. Tantras. ii; {-bodhinI} f. `" teaching true principles "'N. of a
Comm. on Sankshepa-s'ârîraka; of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñâne7ndra-sarasvatî; truth-teaching cf. RTL.
p. 492 and 509; {-bhava} m. true being or nature KathhUp. vi S'vetUp. i; {-bhUta} mfn. true MBh. xii,
5290; {-muktA7vali} f. `" necklace of truth "'N. of wk. Sarvad. iv, 110; cf. RTL. p. 123; {-vat} mfn.
possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii, 11480; {-vAda-rahasya} n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110;
{-vid} mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.) Bhag. iii, 28; {-vivitsA} f. desire of knowing the truth W.;
{-viveka} m. the sifting of established truth; N. of wk. on astron. (also {siddhA7nta-t-}); of another work
Sarvad. v, 6; {-ka-dIpana} n. `" light of truth-investigation "'N. of a philos. work; {-zambara} n. N. of a
Tantra Ânand. 31 Sch.; ({-raka}, Âryav.); {-zuddhi} f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathâs.
lxxv, 194; {-saMgraha} m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88; {-satya-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddh. work by
Gunaprabha; {-samAsa} m. `" Tattva-compendium "'N. of Kapila's Sânkhya-sûtras Tattvas.; {-sAgara} m.
`" truth-ocean "'N. of wk. Smriitit. xi Nirnayas. i, 318; {-sAra} m. `" truth-essence "'N. of wk. S'âkta7n. ii;
{-vA7khyAno7pamA} f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kâvya7d. ii, 36; {-vA7dhigata} mfn. learnt
thoroughly Sus'r.; {-vA7pahnava-rUpaka} n. a metaphor denying a truth (as that two eyes are not eyes
but bees) Kâvya7d. ii, 95; {-vA7bhiyoga} m. a positive charge or declaration Yâjñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff.; {-vA7rtha}
m. the truth Sarvad. iii; {-tha-kaumudI} f. `" truth-light "'N. of a Comm. on Prâyas'c. by (Govinda7nanda;
{-tha-vid} mfn. knowing the exact truth or meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3; (see {veda-}); {-tha-sUtra} n.
N. of a Jaina work by Umâ-svâti Sarvad. iii, 103; {-vA7vabodha} m. perception of truth W.
tattvaM = truth/nature
tattvataH = in reality
tattve = truth
tattvena = in reality
tatparaM = afterwards
tatra = there* = (also {-trA} RV.) ind. ({ta4-tra}, correlative of {ya4-tra}; g. {cA7di}, not in Kâs'.) used for
the loc. (sg. du. and pl.) of {ta4d} (q.v. Pân. 5-3, 10; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c.; in that place, there (in
comp. Pân. 2-1, 46) RV. &c.; thither, to that place ib.; in that, therein, in that case, on that occasion, under
those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of {ya4d} [vi, 57, 4 AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], {yadA}
[Pañcat. i, 19, 8], {yadi} [Mn. viii f. Cân. Hit.], or {ced} [Mn. viii, 295; ix, 205]; {tatra mAsa}, `" that
month "' i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathâs. xviii, 208)
tatra tatra* = used for double loc. of {ta4d} Nal. v, 8; in that and that place, here and there, everywhere
Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP.; to every place MBh.
tathaiva = similarly
tau = they
tava = Yours
tavaM = you
tayaa = by her
tayoH = of them
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.
thasat * = ind. (onomat.) an interjection imitating the sound of bursting Kathâs. vc, 78; ({-sad-iti}) cvi,
181.
tigma * = mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii S'ânkhGri. &c.;
pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c.; violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib.; m. Indra's
thunderbolt W.; = {-gmA7tman} VP. iv, 21, 3; pl. N. of the S'ûdras in Krauñca-dvîpa, ii, 4, 53 (v.l. {tiSya});
n. pungency L.
tiira = (neut) edge, bank \\ * = 1 m. tin (cf. %{tIvra}) L.; n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. $) Pan5cad. ii, 76;
(%{I}) f. id. L.\\2 n. ( %{tRR} Siddh.pum2l. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh. R. Ragh.; ifc.,
for d\\mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying across, furthering,
helping TS. (Sch.)
tiirtha * = n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river,
bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c.; the path to the
altar between the, Câtvâla and Utkara ShadvBr. iii, 1 Âs'vS'r. iv, ix S'ânkhS'r. Lâthy. KâtyS'r.; a channel, iv,
8, Paddh.; the usual or right way or manner TS. S'Br. xiv, ({a4-}, xi) KâtyS'r. MBh. iv, 1411; the right place
or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c.; advice, instruction, counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mâlav. i, 12/13
Kir. ii, 3; certain lines or parts of the hand sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yâjñ. &c.; an object of veneration,
sacred object BhP.; a worthy person Âp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c.; a person worthy of receiving anything
(gen.) MânGri. i, 7; N. of certain counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171
Ragh. xvii S'is'. xiv [449, 2]; one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by S'ankara7cârya (its members add
the word {tIrtha} to their names); a brâhman Un. vri.; = {darzana} L.; = {yoga} L.; the vulva L.; a
womañs courses L.; fire Un. vri.; = {nidAna} ib
tiivra * = mf({A})n. (fr. {tiv-ra}, {tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive, ardent,
sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c.; m. sharpness, pungency Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 3. Pat.; for {-vara} (?)
g. {rAjanyA7di}; S'iva; n. pungency W.; a shore (for 2. {tIra} ?) Un. k.; tin (cf. 1. {tIra}) ib.; steel L.; iron
L.; ({am}) ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W.; ({A}) f. Helleborus niger L.; black
mustard L.; basil L.; {gaNDa-dUrvA} L.; {taradI} L.; {mahA-jyotiSmatI} L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; of a
Mûrchanâ; of the river Padmavatî (in the east of Bengal) L.
tiikshNa = pungent
tilaka * = m. (g. %{sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a freckle
(compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBr2S. l, 9; lii, 10 Katha1s.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in music) N. of
a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampana1 Ra1jat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n. Pan5cad. ii, 57) a
mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a
sectarial distinction) Ya1jn5. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. %{A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in
comp.) Pan5cat. i, 1, 92 Katha1s. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.; black sochal
salt L.; alliteration Ra1jat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = %{tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Ka1lanirn2.
Introd. 12; (%{A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. %{eNa-}, %{kha-}, %{vasanta-}; %{Urdhva-tilakin}.
tittibha = a firefly
timira = darkness
tira * = mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying across, furthering,
helping TS. (Sch.)
tiraskaara* = m. placing aside, concealment W.; abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26; iv; disdain Pân. 2-3, 17
Kâs'. Kathâs.xxxii, 55 SârngP.; a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49.
tiryakkAram* = ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done Pân. 3-4,
60; cf. {tIraya}.
tiryakkSipta* = mfn. placed obliquely L.; said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is forced
outwards) Sus'r. ii, 15, 2 f.
tiryakpramANa* = n. measurement across, breadth KâtyS'r. i f. Sch. ({purastat-}, `" breadth in front "';
{pazcAt-}, `" breadth behind. "')
tiryaksrotas* = mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19 Sch.;
m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MârkP. vlii NarasP. iii, 25.
tishhThantaM = residing
tishhThanti = dwell
tishhThasi = remain
tishya* = m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kriis'ânu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of the new
order RV. v, 54, 13; x, 64, 8 TS. ({-Sya4}) &c.; the month Pausha L.; Terminalia tomentosa L.; = {-SyA} L.;
(Pân. 4-3, 34; i, 2, 63 Kâs'.) `" born under the asterism TñTerminalia "', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf.
{upa-}); n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019; mfn. auspicious, fortunate W.; ({A}) f.
Emblic Myrobalan L.
tiras * = through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36; across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5; so as to pass by,
apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. ({-ra4s citta4ni}, `" without the knowledge "', vii, 59, 8; {-ro4
va4zam}, `" against the will "', x, 171, 4); apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39 S'Br. i, iii; obliquely,
transversely MârkP. xvii, 3; apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii S'Br.; [cf. Zd. {taro1}; Lat. {trans}; Goth.
{thairh}; Germ. {durch}; Hib. {tar}, {tair}.]
titiksha* = m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man g. {kaNvA7di}; ({A}) f. endurance, forbearance, patience MBh. Pân.
1-2, 20 Sus'r. &c.; Patience (daughter of Daksha; wife of Dharma; mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff.
te = they
tejaH = prowess
tejas.h = brilliance
tejas * = n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare,
splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c.; clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c.; the bright appearance of
the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Sus'r. i, 15 [454, 3]; the heating and strengthening faculty of the
human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26; the bile L.; fiery energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy,
essence AV. &c.; semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. S'ak.; marrow L.; the brain W.; gold L.; (opposed to
{kSamA}) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBri. Sâh. iii, 50 and 54 Das'ar. ii, 3; (in
Sânkhya phil.) = {rajas} (passion); spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity,
glory, authority AV. VS. &c.; a venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii S'ak. vii,
15; fresh butter L.; a mystical N. of the letter $ RâmatUp. i, 23; ({ase}) dat. inf. {tij} q.v.; cf. {a-}, {agni-},
{ugra-} &c.
tejobhiH = by effulgence
tejoraashiM = effulgence
tenaiva = in that
teshaaM = their
teshhaaM = their
teshhu = on them
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.
thu* = Meaning m. gold L.; one who changes his shape at will W.; love, god of love W.
tilaka* m. (g. {sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a freckle
(compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBriS. l, 9; lii, 10 Kathâs.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in music) N. of a
Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampanâ Râjat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n. Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on
the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial
distinction) Yâjñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. {A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.)
Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathâs. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Râjat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.; black sochal salt L.;
alliteration Râjat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = {tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Kâlanirn. Introd. 12;
({A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. {eNa-}, {kha-}, {vasanta-}; {Urdhva-tilakin}.
tilakaya* = Nom. P. to mark with spots HParis'. viii, 210; to mark Bâlar. i, 1; vi, 37; to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii,
13.
tilakita* = mfn. (g. {tArakA7di}) marked Bâlar. vi, 55 and 58; adorned Kathâs. xciii, 17 Râjat. ii, 40.
toyaM = water
toka* = n. (fr. 1. {tuc}) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with {ta4naya}; rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP.
vi) RV. AV. Kâthh. S'Br. AitBr. Pân. 3-3, 1 Kâr. BhP.; a new-born child; ii, x; m. ifc. the offspring of an
animal (e.g. {aja-}, a young goat), iii, x; cf. {ava-}, {jIvat-} and {sa-tokA}; {tvakS}.
tola = a balance
tokataa: childhood
trai * = cl. 1. Â. {trA4yate} (Impv. {-yatAm}, 2. sg. {-yasva} and {trA4sva} pl. {-yadhvam} and
{trA4dhvam} RV.; ep. {trAti}, {trAtu}, {trAhi}; aor. Subj. {trAsate}, 2. du. {trA4sAthe} Prec.
{trA4sIthAm} RV.; inf. {trAtum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {trAtvA} BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve, cherish,
defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.); cf. {pari-}, {saM-}.
trayaM = three
trayaaNaaM = three
trayii = triplet
trayovi.nshati = number 23
traa = to save
traaNa = protection* = mfn. protected Pân. 8-2, 56; n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence, shelter,
help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii, 12092; =
{trAyamANA4} L.; ({A}) f. id. L.; cf. {aGguli-}, {udara-}, {uras-} &c.
traayate = releases
traayetaaM = (may the two) protect, save (us).(for one persons the verb is
tretaa* = f. (fr. {traya4}) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759; the 3 sacred fires (= {agni-}), v, 1559 Hariv.
1410; trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv Mriicch. ii, 9; `" age
of triads "', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MundUp. S'ânkhS'r. Mn. &c.
tri: three, *= m. {tra4yas} f. nom. acc. {tisra4s} n. {trI4Ni} [{trI4} RV. S'Br. xi], 3 RV. &c. ({tribhi4s} &
{tisR4bhis}, &c. RV.; only once {tri4bhis} [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, cf. Pân. 6-1, 177 and
180 f.; gen. {trINA4m} [RV. x, 185, 1; cf. Pân. 7-1, 53 Kâs'.] and {tisRRNA4m} [RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6],
later on [fr. {-ya4}] {trayANAm} [AitBr. Mn.] and {tisRNA4m} [RV. v, 69, 2 against metre; cf. Pân. 6-4, 4
f.]; ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kâs'.) [458, 1]; [cf. $, Lat. {tres}; Goth. {threis}; &c.]
tribhiH = three
tridas'a* = mf({A})n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445; m. pl. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 25; v, 4, 73; vi, 3, 48 Kâs'. and
{dvi-d-}) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Âdityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 As'vins;
cf. RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c.; du. the As'vins, iii, 10345; mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21; n. heaven MBh. xiii, 3327
({tri-diva}, B); {-guru} m. `" thirty-god-preceptor "', Briihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. VarBri.;
{-gopa} m. = {indra-g-}, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42; {-gopaka} m. id. Npr.; {-tA} f. divine nature Bâlar.; {-tva}
n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30; {-dIrghikA} f. `" heavenly lake "', Gangâ L.; {-nadI} f. `" heavenly river "', Gangâ W.;
{-pati} m. `" lord of the gods "', Indra Mriicch. Ratna7v. iv, 11 VP. v, 18; {-puMgava} m. `" god-chief "',
Vishnu R. i, 14, 42; {-pratipakSa} m. = {-zA7ri}; {-maJjarI} f. `" heavenly plant "', the Tulasî L.; {-vadhU}
f. `" wife of the gods "', an Apsaras W.; {-vanitA} f. id. Megh.; {-zaila} m. `" heavenly mountain "', the
Kailâsa Kathâs. cxiv; {-zreSTha} mfn. best of gods (Brahmâ, Agni) R. vi, 102 f.; {-sarSapa} m. = {deva-s-}
Npr.; {-zA7Gkuza} m. `" divine goad "', a thunderbolt L.; {-zA7GganA} f. = {-za-vadhU} Bhakta7m. 15;
{-zA7cArya} m. = {-za-guru} L.; {-zA7dhipa} m. a lord of the gods, 28; {-zA7dhipati} m. S'iva; {-zA7yana}
mfn. `" resort of the gods "', Nârâyana Hariv.; {-zA7yudha} n. `" divine weapon "', the rainbow Ragh. ix,
54; the thunderbolt L.; {-zA7ri} m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78; {-zA7laya} m. `" abode of
the gods "', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet.; the mountain Su-meru L.; a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725;
{-zA7vAsa} m. = {-zA7laya}, heaven L.; {-zA7hAra} m. `" divine food "', nectar L.; {-zI-bhUta} mfn.
become divine Ragh. xv, 102; {-ze7dra} m. `" god-chief "', Indra Pañcat. i; {-ze7ndra-zatru} m. `" Indra's
foe "', Râvana R. vi, 36, 6; {-ze7za} m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. iii; {-ze7zadviS} m. = {-zA7ri} MBh.; {-ze7zvara}
m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. R. ii; S'iva MBh.; pl. Indra, Agni, Varuna, and Yama Nal. iv, 31; ({I}) f. Durgâ
DevîP.; N. of a female attendant of Durgâ W.; {-ze7zvara-dviS} m. = {-ze7ndra-zatru} R. i, 14, 47.
trikoNa = a triangle
trikoNamiti = trigonometry
triiNi = three
triin.h = three
triNa = grass
triNaa = grass
trina * = grass
tripta = satisfied
triptiH = satisfaction
trishNaa = desire* = f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. S'Br. &c.; desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c.; Avidity
as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mriityu VP. i, 7, 31; or Mâra Lalit. xxiv, 20),
generated by Vedanâ and generating Upa7dâna (Buddh.); cf. {ati-}.
tuula = air
tu = but * = Meaning 1 cl. 2. ({tauti} Dhâtup.; fut. 2nd {totA} or {tavitA} Vop.) to have authority, be
strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. {tUtAva} cf. Naigh. iv, 1 Pân. 6-1, 7 Kâs'.); to go Dhâtup.; to injure ib.: Caus. (aor.
{tUtot}, 2. sg. {-tos}) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5; vi, 26, 4; cf. {ut-}, {saM-}; {tava4s}, &c.,
{tIvra4}; [Zd. {tav}, `" to be able "'; Lat. {tumor}, {tueri}, {totus}.]
tu4 * = Meaning 2 (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse; metrically also {tU4} RV.; cf.
Pân. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. {dum} used (esp. with the Imper.) RV.; but (also with
{eva4} or {vai4} following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. S'Br. &c.; and Mn. ii, 22; or, i, 68; xi, 202; often incorrectly
written for {nu} MBh. (i, 6151 B and C); sometimes used as a mere expletive
tuda* = mfn. ifc. `" striking "' see {aruM-}, {tilaM-}, {vidhuM-}; m. N. of a man g. {zubhrA7di}; cf. {ut-}.
tuNDaM = jaws/mouth?
tumulaH = uproarious
tulanaa = comparison
tula * = m. (for {-lA}) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBri. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55).
tulaa = (f) balance, weighing scales * f. a balance, weight VS. xxx S'Br. xi Mn. &c. ({-layA dhR} or {-lAM}
with Caus. of {adhiruh}, `" to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare "'; {-lAM} with Caus. of
{adhi-ruh}, `" to risk "' Pañcat. i, 16, 9; {-lAm adhi-} or {A-} or {sam-A-ruh}, `" to be in a balance "', be
equal with [instr.]; the balance as an ordeal Yâjñ. ii Mriicch. ix, 43); equal measure, equality,
resemblance Ragh. &c. ({-lAm i} or {gam} or {A-yA} or {A-lamb} or {dhA}, `" to resemble any one or
anything "' [instr. or in comp.]; {-lAM na bhR}, `" to have no equal "' Prasannar. i, 37; {-lAM} with Pass.
of {nI}, `" to become equal to "' [gen.]); = {-la} Pañcat. i, 14, 14 VarBri. &c.; N. of a measure (= 100 Palas)
MBh. iii, xiv VarBriS. Sus'r. Ashtha7ng. S'ârngS. i, 31; a kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBriS. liii,
30.
tulasî * = f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishnavas; commonly Tulsî) BhP. VâyuP. and PadmaP.
(produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasî, ii,
19.)
tulya = comparable
tulyaH = equal
turya* = mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 51 Vârtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut.; forming a 4th part BhP.; n. the 4th state of soul
(see {-rIya}), vii, 9, 32 Hathhapr. iv, 45 RâmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch.; mfn. being in that state of soul BhP. vi f.
tush.h = to be satisfied
tushhTaH = satisfied
tushhTiH = satisfaction
tushhNiM = silent
tushita* = m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1,
8 VâyuP. ii, 6; 36 in number L.); sg. Vishnu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishn. iic, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38; ({A}) f. N.
of the wife of Veda-s'iras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21.
tushthi * = f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sânkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39
Sânkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas.; `" Satisfaction "' personified [Hariv. 9498] as daughter of Daksha and
mother of Santosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MârkP. l; or as daughter of Paurnamâsa VâyuP. i, 28,
8 LingaP.; as a deity sprung from the Kalâs of Prakriiti "' BrahmaP. ii, 1; as a Mâtriikâ, Bhavadev.; as a
S'akti Hcat. i, 5, 197); N. of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15; the plant {vRddhi} L.
tushthimat * = mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nîl.; m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23.
tushtha * = mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c.; m. N. of a prince VâyuP. ii, 34, 122.
tuuda* = m. the cotton tree L.; = {tUta} ($) Npr.; Thespesia populneoides L.; ({I}) f. N. of a district Pân.
4-3, 94.
tuula * =n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kâthh. TândyaBr. ChUp.
({ISIkA-}) Kaus'. Âp. Pân. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.); a pencil DivyA7v. v. xxxvi; = {tUta} L.; air L.; m. the
thorn-apple Npr.; n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. id. L.; a lamp wick L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; cotton
Sânkhyak. 17, Gaudap.; = {-li} Un. Sch.; = {-paTI} Subh. RâmatUp. i, 86 Sch.; the Indigo plant L.; cf.
{a4pa-}, {indra-}, {udak-}, {prAk-}, {bhasma-}, {zaNa-}, {sa-}, {haMsa-},
tuurya * = see {ap-}, {mitra-} &c. \\ 2 n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pân. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
KathhUp. Hariv.); cf. {sa-}.\\ 3 mfn. = {tur-}, 4th Râjat. ii, 91; m. N. of a family W.
tuusta * = n. (Pân. 3-1, 21; ifc. g. {cUrNA7di}) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kâs'. Purusho7tt. (Un. iii, 86 Sch.); sin L.; an
atom L.; a braid of hair L.
tvak.h = skin
tvaM = you
tvayaa = by you
tvaramaaNaaH = rushing
tvaraa = hurry
tvaaM = to you
tvaca * =. skin (ifc. see {mukta-}, {mRdu-}) Un. ii, 63 Sch.; cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22 Sus'r.;
Cassia bark L.; ({A}) f. skin L.; cf. {guDa-}; {tanu-} and {pRthak-tvacA}.
tyaajya* = mfn. (Pân. 7-3, 66 Vârtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or
removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c.; to be given up Bhag. &c.; to be sacrificed Das'. vii, 211; to be excepted W.;
n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W.
tyaajita* = mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathâs. lxxxvi, 13; made to give up MârkP. lxxxix, 19;
deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c.; expelled Pañcad. iii, 60; caused to be disregarded
Ragh. vi, 56.
tyaaga = sacrificing/abandonment* = m. (Pân. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c.; quitting
(a place, {deza-}) Pañcat.; discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBriS. giving up, resigning, gift,
donation, distribution KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3; liberality Mn. ii, 97 R. &c.; a
sage L.; cf. {Atma-}, {tanu-}, {deha-}, {prA7Na-}, {zarIra-}.
tyaagaM = renunciation
tyaagaH = renunciation
tyaagasya = of renunciation
tyaajyaM = to be given up
tyak.h = to sacrifice
tyakta = giving up
tyaktuM = to be renounced
tyaj.h = to leave
tyaja* = n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV.; alienation, aversion, envy (= {krodha} Naigh. ii, 13) RV.;
{-ja4s} m. `" offshoot "', a descendant, x, 10, 3.
tyaj* = 1 cl. 1. {-jati} (metrically also {-te}; pf. Ved. {tityA4ja}, Class. {tat-} Pân. 6-1, 36; {tatyaja} BhP. iii,
4; fut. {tyakSyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâr.; {tyajiSy-} R. ii, vii MârkP.; aor. {atyAhSIt}; inf. {tyaktum}) to leave,
abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c.; to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi, 77 MBh. &c.; to let go,
dismiss, discharge VarBriS. xvii, 22 Bhathth.; to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce Îs'Up. 1
Mn. MBh. &c. ({tanum} or {deham} or {kalevaram}, `" to abandon the body, die "' Mn. vi MBh. &c.;
{prANAn} or {zvAsam} or {jIvitam}, `" to give up breath or life, risk or lose one's life "' MBh. R. &c.); P.
Â. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c.; to give away, distribute,
offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity; {tyajate} etymologically = $) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to set aside,
leave unnoticed, disregard S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30; (ind. p. {tyaktvA}) to except
VarBriS. Caurap. Sch.; Pass. {tyajyate}, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus.
{tyAjayati} (aor. {atityajat} Bhathth.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288; to cause anyone to give up
Kathâs. lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn out, xx, 126; to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhathth. xv,
120; to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. {tityakSati}, to be about to lose (one's life,
{prANAn}) Car. v, 10 and 12.
tyaj* = 2 mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W.; giving up, offering BhP. viii Râjat. iv; cf. {tanu-}, {tanU-},
{su-}.
tyajana* = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.; expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4.
tyajan.h = quitting
uh * =cl. 1. P. %{ohati}, %{uvoha}, %{auhIt}, &c., to give pain, hurt, kill L. (cf. 1. %{Uh}.) [221,1]
uuh * =1 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te}, %{UhAMcakAra} and %{-cakre}, %{UhitA}, %{auhIt}, %{auhiSTa}
(connected with %{vah}, q.v., and in some forms not to be distinguished from it), to push, thrust, move,
remove (only when compounded with prepositions); to change, alter, modify S3a1n3khS3r. Comm. on
Nya1yam.
uuh * = 2 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te} (Ved. %{ohate}), %{UhAM-cakAra}, &c. (by native authorities not
distinguished from 1. %{Uh} above), to observe, mark, note, attend to, heed, regard RV. AV. xx, 131, 10; to
expect, hope for, wait for, listen for RV.; to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, guess, suppose, infer,
reason, deliberate upon MBh. BhP. Nya1yam. Bhat2t2. &c.: Caus. %{Uhayati} (aor. %{aujihat}), to
consider, heed MBh.; to cause to suppose or infer Bhat2t2.
uuru * = m. [the f. may be {U} at the end of compounds in comparison Pân. 4-1, 69], (fr. {UrNu} Un. i,
31) the thigh, shank RV. AV. VS. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. &c.; N. of an Ângirasa and author of a Vedic hymn;
N. of a son of Manu Câkshusha.
ubhaya = both* mf(%{I})n. (only sg. and pl.; according to Hara-datta also du. see Siddh. vol. i, p. 98)
both, of both kinds, in both ways, in both manners RV. AV. TS. S3Br. AitA1r. Mn. &c.; (%{I}) f. a kind of
bricks S3ulbas.
ubhayaa* = 1 ind. in both ways RV. x, 108, 6.\\2 (in comp. for %{ubhaya} above).
ubhayoH = both
ubhe = both
ubhau = both
ucca* = mfn. (said to be fr. {ca} fr. {aJc} with 1. {ud}), high, lofty, elevated; tall MBh. Kum. S'is'. Kathâs.
&c.; deep Caurap.; high-sounding, loud Bhartri. VarBriS.; pronounced with the Udâtta accent RPrât.
VPrât. &c.; intense, violent R.; m. height MBh.; the apex of the orbit of a planet, Kâlas. R. &c.; compar.
{ucca-tara}, superl. {ucca-tama}; [cf. Hib. {uchdan}, `" a hillock "'; Cambro-Brit. {uched}, `" cleve. "'
uccA* = ind. above (in heaven), from above, upwards RV. AV. xiii, 2, 36.
uchchaara = pronunciation
uchchaiH = up
uchchaiHshravasaM = Uccaihsrava
uchchhoshhaNaM = drying up
uchchhritaM = high
uchyate = is said
uDDaayayati = to fly
ud * = 1 a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank, station, or
power) up, upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying separation and disjunction) out, out of, from,
off, away from, apart. (According to native authorities {ud} may also imply publicity, pride, indisposition,
weakness, helplessness, binding, loosing, existence, acquisition.) {ud} is not used as a separable adverb
or preposition; in those rare cases, in which it appears in the Veda uncompounded with a verb, the latter
has to be supplied from the context (e.g. {u4d u4tsam zata4dhAram} AV. iii, 24, 4, out (pour) a fountain
of a hundred streams). {ud} is sometimes repeated in the Veda to fill out the verse Pân. 8-1, 6 ({kiM na
ud ud u harSase dAtavA u} Kâs'. on Pân.) [Cf. Zd. {uz}; Hib. {uas} and in composition {os}, {ois} e.g.
{os-car}, `" a leap, bound "', &c. see also {uttama4}, 1. {u4ttara}, &c.] \\or {und} cl. 7. P. {una4tti} (RV. v,
85, 4): cl. 6. P. {undati} (p. {unda4t} RV. ii, 3, 2: Impv. 3. pl. {undantu} AV. vi, 68, 1; 2) Â. {unda4te} (AV.
v, 19, 4; {undAM cakAra}, {undiSyati} &c. Dhâtup. xxix, 20) to flow or issue out, spring (as water); to
wet, bathe RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri. PârGri. &c.: Caus. (aor. {aundidat} Vop. xviii, 1): Desid.
{undidiSati} Kâs'. on Pân. 6-1, 3; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {unda}; Goth. {vat-o}; Old High Germ. &57290[183, 1]
{waz-ar}; Mod. Eng. {wat-er}; Lith. {wand-û4}.]
ud.hghaaTayati = to open
udaana = the vital air controlling the intake of food and air
udaara = generous
udaaraaH = magnanimous
udara* = n. ( {dRR} Un. v, 19; {R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach, bowels RV. AV. S'Br. Sus'r.
MBh. Kathâs. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of anything ({udare},
inside, in the interior) Pañcat. S'ak. Ragh. Mriicch. &c.; enlargement of the abdomen (from dropsy or
flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen &c.; eight kinds are enumerated)
Sus'r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the thumb) Sus'r. Comm. on Yâjñ.; slaughter Naish.
udaara4* = mf({A} and {I} [gana {bahv-Adi} Pân. 4-1, 45])n. ( {R}), high, lofty, exalted; great, best;
noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S'ak. S'is'. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere,
proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising
fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks
L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).
udaasiina = neutrals between belligerents * = mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from
affection; inert, inactive; (in law) not involved in a lawsuit MBh. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; m. a stranger, neutral;
one who is neither friend nor foe; a stoic, philosopher, ascetic.
udaasiinavat.h = as neutral
udaaharaNa = example
udaahritaM = exemplified
udaahritaH = is said
udaahritya = indicating
udaya * m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud) S'Br.
KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise) MBh. Hariv.
Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development; production, creation
RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which
follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4, 67 RPrât. APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim,
elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Kathâs. Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue,
interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic
on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.; N. of several men. //
udadhi = sea
udaara* = mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high, lofty, exalted; great,
best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent;
sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.;
m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with
long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).
udara = bellies * = n. ( %{dRR} Un2. v, 19; %{R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach, bowels RV.
AV. S3Br. Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of
anything (%{udare}, inside, in the interior) Pan5cat. S3ak. Ragh. Mr2icch. &c.; enlargement of the
abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen &c.; eight
kinds are enumerated) Sus3r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the thumb) Sus3r. Comm. on Ya1jn5.;
slaughter Naish.
udaya = rise * = m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud)
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise) MBh.
Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development; production,
creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.;
that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4, 67 RPrât. APrât. &c.; rising, reaching
one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Kathâs. Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income;
revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of
the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.; N. of several men.
udayat.h = rising
udgachchhati = to overflow
udgaara = expression
uddishya = desiring * having shown or explained; stipulating for, demanding; (used as a preposition)
aiming at, in the direction of; with reference to; towards; with regard to, for, for the sake of, in the name
of &c. (with acc.) MBh. BhP. S'ak. &c.
uddiSTa* = mfn. mentioned, particularized; described; promised; ({am}) n. a kind of time (in music).
uddes'a* = m. the act of pointing to or at, direction; ascertainment; brief statement; exemplification,
illustration, explanation; mentioning a thing by name MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; assignment,
prescription; stipulation, bargain MBh. R.; quarter, spot, region, place; an object, a motive; upper region,
high situation MBh. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; (in Nyâya phil.) enunciation of a topic (that is to be further
discussed and elucidated) Nyâyak.; ({ena} and {At}) ind. (ifc.) relative to, aiming at, Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.
[188, 2]
uddeshataH = as examples
uddhara = uplift* = m. (in some senses perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR}), the act of raising, elevating, lifting
up; drawing out, pulling out Gaut. MBh. Comm. on BriÂrUp.; removing, extinction, payment (of a debt);
taking away, deduction; omission Mn. Comm. on Yâjñ.; selection, a part to be set aside, selected part;
exception TS. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. &c.; selecting (a passage), selection, extract (of a book) Comm. on Kir. x,
10; extraction, deliverance, redemption, extrication MBh. Prab. &c.; a portion, share; a surplus (given by
the Hindû law to the eldest son beyond the shares of the younger ones) W.; the first part of a patrimony
W.; the sixth part of booty taken in war (which belongs to the prince) W.; a debt (esp. one not bearing
interest), KâtyDh.; obligation Das'.; recovering property; refutation Car. Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({A}) f. the
plant Cocculus Cordifolius L.; ({am}) n. a fire-place L.
uddharshaNa* = 1 (for 2. see p. 189, col. 3) mfn. animating, encouraging R.; ({am}) n. the act of
animating or encouraging MBh.
uddharaNa* = n. (in some meanings perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR} q.v.), the act of taking up, raising, lifting
up MBh. S'ârng.; the act of drawing out, taking out, tearing out Mn. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; means of drawing
out Vet.; taking off (clothes) Sus'r.; taking away, removing Vâm.; putting or placing before, presenting,
treatment KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 10; extricating, delivering, rescuing Hit. Ragh. &c.; taking away (a brand from the
Gârhapatya-fire to supply other sacred fires) KâtyS'r.; eradication; extermination; the act of destroying;
vomiting, bringing up; vomited food; final emancipation L.; m. N. of the father of king S'antanu (the
author of a commentary on a portion of the Mârkandeya-purâna).
uddhAraNa* = n. the act of raising, elevating; drawing out BhP.; the act of giving out or paying Pañcat.
138, 14 (ed. Kosegarten).
uddharsha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see s.v.) glad, pleased, happy BhP.; m. the flaring upwards (of the fire) Sây.
on AitBr. iii, 4, 5; great joy; a festival (especially a religious one) L.
uddharshaNa* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 188, col. 3) causing joy, gladdening; ({I}) f. a kind of metre; ({am})
n. erection of the hair (through rapture) L.
uddhaaraNa = lifting up
udbhavaM = produced
udbhava * = m. existence, generation, origin, production, birth; springing from, growing; becoming
visible Yâjñ. Mn. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; birth-place S'vetUp. Kâvya7d.; N. of a son of Nahusha VP.; a sort of
salt L., (ifc.) mfn. produced or coming from MBh. Mn. &c.
ud-bhaava * = m. production, generation g. {balA7di} Pân. 5-2, 136; rising (of sounds) Pushpas. ix, 4, 22.
udbhavaH = generation.
udgrihiita* = mfn. lifted up, taken up, turned up, upraised Megh. &c.
n. the act of throwing , casting , discharging (a missile) MBh. ; throwing out ; exciting , stirring up Car. ;
saying , speaking , communicating Kum. Katha1s. Sa1h.
udvaapa* = m. the act of throwing out, removing Comm. on Nyâyam.; ejection KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; (in logic)
non-existence of a consequent resulting from the absence of an antecedent W.
udyata = uplifted
udyataaH = trying
udIraNa *= n. the act of throwing , casting , discharging (a missile) MBh. ; throwing out ; exciting ,
stirring up Car. ; saying , speaking , communicating Kum. Katha1s. Sa1h.
udyaama =* m. the act of erecting or stretching out S'Br. viii, 5, 1, 13; a rope, cord TS. S'Br. KâtyS'r.
udyamya = taking up
udyaana = garden
udyogin.h = industrious
udvarta = plentiful
ugraM = terrible
ugraH = terrible
ugraiH = by terrible
ujjvala = radiant
uktaM = said;
ukta mfn. (p.p. of {vac} q.v.), uttered, said, spoken; m. N. of a divine being (v.l. for {uktha} q.v.) Hariv.;
({am}) n. word, sentence S'is'. &c.; ({am}, {A}) n. f. a stanza of four lines (with one syllabic instant or
one long or two short syllables in each); [cf. Zd. {ukhta}.]
uktaH = addressed
uktvaa = saying
ulkA * = f. (%{uS} Un2. iii, 42), a fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor, fire falling from heaven RV. iv,
4, 2; x, 68, 4 AV. xix, 9, 9 MBh. Ya1jn5. Sus3r. &c.; a firebrand, dry grass &c. set on fire, a torch S3Br. v R.
Katha1s. &c.; (in astrol.) one of the eight principal Das3a1s or aspect of planets indicating the fate of
men, Jyotisha (T.); N. of a grammar.
ullaH = to shine
ullasitaM = shining
umaa= pArvatI* = f. (perhaps fr. {ve} BRD.) flax (Linum Usitatissimum) S'Br. vi Kaus'. Pân.; turmeric
(Curcuma Longa) Car.; N. of the daughter of Himavat (wife of the god S'iva; also called Pârvatî and
Durgâ; the name is said to be derived from {u mA}, `" O [child], do not [practise austerities] "' the
exclamation addressed to Pârvatî by her mother) Hariv. 946 S'ivaP. Kum. i, 26 R. Ragh. &c.; N. of several
women; splendour, light L.; fame, reputation L.; quiet, tranquillity L.; night L.
uuma* = m. (Un. i, 143) a helper, friend, companion RV. AV. v, 2, 1; 3 AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.; ({am}) n. N. of a
town or place Comm. on Un. Siddh.
uu4ma* = Uma
unmanii = samadhi
unmaatha * = m. the act of shaking Prab.; killing, slaughter L.; a snare, trap MBh.; murderer L.; N. of an
attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2532.
unmatta* = mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad AV. vi, 111, 3 AitBr. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; drunk, intoxicated, furious MaitrUp. MBh. S'ak. &c.; m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel and Fastuosa
Sus'r.; Pterospermum Acerifolium L.; N. of a Rakshas R.; of one of the eight forms of Bhairava.
unmishhan.h = opening
unmiilita = opened
unnayati = to lift
unnAha* = m. excess , abundance BhP. xi , 19 , 43 ; impudence , haughtiness BhP. ; sour gruel (made
from the fermentation of rice) L.
unnidra* = mfn. (fr. %{nidrA} with %{ud}), sleepless, awake S3ak. 137 b Megh.; expanded (as a flower),
budded, blown Katha1s. S3is3. Ka1vya7d. &c.; shining (as the moon, supposed to be awake when others
are asleep; or as the rising sun) Prab. Prasannar.; bristling (as hair) Naish.
upa = near * = ind. (a preposition or prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) towards, near to (opposed to
{apa}, away), by the side of, with, together with, under, down (e.g. {upa-gam}, to go near, undergo;
{upa-gamana}, approaching; in the Veda the verb has sometimes to be supplied from the context, and
sometimes {upa} is placed after the verb to which it belongs, e.g. {Ayayur upa} = {upA7yayuH}, they
approached). (As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns {upa} expresses) direction towards,
nearness, contiguity in space, time, number, degree, resemblance, and relationship, but with the idea of
subordination and inferiority (e.g. {upa-kaniSThikA}, the finger next to the little finger; {upa-purANam},
a secondary or subordinate Purâna; {upa-daza}, nearly ten); sometimes forming with the nouns to which
it is prefixed compound adverbs (e.g. {upa-mUlam}, at the root; {upa-pUrva-rAtram}, towards the
beginning of night; {upa-kUpe}, near a well) which lose their adverbial terminations if they are again
compounded with nouns (e.g. {upakUpa-jalA7zaya}, a reservoir in the neighbourhood of a well); prefixed
to proper names {upa} may express in classical literature `" a younger brother "' (e.g. {upe7ndra}, `" the
younger brother of Indra "'), and in Buddhist literature `" a son. "' (As a separable adverb {upa} rarely
expresses) thereto, further, moreover (e.g. {tatro7pa brahma yo veda}, who further knows the Brahman)
RV. AV. S'Br. PârGri. (As a separable preposition) near to, towards, in the direction of, under, below (with
acc. e.g. {upa AzAH}, towards the regions); near to, at, on, upon; at the time of, upon, up to, in, above
(with loc. e.g. {upa sAnuSu}, on the tops of the mountains) [195, 1]; with, together with, at the same
time with, according to (with inst. e.g. {upa dharmabhiH}, according to the rules of duty) RV. AV. S'Br.
{upa}, besides the meanings given above, is said by native authorities to imply disease, extinction;
ornament; command; reproof; undertaking; giving; killing; diffusing; wish; power; effort; resemblance,
&c.; [cf. Zd. {upa}; Gk. $; Lat. {sub}; Goth. {uf}; Old &60988[195, 1] Germ. {oba}; Mod. Germ. {ob} in
{Obdach}, {obliegen}, &c.]
upaa * = ind. a particular Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sâman Lâthy. vii, 10, 1 ff. Sây. on
TândyaBr.
upaadaa * = 1. Â. {-datte}, (once P. pf. 3. pl. {-dadus} BhP. i, 8, 12) to receive, accept, gain, acquire,
appropriate to one's self. take away, carry off, steal MBh. BhP. Mâlav. &c. [213, 2]; to take with; to take in
addition, include, comprise; to take as help, use, employ, apply BhP. Pat. (cf. {upA7-dAya}); to seize, lay
hold of, gather, take up, draw up MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; to assume (a form or meaning) BhP. MârkP. Pat.
&c.; to cling to; to feel, perceive, experience MBh. vii S'is'. vi, 23 Riitus. &c.; to consider, regard MBh. xii;
to mention, enumerate; to set about, undertake, begin Hariv. Kum. &c.: Caus. P. {-dApayati}, to cause to
use or employ Comm. on KâtyS'r.: Desid. P. {-ditsati}, to strive to acquire BhP. v, 14, 7.
upaakrita *= mfn. brought or driven near , fetched AV. ii , 34 , 2 ; prepared , undertaken , begun ;
attended with evil omens , disastrous , calamitous L. ; m. a sacrificial animal (killed during the recitation
of particular prayers) L. ; disaster , calamity L.
upaadaaya * = ind. p. having received or acquired &c.; receiving, acquiring &c.; taking with, together with
MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; including, inclusive of BhP. Comm. on RPrât. &c.; by help of, by means of (acc.)
MBh.
upaaram* = P. Â. {-ramati}, {-te}, to rest, cease MBh. BhP. &c.; to cease, leave off, give up MBh. R. BhP.
Kum.
upaasate = worship
upaasita*= mfn. served, honoured, worshipped &c.; one who serves or pays worship.
upaayuj* = P. (1. sg. {-yunajmi}) to put to, harness RV. iii, 35, 2.
upadaa * = 1 1. P. {-dadAti}, to give in addition, add; to give, grant, offer RV. vi, 28, 2 AV. iv, 21, 2; xix, 34,
8 R.; to take upon one's self: Pass. (irr. p. {-dadya4mAna}) to be offered or granted (as protection) RV. vi,
49, 13.
upa-daa4 * = 2 mfn. giving a present VS. xxx, 9; ({A}) f. a present, offering (esp. a respectful present to a
king or person of rank); a bribe Pân. Ragh. S'atr. &c.
upadraSTR* = %{TA} m. a looker-on, spectator; a witness AV. xi, 3, 59 TS. S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ka1t2h. BhP.
&c.; (%{upa-dra4STRkA}) f. a female witness MaitrS. iii, 2, 4.
upadraSTRmat* = mfn. having witnesses; (%{ma4ti} loc. ind. before witnesses TBr. ii, 2, 1, 3; 5.)
upadrava* = m. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident, misfortune, calamity,
mischief, national distress (such as famine, plague, oppression, eclipse, &c.); national commotion,
rebellion; violence, outrage MBh. R. S3ak. VarBr2S. &c. [199,3]; a supervenient disease or one brought
on whilst a person labours under another Sus3r.; the fourth of the five parts of a Sa1man stanza
Shad2vBr. Comm. on TA1r. &c.
upadravin* = mfn. attacking suddenly, falling on; tyrannical, violent; factious; (%{I}) m. a tyrant,
oppressor; a rebel L.
uparajya* = ind. p. having dyed or coloured; darkening, obscuring BhP. iv, 29, 69.
upasada * = mfn. one who goes near W.; m. the Upasad ceremony (see above) ChUp.; approach W.; gift,
donation W.; (%{I}) f. (%{u4pa-}) continuous propagation S3Br. xiv. 9, 4, 23 (= %{saMtati} Comm.)
uparama* = m. cessation , stopping , expiration MBh. R. ; leaving off , desisting , giving up Sus3r.
Sa1m2khyak. ; death Ka1d.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Veda1ntas. ; ceasing , discontinuance.
[205,1]
uparamatva* n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Veda1ntas.
upasaadanavn. the act of placing or putting upon Sa1y. on TBr. ii, 1, 3, 6; approaching respectfully,
reverence, respect BhP.
upasarpa * = m. approaching, approach, sexual approach MBh. iii, 2513 (= %{upa-sasarpa} Ni1lak.;
erroneous for %{upa-sRpya} BRD.)
upas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean (anything) against TBr. i, 6, 6, 2 S3Br. xiv Ka1tyS3r.: A1. %{-zrayate} (p.
of the pf. %{-zizriyANa4}) to lean against, support, prop RV. x, 18, 12; to cling to, fit closely (as an
ornament) RV. vii, 56, 13; to place one's self near to, go towards MBh. BhP.; to accommodate one's self to
ChUp. vi, 8, 2.
upasrishTa* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother;
also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished
with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be
%{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP.
&c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i,
271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upaas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean against, rest on Mn.; to go or betake one's self towards R.; to take
refuge or have recourse to, seek shelter from, give one's self up to, abandon one's self to Hariv. R. Bhag.
&c.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon TS. VS.
Ka1tyS3r.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having
recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached,
arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one rests
Uttarar.
upa-sthaa * =P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place one's self
near, be present (Â. if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose
one's self to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self before (in order to
ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come together or meet with, become friendly
with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt. on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake
one's self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to attend on,
worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam
upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the
Gârhapatya with a Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on
her husband with youthfulness Kâs'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support),
approach for assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's
share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV. vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.:
Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of (e.g. a
woman) AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh. R. S'ak. &c.;
(in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha) RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upa4-stha * =1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-surrounded
or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down
with the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as},
{am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or
hip; the anus L.
upa-stha4 * =2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.
upaa7-sthaa * =Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to S'ânkhS'r.
R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.
upaatta = obtained
upabarhaNa * =a cushion, pillow RV. x, 85, 7 AV. AitBr. S'Br. TBr. &c.; ({I}) f. id. RV. i, 174, 7; m. N. of the
Gandharva Narada BhP. VP. Pañcar. &c. ({upabarhaNa}) mf({A})n. having a cushion, furnished with a
pillow Vait. 36, 7.
upacaya * m. accumulation, quantity, heap; elevation, excess; increase, growth, prosperity MBh. Sus'r.
Hit. &c.; ({upacayaM} 1. {kR}, to promote or advance the prosperity of, help, assist Kâm.); addition
KâtyS'r.; the third, sixth, tenth, and eleventh of the zodiacal signs VarBriS. &c.
upaciti f. accumulation , increase ; augmentation , S3a1ntis3. ; gain , advantage ; a heap , pile MBh. iii ,
15144 ; (in arithm.) progression A1ryabh. ii , 21.
upadhaaraya = know
upadah * = P. {-dahati} (aor. {-adhA-} {kSIt} MBh. iii, 546) to burn, set fire to S'Br. Gobh. MBh. [199, 1]
upadadya * = ind. p. having taken or taking upon one's self AV. x, 8, 18 (= xiii, 3, 14).
upadesha = advice
upadeshaH = advice
upadharma* = m. a minor or subordinate duty; a by-law Mn. ii, 237; iv, 147; a false faith, heresy Bh
upadhi* = m. the act of putting to, adding, addition La1t2y.; the part of the wheel between the nave and
the circumference RV. ii, 39, 4 AV. vi, 70, 3 Ka1t2h.; fraud, circumvention MBh. R. Ya1jn5. Kir. &c.;
condition; peculiarity, attribute (Buddh.; see %{upA7-dhi}); support MW.
upAdhi* = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), %{is} m. that which is put in the place of another thing, a substitute,
substitution R.; anything which may be taken for or has the mere name or appearance of another thing,
appearance, phantom, disguise (said to be applied to certain forms or properties considered as disguises
of the spirit W.) Prab. Bha1sha1p. Sa1h. &c.; anything defining more closely, a peculiarity; an attribute
(%{asty-upA7dhi}, having, `" is "' as an attribute); title, discriminative appellation, nickname; limitation,
qualification (e.g. %{an-upA7dhi-rAmaNIya}, beautiful without limitation i.e. altogether beautiful); (in
log.) a qualifying term added to a too general middle term to prevent ativya1pti; that which is placed
under, supposition, condition, postulate Sarvad. Veda1ntas. Tarkas. BhP. &c.; deception, deceit MBh. iii,
13017; species.\\= 2 (for 1. see col. 2) m. ( %{dhyai}), point of view, aim Car.; reflection on duty, virtuous
reflection L.; a man who is careful to support his family L.
upadrashhTaa = overseer
upadruta * = mfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by calamities), tyrannized over
Hariv. R. Katha1s. Hit. Sus3r. &c.; (in astrol.) eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious VarBr2S.; (%{am}) n. a
kind of Sandhi S3a1n3khS3r.
upahata = overpowered
upahAra * = m. offering, oblation (to a deity); complimentary gift, present (to a king or superior) MBh.
Megh. Kathâs. &c.; ({upahAraM vi-dhA}, to offer an oblation to a god [acc.], sacrifice to any one Kathâs.);
a particular kind of alliance (purchased through a gift) Kâm. Hit. &c.; food (dis- tributed to guests &c.)
[212, 2]; (with the Pâs'upatas) a kind of religious service (consisting of laughter, song, dance, muttering
{huDuk}, adoration and pious ejaculation) Sarvad. 77, 22.
upai = to go to
upaiti = gets
upajivana * = upajIvana n. livelihood, subsistence S'Br. Mn. ix, 207 Yâjñ. iii, 236 MBh. Pañcat. &c.;
dependance, submissiveness Prasannar.
upajuhvati = offer
upakalpana * = n. the act of preparing, preparation KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. preparing (articles of food or
medicine), fabricating, making Sus'r.; substituting L.
upakalpanIya * = mfn. to be prepared or procured or fetched Car.; treating of preparation &c. (as &
chapter) ib.
upakaraNa = means
upakaara = benefit
upakaaraka = beneficial
upakri = to do a favor
upakrita*= mfn. helped , assisted , benefited ; rendered as assistance , done kindly or beneficently &c. ;
ifc. g. %{kRtA7di} Pa1n2. 2-1 , 59 ; (%{am}) n. help , favour , benefit S3ak. 165 a Sa1h.
upalipyate = mixes
upala* = m. a rock, stone MBh. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a precious stone, jewel Yâjñ. iii, 36 S'is'. iii, 48 Kir.; a
cloud L.; ({A}) f. ({u4palA}) the upper and smaller mill-stone (which rests on the {dRSad}) S'Br. KâtyS'r.
Âs'vGri.; = {zarkarA} L.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {apalus}?] &64342[205, 3]
upalabh.h = to obtain
upalal *= Caus. %{lAlayati}, to treat with tenderness, caress, fondle BhP. S3ak. 292, 8 Ma1lav.
upama* = 1 mf({A})n. uppermost, highest; most excellent, eminent, best RV. AV.; nearest, next, first RV.
Nigh.
upamaa = comparative* 1 (for 2. see below, and for 3. see col. 3) ind. (Ved. instr. of the above) in the
closest proximity or neighbourhood RV. i, 31, 15; viii, 69, 13. \\2 P. Â. (Impv. 2. sg. {-mimIhi}, {-mAhi},
and {-mAsva}; Subj. 2. sg. {-mAsi}) to measure out to, apportion to, assign, allot, grant, give RV.: Â.
{-mimIte}, to measure one thing by another, compare MBh. Hariv. Caurap. &c. [203, 3] \\3 f.
comparison, resemblance, equality, similarity; a resemblance (as a picture, portrait &c.) S'Br. MBh. Kum.
&c.; a particular figure in rhetoric, simile, comparison (a full simile must include four things; see
{pUrNo7pama}, {lupto7pamA}, &c.) Sâh. Kâvya7d. Vâm. &c.; a particle of comparison Nir.; a particular
metre RPrât.; (mfn. ifc.) equal, similar, resembling, like (e.g. {amaro7pama} mfn. resembling an
immortal) MBh. Ragh. Das'. Hit. &c.
upanadam * = ind. (fr. {nadi} Pân. 5-4, 110), near the river, on the river.
upanam * = P. {-namati}, to bend towards or inwards; to tend towards, approach, come to, arrive at; to
fall to one's share or lot, become one's property, share in (with acc. dat., or gen.) VS. S'Br. TBr. ChUp.
Râjat. &c.; to come to one's mind, occur TS. TBr. i, 1, 2, 8; to attend upon any one (acc.) with (instr.); to
gain the favour of any one (acc.) BhP. vi, 19, 16: Caus. {-nAmayati}, to put or place before (gen.) Gobh. ii,
1, 7; to lead towards or into the presence of, present any one (gen.) Lalit.; to reach, hand to ib.; to offer,
present ib. Kârand.
u4pa-nata * = mfn. bent towards or inwards S'Br. KâtyS'r. Kâthh.; subdued, subjected, surrendered;
dependent on (for protection &c.) Âp. MBh. Ragh. &c.; brought near to, approached, near (either in form
or space); fallen to one's share; brought about, produced, existing, being BhP. Megh. &c.
upa-ni-shad * =1 ({upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. {-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to approach, set about AV. xix,
41, 1 S'Br. Kaus'.
upa-nisha4d * =2 {t} f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his words
(and hence, secret knowledge given in this manner; but according to native authorities {upaniSad}
means `" setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit "'); the mystery
which underlies or rests underneath the external system of things (cf. IW. p. 35 seqq.); esoteric doctrine,
secret doctrine, mysterious or mystical meaning, words of mystery &c. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; a class of
philosophical writings (more than a hundred in number, attached to the Brâhmanas [but see
Îs'opanishad]; their aim is the exposition of the secret meaning of the Veda, and they are regarded as the
source of the Vedânta and Sânkhya philosophies; for the most important of the Upanishads see IW. p. 37
seq.)
upapada = The sign which is as apart from the 12th lord as the latter is from the 12th house
upapaadita * = mfn. effected , accomplished , performed , done ; given , delivered , presented ; proved ,
demonstrated ; treated medically , cured. [202,1]
[samupapAdita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready , prepared ib.]
upapadyate = is befitting
upapannaM = arrived at
uparamatva* = n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Vedântas.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Vedântas.; ceasing, discontinuance.
[205,1]
uparam* = P. Â. (Pân. 1-3, 85) {-ramati}, {-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS. TBr. S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; to
cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop (speaking or doing
anything) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vGri. Pañcat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up, renounce (with abl.) MBh. R.
BhP. Comm. on BriÂrUp. Das'.; to await, wait for S'Br. ii, 2, 1, 2; iii, 8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to
render quiet Pân. 1-3, 84: Caus. {-ramayati}, to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Kâs'.
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus'r. Sânkhyak.;
death Kâd.
uparataM = ceased
upaasad * = P. (Ved. inf. {-sa4dam}) to sit down upon (acc.) RV. viii, 1, 8; to approach, walk along Kir. iv,
1.
upaasaka* = mfn. serving, a servant Kaus3. Katha1s. ; worshipping, a worshipper, follower Mr2icch. ;
intent on, engaged or occupied with Kap. ; a Buddhist lay worshipper (as distinguished from the Bhikshu
q.v.) Sarvad. Lalit. Prab. &c. ; a S3u1dra L. ; (%{ikA}) f. a lay female votary of Buddha (as distinguished
from a Bhikshun2i1 q.v.)
upaasana* =1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\* =2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act
of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp. Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ.
&c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or approach,
Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or recitation, and Yoga or devotion)
Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire
Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upasad * = 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx, 9; ({t}) m. N. of a
particular fire (different from the Gârhapatya, Dakshinâgni, and Âhavanîya) VahniP.; ({t}) f. attendance,
worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1; settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S'Br. iii AitBr. Kâthh.; N. of a
ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutyâ or pressing of the Soma (it lasts several days, and
forms part of the Jyotishthoma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.
upasatpatha * = m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upa-satti * = f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upa-sattR * = {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person who
is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS.
xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upa+shaM = to extinguish
upas'am * = P. A1. %{-zAmyati}, %{-te}, to become calm or quiet; to cease, become extinct AitBr. Kaus3.
A1s3vGr2. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-zamayati} and ep. %{-zAmayati}, to make quiet, calm, extinguish;
to tranquillize, appease, pacify, mitigate MBh. VarBr2S. Das3. &c.
upas'amakSaya * = m. (with Jainas) the destruction (of activity &c.) through quietism Sarvad.
upas'amana * = mf(%{I})n. calming, appeasing BhP.; (%{am}) n. the becoming extinct, ceasing Nir.;
calming, appeasing, mitigation MBh. BhP. Sus3r. Pan5cat.; an anodyne.
upasangamya = approaching
upasarga = Prefix
upasatpatha*= m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upasatti*= f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upasattR*= {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person who is
domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS. xxvii,
2; 4 ChUp.
upacita * = mfn. heaped up, increased; thriving, increasing, prospering, succeeding MBh. BhP. Megh.
Ragh. &c.; big, fat, thick Sus3r. Car.; covered over, furnished abundantly, possessing plentifully MBh.
Hariv. Pan5cat. &c.; plastered, smeared; burnt L.
upasrita * = mfn. one who has approached , come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i , 4 , 6 , 1 BhP. ;
approached , applied to TS. ii , 1 , 4 , 6 ; asked for S3a1n3khBr. ; furnished with , having BhP. iv.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon TS. VS.
Ka1tyS3r.
upasrishtha * = mfn. let loose towards ; sent or thrown off BhP. i , 12 , 1 ; admitted (as the calf to its
mother ; also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii , 1 , 7 , 1 Ka1tyS3r. ; increased ;
furnished with S3a1n3khS3r. ; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said
to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4 , 38 Nir. APra1t. &c. ; visited , afflicted , burdened with , plagued R. Sus3r.
BhP. &c. ; obscured (by Ra1hu , as the sun) , eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv , 37 ; possessed (by a god or demon)
Ya1jn5. i , 271 R. ; (%{am}) n. coition , sexual intercourse L.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having
recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached,
arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one rests
Uttarar.
upasevate = enjoys
upasthaa * 2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.
upastha* = P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place one's self
near, be present (Â. if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose
one's self to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self before (in order to
ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come together or meet with, become friendly
with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt. on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake
one's self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to attend on,
worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam
upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the
Gârhapatya with a Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on
her husband with youthfulness Kâs'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support),
approach for assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's
share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV. vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.:
Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of (e.g. a
woman) AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh. R. S'ak. &c.;
(in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha) RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upaas'raya* = m. leaning against, resting upon Kathâs. Kâvya7d.; any support for leaning against, a
pillow, cushion Car.; shelter, refuge, recourse MBh. Bhartri.
upaasthaa * Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to S'ânkhS'r. R.;
to approach (sexually) MBh.
upaasana* = 1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act of
sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp. Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ.
&c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or approach,
Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or recitation, and Yoga or devotion)
Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire
Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upades'a * = m. pointing out to, reference to Pa1n2. 1-4, 70 Kap. Ba1dar. Jaim. &c.; specification,
instruction, teaching, information, advice, prescription TUp. MBh. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.; plea,
pretext (= %{apa-deza}) Mn. ix, 268 Ragh. Katha1s.; initiation, communication of the initiatory Mantra
or formula Ka1tyS3r.; (in Gr.) original enunciation (i.e. the original form [often having an Anubandha]
in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a word is enunciated in grammatical
treatises) Pa1n2. Ka1s3. Siddh. &c.; N. of a class of writings (Buddh.); a name, title MW.
upasRSTa* = mfn. let loose towards ; sent or thrown off BhP. i , 12 , 1 ; admitted (as the calf to its mother
; also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii , 1 , 7 , 1 Ka1tyS3r. ; increased ;
furnished with S3a1n3khS3r. ; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said
to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4 , 38 Nir. APra1t. &c. ; visited , afflicted , burdened with , plagued R. Sus3r.
BhP. &c. ; obscured (by Ra1hu , as the sun) , eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv , 37 ; possessed (by a god or demon)
Ya1jn5. i , 271 R. ; (%{am}) n. coition , sexual intercourse L.
upasRta* = mfn. one who has approached , come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i , 4 , 6 , 1 BhP. ;
approached , applied to TS. ii , 1 , 4 , 6 ; asked for S3a1n3khBr. ; furnished with , having BhP. iv.
upastha * = 1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-surrounded or
sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down with
the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am})
m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the
anus L.
upatishthhaasu* = see {upa-sthA}., mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or being about to betake one's self to Das'.
upavana * = n. a small forest or wood, grove, garden MBh. Mn. Megh. &c.; a planted forest L.
upavishati = to sit
upavishya = sitting
upaviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to go or come near, approach RV. viii, 96, 6; to sit down, take a seat (as men), lie
down (as animals) AitBr. S3Br. MBh. S3ak. Hit. &c.; to enter; to stop, settle one's self MBh. iii; to sit near
to MBh. i, 573 R. ii; to set (as the sun) Katha1s.; to apply or devote one's self to, cultivate BhP.: Caus. P.
%{-vezayati}, to cause to sit down, summon or invite to sit down AitBr. A1s3vGr2. Gobh. MBh. Sus3r.
&c.; to cause to settle BhP. R.
upAviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the augmented forms might also be
referred to %{upa-viz}.)
upavishhTha = seated
upavrajya * = ind. p. having gone towards, coming near, approaching TBr. iii, 10, 11, 3 BhP.; going behind,
following
upavriMh * = Caus. {-vRMhayati}, to make strong or powerful, promote BhP. MârkP. &c. [207, 2]; (see
also {upa-bRh}.)
upa-vRMhita * = mfn. made strong or powerful, invigorated, supported, promoted; (ifc.) increased or
supported or aided by, accompanied by MBh. BhP. Kathâs. Das'. &c.
upayaa * = P. %{-yAti} (inf. %{-yai4} , opposed to %{ava-yai4} see %{ava-yA}) to come up RV. viii , 47 ,
12 ; to come near , go near or towards , approach (for protection) , visit , frequent RV. AV. A1s3vGr2.
MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c. ; to approach (a woman for sexual intercourse) MBh. R. &c. ; to arrive at , reach ,
obtain , to get into any state or condition MBh. VarBr2S. Ragh. &c. ; to occur , befall Hit. ; to give one's
self up to VP.
2 upaaya &c. see p. 215 , col. 2.
3 upaayaa P. %{-yAti} , to come near or towards , approach RV. MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c. ; to come into
any state or condition , undergo Ma1rkP. Kir.
4 upaaya m. coming near , approach , arrival Bhartr2. ; that by which one reaches one's aim , a means
or expedient (of any kind) , way , stratagem , craft , artifice MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c. ; (esp.) a
means of success aga
upayaanti = come
upayuj.h = use
upayuj* = only Â. (Pân. 1-3, 64) {-yuGkte} (but also rarely P. e.g. impf. {-ayunak} RV. x, 102, 7) to
harness to RV. AV. iv, 23, 3 S'Br. v; to take for one's self, appropriate RV. i, 165, 5 MBh. Mn. viii, 40; to
follow, attach one's self to, be devoted; to undertake MBh.; to use, employ, apply S'Br. AitBr. MBh. BhP.;
to have the use of, enjoy (e.g. food or a woman or dominion &c.) Âs'vGri. Lâthy. MBh. &c.: Pass.
{-yujyate}, to be employed or applicable, be useful or fit or proper MBh. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.: Caus.
{-yojayati}, to use, employ Sus'r.; to cause to eat MânGri.; to come into contact BhP.
upayoga = use
upayogitaa = Utility
upeta * = mfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself to, approached (for
protection), arrived at, abiding in MBh. VarBriS. &c.; one who has obtained or entered into any state or
condition, one who has undertaken (e.g. a vow) MBh. Ratnâv. Sâh. &c.; come to, fallen to the share of
Prab.; (a pupil) who has approached (a teacher), initiated Yâjñ. iii, 2 Âs'vGri. i, 22, 21; 22 PârGri. iii, 10,
10; accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with, having, possessing MBh. R. Bhag. Hit. &c.; one who
has approached (a woman sexually) T.
upetya = achieving; 1 mfn. to be set about or commenced Ta1n2d2yaBr. iv, 10, 3 ; 4.//2 ind. p. having
approached, approaching &c.
upendra* = m. `" younger brother of Indra "'N. of Vishnu or Kriishna (born subsequently to Indra,
especially as son of Aditi, either as Âditya or in the dwarf Avatâra) MBh. Hariv. R. VP. &c.; N. of a Nâga
L.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.
uragaan.h = serpents
uru = thighs\\*= mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large,
much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of the
fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room
RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far, far off RV.;
({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far, far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.;
compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `"
power, ability. "']
usha * = 1 m. (for 2. see s.v.) early morning, dawn, daybreak L.; bdellium; saline earth L.; ({A}) f. see
below; ({am}) n. fossile salt L. (cf. {USa}.)
ushaa4 * = f. morning light, dawn, morning RV. AV. xii, 2, 45 VS. &c.; night VP. Car.; a cow L.; N. of a
daughter of Bâna and wife of A-niruddha AgP.; burning, scorching Sus'r.; ({A}) ind. at daybreak L.; at
night L.
usha * = 2 (for 1. see col. 1) m. (probably for {uza}, fr. {vaz}; cf. {uza-dah}), a lover L.
uru * = mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large, much,
excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of the fourteenth
Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room RV. (with
{kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.;
1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far, far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas},
superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']
urjitaM = glorious
ushanaa = Usana
ushhTra = a camel
ushhNa = (summer) hot, warm; ardent, passionate, impetuous; pungent, acrid; sharp, activ
uvaacha = said
uta = it is said, * 2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; often used for the sake of emphasis,
especially at the end of a line after {iti} or a verb (e.g. {sarva-bhUtAni tam pArtha sadA paribhavanty
uta}, all creatures, O king, certainly always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag. &c. (As an
interrogative particle, generally at the beginning of the second or following part of a double
interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g. {katham nirNIyate kiM syAn niSkAraNo bandhur uta vizvAsa-
ghAtakaH}, how can it be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of confidence?
Hit.) Kum. Kathâs. Bhartri. Sâh. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by {Aho} (e.g. {kaccit tvam asi
mAnuSI utA7ho surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine? Nala), or by {Aho-svit} (e.g.
{zAlihotraH kiM nu syAd utA7hosvid rAjA nalaH}, can it be S'âlihotra or king Nala?) Rarely {kim} is
repeated before {uta} used in this sense (e.g. {kim nu svargAt prAptA tasyA rUpeNa kimutA7nyA7gatA},
has she arrived from heaven or has another come in her form? Mriicch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of
wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g.
{utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!) ({uta} preceded by {kim}) on the contrary, how much more,
how much less (e.g. {samartho 'si sahasram api jetuM kimutai9kam}, thou art able to conquer even a
thousand, how much more one R.) S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. ({uta} preceded by {prati}) on the contrary,
rather (e.g. {eSa pRSTo 'smAbhir na jalpati hanti praty-uta pASANaih}, this one questioned by us does
not speak, but rather throws stones at us) Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; {uta vA}, or else, and (e.g. {samudrAd uta
vA purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); {vA} - {uta vA} or {utA7ho vA7pi} - {vA},
either - or; {uta} - {uta}, both - and (e.g. {uta balavAn utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak); {kim}
- {uta vA}, whether - or else.
uu4sha * = m. ({uS} BRD.; {US} T.), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9
S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the
ear L.; the Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil
impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna and wife of
Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
utha * =m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
utkatha = fierce
utkrishhTa = excellent
utkrishtha* = mfn. (opposed to {apa-kRSTa} and {ava-kRSTa}), drawn up or out; attracted; extracted;
taking a high position; excellent, eminent; superior, best; (ifc. e.g. {jJAno7tkRSTa} mfn. eminent in
knowledge); much, most, excessive Mn. MBh. Pañcat. &c.
ut-krishtha-bhUma
utkraamati = gives up
uttaara* = 1 (fr. {tArA} with 1. {ud} in the sense of `" apart "') mfn. (an eye) from which the pupil is
taken out BhP. vi, 14, 46; (for 2. {ut-tAra} &c. see {ut-tRR}.) \\2 (for 1. see s.v. above), {as}?2 m.
transporting over Prab.; landing; delivering, rescuing MBh. [179,3]; ejecting, getting rid of; vomiting;
passing away, instability; (mfn.) surpassing others, excellent, pre-eminent L.
uttangataa = greatness
uttama = exceptional* = mfn. (superlative fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {avama}, {adhama}, &c.; cf.
{an-uttama}), uppermost, highest, chief; most elevated, principal; best, excellent RV. AV. AitBr. Mn.
Pañcat. &c. (often ifc., e.g. {dvijo7ttama}, best of the twice-born i.e. a Brâhman Mn.); first, greatest; the
highest (tone) Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r.; the most removed or last in place or order or time RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.;
({a4m}) ind. most, in the highest degree R.; at last, lastly S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 21; m. the last person (= in
European grammars the first person) Pân. Kâty. Kâs'. &c.; N. of a brother of Dhruva (son of Uttâna-pâda
and nephew of Priya-vrata) VP.; of a son of Priya-vrata and third Manu; of the twenty-first Vyâsa VP.;
({As}) m. pl.N. of people VP. MBh.; ({A}) f. a kind of Pidakâ or pustule Sus'r.; the plant Oxystelma
Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) Sus'r.; an excellent woman (one who is handsome, healthy, and
affectionate) L.
uttamaM = transcendental
uttamaangaiH = heads
uttamaujaaH = Uttamauja
uttara* = 1 mfn. (compar. fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {adhara}; declined Gram. 238. {a}), upper, higher,
superior (e.g. {uttare dantAs}, the upper teeth) RV. AV. TS. ChUp. Ragh. &c.; northern (because the
northern part of India is high) AV. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; left (opposed to {dakSiNa} or right, because in
praying the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left hand) AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.;
later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior, future RV. AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c.
(opposed to {pUrva}, &c. e.g. {uttaraH kAlaH}, future time; {uttaraM vAkyam}, a following speech,
answer, reply; {phalam uttaram}, subsequent result, future consequence; {varSo7ttareSu}, in future
years); followed by (e.g. {smo7ttara} mfn. followed by `" {sma} "' Pân. 3-3, 176); superior, chief,
excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful RV. AV.; gaining a cause (in law); better, more
excellent RV.; m. N. of a son of Virâtha MBh.; of a king of the Nâgas L.; N. of a mountain Kathâs.; of
several men; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a school; ({A}), of. (scil. {diz}) the northern quarter, the north Kathâs.
&c.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain the word `" {uttara} "' (cf. {uttara-phalgunI}, &c.); N. of a
daughter of Virâtha and daughter-in-law of Arjuna MBh.; of a female servant Lalit.; ({e}) f. du. the
second and third verse of a Triica (or a stanza consisting of three verses); ({As}) f. pl. the second part of
the Sâma-sanhitâ; ({am}) n. upper surface or cover MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; the north R. Dhûrtas.; the
following member, the last part of a compound; answer, reply Ragh. R. Prab. &c.; (in law) a defence,
rejoinder, a defensive measure; contradiction Car.; (in the Mimânsâ philosophy) the answer (the fourth
member of an adhikarana or case); superiority, excellence, competency R. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; result, the
chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what remains or is left, conclusion, remainder, excess, over
and above, (often ifc. e.g. {bhayo7ttara}, attended with danger, having danger as the result;
{dharmo7ttara}, chiefly characterized by virtue; {SaSTy-uttaraM sahasram}, one thousand with an
excess of sixty, i.e. 1060; {sapto7ttaraM zatam}, 107); remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song
Yâjñ.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain the word `" {uttara} "'; a particular figure in rhetoric; N.
of the last book of the Râmâyana; ({am}) ind. at the conclusion, at the end e.g. {bhavad-uttaram}, having
the word `" {bhavat} "' at the end; {asro7ttaram IkSitA}, looked at with tears at the close i.e. with a
glance ending in tears; afterwards, thereafter; behind MBh. &c.; in the following part (of a book); [cf. Gk.
$.]
u4ttara* = 1 &c. see p. 178, col. 1; for 2. see {ut-tRR}, col. 2. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 178, col. 1), crossing
over; to be crossed (cf. {dur-uttara}).
uttaraa* = ind. north, northerly; northward (with gen. or abl.) Pân. Vop.; ({uttarA-patha}, &c. see p. 178,
col. 3.)
uttaraM = covering
uttaraNa * = mfn. coming out of, crossing over VS. &c.; ({am}) n. coming forth or out of (especially out
of water) VarBriS.; landing, disembarking; crossing rivers &c. Pañcat.
ut-taaraNa * = mfn. transporting over MBh.; bringing over, rescuing; ({am}) n. the act of landing,
delivering; rescuing, helping to cross over or escape; transportation R. &c.
uttishthha = get up
uttishThaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice &c.) unfinished Nya1yam
uttunga = tall
utthaa * = ({ud-sthA} Pân. 8-4, 61; cf. {ut-tambh}, col. 1) P. Â. (but not Â. in the sense of, `" rising,
standing up "' Pân. 1-3, 24) {-tiSThati}, {-te} (pf. {-tasthau} aor. {-asthAt} &c.) to stand up, spring up,
rise, raise one's self, set out RV. AV. S'Br. Ragh. S'ak. Bhag. &c.; to rise (from the dead) BhP.; to rise
(from any occupation), leave off; to finish AitBr. S'Br. TândyaBr. &c.; to come forth, arise, appear,
become visible, result; to spring, originate from RV. AV. S'Br. TS. MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to come in (as
revenues) S'ak.; to rise (for the performance of any action); to be active or brave; to make efforts, take
pains with, strive for; to excel MBh. R. &c.: Caus. {-thApayati} (aor. 1. sg. {u4d-atiSThipam} AV. vii, 95, 2)
to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start AV. AitBr. TBr. S'Br. MBh. Das'. BhP. &c.; to set up, lift up, erect
Gobh. MBh. R. Hit. &c.; to get out Hit.; to drive out, send out, push out AitBr.: Kathâs. BhP.; to excite; to
produce Ragh. Sâh.; to arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive, animate; to stir up, agitate S'Br.
KaushUp. Hariv. R. Kathâs. &c.: Desid. {-tiSThAsati}, to wish or intend to stand up S'Br. xi, 1, 6, 5; to
intend to leave off (a sacrifice) Nyâyam.
ut-tha * = mfn. (generally ifc.) standing up, rising, arising MBh. Ragh. Caurap. &c.; coming forth,
originating, derived from Bhag. Kathâs. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.; m. arising, coming forth L.; [cf. Zd. {usta}.]
utthaM = produced of
utthita = stretched
utthitaa = present
utpatti = production* = f. arising, birth, production, origin Sus'r. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; resurrection Mn.;
production in general, profit, productiveness, Râjat; producing as an effect or result, giving rise to,
generating as a consequence; occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic passage) Jaim.
utpad.h = to obtain
utplavate = to jump
utsanna = spoiled
utsava = festival * m. enterprise, beginning RV. i, 100, 8; 102, 1; a festival, jubilee; joy, gladness,
merriment MBh. Ragh. Kathâs. Amar. &c.; opening, blossoming BhP.; height, elevation; insolence L.;
passion, wrath L.; wish, rising of a wish L.
utsaaha = enthusiasm
utsrija = give up
utsrij* = ({ud-sRj}) P. Â. {-sRjati}, {-te}, to let loose, let off or go [182,3]; to set free; to open RV. AitBr.
Âs'vGri. and S'r. KâtyS'r. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to pour out, emit, send forth Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; to sling, throw,
cast forth or away; to lay aside MBh. R. Mriicch. &c.; to quit, leave, abandon, avoid, eschew Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; to discontinue, suspend, cease, leave off TS. TBr. TândyaBr. KâtyS'r. &c.; to send away,
dismiss, discharge AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. MBh.; to drive out or away S'Br.; to hand out, deliver, grant, give AV.
xii, 3, 46 BhP. R. Mâlatîm.; to bring forth, produce, create AV. vi, 36, 2 R.: Desid. {-sisRkSati}, to intend
to let loose PârGri.; to intend to leave BhP.
utsrijya = giving up
utkaNTha * = 1 mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything) Ragh.; having the throat
open (as in crying) BhP.; longing for; m. longing for; a kind of sexual union L.; ({A}) f. longing for (a
beloved person or thing); regretting or missing anything or a person MBh. Bhartri. Pañcat. Amar. &c. \\ 2
Nom. Â. {utkaNThate}, to raise the neck; to long for, regret, sorrow for R. S'is'. Bhathth. &c.: Caus.
{utkaNThayati}, to cause any one to lift up the neck; to excite longing, inspire with tender emotions
Bhartri. Kâvya7d. &c.
uusa * = salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c.
(according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya
mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with
saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l.
{uSA} q.v.)
uupasad * = 1 P. {-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. {-sadema}; impf. {-asadat}) to sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 8; to sit
near to, approach (esp. respectfully), revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c. MBh. Ragh. &c.; to approach (a
teacher in order to become his pupil) Kathâs. [209, 2]; to approach asking, request, crave for RV. i, 89, 2;
vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S'Br. ii; to approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi, 3, 27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14,
6; to perform the Upasad ceremony (see below) TS. vi, 2, 3, 4: Caus. {-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or
by the side of TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; to cause to approach, lead near (see {upa-sAdita}).
uurdhva = raised * = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised,
elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring
generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.;
({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi,
1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel,
in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above),
subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence
forward, from that time forward, after that passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM
saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77; {UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after
the death of (with abl. e.g. {UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud
BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurdhvaM = upwards* = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised,
elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring
generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.;
({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi,
1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel,
in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above),
subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence
forward, from that time forward, after that passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM
saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77; {UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after
the death of (with abl. e.g. {UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud
uurja * = mfn. strong, powerful, eminent BhP. S'is'.; invigorating, strengthening; m. N. of a month (=
{kArttika}) TS. i VS. S'Br. Sus'r. i, 19, 9 BhP. &c.; power, strength, vigour, sap MBh. Mn. ii, 55 BhP. &c.;
life, breath L.; effort, exertion L.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. strength, vigour, sap RV. x, 76, 1 AV. SV.
Sus'r. &c.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasishthha VP. BhP.; ({am}) n. water L.
uurmi = wave
uuruu = thighs
uuta * = mfn. (p.p. of {av} q.v.) favoured; loved; promoted, helped; protected.
uuyate = to weave
va*= 1 ind. or (excluded, like the Lat. {ve}, from the first place in a sentence, and generally immediately
following, rarely and only m.c. preceding, the word to which it refers) RV. &c. &c. (often used in
disjunctive sentences; {vA-vA}, `" either'- `" or "', `" on the one side `" - `" on the other "'; {na vA} - {vA}
or {na} - {vA}, `" neither'- `" nor "'; {vA na-vA}, `" either not'-`" or "'; {yadi vA-vA}, `" whether'-`" or "';
in a sentence containing more than two members {vA} is nearly always repeated, although if a negative
is in the first clause it need not be so repeated; {vA} is sometimes interchangeable with {ca} and {api},
and is frequently combined with other particles, esp. with {atha}, {atho7}, {uta}, {kim}, {yad}, {yadi} q.v.
[e.g. {atha vA}, `" or else "']; it is also sometimes used as an expletive); either-or not, optionally KâtyS'r.
Mn. &c. (in gram. {vA} is used in a rule to denote its being optional e.g. Pân. 1-2, 13; 35 &c.); as, like (=
{iva}) PârGri. MBh. &c.; just, even, indeed, very (= {eva}, laying stress on the preceding word) KâtyS'r.
Kâv.; but even if, even supposing (followed by a future) Pañc. v, 36/37; however, nevertheless Bâdar.
Bâlar.; (after a rel. or interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare say MBh. Kâv. &c. (e.g. {kiM vA zakuntale7ty asya
mAtur AkhyA}, `" is his mother's name perhaps S'akuntalâ? "' S'ak. vii, 20/21; {ko vA} or {ke vA}
followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by `" every one, all "' e.g. {ke vA na syuH
paribhava-padaM niSphalA7ram-bha-yatnAH}, `" everybody whose efforts are fruitless is an object of
contempt "' Megh. 55).
vaa = or * = 1 the 3rd semivowel (corresponding to the vowels {u} and {U}, and having the sound of the
English {v}, except when forming the last member of a conjunct consonant, in which case it is
pronounced like {w}; it is often confounded and interchanged with the labial consonant {b}).
vaa*= 2 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 42) {vA4ti} (pf. {vavau} Br. MBh. &c.; aor. {avAsIt} Br.; fut. {vAsyati}
Megh.; inf. {vAtum} Hariv.), to blow (as the wind) RV. &c. &c.; to procure or bestow anything (acc.) by
blowing RV. i, 89, 4; to blow towards or upon (acc.) MBh. xii, 2798; to emit an odour, be diffused (as
perfume) S'Br.; to smell (trans.) Vikr. iv, 41 (v.l.); to hurt, injure Vop.: Caus. {vApayati} see {nir-vA} and
cf. {vAjaya}: Desid. {vivAsati} see 1. {van}. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. &283227[934, 2] {ventus}; Slav. {vejati};
Goth. {waian}, {winds}; Germ. {wa7jan}, {woejen}, {wehen}, {Wind}; Angl. Sax. {wa7wan}; Eng. {wind}
vaara *= 1 m. (earlier form of %{vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail , = $) RV. ;
m. n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.
4 vAra 2 (fr. 1. %{vR}) m. keeping back , restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained TBr. ; cf.
%{dur-v-}) ; anything which covers or surrounds or restrains , a cover MW. ; anything which causes an
obstruction , a gate , door-way W. ; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time , esp. an
appointed place (e.g. %{sva-vAraM@samA-sthA} , to occupy one's proper place) R. ; the time fixed or
appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. %{vR} , to choose) , a person's turn MBh. Ka1v. &c. (often ,
esp. with numerals , = times e.g. %{varAMs@trIn} or %{vara-trayam} , three times ;
%{bhUribhir@vAraiH} or %{bhUri-vArAn} or %{bahu-vAram} or %{vAraM@vAram} or
%{vAraM@vAreNa} , many times , often , repeatedly) ; the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet) ,
a day of the week (they are A1ditya- , Soma- , Man3gala- , Budha- , Guru. , S3ukra- , and S3ani-vñva1ra ;
cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Gan2it. Ya1jn5. Sch. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{dina} and %{divasa-v-}) ; a moment , occasion ,
opportunity W. ; a multitude , quantity (see %{bANa-v-}) ; an arrow L. ; Achyranthes Aspera L. ; N. of
S3iva L. ; (%{A}) f. a harlot , courtezan MBh. vi , 5766 (cf. %{-kanyakA} &c.) ; n. a vessel for holding
spirituous liquor L. ; a partic. artificial poison L.
5 vAra 3 m. (fr. 2. %{vR}) choice (see %{vAre-vRta}) ; anything chosen or choice or exquisite , goods ,
treasure RV. (often ifc. ; cf. %{azasta-} , %{Rdhad-} , %{dAti-v-} &c.) ; N. of a poet Cat.
va *= 2 (only L.) m. air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuna; the ocean, water; addressing; reverence;
conciliation; auspiciousness; a dwelling; a tiger; cloth; the esculent root of the water-lily; ({A}) f. going;
hurting; an arrow; weaving; a weaver (?). n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the object is the
deity Varuna); = {pra-catas}; mfn. strong, powerful.
va*= 3 ind.= {iva}, like, as MBh. Kâv. &c. (in some more or less doubtful cases).
vaacaa* = 1 f. speech, a word Pañcat. KâtyS'r. Sch. &c.; the goddess of spñspeech Un. ii, 57 Sch.; a holy
word, sacred text MW.; an oath ib.; w.r. for {vacA} MBh. xiii, 6149. [937, 3]\\vaacaa* = 2 instr. of {vAc},
in comp.
vaachaM = words
vaachaa = speech
vaachyaM = to be spoken
vaadya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be sounded or played (as a
musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.; instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a musical
vaada = argument * = mfn. (fr. {vad}) speaking of or about (see {brahma-v-}); causing to sound, playing
(see {vINA-v-}); m. speech, discourse, talk, utterance, statement Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) speaking about,
mentioning MBh. Hariv. BhP.; advice, counsel MBh.; a thesis, proposition, argument, doctrine Sarvad.
Sus'r.; discussion, controversy, dispute, contest, quarrel Mn. MBh. &c.; agreement Das'.; cry, song, note
(of a bird) AitBr. [940, 1]; sound, sounding (of a musical instrument) Pañcat.; demonstrated conclusion,
result W.; a plaint, accusation ib.; a reply ib.; explanation, exposition (of holy texts &c.) MW.; report,
rumour ib.
vaa4dya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be sounded or played (as a
musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.; instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a musical
instrument R. Kathâs. Pañcat.
vaahana = vehicle
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L.
vaahana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W.
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L
vaa4hana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see
col. 1) drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying, bringing &c. Kathâs. Râjat.; m. N. of a Muni Cat.; ({A}) f. an
army S'is'. xix, 33; n. the act of drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying MBh. R. &c.; driving Sus'r.; riding
Kathâs.; guiding (horses) MBh.; any vehicle or conveyance or draught-animal, carriage, chariot, waggon,
horse, elephant (cf. Pân. 8-4, 8) AitBr. &c. &c. (ifc. [f. {A}] riding or driving on or in); any animal Kathâs.
xxi, 30; `" oar "' or `" sail "' R. ii, 52, 5.
vaaJNchhita = desired
vaak.h = language/speech
vaakya = sentence* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words ({mama
vAkyAt}, in my words, in my name) MBh. &c. &c.; a declaration (in law), legal evidence Mn.; an express
declñdeclaration or statement (opp. to {liGga}, `" a hint "' or indication) Sarvad.; betrothment Nâr.; a
sentence, period RâmatUp. Pân. Vârtt. &c.; a mode of expression Cat.; a periphrastic mode of expression
Pân. Sch. Siddh.; a rule, precept, aphorism MW.; a disputation MBh.; (in logic) an argument, syllogism or
member of a syllogism; the singing of birds Hariv.; (in astron.) the solar process in computations MW
vaakyaM = words
vaakyaani = sentences
vaakyena = words
vaalmiiki* = m. (incorrectly {vAlmiki}) N. of the celebrated author of the Râma7yana (so called,
according to some, because when immersed in thought he allowed himself to be overrun with ants like
an anthill; he was no doubt a Brâhman by birth and closely connected with the kings of Ayodhyâ; he
collected the different songs and legendary tales relating to Râma-candra and welded them into one
continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made; he is said to have invented the S'loka
metre, and probably the language and style of Indian epic poetry owe their definite form to him;
according to one tradition he began life as a robber, but repenting be took himself to a hermitage on a
hill in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually received Sîtâ, the wife of Râma, when
banished by her husband; cf. IW. 314; 315 &c.) MBh. R. &c.; of a son of Garuda MBh.; of a grammarian
TPrât.; of the authors of various wks. (the Yoga-vâsishthha, the Adbhuta-râma7yana, and the
Gangashthaka) Cat.; (with {kavi}) of the son of Rudra-mani Tri-pâthhin and author of the Ramale7ndu-
prakâs'a ib.
vaama *= 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2) the act of vomiting g. %{jvalA7di} ; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.
3 vAma 2 mf(%{I4} or %{A})n. (fr. 1. %{van} ; for 1. see col. 1) lovely , dear , pleasant , agreeable , fair
, beautiful , splendid , noble RV. &c. &c. ; (ifc.) striving after , eager for , intent upon , fond of Ka1v.
Katha1s. Ra1jat. ; m. the female breast L. ; the god of love L. ; N. of S3iva BhP. ; of a Rudra ib. ; of
Varun2a L. ; (with S3aivas) = %{vAma-deva-guhya} Sarvad. ; of a son of R2ici1ka MBh. (B. %{rAma}) ; of
a son of Kr2ishn2a and Bhadra1 BhP. ; of a prince (son of Dharma) Cat. ; of a son of Bhat2t2a-
na1ra1yan2a Kshiti7s3. (cf. %{-deva}) ; of one of the Moon's horses VP. ; m. or n. a kind of pot-herb ,
Chenopodium Album L. ; (%{A}) f. a beautiful woman , any woman or wife Pan5car. Sa1h. ; a partic.
form of Durga1 Pur. ; a partic. S3akti Hcat. ; N. of Lakshmi1 W. ; of Sarasvati1 ib. ; of one of the Ma1tr2is
attending on Skanda MBh. ; of the mother of Pa1rs3va (the 23rd Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1) L. ;
(%{a4yA}) ind. in a pleasant or lovely manner RV. viii , 9 , 7 ; (%{I}) f. a mare L. (%{vAmI-ratha} mfn.
Pat. on Pa1n2. 4-2 , 104 Va1rtt. 20) ; a she-ass L. ; a female camel (cf. %{uSTra-v-}) ; a young female
elephant L. ; the female of the jackal L. ; n. a lovely thing , any dear or desirable good (as gold , horses
&c.) , wealth , fortune RV. AV. Br. ChUp. ; mfn. relating to a mare Pat. (cf. under %{I} f. above).
4 // 3 mf(%{A})n. (perhaps originally identical with 2. above) left , not right , being or situated on the
left side S3Br. &c. &c. (the quivering of the left eye or arm is supposed to be a good omen in women and
of the left arm a bad omen in men) ; reverse , adverse , contrary , opposite , unfavourable Ka1v. Katha1s. ;
crooked , oblique (%{am} ind. sideways) BhP. ; refractory , coy (in love) Sa1h. ; acting in the opposite
way or differently S3ak. iv , 18 ; hard , cruel Ka1v. Pur. [941,3] ; vile , wicked , base , low , bad Kir. ; m. or
n. the left side (%{vAmAd@dakSiNam} , from the left to the right ; %{vAmena} , on the left side) Ka1v.
Katha1s. ; m. the left hand Ra1matUp. ; a snake L. ; an animal , sentient being L. ; n. adversity ,
misfortune Katha1s. ; the left-hand practices of the followers of the Tantras (= %{vAmA7cAra} q.v.) Cat.
vaaMs'a* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaMza}) relating or belonging to sugar-cane Car.; made of bamboo W.; ({I}) f.
bamboo-manna Car. Bhpr.
vaasana* =1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gi1t. Sch. ; (%{A}) f. id. S3is3. Sch.
vaasana* = 2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Ka1v. ; an envelope, box, casket Ya1jn5.//3 mfn.
belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W. ; n. causing to abide or dwell Ba1lar. ; abiding, abode L. ; a
receptacle for water L. ; knowledge L. ; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract meditation,
and by others ; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and the feet turned backwards) W.
; (%{A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa*= f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present
consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S3am2k. Ka1v. Katha1s. ; fancy,
imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. %{bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is a
difference) ib. Ra1jat. Sarvad. &c. ; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire, inclination Katha1s. ;
liking, respectful regard Bha1m. ; trust, confidence W. ; (in math.) proof, demonstration (= %{upapatti})
Gol. ; a kind of metre Col. ; N. of Durga1 BhP. ; of the wife of Arka ib. ; of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-
s3iroman2i.
vaN* = (also written {baN}) cl. 1. P. {vaNati} (pf. {vavANa} &c.; Caus. aor. {avIvaNat}, or {avavANat}), to
sound Dhâtup. xiii, 3.
van* = 1 cl. 1. P. (Dhâtiip. xiii, 19; 20; xix, 42) {va4nati} (Ved. also {-te}, and {vana4ti}); cl. 8. P. Â. (xxx,
8) {vano4ti}, {vanute4} (pf. {vAvA4na}, {vAva4ntha}, {vavanma4}, {vavne4}; p. {vavanva4s} RV.; aor.
{vanta}, {va4Msva} ib.; {vaMsat}, {-sate} ib.; {vaniSat} AV.; {-Santa} TS.; {vanuSanta} "' RV.; Pot.
{vaMsImahi}, {vasImahi} ib.; Prec. {vaniSISta} RV. {vaMsiSIya} AV.; fut. {vanizA} Gr.; {vaniSyate},
SânkhSr.; inf. {vanitum} Gr.; {-vantave} RV.), to like, love, wish, desire RV. AV. S'Br. Kâthh. S'ânkhSr.; to
gain, acquire, procure (for one's self or others) RV. AV. S'Br.; to conquer, win, become master of, possess
RV. AV.; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack RV.; to hurt, injure MW. (Dhâtup. also `" to sound "';
`" to serve, honour, worship. help, aid "'): Caus. {vanayati} or {vAnayati} Dhâtup. xix, 68; xxxix, 33 v.l.
(cf. {saM-van}): Desid. {vi4vAsati}, {-te}, to attract, seek to win over RV.: Intens. (only {vAva4naH} and
{vAvandhi4}; but cf. {vanIvan}) to love, like RV. [Cf. Lat. {venia}, {Venus}; Got. {gawinnan}; Germ.
{gewinnen}; Eng. {win}.]
va4n* = 2 = {va4na} (only in gen. and loc. pl. {vanA4m} {va4Msu}), `" wood "' or, a wooden vessel "' RV.;
love, worship L.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. {vana-prastha}) a Brâhman in the third stage of life (who has passed through the
stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an ascetic life in the
woods; see {Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) Âpast. Mn.
MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn.
relating to a Vânaprastha; m. (scil. {Azrama}) the third stage of a Brâhmañs life, forest-life MBh. R.
Hariv.
vaanara * = m. (prob. fr. {vanar}, p. 918) `" forest-animal "', a monkey, ape (ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a
kind of incense, Olibanum L.; (with {AcArya}) N. of a writer on medicine Cat.; ({I}) f. a female ape MBh.
R. Kathâs.; Carpopogon Pruriens L.; mf({I})n. belonging to an ape or monkey, mñmonkey-like &c. MBh.
R.
vaaNii* = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the {sapta vANIs} are referred
by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language, words,
diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Kâv. &c.; a literary production or composition
Uttarar. Bhâm.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech, Sarasvatî R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre
consisting only of long syllables Kâvya7d. Sch.; of a river (accord. to some the Sarasvatî) VP.\\ f. (only L.;
cf. 1. 2. {vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price, value.\\2 f.
(cf. {vANi}) weaving L. \\3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5
vaanmayaH = full of the `word' i.e. master of the word \& language
vaa.nchh.h = to want
vaañchita* = mfn. wished, desired, beloved, longed for MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. wish, desire ib.; m. (in music) a
kind of measure.
vaanara = monkey
vaaNijyaM = trade
vaaNii = language
vaaNii * = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the %{sapta@vANIs} are
referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language,
words, diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a literary production or
composition Uttarar. Bha1m.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech, Sarasvati1 R. BrahmaP.; N.
of a metre consisting only of long syllables Ka1vya7d. Sch.; of a river (accord. to some the Sarasvati1)
VP.\\* = 2 f. (cf. %{vANi}) weaving L.\\= 3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i,
119, 5.
vaaNi * = f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. %{vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of metre; a
cloud; price, value.
vaaNiiM = speech
vaasu * = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul
considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaarya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L. y\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col. \\ 3)
to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R.
vaas'itaagrishthi * = f. a young female elephant MBh. xi, 642 (cf. Pân. 2-1, 65).
vaas'ita * =1 mfn. roared, cried, sung MBh. &c.; n. roaring, croaking, yelling, howl, cry, scream MBh. R.
VarBriS. Kathâs.
vaas'itaa* = f. (also written {vAsitA}, prob. fr. {vaz}) a cow desiring the bull (also applied to other
animals desiring the male, esp. to a female elephant) AV. &c. &c. [947, 2]; a woman, wife MBh.
vaata = (masc) wind * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god
(pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117;
wind or air as one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila},
{samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c.
VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra
ib. \\\\vAta * = 2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked,
assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}). \\3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see pp. 934, 939) dried up (see 1.
{a-vAta4})
vaatha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn.
ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the groin W.;
the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting
of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a
hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}.
vaataayana = a horse
vaataayanaM = window
vaapi = at all
vaara = Day
vaara * = 1 m. (earlier form of {vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail, = $) RV.; m.
n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.
vaara * = 2 (fr. 1. {vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained TBr.; cf.
{dur-v-}); anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which causes an
obstruction, a gate, door-way W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, esp. an appointed
place (e.g. {sva-vAraM samA-sthA}, to occupy one's proper place) R.; the time fixed or appointed for
anything (accord. to some fr. 2. {vR}, to choose), a persoñs turn MBh. Kâv. &c. (often, esp. with
numerals, = times e.g. {varAMs trIn} or {vara-trayam}, three times; {bhUribhir vAraiH} or {bhUri-
vArAn} or {bahu-vAram} or {vAraM vAram} or {vAraM vAreNa}, many times, often, repeatedly); the
turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the week (they are Âditya-, Soma-, Mangala-,
Budha-, Guru., S'ukra-, and S'ani-vñvâra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Ganit. Yâjñ. Sch. Kâv. &c. (cf. {dina} and
{divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a multitude, quantity (see {bANa-v-}); an arrow L.;
Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of S'iva L.; ({A}) f. a harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. {-kanyakA} &c.); n. a
vessel for holding spirituous liquor L.; a partic. artificial poison L.
vaara * =3 m. (fr. 2. {vR}) choice (see {vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods,
treasure RV. (often ifc.; cf. {azasta-}, {Rdhad-}, {dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaari = water
vaari-dhara = water-carrier(cloud )
vaaramukhya * = m. (prob.) a singer, dancer Ma1rkP. ; (%{A}) f. the chief of a number of harlots, a royal
courtezan MBh. R. &c
vaartaa = news
vaarsha* = 1 mf({I4})n. (fr. {varSa} or {varSA}) belonging to the rainy season VS.; belonging to a year,
yearly, annual W.; ({I}) f. = {varSA}, the rainy season L. \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {varSa} in comp.\\3 n. (fr.
vaaruNi * = 1 m. `" son of Varuna "' patr. of various persons (esp. of Bhriigu, Satya-dhriiti, Vasishthha,
Agastya &c.) Br. RAnukr. MBh. \\ 2 f. (m. c.) = {vAruNI}, spirituous liquor Hariv.
vaaruNI * = f. the western quarter or region (presided over by Varuna), the west (with or without {diz})
VarBriS.; N. of partic. serpents GriS.; (pl.) of partic. sacred texts Gaut.; Varuna's female Energy
(personified either as his wife or as his daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as
the goddess of spirituous liquor) TÂr. MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. kind of spirit (prepared from hogweed
mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous liquor MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of S'iva's
wife L.; a partic. fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of Caitra Col.; Dûrvâ grass or a similar species
L.; colocynth L.; the Nakshatra S'ata-bhishaj (ruled by Varuna) L.; N. of a river R.
vaarya * =1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L.\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col. 3) to be
warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R. \\3 mfn. to be chosen Pân.
3-1, 101 Sch.; precious, valuable RV.; n. treasure, wealth, goods ib. \\4 m. (for 1. 2. 3. see pp. 943, col. 3,
and 944, col. 1) patr. (?) ÂrshBr..
vaasa * = 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Mâlatîm. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L. (also {A} f.) \\ 2 m. (fr. 4.
{vas}) a garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for {vAsas}) MBh. (cf. {kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr. 5. {vas}) staying,
remaining (esp. `" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 18 Sch.),
abode, habitation RV. &c. &c.; ifc. = having one's abode in, dwelling or living in [947, 3]; {vAsaM-vas}, to
take up one's abode, abide, dwell; place or seat of (gen.) R.; a day's journey ib.; state, situation, condition
Hariv.; = {vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see {-sajjA}); = {vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaasaH = living
vaasana * = 1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gît. Sch.; ({A}) f. id. S'is'. Sch. \\2
n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Kâv.; an envelope, box, casket Yâjñ \\3 mfn. belonging to an abode,
fit for a dwelling W.; n. causing to abide or dwell Bâlar.; abiding, abode L.; a receptacle for water L.;
knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract meditation, and by others;
described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and the feet turned backwards) W.; ({A}) f. see
next.
vaasanaa = longings, craving* = f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the
present consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S'ank. Kâv. Kathâs.; fancy,
imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. {bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is a
difference) ib. Râjat. Sarvad. &c.; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire, inclination Kathâs.; liking,
respectful regard Bhâm.; trust, confidence W.; (in math.) proof, demonstration (= {upapatti}) Gol.; a
kind of metre Col.; N. of Durgâ BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.; of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-s'iromani.
vaasara = Day
vaasava = indra
vaasaa.nsi = garments
vaas'a* = 1 mfn. roaring, sounding RV. viii, 19, 31; ({vA4za}) id. (only {A} and {I} f. pl. applied to water)
VS. TS.
vaastu* = n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace,
habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBriS.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus
BhP.; of a Râkshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of
grain ÂpS'r. Sch. (cf. {-maya}).
vaasu* = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul
considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaasuu* = f. (of doubtful derivation) a young girl, maiden (voc. {vAsu}) Das'.
vaasukiH = Vasuki
vaasudeva * = (fr. {vasu-d-}) patr. of Kriishna TÂr. &c. (RTL. 111); of a king of the Pundras Hariv.; N. of a
class of beings peculiar to the Jainas L.; a horse L.; N. of various kings and authors (also with {AcArya},
{dIkSita}, {zarman}, {zAstrin} &c.) Inscr. Cat.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; n. N. of an Upanishad;
mf({I})n. relating to (the god) Kriishna NriisUp.; written or composed by VñVâsudeva Cat.; {-jJAna} n.
N. of wk.; {-jyotis} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-tIrtha} m. N. of a man ib.; {-dvAdazA7kSarI} f. {-puNyA7ha} n.
{-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-priya} m. `" friend of VñVâsudeva "'N. of Kârttikeya MBh.; {-priyaM-karI} f.
Asparagus Racemosus L.; {-manana} n. N. of a Veda7nta wk.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of Kriishna,
representing him AgP.; {-mahA7rAdhana} n. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-vargINa} or {-vargya} mfn.
taking VñVâsudeva's side, partial to him Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 11 Pat.; {-vijaya} m. {-sahasra-nAman} n. N.
of wks.; {-suta} m. {-sena} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra; {-vA7nandI-campU} f. N. of a
poem; {-vA7nubhava} m. N. of a medical wk.; {-vA7zrama} m. {-ve7ndra} m. {-ve7ndra-ziSya} m. N. of
authors Cat.; {--vo7paniSad} f. N. of one of the more recent Upanishads of the Atharva-veda.
vaasudevasya = of KRishhNa
vaasudevaaH = KRishhNa
vaastu
n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace, habitation,
homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBr2S.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a
Ra1kshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain
A1pS3r. Sch. (cf. %{-maya}).
vaava* = ind. (a particle laying stress on the word preceding it, esp. in relative clauses; also {ha vA4va4},
{ha} [{kha4lu}] {vA4va4}, {u ha vAva}, {ha tvA4va4} [q.v.]) just, indeed, even TS. Br. (in S'Br. only from
book vi) Up. BhP. [947,1]
vaayu = wind
vaayau = air(life-breath)
vachaH = words
vaca* = m mfn. speaking, talking (see {ku-v-}); m. a parrot L.; = {sUrya}, the sun L.
vachana = talk
vachanaM = word
vad.h = to talk
vada = please tell* = mfn. speaking, a speaker (only ifc.; see {ku-v-}, {priyaM.v-}); speaking well or
sensibly L.; m. N. of the first Veda (with the Magians) Cat.
vadana = face
vadanti = say
vadha * = m. one who kills, a slayer, vanquisher, destroyer RV. VS. TS. S'Br.; a deadly weapon (esp.
Indra's thunderbolt) RV. AitBr. S'ânkhGri.; the act of striking or killing, slaughter, murder, death,
destruction RV. &c. &c.; (in law) capital or (more commonly) corporal punishment Mn. Yâjñ. &c. =
{vadha-bhUmi}, place of execution Caurap., Introd.; stroke, hurt, injury Nir.; paralysis Sus'r.;
annihilation, disappearance (of inanimate things) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frustration, prevention Gaut.; a defect,
imperfection (28 are enumerated) VP.; multiplication Ganit.; a product Bijag.; N. of a Râkshasa VP.;
({A}) f. a kind of pot-herb, Convolvulus Repens L.
vadya * = mfn. to be spoken &c. (see {a-v-} and {anav}); N. of the days of the dark lunar fortnight; n.
speech, speaking about, conversing (see {brahma-v-}, {satya-v-}).
vadhanaM = face
vahaa = Porter
vahaami = carry
vahaNa * = n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama Das'ar.
vahana * =mfn. bearing, carrying, conveying (see {rAja-v-}); n. the act of bearing, carrying, conveying,
bringing MBh. Kâv. VarBriS.; the flowing (of water) Nir. vi, 2; a ship, vessel, boat Kathâs.; the undermost
part of a column, VârBriS.; a square chariot with a pole L.
vahaNa *= n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama Das'ar.
vahatu *= m. the bridal procession (to the husband's house), nuptial ceremony RV. AV. AitBr. (pl. the
objects constituting a bride's dowry TBr.); means of furthering RV. vii, 1, 17 (= %{stotra} and %{zastra}
Sa1y.); an ox L.; a traveller L.
vahni = fire * = m. any animal that draws or bears along, a draught animal, horse, team RV. AV. VS. TBr.;
any one who conveys or is borne along (applied to a charioteer or rider, or to various gods, esp. to Agni,
Indra, Savitr2i, the Maruts &c.) RV. AV.; N. of Soma (as `" the flowing or streaming one "') RV. ix, 9, 6
&c.; the conveyer or bearer of oblations to the gods (esp. said of Agni, `" fire "', or of the three sacrificial
fires see %{agni}) RV.; partic. fire Gr2ihya1s.; fire (in general or `" the god of fire "') Mn. MBh. &c.
(%{vahninA@saM-skR}, to hallow by fire, burn solemnly); the fire of digestion VarBr2S.; N. of the
number `" three "' (fr. the three sacred fires) L.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. Plumbago Ceylanica;
Semecarpus Anacardium; Poa Cynosuroides; and the citron tree) Sus3r.; a mystical N. of the letter %{r}
Up. [934,1]; N. of the 8th Kalpa (q.v.) Cat.; of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of a son of
Turvasu ib.; of a son of Kukura ib.
vahnikaNa = spark
vaH = your
vai = emphasis * = Meaning 1 (orig. identical with 2. {vA}) cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. xxii, 24) {vA4yati}, to
become languid or weary or exhausted RV. ({zoSaNe} Dhâtup.); to be deprived of (gen.) RV. viii. 47, 6; P.
and (ep. also Â.), to blow Âpast. MBh.\\Meaning 2 ind. a particle of emphasis and affirmation, generally
placed {after} a word and laying stress on it (it is usually translatable by `" indeed "', `" truly "', `"
certainly "', `" verily "', `" just "' &c.; it is very rare in the RV.; more frequent in the AV., and very
common in the Brâhmanas and in works that imitate their style; in the Sûtras it is less frequent and
almost restricted to the combination {yady u vai}; in Manu MBh. and the Kâvyas it mostly appears at the
end of a line, and as a mere expletive. In RV. it is frequently followed by {u} in the combination {vA4 u}
[both particles are separated, v, 18, 3] [1020, 1]; it is also preceded by {u} and various other particles e.g.
by {i4d}, {a4ha}, {uta4}; in the Brâhmanas it often follows {ha}, {ha sma}, {eva}; in later language {api}
and {tu}. Accord. to some it is also a vocative particle).
vaibhava * =. (fr. {vi-bhava}) might, power (ifc. f. {A}); high position, greatness Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
superhuman power or might MW.; grandeur, glory, magnificance Kathâs.
vaidyaH = doctor
vaiDuurya * = n. (rarely m.; cf. {vidUra-ja}) a cat's-eye gem (ifc. `" a jewel "', = `" anything excellent of
its kind "') AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a mountain (also {-parvata}) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; mf({A})n.
vaiduurya* =1 mf({I} or {rI})n. (fr. {vi-dUra}) brought from Vidûra Pân. 4-3, 84.
vaihAyasa * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. 2. %{vi-hAyas}) being or moving in the air, suspended in the air, aerial
Gr2S. MBh. &c.; (%{am}) ind. in the open air A1past.; m. pl. `" sky-dwellers "', the gods &c. BhP.; N. of
partic. R2ishis (personified luminous phenomena) VarBr2S.; m. N. of a lake MW.; (%{I}) f. N. of a river
BhP.; n. the air, atmosphere MBh.; flying in the air BhP. (%{-gata} n. id. R.); a partic. attitude in shooting
L
vaijayanta *= m. (fr. {vi-jayat}, or {-yanta}) the banner of Indra MBh.; a banner, flag R.; the palace of
Indra Buddh.; a house A.; N. of Skanda L.; of a mountain MBh. Hariv.; pl. (with Jainas) N. of a class of
deities L.; ({I}) f. a flag, banner MBh. Kâv. &c.; an ensign W.; a kind of garland prognosticating victory
MBh. Pur.; the necklace of Vishnu MW.; N. of the 8th night of the civil month Sûryapr.; Premna Spinosa
Sus'r.; Sesbania Aegyptiaca L.; N. of a lexicon by Yâdavaprakâs'a; of a Comm. to Vishnu's Dharmas'âstra
(IW. 304, 305); of various other wks.; of a town or a river AV. Paris'.; n. N. of a gate in Ayodhyâ R.; of a
town (= {vana-vAsI}) R. Inscr.
vaikaarika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kAra}) based on or subject to modification, modifying or modified MBh.
Sus'r. Pur. &c.; m. a class of deities MW.; (with {kAla}) the time necessary for the formation of the fetus
Car.; n. emotion, flurry R.
vaikrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kRti}) modified, derivative, secondary ({-tva} n. Lâthy.) RPrât. TPrât. Sch.
&c.; undergoing change, subject to modification Sânkhyak. KapS.; disfigured, deformed MBh.; not
natural, perpetuated by adoption (as a family) Cat.; m. N. of the Ahan-kâra or I-making faculty MBh.; of
a demon causing a partic. disease Hariv.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) change, modification, alteration, disfigurement,
abnormal condition, changed state MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an unnatural phenomenon, portent Ragh. VarBriS.
Râjat.; mental change, agitation MBh. R. &c.; aversion, hatred, enmity, hostility MBh. Hariv. Kathâs.
Râjat.
vainateyaH = Garuda
vaitasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetasa}) made of or peculiar to a reed ({-sI vRtti}, `" reed-like action "' i.e.
yielding to superior force, adapting one's self to circumstances) TS. Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; m. or n. a basket
made of reed KâtyS'r.; m. (met.) the penis AV.; Rumex Vesicarius L.; Calamus Fasciculatus W.
vaitasena* = m. (prob. derived fr. a misunderstanding of {vaitase4na} instr. RV. x, 95, 4; cf. {vaitasa4})N.
of Purû-ravas BhP.
vaira = enmity* = mfn. (fr. {vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n. (exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f. {A})
enmity, hostility, animosity, grudge, quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without {saha}, or {sA7rdham},
or comp.; often pl.) AV. PañcavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host S'is'.; money paid as a
vairaagyaM = renunciation
vairaagyeNa = by detachment
vairishhu = on enemies
vais'aarada* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zArada}) experienced, skilled, expert, unerring BhP.; n. profound
learning R.
vais'aaradya* = n. experience, skill in (loc.), expertness, wisdom MBh. Bâlar. Sâh.; clearness of intellect,
infallibility Yogas. BriÂrUp. Sch.; Buddha's confidence in himself (of four kinds) DivyA7v. (cf. Dharmas.
77).
vais'eshika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zeSa}, p. 990) special, peculiar, specific, characteristic Âpast. Sus'r.
Bhâshâp. Hcat.; distinguished, excellent, pre-eminent MBh.; relating or belonging to or based on or
dealing with the Vais'eshika doctrine Bhâshâp. Madhus.; m. a follower of the VñVais'eshika doctrine
Kap. Kusum. Buddh.; n. peculiarity, distinction Kan.; N. of the later of the two great divisions of the
Nyâya school of philosophy (it was founded by Kana7da, and differs from the, `" Nyâya proper "' founded
by Gautama, in propounding only seven categories or topics instead of sixteen; and more especially in its
doctrine of {vizeSa}, or eternally distinct nature of the nine substances, air, fire, water, earth, mind,
ether, time, space, and soul, of which the first five, including mind, are held to be atomic) IW. 65 &c.
[1026,3]
vais'va* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vizva}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.), relating to or presided
over by the Vis've Devâh; ({I}) f. N. of the Nakshatra Uttara7shâdha L.; n. id. VarBriS.; (with {yuga}) the
8th cycle of 5 years in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarYogay.
vaitaanika * mf({I})n. = {vaitAna} (with {dvi-ja} or {vipra}, a Brâhman who observes the precepts
relative to the three sacred fires) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-
offering (esp. of clarified butter, as presented daily by the Brâhmans) W.
vaitanika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetana}) living on wages, serving for wages; m. a hireling, labourer
vaitaana * = mf({I})n. (fr. 2. {vi-tAna}) relating to or performed with the three sacred fires GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh.; m. (m. c.) = {vitAna}, a canopy BhP. (accord. to Comm. = {vitAna-samUha}); a patr. Caran. (v.l.
{vaitAyana}); n. a rite performed with the three sacred fires PârGri. Mn. &c.; an oblation with fire W.
vaitaalika * =1 m. one who is possessed by a Vetâla, the servant of a Vetâla W.; the worshipper of a Vetâla
MW.; a magician, conjurer ib.
vaitaalika * = 2 m. (fr. {vi-tAla}) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty also is to proclaim the hour of
day) MBh. Kâv. &c.; = {-kheDDatAla} L.; one who sings out of tune (?) W. (prob. w.r. for 2. {vaitAnika}
vaivasvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{vivasvat}) coming from or belonging to the sun R. ; relating or
belonging to Yama Vaivasvata Kaus3. MBh. Ka1v. ; relating to Manu Vaivasvata MBh. Hariv. Pur. ; m.
patr. of Yama RV. &c. &c. ; of a Man3u AV. S3Br. &c. ; of the planet Saturn L. ; N. of one of the Rudras VP.
; (%{I}) f. a daughter of Su1rya MBh. ; patr. of Yami1 MW. ; the south L. ; N. of Yamuna1 A. ; n. (scil.
%{antara}) N. of the 7th or present Manv-antara (as presided over by Manu Vaivasvata) MW.
vaiyaakaraNa = Grammar
vajra-maNii = diamond
vaksha = chest
vakshoja = breasts
vaktuM = to say
vaktri = orator
vaktraM = face
vakra = Retrogra * mf({A})n. crooked, curved, bent, tortuous, twisted, wry, oblique AV. &c. &c.; curled,
curly (as hair) AV. &c. &c.; having an apparently backward motion, retrograde (said of planets) Sûryas.
Var. &c. [911, 1]; (in prosody) long (the form of the long mark being curved); crooked in disposition,
cunning, fraudulent, dishonest, evasive, ambiguous KathhUp. MBh. &c.; hostile, cruel, malignant,
inauspicious Kâv. Kathâs. Sâh.; m. a nose L.; the planet Mars VarBriS.; the planet Saturn L.; a partic.
drug (= {parpaTa}) L.; N. of Rudra L.; of the Asura Bâna L.; of a prince of the Karûshas MBh. (v.l.
{vaktra}); of a Râkshasa R.; pl. N. of a people VP. (v.l. {cakra}); (â) f. a partic. musical instrument Lâthy.;
(scil. {gati}) a partic. variation in the course of Mercury VarBriS.; n. the winding course of a river, the
arm or bend of a stream S'vetUp.; the apparent retrograde motion of a planet MBh. Hariv. VarBriS.; a
form of fracture (when a bone is bent or only partially broken) Sus'r.; w.r. for {vaktra}.
vakratuNDaaya = to one who has crooked limb or part(the twised broken tusk)
valaya = circle
valgu * = mfn. (Un. i, 20) handsome, beautiful, lovely, attractive ({u4} ind. beautifully) RV. &c. &c.; m. a
goat L.; N. of one of the four tutelary deities of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; (prob.) N. of a place g. {varaNA7di};
n. an eyelash L. ja m. or
vams'a*= m. (derivation doubtful) the bamboo cane or any cane (accord. to L. also `" sugarcane "' and `"
Shorea Robusta "') RV. &c. &c.; the upper timbers or beams of a house, the rafters or laths fastened to
the beams (of a roof; cf. {prAcIna-v-}) AV. &c. &c.; a cross-beam, joist, joint VarBriS.; a reed-pipe, flute,
fife Kâv. Râjat.; the back-bone, spine VarBriS. BhP.; a hollow or tubular bone BhP. (B.) Sch.; the upper
nasal bone L.; the central projecting part of a scimitar or sabre VarBriS.; the line of a pedigree or
genealogy (from its resemblance to the succession of joints in a bamboo), lineage race, family, stock
S'Br. &c. &c. (esp. a noble race, a dynasty of kings, a list of teachers &c.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 19 Sch.); offspring, a
son BhP.; (ifc.) a succession or collection of similar things, assemblage multitude, host (as of chariots,
stars &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c; a partic. measure of length (= 10 Hastas) Lîl.; a partic. musical note S'is'.; pride,
arrogance Vâs.; bamboo-manna L.; N. of Vishnu L. ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras (daughter of Prâdhâ) MBh.;
({I}) f. see s.v.
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Râjat.; mfn.
retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vañcita* = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (â) f. a kind of riddle or enigma Cat.
vanga = Bengal
va.nda = Worship
va4ndya * =mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable, very
venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical plant L.;
{-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vandra * =mfn. praising, doing homage, worshipping Un. ii, 13 Sch.; m. a worshipper, votary, follower W.;
va.nsha = family
vana = forest
vanaM = forest
vanachara = animal
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Ra1jat.; mfn.
retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. %{vana-prastha}) a Bra1hman in the third stage of life (who has passed through
the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an ascetic life in the
woods; see %{Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) A1past. Mn.
MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn.
relating to a Va1naprastha; m. (scil. %{Azrama}) the third stage of a Bra1hman's life, forest-life MBh. R.
Hariv.
vanaspatishaastram.h = botany
vantaH = subject to
vanda = Worship
vande = worship
vandya* mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable, very
venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical plant L.;
{-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vanhiH = fire
vani* = f. wish, desire AV. m. fire L. ({va4ni} ifc.) procuring, bestowing (cf. {rAyas-poSa-v-} and Pân. 3-2,
27).
vapuH = body
vara = Groom
vara * = 1 m. (fr. 1. %{vR}) , `" environing "' , `" enclosing "' , circumference , space , room RV. AV. TS.
(%{va4ra@A4@pRthivyA4H} , on the wide earth) ; stopping , checking RV. i , 143 , 5.\\ 2 inf(%{A})n.
(fr. 2. %{vR}) choosing (see %{patiM-varA} , %{svayaM-varA}) ; m. `" chooser "' , one who solicits a girl
in marriage , suitor , lover , bridegroom , husband (rarely `" son-in-law "') RV. &c. &c. ; a bridegroom's
friend MW. ; a dissolute man (= %{vita} or %{SiDga}) L. ; (%{va4ra}) mf(%{A})n. `" select "' , choicest ,
valuable , precious , best , most excellent or eminent among (gen. loc. abl. , or comp.) or for (gen.) S3rS.
MBh. &c. ; (ifc.) royal , princely Ja1takam. ; better , preferable , better than (abl. , rarely gen.) or among
(abl.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; eldest W. ; (%{am}) ind. (g. %{svar-Adi}) preferably , rather , better (also =
preferable , sometimes with abl. which in Veda is often followed by %{A} e.g. %{agni4bhyo@va4ram} , `"
better than fires "' RV. ; %{sa4kkibhya@A4@va4ram} , `" better than companions "' ib. ; exceptionally
with acc. e.g. %{ziSyaiH@zata-hutAn@homAn} , %{ekaH@putra-kut@varam} , `" better one sacrifice
offered by a son than a hundred offered by disciples "' Shad2vBr.) RV. &c. &c. ; it is better that , it would
be best if (with pres. e.g. %{varaM@gacchAmi} , `" it is better that I go "' ; or with Impv. e.g.
%{varaM@naye@sthApyatAm} , `" it would be better if he were initiated into our plan "' Katha1s. ; or
without any verb e.g. %{varaM@siMhAt} , `" better [death caused] by a lion "' Pan5cat. ; sometimes with
Pot. , e. %{varaM@tat@kuryAt} , `" better that he should do that Ka1m.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c. ; it is better
than , rather than (in these senses %{varam} is followed by , %{na} , %{na@ca} %{na@tu} ,
%{na@punaH} %{tad@api@na} or %{tathA7pi@na} , with nom. e.g. %{varaM@mRzyur@nacA7kIrtiH} ,
`" better death than [lit. `" and not "'] infamy "' ; exeptionally with instr. e.g.
%{varam@eko@guNI@putro@ta@ca@mUrkha-zatair@api} , `" better one virtuous son than hundreds
of fools "' Hit. ; %{na@hi-varam} , `" by no mean - but rather "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; m. (rarely n. ; ifc. f.
%{A}) `" act or object of choosing , election , wish , request ; boon , gift , reward , benefit , blessing ,
favour (%{va4rAya} , %{va4ram@A4} , %{pra4ti@va4ram} or %{va4raM@varam} , `" according to wish ,
to one's heart's content "' ; %{mad-varAt} , in consequence of the boon granted by me "' ; %{va4raM-vR} ,
to choose a boon "' ; %{varaM-yAc} or %{A-kAGkS} or %{brU} or Caus. of %{pra-arth} , `" to prefer a
request "' ; %{va4raMdA} , `" to grant a boon or blessing "' ; %{varam@pra-dA} or %{pra-yam} id. ;
%{varaM-labh} , to receive a boon or reward "') RV. &c. &c. ; a benefit , advantage , privilege Das3. ;
charity , alms VarBr2S. ; a dowry Pan5cat. ; m. a kind of grain (= %{varata}) Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; bdellium L. ;
a sparrow L. ; N. of a son of S3vaphalka VP. ; (%{A}) f. N. of various plants and vegetable products
(accord. to L. `" the three kinds of myrobolan "' ; Clypea Hemandifolia ; Asparagus Racemosus ;
Cocculus Cordifolius ; turmeric ; Embelia Ribes ; a root similar to ginger ; = %{brAhrnI} and
%{reNukA}) Sus3r. ; N. of Pa1rvati1 L. ; N. of a river BhP. ; (%{I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L. ; N. of
Cha1ya (the wife of Su1rya) L. ; n. saffron BhP. (In comp. not always separable from 1. %{vara}.)
varaM = better
varaH = better
varada = the one granting boons * mf({A4})n. granting wishes, conferring a boon, ready to fulfil requests
or answer prayers (said of gods and men) AV. S'vetUp. TÂr. &c.; m. a benefactor W.; N. of Agni in S'ântika
Griihyâs.; fire for burnt offerings of a propitiatory character W.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.;
of a partic. class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a partic. Samâdhi Kârand.; of one of the 7 Rishis in the
4th Manv-antara VP.; of a Dhyâni-buddha W.; (mostly with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {bhaTTAraka} or
{dezñdezika Ac-}) N. of various authors and other men Cat.; pl. N. of a people R.; ({A}) f. a young
woman, girl, maiden L.; N. of a guardian goddess in the family of Vara-tantu Cat.; of a Yoginî Hcat. (cf.
{vara-pradA}); of various plants, Physalis Flexuosa Bhpr. Npr.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; Helianthus Npr.;
Linum Usitatissimum Bhpr.; the root of yam ib.; = {tri-parNI} Npr.; N. of a river MBh. Kâv.; {gaNapati-
stotra}, {-gaNe7?za-stotra} n. N. of Stotras; {-caturthI} f. N. of the 4th day in the light half of the month
Mâgha Cat. (prob. w.r. for {varadA-caturthI}); {-nAtha}, {-thA7cArya-sUnu}, {-nAyaka-sUri} (Cat.),
{-bhaTTa} (V. P, ), {-mUrti} (Cat.) m. N. of authors; {-rAja} m. (also with {AcArya}, {colapaNDita},
{bhaTTa}, {bhaTTAraka}) N. of various authors and other persons Cat. ({-ja-campU} f. {-daNDaka},
{-paJcAzat} f. {-maGgala}, {-mahiSI-stotra} n. {-mUla} n. {-zataka} n. {-su-prabhAta}, {-stava} m.
{-stotra} n.; {-jA7STaka} n. {-jA7STo7ttara-zata} n. N. of wks.; {-jIya} mfn. coming from or relating to or
composed by Varada-râja; n. N. of wk.); {-viSNu-sUri} m. N. of a Commentator Cat.; {-hasta} m. the
beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) MW.; {-das-caturthI} see {varada-c-} above L.;
{-dA-tantra} n. N. of wk.; {odA7dhiza-yajvan} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-dA7rka} m. {-do7paniSad-
dIpikA} f. N. of wks.
varcas* = n. ( {ruc}) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (esp.) the illuminating power of fire or the sun
i.e. brilliance, lustre, light RV. &c. &c.; colour R. BhP. [924, 2]; splendour, glory Kâv. Pur.; form, figure,
shape L.; excrement, ordure, feces Râjat. Sus'r.; m. N. of a son of Soma MBh.; of a son of Su-tejas or
Su-ketas ib.; of Râkshava BhP. (Sch.)
vareNya * = mfn. to be wished for, desirable, excellent, best among (gen.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a partic. class of
deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of a son of Bhriigu MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of S'iva's wife L.; n. supreme bliss
VP.; saffron L.
vareNyakratu * = ({vA-}) mfn. having excellent understanding, intelligent, wise RV. AV.
varga = Divisional or Harmonic Charts;varga* (accented only in Nigh.) m. (fr. {vRj}) one who excludes or
removes or averts KaushUp.; (ifc. f. {A}) a separate division, class, set, multitude of similar things
(animate or inanimate), group, company, family, party, side (mostly ifc. e.g. {catur-}, {tri-v-} q.v.; often
pl. for sg.) KâtyS'r. Prât. &c.; (esp.) any series or group of words classified together (as {manuSya-vanas-
pati-v-} &c.), or a class or series of consonants in the alphabet (seven such classes being given, viz.
{ka-varga}, `" the class of Guttural letters {ca-kAra-v-}, or {ca-v-}, `" the Palatals "' [924, 1]; {Ta-v-} `"
the Cerebrals "'; {ta-v-} `" the Dentals "'; {pa-v-} `" the Labials "'; {ya-v-} `" the Semivowels "'; {za-v-} `"
the Sibilants "', and the aspirate h cf. {varga-dvitIya} and {-prathama}) Prât. VarBriS. Vop.; everything
comprehended under any department or head, everything included under a category, province or sphere
of. VarBriS.; = {tri-varga} (q.v.) BhP.; a section, chapter, division of a book, (esp.) a subdivision of an
Adhyâya in the Riig-veda (which accord. to the mere mechanical division, contains 8 Ashtakas or 64
Adhyîyas or 2006 Vargas; cf. {maNDala}) and a similar subdivision in the Briihad-devatâ; (in alg.) the
square of a number Col. (e.g. {paJca-v-}, square of five cf. {bhinna-v-}); = {bala}, strength Naigh. ii, 9; N.
of a country Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vargottama = Same sign in navaa.nsha as in Bhavi usually increasing power for good or bad
varjita* = mfn. excluded , abandoned , avoided MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (with instr. or ifc.) deprived of. wanting ,
without , with the exception of. Mn. MBh. &c.
varN* = (rather Nom. fr. {varNa}) cl. 10. P. (Dhâtup. xxxv, 83) {varNayati} (m.c. also {-te}; aor.
{avavarNat}; inf. {varNayitum} or {varNitum}), to paint, colour, dye. Yâjñ. Das'.; to depict, picture, write,
describe, relate, tell, explain MBh. Kâv. &c.; to regard, consider Kathâs.; to spread, extend MBh.; to
praise, extol, proclaim qualities W.: Pass. {varNyate} (aor. {avarNi}), to be coloured or described &c.
MBh. Kâv. &c.
varNanIya mfn. to be painted or coloured or delineated or described BhP. Sa1h. Sarvad. (cf.
%{zoNita-v-}).
varNada* = mfn. giving colour, colouring, dyeing W.; giving tribe &c. ib.; n. a kind of fragrant yellow
wood L.
varNa = color * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. {vR}; ifc. f. {A}) a covering, cloak, mantle L.; a
cover, lid Yâjñ. iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.; colour of the
face, (esp.) good colour or complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint, dye, pigment (for
painting or writing) MBh. Kâv. &c.; colour = race, species, kind, sort, character, nature, quality, property
(applied to persons and things) RV. &c. &c.; class of men, tribe, order, caste (prob. from contrast of
colour between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors; in RV. esp. applied to the Âryas and
the Dâsas; but more properly applicable to the four principal classes described in Manu's code, viz.
Brâhmans, Kshatriyas, Vais'yas, and s'ûdras; the more modern word for `" caste "' being jâti; cf. IW. 210
n. 1) ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word Br. Prât. &c.; a musical sound or note (also applied to the
voice of animals) MBh. R. Pañcat.; the order or arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise,
commendation, renown, glory Mriicch. Kum. Râjat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in
arithm.) the figure, `" one "'; (accord. to some) a co-efficient; a kind of measure L. (cf. {-tAla}); gold L.; a
religious observance L.; one who wards off, expeller Sây. on RV. i, 104, 2; ({A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n.
saffron L. [Cf. accord. to some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "'; Lith. {vA7rnas}, `" a crow. "']
varNaM = colors
varNayaaM = do we describe
varsha = Year
varsha * = mf({A})n. (fr. {vRS}) raining (ifc. e.g. {kAma-v-}, raining according to one's wish) BhP.; m.
and (older) n. (ifc. f. {A}) rain, raining, a shower (either `" of rain "', or fig. `" of flowers, arrows, dust &c.
"'; also applied to seminal effusion) RV. &c. &c.; (pl.) the rains AV. (cf. {varSA} f.); a cloud L.; a year
(commonly applied to age) Br. &c. &c. ({A varSAt}, for a whole year; {varSAt}, after a year; {varSeNa}
within a year; {varSe} every year); a day (?) R. vii, 73, 5 (Sch.); a division of the earth as separated off by
certain mountain ranges (9 such divisions are enumerated, viz. Kuru, Hiranmaya, Ramyaka, Ila7vriita,
Hari; Ketu-mâlâ, Bhadra7s'iva. Kimnara, and Bhârata "'; sometimes the number given is 7) MBh. Pur. (cf.
IW. 420); India (= {bhAratavarSa} and {jambu-dvIpa}) L.; m. N. of a grammarian Kathâs.; ({A4}) f. see
p. 92 7, col. 2.
varshaa4* = f. rain S'ânkhGri. VarBriS.; pl. (exceptionally sg.) the rains, rainy season, monsoon (lastyear
into six seasons [see {Rtu}], the rains falling in some places during S'râvana and Bhâdra, and in others
during Bhâdra and Âs'vina; and in others for a longer period) TS. &c. &c.; Medicago Esculenta L. [Cf. Gk.
$, `" rain-drops. "']
varshh.h = to pour
varshha = year
varshhaM = rain
varshhaa = monsoon
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way, course ib.
AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; =
{stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartanIya* = mfn. to be stayed or dwelt in; n. (impers.) it should be applied or attended to (loc.) Vcar.
vartin* = mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; (ifc.) being
in any position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying, executing (an
order; cf. {nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) behaving properly
towards ib. (cf. {guru-v-}; {guru-vat} = {gurAv iva}); turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an
affix (= {pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
varti4s* = n. circuit, orbit RV.; lodging, abode ib. (= {mArga} Mahîdh.; = {gRha} Sây.)
vartula* = mf({A})n. round, circular, globular BhP. Vet. Hcat.; m. a kind of pea Madanav.; a ball L.; N. of
one of S'iva's attendants L.; ({A}) f. a ball at the end of a spindle to assist its rotation, L,; ({I}) f.
Scindapsus Officinalis L.; n. a circle Cat.; the bulb of a kind of onion L.
vartana = Behavior
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way, course ib.
AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; =
{stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartman* = n. the track or rut of a wheel, path, road, way, course (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (instr. or loc.
ifc. = by way of. along, through, by); an edge, border, rim Sus'r.; an eyelid (as encircling the eye) AV.
ChUp. Sus'r.; basis, foundation, RPrat. (cf. {dyUta-v-}).
vartamana = present
vartamaana = Present
vartamaanaH = being situated* = vartamAna* mfn. turning, moving, existing, living, abiding &c.; present
KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. the terminations of the present tense Kât.; n. presence, the present time Kâv. BhP.; (in
gram.) the present tense.
vartamaanaani = present
vartita= *mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned , rounded (see %{su-v-}) ; turned about , rolled (as a wheel) BhP. ;
caused to be or exist , brought about , accomplished , prepared MBh. Pan5cat. ; spent , passed (as time or
life) MBh. BhP.
varte = I am engaged
varteta = remains
vartma = path
varya * =mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) to be chosen, eligible, to be asked or obtained in marriage Pân. 3-i, 101
Sch.; excellent, eminent, chief, principal, best of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the god of love L.;
({A}) f. a girl who chooses her husband L.
vasaa * = (sometimes written {vazA}) f. `" shining "', `" white "', the serum or marrow of the flesh
(considered by some as distinct from that of the bones by others as the same), marrow, fat, grease, lard,
suet, melted fat, any fatty or oily substance VS. &c. &c.; brain Kathâs.; a partic. root similar to ginger L.;
N. of a river MBh.
vasa * = m. or n. dwelling, residence (see {dur-vasa}); ({A4}) f. (accord. to some) id. (?) RV. v. 2, 6.
vasana = dwelling * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper
and lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly
devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Ka1v. Pur.) ; investment, siege L. ; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L. ;
(also %{A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. //2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) dwelling, abiding,
sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasanaM = pitambharam
vasana * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper and lower
garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly devoted or attached
to e.g. to a doctrine Kâv. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L.; (also {A} f.) an
ornament woris by women round the loins L. \\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn,
residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasha = Agree
vas'a* = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. {va4zAn a4nu} or {a4nu va4za}, `" according to wish
or will, at pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of
going e.g. with {i}, {anu-i}, {gam}, {A-gam}, {ya}, {A-pad}, {A-sthA} &c., `" to fall into a persoñs [gen.]
power, become subject or give way to "'; acc. with {nI}, {A-nI} and {pra-yuj}, or loc. with {kR}, {labh} or
Caus. of {sthA} or {saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "'; loc. with {bhU}, {vRt}, {sthA} and
{saM-sthA}, `" to be in a persoñs [gen.] power "'; {vazena}, {-zAt}, and {-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by
command of, by force of, on account of, by means of, according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf.
{veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Karanî L.; N. of a Riishi preserved by the As'vins
RV.; (with {azvya}) of the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in S'Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); =
{vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh.; ({A}) f. see below; mf({A})n. willing, submissive,
obedient, subject to or dependent on (gen.) Kathâs. BhP. Pañcat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.
vas'aa* = f. (rather fr. {vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. {vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; (with {a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Kathâs.; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28; any
woman or wife L.; a daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat. {vacca}.]
vashaM = control
vashath * = ind. (accord. to some fr. 1. {vah}; cf. 2. {vaT} and {vauSaT}) an exclamation uttered by the
Hotrii priest at the end of the sacrificial verse (on hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the oblation
offered to the deity into the fire; it is joined with a dat. e.g. {pUSNe vaSaT}; with {kR}, to utter the
exclamation {vaSaT} "') RV. VS. Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. Pur
yas'oda*= mfn. conferring fame or renown L.; m. quicksilver L. (cf. {yazo-dhA}); ({A}) f. see 1. {yazo-dA}.
yas'odaa*= f. (of {yazoda}) N. of the daughter of a class of deceased ancestors Hariv.; of the wife of the
cowherd Nanda (Kriishna's foster-mother who nursed him immediately after his birth cf. IW. 332)
Hariv. Pur. &c.; of the wife of Mahâ-vîra (and daughter of Samaravîra) W.; {-garbha-sambhUtA} f. N. of
Durgâ MBh.; {-nanda} (Hariv.), {-nandana} (Pañcar.), {-suta} (Cân.), m. `" Yas'o-dâ's son "', metron. of
Kriishna. -2.\\*=mfn. bestowing fame or honour TS.; f. N. of partic. bricks ib. ÂpS'r.
vas'itva * = n. freedom of will, the being one's own master MBh. Hariv. [929, 3]; power or dominion over
(loc.) Sarvad.; the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will MârkP. Pañcar. &c.; mastery of one's
self, self-command Kum. MârkP.; subduing by magical means, fascinating, bewitching MW.
vas'itaa * = f. subjugation, dominion W.; the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will,
unbounded power of (comp.; a Bodhi-sattva is said to have 10 Vas'itâs, viz. {Ayur-}, {citta-}, {pariSkAra-},
{dharma-}, {Rddhi-}, {janma-}, {adhimukti-}, {praNidhAna-}, {karma-}, and {jAna-v-} Dharmas. 74)
BhP. Buddh.; subduing by the use of magical means, fascinating, bewitching W.
vasishthha * = mfn. (superl. fr. 1. {va4su}; cf. {va4sIyas} and under 3. {vas}) most excellent, best, richest
RV. AV. Br. ChUp. MBh.; m. (wrongly written {vaziSTha}), `" the most wealthy "'N. of a celebrated Vedic
Riishi or sage (owner of the `" cow of plenty "', called Nandinî, offspring of Surabhi, which by gransing
all desires made him, as his name implies, master of every {vasu} or desirable object; he was the typical
representative of Brâhmanical rank, and the legends of his conflict with Vis'vâ-mitra, who raised himself
from the kingly or Kshatriya to the Brâhmanical class, were probably founded on the actual struggles
which took place between the Brâhmans and Kshatriyas; a great many hymns of the RV. are ascribed to
these two great rivals; those of the seventh Mandala, besides some others, being attributed to
Vasishthha, while those of the third Mandala are assigned to Vis'vâ-mitra; in one of Vasishtha's hymns
he is represented as king Su-dâs "' family priest, an office to which Vis'vâ-mitra also aspired; in another
hymn Vasishthha claims to have been inspired by Varuna, and in another [RV. vii, 33, 11] he is called the
son of the Apsaras Urvas'î by Mitra and Varuna, whence his patronymic Maitrâvaruni [930,3]; in Manu i,
35, he is enumerated among the ten Prajâ-patis or Patriarchs produced by Manu Svâyambhuva for the
peopling of the universe; in the MBh. he is mentioned as the family priest of the solar race or family of
Ikshvâku and Râma-candra, and in the Purânas as one of the arrangers of the Vedas in the Dvâpara age;
he is, moreover, called the father of Aurva [Hariv.], of the Sukâlins [Mn.], of seven sons [Hariv. Pur.],
and the husband of Aksha-mâlâ or Arundhatî [MBh.] and of Ûrjâ [Pur.]; other legends make him one of
the 7 patriarchal sages regarded as forming the Great Bear in which he represents the star (see {RSi})
RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW. 361; 402 n. 1 &c.); N. of the author of a law-book and other wks. (prob. intended to be
ascribed to the Vedic Riishi above); pl. the family of Vasishthha RV. S'Br. S'rS. ({vasiSThasyA7GkuzaH}
&c.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr.); N. of an Anuvâka Pat. on Pân. 4-3, 131 Vârtt. 2; n. flesh Gal.
vastu = Article* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen.
{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; {va4stor vastoH}, every mñmorning; {va4stor asyA4H}, this mñmorning;
{pra4ti va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. {va4stave} see under 2. {vas}).
vastu* = 2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see {kapila-}, {vraNa-v-}); any really existing or
abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c. (also applied to living beings
e.g. S'ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to {a-v-}, `" that which does not really exist, the unreal "';
{a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right
thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Kâv.; goods, wealth, property (cf. {-vinimaya}
and {-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Kâv. &c.; subject, subject-matter,
contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; (in music) a kind of
composition Sangît.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.
vastuuni = objects
vastra = Garment
vastrakos'a* = n. a clothes-bag L.
vastraveza* = m. or a tent L.
vastu* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen. %{va4stoH}, in the
mñmorning; %{va4stor@vastoH}, every mñmorning; %{va4stor@asyA4H}, this mñmorning;
%{pra4ti@va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. %{va4stave} see under 2. %{vas}).//2 n. (for 1. see p. 931,
col. 3) the seat or place of (see %{kapila-}, %{vraNa-v-}); any really existing or abiding substance or
essence, thing, object, article Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s. &c. (also applied to living beings e.g. S3ak. ii, 7/8);
(in phil.) the real (opp. to %{a-v-}, `" that which does not really exist, the unreal "'; %{a-dvitIya-v-}, `"
the one real substance or essence which has no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable
or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Ka1v.; goods, wealth, property (cf. %{-vinimaya} and
%{-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; subject, subject-matter,
contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h. &c.; (in music) a kind of
composition Sam2gi1t.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything
W.//1. 2 see pp. 931 and 932.
vastutas* = ind. owing to the nature of things BhP.; in fact, in reality, actually, verily, essentially ib.
Râjat. Sarvad.
vastutaa* = f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pañcat.; = next BhP.
vasudhaa = earth
vasu * = 1 mf({u} or {vI})n. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) excellent, good, beneficent RV. GriS'rS.; sweet L.;
dry L.; N. of the gods (as the `" good or bright ones, esp. of the Âdityas, Maruts, As'vins, Indra, Ushas,
Rudra, Vâyu, Vishnu, S'iva, and Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R.; of a partic. class of gods (whose number is
usually eight, and whose chief is Indra, later Agni and Vishnu; they form one of the nine Ganas or
classes enumerated under Gana-devatâ q.v.; the eight Vasus were originally personifications, like other
Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with the other Ganas common in the
Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras and the twelve Âdiyas, constituting with them and with Dyaus, Heaven, and
Priithivî, `" Earth "' [or, according to some, with Indra and Prajâ-pati, or, according to others, with the
two As'vins], the thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made; the names of the Vasus,
according to the Vishnu-Purâna, are, 1. Âpa [connected with {ap} "', `" water "']; 2. Dhruva, `" the
Pole-star; 3. Soma, `" the Moon "'; 4. Dhava or Dhara; 5. Anila, `" Wind "'; 6. Anala or Pâvaka, `" Fire "';
7. Pratyusha, `" the Dawn "'; 8. Prabhâsa, `" Light "'; but their names are variously given; Ahan, `" Day "',
being sometimes substituted for 1; in their relationship to Fire and Light they appear to belong to Vedic
rather than Purânic mythology) RV. &c. &c.; a symbolical N. of the number `" eight "' VarBriS.; a ray of
light Naigh. i, 15; a partic. ray of light VP.; = {jina} S'îl. (only L. the sun; the moon; fire; a rope, thong; a
tree; N. of two kinds of plant = {baka} and {pIta-madgu}; a lake, pond; a kind of fish; the the of the yoke
of a plough; the distance from the elbow to the closed fist); N. of a Rishi (with the patr. Bharad-vâja,
author of RV. ix, 80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv.; of a son of Manu ib.; of a son of
Uttâna-pâda ib.; of a prince of the Cedis also called Upari-cara MBh.; of a son of Îlina ib.; of a son of
Kus'a and the country called after him RV.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a son
of Vatsara ib.; of a son of Hiranya-retas and the Varsha ruled by him ib.; of a son of Bhûtajyotis ib.; of a
son of Naraka ib.; of a king of Kas'mîra Cat. [931, 1]; ({u}) f. light, radiance L.; a partic. drug L.; N. of a
daughter of Daksha and mother of the Vasus (as a class of gods) Hariv. VP.: ({vI}) f. night Naigh. i, 7; n.
(in Veda gen. {va4sos}, {va4svas} and {va4sunas}; also pl., exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches,
property RV. &c. &c. ({vasoS-pati} m. prob. `" the god of wealth or property "' AV. i, 12 [Paipp. {asoS-p-},
`" the god of life "']; {va4sor-dhA4rA} f. `" stream of wealth "'N. of a partic. libation of Ghriita at the
Agni-cayana AV. TS. Br. &c.; of the wife of Agni BhP.; of the heavenly Gangâ MBh.; of sacred
bathing-place ib.; of a kind of vessel ib.; {-rA-prayoga} m. N. of wk.); gold (see {-varma-dhara}); a jewel,
gem, pearl (see {-mekhala}); any valuable or precious object L.; (also f.) a partic. drug L.; a kind of salt (=
{romaka}) L.; water L.; a horse (?) L.; = {zyAma} L
vasudeva * = m. N. of the father of Kriishna (he was the son of S'ûra, a descendant of Yadu of the lunar
line, and was also called Ânaka-dundubhi q.v., because at his birth the gods, foreseeing that Vishnu
would take a human form in his family, sounded the drums of heaven for joy; he was a brother of Kuntî
or Priithâ, the mother of the Pandu princes, who were thus cousins of Kriishna; see 1. {kRSNa}) MBh.
Hariv. BhP. &c.; of a king of the Kanva dynasty Pur. Vâs., Introd.; of Kriishna Pañcar.; of the grandfather
of the poet Mâgha Cat.; (also with {brahma-prasAda}) of two authors Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of
S'va-phalka VP.; n. the lunar mansion Dhanishthhâ VarBriS.; {-janman} m. N. of Kriishna S'is'.; {-tA} f. a
goddess granting wñwealth Hariv. (cf. {vasu-devatA} below); {-putra} m. N. of Kriishna Kâv.; {-brahma-
prasAda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-bhU} m. `" son of Vasu-deva "'N. of Kriishna L.; {-vA7tma-ja} m. id.
Pañcar
vasya* = to be put on
vaasya* = to be (or being) covered or enveloped Îs'Up.; being worn; to be caused to dwell or settle down;
an axe
vath* = (prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below; cf. 1. {vRt}) cl. 1. P, {vaTati} (pf. {vavATa}
&c.), to surround, encompass Dhâtup. ix, 13; cl. 10. P. {vaTayati}, to tie, string, connect, xxxv, 5; to divide,
partition, xxxv, 65; to speak, xix, 1 7: Pass. {vaTyate} (only {vaTyante} Vishn. xliii, 34), to be crushed or
pounded or ground down.
vat* = 1 an affix (technically termed {vati}; see Pân. 5-1, 115 &c.) added to words to imply likeness or
resemblance, and generally translatable by `" as "', `" like "' (e.g. {brAhmaNa-vat}, like a Brâhman;
{pitR-vat} = {pite7va}, {pitaram iva}, {pitur iva} and {pitarI7va}).
vaath* = ind. (g. {cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `" bring "' or `" take "', fr.
{vAh} = {vah}) VS. Br. S'rS.
vaat* = 2 cl. 10. P. {vAtayati}, to fan (cf. {vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan; to serve, make happy; to go
Dhâtup. xxxv, 30.
vaata*=1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `" the
Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as
one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kathâs.
Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N.
of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib.\\*=1 &c. see p.
934, col. 2 &c. *=2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked,
assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}).
vaatha*= mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn.
ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the groin W.;
the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting
of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a
hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}.
vata * = mfn. uttered, sounded, spoken W.; asked, begged ib.; killed, hurt MW.; (ind.) see {bata}.
vatha*= m. (perhaps Prâkriit for {vRta}, `" surrounded, covered "'; cf. {nyag-rodha}) the Banyan or
Indian fig. tree (Ficus Indica) MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL. 337 (also said to be n.); a sort of bird BhP.; a small
shell, the Cypraea Moneta or cowry L.; a pawn (in chess) L.; sulphur L.; = {sAmya} L.; N. of a Tîrtha
Vishn.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Venukî L. (also n. and {I} f.); a
string, rope, tie L. (only {vaTa} ibc., and {paJca-v-}, q.v.); a small lump, globule &c. = {vaTaka} S'ârngS.;
({I}) f. a kind of tree, Rajan.; (with {gA-DhA}) a partic. position in the game of Catur-anga or chess L.; a
little round ball L.
vatsa* = yearling, a calf, the young of any animal, offspring, child, often used as a term of endearment =
my dear child, my darling; a son, boy
vatsya = reside
vaya = age
vayaM = (pron) we
vayanam.h = weaving
vayas* = 3 n. ( %{vI}) enjoyment , food , meal , oblation RV. AV. (cf. %{vIti}) [920,3] ; energy (both
bodily and mental) , strength , health , vigour , power , might RV. AV. VS. (often with %{bRha4t} ; with
%{dhA} and dat. or loc. of pers. `" to bestow vigour or might on "') ; vigorous age , youth , prime of life ,
any period of life , age RV. &c. &c. (%{sarvANi@vayAMsi} , animals of any age ; %{vayasA7nvita} or
%{vayasA7tI7ta} , aged. old) ; degree , kind (in %{vayAMsi@pra-brUhi}) S3Br.
vayasi = of age
vayasya *= mfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a contemporary,
associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address) ib.; ({A4}) f. a female friend, a womañs
confidante Mriicch. Kathâs.; (scil. {iSTakA}) N. of 19 bricks used for building the sacrificial altar (so
called from the word {vayas} in the formula of consecration) TS. Kâthh. Br.
veDa * = n. a kind of coarse sandal (= {sAndra-vicchinna-candana}) L.; ({A}) f. (also written {beDA}) a
boat L. (cf. {veTI}).
veda * =1 m. (fr. 1. {vid} q.v.) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual RV.
AitBr.; N. of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindû religion
(these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the Riig-veda, 2. the Yajur-veda [of which there are, however,
two divisions see {taittirIya-saMhitA}, {vAjasaneyi-saMhitA}], 3. the Sâma-veda [1015,2]; these three
works are sometimes called collectively {trayI}, `" the triple Vidyâ "' or `" threefold knowledge "', but the
Riig-veda is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its
hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000
and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the âryans in India; and by others who adopt a different
reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the âryans had settled down in the Panjâb];
subsequently a fourth Veda was added, called the Atharva-veda, which was probably not completely
accepted till after Manu, as his law-book often speaks of the three Vedas-calling them {trayam brahma
sanAtanam}, `" the triple eternal Veda "', but only once [xi, 33] mentions the revelation made to
Atharvan and Angiras, without, however, calling it by the later name of Atharva-veda; each of the four
Vedas has two distinct parts, viz. 1. Mantra, i.e. words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to
fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind &c., and praying for health, wealth,
long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. Brâhmana, consisting of Vidhi and
Artha-vâda, i. e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the Mantras were to be used and
explanations of the legends &c. connected with the Mantras [see {brAhmaNa}, {vidhi}], both these
portions being termed {zruti}, revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed
or written down by men [cf. I. W. 24 &c.], although it is certain that both Mantras and Brâhmanas were
compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern; as the
Vedas are properly three, so the Mantras are properly of three forms, 1. Riic, which are verses of praise in
metre, and intended for loud recitation; 2. Yajus, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a
lower tone at sacrifices; 3. Sâman, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the Soma or
Moon-plant ceremonies, the Mantras of the fourth or Atharva-veda having no special name; but it must
be borne in mind that the Yajur and Sâma-veda hymns, especially the latter, besides their own Mantras,
borrow largely from the Riig-veda; the Yajur-veda and Sâma-veda being in fact not so much collections
of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the Adhvaryu and
Udgâtrii priests respectively [see {yajur-veda}, {sAma-veda}]; the Atharva-veda, on the other hand, is,
like the Riig-veda, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from
the Riig and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life,
to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies &c.; each of the four Vedas seems to have passed through
numerous S'âkhâs or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the Riig-veda is only
preserved in the S'âkala recension, while a second recension, that of the Bhâshkalas, is only known by
name; a tradition makes Vyâsa the compiler and arranger of the Vedas in their present form: they each
have an Index or Anukramanî [q.v.], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or
Sarva7nukramanî [q.v.]; out of the Brâhmana portion of the Veda grew two other departments of Vedic
literature, sometimes included under the general name Veda, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called
Sûtras [q.v.], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called
Upanishad [q.v.], which were appended to the Âranyakas [q.v.], and became the real Veda of thinking
Hindûs, leading to the Dars'anas or systems of philosophy; in the later literature the name of `" fifth
Veda "' is accorded to the Itihâsas or legendary epic poems and to the Purânas, and certain secondary
Vedas or Upa-vedas [q.v.] are enumerated; the Veda7ngas or works serving as limbs [for preserving the
integrity] of the Veda are explained under {vedA7Gga} below: the only other works included under the
head of Veda being the Paris'ishthas, which supply rules for the ritual omitted in the Sûtras; in the
Briihad-âranyaka Upanishad the Vedas are represented as the breathings of Brahmâ, while in some of
the Purânas the four Vedas are said to have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced Brahmâ and
in the Vishnu-Purâna the Veda and Vishnu are identified) RTL. 7 &c. IW. 5; 24 &c.; N. of the number `"
four "' VarBriS. [1015,3] Srutabh.; feeling, perception S'Br.; = {vRtta} (v.l. {vitta}) L. (cf. 2. {veda}).
veda * =2 m. (fr. 3. {vid}) finding, obtaining, acquisition (see {su-v-}); property, goods Âs'vGri.
veda * =3 m. (perhaps connected with 1. {ve}, to weave or bind together) a tuft or bunch of strong grass
(Kus'a or Muñja) made into a broom (and used for sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire &c., in rites)
AV. MS. Br. S'rS. Mn.
vedaanga* = n. `" a limb (for preserving the body) of the Veda "'N. of certain works or classes of works
regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the Veda, (six are usually enumerated [and
mostly written in the Sûtra or aphoristic style]; 1. {zikSA}, `" the science of proper articulation and
pronunciation "', comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity, the use of the organs of
pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of euphony peculiar to the Veda [many
short treatises and a chapter of the Taittirîya-âranyaka are regarded as the representatives of this
subject; but other works on Vedic phonetics may be included under it see {prAtizAkhya}]: 2. {chandas},
`" metre "' [represented by a treatise ascribed to Pingala-nâga, which, however, treats of Prâkriit as well
as Sanskriit metres, and includes only a few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. {vyAkaraNa}, `" linguistic
analysis or grammar [represented by Pânini's celebrated Sûtras]: 4. {nirukta}, `" explanation of difficult
Vedic words "' [cf. {yAska}]: 5. {jyotiSa}, `" astronomy "', or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a
small tract, the object of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. {kalpa}, `" ceremonial
"', represented by a large number of Sûtra works [cf. {sUtra}]: the first and second of these Veda7ngas
are said to be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation of the Veda, the third and fourth the
understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices: the Veda7ngas are
alluded to by Manu, who calls them, in iii, 184, Pravacanas, `" expositions "', a term which is said to be
also applied to the Brâhmanas) IW. 145 &c.
vedakrama = vedaas
vedana* = pain, torture, agony, feeling sensation, but also: announcing, proclaiming; n. perception,
knowledge; making known, proclaiming
vedana * =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1017 , col. 2) announcing , proclaiming (see %{bhaga-v-}) ; n. perception ,
knowledge Nir. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (rarely %{A} f.) ; making known , proclaiming Ra1jat. ; (%{A}) f. pain ,
torture , agony (also personified as a daughter of Anr2ita) MBh. R. &c. (exceptionally n.) ; feeling ,
sensation Ya1jn5. S3is3. (with Buddhists one of the 5 Skandhas MWB. 109) ; (%{I}) f. the true skin or
cutis L.\\ 2 mfn. finding , procuring (see %{naSTa} and %{pati-v-}) ; n. the act of finding , falling in with
(gen.) MBh. ; the act of marrying (said of both sexes , esp. the marriage of a S3u1dra woman with a man
of a higher caste ; cf. Mn. iii , 44 , and %{utkRSTa-v-}) Mn. Ya1jn5. ; the ceremony of holding the ends of
a mantle (observed by a S3u1dra female on her marriage with a man of a higher caste) W. ; property ,
goods RV. AV. [1017,3]
vedayaGYa = by sacrifice
vedaanta = Vedic method of Self-Realization* = m. end of the Veda (= `" complete knowledge of the
Veda "' cf. {vedA7nta-ga}) TÂr. MBh.; N. of the second and most important part of the Mîmânsâ or third
of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (called Veda7nta either as teaching the ultimate scope
of the Veda or simply as explained in the Upanishads which come at the end of the Veda; this system,
although belonging to the Mîmânsâ [q.v.] and sometimes called Uttara-mîmânsâ, `" examination of the
later portion or {jJAna-kANDa} [q.v.] of the Veda "', is really the one sole orthodox exponent of the
pantheistic creed of the Hindûs of the present day - a creed which underlies all the polytheism and
multiform mythology of the people; its chief doctrine [as expounded by S'ankara] is that of Advaita i.e.
that nothing really exists but the One Self or Soul of the Universe called Brahman [neut.] or
Parama7tman, and that the Jîva7tman or individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature
are really identical with the Parama7tman, and that their existence is only the result of Ajñâna
[otherwise called Avidyâ] or an assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is
described as both Creator and Creation; Actor and Act; Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of
the three qualities [see {guNa}]; the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations,
and re-union with the Parama7tman, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal
of that ignorance through a proper understanding of the Veda7nta; this system is also called Brahma-
mîmânsâ and S'ârîrakamîmânsâ, `" inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit "'; the founder of the school
is said to have been Vyâsa, also called Bâdarâyana, and its most eminent teacher was S'ankara7cârya) Up.
MBh. &c.; ({As}) m. pl. the Upanishads or works on the Veda7nta philosophy Kull. on Mn. vi, 83
veditavyaM = to be understood
vedituM = to understand
vedyaH = knowable
vedhas.h = brahmaa
vegaM = urges
vega * = m. (fr. {vij}) violent agitation, shock, jerk AV. R.; a stream, flood, current (of water, tears &c.)
AV. S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; rush, dash, impetus, momentum, onset MBh. BhP.; impetuosity, vehemence,
haste, speed, rapidity, quickness, velocity ({vegAd vegaM-gam}, to go from speed to speed, increase one's
speed) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the flight (of an arrow) Kir.; outbreak, outburst (of passion), excitement,
agitation, emotion ib.; attack, paroxysm (of a disease) Sus'r.; circulation, working, effect (of poison; in
Sus'r. seven stages or symptoms are mentioned) Yâjñ. Kâv. &c.; expulsion of the feces Sus'r.; semen
virile L.; impetus Kan. Sarvad.; the fruit of Trichosanthes Palmata L.; N. of a class of evil demons Hariv.
vegavat* = mfn. agitated (as the ocean) R.; impetuous, rapid, hasty, swift, violent MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a
leopard L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a king (son of
Bandhu-mat) ib.; of a monkey R.; ({vatI}) f. N. of a river R.; a partic. drug Sus'r.; a kind of metre Ping.; N.
of a Vidyâdharî Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a class of Apsarases or celestial nymphs VP.; {-tama} mfn. speediest,
quickest, very quick or swift MW.; {-tara} mfn. more speedy, quicker, very quick ib.; {-tA} f. swiftness,
velocity ib.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra.
vegarodha* = m. obstruction of speed or activity, retardation, check W.; obstruction of the movement or
evacuation of the bowels ib.
vegatara* = m. greater swiftness ({vegAd vegataraM-gam}, to run faster and faster; cf. {vega}) Pañcat.
(B.)
vegatas* = ind. with a sudden impetus R.; with speed, quickly, hastily, impetuously Kathâs.
vegaaH = speed
velaa*= f. limit, boundary, end S'Br. Kâvya7d.; distance S'Br. KâtyS'r.; boundary of sea and land
(personified as the daughter of Meru and Dhârinî, and the wife of Samudra), coast, shore ({velAyAm},
on the sea-shore, coast-wise) MBh. Kâv. &c. [1018, 3]; limit of time, period, season, time of day, hour
(with {pazcimA}, the evening hour; {kA velA}, `" what time of the day is it? "' {kA velA prA7ptAyAH}, `"
how long has she been here? "' {-velam} ifc. after a numeral = times) S'Br. &c. &c.; opportunity, occasion,
interval, leisure ({velAm pra-kR}, to watch for an opportunity; {velAyAm}, at the right moment or
season; {artha-velAyAm}, at the moment when the meaning is under consideration) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
meal-time, meal (as of a god = {Izvarasya bhojanam}, S'iva's meal) L.; the last hour, hour of death BhP.;
easy or painless death L.; tide, flow (opp. to `" ebb "'), stream, current MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; `" sickness "'
or `" passion "' ({rAga} or {roga}) L.; the gums L.; speech L.; N. of the wife of Buddha L.; of a princess
found on the seashore (after whom the 11th Lambaka of the Kathâsarit-sâgara is called).
vela * = n. a garden, grove L. (cf. {vipina} fr. 1. {vip}); a partic. high number Buddh.; m. the mango tree L.
veNuH = flute
vepamaanaH = trembling
vesha = dress
veshhaH = make-ups/garbs/roles
vetaala * = m. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire (esp. one occupying
a dead body) Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants, KâlikâP.; of a teacher BhP.; of a poet
Cat.; a door-keeper (?) L.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ Vâs.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv.
vetravat* = mfn. containing or consisting of reeds BhP. ; m. N. of a mythical being (a son of Pu1shan)
Katha1s. ; (%{atI}) f. a female door-keeper S3ak. Prab. ; a form of Durga1 Hariv. (v.l. %{citra-rathI}) ; N.
of a river (now called the Betwa1, which, rising among the Vindhya hills in the Bhopa1l State and
following a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna1 below Hami1rpur) MBh.
R. &c. ; of the mother of Vetra7sura VarP.
vetrin* = mfn. (ifc.) having a cane, having anything for a cane MaitrUp. ; m. a staff-bearer, door-keeper
Ra1jat.
vetti = knows
vettR* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vid}) ono who knows or feels or witnesses or experiences, a knower,
experiencer, witness S3vetUp. MBh. &c. ; m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and God W.\\
= 2 m. (fr. 3. %{vid}) one who obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband A1past.
vi* = 1 m. (nom. {vi4s} or {ve4s} acc. {vi4m} gen. abl. {ve4s}; pl. nom. acc. {va4yas} [acc. {vIn}
Bhathth.]; {vi4bhis}, {vi4bhyas}, {vInA4m}) a bird (also applied to horses, arrows, and the Maruts) RV.
VS. PañcavBr, (also occurring in later language). [Cf. 1. {va4yas}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. {a-vis}; accord. to
&287958[949, 3] some Germ. {Ei}; Angl. Sax. {ae4g}; Eng. {egg.}] - 1.
vi* = 2 n. an artificial word said to be = {anna} S'Br. \\* = 3 ind. (prob. for an original {dvi}, meaning `"
in two parts "'; and opp. to {sam} q.v.) apart, asunder, in different directions, to and fro, about, away,
away from, off, without RV. &c. &c. In RV. it appears also as a prep. with acc. denoting `" through "' or `"
between "' (with ellipse of the verb e.g. i, 181, 5; x, 86, 20 &c.) It is esp. used as a prefix to verbs or nouns
and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express `" division "', `" distinction "', `" distribution "',
`" arrangement "', `" order "', `" opposition "', or `" deliberation "' (cf. {vi-bhid}, {-ziS}, {-dhA}, {-rudh},
{-car}, with their nominal derivatives); sometimes it gives a meaning opposite to the idea contained in
the simple root (e.g. {krI}, `" to buy "'; {vi-krI}, `" to sell "'), or it intensifies that idea (e.g. {hiMs}, `" to
injure "'; {vi-hiMs}, `" to injure severely "'). The above 3. {vi4} may also be used in forming compounds
not immediately referable to verbs, in which cases it may express `" difference "' (cf. 1. {vi-lakSaNa}), `"
change "' or `" variety "' (cf. {vi-citra}), `" intensity "' (cf. {vi-karAla}), `" manifoldness "' (cf. {vi-vidha}),
`" contrariety "' (cf. {vi-loma}), `" deviation from right "' (cf. {vi-zIla}), `" negation "' or `" privatlon "' (cf.
{vi-kaccha}, being often used like 3. {a}, {nir}, and {nis} [qq. vv.], and like the Lat. {dis}, {se}, and the
English {a}, {dis}, {in}, {un} &c.); in some cases it does not seem to modify the meaning of the simple
word at all (cf. {vi-jAmi}, {vi-jAmAtR}); it is also used to form proper names out of other proper names
(e.g. {vi-koka}, {vi-pRthu}, {vi-viMza}). To save space such words are here mostly collected under one
article; but words having several subordinate compounds will be found s.v.
vi+apa+gam.h = to go away
vi+bhaa = to adorn
vi+GYaa = to know
vibhaktaM = divided
vibhaagayoH = differences
vibhaata* = mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. ({-tA vibhAvarI}, the morning has dawned Kathâs.);
become visible, appeared ChUp. BhP.; n. dawn, day-break, morning Kâlid.
vibhaashita* = mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. = optional) Nir. Kaus'. Pân.
vibhid * =P. Â. {-bhinatti}, {-bhintte} to split or break in two, break in pieces, cleave asunder, divide,
separate, open RV. &c. &c.; to pierce, sting S'Br. MârkP.; to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP.; to break, infringe,
violate R. Bâlar. BhP.; to scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kâv. &c.; to alter, change (the mind)
MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken, burst asunder &c. (also P. Cond. {vyabhetsyat} ChUp.); to be
changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus. {-bhedayati}, to cause to split &c.; to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R.
vi4-bhida * = m. N. of a demon Suparn.; ({A}) f. `" perforation "' and `" falling away "', `" apostasy "' S'is'.
xx, 23.
vi-buddha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kâv. &c.; expanded, blown ib.;
clever, experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015; {-kamala} mfn. having expanded lotuses MBh.;
{-cUta} m. a mango-tree in blossom Mâlav.
vibhuM = greatest
vibhuutayaH = opulences
vibhuuti = divine power * = mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir.; abundant, plentiful RV.; mighty, powerful
ib.; presiding over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; of a king
VP.; f. development, multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; manifestation of
might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties, especially attributed to S'iva, but
supposed also to be attainable by human beings through worship of that deity, viz. {aNiman}, the power
of becoming as minute as an atom; {laghiman}, extreme lightness; {prA7pti}, attaining or reaching
anything [e.g. the moon with the tip of the finger] [979, 1]; {prAkAmya}, irresistible will; {mahiman},
illimitable bulk; {IzitA}, supreme dominion; {vazitA}, subjugating by magic; and {kAmA7vasAyitA}, the
suppressing all desires) ib.; a partic. S'akti Hcat.; the might of a king or great lord, sovereign power,
greatness Kâlid. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; successful issue (of a sacrifice) MBh. R.; splendour, glory,
magnificence Hariv. Ragh. VarBriS.; fortune, welfare, prosperity Pras'nUp. MBh. &c.; (also pl.) riches,
wealth, opulence Kâm. Kâv. Kathâs.; N. of Lakshmi (the Goddess of Fortune and welfare) BhP.; the
ashes of cow-dung &c. (with which S'iva is said to smear his body, and hence used in imitation of him by
devotees) Pañcar. Sâh.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; {-grahaNa} n. taking up ashes (at the
Vais'vadeva ceremony) RTL. 420; {-candra} m. N. of an author, Cat; {-dvAdazI} f. a Vrata or religious
observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishnu) ib.; {-dhAraNa-vidhi} m. N. of wk.; {-bala} m.
N. of a poet Cat.; {-mat} mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman Bhag. BhP.; smeared with ashes W.;
{-mAdhava} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {-yoga} m. N. of the 6th
canto of the S'iva-gîtâ.
vibhuutiM = opulence
vibhuutinaaM = opulences
vibhuutibhiH = opulences
vibhuuteH = of opulences
vibhuush.h = to decorate
vibhramaH = bewilderment
vibhraMs'in* = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see {a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhraantaaH = perplexed
vibudha* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) destitute of learned men Kâvya7d. - 1.\\* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p.
951, col. 3) very wise or learned Kâv. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; m. a wise or learned man, teacher, Pandit ib.; a
god MBh. Kâv. &c.; the moon L.; N. of a prince (son of Deva-midha) R.; of Kriita VP.; of the author of the
Janma-pradipa; {-guru} m. `" teacher of the gods "', Briihas-pati or the planet Jupiter VarBriS.; {-taTinI}
f. `" river of the gods "', the Gangâ Prasang.; {-tva} n. wisdom, learning Cat.; {-nadI} f. = {-taTinI} Viddh.;
{-pati} m. `" king of the gods "'N. of Indra Car.; {-priyA} f. `" favourite of the gods "'N. of a metre Ping.;
-mati mfn. of wise understanding Kâm.; {-raJjanI} f. N. of wk.; {-rAja}, m.= {-pati} R.; {-ripu} m. an
enemy of the gods Prab.; {-rSabha} (for {-RS-}) m. chief of the gods BhP.; {-vijaya} m. a victory won by
the gods MW.; {-vidviS} (MBh.) or {-zatru} (Vikr.) m. `" foe of the gods "', a demon; {-sakha} m. a friend
of the gods Bhathth.; {-sadman} n. `" abode of the gods "', heaven or the sky Kâd.; {-strI} f. `" divine
female "', an Apsaras S'ak.; {-dhA7cArya} m. `" teacher of the gods "'N. of Briihas-pati Das'.;
{-dhA7dhipa} (MBh.), {-dhA7dhipati} (VarBriS.) m. sovereign of the gods ({-tya} n. sovereignty of the
gods BhP.); {-dhA7nucara} m. a god's attendant Mn. xii, 47; {-dhA7vAsa} m. `" god's abode "', a temple
Râjat.; {-dhe7tara} m. `" other than a god "', an Asura BhP.; {-dhe7ndra} m. `" best of the wise "', (with
{AcArya} or {Azrama}) N. of a teacher Cat.; {-dhe7zvara} m. lord of the gods MBh.; {-dho7padeza} m. N.
of a vocabulary
vicakSaNa * = mfn. conspicuous , visible , bright , radiant , splendid RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS. ; distinct ,
perceptible Pa1rGr2. ; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.) , sagacious , clever , wise , experienced or versed in ,
familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Ta1n2d2ya) VBr. ; (%{A}) f.
Tiaridium Indicum L. ; N. of Brahma1's throne KaushUp. ; N. of a female servant Viddh. ; (%{am}) ind. g.
%{gotrA7di} ; %{-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word %{vicakSaNa} , or %{canasita} Ka1tyS3r. ;
%{-tva} n. sagaciousness , cleverness , discernment , judgment , wisdom MBh. ; %{-m-manya} mfn.
considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad. ; %{-vat} mfn. connected with the word %{vicakSaNa} AitBr.
(cf. %{-NA7nta} La1t2y. , %{-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicArin* = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v, 84, 2 ; moving about, wandering, traversing MBh.
R. &c. ; proceeding, acting MBh. ; changing, mutable A1s3vS3r. ; wanton, dissolute, lascivious Ca1n2.
(v.l.) ; (ifc.) deliberating, judging, discussing MBh. Mr2icch. ; m. N. of a son of Kavandha GopBr.
vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c.; n. wandering, roaming about MBh.
vicaarita* = mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c. ; anything which is under
discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib. ; anything which has been discussed or decided, ascertained,
settled Mn. xi, 28 ; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh. Mr2icch. Pan5cat.
vicaarita* =mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c.; anything which is under
discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib.; anything which has been discussed or decided, ascertained,
settled Mn. xi, 28; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh. Mriicch. Pañcat.
vicar.h = to think
vicaara* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) mode of acting or proceeding, procedure (also = a single or particular case)
S3rS.; change of place Gobh.; pondering, deliberation, consideration, reflection, examination,
investigation RPra1t. MBh. &c.; doubt, hesitation R. Katha1s. BhP.; a probable conjecture Sa1h.; dispute,
discussion W.; prudence MW.; %{-kartR} m. one who makes investigation, a judge, investigator W.;
%{-cintAmaNi} m. N. of wk.; %{-jJa} mfn. knowing how to discriminate or judge, able to decide on the
merits of a case, a judge MW.; %{-driz} mfn. `" employing no spies for eyes "' (see %{cAra}), and `"
looking at a matter with consideration "' Naish.; %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; %{-para} m. N. of a king,
S3in6ha7s.; %{-bhU} f. a tribunal L.; the judgment-seat of Yama (judge of the dead) W.; %{-maJjarI} f.
%{-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; %{-mUDha} mfn. foolish or mistaken in judgment Ragh. Hit.; %{-vat} mfn.
proceeding with consideration, considerate, prudent S3atr. Ka1v.; %{-vid} m. (prob.) `" knowing how to
discriminate "'N. of S3iva MBh.; %{-zAstra} n. N. of wk.; %{-zIla}, disposed to deliberation or reflection,
considerate, deliberative MW.; %{-sudhA7kara} m. %{-dhA7rNava} m. N. of wks. [958,3]; %{-sthala} n. a
place for discussion or investigation, tribunal MW.; a logical disputation W.; %{-rA7rka-saMgraha} m. N.
of wk.; %{-rA7rthasamAgama} m. assembly for the sake of trial or judgment, an assembly for
investigation or discussion MW.; %{-ro7kti} f. discriminating speech L.
vicakshaNa = clever, wise* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.;
distinct, perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in,
familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A}) f.
Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g.
{gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n.
sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn. considering one's
self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy.,
{-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicakshaNa* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct,
perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar
with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium
Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di};
{-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n.
sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn. considering one's
self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy.,
{-No7ttara} Vait.)
vichaara = thought
vichaaraM = thought
viceshTA* = f. motion (see %{nir-viceSTa}); acting, proceeding, conduct, behaviour MBh. Ka1m. BhP. (cf.
%{dur-viceSTa}); effort, exertion MW.
viceshTana* = n. moving the limbs MBh.; kicking or rolling (said of horses) Ragh.
vi+chint.h = think
vic(h)itra = foolish, extraordinary, strange * mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh.
R. &c.; manifold, various, diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming,
lovely, beautiful R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind.
manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu
Raucya or Deva-sâvarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.; (in music) a
partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n. variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gît.; a
figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m.
`" one whose stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.; {-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner
MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n.
variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.; {-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed
ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.;
{-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a
prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here
and there (not everywhere) VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.;
{-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of
marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race (the son of S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî,
and so half-brother of Bhîshma; when he died childless, his mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had
borne before her marriage to the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the
two widows of his half-brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became the father of Dhriita-
râshthra and Pându; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `" mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of
Satya-vatî L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted
body "', a peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N.
of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vichitraH = wonderful/mysterious
viccchitti * = (%{vi4-}) f. cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention, interruption, cessation TBr. &c.
&c.; wanting, lack of (instr.) S3is3.; (in rhet.) a pointed or cutting or sharp style Sa1h. Kuval.; irregularity
or carelessness in dress and decoration Va1s. Das3ar.; colouring or marking the body with unguents,
painting S3ak. S3is3.; caesura, pause in a verse W.
viceSTita* = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c. ; effected, produced Hit. ; investigated, inquired into W. ;
unconsidered, illjudged ib. ; n. motion (of the body), gesture Ka1v. Sus3r. ; action, exertion, conduct,
behaviour Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; evil or malicious act, machination W.
viceshthita * = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.; investigated, inquired into
W.; unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the body), gesture Kâv. Sus'r.; action, exertion, conduct,
behaviour Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; evil or malicious act, machination W.
vicitra *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various, diverse
Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful R. Riitus.;
amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.;
charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya or Deva-sâvarni Hariv.
Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of
a river VP.; n. variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech (implying
apparently the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose stories are
amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.; {-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n.
variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety,
wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.; {-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m. a cloud L.;
{-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having
variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having
various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere) VarBriS.;
{-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled with various
outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race
(the son of S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma; when he died childless, his
mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had borne before her marriage to the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up
issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the two widows of his half-brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and
by them became the father of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `"
mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having
variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.;
{-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N. of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vid.h = to obtain
viDa * = m. n. a kind of salt (either factitious salt, procured by boiling earth impregnated with saline
particles, or a partic. kind of fetid salt used medicinally as a tonic aperient, commonly called Vit-lavan or
Bit-noben cf. {viD-lavaNa}; it is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil silt with a small portion
of Emblic Myrobalan, the product being muriate of soda with small quantities of muriate of lime,
sulphur, and oxide of iron) Sus'r.; m. N. of a country and its king Inscr.; a fragment, bit, portion (?) W.
vida * = mfn. = prec. (cf. {ko-}, {trayI-}, {dvi-v-}); m. knowledge, discovery (cf. {dur-v-}); m. N. of a man
(cf. {bida}).
vi-daa * = (or {do}, not separable fr. 4. {dA}) P. {-dAti}, or {-dyati} (ind. p. {-ditya}), to cut up, cut to
pieces, bruise, pound VS.; to untie, release, deliver from (abl.) S'Br.; to destroy Hariv.
vidadhaami = give
viDamba * mfn. imitating, representing BhP.; m. mockery, derision Kâv. Sâh.; degradation, desecration
VarBriS.; afflicting, distressing, annoyance MW.
vidaahinaH = burning
viddha *= mfn. (p.p. of %{vyadh}) pierced , perforated , penetrated , stabbed , struck , wounded , beaten
, torn , hurt , injured AV. &c. &c. ; cleft , split , burst asunder MBh. ; (with %{zUlAyAm}) impaled
Katha1s. ; opposed , impeded L. ; thrown , sent L. ; stung , incited , set in motion BhP. ; filled or affected
or provided or joined or mixed with (instr. or comp.) Hariv. VarBr2S. BhP. ; like , resembling S3rutab. ;
m. Echites Scholaris L. ; n. a wound MW.
videha*= *mfn. bodiless, incorporeal; deceased, dead (also {videha-prA7pta}) MBh. R. BhP. &c.; ({a4})
m. (cf. {vi-degha4}) N. of a country (= the modern Tirhut) S'Br. &c. &c.; a king of VñVi-deha (esp. applied
to Janaka) Up. BhP. Râjat.; N. of a medical author (also called {-pati}, or {-hA7dhipa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. the
capital city of VñVi-deha i.e. Mithilâ L.; ({As}) m. pl. the people of VñVi-deha; {-kaivalya-prA7pti} f. the
attainment of emancipation after death Madhus.; {-jA} f. `" daughter of Janaka "'N. of S'îtâ R.; {-tva} n.
bodilessness (acc. with {gataH} = deceased, dead) R.; {-nagara} n. (Cat.), {-rI} f. (Ragh.) the city of
Mithilâ; {-pati}, lord of MñMithilâ; {-mukti} f. deliverance through release from the body RâmatUp.
({-ti-kathana} and {-ty-Adi-kathana} n. N. of two treatises); {-rAja} m. a king of VñVi-deha R.;
{-hA7dhipa} see {viheha}; {-hA7dhipati} m. = {-ha-rAja} Hariv.
vidhaaraNa *= mf(%{I})n. dividing , separating Vas. BhP. ; n. stopping , detaining (a carriage) Katha1s. ;
checking , restraining , retention , suppression , APra1t. MBh. &c. ; bearing , carrying MBh. Hariv. &c. ;
maintaining , supporting MBh. [969,1]
vidhaataa f. = %{madya} L.
vidhaana = placing * = mf({I})n. disposing, arranging, regulating Vait.; acting, performing, possessing,
having MW.; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; n. order, measure, disposition, arrangement, regulation, rule,
precept, method, manner RV. &c. &c. (instr. sg. and pl., and {-tas} ind. according to rule or precept;
{saMkhyA-vidhAnAt}, according to mathematical method, mathematically; {deza-kAla-vidhAnena}, in
the right place and at the right time); medical prescription or regulation, diet Sus'r.; fate, destiny MBh.
Kâv.; taking measures, contriving, managing Mn. MBh. &c.; a means, expedient Pañcat.; setting up
(machines) Yâjñ.; creating, creation Kum. Ragh.; performance (esp. of prescribed acts or rites),
execution, making, doing, accomplishing Mn. MBh. &c.; enumeration, statement of particulars Sus'r.; (in
dram.) conflict of different feelings, occasion for joy and sorrow Sâh. Pratâp.; (in gram.) affixing,
prefixing, taking as an affix &c. W.; an elephant's fodder &c. S'is'. v, 51 (only L. worship; wealth; wages;
sending; act of hostility &c.); {-kalpa} m. {-khaNDa} m. or n. (?) N. of wks.; {-ga} m. `" rulegoer "', a
Pandit, teacher L.; {-gumpha} m. N. of wk.; {-jJa} mfn. one who knows rules or precepts MBh. Sus'r.; m.
a teacher, Pandit W.; {-tilaka} n. {-pArijAta} m. {-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; {-yukta} mfn. agreeable to rule or
precept MBh.; {-ratna} n. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-saptamI} f. N. of the 7th day in the
light half of Mâgha W.; {-sArasaMgraha} m. N. of wk.; {-no7kta} mfn. proclaimed or enjoined according
to rule or (sacred) precept Bhag.
vidhana* = mfn. devoid of wealth, poor VarBriS.; {-tA} f. poverty Mriicch. Hit.; {-nI-kR} P. {-karoti}, to
impoverish Kathâs.
vidhi = ritual* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 968, col. 1) a worshipper, one who does homage AitBr. \\2 m. (for 1.
see p. 967, col. 2) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (esp. for the
performance of a rite as given in the Brâhmana portion of the Veda, which accord. to Sây. consists of two
parts, 1. Vidhi, `" precepts or commandments "' e.g. {yajeta}, `" he ought to sacrifice "', {kuryAt}, `" he
ought to perform "'; 2. Artha-vâda, `" explanatory statements "' as to the origin of rites and use of the
Mantras, mixed up with legends and illustrations) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 24); a grammatical rule
or precept Pân. 1-1, 57; 72; any prescribed act or rite or ceremony Mn. Kâlid. Pañcat.; use, employment,
application Car.; method, manner or way of acting, mode of life, conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c.; a
means, expedient for (dat. loc., or comp.; {adhvavidhinA}, by means of i.e. along the road) Hariv. Kâv.
Pur. Hit.; any act or action, performance, accomplishment, contrivance, work, business (ifc. often
pleonastically e.g. {mathana-vidhi}, the [act of] disturbing) Yâjñ. S'ak. &c.; creation (also pl.) Kum. Kir.;
fate, destiny MBh. Kâv. &c.; the creator Pañcar.; N. of Brahmâ S'ak. Naish.; of Vishnu L.; of Agni at the
Pra7yas'citta Griihyâs.; a physician L. time L.; fodder, food for elephants or horses L.; f. N. of a goddess
Cat.
vidhI* = (or {dIdhI}, only Subj. {-dIdhayaH} and {-dIdhyaH}), to be uncertain, hesitate RV. AV
vidhitsaa * = f. intention to do, intention, design, purpose, desire for (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the wish to
make or turn into (comp.) Ra1jat.
vidhu* = 1 mfn. (prob. fr. 2. {vidh}; for 2. {vi-dhu4} see {vi-dhU}, col. 3) lonely, solitary RV. x, 55, 5
(applied to the moon; accord. to Sây. = {vi-dhAtR}, {vi-dhArayitR}); m. the moon Mn. Bhartri. Gît.; (L.
also, camphor; N. of Brahmâ and of Vishnu; a Râkshasa; wind; an expiatory oblation; time; = {Ayudha}
"'); N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {vipra}). \\
vidhu * = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 2) palpitation, throbbing (of the heart) AV. ix, 8, 22
vidhuu //vidhunoti * =P. Â. {-dhUnoti}, {-dhUnute} (later also {-dhunoti}, {-dhunute}; inf. {-dhavitum},
or {-dhotum}), to shake about, move to and fro, agitate, toss about (Â. also `" one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to
fan, kindle (fire) MBh.; to shake off, drive away, scatter, disperse, remove, destroy R. Kathâs. BhP. &c.;
(Â.) to shake off from one's self, relinquish, abandon, give up AV. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-dhUyate} (ep.
also {-ti}), to be shaken or agitated MBh.: Caus. {-dhUnayati}, to cause to shake about &c.; to shake
violently, agitate, harass, annoy MBh. R. &c.
vidhuuta = moving
vidhema = make
viditam.h = known
vidishaaM = non-direction
vidmaH = do we know
vidraavita* =mfn. caused to disperse , driven away , defeated , routed R BhP. ; liquefied , fused W.
vidmahe = ?
viduH = understood
vidvat.h = scholar
vidvattva = scholarliness
vidvaan.h = learned
vidvas* = mf({u4SI})n. one who knows, knowing, understanding, learned, intelligent, wise, mindful of,
familiar with, skilled in (acc. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (cf. {vidvat-tara}, {vidvat-tama}, {viduSTara},
{viduSI8-tara}); m. a wise man, sage, seer W.; N. of a Brâhman Hariv.
vidhvasta: mfn. fallen asunder, fallen to pieces, dispersed, ruined, destroyed MBh. Ka1v. &c.; whirled up
(as dust) R.; (in astron.) darkened obscured, eclipsed Su1ryas.; %{-kavaca} mfn. one whose armour is
destroyed R.; %{-tA} f. ruin, destruction Katha1s.; %{-nagarA7zrama} mfn. containing ruined cities and
hermitages MBh.; %{-para-guNa} mfn. one who detracts from the merits of another Va1s.;
%{-vipaNA7paNa} mfn. (a town) whose market and trade are ruined R.
vidvish * = 1 P. A1. %{-dveSTi} , %{-dviSTe} , to dislike , hate , be hostile to (acc.) Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv. ;
(A1.) to hate each other mutually, dislike one another AV. Kat2hUp. Gr2S3rS.: Caus. %{-dveSayati} , to
cause to dislike , render an enemy , make hostile towards one another Bhat2t2.\\] 2 mfn. hating , hostile
, an enemy to (mostly ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
vidyaa* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c. &c.
(according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI}, logic and
metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts, such as agriculture,
commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz. {Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of
spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas,
the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964,1]; or with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen
divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs} or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and
identified with Durgâ; she is even said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge
whether true or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill
MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to
heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidya* = 1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}). \\vidya*
=2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}). \\=1 {vidyA} &c. see p. 963, col. 3.
vidyate = there is
vidyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. pr. p.) `" being found "', existent, existing, present, real Pat. Kâv. Pur. (cf.
{a-vid-}).
vidyaa = knowledge
vidyota * = mfn. flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of Dharma and
Lamba1 (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; (%{A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vidya* =1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}).
vidyaa4* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c. &c.
(according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI}, logic and
metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts, such as agriculture,
commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz. {Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of
spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas,
the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964, 1]; or with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen
divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs} or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and
identified with Durgâ; she is even said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge
whether true or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill
MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to
heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidyaadhara * = mfn. possessed of science or spells. L.; m. a kind of supernatural being (dwelling in the
Hima7laya, attending upon S'iva, and possessed of magical power), fairy ({-tva} n.) Hariv. Kâv. &c.; (also
{-kavi}, {-rA7cArya}) N. of various scholars Kir. Sch. Vâs., Introd. Cat.; a kind of metre Col.; (in music) a
kind of measure Sangît.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; ({I}) f. a female of the above class
of supernatural beings, fairy, sylph MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a daughter of S'ûra-sena Kathâs.; {-cakravartin}
m. a supreme lord of the Vidyâ-dharas Vâs.; {-tAla} m. (in music) a kind of measure (= {vidyA-dhara})
Cat.; {-piTaka} (?)N. of wk.; {-mahA-cakravartin} m. the paramount lord of all fairy-like beings ({-ti-tA}
f.) Kathâs.; {-yantra} n. an apparatus for sublimating quicksilver Bhpr.; {-rasa} m. a partic. mixture Cat.;
{-rA7dhI7za}, m.= {-ra-cakra-vartin} ({-tA} f.) Kathâs.; {-rA7bhra} m. a partic. mixture L.; {-rI-parijana}
mfn. attended by Vidyâ-dharîs MW.; {-rI-bhU}, to become a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-rI-vilAsa} m. N. of
wk.; {-re7ndra} m. a prince of the Vidyâ-dharas ({-tA} f. {-tva}, n.) Râjat. Kathâs.; N. of Jâmbavat MBh.
vidyota * flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of Dharma and Lambâ
(father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vigarhita* = mfn. blamed, reprehensible, prohibited, forbidden by (instr. gen., or comp.) or on account of
(comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA7cAra} mfn. of reprehensible conduct Mn. iii, 167.
vigataH = is removed
vigraha = attack
vigraha * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950. col. 2) keeping apart or asunder, isolation Nir. BhP.; division, Bh.;
distribution (esp. of fluids cf. {vi-grah}) KâtyS'r.; (in gram.) independence (of a word, as opp. to
composition) APrât.; separation, resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its constituent
parts, the separation or analysis of any word capable of separation (such words are Kriidantas, Taddhitas,
all Samâsas or compound words, Ekas'eshas, and all derivative verbs like desideratives &c.; the only
words incapable of resolution being the simple verb, the singular of the noun, and a few indeclinables
not derived from roots; all compounds being called {nitya} or `" fixed "', when their meaning cannot be
ascertained through an analysis of their component parts; cf. {jamad-agni}) Pân. Sch. S'ank. &c.; discord,
quarrel, contest, strife, war with (instr. with or without {saha}, {sA7rdham} or {sAkam} loc. gen. with
{upari}, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (one of the 6 Gunas or measures of policy Mn. vii, 160 [cf. under
{guNa}], also applied to the conflict of hostile planets, in this sense also n. Sûryas. R.; acc. with {kR}, to
make or wage war); separate i.e. individual form or shape, form, figure, the body Up. MBh. &c. (also
applied to the shape of a rainbow; acc. with {grah}, {pari-grah}, {kR}, {upA7-dA}, to assume a form); an
ornament, decoration MBh. R.; (in Sânkhya) an element; N. of S'iva MBh. [957, 3]; of one of Skanda's
attendants ib.; {-grahaNa} n. the assumption of a form Sarvad.; {-dhyAna} n. N. of a Stotra; {-para} mfn.
intent on war, engaged in fighting MW.; {-parigraha} m. = {-grahaNa} Sarvad.; {-pAla-deva} m. N. of a
king Col.; {-rAja} m. N. of various kings Râjat.; of a poet Cat.; {-vat} mfn. having form or figure,
embodied, incarnate MBh. R. &c.; having a handsome form or shape, fine, beautiful MW.; {-vyAvartanI}
f. N. of wk.; {-hA7vara} n. `" hinder part of the body "', the back L.; {-he7cchu} mfn. eager for combat
Mcar.
vijigISa* = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory, emulous W.; ({A}) f. desire to conquer or overcome or
subdue (acc. dat., or comp.) R. Kâm. Kathâs. ({-SA-vat} [Nîlak.] or {-Sin} [MBh.] mfn. desirous to
conquer or overcome; {-SA-vivarjita} mfn. devoid of ambition MW.; {-SIya} mfn. g. {utkarA7di}).
vighna = calamity
viGYaatuM = to know
viGYaanii = scientist
viGYaapana = advertisement, ad
vihaga = bird
vihaaya = giving up
vihanana* = n. (only L.) killing, slaying; hurting, injury; opposition, obstruction; a bow-like instrument
for carding cotton.
vihaara = in relaxation; * distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.; arrangement or disposition
(of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them), S'rS.; too great
expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in pronunciation, opp.
to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement, wandering, roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.;
sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight
in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a
monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about; afterwards these halls
were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch. Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice
Âpast.; N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist monasteries
see MWB. 68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl.
N. of wk.; {-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house,
theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of
recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. = {-deza}
Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk MBh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing a place
of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `"
plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing about in Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a
plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.; {-sthalI} f. (Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.);
{-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihara * =vihara taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.
viharaNa * =n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing Lâthy. MârkP.; opening,
expanding Pân. 1-3, 20; stepping out ib. i, 3, 41; going about for pleasure or exercise, roaming, strolling
Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; taking out for a walk or for airing Gobh.; moving to and fro, brandishing MBh.
vihaarasya = recreation
vi4hata*= torn up, furrowed TBr. S'Br.; struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a persoñs hand) BhP.;
struck or touched or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Pur.; warded off, repelled MBh. R.; rejected,
repulsed BhP.; disturbed, impeded Kâv. Pur.
vihara* = m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.
vihaara* = m. (once in BhP. n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.; arrangement or
disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them), S'rS.;
too great expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in
pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement, wandering, roaming
MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also =
taking delight in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with
Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about;
afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch. Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.);
consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.; N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number
of Buddhist monasteries see MWB. 68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; =
{vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; {-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n.
a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple
Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man
Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. = {-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk MBh.;
{-vat} mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a
pleasure-grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing
about in Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.; {-sthalI} f.
(Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihiina* = mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c.; low, vulgar MBh.; (ibc.) wanting, missing, absent R.
VarBriS.; destitute or deprived of, free from (instr. abl., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. abandonment
MW.; (ifc.) absence or want of Hariv. Pañcat.; {-tilaka} mf({A})n. having no coloured sectarian mark (see
{tilaka}) on the forehead R.; {-yoni} mfn. of low origin MBh.; {-varNa} mfn. of low caste Gaut.
vihita = prescribed
vi4hita* = mfn. (for see under {vi-dhA}) improper, unfit, not good W.\\2 mfn. (fr., {vi-} 1. {dhA}, p. 967;
for 1. {vi-hita} see p. 953, col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c.; put in order,
arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c.; prescribed, decreed, enjoined GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; destined or meant for (nom.) MBh.; contrived, performed, made, accomplished, done Mn.
MBh. &c.; supplied, endowed, furnished with or possessed of (instr.) MBh. R. (cf. {su-vihita}); n. an
order, command, decree Pañcat.; {-kSaNa} mfn. eager for the right moment, intent upon ({artham})
Vcar. (cf. {kRta-kS-}); {-tva} n. the being enjoined or prescribed, prescription, direction Hcat. {-durga-
racana} mfn. one who has enjoined the building of a fortress MW.; {-pratiSiddha} mfn. enjoined and
prohibited ({-tva} n.) KâtyS'r. Sch.; {-yajJa} mfn. performing sacrifices S'ak. (v.l. for {vitata-y-}); {-vat}
mfn. one who has performed or undertaken W.; {-vRtti} mfn. one who is maintained or nourished by
(instr.) Râjat.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince Kathâs.; {-tA7gas} mfn. one who has committed a fault, faulty,
wicked W.; {-tA7Jjali} mfn. making a respectful obeisance S'is'.; {-te7ndriya} mfn. possessed of one's
senses Bhathth.
vihitaM = directed
vihitaaH = used
vihitaan.h = arranged
vihiina = without
vihiinaa = bereft
vihiti * = f. procedure, way of acting AitBr.; action, performance, accomplishment Kâvya7d. Bâlar.
vihri = to roam
viijati = to fan
viiNaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vînâ or Indian lute (an instrument of the guitar kind, supposed
to have been invented by Nârada q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or
supports fixed on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large gourds; its compass is
said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of strings &c.) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.;
(in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets are situated in 7 houses) VarBriS.;
lightning L.; N. of a Yoginî Cat.; of a river MBh.
vijñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) made known , reported , informed Katha1s. Hit.
viirya = vitality, enthusiasm, semen * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) manliness, valour, strength, power, energy RV. &c.
&c.; heroism, heroic deed ib.; manly vigour, virility, semen virile MBh. Kâv. &c.; efficacy (of medicine)
Kum. Kir.; poison BhP.; splendour, lustre W.; dignity, consequence ib.; ({A}) f. vigour, energy, virility L.;
N. of a serpent-maid Kârand.
viiryaM = valour
viiryaaM = glories
viiksh.h = to see
vijaya4* =m. contest for victory, victory, conquest, triumph, superiority RV. &c. &c. (fig. applied to `" the
sword "' and to `" punishment "' MBh. xii, 6204; 4428); the prize of victory, booty KâtyS'r.; N. of a partic.
hour of the day (esp. the 17th, and the hour of Kriishna's birth accord. to some the 11th Muhûrta) MBh.
Hariv. &c.; the third month L.; the 27th (or first) year of Jupiter's cycle VarBriS.; a kind of military array
Kâm.; a province, district HParis'.; (in music) a kind of flute Sangît.; a kind of measure ib.; a kind of
composition ib.; a divine car, chariot of the gods (?) L.; N. of Yama L.; of a son of Jayanta (son of Indra)
Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva ib.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of an attendant of Vishnu ib.; of an attendant
of Padmapâni W.; of a son of Sva-rocis MârkP.; of a Muni Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of
Dhriitarâshthra (?) ib.; of a warrior on the side of the Pândavas ib.; of one of the eight councillors of
Das'aratha R.; of Arjuna MBh. BhP.; of a son of Jaya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Cañcu or Cuñcu ib.; of a son
of Sanjaya VP.; of a son of Su-deva BhP.; of a son of Purûravas ib.; of a son (or grandson) of
Briihan-manas Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Yajña-s'rî Pur.; of the founder of Buddhist civilisation in Ceylon
MW.; (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 white Balas and of one of the 5 Anuttaras; of the 20th Arhat of the
future and of the father of the 21st Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; of the attendant of the 8th Arhat of
the same; of a son of Kalki KalkiP.; of a son of Kalpa KâlP.; of a hare Kathâs.; of the lance of Rudra
(personified) MBh.; (pl.) of a people MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants (accord to L. Terminalia Chebula;
Sesbania Aegyptiaca; Vitex Negundo; Rubia Munjista; Premna Spinosa; a kind of hemp; a kind of
{zamI}; = {vacA}) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; of a partic. Tithi or lunar day (the 12th day in the light half of
S'râvana i.e. Kriishna's birthday, the 10th in that of Âs'vina, being a festival in honour of Durgâ, and the
7th in that of Bhâdrapada, if it falls on a Sunday; also the 7th night in the Karma-mâsa) VarBriS. BhP.
&c.; of a partic. magical formula Bhathth.; N. of Durgâ MBh. Hariv.; of a female friend of Durgâ Mudr.; of
the wife of Yama L.; of another goddess Cat.; of a Yoginî Hcat.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of the mother
of the 2nd Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a daughter of Daksha R.; of the mother of various
Su-hotras MBh.; of Kriishna's garland MBh.; of a Kumârî (i.e. small flag-staff) on Indra's banner
VarBriS.; of a partic. spear R.; n. the poisonous root of the plant Vijayâ Sus'r.; a royal tent Vâstuv.; a kind
of pavilion ib.; N. of a sacred district in Kas'mîra Kathâs. (cf. {-kSetra}); mfn. leading to victory,
proclaiming victory MBh.; victorious, triumphant L.
vijayaM = victory
vijayaH = victory
vijayate = is victorious
vijaani * = ({vi4-}) mfn. `" strange, foreign "' or `" having no wife "
vijaati * =mfn. belonging to another caste or tribe, dissimilar, heterogeneous Kull.; m. N. of a prince VP.;
f. different origin or caste or tribe W.; {-tIya} mfn. = {-jAti} Sarvad. Kull.
vijala * =mfn. waterless, dry Hariv. VarBriS.; n. drought AdbhBr.; m. n. and ({A}) f. sauce &c. mixed with
rice-water or gruel, W. [950, 3]
vijara * mfn. not growing old S'Br. &c. &c.; m. a stalk W.; ({A}) f. N. of a river in Brahmâ's world
KaushUp.
vijitaatmaa = self-controlled
vijñaanin*=mfn. having intelligence or knowledge or science, clever, skilful, a specialist Hcar. Katha1s.
Ma1rkP.; %{-ni-tA} f. (ifc.) science or knowledge of, acquaintance with Ka1m.
vijrimbhita* =mfn. yawned, gaped, opened, expanded, blown &c. (n. impers.); drawn, bent (said of a bow)
MBh. R.; sported, wantoned W.; n. yawning Gaut.; coming out, appearance, manifestation, consequences
Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.; exploit Ma1lav. [961,1]
vijvara * = mf({A})n. free from fever or pain Kathâs.; free from distress or anxiety, cheerful MBh. R. &c.;
exempt from decay W.
vikaara * = m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.v\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of
form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp.
for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion,
agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954,3]; an apparition, spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product
Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a production or derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `"
intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also
producers, inasmuch as from them come the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-
bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5
{karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word
Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas}
ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m.
`" cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikaaraan.h = transformations
vikaari = changes
vikara * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1.
vikara * = 1 {vi-karaNa}. see p. 950. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness
L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an
earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vikalpa* = m. (for 2. see under %{vi-klRp}) an intermediate Kalpa, the interval between two Kalpas (q.v.)
BhP.\\ = &c. see under %{vi-klRp}.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S3rS.
Mn. VarBr2S. &c. (%{ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness
Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction Nya1yas. BhP.;
indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Ka1v. &c.; admission, statement BhP.; false notion,
fancy, imagination Yogas. Gi1t.; calculation VarBr2S.; mental occupation, thinking L.; = %{kalpa-sthAna}
Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Prata1p.; (in gram.) admission of an option or
alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure (%{ve7ti@vikalpaH} Pa1n2. 1-1, 44
Sch.); a collateral form VarBr2S.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. %{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; %{-jAla} "'
n. a number of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPra1t. Sch.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus3r.;
%{-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; %{-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.;
%{-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.; %{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test
of) a dilemma (%{-tva} n.) ib.; %{-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikampituM = to hesitate
vikarNaH = Vikarna
vikarSaNa * = drawing (a bow-string); taking away, removing, destroying; n. the act of drawing or
dragging asunder; the drawing (a bow-string); putting apart, distributing; putting off eating, abstinence
from food; searching, investigation; a cross-throw (in wrestling); m. `" distractor "', one of the five
arrows of Kâma-deva ib.
vikala = disabled
vikalpa = imagination, fancy * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S'rS. Mn.
VarBriS. &c. ({ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness KâtyS'r.
MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction Nyâyas. BhP.; indecision,
irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Kâv. &c.; admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy,
imagination Yogas. Gît.; calculation VarBriS.; mental occupation, thinking L.; = {kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a
god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Pratâp.; (in gram.) admission of an option or
alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure ({ve7ti vikalpaH} Pân. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a
collateral form VarBriS.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. {vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; {-jAla} "' n. a number
of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPrât. Sch.; {-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus'r.; {-vat} mfn.
undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; {-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; {-pA7nupapatti} f.
untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.; {-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma ({-tva}
n.) ib.; {-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikalpana * = m. a contriver, composer Cat.; n. and ({A}) f. allowing an option or alternative Pañcar. Kâr.
on Pân.; the use of a collateral form VarBriS. Sch.; distinction (pl. = different opinions) Sarvad.; false
notion or assumption, fancy, imagination BhP.; indecision MW.; inconsideration ib.
vikara * =mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1. \\2 m. (for 1. see
p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\
3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in
earth-pits ib.
vi4-kaara * =m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.
vi-kaara * =2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any
natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition,
disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954, 3]; an
apparition, spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a production or derivative
from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of
individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from them come the
16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5
{buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the
mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change of
sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state
of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.;
{-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikatthana * = mfn. boasting, a boaster, braggart MBh. R. &c.; praising ironically W.; n. and ({A}) f. the
act of boasting or vaunting or praising MBh. Das'. Kathâs. &c.; irony W.; {-tva} n. boastfulness Râjat.
vikhaanasa * = m. (prob.) `" one who digs up (scil. roots) "'N. of a Muni S'ak. Sch. (cf. {vaikhAnasa}).
vikarsha *= m. the drawing (a bow-string) R. ; parting or dragging or drawing asunder (as in the
separation of semivowel-combinations &c.) RPra1t. Nid. ; distance Gobh. Nir. ; an arrow L.
vikarshaNa * = mfn. drawing (a bow-string) MBh. ; taking away, removing, destroying BhP. ; n. the act of
drawing or dragging asunder MBh. Sus3r. ; the drawing (a bow-string) MBh. Hariv. S3is3. ; putting apart,
distributing MBh. BhP. ; putting off eating, abstinence from food MBh. ; searching, investigation Ka1m. ;
a cross-throw (in wrestling) MW. ; m. `" distractor "', one of the five arrows of Ka1ma-d2eva ib.
vikiirNa = scattered
vikiriDa * = (Kâthh.), {-rida} (TS.), {-ridra} (VS.), mfn. applied to Rudra (accord. to Sch. `" averting
wounds "' or `" sending off arrows "'). [954, 2]
vi-kIrNa * = mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed &c.; dishevelled (as hair) Kum. (cf. comp.); filled
with, full of (comp.) MBh.; celebrated, famous W.; n. a partic. fault in the pronunciation of vowels Pat.;
{-keza} or {-mUrdhaja}, having dishevelled hair MW. (cf. above); {-roman} or {-saMjJa} n. a kind of
fragrant plant L.
vi-kira * = m. scattering or anything scattered L.; a scattered portion of rice (offered to conciliate beings
hostile to sacrifice) Mn. iii, 245; `" scatterer "', a kind of gallinaceous bird Âpast.; a partic. Agni ib.; water
trickled through Sus'r. ({cikira} Bhpr.)
vi-ókiraNa * = n. scattering, strewing Kull. on Mn. iii, 245; m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh. (v.l. {vikiriNa})
viklava *= mf({A})n. overcome with fear or agitation, confused, perplexed, bewildered, alarmed,
distressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, shy Megh. Sis'.; (ifc.) disgusted with, averse from S'ak.; faltering (as
speech) R.; unsteady (as gait) S'ak.; impaired (as senses) Kâs'îKh.; exhausted Kathâs.; n. agitation,
bewilderment R. BhP.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. agitation, confusion, alarm, fear, timidity, irresolution MBh. Kâv.
&c.; {-vA7nana} mfn. one whose face is troubled or sorrowful R.
vikraantaH = mighty
vikrama * = m. (for see %{vi-kram}) the absence of the Krama-pa1t2ha (q.v.) RPra1t. \\2 m. (for 1. see p.
950, col. 1) a step, stride, pace S3Br. &c. &c.; going, proceeding, walking, motion, gait MBh. Ka1s3. &c.;
course, way, manner (%{anukrama-vikrameNa} = %{anukrameNa}, in regular order) MBh.; valour,
courage, heroism, power, strength ib. Ka1v. &c. (%{-maM-kR}, to display prowess, use one's strength);
force, forcible means ib. (%{-mAt} ind. by force; %{nA7sti@vikrameNa}, it cannot be done by force);
intensity, high degree VarBr2S.; stability, duration (opp. to `" cessation "') BhP.; a kind of grave accent
TPra1t.; non-change of the Visarga into an U1shman RPra1t.; the 14th year in the 60 years cycle of
Jupiter VarBr2S.; the 3rd astrological house ib.; a foot L.; N. of Vishn2u MBh.; of the son of Vasu
Katha1s.; of a son of Vatsa-pri1 Ma1rkP.; of a son of Kanaka Cat.; of various authors (also with
vikriiDa* = m. a play-ground Hariv.; a plaything, toy HParis'.; ({A}) f. play, sport BhP.
vikrita = Ugly * = mfn. transformed, altered, changed &c.; (esp.) deformed, disfigured, mutilated,
maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary Mn. MBh. &c.; unaccomplished, incomplete RV. ii, 33, 6; ugly
(as a face) MBh.; estranged, rebellious, disloyal, hostile ib.; decorated, embellished, set with (comp.) ib.;
(with %{vadha} m.) capital punishment with mutilation Mn. ix, 291; sick, diseased. L.; m. the 24th year
in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; N. of a Praja1-pati R. (v.l. %{vi-krIta} and %{vi-krAnta}); of a
demon (the son of Pari-varta) Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. N. of a Yogini1 Hcat.; n. change, alteration Vop.;
disgust, aversion W.; misshaped offspring, abortion Mn. ix, 247; untimely silence caused by
embarrassment Sa1h. (v.l. %{vi-hRta}); %{-janana-zAnti-vidhAna} n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-pura1n2a;
%{-tva} n. the state of being changed, transformation S3am2k.; %{-daMSTra} m. N. of a Vidya1-dhara
Katha1s.; %{-darzana} mfn. changed in appearance MBh. R.; %{-buddhi} mfn. changed in mind,
estranged, made unfriendly or ill-disposed MW.; %{-rakta} mfn. dyed red, red-stained (as a garment)
Bhpr.; %{-locana} mfn. having troubled eyes MW.; %{-vadana} mfn. having a distorted face, ugly-faced
W.; %{-veSin} mfn. having an unusual dress BhP.; %{-tA7kAra} mfn. changed in form or appearance,
misshaped, distorted in form MBh.; %{-tA7kRti} mfn. having a deformed shape or aspect Mn. xi, 52;
%{-tA7kSa} mfn. blind Pa1n2. 6-3, 3 Va1rtt. 2 Pat.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. changed in form, having misshaped
limbs, deformed W.; %{-tA7nana} mfn. = %{-ta-vadana} above MBh.; %{-mUrdhaja} mfn. having a
disturbed face and dishevelled hair ib.; %{-to7dara} m. N. of a Ra1kshasa R
vikriti f. change , alteration , modification , variation , changed condition (of body or mind ; acc. with
%{gam} , %{yA} , %{vraj} , or %{pra-pad} , to undergo a change , be changed) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; sickness ,
disease L. ; perturbation , agitation , emotion MBh. Katha1s. &c. ; alienation , hostility , defection Ka1m.
Pan5cat. ; a verse changed in a partic. manner S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; an apparition , phantom , spectre
Katha1s. ; any production (ifc. anything made of) MBh. Sus3r. ; (in Sa1m2khya) = 2. %{vi-kAra} ; (in
gram.) a derivative Nir. ; formation , growth , development AitBr. ; abortion Sus3r. (v.l. %{vaikRta}) ; =
%{Dimba} L. ; = %{pralApa} Harav. Sch. ; N. of a class of metres Pin3g. ; m. N. of a son of Ji1mu1ta VP. ;
%{-kaumudI} f. %{-pradIpikA} f. N. of wks. ; %{-mat} mfn. liable to change S3ak. ; indisposed , ill
Nalo7d. ; %{-hautra} n. N. of wk.
vikriiNiite = to sell
vikriyA * =transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; change
for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity R.; ailment, indisposition, affection R. Das'. Sus'r.
[955, 1]; perturbation, agitation, perplexity MBh. Kâv. &c.; hostile feeling, rebellion, defection, alienation
Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs.; injury, harm, failure, misadventure (acc. with {yA}, to suffer injury, undergo failure)
ib.; extinction (of a lamp) Kathâs.; a strange or unwonted phenomenon ib.; any product or preparation
Mn. Yâjñ. MârkP.; contraction, knitting (of the brows; see {bhrU-v-}); bristling (of the hair; see
{roma-v-}); {-yo7pamA} f. a kind of simile (in which the object of comparison is represented as produced
from that to which it is compared e.g. `" thy face, O fair one, seems to be cut out from the disc of the
moon "') Kâvya7d. ii, 41.
vIksha * = m. sight, seeing W.; ({A}) f. id. R.; investigation Cat.; knowledge, intelligence BhP.;
unconsciousness, fainting L. [1004, 3]; n. surprise, astonishment W.; any visible object ib.;
{-kSA7panna} (or {-kSA7p-}) mfn. astonished, surprised ib.; {-kSA7raNya-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.
vikship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to throw asunder or away or about, cast hither and thither, scatter,
disperse MBh. Kâv. &c.; to remove, destroy (pain) Sus'r.; to extend, stretch out ib.; to bend (a bow), draw
(a bow-string) MBh. R.; to handle, manage Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 57; to separate Sûryas.; to cause to deviate
in latitude ib.
vikshipta * = mfn. thrown asunder or away or about, scattered &c.; distorted, contracted (see comp.);
agitated, bewildered, distraught Sarvad.; frustrated (see {a-v-}); sent, dispatched W.; refuted, falsified ib.;
projected MW. (see {vi-kSepa}); n. the being dispersed in different places RPrât. Sch.; {-citta} mfn.
distraught in mind Madhus.; {-bhrU} mfn. having contracted eyebrows BhP.; {-tendriya-dhI} mfn.
bewildered in senses and mind BhP.
vikshiptaka * = n. a dead body which has been torn asunder or lacerated Buddh.
vikshepa = confusion; v* = m. the act of throwing asunder or away or about, scattering, dispersion
MârkP. Dhâtup.; casting, throwing, discharging Ragh. VP.; moving about or to and fro, waving, shaking,
tossing MBh. Kâv. &c.; drawing (a bow-string) Hariv.; letting loose, indulging (opp. to {saMyama}) BhP.;
letting slip, neglecting (time) L.; inattention, distraction, confusion, perplexity MaitrUp. Yogas. Mâlatîm.;
extension, projection Veda7ntas. (see {-zakti}); abusing, reviling Bhar.; compassion, pity Das'ar.; celestial
or polar latitude Sûryas.; a kind of weapon MBh. (Nîlak.); a camp, cantonment (?) Buddh.; a kind of
disease Cat.; sending, dispatching W.; refuting an argument ib.; {-dhruva} m. (in astron.) the greatest
inclination of a planet's orbit W.; {-lipi} m. a kind of writing Lalit.; {-vRtta} n. = {kSepa-v-} Gol.; {-zakti}
f. (in phil.) the projecting power (of Mâyâ or A-vidyâ i.e. that power of projection which raises upon the
soul enveloped by it the appearance of an external world) Veda7ntas. ({-ti-mat} mfn. endowed with the
above power ib.); {-pA7dhipati} m. the chief of a camp or cantonment (?) Buddh.
vikuNTha *= mfn. sharp , keen , penetrating , irresistible BhP. ; very blunt (%{a-v-} , sharp &c.) ib. ; m.
N. of Vishn2u MBh. BhP. ; N. of Vishn2u's heaven BhP. ; %{-Thana} m. N. of a son of Hastin MBh. ;
(%{A}) f. inward glance , mental concentration L. ; %{-Thita} mfn. see %{vi-kuNTh}.
vinaa* = or {vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. {vi}) without, except, short or exclusive of (preceded
or followed by an acc. instr., rarely abl.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. {zuci-vinA}, without
honesty, {satya-v-}, without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes
{vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g. {natad asti vinA deva yat te virahitaM hare}, `" there is nothing, O god
Hari, that is without thee "' Hariv. 14966).
vinivartana *= n. turning back , return MBh. R. &c. ; coming to an end , cessation Das3ar. Sch.
vinivartita *= mfn. caused to turn back or to desist from anything MBh. ; turned away , averted Ma1lav.
vilasita* = mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP.; played, sported (n. also impers.)
Ka1v. Katha1s.; moving to and fro BhP.; n. flashing, quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab.; appearing,
manifestation (%{vidyA}, %{v-} manifestation of knowledge) Cat.; sport play, pastime, dalliance Ka1v.
Katha1s.; any action or gesture Ragh.
vilayamaM = extinct
vilepana = smearing
viliGga* = n. absence of marks; mfn. of a different gender Pat.; {-stha} mfn. not to be understood MBh.
ii, 845. - 1.
vilikh* = P. {-likhati} (Ved. inf. {-likhas}; cf. Pân. 3-4, 13 Sch.), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate Lâthy.
MBh. &c.; to rub against, reach to, touch Hariv.; to wound (the heart) i.e. vex, offend S'Br.; to scratch in
or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c.; (in medicine) to tear up i.e. stir up
(phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. {-lekhayati}, or {-likhApayati}, to cause to scratch or write, Kriishnaj.
vilip* = P. Â. {-limpati}, {-te}, to smear or spread over, anoint (also `" to anoint one's self "' P.) S'Br. &c.
&c.; to smear or spread with (instr.) Kum.: Caus. {-lepayati}, to smear or anoint with (instr.) Hcat.;
{-limpayati} see {-limpita}.
vilis'* = Â. {-lizate}, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent or torn
TS. S'Br.
vilishtha* = mfn. (cf. {vi-riSTa}) broken off, out of due order VS. KâtySr.; {-bheSaja} n. a remedy for
fractures or dislocation AV. Paipp.
vilih* = P. Â. {-leDhi}, {-lIDhe}, to lick, lick up, lap MBh. BhP. Sus'r.: Intens. (only p. {-lelihat} and
{-hAna}), to lick continually or repeatedly MBh.
vilii* = Â. {-lIyate} (pf. {-lilyuh} MBh.; fut. {-letA}, or {-lAtA}; ind. p. {-lIya} or {-lAya} Pân. 6-1, 51 Sch.),
to cling or cleave or adhere to MBh. Ratna7v. Sis'.; to hide or conceal one's self, disappear MBh. Kâv. &c.;
to be dissolved, melt AV. &c. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati} or {-lAyayati} or {-lAlayati} or {-lInayati} (Pân. 7-3, 39
Sch.), to cause to disappear, destroy Sank.; to cause to be dissolved or absorbed in (loc.) BhP. Sch.; to
make liquid, dissolve, melt Sus'r.
viliina* = mfn. clinging or sticking or attached to, fixed on, immersed in (loc. or comp.) Kâv. Pañcar.;
(ifc.) alighted or perched on (said of birds) Kathâs.; sticking (see comp.); hidden, disappeared, perished,
absorbed in (loc.) MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; dissolved, melted, liquefied ChUp. Kathâs. Sus'r.; contiguous to,
united or blended with W.; infused into the mind, imagined ib.; {-SaTpada} mfn. having bees clinging or
attached MW.; {-nA7kSaram} ind. so that the sound sticks (in the throat) Bhartri.
vilipta* = mf({A})n. smeared over, anointed &c.; ({A}) f. see p. 952, col. 2; ({I4}) f. a cow in a partic.
period after calving AV.
vilokya = on seeing
vimaana* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3;
for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana})\\3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 2,
under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot of the gods, any mythical
self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne, sometimes self-moving and carrying its
occupant through the air; other descriptions make the Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind
is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh. xvi, 68] is
thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.; any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an
emperor or supreme monarch (esp. one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic.
form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?) R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n. measure
RV.; extension ib.; (in med.) the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation
between the humours of the body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car
"'N. of a ch. of the GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a
celñcelestial car Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.;
{-nirvyUha} m. a partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima}
mfn. resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car BhP.;
{-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat} ind. like a
self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a celñcelestial car
MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimanaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to be out of one's mind, be disconsolate or downcast Naish. Sâh.
vimaanana * = n. (and {A} f.) disrespect, contempt, slight, humiliation MBh. Kâv. &c.; refusal, denial
Sus'r.
vimanas * = ({vi4-}) mfn. having a keen or penetrating mind or understanding, sagacious RV. x, 82, 2. -
2.
vi4-manas * = * =mfn. destitute of mind, foolish, silly RV. viii, 86, 2; out of one's mind or senses,
discomposed, perplexed, dejected, downcast, heart-broken Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; changed in mind or feeling,
averse, hostile R.; m. N. of the author of a hymn (v.l. for {vizva-manas} q.v.)
vimath* = (or {manth}) P. Â. {-mathati}, {-te}, {-mathnAti}, {-nIte} &c. (in Veda generally Â.; inf.
{-mathitos} AitBr.; {-tum} BhP.), to tear off, snatch away TS. S'Br.; to tear or break in pieces, rend
asunder, bruise ib. AitBr. Kâthh.; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter MBh. R.; to confuse, perplex, bewilder
BhP.
vimathita *= mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c. [979,
3]
vimatta * = mfn. discomposed, perplexed AitBr.; being in rut, ruttish ib. Kir.; intoxicated MW.
vi4-maana * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\ * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 951,
col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana}). \\ * = 3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p. 951,
col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot of the gods,
any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne, sometimes self-moving and
carrying its occupant through the air; other descriptions make the Vimâna more like a house or palace,
and one kind is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh.
xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.; any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the
palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp. one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of
a partic. form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?) R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n.
measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.) the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right
relation between the humours of the body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in
a car "'N. of a ch. of the GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a
celñcelestial car Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.;
{-nirvyUha} m. a partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima}
mfn. resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car BhP.;
{-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat} ind. like a
self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a celñcelestial car
MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimris'ya = deliberating
vimochana = freedom
vimohayati = bewilders
vimohitaaH = deluded
vimohini * = bewilderer
vimokshaNaat.h = giving up
vimuc* = 1 P. Â. {-muJcati}, {-te} (Impv. {-mumoktu} RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose, unharness (Â. `" one's
own horses "'), unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop or rest "') RV. &c. &c.; to take off (clothes,
ornaments &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to release, set free, liberate ib.; to leave, abandon, quit, desert, give up,
relinquish ib.; to shun, avoid MundUp. Bhag. &c.; to lose (consciousness) Hariv.; to pardon, forgive Gît.
BhP.; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth MBh. R. Pañcat. (with {grastam}, to set free a seized
planet i.e. `" free it from eclipse "' Sûryas.); to throw, hurl, cast (with {AtmAnam} and loc., `" to cast
one's self into "' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c.; to utter (a sound) MBh.; to assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56; to lay
(eggs) Pañcat. i, 353/354/; Pass. {-mucyate}, to be unloosed or detached &c.; to be slackened (as reins)
S'ak.; to drop or be expelled (prematurely, as a fetus) Sus'r.; to be freed or delivered or released (esp.
from the bonds of existence), get rid of, escape from (abl. adv. in {-tas} gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to
be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus. {-mocayati}, to loosen, detach S'ak.; to unyoke Kaus'.; to set free,
deliver from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. {-mumukSati}, {-te}, to wish to liberate (Â.
`" one's self "') BhP.
vimuc* =2 f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. ({vimuco napAt}, `" son of unyoking "'N. of
Pûshan as "' conductor on the way to the next world "' ib.)
vimuuDha = foolish
vimuuDhaH = bewildered
vimuuDhabhaavaH = bewilderment
vimuktaH = liberated
vina = without
vinadya = vibrating
vinaya = humility\\* =vinaya 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 969) leading away or asunder, separating RV. ii, 24, 9;
cast, thrown L.; secret L.; m. taking away, removal, withdrawal S'is'. x, 42; leading, guidance, training
(esp. moral trñtraining), education, discipline, control MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists) the rules of
discipline for monks MWB. 55 &c.; good breeding, propriety of conduct, decency, modesty, mildness ib.
(in the Purânas sometimes personified as son of Kriyâ or of Lajjâ); an office, business S'is'. xi, 36; N. of a
son of Sudyumna MârkP.; a man of subdued senses L.; a merchant, trader L.; ({A}) f. Sida Cordifolia L.;
{-karman} n. instruction Ragh.; {-kSudraka} or {-ka-vastu} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-grAhin} mfn.
conforming to rules of discipline, compliant, tractable L.; m. an elephant which obeys orders L.; {-jyotis}
(?) m. N. of a Muni Kathâs.; {-tA} f. good behaviour; modesty Cân.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Mriicch.;
{-deva} m. N. of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Sadukt.; {-nandin} m. N. of the leader of a Jaina sect Inscr.;
{-M-dhara} m. N. of a chamberlain Venis.; {-pattra} n. = {-sUtra} (below) Buddh.; {-piTaka}, `" basket of
discipline "', (with Buddhists) the collection of treatises on discipline (cf: above); {-pradhAna} mfn.
having humility pre-eminent, of which modesty is chief. MW.; {-pramAthin} mfn. violating propriety,
behaving ill or improperly W.; {-bhAj} mfn. possessing propriety or modesty ib.; {-maya} mf({I})n.
consisting of propriety Kâd.; {-yogin} mfn. possessing humility MW.; {-rAma} m. = {-sundara} Cat.;
{-vat} mfn. well-behaved (in {a-vin-}) Vet.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs. Das'. Pañcat.; {-vallI} f. N. of
wk.; {-vastu} n. (with Buddhists) N. of a section of the works which treat of Vinaya (q.v.) [972, 1]; {-vAc}
mfn. speaking modestly W.; f. modest speech ib.; {-vijaya} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-vibhaGga} m. N. of
wk.; {-vibhASA-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-zrI} f. N. of a woman HParis'.; {-sAgara}, {-sundara} m.
N. of authors Cat.; {-sUtra} n. (with Buddhists) the Sûtra treating of discipline (cf. above); {-stha} mfn.
conforming to discipline, compliant, tractable L.; {-svAminI} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-yA7ditya} m. N.
of Jaya7pida, Rajat.; of a king of the race of the Câlukyas Inscr.; ({-pura} n. N. of a town built by
Jaya7pida Râjat.); {-yA7didhara} (i.e. {vinaya-dh-}) m. N. of a man Kâv.; {-yA7nvita} mfn. endowed with
modesty, humble L.; {-yA7vanata} mfn. bending down modestly, bowing low with modesty MBh.
Kathâs.; {-yo7kti} f. pl. modest speech Bâ
vinaayaka * = mf({ikA})n. taking away, removing MW.; m. `" Remover (of obstacles) "'N. of Gane7s'a
Yâjñ. VarBriS. &c.; a leader, guide MBh. R.; a Guru or spiritual preceptor L.; a Buddha L.; N. of Garuda L.;
an obstacle, impediment L.; = {anAtha} (?) L.; N. of various authors &c. Cat.; pl. a partic. class of demons
MânGri. MBh. &c.; N. of partic. formulas recited over weapons R.; ({ikA}) f. the wife of Gane7s'a or
Garuda L.; {-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the festival in honour of Ganea Cat.; ({-thI-vrata} n. N. of wk.);
{-carita} n. N. of the 73rd ch. of the Krîdâ-khanda or 2nd part of the Gane7s'a-Purâna.; {-dvAdaza-
nAma-stotra} n. N. of wk.; {-paNDita} m. N. of a poet S'ârngP.; = {nanda-paND-} Cat.; {-purANa} n.
{-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks.; {-bhaTTa} m. N. of various authors Cat.; {-bhojana-varNanA} f.
{-mAhAtmya} n. {-vratakalpa} m. {-vrata-pUjA} f. {-zAnti} f. {-zAnti-paddhati} f. {zAnti-prayoga} m.
{-zAnti-saMgraha} m. {-saMhitA} f. {-sahasra-nAman} n. {-stava-rAja} m. N. of wks. or chs. from wks.;
{-snapana-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the Gane7s'a festival (when his image is bathed) Cat.;
{-kA7vatAra-varNana} n. {-kA7vir-bhAva} m. {-ko7tpatti} f. N. of parts of wks
vinayana * = mfn. taking away, removing MBh. Megh.; n. the act of taming or training, education,
instruction Das'.
vinaa = without
vinaashaM = destruction
vinaashaH = destruction
vi.ndati = enjoys
vindate = enjoys
vinda* = mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc.; see {go-}, {cAru-v-} &c.); m. a partic. hour of the day R.; N. of
a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of a king of Avanti ib.
vindatvat* = mfn. containing a form of 3. {vid}; ({atI}) f. a verse of this kind Maitr
vindaami = I have
vinigrahaH = control
viniyamya = regulating
vinirmuktaaH = liberated
vinivritta = disassociated
vinirdahana* = n. the act of burning or destroying utterly MW.; ({I}) f. a partic. remedy Sus'r.
vinirdiz* = P. {-dizati}, to assign, destine for (loc.) BhP.; to point out, indicate, state, declare, designate as
(two acc.) MBh. BhP. Sus'r.; to announce, proclaim Yâjñ. VarBriS.; to determine, resolve, fix upon MBh.
vinirdhU* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about, agitate
ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirdhuu* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about, agitate
ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirmukta* = mfn. liberated, escaped, free or exempt from (instr. or comp.) MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.;
discharged, shot off, hurled R.
vinishchitaiH = certain
vinis'cita* = mfn. firmly resolved upon (comp.) MBh.; ascertained, determined, settled, certain ib. R. &c.;
(%{am}) ind. most certainly, decidedly Amar.; %{-tA7rtha} mfn. having a decided meaning Bhartr2.
viniSTan* = (prob. for {vi-niH-STan}; {STan} = {stan}) P. {-STanati}, to groan loudly Car.
vinoda = humor
vi.nsha.nsha = A Varga. The harmonic twentieth division. Used for delineating Religious fervour and
accrued spiritual merit
vinyaasa* = m. putting or placing down &c.; a deposit W.; putting on (ornaments) Kâvya7d.; movement,
position (of limbs), attitude TPrât. Kâv.; arrangement, disposition, order Pur.; scattering, spreading out
MBh. Hariv.; establishment, foundation MârkP.; putting together, connecting (words &c.), composition
(of literary works) Vâs. Sâh. &c.; exhibition, display (ifc. = showing, displaying) MBh.; the utterance of
words of despair Sâh.; assemblage, collection W.; any site or receptacle on or in which anything is
deposited ib.; {-rekhA} f. a line drawn Bâlar.
vipaaka = the distressing results of karmas: * = mf({A})n. ripe, mature RV.; m. cooking, dressing (=
{pacana}) L.; ripening, maturing (esp. of the fruit of actions), effect, result, consequence (of actions in
the present or former births pursuing those who commit them through subsequent existences) Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; maturing of food (in the stomach), digestion conversion of food into a state for assimilation
MBh. Hariv. Sus'r.; bad digestion Car.; any change of form or state Uttarar.; calamity, distress "',
misfortune Yâjñ. Uttarar.; withering, fading S'is'.; `" sweat "' or `" flavour `" ({sveda} or {svAda}) L.;
(ibc.) subsequently, afterwards (see comp.); {-kaTuka} mfn. sharp or bitter in its consequences Kathâs.;
{-kAla} m. the time of ripening or maturing Râjat.; {-tIvra} mfn. sharp or terrible in consequence of
(comp.) BhP.; {-dAruNa} mfn. terrible or dangerous in results Prab.; {-doSa} m. morbid affection of the
digestive powers Sus'r.; {-visphUrjathu} m. the consequences (of sins committed in a former birth)
compared to a thunder stroke Ragh.; {-zruta} n. N. of a sacred book of the Jainas W. \\%{vi-pAkin} see
under %{vi-pac}, p. 973.
vipaakin* = mfn. ripening, maturing bearing fruits or having consequences, Ma1latim.; difficult to be
digested (in %{a-vip-}) Car.
vipac* = P. %{-pacati}, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking or boiling Ka1tyS3r. Sus3r. [973,2]; Pass.
%{-pacyate}, to be cooked or baked or roasted MBh.; to be digested ib.; to be completely matured or
ripened or developed Ragh. Sus3r.; to bear fruit, develop consequences VarBr2S.: Caus. %{-pAcayati}, to
cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking, melt, liquefy Sus3r.
vipanna mfn. gone wrong , failed , miscarried (opp. to %{sam-panna}) MBh. ; afflicted , distressed Hit. ;
ruined , destroyed , decayed , dead , gone MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. a snake L. ; %{-kRtya} mfn. (a deity) whose
rites have been disturbed or neglected VarBr2S. ; %{-tA} f. misfortune , ruin , destruction VarBr2S.
(%{-tAMgataH} , ruined R.) ; %{-dIdhiti} mfn. one whose splendour or glory is gone. Bhartr2. ; %{-deha}
mfn. `" having a decomposed body "' , dead , defunct Mr2icch. i , 30 ; %{-nnA7patyA} f. a woman who has
lost her child by abortion MW. ; %{-nnA7rtha} mfn. one whose property or fortune is ruined R. (v.l.
%{-nnA7tman}).
vipatti = calamity
viparivartate = is working
viparyaya = inversion // viparyaya *= mfn. reversed , inverted , perverse , contrary to (gen.) BhP. ; m.
turning round , revolution Jyot. ; running off , coming to an end R. ; transposition , change , alteration ,
inverted order or succession , opposite of. A1s3vS3r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. %{buddhi-v-} , the opposite
opinion ; %{svapna-v-} , the opp of sleep , state of being awake ; %{saMdhi-viparyayau} , peace and its
opposite i.e. war ; %{viparyaye} , %{-yena} and %{-yAt} ind. in the oppñopposite case , other wise) ;
exchange , barter (e.g. %{dravya-v-} , exchange of goods , buying and selling , trade) MW. ; change for the
worse , reverse of fortune , calamity , misfortune Mn. MBh. &c. ; perverseness R. Katha1s. BhP. ;
overthrow , min , loss , destruction (esp. of the world) Ka1v. ; change of opinion Sa1h. ; change of
purpose or conduct , enmity , hostility W. ; misapprehension , error , mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad. ;
mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW. ; shunning , avoiding R. vii , 63 , 31
(Sch.) ; N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Sus3r. // viparyAya m. = %{vi-paryaya} , reverse ,
contrariety L.
viparyas* = Â. {-asyate}, to turn over, turn round, overturn, reverse, invert S'Br. Gaut.; to change,
interchange, exchange KâtyS'r.; to have a wrong notion, be in error Bhartri.: Caus. {-Asayati}, to cause to
turn round or to change Bâlar.
viparyasta* = mfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary AitBr. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) interchanged,
inverted Pân. 2-3, 56 Sch.; standing round Kathâs.; erroneously conceived to be real W.; {-tA} f.
perverseness Sinha7s.; {-putrA} f. a woman bearing no male children MW.; {-manaz-ceSTa} mfn. having
mind and actions perverted or inverted Mriicch.
viparyAsa* = m. overturning, overthrow, upsetting (of a car) GriS.; transposition, transportation MBh.;
expiration, lapse (of time) MBh.; exchange, inversion, change, interchange S'rS. MBh. &c.; reverse,
contrariety, opposition, opposite of (e.g. {stuti-v-}, the opposite of praise i.e. blame) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
change for the worse, deterioration MBh.; death R.; perverseness Râjat.; error, mistake, delusion,
imagining what is unreal or false to be real or true Kâv. Bhâshâp. Pañcat.; {-so7pamA} f. an inverted
comparison (in which the relation between the Upamâna and Upameya is inverted) Kâvya7d.
viparyAvRt* = Â. {-vartate}, to be turned back Kaus'.: Caus. {-vartayati}, to cause to turn away from,
cause to be overturned TS.
viparyaya* = mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m. turning round, revolution
Jyot.; running off, coming to an end R.; transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession,
opposite of. Âs'vS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. {buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion; {svapna-v-}, the opp of sleep,
state of being awake; {saMdhi-viparyayau}, peace and its opposite i.e. war; {viparyaye}, {-yena} and
{-yAt} ind. in the oppñopposite case, other wise); exchange, barter (e.g. {dravya-v-}, exchange of goods,
buying and selling, trade) MW.; change for the worse, reverse of fortune, calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh.
&c.; perverseness R. Kathâs. BhP.; overthrow, min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Kâv.; change of
opinion Sâh.; change of purpose or conduct, enmity, hostility W.; misapprehension, error, mistake Mn.
BhP. Sarvad.; mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW.; shunning, avoiding R.
vii, 63, 31 (Sch.); N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Sus'r.
vipaT =* P. %{-pATayati}, to split in two, tear open, tear out, destroy MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to drive asunder,
scare away Ka1d. Ra1jat.
vipat=*P. %{-patati}, to fly or dash or rush through RV. i, 168, 6; to fly apart, fall off, burst asunder, be
divided or separated S3Br. ChUp.; to fly along RV. x, 96, 9: Caus. %{-patayati}, to fly in various directions
RV. iii, 55, 3; to fall asunder, be opened ib., vi, 9, 6; %{-pAtayati}, to cause to fly away, shoot off (arrows)
AV.; to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike off (a head) ib.; to strike down, kill MBh.//in comp. for
%{vi-pad}; %{-kara} mf(%{I})n. causing misfortune Harav.; (%{I}) f. N. of a goddess ib.; %{-kAla} m.
season of mñmisfortune or calamity Hit.; %{-phala} mfn. resulting in mñmisfortune, calamitous MW.;
%{-sAgara} m. `" ocean of misfortune "', heavy calamity W.
vipas'cit* = mfn. inspired , wise , learned , versed in or acquainted with (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; m. N. of
Indra under Manu Sva1rocisha Pur. ; of the Supreme Spirit Sarvad. ; of a Buddha (prob. w.r. for
%{vipazyin}) Lalit.
viphalaH = not good, fruitless; * = mf({A})u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kâv. VarBriS.; fruitless, useless,
ineffectual, futile, vain, idle Yâjñ. Hariv. &c.; having no testicles R.; m. Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; {-tA}
f. {-tva} n. fruitlessness, uselessness, unprofitableness Kâv. Pañcat.; {-pre7raNa} mfn. flung in vain Hit.;
{-zrama} mfn. exerting one's self in vain ({-tva} n.), Râjat; {-lA7rambha} mfn. one whose efforts are vain
or idle Yâjñ.; {-lA7za} mfn. one whose hopes are disappointed Hariv. (v.l. {niSphal-}).
vipina * =`" stirring or waving (scil. in the wind) "', a wood, forest, thicket, grove MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
multitude, quantity Bâlar.; {-tilaka} n. a kind of metre Col.; {-nau9kas} m. wood-dweller "', an ape,
monkey Mcar.
vipraaH = (masc.nom.Pl.)Brahmins
vipula = ample * = mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. %{pula} = %{pura} ; cf. under %{pul}) large , extensive , wide ,
great , thick , long (also of time) , abundant , numerous , important , loud (as a noise) , noble (as a race)
Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c. ; m. a respectable man W. ; N. of a prince of the Sauviras MBh. ; of a pupil of
Deva-s3arman (who guarded the virtue of Ruci , his preceptor's wife , when tempted by Indra during her
husband's absence) MBh. ; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ; of a mountain (either Meru or the Hima7laya)
Pur. ; (%{A}) f. the earth L. ; a form of the A1rya1 metre (in which the caesura is irregular ; divided into 3
species , A1di- , Anlya- , and Ubhaya-vipula1) Col. ; (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t. ; n. a sort of
building Gal. ; %{-grIva} mfn. long-necked R. ; %{-cchAya} mfn. having ample shade , shady ,
umbrageous MW. ; %{-jaghanA} f. a woman with large hips ib. ; %{-tara} mfn. larger or very large S3is3.
; %{-tA} f. (S3ak.) , %{-tva} n. (MBh.) largeness , greatness , extent , width , magnitude ; %{dravya} mfn.
having great wealth , wealthy Car. ; %{-pArzva} m. N. of a mountain Buddh. ; %{-prajJa} (MBh.) ,
%{-buddhi} (Sus3r.) mfn. endowed with great understanding ; %{-mati} mfn. id. Bhartr2. ; m. N. of a
Bodhi-sattva Buddh. ; %{-rasa} m. `" having abundant juice "' , the sugar-cane L. ; %{-vrata} mfn. one
who has undertaken great duties MBh. ; %{-zroni} mf(%{I})n. having swelling hips MW. ; (%{-NI-bhara}
mf[%{A}]n. id. Amar.) [975,1] ; %{-skandha} m. `" broad-shouldered "'N. of Arjuna L. ; %{-sravA} f. =
%{-lA7sravA} L. ; %{-hRdaya} mfn. large-hearted , lñlarge-minded Bhartr2. (v.l.) ; %{-lA7yatA7kSa} mfn.
having large and long eyes MW. ; %{-lA7rtha-bhoga-vat} mfn. having great wealth and many enjoyments
VarBr2S. ; %{-lA7zravA} f. Aloe Perfoliata L. ; %{-le7kSaNa} mfn. large-eyed MW. ; %{-lo7raska} mfn.
broad-chested ib. ; %{-lau9jas} mfn. having great strength , very strong R.
vira * = m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to Indra,
Vishnu &c.; pl. men, people, mankind, followers, retainers) RV. &c. &c.; a hero (as opp. to a god) RTL.
272 n.; a husband MBh. R. Pur.; a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; (collect.
male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; the male of an animal AV. S'ânkhS'r.; (with, Tântrikas) an adept (who
is between the {divya} and the {pazu} RTL. 191) Rudray.; (in dram.) heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas
[q.v.]; the Vîra-carita [q.v.] exhibits an example) Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; an actor W.; a partic. Agni (son of
Tapas) MBh.; fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L.; N. of various plants (Terminalia Arunja; Nerium
Odorum; Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a
son of Bharad-vâja ib.; of a son of Purusha Vairâja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttâna-pâda Hariv.; of a
son of Griiñjima ib.; of two sons of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Kshupa and father of Vivins'a MârkP.; of
the father of Lîlâvatî ib.; of a teacher of Vinaya Buddh.; of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpini L.;
(also with {bhaTTa}, {AcArya} &c.) of various authors &c. Cat.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu
Tâmasa BhP.; ({A}) f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are still alive) L.; an intoxicating
beverage ib.; N. of various plants and drugs (Flacourtia Cataphracta; Convolvulus Paniculatus; Gmelina
Arborea; the drug Ela-vâluka &c.) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Bharad-vâja L.; of
the wife of Karan-dhama MârkP.; of a river MBh. (B. {vANI}); n. (only L.) a reed (Arundo Tibialis); the
root of ginger(?); pepper; rice-gruel; the root of Costus Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus &c. [1005,
3]; mf({A})n. heroic, powerful, strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. {vir}; Lith. {vy4ras}; Goth. {wair};
Angl. Sax. {w‰r}, {w‰re-wulf}; Eng. {werewolf}; Germ. {Werwolf}, {Wergeld}.]
viraagaH = Non-attachment/desirelessness
viraaj* = m. (for 2. see s.v.) king of birds BhP.\\* = P.Â. {-rAjati}, {-te}, to reign, rule, govern, master
(gen. or acc.), excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br.; to be illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out (abl.), glitter
ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to appear as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. {-rAjayati}, (rarely {-te}) cause to shine forth, give
radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh. R. &c.
vi-raa4j* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign, excellent, splendid RV.; mfn. a
ruler, chief. king or queen (applied to Agni, Sarasvatî, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; f. excellence,
pre-eminence, high rank, dignity, majesty TS. Br. S'rS.; m. or f. the first progeny of Brahmâ (according to
Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahmâ having divided his own substance into male and female, produced from the female
the male power Virâj, who then produced the first Manu or Manu Svâyambhuva, who then created the
ten Prajâ-patis; the BhP. states that the male half of Brahmâ was Manu, and the other half S'ata-rûpâ,
and does not allude to the intervention of VñVirâj; other Purânas describe the union of S'ata-rûpâ with
VñVirâj or Purusha in the first instance, and with Manu in the second; Virâj as a sort of secondary
creator, is sometimes identified with Prajâ-pati, Brahmâ, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishnu or
Kriishna, while in RV. x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him; in the AV.
viii, 10, 24; xi, 8, 30, VñVirâj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow; being elsewhere, however,
identified with Pra7na) IW. 22 &c.; (in Vedânta) N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed
aggregate of gross bodies (= {vaizvAnara}, q. v.), Vedantas.; m. a warrior (= {kSatriya}) MBh. BhP.; the
body MW.; a partic. Eka7ha PañcavBr. Vait.; N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Kâmyâ Hariv.; of a son of Nara
VP.; of Buddha L. [983,1]; of a son of Râdhâ MW.; of a district ib.; f. a particular Vedic metre consisting
of four Pâdas of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the number `" ten "'; in RV. x,
130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuna, and in AitBr. i, 4 Virâj is
mystically regarded as `" food "', and invocations are directed to be made in this metre when food is the
especial object of prayer; in prosody VñVirâj is applied to any metre defective by two syllables RPrât.); pl.
N. of partic. bricks (40 in number) VS. S'Br.
viraajana* = mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car.; n. ruling, being eminent or illustrious, &c. Nir.
viraaTaH = Virata
viraam.h = to stop
viraama = stop * cessation, termination, end S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c. (acc. with {yA} or {pra-yA}, to come to
an end, rest); end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (ifc. = ending with), APrât. Pân. &c.; end of or
caesura with in a Pâda S'rutab.; (in gram.), the stop "'N. of a small oblique stroke placed under a
consonant to denote that it is quiescent i.e. that it has no vowel inherent or otherwise pronounced after
it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of conjunctions of consonants; but its proper use,
according to native grammarians, is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending in a consonant);
desistence, abstention Kâs'. Vop.; exhaustion, languor Car.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f.
cessation, abatement Pañcar.
viracita* = mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed, written, Kalid. Pan5cat.;
put together, spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on, worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.) Megh.; put in,
inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N. of a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of
which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-vapus} mfn. one who has his
body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh.;
%{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viram * = P. {-ramati} (rarely Â.; cf. Pân. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking), pause, cease, come to an end
TS. &c. &c.; to give up, abandon, abstain or desist from (abl.) KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-rA8mayati}, to
cause to stop or rest &c., bring to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid. see {vi-riraMsA}.
vi-rama * = m. cessation, end MBh. BhP.; sunset S'is'. ix, 11; (ifc.) desistence or abstention from MBh.
virachita = created
viraha = separation * = m. abandonment, desertion, parting, separation (esp. of lovers), absence from
(instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; lack, want (ifc. = lacking, with the exception of) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
{-guNita} mfn. increased by separation Megh.; {-ja} mfn. arising from sñseparation S'ak.; {-janita} mfn.
id. MW.; {-jvara} m. the anguish of sñseparation ib.; {-virasa} mfn. painful through (the idea of)
separation, S'ântis'.; {-vyApad} mfn. decreased by sñseparation Megh.; {-zayana} n. a solitary couch or
bed Megh.; {-hA7dhigama} m. experiencing sñseparation ib.; {-hA7nala} m. the fire of sñseparation ib.;
{-hA7rta} mfn. pained by sñseparation W.; {-hA7vasthA} f. state of sñseparation MW.; {-ho7tkaNThikA}
f. (in dram.) a woman who longs after her absent lover or husband Sâh.; {-ho7tsuka} mfn. suffering from
sñseparation A.
virahitaM = without
viraaja *= mfn. shining , brilliant Pan5car. ; m. a partic. form of a temple Hcat. ; a part. Eka7ha Vait. ; a
species of plant L. ; N. of a Praja1-pati Hariv. ; of a son of A-vikshit MBh.
viraja*= (3. %{vi+raja} for %{rajas}) mf(%{A})n. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig. `" free from
passion "') S3Br. MBh. &c.; free from the menstrual excretion L.; m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv.; of a son of
Tvasht2r2i BhP.; of a son of Pu1rn2iman ib.; of a pupil of Ja1tu1karn2ya ib.; of the world of Buddha
Padma-prabha SaddhP.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i BhP.; (%{A}) f. Panicum Dactylon
(= %{dUrA}) MBh. (= %{kapitthAnI} L.); of the wife of Nahusha (spiritual daughter of a class of Pitr2is
called Su-svadhas or Sva.svadhas) Hariv.; of a mistress of Kr2ishn2a (who was changed into a river)
Pan5car.; of a Ra1kshasi1 Cat.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh.; %{-prabha} m. N. of a Buddha
Buddh.; %{-loka} m. N. of a partic. world, VB.; %{-jA7kSa} m. N. of a mountain (to the north of Meru)
Ma1rkP.; %{-jAkSetra} n. N. of a sacred district Cat.; %{-je7zvarI} f. N. of Ra1dha1 Pan5car.
viriñca or virañca * = A* 'beyond passion' m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also
applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virakta = uninerested
virala = rare
viriñca* = m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also applied to Vishnu and S'iva)
MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virodha = opposition
viruda * = hot out, sprouted, budded, grown; come forth, formed, produced, born, arisen; ascended,
mounted, ridden, overgrown with young grass
virugna * =mfn. (less correctly {vi-rugna}) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c. Bhathth.
visarga* = m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; voiding,
evacuation (of excrement) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; opening (of the closed hand) KâtyS'r.; getting rid of, sending
away, dismissal, rejection Mn. MBh. &c.; letting loose i.e. driving out (cows; see {go-vis-}); final
emancipation, exemption from worldly existence BhP.; cessation, end RV. GriS.; end of the annual
course of the sun Car.; destruction of the world BhP.; giving, granting, bestowal Mn. MBh. &c.;
scattering, hurling, throwing, shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP.; producing, creating
(esp. secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha; see under {sarga}) Bhag. BhP.; creation (in the
concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP.; `" producer "', cause BhP.; membrum virile ib.; the suñs
southern course L.; separation, parting W. (cf. {-cumbana}); light, splendour ib.; N. of a symbol in
grammar (= {vi-sarjanIya}, which is the older term see below) Pân. Sch. S'rutab. MBh. BhP.; N. of S'iva
MBh. xiii, 1241; {-cumbana} n. a parting kiss Ragh.; {-lupta} n. elision of the Visarga Pratâp.
vishaNNa * =mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Kâv. Kathâs.
BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. dejection, sadness,
languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; {-bhAva} m. id. Das'.; {-manas}
mfn. = {-cetas} BhP.; {-mukha} mf({I})n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or dejected R.; {-rUpa}
mf({A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R.; {-vadana} mfn. = {-mukha} ib.;
{-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.
vishate = he enters
vishanti = enter
vishaNNa * = mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Ka1v.
Katha1s. BhP.; %{-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. dejection,
sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; %{-bhAva} m. id. Das3.;
%{-manas} mfn. = %{-cetas} BhP.; %{-mukha} mf(%{I})n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or
dejected R.; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R.; %{-vadana}
mfn. = %{-mukha} ib.; %{-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.
vishaalaM = vast
vis'aala* = mf({A} accord. to g. {bahvAdi} also {I})n. (prob. fr. {viz}; accord. to others, fr. {vi-zR})
spacious, extensive, broad, wide, large TS. &c. &c. ({am} ind. extensively PañcavBr.); great, important,
powerful, mighty, illustrious, eminent MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) abundant in, full of Kap.; m. a kind of beast
or bird or plant L.; a partic. Shad-aha S'rS.; N. of the father of Takshaka, S'ankhGri.; of an Asura Kathâs.;
of a son of Ikshvâku (founder of the city Vis'âlâ) R.; of a son of Triinabindu Pur.; of a king of Vaidis'a
MârkP.; of a mountain ib.; ({A}) f. colocynth Sus'r.; Basella Cordifolia L.; Portulaca Quadrifida L.;
{--mahe7ndravAruNI} L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of the city Ujjayinî or Ougein R.
Megh. Kathâs.; of another town (see {vaizAlI}, {vaizalI}); of a river and a hermitage situated on it MBh.
R. BhP.; = {sarasvatI} L.; N. of an Apsaras VP.; of the wife of Aja-midha MBh.; of the wife of
Arishtha-nemi (and daughter of Daksha) GârudaP.; ({I}) f. a kind of plant L.; n. N. of a place of
pilgrimage, Bh.; du. (with {viSNoH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.
vis'aarada * = mf({A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with (loc. or comp.; {-tva} n.
Pañcad.) Mn. MBh. &c.; learned, wise W.; clever (as a speech) BhP.; of a clear or serene mind Lalit.;
famous, celebrated W.; beautifully autumnal Vâs.; lacking the gift of speech ib.; bold, impudent ib.; =
{zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.; N. of an author and of another person Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of
Alhagi L.; {-di-man} m. skill, proficiency, conversancy Harav.
vishaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate} (m. c. also P. {-yati}), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartri. Subh.
viSama * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{vi} + %{sama}) uneven , rugged , rough MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c. ; unequal ,
irregular , dissimilar , different , inconstant Br. S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. &c. ; odd , not even (in numbers &c.)
Var. Ka1vya7d. ; that which cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons)
Mn. ix , 119 ; hard to traverse , difficult , inconvenient , painful , dangerous , adverse , vexatious ,
disagreeable , terrible , bad , wicked (ibc. `" terribly "' S3is3.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; hard to be understood Gol.
Ka1v. ; unsuitable , wrong Sus3r. Sarvad. ; unfair , dishonest , partial Mn. MBh. ; rough , coarse , rude ,
cross MW. ; odd , unusual , unequalled W. ; m. a kind of measure Sam2gi1t. ; N. of Vishn2u MW. ; (%{I})
f. N. of various wks. ; n. unevenness , uneven or rough ground or place (%{sama-viSameSu} , `" on even
and uneven ground "' S3is3.) , bad road VS. TS. S3Br. &c. ; oddness (of numbers) W. ; a pit , precipice Mn.
MBh. &c. ; difficulty , distress , misfortune MBh. R. &c. ; unevenness , inequality (%{eNa} ind. `"
unequally "') Ka1s3. ; (in rhet.) incongruity , incompatibility Ka1vya7d. Prata1p. Kuval. ; pl. (with
%{bharad-vAjasya})N. of Sa1mans SV. A1rshBr. ; (%{am}) ind. unequally , unfairly MW. ; %{-karNa}
mfn. having unequal diagonals Col. ; m. or n. (?) any four-sided figure with unñunequal diñdiagonals
MW. ; the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the gnomon of a dial and the
extremities of the shadow) W. ; %{-karman} n. an odd or unequalled act W. ; a dissimilar operation ; the
finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the
difference of the quantities Col. ; %{-kAla} m. an unfavourable time , inauspicious season MW. ;
%{-kriya} mfn. undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (%{-tva} n.) Sus3r. ; %{-khAta} n. an irregular
cavity or a solid with unequal sides Col. ; %{-gata} mfn. situated or placed on an uneven place (higher or
lower) A1past. ; fallen into distress ib. ; %{-cakra-vAla} n. (in math.) an ellipse Su1ryapr. ; %{-catur-azra}
, or %{-catur-bhuja} or %{-catuSkoNa} m. an unequal four-sided figure , trapezium Su1ryapr. ;
%{-cchada} m. = %{sapta-cch-} , Alstonia Scholaris L. ; Echites Scholaris W. ; %{-cchAyA} f. `" uneven-
shadow "' , the shadow of the gnomon at noon when the sun is on the equinoctial line W. ; %{-jvara} m.
irregular (chronic) fever Sus3r. ; (%{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. a partic. ferruginous preparation Rase7ndrac. ;
%{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. id. L.) ; %{-tri-bhuja} m. a scalene triangle Col. ; %{-tva} n. inequality , difference
MaitrUp. ; dangerousness , terribleness Vishn2. ; %{-dRSTi} mfn. looking obliquely , squint-eyed
A1pGr2. Sch. ; %{-dhAtu} mfn. having the bodily humors unequally proportioned , unhealthy MW. ;
%{-nayana} or %{-netra} mfn. `" having an odd number of eyes "' , `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva L. ;
%{-pada} mf(%{A})n. having unequal steps (as a path) Kir. ; having unñunequal Pa1das (a stanza)
RPra1t. RAnukr. VS. Anukr. ; %{-da-vRtti} f. N. of various commentaries ; %{-palAza} m. Alstonia
Scholaris (= %{sapta-pal-}) L. [997,1] ; %{-pAda} mf(%{A})n. consisting of unequal Pa1das Nida1nas. ;
%{-bANa} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love L. ; (%{-Na-lIlA} f. N. of a poem) %{-bhojana} n.
eating at irregular hours MW. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. = %{viSamAd@AgataH} L. ; %{-rAga} mfn.
differently nasalized (%{-tA} f.). RPra1t. ; %{-rUpya} mfn. unequal quantities or qualities W. ; %{-rca}
mfn. (fr. %{viSama} + %{Rc}) having an unequal number of verses S3a1n3khS3r. ; %{-lakSmI} f. adverse
fortune , bad luck VarBr2S. ; %{-vibhAga} m. unequal division of property amongst co-heirs W. ;
%{-vilocana} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva (cf. %{-nayana} above) Siddh. ; %{-vizikha} m. `"
five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Cat. ; %{-vRtta} n. a kind of metre with unequal Pa1das Pin3g. ;
%{-vyAkhyA} f. N. of Comm. ; %{-vyAptika} mfn. furnishing an example of partial or one-sided
invariable concomitance , Sa1m2khyas. Sch. ; %{-zara} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Das3. ;
%{-zAyin} mfn. sleeping irregularly W. ; %{-ziSTa} mfn. inaccurately prescribed (%{-tva} n.) L. ;
left-unfairly , unjustly divided (as property &c. at death) W. ; %{-zIla} mfn. having an unequable
disposition , cross-tempered , rough , difficult W. ; m. N. of Vikrama7ditya Katha1s. ; of the 18th
Lambaka of the Katha1-sarit-sa1gara called after him ; (w.r. for %{viSama-zilA} , `" an uneven rock "'
Pan5cat. iii , 310/311) ; %{-zloka-TIkA} f. %{-zloka-vyAkhyA} f. N. of wks. ; %{-sAhasa} n. irregular
boldness , temerity , W ; %{-stha} mf(%{A})n. standing unevenly W. ; being in an inaccessible position
ib. ; standing on a precipice , stñstanding in a dangerous place Pan5cat. ; being in difficulty or misfortune
MBh. R. &c. ; %{-spRhA} f. coveting wrongly another's property L. ; %{-mA7kSa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of
S3iva S3ivag. ; %{-mA7ditya} m. N. of a poet Subh. ; %{-mA7nna} n. irregular or unusual food MW.
%{-mA7yudha} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Sin6ha7s. ; %{-mA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of wk. ;
%{-mA7vatAra} m. descending on uneven ground MW. ; %{-mA7zana} n. eating irregularly (either as to
quantity or time) Va1gbh. Sin6ha7s. Bhpr. ; %{-mA7zaya} mfn. having an unfair disposition , dishonest ,
crafty W. ; %{-me7kSaNa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3is3. ; %{-me7Su} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the
god of love S3is3. Hit. ; %{-mo7nnata} mfn. raised unevenly L. ; %{-mo7pala} mfn. having rough stones
or rocks MW.
vishaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. either fr 1. {viS}, `" to act "', or fr. {vi} + {si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pân. 8-3,
70 Sch.) sphere (of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district, country, abode
(pl. = lands, possessions) Mn. MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of eyes, ears, mind &c.)
S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; period or duration (of life) Pañcat.; special sphere or department, peculiar province
or tield of action, peculiar element, concern (ifc. = `" concerned with, belonging to, intently engaged on
"'; {viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of, with regard or reference to "'; {atra viSaye}, `" with
regard to this object "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; space or room (sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Kâv. Pañcat.; an
object of sense (these are five in number, the five {indriya}, or organs of sense having each their proper
{viSaya} or object, viz. 1. {zabda}, `" sound "', for the ear cf. {zruti-viSaya}; 2. {sparza}, `" tangibility "',
for the skin; 3. {rUpa}, `" form "' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. {rasa}, `" savour "', for the tongue; 5.
{gandha}, `" odour "' for the nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the Gunas or `"
properties "' of the five elements, ether, air, fire, water, earth, respectively; cf. {zruti-viSaya-guNa}) Yâjñ.
S'ank. Sarvad. IW. 83; a symbolical N. of the number `" five "' VarBriS.; anything perceptible by the
senses, any object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object or aim or matter or
business, (pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subject-
matter MBh. Kâv. &c.; an object (as opp. to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997, 2]; a fit or suitable object (`" for
"' dat. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) the subject of an argument, category, general head (one of
the 5 members of an Adhikarana [q.v.], the other 4 being {vizaya} or {saMzaya}, {pUrva-pakSa}, {uttara-
pakSa} or {siddhA7nta}, and {saMgati} or {nirNaya}) Sarvad.; un-organic matter IW. 73; (in gram.)
limited or restricted sphere (e.g. {chandasi viSaye}, `" only in the Veda "') Kâs'. (ifc. = restricted or
exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison (e.g. in the comp. `" lotus-eye "' the
second member is the {viSaya}, and the first the {viSayin}) Kuval. Pratâp.; a country with more than 100
villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or observance ib.; a lover, husband ib.; semen
virile ib.
vishaya-tA * = f. the character or condition of being an object or having anything for an object, the
relation between an object and the knowledge of it Sâh. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; {-rahasya} n. {-vAda} (or
{-vicAra}) m. {-vAda-TippaNa} n. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.
vishaya-tva * = n. = {-tA} Sarvad. Yâjñ. Sch.; (ifc.) the being restricted to, occurring only in Pat.
vis'iirNa * = mfn. broken , shattered &c. ; scattered , dispersed (as an army) R. ; fallen out (as teeth)
Ka1v. ; squandered (as a treasure) MBh. ; rubbed off (as unguent) Ga1rud2aP. ; frustrated (as an
enterprise) , S3a1ntis3. ; destroyed (as a town) R. ; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered garments
Bhartr2. ; %{-tA} f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m. ; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent (as urine) BhP. ;
%{-paGkti} mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh. ; %{-parNa} m. Azadirachta Indica L. ; %{-mUrti}
mfn. having the body destroyed (said of Ka1ma-deva) Kum.
1 viruta mfn. roared , cried , &c. ; invoked VarBr2S. ; made to resound , filled with the cries &c. of (instr. or comp.)
R. BhP. ; n. shrieking , howling , yelling , humming , chirping , &c. , any noise or sound Mn. R. screaming , howling
Ka1d. Mudr.
1 visruta mfn. flowed forth , dropped , flowing W. ; spread , diffused , stretched ib.
mfn. possessing much learning , very learned Hariv. ; m. N. of Maru (the father of Br2ihad-bala) VP. ;
%{-tA7bhijana} mfn. of a renowned family , of noted birth MW.
vishthhaa * = 1 f. (for 2. 3. see p. 999, col. 1) = 3. {viS}, feces, excrement (acc. with {kR} or {vi-dhA}, to
void excrñexcrement) Mn. MBh. &c. (often w.r. {viSTA}).
vishthhaa * = 2 ( {sthA}; for 1. {viSThA} see p. 996, col. 2) Â. {-tiSThate} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 22; Ved. and ep.
also P.), to stand or go apart, be spread or diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or {adhi} with loc.)
RV. VS. AV.; to be removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV.; to stand, be stationary stand still, remain
firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c. &c.; to keep ground, not to budge R.; to be present or near MBh.; to be
engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor. {-tiSThipaH}) to spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5.
vishthhaa * = 3 f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. S'rS.; a rope (?) DivyA7v.; {-vrAji4n}
mfn. remaining in one place, stationary S'Br.
vishuddha = pure
visheshha = particular
vis'esha * = m. (once in Pañcat. n.; ifc. f. {A}) distinction, difference between (two gen., two loc., or gen.
and instr.) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality,
peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind, species, individual (e.g. {vRkSa-v-}, a species of tree, in comp. often
also = special, peculiar, particular, different, e.g. {chando-v-}, a particular metre, {vñvizeSa-maNDana}, a
peculiar ornament "'; {argha-vizeSAH}, different prices "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; (pl.) various objects Megh.;
distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp. often= excellent, superior, choice,
distinguished e.g. {AkRti-v-}, `" an excellent form "' [990, 3]; cf. {vñvizeSa-pratipatti}) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in
gram.) a word which defines or limits the meaning of another word (cf. {vi-zeSaka} and {vi-zeSaNa}); (in
phil.) particularity, individuality, essential difference or individual essence (with the Vais'eshikas the 5th
cate gory or Pada7rtha, belonging to the 9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and
the 5 atoms of earth, water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially different that one can
never be the other) IW. 66 &c.; (in medicine) a favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Sus'r.; (in rhet.)
statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation Kuval. (cf. {vizeSo7kti}); a sectarian
mark, any mark on the forehead (= {tilaka}) L.; (in geom.) the hypotenuse S'ulbas.; N. of the primary
elements or Mahâ-bhûtas (q.v.) MaitrUp.; the earth as an element BhP.; the mundane egg ib.; {-virAj}
ib.; (ibc., {ena} or {At} ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even more Mn. MBh. &c.; {At} ifc., by
reason or in consequence of. VarBriS.; {yena yena vizeSeNa}, in any way whatever MBh.); mf({A})n.
extraordinary, abundant Ragh. ii, 14 (B. {vizeSAt} for {vizeSA}); {-karaNa} n. making better,
improvement Mâlav.; {-kRt} mfn. making a distinction, distinguishing RPrât.; {--garhaNIya} mfn.
especially reprehensible, even more blamable Kuval.; {-guNa} m. a special or distinct quality Nîlak.; (in
phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul, time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above)
W.; {-jJa} mfn. knowing distinctions, judicious Kâv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R.; {jJAna-
vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-tac} ind. according to the difference of. in proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2;
especially, particularly, above all Mn. MBh. &c.; individually, singly, Vedantas.; {-tva} n. distinction,
notion of the particular L.; {-drizya} mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh.; {-dharma} m. a
peculiar or different duty W.; a special law MW.; {niyama} m. a partic. observance MBh.; {-nirukti} f.
(ibc.) `" explanation of differences "'; N. of wk. ({-kroDa} m. {-TIkA} f. {-prakAza}, m.; {-tyAloka} m. N.
of wks.); {-patanIya} n. a partic. crime or sin Yâjñ. iii, 298; {-padA7rtha} m. (in Nyâya) the category of
particularity (cf. above under {vizeSa}); {-pratipatti} f. a special mark of honour or respect Ragh.;
{-pratiSedha} m. a special exception MW.; {-pramANa} n. spñspecial authority ib.; {-bhAga} m. a partic.
part of an elephant's fore-foot L.; {-bhAvanA} f. reflecting on or perceiving difference W.; (in arithm.) a
partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the difference of the products ib.; {-bhUta-
pariziSTa} n. N. of wk.; {-maNDana} n. a peculiar ornament S'ak.; {-mati} m. N. of a Bodhisattva and of
another man Buddh.; {-mitra} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {-ramaNIya} mfn. especially delightful,
particularly pleasant Vikr.; {-lakSaNa} n. any specific or characteristic mark or sign W.; ({-NATIkA} f. N.
of wk.); {liGga} n. a partic. mark, specific property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap.; {-vacana} n. `"
distinguishing or defining word "', an adjective, apposition Pân. 8-1, 74; a special text, special rule or
precept W.; {-vat} mfn. pursuing something particular MBh. ii, 849; possessed of some distinguishing
property or specific quality BhP.; excellent, superior, better than (abl.) MBh. Hariv.; making a difference
(see {a-v-}); {-vAda} m. the above doctrine of the Vais'eshikas; ({-TIkA} f. N. of wk.; {-din} m. an
adherent of that doctrine Sânkhyak. Sch.); {-vikrama-ruci} mfn. taking delight in splendid heroism
Bhartri.; {-vid} mfn. = {jJa} MBh.; {-vidvas} m. `" eminently learned "', a sage, philosopher W.; {-vidhi}
m. a special rule or observance W.; {-vyApti} f. (in logic) a form of Vyâpti or pervasion L.; N. of wk. (also
{-rahasya} n.); {-zArGgadhara} m. N. of wk.; {-zAlin} mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence Kir.;
{-zAstra} n. (in gram.) a special rule(= {apavAda}) MW.; {-sthu} mfn. being (found only) in excellent
persons or things Kâvya7d. ii, 170; {-SA7tideza} m. a spñspecial supplementary rule ib.; {-SA7mRta} n. N.
of wk.; {-SA7rtha} m. the sense or essence of distinction, difference ({am} ind. for the sake of
dñdifference MW.); {-prakAzikA} f. {-bodhikA} f. N. of wks.; {-SA7rthin} mfn. seeking for excellence or
distinction MBh.; particular in searching for anything MW.; ({-thi}) {-tA} f. the searching for something
better Pañcat.; {-SA7vasyakaniryukti} f. N. of wk.; {-So7kti} f. `" mention of difference "'N. of a figure of
speech (in which the excellence of a thing is implied by comparing it to some highly prized object, yet
mentioning the difference e.g. {dyUtaMnAma puruSasyA7siMhA7sanaM rAjyam}, `" truly gambling is a
mañs throneless kingdom "' Mriicch. ii, 6/7) Vâm. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kâvyad. ii, 323 &c.) [991, 1]; enumeration
of merits, panegyric W.; {-SA7cchvasita} n. the peculiar breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar
treasure (applied to an object especially dear) MW.; {-So7ddeza} m. (in Nyâya) a partic. kind of
enunciation ib.
visheshhataH = especially
vis'va* = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {viz}, to pervade cf. Un. i, 151; declined as a pron. like {sarva}, by which it
is superseded in the Brâhmanas and later language) all, every, every one; whole, entire, universal RV. &c.
&c.; all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent (applied to Vishnu-Kriishna, the soul, intellect &c.) Up.
MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the intellectual faculty or (accord. to some) the faculty which perceives
individuality or the individual underlying the gross body ({sthUla-zarIra-vyaSty-upahita}) Veda7ntas.; N.
of a class of gods cf. below; N. of the number `" thirteen "' Gol.; of a class of deceased ancestors MârkP.;
of a king MBh.; of a well-known dictionary = {vizva-prakAza}; pl. ({vi4zve}, with or scil. {devA4s} cf.
{vizve-deva}, p. 995) `" all the gods collectively "' or the, All-gods "' (a partic. class of gods, forming one
of the 9 Ganas enumerated under {gaNadevatA} q.v.; accord. to the Vishnu and other Purânas they were
sons of Vis'vâ, daughter of Daksha, and their names are as follow, 1. Vasu, 2. Satya, 3. Kratu, 4. Daksha,
5. Kâla, 6. Kâma, 7. Dhriiti, 8. Kuru, 9. Purû-ravas, 10. Mâdravas [?]; two others are added by some, viz.
11. Rocaka or Locana, 12. Dhvani [or Dhûri; or this may make 13]: they are particularly worshipped at
S'râddhas and at the Vais'vadeva ceremony [RTL. 416] [992,3]; moreover accord. to Manu [iii, 90, 121],
offerings should be made to them daily - these privileges having been bestowed on them by Brahmâ and
the Pitriis, as a reward for severe austerities they had performed on the Hima7laya: sometimes it is
difficult to decide whether the expression {vizve devAH} refers to all the gods or to the particular troop
of deities described above) RV. &c.; &c.; ({A}) f. the earth L. (loc. pl. `" in all places, everywhere "' RV.
viii, 106, 2); dry ginger L.; Piper Longum L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; = {ati-viSA}, or {viSA} L.; N. of
one of the tongues of Agni MârkP.; a partic. weight L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma
and mother of the Vis've Devâh) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a river BhP.; n. the whole world, universe AV.
&c.&c.; dry ginger Sus'r.; myrrh L.; a mystical N. of the sound {o} Up.
vishvatomukhaH = Brahma
vis'vadeva* = ({vizva4-}) mfn. all-divine RV. Hariv.; m. N. of a god Hariv.; of a teacher Cat.; Pl. a partic.
class of deities, the Vis've Devâh (see {vizva} above) RV. VS. Hariv. VarBriS.; ({A}) f. Uraria
Lagopedioides Sus'r.; Hedysarum LagopñLagopedioides W.; a species of red-flowering Dando7tpala L.;
{-tA} f. pl. the Vis've Devâh L.; {-dIkSitIya} n. N. of wk.; {-netra} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn. led by the
VñVis've DñDevâh VS.; {-bhakta} mfn. (prob.) inhabited by worshippers of the VñVis've DñDevâh (g.
{aiSukAry-Adi}); {-vat} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn. united with all gods AV.
vis've-deva* = m. pl. the Vis've Devâh (see under {vizva}) Pur.; sg. N. of the number `" thirteen "' (at the
end of the Sandeha-vishau9shadhi); of Mahâpurusha Hariv.; of an Asura ib.; or another divine being
Kâthh.; ({A}) f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.
vishvasya = universe
vishvaamitra = vishvAmitra's
vis'vaasa = faith * = m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc. gen. instr. with or without
%{saha}, or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a confidential communication, secret Das3. Hit. ; %{-kAraka}
mf(%{ikA})n. inspiring confidence, causing trust MBh. ; %{-kAraNa} n. reason for cñconfidence Hit. ;
%{-kArya} n. a confidential matter of business Hit. ; %{-kRt} mfn. = %{-kAraka} W. ; %{-ghAta} m.
destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery Ra1matUp. ; %{-ghAtaka} or %{-ghAtin} mfn. one
who destroys cñconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c. ; %{-janman} mfn. produced from cñconfidence MW. ;
%{-devI} f. N. of the patroness of Vidya1-pati (to whom he dedicated his Gan3ga1-va1kya7vali1, a wk. on
the worship of the water of the Ganges) Cat. ; %{-parama} mfn. wholly possessed of cñconfidence,
thoroughly trustful R. ; %{-pAtra} n. `" receptacle of confidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ;
%{-pratipanna} mfn. possessed of cñconfidence, trustful Hit. ; %{-prada} mfn. inspiring cñconfidence W.
; %{-bhaGga} m. violation of cñconfidence, breach of faith Ma1lati1m. ; %{-bhUmi} f. `" ground for
cñconfidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting in cñconfidence Ja1takam. ;
%{-rAya} m. N. of a minister Cat. ; %{-sthAna} n. `" place for or object of cñconfidence "', a hostage,
surety Pan5cat. ; %{-hantR} (Ma1rkP.) or %{-hartR} (MBh.) m. `" destroyer or stealer of cñconfidence "',
a traitor ; %{-sai9ka-bhU} f. `" sole ground for cñconfidence "', sole trustworthy person, Kusum. ;
%{-sai9ka-sAra} m. `" one whose sole essence is cñconfidence "'N. of a man MW. ; %{zo7jjhita-dhI} mfn.
`" one whose mind has abandoned cñconfidence "', distrustful, suspicious Ra1jat. [995,2] ;
%{-so7pagama} m. access of cñconfidence S3ak.
vishvaasabhuumi = trustworthy
visha = poison
vishaaNa = horns
vishaadaM = moroseness
vishaadi = morose
vishiidantaM = lamenting
vishheshhataa = difference
vishhopameyaM = poison-like
vishthabhya = pervading
vishthhitaM = situated
viSvaksena* = m. (sometimes written {vizvak-s-}) `" whose hosts or powers go everywhere "'N. of
Vishnu-Kriishna (or of a partic. form of that deity to whom the fragments of a sacrifice are offered) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1168; of an attendant of Vishnu Pur.; of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the 14th (or 13th)
Manu VP.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a king R.; of a son of Brahma-datta Hariv. Pur.; of a son of S'ambara
Hariv.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or {phalinI}) L.; {-kAntA} f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or
a Diascorea) Car.; {-priyA} f. `" beloved of Vishnu "'N. of Lakshmî L.; a Diascorea L.; {-saMhitA} f. N. of
wk.
vis'uddha* = mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure (lit.and fig.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; free from vice, virtuous, honest MBh. Kâv. &c.; brilliantly white (as teeth) Riitus.;
thoroughly settled or established or fixed or determined or ascertained ib.; (ifc.) one who has gone
through or thoroughly completed ({upadeza-v-}) Mâlav.; cleared i.e. exhausted, empty (as a treasury)
Râjat.; (in alg.) subtracted Gol.; n. a kind of mystical circle in the body (cf. {cakra} and {vi-zuddhi-c-});
{-karaNa} mfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous BhP.; {-gAtra-tA} f. the having bright or pure limbs
(a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-cAritra} m. `" of virtuous conduct "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva
SaddhP.; {-tA}, f. (Kâv.), {-tva} n. (S'ank.) purity; {-dhiSaNa} mfn. having the mind purified BhP.; {-dhI}
mfn. id. Râjat.; {-dhIra} mfn. pure and grave Kathâs.; {-netra-tA} f. having the eyes bright (one of the
minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-pArSNi} mfn. having the rear or back protected or covered
Kâm.; {-prakRti} mfn. of pure or virtuous disposition Râjat.; {-bhAva} (R.), {-manas} (Bhartri.) mfn.
pure-minded; {-mugdha} mfn. pñpure and innocent Mâlatîm.; {-rasa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.; {-vaMzya}
mfn. of a pñpure or virtuous family Râjat.; {-sattva} mfn. of a pure character MundUp.; {-sattva-
pradhAna} mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW.; {-sattva-vijJAna} mfn. of pure character
and understanding R.; {-siMha} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {svara-nirghoSA} f. a partic. Dhâranî Buddh.;
{-ddhA7tman} mfn. of a pñpure nature or character MBh. R. &c.; {-ddhe7zvara-tantra} n. N. of a Tantra.
visargaH = creation
vizIrNa* = mfn. broken, shattered &c. ; scattered, dispersed (as an army) R. ; fallen out (as teeth) Ka1v. ;
squandered (as a treasure) MBh. ; rubbed off (as unguent) Ga1rud2aP. ; frustrated (as an enterprise),
S3a1ntis3. ; destroyed (as a town) R. ; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered garments Bhartr2. ;
%{-tA} f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m. ; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent (as urine) BhP. ; %{-paGkti}
mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh. ; %{-parNa} m. Azadirachta Indica L. ; %{-mUrti} mfn. having
the body destroyed (said of Ka1ma-deva) Kum.
vismaarita *= (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Râjat.; caused to be forgotten, lost to memory
BhP.
vismayaH = wonder
vismaya: onder, surprise, amazement, bewilderment, perplexity; pride, arrogance; doubt, uncertainty,
mfn. causing astonishment or admiration, astonishing, wonderful mfn. manifesting pride or arrogance
Hcat.; mfn. filled with astonishment and perplexity Kathâs.; {-harSa-mUla} mfn. caused by
astonishment and Joy MW.; {-yA7kula}, {-yA7nvita} or mfn. filled with astonishment or wonder; mfn.
having eyes wide open or staring with astonishment. \\mfn. amazed, surprised, perplexed MaitrUp.
MBh. &c.; wondered at, surprising R. BhP.; proud, arrogant BhP.; n. and ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.;
{-mAnasa} mfn. surprised or perplexed in mind MW.; {-tA7nana} mfn. having a surprised face ib.
vismitaaH = in wonder
vismrita * = mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.) Kâv.; forgetful of all R. ii,
58, 30; forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Kâlid. Râjat. &c.; {-pUrva-saMskAra} mfn. forgetting a former
promise or resolution MW.; m. N. of Bhava-bhûti L.; {-vat} mfn. one who has forgotten S'ak.;
{-saMskAra} mfn. one who forgets an agreement MW.
visrijan.h = giving up
visrijya* = mfn. to be sent out or let go &c.; to be (or being) produced or effected (as subst. = `" effect "')
BhP.
visrijaami = I create
visrishTa * = mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed, cast,
thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c. ; spat out VP. ; removed TS. ; turned, directed Mr2icch. ; deprived or destitute
of (instr.) BhP. ; spread, diffused AV. ; opened Vait. ; (ifc.) bestowed on Ma1rkP. ; produced, created,
founded R. Ragh. ; n. (in gram.) = %{vi-sarjanIya} Ka1t. ; %{-dhena} (%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or
yielding milk RV. ; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space or room given (to sit down &c.) MW. ; %{-rAti}
(%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts RV. ; %{-vat} mfn. one who has sent out or despatched (messengers)
Katha1s. ; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence A1s3vS3r. ; %{-tA7tman} mfn. one who has
cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self, unselfish R.
vistarashaH = in detail
vistareNa = in detail
vistaarita = expanded
visphuraNai = by emanation
vitan * = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-tanute} (fut. %{-tAyitA} BhP.), to spread out or through or over, cover,
pervade, fill TUp. MBh. &c.; to spread, stretch, extend (a net, snare, cord &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to draw or bend
(a bow) MBh.; to spread out i.e. lay on, impose (a yoke) RV.; to apply (ointment) Ka1v.; to extend, make
wide (with %{tanva4s}, the bodies, = to oppose or resist boldly RV.; with %{padAni}, steps, = to stride
Gi1t.); to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest RV. &c. &c.; to carry out, perform, accomplish (esp. a rite or
ceremony) ib.; to sacrifice Hariv.; to cause, effect, produce Sa1h.; to make, render (two acc.) Prasannar.
vitataH = are spread
vitaana * = mfn. (for 2. see under %{vi-tan}) `" out of tune "' , dejected , sad Ragh. vi , 86 ; empty Harav.
(also in %{av-} S3is3. iii , 50) ; dull , stupid W. ; wicked , abandoned ib. ; %{-nI-bhUta} mfn. being sad or
dejected Ja1takam. // 2 m. n. (for 1. see p. 950 , col. 3) extension , great extent or quantity , mass , heap ,
plenty , abundance Ka1v. VarBr2S. ; high degree Bhartr2. ; manifoldness , variety Gi1t. ; performance ,
accomplishment , development , growth BhP. ; an oblation , sacrifice MBh. S3is3. BhP. ; an awning ,
canopy , cover MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the separate arrangement of the three sacred fires or the separate fires
themselves Gr2S3rS. ; m. or n. (?) a partic. bandage for the head Sus3r. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of
Sattra1yan2a BhP. ; n. N. of a partic. metre or of a class of metres Pin3g. Sch. Col. ; leisure , opportunity
L. ; %{-kalpa} m. N. of a Paris3isht2a belonging to the Atharva-veda Caran2. ; %{-mUlaka} n. the root of
Andropogon Muricatus L. ; %{-vat} mfn. having a canopy or awning Kum.
vitarati = to distribute
vitarka = discernment* = m. conjecture, supposition, guess, fancy, imagination, opinion MBh. Kâv. &c.;
doubt, uncertainty Yogas. Sarvad.; a dubious or questionable matter Yogas.; reasoning, deliberation,
consideration Kâv. Sâh.; purpose, intention Jâtakam.; a teacher, instructor in divine knowledge W.; a
partic. class of Yogis Jâtakam.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; pl. N. of the five principal sins
Jâtakam.; {-padavI} f. the path of conjecture or supposition Prab.; {-vat} mfn. (speech) containing a
cñconjecture or sñsupposition Das'ar.
vitasti * = f. (once in Hcat. m.; prob. fr. {tan}) a partic. measure of length (defined either as a long span
between the extended thumb and little finger, or as the distance between the wrist and the tip of the
fingers, and said to = 12 Angulas or about 9 inches) S'Br. GriS'rS. &c. [963, 1]; {-dezya} mfn. almost a
Vitasti long Râjat.
vitata * = mfn. spread out, extended &c.; diffused, drawn (as a bow-string) RV.; bent (as a bow) R.;
covered, filled Hariv.; prepared (as a road) AV.; extensive, far-spreading, broad, wide ({am} ind.) VS. &c.
&c.; n. any stringed instrument (such as a lute &c.) L.; {-tva} n. extendedness, expansiveness, largeness
Hariv. Pur.; {-dhanvan} mfn. one who has drawn a bow to its full stretch MBh.; {-vapus} mfn. having an
elongated body MW.; {-tA7dhvara} ({vi4-}) mfn. one who has prepared a sacrifice S'Br.; {-tA7yudha}
mfn. = {vitata-dhanvan} MBh.; {-to7tsava} mfn. one who has arranged a festival Kathâs.
vitri = to distribute
vitrishhNaaM = desirelessness
vitta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. {vid}) known, understood (see comp.); celebrated, notorious, famous
for (comp.) Das'. (cf. Pân. 8-2, 58).
vitta4 * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught or seized
by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus'.; ({A}) f. taken, married (as a woman) S'Br.; n. anything found, a find
AitBr.; (in later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance, money, power RV. &c.
&c.; the second astrological mansion VarYogay.
vitta = money
vittakAma* = mfn. desirous of wealth, covetous, avaricious MBh.; {-myA4} ind. (instr. f.) from avarice
AV.
vittada* = m. `" wealth-giver "', benefactor W.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda
MBh.
vittaM = wealth
vitte = wealth
vivaaha = Wedding
vivaahaM = marriage
vivaara* = m. dilation, expansion W.; (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech,
expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the Âbhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate utterance
which take place within the mouth, opp. to {saM-vAra} q.v.) Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.
vivaarayishu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of 1. {R}) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army) MBh.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshaa = choice* = f. (fr. Desid. of {vac}) the wish or desire to speak or declare or teach or express
Sank. Sarvad. &c.; meaning, signification, sense, sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pân. Sch. [986, 3]; the
(mere) wish or intention to speak, uncertainty, doubt, hesitation (`" as to "' comp.) MBh. R.; wish, desire
W.; a question MW.; {--rtham} ({-kSA7r-}) ind. (ifc.) in order to point out or lay stress upon Pân. Sch.;
{-vazAt} ind. according to the meaning (of a speaker or writer) MW.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshase* = (fr. {vakS}, or {vac} or {vah}, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.), occurring only as refrain and
without connection with other words in the hymns of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to Naigh. iii, 3=
{mahat}).
vivakshita* = mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh. R. S'ank.; expressly
meant, to be urged, essential (in {a-viv-}) S'ank.; chief, favourite Kâm.; literal (not figurative) W.; n.
what is wished or intended to be spoken &c.; any desired object or aim ib.; ({A}) f. meaning, purpose,
wish (?) ib.; {-tva} n. the being intended or meant to be said Nîlak.
vivakshitavya* = mfn. to be intended or meant to be said, necessarily meant Nyâyam., Sch {-vakSu4}
mfn. calling or crying aloud AV.; wishing to speak, intending to say or announce or tell or ask anything
(acc., rarely gen., or comp.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; wishing to speak to (acc.) MBh.
vivas'a* = mf({A})n. deprived or destitute of will, powerless, helpless (`" through "' comp.), unwilling,
involuntary, spontaneous (ibc. `" involuntarily "') Mn. &c. &c.; (only W.) unrestrained; independent;
subject; apprehensive of death; desirous of death (as being free from worldly cares); m. a town, suburb
(?) Gal.; pl. v.l. for {viviMza} below VP.; {-tA} f. absence of will, helplessness Râjat.; {-zI-kR}, to render
helpless; {-zI-kRta}, checked (as a carriage in motion) MBh. Râjat. Kathâs.
vivaraNa* = mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or open TPrât. MBh. Sus'r.;
explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, translation, interpretation, specification &c. Pur.
S'ank. Sarvad.; a sentence MW.; N. of wk. on Veda7nta; {-kArikA-bhASya} n. {-catuHsUtrI} f. {-tattva-
dIpana} n. {-darpaNa} m. {-prameya-saMgraha} m. {-prasthAna} n. {-bhAva-prakAzikA} f. {-ratna} n.
{-vraNa} (?) m. {-saMgraha}, m. {-sAra-saMgraha}, m.; {-NA7panyAsa} m. N. of wks.
vivara* = m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also applied to the apertures of the body
and to gaping wounds) RV. &c. &c.; intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kâv. &c.; difference VarBriS.
Ganit.; a breach, fault, flaw, vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kâv.; harm, injury MârkP.; expansion,
opening, widening BhP.; N. of the number, nine "' (cf. above and under {randhra}) MW.; a partic. high
number Buddh.; {-darzaka} mfn. showing one's weak points MBh.; {-nAlika} f. a fife, flute L.; {-rA7nuga}
mfn. seeking after (another's) weak points MBh.; {-re-sad} mfn. abiding in intermediate space, an
inhabitant of the sky Kir.
vivarjitaM = devoid of
vivardhanaaH = increasing
viveka = discrimination
vividha = varied
vividhaH = various
vividhaaH = various
vividhaiH = various
vivikta = to solitary* = mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished, discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP.; isolated,
alone, solitary Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. {cintA-v-}) MBh.; free from (instr. or
comp.) Hariv. Kum.; pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c.; clear, distinct Hariv. Kâm.; discriminative,
judicious ( = {vi-vekin}) L.; profound (as judgment or thought) W.; m. = {vasu-nandana} or {vasu-
nanda} L.; n. separation, solitude, a lonely place (see comp.); clearness, purity MârkP.; {-ga} mfn. going
to a lonely place, seeking solitude Kathâs.; {-carita} mfn. faultless in conduct or behaviour BhP.; {-cetas}
mfn. pure-minded ib.; {-tarka} mfn. clear in reasoning MW.; {-tA} f. separation, isolation, Râjat;
clearness, purity Sus'r.; being well, good health ib.; distinction, discrimination L.; an empty or free place,
loneliness MW.; {-tva} n. solitude Mriicch.; {-dRSTi} mfn. clear-sighted BhP.; {-nAman} m. N. of one of
the 7 sons of Hiranyaretas and of the Varsha ruled by him ib.; {-bhAva} mfn. having a mind separated or
abstracted (from other pursuits), intent on any object W.; {-varNa} mfn. containing letters or syllables
distinctly enunciated MW.; {-zaraNa} (BhP.), {-sevin} (Bhag.) mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude;
{-ktA7sana} mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting at a sequestered place Mn. ii, 215; {-ktI-kRta} mfn.
emptied, cleared Kathâs.; left, deserted Ragh.
vivitsaa* = f. (fr. Desid.) desire of knowing MBh.\\ {vivitsu}, {vividiSu} see p. 964, col. 3.
vivriddhaM = increased
viyogaM *= extermination
viyuj *= P. A1. %{-yunakti} , %{-yuGkte} , to disjoin , detach , divide , separate from or deprive of (instr.
, rarely abl.) AV. &c. &c. ; to part from (instr.) S3am2k. ; (A1.) to forsake , abandon (acc.) Kir. ; to relax ,
abate , yield BhP.: Pass. %{-yujyate} , to be separated from or deprived of , lose (instr.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
to break (a vow instr.) Mn. , v , 91 ; to be relaxed , yield , give way R.: Caus. %{-yojayati} , %{-te} , to
cause to be disjoined , separate or deliver from , deprive of (instr. or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to rob MBh. ;
to subtract Li1l.
viyukta *= mfn. disjoined , detached , separated or delivered from , deprived or destitute of. deserted by
(instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; disunited (as husband and wife) Mn. ix , 102 ; failing , deficient MW. ;
%{-tA} f. (ifc.) the being free from L.
viyuta *= mfn. separated from , deprived of (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; not being in conjunction with
(comp.) VarBr2S. ; diminished , that from which something has been subtracted Su1ryas. ; (%{A}) f.
du.'the two separated ones "' , heaven and earth RV. iii , 54 , 7 ; %{-tA7rthaka} mfn. void of meaning , L-
vraaja m. (for 2. see below) going, movement, motion MW.* = 2 m. (for 1. see above) = 2. {vraja4}, a
troop, host, band ({am} ind. in troops) AV.; a domestic cock L.
vraata = disciplined course* = m. (connected with 1. {vR}, or with {vrata4} and 2. {vR}) a multitude,
flock, assemblage, troop, swarm, group, host ({vrA4taM} {vrAtam}, in companies or troops; {pa4Jca
vrA4tAs}, the five races of men), association, guild RV. &c. &c.; the company or attendants at a marriage
feast W.; = {manuSya} Naigh. ii, 3; the descendant of an out-caste Brâhman &c. (= {vrAtya}) L.; n.
manual or bodily labour, day-labour ib.
vraja = go* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering, roaming W. \\2 m. (n. only RV.
v, 6, 7; ifc. f. {A}; fr. {vRj}) a fold, stall, cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of herdsmen RV. &c.
&c.; m. N. of the district around Agra and Mathurâ (the abode of Nanda, of Kriishna's foster-father, and
scene of Kriishna's juvenile adventures; commonly called Braj; cf. {vRji}) Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm,
troop, host, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c. ({saMgrAmaH savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' MârkP.; {vrajo
girimayaH}, prob. = {giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a cloud (= {megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a son of Havir-dhâna
Hariv. VP.
vrajana *= n. going , travelling (%{anyatra} , `" elsewhere "') Pan5cat. ii 62/63 going into exile ib. iii ,
268 (v.l. %{pra-vrajana}) ; a road , way RV. vii , 3 , 2 ; m. N. of as one of Aja-mi1d2ha and brother of
Jahnu (considered as one of the ancestors of Kus3ika) MBh.
vrajeta = walks
vrata = austerities* = n. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. 2. {vR}) will, command, law, ordinance, rule RV.; obedience,
service ib. AV. Âs'vGri.; dominion, realm RV.; sphere of action, function, mode or, manner of life (e.g.
{zuci-vr-}, pure manner of life "' S'ak.), conduct, manner, usage, custom RV. &c. &c.; a religious vow or
practice, any pious observance, meritorious act of devotion or austerity, solemn vow, rule, holy practice
(as fasting, continence &c.; {vrata4M-car}, to observe a vow "', esp., `" to practise chastity "') ib.; any vow
or firm purpose, resolve to (dat. loc., or comp.; {vratAt}, or {vrata-vazAt}, `" in consequence of a vow "';
cf. {asi-dhArA-vrata} and {AsidhAraM vratam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the practice of always eating the same
food (cf. {madhu-vr-}) L.; the feeding only on milk (as a fast or observance according to rule; also the
milk itself) VS. Br. KâtyS'r.; any food (in {a-yAcita-vr-} q.v.); = {mahA-vrata} (i.e. a partic. Stotra, and the
day for it) Br. S'rS "'; (with gen. or ifc.) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. (L. also `" month; season; year; fire; `" =
Vishnu; `" N. of one of the seven islands of Antara-dvîpa "'); ({vra4ta}) m. (of unknown meaning) AV. v,
1, 7 ÂpS'r. xiii, 16, 8; N. of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; (pl.) N. of a country belonging to Prâcya L.;
mfn. = {veda-vrata}, one who has taken the vow of learning the Veda Griihyâs. ii, 3 (Sch.)
vrataaH = avowed
vridh* cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. xviii, 20) {va4rdhate} (Ved. and ep. also {-ti}; pf. {vava4rdha}, {vavRdhe} RV. &c.
&c. [Ved. also {vA7vR-}; {vavRdhAti}, {-dhItA4s}, {-dha4sva} RV.; {vAvRdhe4te} RV.; p. {vA8vRdha4t}
RV. AV.; aor. Ved. {avRdhat}, {vRdhAtas}, {-dhAtu}; p. {vRdha4t}, {-dhAna4}]; {avardhiSTa} MBh. &c.;
Prec. {vardhiSIma4hi} VS.; fut. {vardhitA} Gr.; {vartsyati} Kâv.; {vardhiSyate} Gr.; inf. Ved. {vRdhe} [`"
for increase "', `" to make glad "'], {vRdha4se}, {vAvRdha4dhyai}; Class. {vardhitum}; ind. p. {vRddhvA},
or {vardhitvA} Gr.; in MBh. {vRdh} is sometimes confounded with 1. {vRt}), trans. P., to increase,
augment, strengthen, cause to prosper or thrive RV. AV. S'Br. MBh.; to elevate, exalt, gladden, cheer,
exhilarate (esp. the gods, with praise or sacrifice) RV.; (intrans. Â.; in Ved. P. in pf. and aor.; in Class. P.
in aor. fut. and cond.; also P. m. c. in other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or extended,
become longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed RV. &c. &c.; to rise, ascend (as the scale in ordeals)
Yâjñ. Sch.; to be exalted or elevated, feel animated or inspired or excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in regard
to (dat.), become joyful, have cause for congratulation ({vRdhaH}, {-dhat} in sacrificial formulas = `"
mayest thou or may he prosper "'; in later language often with {diStyA}) RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
{vardha4yati}, {-te} (in later language also {vardhApayati}; aor. Ved. {avIvRdhat}, {-dhata}), to cause to
increase or grow, augment, increase, make larger or longer, heighten, strengthen, further, promote (Â. `"
for one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to rear, cherish, foster, bring up ib.; to elevate, raise to power, cause to
prosper or thrive AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; to exalt, magnify, glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful, gladden (Â. in
Ved. also= to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in [instr.], enjoy RV. &c. &c.; (with. or scil. {diSTyA}) to
congratulate Kâd.; (cl. 10. accord. to Dhâtup. xxxiii, 109) `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' ({bhASA7rthe} or
{bhAsA7rthe}): Desid. of Caus. see {vivardhayiSu}: Desid. {vivardhiSate} or {vivRtsati} Gr.: Intens.
{varivRdhyate}, {varivRdhIti} ib.
vriddhatA * f. = {-tva} MBh.; (ifc.) pre-eminence in (e.g. {jJAna-v-}, `" in knowledge "') Prab
vriddha = aged
vrijina * = mf({A})n. bent, crooked (lit. and fig.), deceitful, false, wicked RV. &c. &c.; disastrous,
calamitous MBh. ii, 857; m. curled hair, hair L.; ({A4}) f. deceit, intrigue, guile AV.; n. id. RV. AV. TBr.;
sin, vice, wickedness MBh. Kâv. &c.; distress, misery, affliction BhP.; red leather L.
vvrika = wolf
vriksha = tree* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. connected with 2. {bRh}, `" to grow "', or with 1. {bRh}, `" to root
up "', or with {vrasc}, as `" that which is felled "') a tree, (esp.) any tree bearing visible flowers and fruit
(see Mn. i, 47; but also applied to any tree and other plants, often = wood see comp.) RV. &c. &c.; the
trunk of a tree RV. i, 130, 4; a coffin AV. xviii, 2, 25; the staff of a bow RV. AV.; a frame (see comp.);
Wrightia Antidysenterica Sus'r.; a stimulant L.
vrnda = bunches, clusters, groups, heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number, quantity, aggregation
vrinda * = n. (fr. 1. %{vR} ?) a heap , multitude , host , flock , swarm , number , quantity , aggregation
(%{vRndaM@vRndam} , %{vRndais} , or %{vRndavRndais} , in separate groups , in flocks or crowds)
Naigh. MBh. &c. ; a bunch , cluster (of flowers or berries &c.) BhP. ; achorus of singers and musicians
Sam2gi1t. ; a partic. high number (100 ,000 millions) L. ; m. a tumour in the throat Sus3r. ; a partic. high
number (1 ,000 millions) A1ryabh. ; (with Jainas) a partic. S3akti L. (prob. %{vRndA}) ; N. of a medical
author Bhpr. ; (%{A}) f. sacred basil (= %{tulasI}) Cat. ; N. of Ra1dha1 (Kr2ishn2a's mistress) Pan5car.
Vr2ishabha1n. ; of the wife of Jalam2-dhara (daughter of king Keda1ra) L. ; mfn. numerous , many ,
much , all W.
vriNute = chooses
vrishhTi = rain
vrishNi * = mfn. manly, strong, powerful, mighty RV.; angry, passionate L.; heretical, heterodox L.; m. a
ram VS. TS. S'Br.; a bull L.; a ray of light L.; air, wind L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of Vishnu-Kriishna L.; of Indra
L.; of Agni L.; of various kings Hariv. Pur.; pl. N. of a tribe or family (from which Kriishna is descended,
= {yAdava} or {mAdhava}; often mentioned together with the Andhakas) MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.
vrita * = 1 mfn. concealed, screened, hidden, enveloped, surrounded by, covered with (instr. or comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; stopped, checked, held back, pent up (as rivers) RV.; filled or endowed or provided or
affected with (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vrita4 * = 2 mfn. chosen, selected, preferred, loved, liked, asked in marriage &c. RV. &c. &c.; n. a treasure,
wealth (= {dhana}) L.
vrit.h = to exist
vritta = desire
vritti * =f. rolling, rolling down (of tears) S'ak. iv, 5; 14; mode of life or conduct, course of action,
behaviour, (esp.) moral conduct, kind or respectful behaviour or treatment (also v.l. for {vRtta}) GriS'rS.
Mn. MBh. &c.; general usage, common practice, rule Prât.; mode of being, nature, kind, character,
disposition ib. Kâv.; state, condition Tattvas.; being, existing, occurring or appearing in (loc. or comp.)
Lâthy. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; practice, business, devotion or addiction to, occupation with (often ifc. `"
employed about "', `" engaged in "', `" practising "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; profession, maintenance, subsistence,
livelihood (often ifc.; cf. {uJcha-v-}; {vRttiM-kR} or {klRp} [Caus.] with instr., `" to live on or by "'; with
gen., `" to get or procure a maintenance for "'; only certain means of subsistence are allowed to a
Brâhman see Mn. iv, 4-6) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; wages, hire, Pañcav.; working, activity, function MaitrUp.
Kap. Veda7ntas. &c.; mood (of the mind) Veda7ntas.; the use or occurrence of a word in a partic. sense
(loc.), its function or force Pân. Sâh. Sch. on KâtyS'r. &c.; mode or measure of pronunciation and
recitation (said to be threefold, viz. {vilambitA}, {madhyamA}, and {drutA} q.v.) Prât.; (in gram.) a
complex formation which requires explanation or separation into its parts (as distinguished from a
simple or uncompounded form e.g. any word formed with Kriit or Taddhita affixes, any compound and
even duals and plurals which are regarded as Dvandva compounds, of which only one member is left,
and all derivative verbs such as desideratives &c.); style of composition (esp. dram. style, said to be of
four kinds, viz. 1. Kais'ikî, 2. Bhâratî 3. Sâtvatî, 4. Ârabhathî, qq.vv.; the first three are described as suited
to the S'riingâra, Vîra, and Raudra Rasas respectively, the last as common to all) Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; (in
rhet.) alliteration, frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds enumerated, scil. {madhurA},
{prau9DhA}, {puruSA}, {lalitA}, and {bhadrA}) Das'ar., Introd.; final rhythm of a verse (= or v.l. for
{vRtta} q.v.); a commentary, comment, gloss, explanation (esp. on a Sûtra); N. of the wife of a Rudra
BhP.
vrittii = tendancy
vrithaa = (indecl) wanton, uselessly, idly; * = ind. (prob. connected with 2. {vR} at will, at pleasure, at
random, easily, lightly, wantonly, frivolously RV. Br. Gobh. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; in vain, vainly, uselessly,
fruitlessly, idly TBr. &c. &c. (with {kR}, `" to make useless "', disappoint, frustrate; with {bhU}, `" to be
useless "', be disappointed or frustrated); wrongly, falsely, incorrectly, unduly MBh. Kâv. &c.
vriN * = cl. 8. P. Â. {vRNoti}, {vRNute}, to consume, eat Dhâtup. xxx, 6 (Vop.); cl. 6. P. {vRNati}, to
please, gratify, exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.
vyaadhi = disease
vyaadhii = illness
vyaaharan.h = vibrating
vyaakship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to stretch out (the hand &c.) MBh.; to shoot off(an arrow) ib.,; to
carry away, captivate (the mind) R. Pañcat.
vyaakshipta * = mfn. stretched out &c.; (ifc.) filled with, full of VarBriS.; {-manas} (Pañcat.), {-hRdaya}
(R.) mfn. having the mind or heart carried away or captivated or distracted.
vyaala = elephant
vyaamishreNa = by equivocal
vyaana = one of the vital airs, circulates energy all over the body
vyaaptaM = pervaded
vyaapya = pervading
vyaahrita * = mfn. spoken , uttered , said , told , declared , stated VS. &c , &c. ; one who has uttered a
sound R. ; eaten , devoured Ja1takam. ; n. speaking , talking , conversation Ka1v. BhP. ; information ,
instruction , direction Pa1n2. 5-4 , 35 ; inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh. Hariv. ;
%{-saMdeza} mfn. one who tells news or communicates information MW.
vyaasaH = Vyasa
vyaasa* = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation), ÂPrât.;
extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and {-tas} ind. in detail, at length, fully) MBh.
Sus'r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S'ulbas. VarBriS.; `" distributing, disjoining "'N. of the
Pada-pâthha or, disjoined text "' Aprât.; `" arranger, compiler "'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and
author (often called Veda-vyâsa and regarded as the original compiler and arranger of the Vedas,
Veda7nta-sûtras &c.; he was the son of the sage Parâs'ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vîrya
and Bhîshma; he was also called Vâdarâyana or Baldarâyana, and Kriishna from his dark complexion,
and Dvaipâyana because he was brought forth by Satyavatî on a Dvîpa or island in the Jumnâ; when
grown up he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to
become the husband of Vicitra-vîrya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind
Dhriita-râshthra and of Pându; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl, and of S'uka, the
supposed narrator of the Bhâgavata-Purâna, he was also the supposed compiler of the Mahâ-bhârata, the
Purânas, and other portions of Hindû sacred literature; but the name Vyâsa seems to have been given to
any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373 &c.; a Brâhman who recites or
expounds the Purânas &c. in public (= {pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyacas * = n. expanse, capacity, compass RV. AV. VS.; wide space, free scope, room RV. AV. S'Br.
({vyacas-kR}, to dilate, expand, open Kaus'.)
vyadaarayat.h = shattered
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk (often du.)
Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanacaamara* = n. the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a whisk or fan, a chowry (cf.
{vyajanacAmara}).
vyaahri* = P.Â. {-harati}, {-te}, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to (acc.), converse with
({saha}), name (with {nAmabhis}, to call by name; with {praznAn}, to answer questions; with
{udAharANi}, to state examples) TBr. &c. &c.; to begin to talk (said of a child) MBh.; to confess, avow to
(gen.) ib.; to utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of animals) KâtyS'r.; to sport, enjoy one's self
(exceptionally for {vi-hR}) BhP.; to cut off, sever MBh. vi, 2757 (B. {vi-hR}): Desid. {-jihIrSati}, to wish
to pronounce or utter S'Br.
vyaahrita* = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.; one who has uttered a sound
R.; eaten, devoured Jâtakam.; n. speaking, talking, conversation Kâv. BhP.; information, instruction,
direction Pân. 5-4, 35; inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh. Hariv.; {-saMdeza} mfn.
one who tells news or communicates information MW.
vyaahriti* = f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement MBh. Kâlid. VarBriS.; (also {-tI}; ifc. {-tikA}), the
mystical utterance of the names of the seven worlds (viz. {bhUr}, {bhuvar} [or {bhuvaH}], {svar},
{mahar}, {janar}, {tapar}, {satya} [qq. vv.] the first three of which, called, the great Vyâhriitis "', are
pronounced after {om} by every Brâhman in commencing his daily prayers and are personified as the
daughters of Savitrii and Priis'ni) TS. Br. RTL. 403 Mn. ii, 76 MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; {-traya} n.
the first three of the above mystical words MW.; {-pUrvaka} mfn. preceded by the above three mystical
words ib.
vyaasa *: m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation), A1Pra1t.;
extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and %{-tas} ind. in detail, at length, fully)
MBh. Sus3r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S3ulbas. VarBr2S.; `" distributing, disjoining
"'N. of the Pada-pa1t2ha or, disjoined text "' Apra1t.; `" arranger, compiler "'N. of a celebrated mythical
sage and author (often called Veda-vya1sa and regarded as the original compiler and arranger of the
Vedas, Veda7nta-su1tras &c.; he was the son of the sage Para1s3ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of
Vicitra-vi1rya and Bhi1shma; he was also called Va1dara1yan2a or Baldara1yan2a, and Kr2ishn2a from
his dark complexion, and Dvaipa1yana because he was brought forth by Satyavati1 on a Dvi1pa or island
in the Jumna1; when grown up he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his
mother's request returned to become the husband of Vicitra-vi1rya's two childless widows, by whom he
was the father of the blind Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and of Pa1n2d2u; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by
a slave girl, and of S3uka, the supposed narrator of the Bha1gavata-Pura1n2a, he was also the supposed
compiler of the Maha1-bha1rata, the Pura1n2as, and other portions of Hindu1 sacred literature; but the
name Vya1sa seems to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW.
371 n. 2; 373 &c.; a Bra1hman who recites or expounds the Pura1n2as &c. in public (= %{pAThaka-
brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk (often du.)
Mn. MBh. &c.
vyakta = made known* = mfn. adorned, embellished, beautiful RV.; caused to appear, manifested,
apparent, visible, evident ({am}, ind. apparently, evidently, certainly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; developed, evolved
(see below); distinct, intelligible (see {-vAc}); perceptible by the senses (opp. to {a-vyakta},
transcendental) MBh. BhP.; specified, distinguished L.; specific, individual L.; hot L.; wise, learned Lalit.;
m. heat L.; a learned man L.; an initiated monk S'îl.; `" the manifested One "'N. of Vishnu MW.; of one of
the 11 Gana7dhipas (with Jainas); n. (in Sânkhya) `" the developed or evolved "' (as the product of
{a-vyakta} q.v.), Sankhyak. (cf. IW. 82); {-kRtya} n. a public action or deed Râjat.; {-gaNita} n.
calculation with known numbers, arithmetic IW. 176, n. 3; {-gandhA} f. (only L.) long pepper; jasmine; a
species of Sanseviera; Clitoria Ternatea; {-tA} f. or {-tva} n. distinctness, manifestation (instr. `" clearly,
distinctly "'; acc. with {gam}, `" to appear "') Up. Kathâs.; {-tAraka} mfn. having clear stars MW.;
{-darzana} mfn. one who has attained to right knowledge R.; {-dRSTA7rtha} mfn. perceiving or
witnessing a transaction with one's own eyes, a witness L.; {-bhuj} mfn. consuming all manifested or
visible things (said of time) MW.; {-maya} mf({I})n. relating to what is perceptible by the senses MBh.;
{-mAricika} mfn. much peppered Car.; {-rasa} mfn. having a perceptible taste ({tA} f.) Sus'r.; {-rAzi} m.
(in arithm.) known or absolute quantity; {-rUpa} m. `" having a manifested form "'N. of Vishnu MW.;
{-rUpin} mfn. having a discernible shape ib.; {-lakSman} mfn. having evident sings or marks, clearly
characterized W.; {-lavaNa} mfn. much salted Car.; {-vAc} f. a clear or distinct speech Pân. 1-3, 48;
{-vikrama} mfn. displaying valour MW.; {-tA7vadhUta} mfn. one who has publicly shaken off worldly
ties (opp. to {guptA7v-} q.v.) W.; {-to7dita} mfn. spoken clearly or plainly MW. [1029,3]
vyaktiM = personality
vyaktitva = personality
vyalIka * = mfn. very false or untruthful , lying , hypocritical (%{am} ind.) Amar. BhP. ; disagreeable ,
painful , offensive , strange MW. ; improper or unfit to be done MW. ; not false , S3ls3. ; = %{vyaJgya} L.
; m. = %{nAgara} L. ; a catamite MW. ; n. anything displeasing ib. ; any cause of pain or uneasiness ib. ;
pain , grief. MBh. Ka1v. Pur. &c. ; a falsehood , lie , fraud (also pl.) Ka1v. Pur. &c. ; transgression , offence
, misdeed Ratna7v. Ja1takam. ; = %{vailakSya} L. ; reverse , contrariety , inversion MW. ; %{-tA} f. or
%{-tva} n. disagreeableness , painfulness MW. ; impropriety , displeasure ib. ; %{-niHzvAsa} m. a sigh of
pain or sorrow Kum.
vyalla * = mischievous, wicked, vicious; prodigal, extravagant, a vicious elephant, Kav.; a beast of prey; a
snake; a lion L.; a tiger L.; a hunting leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.; the second
{dRkANa} (q.v.) in Cancer, the first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces; a kind of metre Col.; of the
number `" eight; N. of a man a female snake
vyañj* = P.Â. {-anakti}, {-aGkte}, (Â.) to anoint thoroughly RV.; to decorate, adorn, beautify ib.; (P. Â.) to
cause to appear, manifest, display RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {-ajyate}, to be manifested or expressed RV. Ragh.
Pañcat.: Caus. {-aJjayati}, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or manifest Mn. MBh. &c.
vyañjana* = mfn. manifesting, indicating Hariv. (v.l. {vyaJcana}); m. (once for n.; cf. below) a consonant
VPrât.; Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; = {vAditra-karman} L.; ({A}) f. (in rhet.) implied indication,
allusion, suggestion Sâh. Pratâp.; a figurative expression ({-nA-vRtti} f. figurative style) W.; n.
decoration, ornament RV. viii, 78, 2; manifestation, indication Sus'r. Râjat.; allusion, suggestion (= {A}
f.), Sah. Âs'vS'r. Sch.; figurative expression, irony, sarcasm W.; specification Nir.; a mark, badge, spot,
sign, token ÂpS'r. R. Kathâs. &c.; insignia, paraphernalia Kâv.; symptom (of a disease) Cat.; mark of sex
or gender (as the beard, breasts &c.), the private organs (male or female) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; anything
used in cooking or preparing food, seasoning, sauce, condiment MBh. R. &c.; a consonant Prât. S'rS. &c.;
a syllable VPrât. (cf. {hInavy-}); the letter (as opp. to {arha}, `" meaning "') Mahâv.; a limb, member, part
L.; a day L.; purification of a sacrificial animal (also m. and {A} f.) L.; a fan L. (w.r. for {vyajana});
{-kAra} m. the preparer of a sauce or condiment MBh.; {-guNa} (?) m. N. of wk. on condiments in
cookery; {-saMgama} m. a collection or group of consonants MW.; {-saMdhi} m. (in gram.) the junction
of consonants ib.,; {-saMnipAta} m. a falling together or conjunction of consonants ib.; {-sthAne} ind. in
the place of sauce or seasoning ib.; {-hArI7kA} f. N. of a female demon supposed to remove the hair of a
womañs pudenda MârkP.; {-no7daya} mfn. followed by a consonant MW.; {-no7padha} mfn. preceded by
a cñconsonant ib.
vyañjita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly manifested or made visible; {-vRtti-bheda} mfn. having various
actions manifested MW.
vyas * = 2 %{as} P. %{-asyati} (ep. pf. %{vivyAsa} as if fr. a %{vyas}), to throw or cast asunder or about
or away, throw (effort) into, divide, separate, dispose, arrange [1035,1]; scatter, disperse; expel, remove
RV. &c.&c.
vyathA* = f. agitation, perturbation, alarm, uneasiness, pain, anguish, fear MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(%{vyathAM-kR}, either, `" to cause pain "' or `" to feel pain "'); loss, damage, ill-luck S3Br. VarBr2S.;
(with %{hRdi} or %{hRdaye}), palpitation, throbbing of the heart Sus3r.
vyathana * = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration,
change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (=
%{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathana* = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration,
change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (=
%{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyatitarishhyati = surpasses
vyatikara* = 1 mfn. acting reciprocally, reciprocal W.; m. reciprocity, reciprocal action or relation ib.;
contact, contiguity, union (ifc. = joined with, spreading through or over, pervading) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.)
taking to, accomplishing, performing Amar. Das'. Râjat.; incident, opportunity Nalac.; reverse,
misfortune, calamity, accident, fatality Hcar. Pañcat. Kathâs. [1030,1]; destruction, end BhP.\\* =2 m.
mixing or blending together, mixture MBh. BhP.; a confusing (or striking) resemblance Jâtakam.; {-vat}
mfn. mixed, of contrary kind or nature Mcar.
vyatta = open
vyathaa = trouble
vyathishhThaaH = be disturbed
vyapades'a = (m) mention, name* = m. representation, designation, information, statement RPrât. S'rS.
&c.: a name, title Uttarar.; a family, race S'ak.; summons (of an army) R.; appeal to (gen.) Pañcat.; talk,
speech MBh. iii, 8665 (Nîlak.); a partic. form of speech MW.; fame, renown (see comp.); fraud,
stratagem, pretext, excuse ({ena}, under pretext or excuse [also {-tas}] ifc. = under the pretext of) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; {-vat} mfn. having a partic. designation or name (with {pitR-tas}, designated by the name of the
father) Pat.; {-zA7rtham} ind. for the purpose of (acquiring) renown Mn. vii, 168. {-apadezaka} mfn.
designating, indicating BhP.
vyapeta * = mfn. gone apart or asunder, separated MBh.; passed away, disappeared, ceased Mn. MBh.
&c.; (ifc.) opposed to Yâjñ.; {-kalmaSa} mfn. having taint or guilt removed, free from sin Mn. iv, 260;
{-ghRNa} mfn. devoid of compassion, pitiless Amar.; {-dhairya} mfn. one who has abandoned firmness
MBh.; {-bhaya} or {-bhI} mfn. free from fear ib.; {-mada-matsara} mfn. free from infatuation and
selfishness Yâjñ.; {-harSa} mfn. devoid of joy R.
vyasu * = mf({u})n. lifeless, dead MBh. BhP. S'is'. Râjat.; {-tva} n. loss of life VarBriS.
vyavasitaa = engaged
vyavasthitaan.h = situated
vyartha* = mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {vi+artha}) useless, unavailing, unprofitable, vain MBh. &c. &c.; deprived or
devoid of property or money Pañcat.; excluded from, having no right (instr.) Âpast.; unmeaning,
inconsistent Hariv. Kâvya7d.; = {-tha-nAmaka} below MBh.; ({am}) ind. uselessly, in vain, without
having effected one's object Kâv. Pañcat. &c.; {-tA} f. uselessness ({-tAM-yA}, or {gam}, to become
useless) Pañcat. Kusum.; absence of meaning, nonsense R.; falseness MBh.; inoffensiveness MW.; {-tva}
n. absence of meaning, contradictoriness Kâvya7d. Sch.; {-nAmaka} or {-nAman} mfn. having a name
inconsistent with one's character MBh.; {-yatna} mfn. useless in its efforts Hit.; {-thIkR} P. {-karoti}, to
make useless or superfluous Prab. Kâd. k; {-thI-bhU} P. {-bhavati}, to become useless Naish. Kâd.
vyashema = ?
vyasana = addiction * = vyasana n. moving to and fro, wagging (of a tail) Pân. 3-1, 20, Vartt. 3; throwing
(effort) into, assiduity, industry Bhartri. Subh.; separation, individuality W.; attachment or devotion or
addiction to (loc. or comp.), passion, (esp.) evil passion, sin, crime, vice (said to arise either from love of
pleasure or from anger; eight are enumerated under the first head, vix. {mRgayA}, {dyUta} or {akSa},
{divA-svapna}, {parivAda}, {striyaH}, {mada}, {taurya-trika}, {vRthA7tyA}; and eight under the second,
viz. {paizunya}, {sAhasa}, {droha}, {irSyA}, {asUyA} {artha-dUSaNa} {vAkpAruSya}, {daNDa-pAruSya},
qq.vv.) Mn. vii, 47, 48 MBh. &c.; favourite pursuit or occupation, hobby MBh. Pañcat. Râjat.; evil
predicament or plight, disaster, accident, evil result, calamity, misfortune ({vyasanAni} pl. misfortunes),
ill-luck, distress, destruction, defeat, fall, ruin Mn. MBh. &c.; setting (of sun or moon) Mriicch. S'ak.;
fruitless effort L.; punishment, execution (of criminals) MW.; incompetence, inability W.; air, wind ib.;
tale-bearing L.; {-kAla} m. time of need Subh.; {prasArita-kara} mfn. having the hand stretched forth for
(inflicting) calamity Hit.; {-prahArin} mfn. inflicting calamity, giving trouble or pain W.; {-prA7pti} f.
occurrence of calamity Sâh.; {-brahmacArin} m. a companion of adversity, fellow-sufferer Mudr.;
{-mahA7rNava} m. a sea of troubles Mriicch.; {-rakSin} mfn. preserving from calamity R. Kathâs.; {-vat}
mfn. one who has had ill-luck with (comp.) Kâm.; {-vAgurA} f. the net or snare of adversity R.;
{-saMstkita} mfn. one who indulges in any whim or favourite fancy Pañcat.; {-nA7krAnta-tva} n.
distressful condition, grievous distress MW.; {-nA7gama} m. approach of calamity S'ukas.; {-nA7tibhAra}
mfn. weighed down or overburdened with misfortunes MW.; {-nA7tyaya} m. the passing away of
calamity or distress BhP.; {-nA7nantaram} ind. immediately after misfortune Kâv.; {-nA7pAta} m. (=
{-nA7gama}) Râjat.; {-nA7vApa} m. receptacle or abode of calamity BhP.; {-nA7nvita} or {-nA7pluta}
mfn. involved in or overwhelmed with cñcalamity MW.; {-nA7rta} mfn. afflicted by calamity, suffering
pain L.; {-no7tsava} m. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy &c. VarBriS.; {-no7daya} m. the rising or
approaching of misfortune Pañcat.; mfn. followed by or resulting in calamities MBh.
vyuuDhaaM = arranged
vyUha* = 1 m. placing apart, distribution, arrangement R. VarBriS. &c.; orderly arrangement of the parts
of a whole (cf. {caraNa-vy-}), disposition Nyâyas.; military array, an army, host, squadron (various arrays
are {daNDa-}, `" staff-like array "'; {zakaTa-}, `" cart array "'; {varAha-}, `" boar array "'; {maNDala-}, `"
circular arñarray; {A-saMhata-}, `" loose arñarray "'; {AkheTa-vyUha}, `" hunting array "' &c.) Mn. vii,
187 MBh. &c.; shifting, transposition, displacement S'Br. S'rS.; separation, resolution (of vowels,
syllables &c.) RPrât.; detailed explanation or description SaddhP.; a section, division, chapter Sarvad.;
form, manifestation (esp. the quadruple manifestation of Purusho7ttama as Vâsudeva, Sankarshana,
Pradyumna, and Aniruddha), appearance (often ifc. after numerals cf. {catur-}, {trir-vy-}) MBh. BhP.
Sarvad.; formation, structure, manufacture L.; an aggregate, flock, multitude Vâs. S'atr.; the body W.;
breathing Nyâyas.; {pArSNi} m. or f. {-pRSTha} n. the rear of an army L.; {-bhaGga} m. {-bheda} m. the
breaking of an array, throwing into, disorder W.; {-racanA} f. arrangement of troops ({-naM vi-dhA}, `"
to assume a warlike attitude "') Pañcat.; 1. {-rAja} m. the chief or best form of military array MBh.;
{-hA7ntara} m. a different arrangement or position MW. \\2 m. reasoning, logic (= {tarka}) L.; {-mati}
m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; -2. {-rAja} m. a partic. Samâdhi SaddhP.; N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib. ({-je7ndrA}
f. N. of a Kin-narî Kârand.)
vyomachaariNaH = the people who wander over the sky (and `pAtAla'\&bhUtala')
vyoman * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un. iv, 150 fr. {vye} accord. to others fr. {vi-av} or
{ve}) heaven, sky, atmosphere, air ({vyomnA}, {vyoma-mArgeNa} or {-vartmanA}, `" through the air "')
RV. &c. &c.; space Kap.; ether (as an element) Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; wind or air (of the body) BhP.; water L.;
talc, mica L.; a temple sacred to the sun L.; a partic. high number L.; the 10th astrol. mansion VarBriS.;
preservation, welfare TS. (= {rakSaNa} Sch.); m. a partic. Eka7ha S'rS.; N. of Prajâ-pati or the Year
(personified) TS. VS. (Mahîdh.); of Vishnu Vishn.; of a son of Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. {vyoma}).
yaabhiH = by which
yaachaka = begger
yaacana * = begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking, soliciting,
request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaac * = cl. 1. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxi, 3) for {yA4cati}, {-te} (usually Â. in sense of `" asking for one's self "'; pf.
{yayAca} Gr., {yayAce} Br. &c.; aor. {ayAcIt}, {-ciSTa} Subj. {yAciSat}, {-SAmahe} RV.; Prec. {yAcyAt}
Gr.; fut. {yAcitA} ib.; {yAciSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {yAcitum} AV. &c.; ind. p. {yAcitvA}, {-yA4cya} Br.
&c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require, implore (with double acc.; or with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the
thing asked may also be in acc. with {prati}, or in dat., or ibc. with {arthe}, or {artham}) RV. &c. &c.;
(with {pu4nar}) to ask anything back TBr.; (with {kanyAm}) to be a suitor for a girl, to ask a girl in
marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for ({kRte} or {arthe}; also with {vivAhA7rtham}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to
offer or tender anything (acc.) to (dat.) AV.; to promise (?) ib.: Pass. {yAcyate}, to be asked (`" for "', acc.;
rarely of things) MBh. Kâv. &c.; Caus. {yAca4yati} ({-te} AV.; aor. {ayayAcat} Pân. 7-4, 2), to cause to ask
or woo MBh.; to request anything (acc.) for ({arthe}) Pañcat.: Desid. {yiyAciSate} Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3
Pat.: Intens. {yAyAcyate}, {yAyAkti} Gr.
yaacaka* = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({I}) f. a female beggar MBh.
yaacana* = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking, soliciting,
request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaacita* = mfn. asked, begged (borrowed) Mn. MBh. &c.; solicited or asked for (anything, aoc.),
entreated, importuned ib.; asked in marriage Vet.; required, requisite, necessary MW.; n. alms obtained
by begging L.
yaacñA *= f. begging, asking for (comp.), asking alms, mendicancy, any petition or request, prayer,
entreaty TS. &c. &c. ({yAcJAM-kR}, to fulfil a request); the being a suitor, making an offer of marriage
Kathâs.
yaacya* = mfn. to be asked (esp. for alms) Mn. viii, 181 &c.; to be wooed ({-tA} f.) MBh.; to be required
ib. Hariv.; n. asking, making a request MBh.
yaadrik.h = as it is
yaaji = worshiper
yaaksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {yakska}) belonging or peculiar to the Yakshas Sânkhyak. Sch
yaa4ma * = 1 m. (for 2. see below, for 3. see p. 851, col. 3) motion, course, going, progress RV. AV. Br.; a
road, way, path ib.; a carriage, chariot RV.; (ifc. f. {A}) a night-watch, period or watch of 3 hours, the 8th
part of a day Mn. MBh. &c.; pl. N. of a partic. class of gods MBh. Hariv. Pur. ({yama-syA7rkaH} w.r. for
{yam-} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dbarma or Manu; sometimes written {yAmi})
Hariv. Pur.; of an Apsaras Hariv. \\yAma * = 2 in comp. for 2. {yA4man}. \\ * = 3 m. ( {yam}; for 1. 2.
{yAma} see p. 850, col. 1) cessation, end TS.; restraint, forbearance (= {yama}, {saMyama}) L.;
({yAma4}) mf({I4})n. (fr. {yama}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or derived
from or destined for Yama Br. Kaus'. Mn.; n. N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
yaamini = night
yaanti = undergo
yaana* = mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a path,
course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding,
marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a
vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the
vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are either 3
systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more
generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "';
sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP.
Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yaat * = 1 mfn. (nom. {yAn}, {yAtI}, or {yAntI}, {yAt}; for 2. {yAt} see p. 851, col. 1) going, moving &c. (in
RV. i, 32, 15, `" travelling "', as opp. to {a4va-sita}, `" resting "').
yaatana* = n. (2. %{yat}) requital, retaliation, return (with %{vairasya}, revenge, vengeance) MBh.;
(%{A}) f. see next.
yaatanaa * = f. id. (%{-nAM-dA}, to make requital, revenge; %{vaira-y-}, vengeance; cf. above) MBh.
Hariv. Pan5cat.; acute pain, torment, agony, (esp.) punishment inflicted by Yama, the pains of hell (in
BhP. personified as the daughter of %{bhaya} and %{mRtyu}, Fear and Death) Mn. MBh. &c.
yaati = goes
yaatraa = maintenance
yaatudhaana * = m. = {yAtu}, a kind of evil spirit or demon ({I} f.) RV. &c. &c.; {-kSa4yaNa} mfn.
yaatu * = m. one who goes, a traveller L.; `" going against, attack (?) "', sorcery, witchcraft RV. AV. Kâthh.
S'Br.; a kind of evil, spirit, fiend, demon RV. AV. Kaus'.; wind L.; time L.; n. = {rakSas} L.
yaa4t * = 2 ind. (obs. abl. of 3. {ya} cf. {ta4t}; for 1. {yAt} see p. 849, col. 2) inasmuch as, so far as, as long
as, since RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $.] &257890[851, 1] \\ 3 (2. {yat}). see {riNa-yA4t
yaava* = 1 m. = 1. {yava} TS. \\2 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {yava}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.)
relating to or consisting of or prepared from barley KâtyS'r.; m. a kind of food prepared from bñbarley L.;
({I}) f. Andro graphis Paniculata L.\\3 m. lac or the red dye prepared from the cochineal insect Naish.
yaaja* = m. a sacrificer (in {ati-yAja4}) RV.; m. a sacrifice (cf. {upA7Mzu-}, {Rtu-y-} &c.); boiled rice or
any food L.; N. of a Brahmarshi MBh.
yaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sacrificing for others, the act of performing a sacrifice for (gen. or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.
yaavat *= mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya}; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great, as large, as much, as many, as
often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old &c. (or how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis) RV. &c. &c.
(%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `" as many as "' TBr.; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `" as much as possible
"' S3Br.; %{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to the first unknown quantity [= x] or so much
of the unknown as its co-efficient number; in this sense also expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW.
182; %{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `" just so much "', `" only so "', `" that is to say "', `" such is the
explanation "'); ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or as many as; as often as, whenever; as long as,
whilst; as soon as, the moment that, until that, till, until RV. &c. &c. (in these senses used with either
pres. Pot. fut. impf., or aor., or with the simple copula). %{yAvat} with the 1st sg. of pres., rarely of Pot.,
may denote an intended action and may be translated by `" meanwhile "', `" just "'; %{yA4vad@yAvad-
tA4vat@tAvat}, `" as gradually as-so "' S3Br.; %{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till "'; `" if not
"', `" whether not "'; %{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `" no sooner-than "'; %{na@param}, or
%{na@kevalam-yAvat}, `" not only-but even. "' Sometimes %{yAvat} is also used as a preposition with a
prec. or following acc., or with a following abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during one
month "'; %{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "'; %{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the serpent's
hole "'; %{yAvad} or %{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the completion "';
%{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes also with a nom.
followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end "'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `" up to five "';
or with another ind. word e.g. %{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as far as, as long as
A1past. R. BhP.; till, until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not, before BhP.); as soon as, the
moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.; %{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as &c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-
tAvati} Das3.
yaavantaH = as many as
ya = who
yad * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. and base in comp. of 3. %{ya}) , who , which , what , whichever , whatever ,
that RV. &c. &c. (with correlatives %{tad} , %{tyad} , %{etad} , %{idam} , %{adas} , %{tad@etad} ,
%{etad@tyad} , %{idaM@tad} , %{tad@idam} , %{tAdRza} , %{IdRza} , %{IdRz} , %{etAvad} , by which
yadaa = when
yadaayuH = yat+AyuH
yadi = if
yadricchaa = out of its own accord * = mf({A})n. spontaneous, accidental ÂpGri.; ({A}) f. self-will,
spontaneity, accident, chance (ibc. or {ayA} ind. spontaneously, by accident, unexpectedly), S'vetUP. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in gram.) see {-zabda}, below; {-tas} ind. by chance, accidentally BhP.; {--bhijJa}
({-cchA7bh-}) m. a voluntary or self-offered witness Nâr.; {-mAtra-tas} ind. only quite by accident
Kathâs.; {-lAbha-saMtuSTa} mfn. satisfied with obtaining what comes spontaneously, easily satisfied
Bhag.; {-zabada} m. `" chance-word "', a word neither derived from authority nor possessing meaning
S'is'.; {-saMvAda} m. accidental or spontaneous conversation Uttarar.; {-cchika} m. (scil. {putra}) a son
who offers himself for adoption MW.
yadyat.h = whatever
yadvat.h = as
yadvaa = whether
yaGYa = a sacrifice
yaGYaM = sacrifice
yaGYaaH = sacrifices
yaGYaanaaM = sacrifices
yaGYe = in sacrifice
yaGYena = by sacrifice
yajata* = mf({A4})n. worthy of worship, adorable, holy, sublime RV. [cf. Zd. {yazata}]; m. a priest (=
{Rtv-ij}) L.; the moon L.; N. of S'iva L.; (with Âtreya) of a Riishi (author of RV. v, 67, 68) Anukr.
yajati* = m. N. of those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb {yajati} is applied (as opp. to {juhoti})
KâtyS'r. (cf. Kull. on Mn. ii, 84).
yajatisthAna* = n. the place or position of the Vedi or sacrificial altar KâtyS'r. Sch.
yajatra* = mf({A})n. worthy of worship or sacrifice, deserving adoration RV. VS. AV.; m. = {agnihotrin}
L.; = {yAga} L.; n. = {agni-hotra} L.
yajatha* = (only in slat. = {-thAya}, construed like an inf.) worship, sacrifice RV.
yaja* = m. a word formed to explain {yajus} S'Br.; ({A}) f. N., of a female tutelary being (mentioned with
Sîtâ, S'amâ and Bhûti) PârGri.
yajanIya* = 1 mfn. (fr. prec.) relating to sacrifice or worship; n. (with or scil. {ahan}) a day of sacrifice or
consecration GriS'rS.
yajantaH = sacrificing
yajinaH = devotees
yakrit.h = liver
yaksha *= the Yakshas *= n. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition, ghost, spirit RV. AV. VS. Br.
GriS'rS. (accord. to some native Comms. = {yajJa}, {pujA}, {pUjita} &c.); m. N. of a class of semi-divine
beings (attendants of Kubera, exceptionally also of Vishnu; described as sons of Pulastya, of Pulaha, of
Kas'yapa, of Khasâ or Krodhâ; also as produced from the feet of Brahmâ; though generally regarded as
beings of a benevolent and inoffensive disposition, like the Yaksha in Kâlidâsa's Megha-dûta, they are
occasionally classed with Pis'âcas and other malignant spirits, and sometimes said to cause demoniacal
possession; as to their position in the Buddhist system see MWB. 206, 218) Up. GriS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
(with Jainas) a subdivision of the Vyantaras; N. of Kubera VarYogay.; of a Muni R.; of a son of S'vaphalka
VP.; of Indra's palace L.; a dog L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman HParis'.; ({I}) f. a female Yaksha MBh. R. &c.
({yakSINAm prathamA yakSI} = {durgA} Hariv.); N. of Kubera's wife L.
yaksh *= (perhaps Desid. of a {yah}, from which {yahu} and {yahva}) cl. 1. P. Â. {ya4kSati}, {-te}, (prob.)
to be quick, speed on (only in {pra-yakS} q.v.; and once in {yakSAmas}, to explain {yakSa} R. vii, 4, 12),
cl. 10. Â. {yakSayate}, to worship, honour Dhâtup. xxxiii, 19.
yakshes' *= m. N. of the servants of the 11th and 18th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.
yakshes'a *= m. = next W
yaksharakshaa.nsi = demons
yama = the god of death, also the five moral commandments* = m. a rein, curb, bridle RV. v, 61, 2; a
driver, charioteer ib. viii, 103, to; the act of checking or curbing, suppression, restraint (with {vAcAm},
restraint of words, silence) BhP.; self-control forbearance, any great moral rule or duty (as opp. to
{niyama}, a minor observance; in Yâjñ. iii, 313 ten Yamas are mentioned, sometimes only five) Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in Yoga) self-restraint (as the first of the eight Angas or means of attaining mental
concentration) IW. 93; any rule or observance PârGri.; ({yama4}) mf({A4} or {I4})n. twin-born, twin,
forming a pair RV. &c. &c.; m. a twin, one of a pair or couple, a fellow (du. `" the twins "' N. of the As'vins
and of their twin children by Mâdrî, called Nakula and Saha-deva; {yamau mithunau}, twins of different
sex) ib.; a symbolical N. for the number `" two "' Hcat.; N. of the god who presides over the Pitriis (q.v.)
and rules the spirits of the dead RV. &c. &c. IW. 18; 197, 198 &c. RTL. 10; 16; 289 &c. (he is regarded as
the first of men and born from Vivasvat, `" the Sun "', and his wife Saranyû; while his brother, the
seventh Manu, another form of the first man, is the son of Vivasvat and Sanjñâ, the image of Saranyû;
his twin-sister is Yamî, with whom he resists sexual alliance, but by whom he is mourned after his death,
so that the gods, to make her forget her sorrow, create night; in the Veda he is called a king or
{saMgamano janAnAm}, `" the gatherer of men "', and rules over the departed fathers in heaven, the
road to which is guarded by two broad-nosed, four-eyed, spotted dogs, the children of S'aramâ q.v.; in
Post-vedic mythology he is the appointed Judge and `" Restrainer "' or `" Punisher "' of the dead, in
which capacity he is also called {dharmarAja} or {dharma} and corresponds to the Greek Pluto and to
Minos; his abode is in some region of the lower world called Yama-pura; thither a soul when it leaves the
body, is said to repair, and there, after the recorder, Citra-gupta, has read an account of its actions kept in
a book called Agra-sandhânâ, it receives a just sentence; in MBh. Yama is described as dressed in
blood-red garments, with a glittering form, a crown on his head, glowing eyes and like Varuna, holding a
noose, with which he binds the spirit after drawing it from the body, in size about the measure of a mañs
thumb; he is otherwise represented as grim in aspect, green in colour, clothed in red, riding on a buffalo,
and holding a club in one hind and noose in the other; in the later mythology he is always represented as
a terrible deity inflicting tortures, called {yAtanA}, on departed spirits [846, 2]; he is also one of the 8
guardians of the world as regent of the South quarter; he is the regent of the Nakshatra Apa-bharanî or
Bharanî, the supposed author of RV. x, 10; 14, of a hymn to Vishnu and of a law-book;
{yamasyA7rkaH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.); N. of the planet Saturn (regarded as the son of Vivasvat and
Châyâ) Hariv. BhP.; of one of Skanda's attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh.; a crow L.
(cf. {-dUtaka}); a bad horse (whose limbs are either too small or too large) L.; ({I4}) f. N. of Yama's
twin-sister (who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the river-goddess Yamunâ) RV. &c. &c.; n. a
pair, brace, couple L.; (in gram.) a twin-letter (the consonant interposed and generally understood, but
not written in practice, between a nasal immediately preceded by one of the four other consonants in
each class) Prât. Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 8; pitch of the voice, tone of utterance, key Prât.
yamana * mf({I})n. restraining, governing, managing VS.; m. the god Yama L.; n. the act of restraining
&c. Hariv. Râjat.; binding, tying L.; cessation, end L.
ya.ntu = reach us
yana / yAna * =. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a
path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding,
marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a
vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the
vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are either 3
systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more
generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "';
sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP.
Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yantri = charioteer
yarhi: V* when because, whenever, as if, *= ind. (fr. 3. {ya}; correlative of {ta4rhi}, {eta4rhi}, but also
followed by {tadA}, {tatra}, {atha} &c.) when, at which time, whenever, while, whereas (with pres. or
Pot., imp. aor. or pf.; sometimes also with no verb) TS. AitBr. BhP.; since, as, because BhP.
yasha = Success
yashaH = fame
yashas.h = glory
yas'as* n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; honour, glory, fame,
renown AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son of Kâma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma and Kîrti Pur.); an
object of honour, a person of respectability S'Br.; favour, graciousness, partiality RV.; N. of various
Sâmans ÂrshBr.; = {udaka}, water, or {anna}, food, or {dhana}, wealth Naigh.; ({yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful,
splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.; honoured, respected, venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.
yashaa.nsi = reputation
yasmin.h = in which
yasyaaM = in which
yat V*= that which, which, whatever, because, as* = 1 mfn. (pr. p. of 5. {i}) going, moving RV. &c. &c.
({abde yati}, in this year L.) \\ 2 cl. 1. Â. (prob. connected with {yam} and orig. meaning, to stretch "'
Dhâtup. ii, 29) {ya4tate} (Ved. and ep. also P. {-ti}; p. {ya4tamAna}, {ya4tAna} and {yatAna4} RV.; pf.
{yete}, 3. pl. {yetire} ib. &c.; aor. {ayatiSTa} Br.; fut. {yatiSyate} Br., {-ti} MBh.; inf. {yatitum} MBh.; ind.
p. {-ya4tya} MBh.), (P.) to place in order, marshal, join, connect RV.; (P. or Â.) to keep pace, be in line,
rival or vie with (instr.) ib.; (Â.) to join (instr.), associate with (instr.), march or fly together or in line ib.;
to conform or comply with (instr.) ib.; to meet, encounter (in battle) ib. Br.; to seek to join one's self
with, make for, tend towards (loc.) ib.; to endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for (with
loc. dat. acc. with or without {prati}, once with gen.; also with {arthe}, {arthAya}, {artham} and {hetos}
ifc.; or with inf.) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to exert one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be
cautious or watchful ib.; to be prepared for (acc.) R.: Caus. (or cl. 10 Dhâtup. xxxiii, 62) {yAta4yati} (or
{-te}; aor. {ayIyatat}; Pass. {yAtyate}), to join, unite (Â. intrans.) RV.; to join or attach to (loc.), P
PañcavBr.; to cause to fight AitBr.; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from (abl.) Mâlav.; (rarely Â.) to
requite, return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault) RV. &c. &c. [841, 1]; (Â.) to surrender or yield up
anything (acc) to (acc. or gen.) MBh.; (P. Â.) to distress, torture, vex, annoy BhP.; accord. to Dhâtup. also
{nikAre} (others {nirAkAre} or {khede}) and {upaskAre}: Desid. {yiyatiSate} Gr.: Intens. {yAyatyate}
and {yAyatti} ib.
yata * = see under %{yam}, p. 845.\\mfn. restrained, held in, held forth, kept down or limited, subdued,
governed, controlled &c. RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp. below); n. restraint (?) see %{yataM-kara4}; the spurring
or guiding of an elephant by means of the rider's feet L.
yaata * = mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c.; gone away, fled, escaped MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; passed by, elapsed Hariv. Var.; entered upon, pursued (as a path) R.; gone to, come or fallen
into (acc. loc, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S.; become, turned out
(%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?) Hariv.; known, understood Pat.; n. motion, progress,
gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c.; the place where a person has gone Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch.; the past time (opp.
to %{an-Agatam}, the future) VarBr2S.; the guiding or driving of an elephant with a goad L.
yat.h = to strive
yata = controlled
yatamaanaH = endeavoring
yatanti = endeavor
yatati = endeavors
yatasyataH = wherever
yataatma = self-controlled
yataatmavaan.h = self-situated
yathaa * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli {seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.)
Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te},
{(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]
yathaa * = * = ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way,
according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by
correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or
{yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841, 3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `"
so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or
was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and
aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes with
ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `" believing "', `"
hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
as soon as Megh.; as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.)
Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according to what is right,
properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever
manner "', -`" in that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the
more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every
way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `"
somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yathocita * = mfn. accordant with propriety or equity, fit, suitable, becoming R. Hit. &c. ; ibc. (Katha1s.)
or %{am} ind. (R. BhP. &c.) suitably, fitly.
yati = Mendicant * = 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2 and p. 845) a disposer RV. vii, 13, 1 (Sây. `" a giver "'); `"
a striver "', an ascetic, devotee, one who has restrained his passions and abandoned the world Up. Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 131); N. of a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the Bhriigus and said to have
taken part in the creation of the world) RV. &c. &c.; N. of a son of Brahmâ BhP.; of a son of Nahusha
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; N. of S'iva MBh.; = {nikAra} or {kAra} L.
ya4ti * = 2 (fr. 3. {ya} correlative of {ta4ti}; declined only in pl. nom. acc. {ya4ti}), as many as (= Lat.
{quot}), as often, how many or often RV. (for 1. and 3. {yati} see col. 1 and p. 845).
yati * = 3 f. (for 1. and 2. see p. 841, cols. 1 and 2) restraint, control, guidance TS. Br.; stopping, ceasing, a
pause (in music) Sangît.; a caesura (in prosody) Ping.; (also {I}) f. a widow L.
yatna = effort *= m. activity of will , volition , aspiring after Kan2. Bha1sha1p. ; performance , work
Bhar. ; (also pl.) effort , exertion , energy , zeal , trouble , pains , care , endeavour after (loc. or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c. (%{yatnaM} with %{kR} , %{A-sthA} , %{samA-sthA} , %{A-dhA} and loc. or inf. , `" to
make an effort or attempt "' , take trouble or pains for "' ; %{yatnena} or %{-tnais} , `" with effort "' , `"
carefully "' , `" eagerly "' , `" strenuously "' [also %{yatna} ibc.] ; %{yatnenA7pi} , `" in spite of every
effort "' ; %{yatnair@vinA} , `" without effñeffort "' ; %{yatnAt} , with or notwithstanding effñeffort ;
%{mahato@yatnAt} "' , with great effñeffort "' , `" very carefully "') ; a special or express remark or
statement A1pS3r. Sch.
yatnaM = effort
yatra = wherein
yathaa = just as (or how) * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli {seyyathA};
{sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so},
{that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]\\ ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3.
{ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha
vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam},
Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841,3]; {yathA-tathA} or
{yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as
here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or
Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first
word of a sentence; sometimes with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of
`" knowing "', `" believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the
sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1, 37 Sch.;
according to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or
{evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`"
so "', `" by how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in whatever
manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit},
`" in any way "', `" somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yatra tatra* = used for the loc. {yasmiMs tasmin}, in whatever Mn. iii, 50; vi, 66; xii, 102; in whatever
place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686; to any place whatever, v, 5997; at any rate, indiscriminately, xiii, 514;
{yatra tatrA7pi}, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathâs. xxxvi, 101; [cf. Goth. {thathro1}.]
yauvanaM = youth
yava* = 1 m. the first half of a month (generally in pl.; accord. to Comn. = {pUrva-pakSAH}; also written
{yAva}) VS. S'Br. Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (1. {yu}) warding off, averting AV. Yâjñ. \\=3 m. barley (in the earliest
times, prob. any grain or corn yielding flour or meal; pl. barley-corns) RV. &c. &c.; a barley-corn (either
as a measure of length = 1/6 or 1/8 of an Angula VarBriS.; or as a weight= 6 or 12 mustard seeds= 1/2
Guñjâ Mn. Yâjñ.); any grain of seed or seed corn Bhpr.; (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand
resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune) VarBriS.; N. of a partic. astron. Yoga (when
the favourable planets are situated in the 4th and 10th mansions and the unfavourable ones in the 1st
and 7th) ib.; speed, velocity W. (prob. w.r. for {java}); a double convex lens ib. [Cf. Zd. {yava}; Gk. $;
Lith. &256791[847, 2] {javai4}.]
yavana = Foreign
yavana* =1 mfn. (1. {yu}) keeping away, averting (see {dveSo-ya4vana}). //2 n. (2. {yu}) mixing,
mingling (esp. with water) Nyâyam. \\3 mfn. quick, swift; m. a swift horse L. (prob. w.r. for {javana}). \\
= mfn. quick, swift L. (prob. w.r. for {javAna}). \\4 w.r. for {paijavana} Mn. vii, 41. \\ =5 m. an Ionian,
Greek (or a king of the Greeks g. {kambojA7di}; in later times also a Muhammadan or European, any
foreigner or barbarian) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a caste Gaut. (accord. to L. `" the legitimate son of a
Kshatriya and a Vais'yâ or `" an Ugra who is an elephant catcher "') of a country (= {yavana-deza},
sometimes applied to Ionia, Greece, Bactria, and more recently to Arabia) W.; wheat L.; a carrot L.;
olibanum L.; pl. the Ionians, Greeks (esp. the Greek astrologers) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; N. of a dynasty Pur.;
({I}) f. the wife of a Yavana, a Greek or Muhammadan woman Kâlid. Sis'. (Yavana girls were formerly
employed as attendants on kings, esp. to take charge of their bows and quivers); = {javanI}, a curtain L.;
n. salt from saline soil L.
yaavana* =1 mf({I})n. (fr. {yavana}; for 2. and 3. see p. 853, col. 1) born or produced in the land of the
Yavanas, Pra7yas'c.; m. olibanum L. \\2 n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see p. 852, col. 3; for 3. below) keeping off,
removing Nir. Sây. \\3 n. (fr. Caus.) uniting, joining, mixing (see {a-y-}).
yayaa = by which
yayu* = mfn. (%{yayu4} in a corrupted passage AV. iv, 24, 2) going, moving, swift (applied to a horse)
VS.; m. a horse (esp. `" one fit for sacrifice "') L.; N. of one of the horses of the Moon VP.; the way of final
beatitude L.; f. obtaining L.; mfn. having a long stick L.
ye = those who
yena = by whom
yeshhaaM = whose
yo = who
yoga* = m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of horses)
RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use, application,
performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an arrow on the
bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient, device, way,
manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical art ib.; a trick,
stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business, work RV. AV. TS.;
acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion, opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any
junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without {saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c.
({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.); mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R.
VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.) Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt},
{yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on account of, by reason of, according to, through)
KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together, arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856,3]
S'rS.; fitting together, fitness, propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in
the right manner) MBh. Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention
({yoga-tas} ind. strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing
zeal) Mn. MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation,
(esp.) self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief aim being
to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara or the Supreme
Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.
(IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as
the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union
of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of
the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.; (with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after
God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky
conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called
{cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number; without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-
yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time
(during which the joint motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes;
there are 27 such Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.)
addition, sum, total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence
of a word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection of a
word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a
violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî
(daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.
yogaaya * Nom. Â. {-yate}, to become Yoga, to be changed into religious contemplation or devotion Cat.
yoga = effort
yo4ga* =m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of horses)
RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use, application,
performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an arrow on the
bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient, device, way,
manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical art ib.; a trick,
stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business, work RV. AV. TS.;
acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion, opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any
junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without {saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c.
({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.); mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R.
VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.) Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt},
{yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on account of, by reason of, according to, through)
KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together, arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856, 3]
S'rS.; fitting together, fitness, propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in
the right manner) MBh. Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention
({yoga-tas} ind. strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing
zeal) Mn. MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation,
(esp.) self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief aim being
to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara or the Supreme
Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.
(IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as
the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union
of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of
the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.; (with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after
God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky
conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called
{cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number; without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-
yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time
(during which the joint motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes;
there are 27 such Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.)
addition, sum, total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence
of a word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection of a
word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a
violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî
yogakaaraka = Planet in both its Rashi and navaa.nsha sign giving it Swakshetra-like strength. Also a
combination that produces a Yoga
yogaM = self-realization
yoganidraa = the sleep of yoga, where the body is resting but the mind is awake
yogasthaH = equipoised
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.) Ka1tyS3r.
MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. %{candra-y-}) Ma1rkP.; possessed of superhuman powers
W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called Yogi1) or contemplative saint, devotee,
ascetic MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W. [858,1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l.
%{yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of Ya1jn5avalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishn2u MBh.;
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.) KâtyS'r. MBh.
Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. {candra-y-}) MârkP.; possessed of superhuman powers W.; m. a
follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called yogi) or contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic
MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W. [858, 1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l.
{yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of Yâjñavalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of
S'iva L.; of a Buddha L.; ({inI}) f. see next.
yoginii* = f. a female demon or any being endowed with magical power, a fairy, witch, sorceress
(represented as eight in number and as created by Durgâ and attendant on her or on S'iva; sometimes
60, 64 or 65 are enumerated) Hariv. Kathâs. &c. (cf. RTL. 188, 189); N. of Durgâ L.; (with Tântrikas) a
partic. S'akti; (with Buddhists) a woman representing any goddess who is the object of adoration.
yoginaM = yogi
yoginaH = mystics
yogi* = 1 (m. c.) = {yogin} (only in gen. pl. {yogInAm}). \\* = 2 in comp. for {yogin}.
yogitA* = f. the being connected with (ifc.), connection, relation Bhâshâp.; the state or condition of a yogi
(cf. {yogin}) MW.
yogya = like
yogyataa = appropriateness
yojita * = mfn. yoked, harnessed BhP.; used, employed, applied, performed MBh.; undertaken, begun
Ya1jn5.; appointed to, charged with (loc.) BhP.; tied or fastened to, put or placed in (loc.) ib.; joined,
connected, put together, arranged, composed MBh. R.; supplied or furnished with (instr. or comp.)
VarBr2S. Ra1jat.
yonayaH = sources of
yoniM = species
yoshaNaa* = (once {yoSa4NA}) f. (prob. fr. 2. {yu}; cf. {yuvan}) a girl, maiden, young woman, wife RV.
(accord. to Sây. also = {stuti}, a hymn, praise).
yoshaa* = f. = {yoSaNA} RV. &c. &c. (esp. applied to Ushas; accord. to Sây. also `" a mare "'); (with
{dAru-mayI}) a wooden doll MBh.
yoshit* = f. = {yoSaNA} (also applied to the females of animals and to inanimate things e.g. {yoSito
mantrAH}, `" female magical texts "') RV. &c. &c.
yos * = ind. (only in {za4M yo4H} and {za4M ca yo4z ca}) welfare, health, happiness R
yuddhaM = war
yudhaamanyuH = Yudhamanyu
yudhishhThiraH = Yudhisthira
yudhiSThira * = m. (for %{-sthira}) `" firm or steady in battle "'N. of the eldest of the 5 reputed sons of
Pa1n2d2u (really the child of Pr2itha1 or Kunti1 , Pa1n2d2u's wife , by the god Dharma or Yama , whence
he is often called Dharma-putra or Dharma-ra1ja ; he ultimately succeeded Pa1n2d2u as king , first
reigning over Indra-prastha , and afterwards , when the Kuru princes were defeated , at Hastina1-pura ;
cf. IW. 379 &c.) MBh. Hariv. Pur. ; of a son of Kr2ishn2a Hariv. ; of two kings of Kas3mi1ra Ra1jat. ; of a
potter Pan5cat. ; (with %{maho7pA7dhyAya}) of a preceptor Cat. ; pl. the descendants of Yudhi-sht2hira
(son of Pa1n2d2u) Pa1n2. 2-4 , 66 Sch. ; %{-vijaya} (or %{-dig-v-}) m. N. of a poem by Va1sudeva
Parama-s3iva-yogin of Kerala. [855,2]
yudhya = fight
yudhyasva = fight
yugapat.h = simultaneously
yugale = dual
yugala* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) a pair, couple, brace Kâv. Pur. Pañcat. &c. ({-lo-bhU}, to be yoked or
united with); `" double prayer "'N. of a prayer to Lakshmî and Nârâyana L.
yugalaka* = n. a pair, couple, brace Kathâs.; a double S'loka (= {yuga} q.v.) Râjat.
yugaMdhara * = mf({A})n. holding or bearing the yoke (?) MBh.; m. n. the pole of a carriage or wood to
which the yoke is fixed MBh.; m. a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R.; N. of a king Hariv.
Pur.; of a mountain MBh. (with Buddhists one of the 8 mountains Dharmas. 125); of a forest Pañcar.; pl.
N. of a people MBh. VarBriS. VP.
yuga4-pad * = ind. `" being in the same yoke or by the side of each other "', together, at the same time,
simultaneously (`" with "' instr. Pân. 2-1, 6 Sch.; cf. {yuga-za4ram}) GriS'rS. &c. &c.; ({-pat}){-karman} n.
a simultaneous action Lâthy.; ({-pat}) {-kAla} mfn. taking place at the same time ÂpS'r.; ({-pat})
{-prA7pti} f. reaching simultaneously Âs'vGri.; ({-pad}) {-bhAva} m. simultaneousness KâtyS'r.
yuge = millennium
yujyate = is engaged
yukta = used* = mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to (loc. or instr.) RV. &c. &c.;
set to work, made use of, employed, occupied with, engaged in, intent upon (instr. loc. or comp.) ib.;
ready to, prepared for (dat.) MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated, attentive RV. &c. &c.;
skilful, clever, experienced in, familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; joined, united, connected, combined,
following in regular succession RV. S'ânkhS'r. Var. BhP. ({a4m} ind. in troops S'Br.); furnished or
endowed or filled or supplied or provided with, accompanied by, possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh.
&c. [853, 3]; come in contact with (instr.) R.; (in astron.) being in conjunction with (instr.) Âs'vGri.; (ifc.)
added to, increased by (e.g. {catur-yuktA viMzatiH}, twenty increased by four i.e. 24) VarBriS.; (ifc.)
connected with, concerning KâtyS'r.; (ifc.) subject to, dependent on MBh.; fitted, adapted, conforming or
adapting one's self to, making use of (instr. e.g. {yuktaH kAlena yaH}, one who makes use of the right
opportunity) Kâm.; fit, suitable, appropriate, proper, right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or
suitable for (gen. loc. or comp., e.g. {Ayati-yukta}, suitable for the future; or ibc. see below; {yuktam}
with {yad} or an inf. = it is fit or suitable that or to; {na yuktam bhavatA}, it is not seemly for you) Mn.
MBh. &c.; auspicious, favourable (as fate, time &c.) Mn. R.; prosperous, thriving R.; (with {tathA}) faring
or acting thus MBh.; (in gram.) primitive (as opp. to `" derivative "') Pân. 1-2, 51; m. N. of a son of Manu
Raivata Hariv.; of a Riishi under Manu Bhautya ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L. (cf. {yukta-rasA}); n. a team,
yoke S'Br.; junction, connection Pân. 2-3, 4; 8 &c.; fitness, suitableness, propriety ({am} ind. fitly,
suitably, justly, properly, rightly; {e4na}, properly, suitably RV. v, 27, 3; {buddhi-yuktena}, conformably
to reason Râjat.)
yuktasena* = mfn. one whose army is ready (for marching) Sus'r.; {-nIya} mfn. relating to him ib.
yuktaH = dovetailed
yuktasya = engaged
yuktaa = with
yuktaaH = engaged
yuktaatmaa = self-connected
yuktaiH = engaged
yuñjan.h = practicing
yuñjaka* = mfn. applying, performing, practising (e.g. {dhyAna-y-}, practising devotion) Cat.
yuñjaana* = mfn. uniting, joining, arranging, performing Kathâs. BhP.; appointing to, charging or
entrusting with (loc.) MBh.; suitable, proper MW.; successful, prosperous ib.; m. a driver, coachman L.; a
Yogin L.
yuñjavat* = w.r. for {muJja-vat}. yuta= equipped with* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) kept off, removed (see
comp.); separate (= {pRthak}) L.* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) attached, fastened (ifc.) Bhartri.; added
Sûryas.; united, combined, joined or connected or provided or filled or covered with, accompanied by,
possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) standing in conjunction with VarBriS.; made or
consisting of R.; (with instr.) occupied in, performing (sacrifices) L.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning R.
BhP.; n. a partic. measure of length (= 4 Hastas) L. \\ {yutaka}, {yuti} see under 1. 2. {yu}
yuyudhaanaH = Yuyudhana
yuvan.h = young